As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 15, 2013
File No. 001-35971       
 
 
 
 
 

  UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amendment No. 2 to
Form 10
 
 
 
 
 
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
 
 
 
 
ALLEGION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Ireland
 
98-1108930

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
 
Block D
Iveagh Court
Harcourt Road
Dublin 2, Ireland

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
 
 
 
(353)(0)  18707400
(Registrant's phone number, including area code)
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
 
 
Title of Each Class to be so Registered
 
Name of Each Exchange on
Which Each Class is to be Registered
Ordinary Shares, par value $0.01 per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
¨
 
  
Accelerated filer
¨
 
 
 
 
 
Non-accelerated filer
x
(Do  not check if a smaller reporting company)
  
Smaller reporting company
¨
 






 
 
 
 
 




INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT
CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT AND ITEMS OF FORM 10
Item 1. Business
The information required by this item is contained under the sections “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements,” “Business,” “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Where You Can Find More Information” of the Information Statement filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this Form 10 (the “Information Statement”). Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
The information required by this item is contained under the section “Risk Factors” of the Information Statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 2. Financial Information
The information required by this item is contained under the sections “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Data,” “Capitalization,” and “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of the Information Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 3. Properties
The information required by this item is contained under the section “Business - Facilities” of the Information Statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
The information required by this item is contained under the section “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” of the Information Statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers
The information required by this item is contained under the section “Management” of the Information Statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 6. Executive Compensation
The information required by this item is contained under the section “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “Executive Compensation” of the Information Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item is contained under the sections “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” of the Information Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 8. Legal Proceedings
The information required by this item is contained under the section “Business - Legal Proceedings” of the Information Statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this item is contained under the sections “Risk Factors,” “The Spin-Off,” “Dividends,” “Compensation of Executive Officers” and “Description of Our Share Capital” of the Information Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
The information required by this item is contained under the section “Description of Our Share Capital” of the Information Statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Description of Registrant's Securities to be Registered
The information required by this item is contained under the sections “Risk Factors,” “Dividends” and “Description of Our Capital Stock” of the Information Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
The information required by this item is contained under the sections “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Description of Our Share Capital” of the Information Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The information required by this item is contained under the sections “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Data,” “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Index to




Financial Statements” and the statements referenced therein of the Information Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits
(a) Financial Statements
The information required by this item is contained under the section “Index to Financial Statements” beginning on page F-1 of the Information Statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Exhibits
The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:
Exhibit
Number
  
Exhibit Description
 
 
2.1

  
Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc**
 
 
3.1

  
Form of Memorandum and Articles of Association of Allegion plc**
 
 
3.2

 
Certificate of Incorporation of Allegion plc***
 
 
 
4.1

 
Indenture, dated as of October 4, 2013, among Allegion plc, Allegion US Holding Company Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association**
 
 
 
4.2

 
Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2013, among Allegion plc, Allegion US Holding Company Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the Representatives of the Initial Purchasers named therein**
 
 
 
10.1

  
Form of Employee Matters Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc**
 
 
10.2

  
Form of Tax Matters Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc**
 
 
10.3

 
Form of Credit Agreement, among Allegion plc, Allegion US Holding Company Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders and issuing banks party thereto**
 
 
 
10.4

 
Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, among Allegion plc, Allegion US Holding Company Inc., the restricted subsidiaries from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent**

 
 
 
10.5

  
2013 Incentive Stock Plan**
 
 
10.6

  
Executive Deferred Compensation Plan**
 
 
10.7

 
Supplemental Employee Savings Plan**
 
 
 
10.8

 
Elected Officer Supplemental Program**
 
 
 
10.9

 
Key Management Supplemental Program**
 
 
 
10.10

 
Supplemental Pension Plan**
 
 
 
10.11

 
Senior Executive Performance Plan**
 
 
 
10.12

 
Spin-off Protection Plan**
 
 
 
 




Exhibit
Number
  
Exhibit Description
 
 
10.13

 
Change in Control Severance Plan**
 
 
 
10.14

 
David D. Petratis Offer Letter, dated June 19, 2013**
 
 
 
10.15

 
Patrick S. Shannon Offer Letter, dated April 9, 2013**
 
 
 
10.16

 
Timothy P. Eckersley Offer Letter*
 
 
 
10.17

 
Barbara A. Santoro Offer Letter, dated April 9, 2013**
 
 
 
10.18

 
Feng (William) Yu Offer Letter, dated October 4, 2013**
 
 
 
10.19

 
Form of Transition Bonus Agreement (U.S.)**
 
 
 
10.20

 
Form of Transition Bonus Agreement (China)**
 
 
 
10.21

 
Form of Allegion plc Deed Poll Indemnity**
 
 
 
10.22

 
Form of Allegion US Holding Company, Inc. Deed Poll Indemnity**
 
 
 
10.23

 
Form of Allegion Irish Holding Company Limited Deed Poll Indemnity**
 
 
 
21.1

  
List of subsidiaries of Allegion plc**
 
 
99.1

  
Preliminary Information Statement of Allegion plc, subject to completion, dated October 15, 2013.**

*
To be filed by amendment.
**
Filed herewith.
***
Previously filed.






SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form 10 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
ALLEGION PLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Patrick S. Shannon
Name:
Patrick S. Shannon
Title:
Director
Dated: October 15 , 2013




EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit
Number
  
Exhibit Description
 
 
2.1

  
Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc**
 
 
3.1

  
Form of Memorandum and Articles of Association of Allegion plc**
 
 
3.2

 
Certificate of Incorporation of Allegion plc***
 
 
 
4.1

 
Indenture, dated as of October 4, 2013, among Allegion plc, Allegion US Holding Company Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association**
 
 
 
4.2

 
Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2013, among Allegion plc, Allegion US Holding Company Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the Representatives of the Initial Purchasers named therein**
 
 
 
10.1

  
Form of Employee Matters Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc**
 
 
10.2

  
Form of Tax Matters Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc**
 
 
10.3

 
Form of Credit Agreement, among Allegion plc, Allegion US Holding Company Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders and issuing banks party thereto**
 
 
 
10.4

 
Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, among Allegion plc, Allegion US Holding Company Inc., the restricted subsidiaries from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent**

 
 
 
10.5

  
2013 Incentive Stock Plan**
 
 
10.6

  
Executive Deferred Compensation Plan**
 
 
10.7

 
Supplemental Employee Savings Plan**
 
 
 
10.8

 
Elected Officer Supplemental Program**
 
 
 
10.9

 
Key Management Supplemental Program**
 
 
 
10.10

 
Supplemental Pension Plan**
 
 
 
10.11

 
Senior Executive Performance Plan**
 
 
 
10.12

 
Spin-off Protection Plan**
 
 
 
10.13

 
Change in Control Severance Plan**
 
 
 
10.14

 
David D. Petratis Offer Letter, dated June 19, 2013**
 
 
 
10.15

 
Patrick S. Shannon Offer Letter, dated April 9, 2013**
 
 
 
10.16

 
Timothy P. Eckersley Offer Letter*
 
 
 
10.17

 
Barbara A. Santoro Offer Letter, dated April 9, 2013**
 
 
 
10.18

 
Feng (William) Yu Offer Letter, dated October 4, 2013**
 
 
 
10.19

 
Form of Transition Bonus Agreement (U.S.)**
 
 
 
10.20

 
Form of Transition Bonus Agreement (China)**
 
 
 
10.21

 
Form of Allegion plc Deed Poll Indemnity**
 
 
 
10.22

 
Form of Allegion US Holding Company, Inc. Deed Poll Indemnity**
 
 
 
10.23

 
Form of Allegion Irish Holding Company Limited Deed Poll Indemnity**
 
 
 
21.1

  
List of subsidiaries of Allegion plc**
 
 
99.1

  
Preliminary Information Statement of Allegion plc, subject to completion, dated October 15, 2013.**

*
To be filed by amendment.
**
Filed herewith.
***
Previously filed.






Exhibit 2.1











SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
by and between
Ingersoll-Rand plc
and
Allegion plc
Dated as of [●]






TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1
Section 1.1.
General     1
Section 1.2.
References; Interpretation     13
ARTICLE II THE SEPARATION
13
Section 2.1.
General     13
Section 2.2.
Restructuring: Transfer of Assets; Assumption of Liabilities .    13
Section 2.3.
Treatment of Shared Contracts     14
Section 2.4.
Intercompany Accounts .    15
Section 2.5.
Limitation of Liability; Intercompany Contracts .    15
Section 2.6.
Transfers Not Effected at or Prior to the Effective Time; Transfers Deemed Effective as of the Effective Time .    16
Section 2.7.
Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments     17
Section 2.8.
Further Assurances; Ancillary Agreements .    18
Section 2.9.
Novation of Liabilities; Indemnification .    18
Section 2.10.
Guarantees .    20
Section 2.11.
Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties     20
ARTICLE III CERTAIN ACTIONS AT OR PRIOR TO THE DISTRIBUTIONS
21
Section 3.1.
Organizational Documents     21
Section 3.2.
Directors     21
Section 3.3.
Officers     21
Section 3.4.
Resignations and Removals     21
ARTICLE IV THE DISTRIBUTION
22
Section 4.1.
Stock Dividend to IR Stockholders     22
Section 4.2.
Actions in Connection with the Distribution     22
Section 4.3.
Sole Discretion of IR     23
Section 4.4.
Conditions to Distribution     23
ARTICLE V CERTAIN COVENANTS
24
Section 5.1.
No Solicit; No Hire     24
Section 5.2.
Intellectual Property     25
Section 5.3.
Cooperation     25
ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION
25
Section 6.1.
Release of Pre-Distribution Claims .    25
Section 6.2.
Indemnification by IR     26

i




Section 6.3.
Indemnification by Allegion     27
Section 6.4.
Procedures for Indemnification .    27
Section 6.5.
Cooperation in Defense and Settlement .    29
Section 6.6.
Indemnification Payments     29
Section 6.7.
Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Other Amounts .    29
Section 6.8.
Additional Matters; Survival of Indemnities .    30
ARTICLE VII PRESERVATION OF RECORDS; ACCESS TO INFORMATION; CONFIDENTIALITY; PRIVILEGE
30
Section 7.1.
Preservation of Corporate Records.     30
Section 7.2.
Financial Statements and Accounting     30
Section 7.3.
Provision of Corporate Records     32
Section 7.4.
Witness Services     32
Section 7.5.
Reimbursement; Other Matters     33
Section 7.6.
Confidentiality .    33
Section 7.7.
Privilege Matters .    34
Section 7.8.
Ownership of Information     36
Section 7.9.
Other Agreements     36
ARTICLE VIII DISPUTE RESOLUTION
36
Section 8.1.
Negotiation     36
Section 8.2.
Arbitration     36
Section 8.3.
Arbitration Period     37
Section 8.4.
Treatment of Negotiations and Arbitration     37
Section 8.5.
Continuity of Service and Performance     37
Section 8.6.
Consolidation     37
ARTICLE IX INSURANCE
37
Section 9.1.
Policies and Rights Included Within Assets     37
Section 9.2.
Post-Effective Time Claims     38
Section 9.3.
Administration; Other Matters     38
Section 9.4.
Agreement for Waiver of Conflict and Shared Defense     39
Section 9.5.
Agreement for Waiver of Conflict and Insurance Litigation and/or Recovery Efforts     39
Section 9.6.
Directors and Officers Liability Insurance     39
Section 9.7.
No Coverage for Post-Effective Occurrences     39
Section 9.8.
Cooperation     39
Section 9.9.
IR as General Agent and Attorney-In-Fact     39
Section 9.10.
Additional Premiums, Return Premiums and Pro Rata Cancellation Premium Credits     40
Section 9.11.
Certain Matters Relating to IR’s Organizational Documents     40
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS
40

ii




Section 10.1.
Complete Agreement; Construction     40
Section 10.2.
Ancillary Agreements     40
Section 10.3.
Counterparts     40
Section 10.4.
Survival of Agreements     40
Section 10.5.
Expenses     40
Section 10.6.
Notices     41
Section 10.7.
Waivers     41
Section 10.8.
Assignment     41
Section 10.9.
Successors and Assigns     42
Section 10.10.
Termination and Amendment     42
Section 10.11.
Payment Terms .    42
Section 10.12.
No Circumvention     42
Section 10.13.
Subsidiaries     42
Section 10.14.
Third Party Beneficiaries     42
Section 10.15.
Title and Headings     43
Section 10.16.
Exhibits and Schedules .    43
Section 10.17.
Governing Law     43
Section 10.18.
Consent to Jurisdiction     43
Section 10.19.
Waiver of Jury Trial     43
Section 10.20.
Severability     44
Section 10.21.
Force Majeure     44
Section 10.22.
Interpretation     44
Section 10.23.
No Duplication; No Double Recovery     44
Section 10.24.
Tax Treatment of Payments     44
Section 10.25.
No Waiver     44
Section 10.26.
No Admission of Liability     44


iii





List of Schedules
 
 
 
Schedule 1.1(4)(i)
Allegion Business Units
Schedule 1.1(4)(iii)
Specified Allegion Assets
Schedule 1.1(4)(iv)
Allegion Owned Real Property
Schedule 1.1(4)(v)
Allegion Leased Real Property
Schedule 1.1(4)(ix)
Allegion Intellectual Property
Schedule 1.1(10)(iv)
Specified Allegion Liabilities
Schedule 1.1(10)(viii)
Allegion Discontinued Operations
Schedule 1.1(10)(x)
Allegion Litigation and Disputes
Schedule 1.1(21)
Company Policies
Schedule 1.1(24)
Continuing Arrangements
Schedule 2.2(a)
Transfers to Occur Post Distribution
Schedule 2.3(a)
Shared Contracts
Schedule 2.10(a)(i)
Certain IR Guarantees
Schedule 2.10(a)(ii)
Certain Allegion Guarantees
Schedule 10.5
Separation Expenses
 
 
List of Exhibits
 
 
 
Exhibit A
Employee Matters Agreement
Exhibit B
Tax Matters Agreement
Exhibit C
Transition Services Agreement
 
 
 
 

iv




Index of Other Defined Terms


Defined Term
Section
Action
Section 1.1(1)
Affiliate
Section 1.1(2)
Allegion Asset Transferee
Section 1.1(3)
Allegion Assets
Section 1.1(4)
Agreement
Preamble
Agreement Disputes
Section 8.1
Allegion
Preamble
Allegion Balance Sheet
Section 1.1(5)
Allegion Business
Section 1.1(6)
Allegion Contracts
Section 1.1(7)
Allegion Business Units
Section 1.1(4)(i)
Allegion Discontinued Operation
Section 1.1(10)(viii)
Allegion Group
Section 1.1(8)
Allegion Indemnitees
Section 1.1(9)
Allegion Intellectual Property
Section 1.1(4)(ix)
Allegion Liabilities
Section 1.1(10)
Allegion Leased Real Property
Section 1.1(4)(v)
Allegion Ordinary Shares
Section 1.1(11)
Allegion Owned Real Property
Section 1.1(4)(iv)
Ancillary Agreements
Section 1.1(12)
Annual Reports
Section 7.2(c)
Asset Transferors
Section 1.1(13)
Assets
Section 1.1(14)
Assume
Section 1.1(15)
Audited Party
Section 7.2(b)
Board
Preamble
Business
Section 1.1(16)
Business Day
Section 1.1(17)
Business Entity
Section 1.1(18)
Claims Administration
Section 1.1(19)
Code
Preamble
Commission
Section 1.1(20)
Company Policies
Section 1.1(21)
Confidential Information
Section 1.1(22)
Consents
Section 1.1(23)
Continuing Arrangements
Section 1.1(24)
Continuing Directors
Section 1.1(25)
Contract
Section 1.1(26)

v




Defined Term
Section
Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments
Section 1.1(27)
CPR
Section 8.2
Dispute Notice
Section 8.1
Disclosure Documents
Section 1.1(28)
Distribution
Preamble
Distribution Agent
Section 1.1(29)
Distribution Date
Section 1.1(30)
Effective Time
Section 1.1(31)
Employee Matters Agreement
Section 1.1(32)
Environmental Laws
Section 1.1(33)
Final Determination
Section 1.1(34)
Financing
Section 1.1(35)
Force Majeure
Section 1.1(36)
Form 10
Section 1.1(37)
Governmental Approvals
Section 1.1(38)
Governmental Entity
Section 1.1(39)
Group
Section 1.1(40)
Guaranty Release
Section 2.10(b)
Indebtedness
Section 1.1(41)
Indemnifiable Loss
Section 1.1(42)
Indemnifying Party
Section 6.4(a)
Indemnitee
Section 6.4(a)
Indemnity Payment
Section 6.7(a)
Information
Section 1.1(43)
Information Statement
Section 1.1(44)
Insurance Proceeds
Section 1.1(45)
Insured Claims
Section 1.1(46)
Intellectual Property
Section 1.1(47)
Internal Control Audit and Management Assessments
Section 7.2(a)
Internal Reorganization
Section 1.1(48)
IP License Agreement
Section 1.1 (49)
IR
Preamble
IR Asset Transferee
Section 1.1(50)
IR Group
Section 1.1(51)
IR Indemnitees
Section 1.1(52)
IR Ordinary Shares
Section 1.1(53)
IR Retained Assets
Section 1.1(54)
IR Retained Business
Section 1.1(55)
IR Retained Liabilities
Section 1.1(56)
Law
Section 1.1(57)
Liabilities
Section 1.1(58)

vi




Defined Term
Section
Liable Party
Section 2.9(b)
LIBOR
Section 1.1(59)
Materials of Environmental Concern
Section 1.1(60)
Negotiation Period
Section 8.1
New York Courts
Section 10.18
NYSE
Section 1.1(61)
Other Party
Section 2.9
Other Party’s Auditor
Section 7.2(b)
Party
Preamble
Person
Section 1.1(62)
Policies
Section 1.1(63)
Privilege
Section 7.7(a)
Privileged Information
Section 7.7(a)
Record Date
Section 1.1(64)
Record Holders
Section 1.1(65)
Records
Section 1.1(66)
Rules
Section 8.2
Security Interest
Section 1.1(67)
Separation Expenses
Section 10.5
Shared Contract
Section 2.3(a)
Specified Allegion Assets
Section 1.4(4)(iii)
Specified Allegion Liabilities
Section 1.1(10)(iv)
Subsidiary
Section 1.1(68)
Tax
Section 1.1(69)
Tax Contest
Section 1.1(70)
Tax Matters Agreement
Section 1.1(71)
Tax Returns
Section 1.1(72)
Third Party Agreements
Section 1.1(73)
Third Party Claim
Section 6.4(b)
Third Party Proceeds
Section 6.7(a)
Trademarks
Section 1.1(47)
Transfer
Section 1.1(74)
Transition Services Agreement
Section 1.1(75)
Voting Stock
Section 1.1(76)


vii




SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
This SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [●], 2013, is entered into by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc (“IR”), a company organized under the laws of Ireland, and Allegion plc (“ Allegion ”), a company organized under the laws of Ireland. “ Party ” or “ Parties ” means IR or Allegion, individually or collectively, as the case may be. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 .
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, IR, acting through its direct and indirect Subsidiaries, currently conducts the IR Retained Business and the Allegion Business;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of IR (the “ Board ”) has determined that it is appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of IR and its stockholders to separate IR into two separate, publicly traded companies, one for each of (i) the IR Retained Business, which shall be owned and conducted, directly or indirectly, by IR and (ii) the Allegion Business, which shall be owned and conducted, directly or indirectly, by Allegion;
WHEREAS, in order to effect such separation, the Board has determined that it is appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of IR and its stockholders to undertake the Internal Reorganization and, following the completion of the Internal Reorganization, for IR to cause the Distribution Agent to issue pro rata to the Record Holders pursuant to the Distribution Ratio, all of the issued and outstanding shares Allegion Ordinary Shares (the “ Distribution ”);
WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Parties that the Distribution qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), except to the extent of cash received lieu of fractional shares.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
Section 1.1.      General . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(1)      Action ” shall mean any demand, action, claim, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, subpoena, case, litigation, proceeding or investigation (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by or before any court or grand jury, any Governmental Entity or any arbitration or mediation tribunal.
(2)      Affiliate ” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control”, when used with respect to any specified Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other interests, by Contract or otherwise. It

1




is expressly agreed that no Party or member of any Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of another Party or member of such other Party’s Group by reason of having one or more directors in common or by reason of having been under common control of IR or IR’s stockholders prior to or, in case of IR’s stockholders, after, the Effective Time.
(3)      Allegion Asset Transferee ” shall mean any Allegion Business Entity or Allegion Subsidiary to which Allegion Assets shall be or have been transferred by an Asset Transferor in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
(4)      Allegion Assets ” shall mean those Assets that are owned, leased or licensed, at or prior to the Effective Time, by IR and/or any of its Subsidiaries, relating primarily to, used primarily in, or arising primarily from, the Allegion Business, and shall include:
(i)      all Assets recorded or reflected on the books and records of the business units set forth on Schedule 1.1(4)(i) (the “ Allegion Business Units ”);
(ii)      any and all Assets reflected on the Allegion Balance Sheet or the accounting records supporting such balance sheet and any Assets acquired by or for Allegion or any member of the Allegion Group subsequent to the date of the Allegion Balance Sheet which, had they been so acquired on or before such date and owned as of such date, would have been reflected on the Allegion Balance Sheet if prepared on a consistent basis, subject to any dispositions of any of such Assets subsequent to the date of the Allegion Balance Sheet;
(iii)      the Assets set forth on Schedule 1.1(4)(iii) and any and all other Assets that are expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as Assets which have been or are to be Transferred to or retained by any member of the Allegion Group (the “ Specified Allegion Assets ”);
(iv)      all rights, title and interest in and to the owned real property set forth on Schedule 1.1(4)(iv) , including all land and land improvements, structures, buildings and building improvements, other improvements and appurtenances located thereon (the “ Allegion Owned Real Property ”);
(v)      all rights, title and interest in, and to and under the leases or subleases of the real property set forth on Schedule 1.1(4)(v) including, to the extent provided for in the Allegion Leases, any land and land improvements, structures, buildings and building improvements, other improvements and appurtenances (the “ Allegion Leased Real Property ”);
(vi)      to the extent not provided in clauses (iv) and (v) of this definition, all fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatuses, computer hardware and other electronic data processing and communications equipment, tools, instruments, furniture, office equipment, automobiles, trucks and other transportation equipment, special and general tools and other tangible personal property located at a physical site of which the ownership or leasehold interest remains with or is being Transferred to a member of the Allegion Group, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in the Transition Services Agreement;  
(vii)      all inventories, including products, goods, materials, parts, raw materials, work-in-process and supplies, relating primarily to, used primarily in, or arising primarily from, the Allegion Business;

2




(viii)      all Allegion Contracts and any rights or claims arising thereunder;
(ix)      all Intellectual Property used exclusively by, the Allegion Business, including the registrations and applications set forth on Schedule 1.1(4)(ix) , subject, as applicable, to any License Agreement appurtenances (the “ Allegion Intellectual Property ”);
(x)      all licenses, permits, registrations, approvals and authorizations which have been issued by any Governmental Entity and which relate primarily to, are used primarily in, or arise primarily from, the Allegion Business;
(xi)      all Information (including information used in creating the Form 10) relating primarily to, used primarily in, or arising primarily from, the Allegion Business; provided , however , that to the extent any Information used in the Allegion Business is (A) commingled with information used in the Allegion Business or the IR Retained Business or (B) recorded in the IR Group’s electronic systems, stored in facilities owned or leased by the IR Group or stored in third party storage facilities pursuant to storage arrangements with the IR Group, then (1) the original version of such Information shall be retained by IR and all Parties shall have equal rights to use such information, (2) Allegion shall have the right to promptly access such Information and make reasonable copies thereof and (3) any such copies shall be included in the Allegion Assets; provided , further , with respect to clauses (A) and (B) of this Section 1.1(4)(xi) , that to the extent such copies shall not have been made prior to the Effective Time, subject to the reimbursement of the actual out-of-pocket expenses (which shall not include the costs of salaries and benefits of employees of such Party or any pro rata portion of overhead or other costs of employing such employees which would have been incurred by such employees’ employer regardless of the employees’ service with respect to the foregoing) incurred by the Party retaining the original version of such Information in providing access to such Information and to the other provisions of this Agreement, including Article VII , Allegion shall have the right to access such Information and make such copies at any time following the Effective Time and such copies shall be included in the Allegion Assets;
(xii)      all deposits, prepaid expenses, letters of credit and performance and surety bonds relating primarily to, used primarily in, or arising primarily from, the Allegion Business;
(xiii)      all bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities issued by any Person and held by any member of the Allegion Group, all loans, advances or other extensions of credit or capital contributions to any Person on the books of any member of the Allegion Group and all other investments in securities of any Person held by any member of the Allegion Group;
(xiv)      subject to Article IX , any rights of any member of the Allegion Group under any Policies, including any rights thereunder arising after the Effective Time in respect of any Policies that are occurrence policies and all rights in the nature of insurance, indemnification or contribution; provided that ownership of the Company Policies shall remain with the IR Group; and

3




(xv)      any claims, counterclaims, setoffs, rights of recoupment, equity rights or defenses, whether known or unknown, that IR and/or any of its Subsidiaries may have with respect to any Allegion Assets and Allegion Liabilities.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Allegion Assets shall not include any Assets that are expressly contemplated by this Agreement or by any Ancillary Agreement (or the Schedules hereto or thereto) as Assets to be retained by or Transferred to any member of the IR Group.
(5)      Allegion Balance Sheet ” shall mean the pro forma balance sheet of the Allegion Group, including the notes thereto, as of September 30, 2013, as filed with the Form 10.
(6)      Allegion Business ” shall mean the commercial and residential security businesses of IR conducted by the Allegion Business Units and those Business Entities and businesses acquired or established by or for Allegion or any of its Subsidiaries after the Effective Time.
(7)      Allegion Contracts ” shall mean the following Contracts to which IR or any of its Subsidiaries is a party as of the date hereof or becomes a party prior to the Effective Time or becomes a party after the Effective Time in respect of quotations, proposals and bids that were pending as of the date hereof or by which it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Assets is bound as of the date hereof or becomes bound prior to the Effective Time, whether or not in writing, except for any such Contract or part thereof (i) that is expressly contemplated not to be Transferred by any member of the IR Group to the Allegion Group or (ii) that is expressly contemplated to be Transferred to (or remain with) any member of the IR Group pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement:
(i)      any Contract that relates primarily to the Allegion Business, including any contract providing for the acquisition or disposition of a Allegion Business Unit or Allegion Assets;
(ii)      any Contract that relates primarily to the Allegion Business that was awarded after the Effective Date and for which the quotation, proposal, or bid was pending as of the date hereof;
(iii)      any Contract that represents or underlies any Allegion Assets or Allegion Liabilities; and
(iv)      any Contract or part thereof that is otherwise expressly contemplated pursuant to this Agreement (including pursuant to Section 2.2(b) ) or any of the Ancillary Agreements to be assigned to any member of the Allegion Group.
(8)      Allegion Group ” shall mean Allegion and each Person that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Allegion immediately after the Effective Time, and each Person that becomes a Subsidiary of Allegion after the Effective Time, and shall include the Allegion Business Units.
(9)      Allegion Indemnitees ” shall mean each member of the Allegion Group and each of their respective Affiliates from and after the Effective Time and each member of the Allegion Group’s and such respective Affiliates’ respective current, former and future directors, officers, employees and agents and each of the heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing.

4




(10)      Allegion Liabilities ” shall mean any and all Liabilities relating (a) primarily to, arising primarily out of or resulting primarily from, the operation or conduct of the Allegion Business, as conducted at any time prior to, at or after the Effective Time (including any Liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from any act or failure to act by any director, officer, employee, agent or representative (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such Person’s authority) of the Allegion Group); (b) to the operation or conduct of any business conducted by any member of the Allegion Group at any time after the Effective Time (including any Liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from any act or failure to act by any director, officer, employee, agent or representative (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such Person’s authority) of the Allegion Group); or (c) to any Allegion Assets, whether arising prior to, at or after the Effective Time, including:
(i)      all Liabilities of the Allegion Business Units;
(ii)      all Liabilities reflected on the Allegion Balance Sheet or the accounting records supporting such balance sheet and any Liabilities incurred by or for Allegion or any member of the Allegion Group subsequent to the date of the Allegion Balance Sheet which, had they been so incurred on or before such date, would have been reflected on the Allegion Balance Sheet if prepared on a consistent basis, subject to any discharge of any of such Liabilities subsequent to the date of the Allegion Balance Sheet;
(iii)      any Liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from, the Allegion Contracts;
(iv)      the liabilities set forth on Schedule 1.1(10)(iv) (the “ Specified Allegion Liabilities ”);
(v)      any Liabilities assumed or retained by the Allegion Group pursuant to this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements;  
(vi)      any Liabilities arising prior to, at or after the Effective Time for any infringement by the Allegion Business of the Intellectual Property of any other Person or breach by the Allegion Business of any Contract relating to Intellectual Property;
(vii)      all Liabilities arising prior to, at or after the Effective Time to the extent resulting from any (A) violation prior to the Effective Time of any Environmental Laws by the Allegion Group, any Allegion Discontinued Operation or the conduct of the Allegion Business, (B) use, treatment, or disposal prior to the Effective Time of Materials of Environmental Concern by or on behalf of the Allegion Group, any Allegion Discontinued Operation or in the conduct of the Allegion Business or (C) presence of Materials of Environmental Concern at, or release of Materials of Environmental Concern from, any Allegion Assets or any Allegion Discontinued Operation; provided that Liabilities of the type described in this subsection (vii) relating to real estate that is an IR Retained Asset pursuant to this Agreement, shall not be Allegion Liabilities but shall instead be IR Retained Liabilities;
(viii)      any Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from, any operating group, business unit, operation, division, Subsidiary, line of business or investment of IR or any of its Subsidiaries managed or operated at any time prior to the Effective Time by the Allegion Business or any Allegion Business Unit and sold, transferred or otherwise

5




discontinued prior to the Effective Time, including the divisions, Subsidiaries, lines of business or investments set forth on Schedule 1.1(10)(viii) (each, an “ Allegion Discontinued Operation ”);
(ix)      for the avoidance of doubt, any Liabilities relating primarily to, arising primarily out of or resulting primarily from, the operation or conduct of the Allegion Business by any Business Entity that is an IR Retained Entity under this Agreement but has conducted the Allegion Business at any time prior to the Effective Time;
(x)      any Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the “Business” section of the Form 10 or in the “Business” section of the Allegion Offering Memorandum, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information contained in, or incorporated by reference into, the “Business” section of the Form 10 and the “Business” section of the Allegion Offering Memorandum; and
(xi)      for the avoidance of doubt, and without limiting any other matters that may constitute Allegion Liabilities, any Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from the claims, proceedings, litigation and disputes listed on Schedule 1.1(10)(x).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Allegion Liabilities shall not include any Liabilities that are expressly (A) contemplated by this Agreement or by any Ancillary Agreement (or the Schedules hereto or thereto) as Liabilities to be Assumed by any member of the IR Group, including any Liabilities specified in the definition of IR Retained Liabilities or (B) discharged pursuant to Section 2.2(c) of this Agreement.
(11)      Allegion Ordinary Shares ” shall mean the ordinary shares of Allegion, par value $0.01 per share.
(12)      Ancillary Agreements ” shall mean the Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments, the Transition Services Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement and the IP License Agreement.
(13)      Asset Transferors ” shall mean the entities transferring Assets to Allegion or IR, as the case may be, or one of their respective Subsidiaries in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
(14)      Assets ” shall mean all rights (including Intellectual Property), title and ownership interests in and to all properties, claims, Contracts, businesses, or assets (including goodwill), wherever located (including in the possession of vendors or other third parties or elsewhere), of every kind, character and description, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise, in each case, whether or not recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of any Person. Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein or in the Tax Matters Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Parties with respect to Taxes shall be governed by the Tax Matters Agreement and, therefore, Taxes (including any Tax items or attributes) shall not be treated as Assets.
(15)      Assume ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(c) ; and the terms “Assumed” and “Assumption” shall have their correlative meanings.

6




(16)      Business ” shall mean the IR Retained Business or the Allegion Business, as applicable.
(17)      Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which banks are required or authorized by Law to be closed in New York City.
(18)      Business Entity ” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity which may legally hold title to Assets.
(19)      Claims Administration ” shall mean the processing of claims made under the Company Policies, including the reporting of losses or claims to insurance carriers (including as a result of reports provided to IR by Allegion), management and defense of claims, the settlement of claims and providing for appropriate releases upon settlement of claims.
(20)      Commission ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
(21)      Company Policies ” shall mean all Policies, current or past, which are or at any time were maintained by or on behalf of or for the benefit or protection of IR or any of its predecessors which relate to the IR Retained Business or the Allegion Business, or current or past directors, officers, employees or agents of any of the foregoing Businesses, including the Policies identified on Schedule 1.1(21) hereto.
(22)      Confidential Information ” shall mean all non-public, confidential or proprietary Information concerning a Party, its Group and/or its Subsidiaries or their past, current or future activities, businesses, finances, assets, liabilities or operations, including any such Information that was acquired by any Party after the Effective Time pursuant to Section 2.6(e) , Article VII or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement, or that was provided to a Party by a third party in confidence, except for any Information that is (i) in the public domain or known to the public through no fault of the receiving Party or its Subsidiaries, (ii) lawfully acquired after the Effective Time by such Party or its Subsidiaries from other sources not known to be subject to confidentiality obligations with respect to such Information or (iii) independently developed by the receiving Party after the Effective Time without reference to any Confidential Information. As used herein, by example and without limitation, “Confidential Information” shall mean any information of a Party intended or marked as confidential, proprietary and/or privileged, which may include: (a) any and all technical information relating to the design, operation, testing, test results, development, and manufacture of any Party's product (including, but not limited to, product specifications and documentation; engineering, design, and manufacturing drawings, diagrams, and illustrations; assembly code, software, firmware, programming data, pseudocode, databases, and all information referred to in the same); product costs, margins and pricing; as well as product marketing studies and strategies; (b) information, documents and materials relating to the Party’s financial condition, management and other business conditions, prospects, plans, procedures, infrastructure, security, information technology procedures and systems, and other business or operational affairs; (c) any information designated as pertaining to Intellectual Property, a trade secret and/or patentable invention; and (d) any other data or documentation resident, existing or otherwise provided in a database or in a storage medium, permanent or temporary, intended for confidential, proprietary and/or privileged use by a Party.
(23)      Consents ” shall mean any consents, waivers or approvals from, or notification requirements to, any Person other than a Governmental Entity.

7




(24)      Continuing Arrangements ” shall mean those arrangements set forth on Schedule 1.1(24) and such other commercial arrangements among the Parties that are intended to survive and continue following the Effective Time; provided , however , that for the avoidance of doubt, Continuing Arrangements shall not be Third Party Agreements.
(25)      Continuing Directors shall mean, as of any date of determination, any member of the board of directors of IR or Allegion, as applicable, who (i) was a member of such Party’s board of directors at the Effective Time; or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to such Party’s board of directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Party’s board of directors at the time of such nomination, election or appointment (either by a specific vote or by approval by such directors of the proxy statement of such Party in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director).
(26)      Contract ” shall mean any agreement, contract, subcontract, obligation, binding understanding, note, indenture, instrument, option, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, license, sublicense, insurance policy, benefit plan, purchase order or legally binding commitment or undertaking of any nature (whether written or oral and whether express or implied).
(27)      Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments ” shall mean, collectively, the various Contracts and other documents heretofore entered into and to be entered into to effect the Transfer of Assets and the Assumption of Liabilities in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, or otherwise relating to, arising out of or resulting from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in such form or forms as the applicable Parties thereto agree.
(28)      Disclosure Documents ” shall mean any registration statement (including any registration statement on Form 10) or other document filed with the Commission by or on behalf of any Party or any of its controlled Affiliates, and also includes any information statement, prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar disclosure document, whether or not filed with the Commission or any other Governmental Entity, which offers for sale or registers the Transfer or distribution of any security of such Party or any of its controlled Affiliates.
(29)      Distribution Agent ” shall mean Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
(30)      Distribution Date ” shall mean the date, as shall be determined by the Board, on which the Distribution occurs.
(31)      Effective Time ” shall mean 12:01 a.m., New York time, on the Distribution Date.
(32)      Employee Matters Agreement ” shall mean the Employee Matters Agreement by and between IR and Allegion, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .
(33)      Environmental Laws ” shall mean all Laws relating to pollution, protection of the environment, or protection against harmful or deleterious substances.
(34)      Final Determination ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement.

8




(35)      Financing ” shall mean (i) the issuance of $300 million 5.75% senior notes due 2021 by Allegion US Holding Company Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Allegion, prior to the Distribution Date, and (ii) the entering into the $1,500 million senior secured credit facilities by Allegion US Holding Company Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Allegion, prior to the Distribution Date, and all borrowings thereunder.
(36)      Force Majeure ” shall mean, with respect to a Party, an unforeseen and unavoidable major eruptive event beyond the control of such Party (or any Person acting on its behalf), such as acts of God, storms, floods, riots, labor unrest, pandemics, nuclear incidents, fires, sabotage, civil commotion or civil unrest, interference by civil or military authorities, acts of war (declared or undeclared) or armed hostilities or other national or international calamity or one or more acts of terrorism or failure of energy sources or distribution facilities.
(37)      Form 10 ” shall mean the registration statement on Form 10 (Registration No. 001-35971) filed by Allegion with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in connection with the Distribution, including any amendment or supplement thereto.
(38)      Governmental Approvals ” shall mean any notices or reports to be submitted to, or other registrations or filings to be made with, or any consents, approvals, licenses, permits or authorizations to be obtained from, any Governmental Entity.
(39)      Governmental Entity ” shall mean any nation or government, any state, municipality or other political subdivision thereof and any entity, body, agency, commission, department, board, bureau or court, whether domestic, foreign or multinational, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government and any executive official thereof.
(40)      Group ” shall mean (i) with respect to IR, the IR Group and (ii) with respect to Allegion, the Allegion Group.
(41)      Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) the principal value, prepayment and redemption premiums and penalties (if any), unpaid fees and other monetary obligations in respect of any indebtedness for borrowed money, whether short term or long term, including all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, other debt securities or similar instruments, (ii) any indebtedness arising under any capital leases (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any real estate leases), whether short term or long term, (iii) all liabilities secured by any lien on any assets of such Person, (iv) all liabilities under any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement or other similar agreement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates, (v) all interest bearing indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services, (vi) all liabilities under any letters of credit, performance bonds, bankers acceptances or similar obligations, (vii) all interest, fees and other expenses owed with respect to indebtedness described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi), and (viii) without duplication, all guarantees of indebtedness referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vii).
(42)      Indemnifiable Loss ” and “ Indemnifiable Losses ” shall mean any and all damages, losses, deficiencies, Liabilities, obligations, penalties, judgments, settlements, claims, payments, fines, interest, costs and expenses (including the costs and expenses of any and all Actions and demands, assessments, judgments, settlements and compromises relating thereto and the reasonable costs and expenses of attorneys’, accountants’, consultants’ and other

9




professionals’ fees and expenses incurred in the investigation or defense thereof or the enforcement of rights hereunder), excluding special, consequential, reputational, indirect or punitive damages (other than special, consequential, indirect, reputational and/or punitive damages awarded by a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with a Third Party Claim (and in such a case, only to the extent awarded in such Third Party Claim)).
(43)      Information ” shall mean information, content, and data in written, oral, electronic, computerized, digital or other tangible or intangible media, including (i) books and records, whether accounting, legal or otherwise, ledgers, studies, reports, surveys, designs, specifications, drawings, blueprints, diagrams, models, prototypes, samples, flow charts, marketing plans, customer names and information (including prospects), communications, correspondence, materials, product data and literature, artwork, files, documents, policies (including copies of Policies and documentation related thereto), procedures and manuals, research and analyses of any nature, including operational, technical or legal and (ii) financial and business information, including earnings reports and forecasts, macro-economic reports and forecasts, all cost information (including supplier records and lists), sales and pricing data, business plans, market evaluations, surveys and credit-related information.
(44)      Information Statement ” shall mean the Information Statement attached as an exhibit to the Form 10 to be sent to the holders of shares of IR Ordinary Shares in connection with the Distribution, including any amendment or supplement thereto.
(45)      Insurance Proceeds ” shall mean those monies (i) received by an insured from an insurance carrier or (ii) paid by an insurance carrier on behalf of an insured, in either case net of any applicable deductible or retention.
(46)      Insured Claims ” shall mean those Liabilities that, individually or in the aggregate, are covered within the terms and conditions of any of the Company Policies, whether or not subject to deductibles, co-insurance, uncollectability or retrospectively-rated premium adjustments, but only to the extent that such Liabilities are within applicable Company Policy limits, including aggregates.
(47)      Intellectual Property ” shall mean all worldwide intellectual property, proprietary and industrial property rights of any kind, including all (i) patents, patent applications, inventions and invention disclosures and utility models, (ii) trademarks, service marks, corporate names, trade names, domain names, logos, slogans, designs, trade dress and other designations of source or origin, together with the goodwill symbolized by any of the foregoing (“ Trademarks ”), (iii) copyrights and copyrightable subject matter, including software, code, algorithms, databases, compilations and documentation, (iv) technology, trade secrets, know-how, processes, formulae, models, methodologies, discoveries, ideas, concepts, techniques, designs, specifications, data including electronic and stored data, drawings, blueprints, diagrams, models and prototypes, (v) moral rights and rights of privacy and publicity, (vi) all registrations, applications, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, reissues, re-examinations, substitutions, renewals, extensions and foreign counterparts thereof and (vii) all rights and remedies against infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of the foregoing prior to the Effective Time.
(48)      Internal Reorganization ” shall mean the transactions described in Annex I .
(49)      IP License Agreement ” shall mean the Intellectual Property License Agreement between the parties hereto, dated as of the date hereof.

10




(50)      IR Asset Transferee ” shall mean the IR Retained Business to which IR Retained Assets shall be or have been transferred by an Asset Transferor in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Plan of Separation.
(51)      IR Group ” shall mean (i) IR and the IR Retained Business Units and (ii) each Business Entity that becomes a Subsidiary of IR after the Effective Time.
(52)      IR Indemnitees ” shall mean each member of the IR Group and each of their respective Affiliates from and after the Effective Time and each member of the IR Group’s and such Affiliates’ respective directors, officers, employees and agents and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing.
(53)      IR Ordinary Shares ” shall mean the ordinary shares of IR, par value $1.00 per share.
(54)      IR Retained Assets ” shall mean any and all Assets that are owned, leased or licensed, at or prior to the Effective Time, by IR and/or any of its Subsidiaries, that are not Allegion Assets.
(55)      IR Retained Business ” shall mean (i) those businesses operated by IR before the Effective Time other than the Allegion Business, and (ii) those business entities or businesses acquired or established by or for IR or any of the Subsidiaries thereof after the Effective Time.
(56)      IR Retained Liabilities ” shall mean any and all Liabilities of IR and each of its Subsidiaries that are not Allegion Liabilities.
(57)      Law ” shall mean any U.S. or non-U.S. federal, national, supranational, state, provincial, local or similar statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, income tax treaty, order, requirement or rule of law (including common law) or other binding directives of any Governmental Entity.
(58)      Liabilities ” shall mean any and all Indebtedness, liabilities, costs, expenses, interest and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, reserved or unreserved, or determined or determinable, including those arising under any Law, claim, demand, Action, whether asserted or unasserted, or order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Entity and those arising under any Contract or any fines, damages or equitable relief which may be imposed and including all costs and expenses related thereto. Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein or in the Tax Matters Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Parties with respect to Taxes shall be governed by the Tax Matters Agreement and, therefore, Taxes shall not be treated as Liabilities.
(59)      LIBOR ” shall mean an interest rate per annum equal to the applicable three-month London Interbank Offer Rate for deposits in United States dollars published in the Wall Street Journal .
(60)      Materials of Environmental Concern ” shall mean: any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, asbestos, pollutants, contaminants, molds, and radioactivity; any substance classified or regulated as hazardous or toxic (or words of similar meaning); and any

11




other substances regulated pursuant to or that could give rise to liability under any applicable Environmental Law.
(61)      NYSE ” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.
(62)      Person ” shall mean any natural person, firm, individual, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership or other organization or entity, whether incorporated or unincorporated, or any Governmental Entity.
(63)      Policies ” shall mean insurance policies and insurance contracts of any kind (other than life and benefits policies or contracts), including primary, excess and umbrella policies, commercial general liability policies, fiduciary liability, automobile, aircraft, property and casualty, workers’ compensation and employee dishonesty insurance policies and bonds, together with the rights, benefits and privileges thereunder.
(64)      Record Date ” shall mean the date, as shall be determined by IR’s Board, as the record date for determining the holders of IR Ordinary Shares entitled to receive Allegion Ordinary Shares in the Distribution.
(65)      Record Holders ” shall mean holders of IR Ordinary Shares on the Record Date.
(66)      Records ” shall mean any Contracts, documents, books, records or files.
(67)      Security Interest ” shall mean, except pursuant to the Financing, any mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien, charge, claim, option, right to acquire, voting or other restriction, right-of-entry, covenant, condition, easement, encroachment, restriction on transfer, or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever, excluding restrictions on transfer under securities Laws.
(68)      Subsidiary ” shall mean with respect to any Person (i) a corporation, fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting or capital stock of which is, as of the time in question, directly or indirectly owned by such Person and (ii) any other Person in which such Person, directly or indirectly, owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the equity or economic interest thereof or has the power to elect or direct the election of fifty percent (50%) or more of the members of the governing body of such entity.
(69)      Tax ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement.
(70)      Tax Contest ” shall have the meaning of the definition of “ Proceeding ” as set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement.
(71)      Tax Matters Agreement ” shall mean the Tax Matters Agreement by and between IR and Allegion, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
(72)      Tax Returns ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement.
(73)      Third Party Agreements ” shall mean any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings between or among a Party (or any member of its Group) and any other Persons (other than the Parties or any member of their respective Group) (it being understood that to the extent that the rights and obligations of the Parties and the members of their respective Groups under any such Contracts constitute Allegion Assets or Allegion

12




Liabilities, or IR Retained Assets or IR Retained Liabilities, such Contracts shall be assigned or retained pursuant to Article II )
(74)      Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b)(i) ; and the term “Transferred” shall have its correlative meaning.
(75)      Transition Services Agreement ” shall mean the Transition Services Agreement by and between the parties hereto, in the form attached hereto.
(76)      Voting Stock ” shall mean, as to a particular corporation or other Person, outstanding shares of stock or other equity interests of any class of such Person entitled to vote in the election of directors, or otherwise to participate in the direction of the management and policies, of such Person, excluding shares or equity interests entitled so to vote or participate only upon the happening of some contingency.
Section 1.2.      References; Interpretation . References in this Agreement to any gender include references to all genders, and references to the singular include references to the plural and vice versa. Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “include”, “includes” and “including” when used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Agreement to Articles, Sections, Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof”, “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular Article, Section or provision of this Agreement. The words “written request” when used in this Agreement shall include email. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict which may arise in the application or interpretation of any of the definitions set forth in Section 1.1 , for the purpose of determining what is and is not included in such definitions, any item explicitly included on a Schedule referred to in any such definition shall take priority over any provision of the text thereof.
ARTICLE II

THE SEPARATION
Section 2.1.      General . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Parties shall use, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to use, their respective commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, a portion of which may have already been implemented prior to the date hereof, including the completion of the Internal Reorganization.
Section 2.2.      Restructuring: Transfer of Assets; Assumption of Liabilities .
(a)      Internal Reorganization . Prior to the Distribution Date, except for the Transfers set forth on Schedule 2.2(a) , the Internal Reorganization shall be completed.
(b)      Transfer of Assets . Prior to the Distribution (it being understood that some of such Transfers may occur following the Effective Time in accordance with Section 2.2(a) and Section 2.6 ), pursuant to the Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments):
(i)      IR shall, or shall cause the applicable Asset Transferors to, transfer, contribute, distribute, assign and/or convey or cause to be transferred, contributed, distributed, assigned and/or conveyed (“ Transfer ”) to (A) the respective IR Asset Transferees, all of the applicable Asset

13




Transferors’ right, title and interest in and to the IR Retained Assets and (B) Allegion and/or the respective Allegion Asset Transferees, all of its and the applicable Asset Transferors’ right, title and interest in and to the Allegion Assets.
(ii)      Any costs and expenses incurred after the Effective Time to effect any Transfer contemplated by this Section 2.2(b) (including any transfer effected pursuant to Section 2.6 ) shall be paid by the Parties as set forth on Schedule 10.5 . Other than costs and expenses incurred in accordance with the foregoing, nothing in this Section 2.2(b) shall require any member of any Group to incur any material obligation or grant any material concession for the benefit of any member of any other Group in order to effect any transaction contemplated by this Section 2.2(b) .  
(c)      Assumption of Liabilities . Except as otherwise specifically set forth in any Ancillary Agreement, in connection with the Internal Reorganization or, if applicable, from and after, the Effective Time (i) IR shall, or shall cause a member of the IR Group to, accept, assume (or, as applicable, retain) and perform, discharge and fulfill, in accordance with their respective terms (“ Assume ”), all of the IR Retained Liabilities and (ii) Allegion shall, or shall cause a member of the Allegion Group to, Assume all of the Allegion Liabilities, in each case, regardless of (A) when or where such Liabilities arose or arise, (B) whether the facts upon which they are based occurred prior to, on or subsequent to the Effective Time, (C) where or against whom such Liabilities are asserted or determined or (D) whether arising from or alleged to arise from negligence, recklessness, violation of Law, fraud or misrepresentation by any member of the IR Group or the Allegion Group, as the case may be, or any of their past or present respective directors, officers, employees, agents, Subsidiaries or Affiliates
(d)      Consents . The Parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the Consents required to Transfer any Assets, Contracts, licenses, permits and authorizations issued by any Governmental Entity or parts thereof as contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Contract or other Asset shall be transferred if it would violate applicable Law or, in the case of any Contract, the rights of any third party to such Contract.
Section 2.3.      Treatment of Shared Contracts . Without limiting the generality of the obligations set forth in Sections 2.2(a) and (b) :
(a)      Unless the Parties otherwise agree or the benefits of any Contract described in this Section are expressly conveyed to the applicable Party pursuant to an Ancillary Agreement, any Contract that is listed on Schedule 2.3(a) , (a “ Shared Contract ”), shall be assigned in part to the applicable member(s) of the applicable Group, if so assignable, or appropriately amended prior to, on or after the Effective Time, so that each Party or the members of their respective Groups as of the Effective Time shall be entitled to the rights and benefits, and shall Assume the related portion of any Liabilities, inuring to their respective Businesses; provided , however , that (x) in no event shall any member of any Group be required to assign (or amend) any Shared Contract in its entirety or to assign a portion of any Shared Contract (including any Policy) which is not assignable (or cannot be amended) by its terms (including any terms imposing consents or conditions on an assignment where such consents or conditions have not been obtained or fulfilled, subject to Section 2.2(d ), and (y) if any Shared Contract cannot be so partially assigned by its terms or otherwise, cannot be amended or has not for any other reason been assigned or amended, or if such assignment or amendment would impair the benefit the parties thereto derive from such Shared Contract, (I) at the reasonable request of the Party (or the member of such Party’s Group) to which the benefit of such Shared Contract inures in part, the Party for which such Shared Contract is, as applicable, an IR Retained Asset or Allegion Asset shall, and shall cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to, for a period ending not later than six (6) months after the Distribution Date (unless the term of Shared Contract ends at a later date, in which case for a period ending on such date), take such other reasonable and permissible actions to cause such member of the Allegion Group or the IR Group, as the case may be, to receive the benefit of that portion of each Shared Contract that relates to the Allegion

14




Business or the IR Retained Business, as the case may be (in each case, to the extent so related) as if such Shared Contract had been assigned to (or amended to allow) a member of the applicable Group pursuant to this Section 2.3 and to bear the burden of the corresponding Liabilities (including any Liabilities that may arise by reason of such arrangement) as if such Liabilities had been Assumed by a member of the applicable Group pursuant to this Section 2.3 and (II) the Party to which the benefit of such Shared Contract inures in part shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enter into a separate contract pursuant to which it procures such rights and obligations as are necessary such that it no longer needs to avail itself of the arrangements provided pursuant to this Section 2.3(a) ; provided that, the Party for which such Shared Contract is, as applicable, an IR Retained Asset or Allegion Asset, such Party, and such Party’s applicable Subsidiaries shall not be liable for any actions or omissions taken in accordance with clause (y) of this Section 2.3(a) .
(b)      Each of IR and Allegion shall, and shall cause the members of its Group to, (A) treat for all Tax purposes the portion of each Shared Contract inuring to its respective Businesses as Assets owned by, and/or Liabilities of, as applicable, such Party as of the Effective Time and (B) neither report nor take any Tax position (on a Tax Return or otherwise) inconsistent with such treatment (unless required by applicable Tax Law or good faith resolution of a Tax Contest relating to Taxes).
Section 2.4.      Intercompany Accounts .
(a)      Except as set forth in Section 6.1(b) , all (i) intercompany receivables, payables and loans (other than receivables, payables and loans otherwise specifically provided for under this Agreement, under any Ancillary Agreement or under any Continuing Arrangements, and other than payables created or required hereby or by any Ancillary Agreement or any Continuing Arrangements), if any, and (ii) intercompany balances, including in respect of any cash balances, any cash balances representing deposited checks or drafts or any cash held in any centralized cash management system between any member of the IR Group, on the one hand, and any member of the Allegion Group, on the other hand, which exist and are reflected in the accounting records of the relevant Parties immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, under applicable Law or contractual obligations be settled or capitalized, in each case as of the Effective Time (subject to the proviso below), as may be agreed prior to the Effective Time by IR and/or Allegion, and their respective subsidiaries, as applicable; provided , however , with respect to intercompany receivables and payables (but not loans) arising in the ordinary course for the provision of goods and services between any member of the IR Group, on the one hand, and any member of the Allegion Group, on the other hand, such intercompany receivables and payables shall be settled by the Parties within thirty (30) days after the Effective Time.  Each of the Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, take all actions and do all things reasonably necessary on its part, or such Subsidiaries’ part to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by such agreement or agreements in respect of such settlements or capitalizations.
(b)      As between the Parties (and the members of their respective Group) all payments and reimbursements received after the Effective Time by one Party (or member of its Group) that relate to a Business, Asset or Liability of the other Party (or member of its Group), shall be held by such Party in trust for the use and benefit of the Party entitled thereto (at the expense of the Party entitled thereto) and, promptly upon receipt by such Party of any such payment or reimbursement, such Party shall pay or shall cause the applicable member of its Group to pay over to the Party entitled thereto the amount of such payment or reimbursement without right of set-off.
Section 2.5.      Limitation of Liability; Intercompany Contracts .
(a)      Except in the case of any knowing violation of Law, fraud or misrepresentation, no Party shall have any Liability to the other Party in the event that any Information exchanged or provided pursuant to this Agreement which is an estimate or forecast, or which is based on an estimate or forecast, is found to be inaccurate.

15




(b)      No Party or any Subsidiary thereof shall be liable to the other Party or any Subsidiary of the other Party based upon, arising out of or resulting from any Contract, arrangement, course of dealing or understanding between or among it and the other Party existing at or prior to the Effective Time (other than pursuant to this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement, any Continuing Arrangements, any Third Party Agreements, as set forth in Section 6.1(b) or any other Contract entered into in connection herewith or in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and except as provided in any thereof) and each Party hereby terminates any and all Contracts, arrangements, courses of dealing or understandings between or among it and the other Party effective as of the Effective Time (other than this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement, any Continuing Arrangements, any Third Party Agreements, as set forth in Section 6.1(b) or any Contract entered into in connection herewith or in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and except as provided in any thereof), provided , however , that with respect to any Contract, arrangement, course of dealing or understanding between or among the Parties or any Subsidiaries thereof discovered after the Effective Time, the Parties agree that such Contract, arrangement, course of dealing or understanding shall nonetheless be deemed terminated as of the Effective Time with the only liability of the Parties in respect thereof to be the obligations incurred between the Parties pursuant to such Contract, arrangement, course of dealing or understanding between the Effective Time and the time of discovery or later termination of any such Contract, arrangement, course of dealing or understanding.
Section 2.6.      Transfers Not Effected at or Prior to the Effective Time; Transfers Deemed Effective as of the Effective Time .
(a)      To the extent that any Transfers contemplated by this Article II shall not have been consummated at or prior to the Effective Time, the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such Transfers as promptly following the Effective Time as shall be practicable. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Transfer of any Assets or the Assumption of any Liabilities which by their terms or operation of Law cannot be Transferred; provided , however , that the Parties and their respective Subsidiaries shall cooperate and use commercially reasonable efforts to seek to obtain, in accordance with applicable Law, any necessary Consents or Governmental Approvals for the Transfer of all Assets and Assumption of all Liabilities to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law contemplated to be Transferred and Assumed pursuant to this Article II . In the event that any such Transfer of Assets or Assumption of Liabilities has not been consummated, from and after the Effective Time (i) the Party retaining such Asset shall thereafter hold such Asset in trust for the use and benefit of the Party entitled thereto (at the expense of the Party entitled thereto) and (ii) the Party intended to Assume such Liability shall, or shall cause the applicable member of its Group to, pay or reimburse the Party retaining such Liability for all amounts paid or incurred in connection with the retention of such Liability. To the extent the foregoing applies to any Contracts to be assigned for which any necessary Consents or Governmental Approvals are not received prior to the Effective Time, the treatment of such Contracts shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be subject to Section 2.8 and Section 2.9 , to the extent applicable. In addition, the Party retaining such Asset or Liability shall, insofar as reasonably possible and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, treat such Asset or Liability in the ordinary course of business in accordance with past practice and take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the Party to which such Asset is to be Transferred or by the Party Assuming such Liability in order to place such Party, insofar as reasonably possible, in the same position as if such Asset or Liability had been Transferred or Assumed as contemplated hereby and so that all the benefits and burdens relating to such Asset or Liability, including possession, use, risk of loss, potential for gain, and dominion, control and command over such Asset or Liability, are to inure from and after the Effective Time to the member or members of the IR Group or the Allegion Group entitled to the receipt of such Asset or required to Assume such Liability. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Parties agree that, as of the Effective Time, subject to Section 2.2(c) and Section 2.9

16




(b), each Party shall be deemed to have acquired complete and sole beneficial ownership over all of the Assets, together with all rights, powers and privileges incident thereto, and shall be deemed to have Assumed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement all of the Liabilities, and all duties, obligations and responsibilities incident thereto, which such Party is entitled to acquire or required to Assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
(b)      If and when the Consents, Governmental Approvals and/or conditions, the absence or non-satisfaction of which caused the deferral of Transfer of any Asset or deferral of the Assumption of any Liability pursuant to Section 2.6(a) , are obtained or satisfied, the Transfer, assignment, Assumption or novation of the applicable Asset or Liability shall be effected in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement (including Section 2.2 ) and/or the applicable Ancillary Agreement, and shall, to the extent possible without the imposition of any undue cost on any Party, be deemed to be effective as of the Effective Time.
(c)      The Party retaining any Asset or Liability due to the deferral of the Transfer of such Asset or the deferral of the Assumption of such Liability pursuant to Section 2.6(a) or otherwise shall not be obligated, in connection with the foregoing, to expend any money unless the necessary funds are advanced, assumed, or agreed in advance to be reimbursed by the Party entitled to such Asset or the Person intended to be subject to such Liability, other than reasonable attorneys’ fees and recording or similar or other incidental fees, all of which shall be promptly reimbursed by the Party entitled to such Asset or the Person intended to be subject to such Liability.
(d)      After the Effective Time, each Party (or any member of its Group) may receive mail, packages and other communications properly belonging to another Party (or any member of its Group). Accordingly, at all times after the Effective Time, each Party is hereby authorized to receive and, if reasonably necessary to identify the proper recipient in accordance with this Section 2.6(d) , open all mail, packages and other communications received by such Party that belongs to such other Party, and to the extent that they do not relate to the business of the receiving Party, the receiving Party shall promptly deliver such mail, packages or other communications (or, in case the same also relates to the business of the receiving Party or another Party, copies thereof) to such other Party as provided for in Section 10.6 . The provisions of this Section 2.6(d) are not intended to, and shall not, be deemed to constitute an authorization by any Party to permit the other to accept service of process on its behalf and no Party is or shall be deemed to be the agent of any other Party for service of process purposes.
(e)      With respect to Assets and Liabilities described in Section 2.6(a) , each of IR and Allegion shall, and shall cause the members of its respective Group to, (i) treat for all Tax purposes (A) the deferred Assets as assets having been Transferred to and owned by the Party entitled to such Assets not later than the Effective Time and (B) the deferred Liabilities as liabilities having been Assumed and owned by the Person intended to be subject to such Liabilities not later than the Effective Time and (ii) neither report nor take any Tax position (on a Tax Return or otherwise) inconsistent with such treatment (unless required by a change in applicable Tax Law or good faith resolution of a Tax Contest relating to Taxes).
Section 2.7.      Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments . In connection with, and in furtherance of, the Transfers of Assets and the Assumptions of Liabilities contemplated by this Agreement, the Parties shall execute or cause to be executed, on or after the date hereof by the appropriate entities to the extent not executed prior to the date hereof, any Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments necessary to evidence the valid Transfer to the applicable Party or member of such Party’s Group of all right, title and interest in and to its accepted Assets and the valid and effective Assumption by the

17




applicable Party of its Assumed Liabilities for Transfers and Assumptions to be effected pursuant to New York Law or the Laws of one of the other states of the United States or, if not appropriate for a given Transfer or Assumption, and for Transfers or Assumptions to be effected pursuant to non-U.S. Laws, in such form as the Parties shall reasonably agree, including the Transfer of real property by mutually acceptable conveyance deeds as may be appropriate and in form and substance as may be required by the jurisdiction in which the real property is located. The Transfer of capital stock shall be effected by means of executed stock powers and notation on the stock record books of the corporation or other legal entities involved, or by such other means as may be required in any non-U.S. jurisdiction to Transfer title to stock and, only to the extent required by applicable Law, by notation on public registries.
Section 2.8.      Further Assurances; Ancillary Agreements .
(a)      In addition to and without limiting the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, including Section 2.6 , each of the Parties shall cooperate with each other and use (and shall cause its respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates to use) commercially reasonable efforts, at and after the Effective Time, to take, or to cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary on its part under applicable Law or contractual obligations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.
(b)      Without limiting the foregoing, at and after the Effective Time, each Party shall cooperate with the other Parties, and without any further consideration, but at the expense of the requesting Party (except as provided in Sections 2.2(b)(ii ) and 2.6(c) ) from and after the Effective Time, to execute and deliver, or use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be executed and delivered, all instruments, including instruments of Transfer or title, and to make all filings with, and to obtain all Consents and/or Governmental Approvals, any permit, license, Contract, indenture or other instrument (including any Consents or Governmental Approvals), and to take all such other actions as such Party may reasonably be requested to take by any other Party from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the Transfers of the applicable Assets and the assignment and Assumption of the applicable Liabilities and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Without limiting the foregoing, each Party shall, at the reasonable request, cost and expense of any other Party (except as provided in Sections 2.2(b)(ii) and 2.6(c) ), take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to vest in such other Party such title and such rights as possessed by the transferring Party to the Assets allocated to such other Party under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, free and clear of any Security Interest.
(c)      Without limiting the foregoing, in the event that any Party (or member of such Party’s Group) receives any Assets (including the receipt of payments made pursuant to Contracts and proceeds from accounts receivable with respect to such Asset) or is liable for any Liability that is otherwise allocated to any Person that is a member of the other Group pursuant to this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, such Party agrees to promptly Transfer, or cause to be Transferred such Asset or Liability to the other Party so entitled thereto (or member of such other Party’s Group as designated by such other Party) at such other Party’s expense. Prior to any such Transfer, such Asset shall be held in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.6 .
(d)      At or prior to the Effective Time, each of IR and Allegion shall enter into, and/or (where applicable) shall cause a member or members of their respective Group to enter into, the Ancillary Agreements and any other Contracts in respect of the Distributions reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
Section 2.9.      Novation of Liabilities; Indemnification .
(a)      Each Party, at the request of the other Party, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, any Consent, Governmental Approval, substitution or amendment

18




required to novate or assign to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law all obligations under Contracts and Liabilities for which a member of such first Party’s Group and a member of such other Party’s Group (such other Party, the “ Other Party ”) are jointly or severally liable and that do not constitute Liabilities of such Other Party hereunder, or, if permitted by applicable Law, to obtain in writing the unconditional release of all parties to such arrangements (other than any member of the Group who Assumed or retained such Liability as set forth in this Agreement), so that, in any such case, the members of the applicable Group shall be solely responsible for such Liabilities; provided , however , that no Party shall be obligated to pay any consideration therefor to any third party from whom any such Consent, Governmental Approval, substitution or amendment is requested (unless such Party is fully reimbursed by the requesting Party).
(b)      If the Parties are unable to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, any such required Consent, Governmental Approval, release, substitution or amendment, the Other Party or a member of such Other Party’s Group shall continue to be bound by such Contract, license or other obligation that does not constitute a Liability of such Other Party and, unless not permitted by Law or the terms thereof, as agent or subcontractor for such Party, the Party or member of such Party’s Group who Assumed or retained such Liability as set forth in this Agreement (the “ Liable Party ”) shall, or shall cause a member of its Group to, pay, perform and discharge fully all the obligations or other Liabilities of such Other Party or member of such Other Party’s Group thereunder from and after the Effective Time. For the avoidance of doubt, in furtherance of the foregoing, the Liable Party or a member of such Liable Party’s Group, as agent or subcontractor of the Other Party or a member of such Other Party’s Group, to the extent reasonably necessary to pay, perform and discharge fully any Liabilities, or retain the benefits (including pursuant to Section 2.6 ) associated with such Contract or license, is hereby granted the right to, among other things, (i) prepare, execute and submit invoices under such Contract or license in the name of the Other Party (or the applicable member of such Other Party’s Group), (ii) send correspondence relating to matters under such Contract or license in the name of the Other Party (or the applicable member of such Other Party’s Group), (iii) file Actions in the name of the Other Party (or the applicable member of such Other Party’s Group) in connection with such Contract or license and (iv) otherwise exercise all rights in respect of such Contract or license in the name of the Other Party (or the applicable member of such Other Party’s Group); provided that (y) such actions shall be taken in the name of the Other Party (or the applicable member of such Other Party’s Group) only to the extent reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing and (z) to the extent that there shall be a conflict between the provisions of this Section 2.9(b) and the provisions of any more specific arrangement between a member of such Liable Party’s Group and a member of such Other Party’s Group, such more specific arrangement shall control. The Liable Party shall indemnify each Other Party and hold each of them harmless against any Liabilities (other than Liabilities of such Other Party) arising in connection therewith; provided , that the Liable Party shall have no obligation to indemnify the Other Party with respect to any matter to the extent that such Liabilities arise from such Other Party’s in connection therewith, in which case such Other Party shall be responsible for such Liabilities. The Other Party shall, without further consideration, promptly pay and remit, or cause to be promptly paid or remitted, to the Liable Party or, at the direction of the Liable Party, to another member of the Liable Party’s Group, all money, rights and other consideration received by it or any member of its Group in respect of such performance by the Liable Party (unless any such consideration is an Asset of such Other Party pursuant to this Agreement). If and when any such Consent, Governmental Approval, release, substitution or amendment shall be obtained or such agreement, lease, license or other rights or obligations shall otherwise become assignable or able to be novated, the Other Party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, promptly Transfer or cause the Transfer of all rights, obligations and other Liabilities thereunder of such Other Party or any member of such Other Party’s Group to the Liable Party or to another member of the Liable Party’s Group without payment of any further consideration and the Liable Party, or another member of such Liable Party’s Group, without the payment of any further consideration, shall Assume such rights and Liabilities to the fullest extent

19




permitted by applicable Law. Each of the applicable Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, take all actions and do all things reasonably necessary on its part, or such Subsidiaries’ part, under applicable Law or contractual obligations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.9 .
Section 2.10.      Guarantees .
(a)      Except as otherwise specified in any Ancillary Agreement, at or prior to the Effective Time or as soon as practicable thereafter, (i) IR shall (with the reasonable cooperation of the applicable member of the Allegion Group) use its commercially reasonable efforts to have any member of the Allegion Group removed as guarantor of or obligor for any IR Retained Liability to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, including in respect of those guarantees set forth on Schedule 2.10(a)(i) , to the extent that they relate to IR Retained Liabilities and (ii) Allegion shall (with the reasonable cooperation of the applicable member of the IR Group) use commercially reasonable efforts to have any member of the IR Group removed as guarantor of or obligor for any Allegion Liability, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, including in respect of those guarantees set forth on Schedule 2.10(a)(ii) , to the extent that they relate to Allegion Liabilities.
(b)      At or prior to the Effective Time, to the extent required to obtain a release from a guaranty (a “ Guaranty Release ”):
(i)      of any member of the IR Group, Allegion shall execute a guaranty agreement substantially in the form of the existing guaranty or such other form as is agreed to by the relevant parties to such guaranty agreement, except to the extent that such existing guaranty contains representations, covenants or other terms or provisions either (A) with which Allegion would be reasonably unable to comply or (B) which would be reasonably expected to be breached; and
(ii)      of any member of the Allegion Group, IR shall execute a guaranty agreement substantially in the form of the existing guaranty or such other form as is agreed to by the relevant parties to such guaranty agreement, except to the extent that such existing guaranty contains representations, covenants or other terms or provisions either (A) with which IR would be reasonably unable to comply or (B) which would be reasonably expected to be breached.
(c)      If IR or Allegion is unable to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, any such required removal as set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 2.10 , (i) the relevant member of the IR Group or Allegion Group, as applicable, that has assumed the underlying Liability with respect to such guaranty shall indemnify and hold harmless the guarantor or obligor for any Indemnifiable Loss arising from or relating thereto (in accordance with the provisions of Article VI ) and shall or shall cause one of its Subsidiaries, as agent or subcontractor for such guarantor or obligor to pay, perform and discharge fully all the obligations or other Liabilities of such guarantor or obligor thereunder and (ii) each of IR and Allegion, on behalf of themselves and the members of their respective Groups, agree not to renew or extend the term of, increase its obligations under, or Transfer to a third party, any loan, guarantee, lease, contract or other obligation for which another Party or member of such Party’s Group is or may be liable without the prior written consent of such other Party, unless all obligations of such other Party and the other members of such Party’s Group with respect thereto are thereupon terminated by documentation reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such Party.
Section 2.11.      Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties . EACH OF IR (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND EACH MEMBER OF THE IR GROUP) AND ALLEGION (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND EACH MEMBER OF THE ALLEGION GROUP) UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, IN ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT OR IN ANY CONTINUING ARRANGEMENT, NO PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS OR OTHERWISE, IS REPRESENTING OR

20




WARRANTING IN ANY WAY AS TO THE ASSETS, BUSINESSES OR LIABILITIES CONTRIBUTED, TRANSFERRED OR ASSUMED AS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, AS TO ANY CONSENTS OR GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS REQUIRED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH, AS TO THE VALUE OR FREEDOM FROM ANY SECURITY INTERESTS OF, OR ANY OTHER MATTER CONCERNING, ANY ASSETS OF SUCH PARTY, OR AS TO THE ABSENCE OF ANY DEFENSES OR RIGHT OF SETOFF OR FREEDOM FROM COUNTERCLAIM WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR OTHER ASSET, INCLUDING ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, OF ANY PARTY, OR AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY OF ANY CONTRIBUTION, ASSIGNMENT, DOCUMENT, CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT DELIVERED HEREUNDER TO CONVEY TITLE TO ANY ASSET OR THING OF VALUE UPON THE EXECUTION, DELIVERY AND FILING HEREOF OR THEREOF. EXCEPT AS MAY EXPRESSLY BE SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT, ALL SUCH ASSETS ARE BEING TRANSFERRED ON AN “AS IS, WHERE IS” BASIS (AND, IN THE CASE OF ANY REAL PROPERTY, BY MEANS OF A QUITCLAIM OR SIMILAR FORM DEED OR CONVEYANCE) AND THE RESPECTIVE TRANSFEREES SHALL BEAR THE ECONOMIC AND LEGAL RISKS THAT (I) ANY CONVEYANCE SHALL PROVE TO BE INSUFFICIENT TO VEST IN THE TRANSFEREE GOOD TITLE, FREE AND CLEAR OF ANY SECURITY INTEREST AND (II) ANY NECESSARY CONSENTS OR GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS ARE NOT OBTAINED OR THAT ANY REQUIREMENTS OF LAWS OR JUDGMENTS ARE NOT COMPLIED WITH.
ARTICLE III

CERTAIN ACTIONS AT OR PRIOR TO THE DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 3.1.      Organizational Documents . On or prior to the Distribution Date, all necessary actions shall be taken to adopt the form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association filed by Allegion with the Commission as exhibits to the Form 10, to be effective as of the Effective Time.
Section 3.2.      Directors . On or prior to the Distribution Date, IR shall take all necessary action to cause the Board of Directors of Allegion to include, at the Effective Time, the individuals identified in the Information Statement as director nominees of Allegion.
Section 3.3.      Officers . On or prior to the Distribution Date, IR shall take all necessary action to cause the individuals identified as such in the Information Statement to be officers of Allegion as of the Effective Time.
Section 3.4.      Resignations and Removals .
(a)      On or prior to the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as practicable, (i) IR shall cause all its employees and any employees of its Subsidiaries (excluding any employees of any member of the Allegion Group) to resign or be removed, effective as of the Effective Time, from all positions as officers or directors of any member of the Allegion Group in which they serve, and (ii) Allegion shall cause all its employees and any employees of its Subsidiaries to resign, effective as of the Effective Time, from all positions as officers or directors of any members of the IR Group in which they serve.
(b)      No Person shall be required by any Party to resign from any position or office with another Party if such Person is disclosed in the Information Statement as the Person who is to hold such position or office following the Distribution.

21




ARTICLE IV

THE DISTRIBUTION
Section 4.1.      Stock Dividend to IR Stockholders . On the Distribution Date, IR shall cause the Distribution Agent to issue all of the outstanding shares of Allegion Ordinary Shares to holders of IR Ordinary Shares on the Record Date, and to credit the appropriate number of such shares of Allegion Ordinary Shares to book entry accounts for each such holder or designated transferee or transferees of such holder of Allegion Ordinary Shares. Each holder of IR Ordinary Shares on the Record Date (or such holder’s designated transferee or transferees) shall be entitled to receive in the Distribution one (1) share of Allegion Ordinary Shares for every three (3) shares of IR Ordinary Shares held by such stockholder. No action by any such stockholder shall be necessary for such stockholder (or such stockholder’s designated transferee or transferees) to receive the applicable number of shares (and, if applicable, cash in lieu of any fractional shares) of Allegion Ordinary Shares such stockholder is entitled in the Distribution.
Section 4.2.      Actions in Connection with the Distribution .
(a)      Prior to the Distribution Date, Allegion shall file such amendments and supplements to its Form 10 as IR may reasonably request, and such amendments as may be necessary in order to cause the same to become and remain effective as required by Law, including filing such amendments and supplements to its Form 10 as may be required by the Commission or federal, state or foreign securities Laws. Allegion shall mail (or deliver by electronic means where not prohibited by Law) to the holders of IR Ordinary Shares, at such time on or prior to the Distribution Date as IR shall determine, the Information Statement included in its Form 10 (or a Notice of Internet Availability of the Information Statement), as well as any other information concerning Allegion, its business, operations and management, the transaction contemplated herein and such other matters as IR shall reasonably determine are necessary and as may be required by Law. Promptly after receiving a request from IR, Allegion shall prepare and, in accordance with applicable Law, file with the Commission any such documentation that IR reasonably determines is necessary or desirable to effectuate the Distribution, and IR and Allegion shall each use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary approvals from the Commission with respect thereto as soon as practicable.
(b)      Allegion shall use commercially reasonable efforts in preparing, filing with the Commission and causing to become effective, as soon as reasonably practicable (but in any case prior to the Effective Time), an effective registration statement or amendments thereof which are required in connection with the establishment of, or amendments to, any employee benefit plans of Allegion
(c)      To the extent not already approved and effective, Allegion shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have approved and made effective, the application for the original listing on the NYSE of the Allegion Ordinary Shares to be distributed in the Distribution, subject to official notice of distribution
(d)      Nothing in this Section 4.2 shall be deemed to shift or otherwise impose Liability for any portion of Allegion’s Form 10 or Information Statement to IR.  
(e)      IR stockholders holding a number of shares of IR Ordinary Shares, on the Record Date, which would entitle such stockholders to receive less than one whole share of Allegion Ordinary Shares, will receive cash in lieu of fractional shares. Fractional shares of Allegion Ordinary Shares will neither be distributed on the Distribution Date nor credited to book-entry accounts. The Distribution Agent shall, as soon as practicable after the Record Date (a) determine the number of whole shares and fractional shares

22




of Allegion Ordinary Shares allocable to each holder of record or beneficial owner of IR Ordinary Shares as of the close of business on the Record Date, (b) aggregate all such fractional shares into whole shares and sell the whole shares obtained thereby in open market transactions, in each case, at then prevailing trading prices on behalf of holders who would otherwise be entitled to fractional share interests, and (c) distribute to each such holder, or for the benefit of each such beneficial owner, such holder or owner’s ratable share of the net proceeds of such sale, based upon the average gross selling price per share of Allegion Ordinary Shares after making appropriate deductions for any amount required to be withheld for Tax purposes and any brokerage fees incurred in connection with these sales of fractional shares. None of IR, Allegion or the Distribution Agent will guarantee any minimum sale price for the fractional shares of Allegion Ordinary Shares. Neither IR nor Allegion will pay any interest on the proceeds from the sale of fractional shares. The Distribution Agent acting on behalf of the applicable Party will have the sole discretion to select the broker-dealers through which to sell the aggregated fractional shares and to determine when, how and at what price to sell such shares. Neither the Distribution Agent nor the broker-dealers through which the aggregated fractional shares are sold will be Affiliates of IR or Allegion.
Section 4.3.      Sole Discretion of IR . IR, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine the Distribution Date, the Effective Time and all other terms of the Distribution, including the form, structure and terms of any transactions and/or offerings to effect the Distribution and the timing of and conditions to the consummation thereof. In addition, IR may, in accordance with Section 10.10 , at any time and from time to time until the completion of the Distribution decide to abandon the Distribution or modify or change the terms of the Distribution, including by accelerating or delaying the timing of the consummation of all or part of the Distribution. Without limiting the foregoing, IR shall have the right not to complete the Distribution if, at any time prior to the Effective Time, the Board shall have determined, in its sole discretion, that the Distribution is not in the best interests of IR or its stockholders, that a sale or other alternative is in the best interests of IR or its stockholders or that it is not advisable at that time for Allegion Business to separate from IR.
Section 4.4.      Conditions to Distribution . Subject to Section 4.3 , the following are conditions to the consummation of the Distribution. The conditions are for the sole benefit of IR and shall not give rise to or create any duty on the part of IR or the Board to waive or not waive any such condition. Each Party will use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the other Party apprised of its efforts with respect to, and the status of, each of the following conditions:
(a)      The Form 10 shall have been declared effective by the Commission, no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof shall be in effect, no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission, and the Information Statement, or a Notice of Internet Availability of Information Statement, shall have been mailed to the holders of IR Ordinary Shares;
(b)      The Allegion Ordinary Shares to be delivered in the Distribution shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution;
(c)      IR shall have obtained an opinion from Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, its tax counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to IR (in its sole discretion), as to the satisfaction of certain conditions necessary for the Distribution to qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Code, except to the extent of cash received in lieu of fractional shares;
(d)      IR shall have obtained a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service in form and substance satisfactory to IR (in its sole discretion), and such ruling shall remain in effect as of such

23




Distribution Date, to the effect, among other things, that the Distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify under Sections 355 and 368(a) of the Code;
(e)      The Board shall have obtained opinions from a nationally recognized valuation firm, in form and substance satisfactory to IR, with respect to the capital adequacy and solvency of each of IR and Allegion;
(f)      Any material Governmental Approvals and other Consents necessary to consummate the Distribution or any portion thereof shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect, it being understood that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Governmental Approvals and Consents contemplated by Section 2.6 and Section 2.9 shall not be deemed necessary to consummate the Distribution;
(g)      No order, injunction or decree issued by any Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of all or any portion of the Distribution shall be pending, threatened, issued or in effect, and no other event outside the control of IR shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of all or any portion of the Distribution;
(h)      No other events or developments shall have occurred or failed to occur prior to the Distribution Date that, in the judgment of the Board, would result in the Distribution having a material adverse effect on IR or its stockholders;
(i)      The Internal Restructuring shall have been completed, except for such steps as IR in its sole discretion shall have determined may be completed after the Effective Time;
(j)      The actions and events set forth in Article III shall have occurred;
(p)      The Board shall have authorized the Distribution, which authorization may be given or withheld at its absolute and sole discretion;
(k)      The net proceeds of the Financing shall have been distributed to IR; and
(l)      Each Ancillary Agreement shall have been executed by each party thereto.
ARTICLE V

CERTAIN COVENANTS
Section 5.1.      No Solicit; No Hire . Neither IR nor Allegion, or any member of their respective Groups, shall, from the Effective Time through and including two years from the Effective Date, without the prior written consent of the applicable Party, directly or indirectly, recruit, solicit, hire or retain any person who is an employee of the other Party or its Subsidiaries as of the Effective Time or induce, or attempt to induce, any such employee to terminate his or her employment with, or otherwise cease his or her relationship with, the other Party or its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that (i) nothing in this Section 5.1 shall be deemed to prohibit any general solicitation for employment through advertisements and search firms not specifically directed at employees of such other applicable Party or, any hiring as a result thereof; provided , that the applicable Party has not encouraged or advised such firm to approach any such employee or Party and (ii) the prohibitions of this Section 5.1 shall not apply with respect to an employee of the other Party or their Subsidiaries six months after the later of (x) the date of termination of his or her employment with the other Party and their Subsidiaries and (y) the last date on which such individual

24




receives severance or other termination payments from the other Party or any of their Subsidiaries. The Parties agree that irreparable damage may occur in the event that the provisions of this Section 5.1 were not performed in accordance with their specific terms. Accordingly, it is hereby agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.
Section 5.2.      Intellectual Property . Each Party shall not use or exploit the Intellectual Property of the other Party after the Effective Time, except (i) as permitted in the Ancillary Agreements, (ii) as required by applicable Law; (iii) as permitted by the “fair use” doctrine or defense, or (iv) for neutral, non-trademark use of the other Parties’ Trademarks to describe the history of each Party’s respective business.
Section 5.3.      Cooperation . From and after the Effective Time, each Party shall, and shall cause each of its respective Affiliates and employees to, (i) provide reasonable cooperation and assistance to the other Party (and any member of its respective Group) in connection with the completion of the transactions contemplated herein and in each Ancillary Agreement, (ii) provide knowledge transfer regarding its applicable Business or IR’s historical business, (iii) reasonably assist the other Party in the orderly and efficient transition in becoming an independent company to the extent set forth in the Transition Services Agreement or as otherwise set forth herein (including, but not limited to, complying with Articles VI, VII and IX) and (iv) reasonably assist the other Party to the extent such Party is providing or has provided services, as applicable, pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, in connection with requests for information from, audits or other examinations of, such other Party by a Governmental Entity; in each case, except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement or may otherwise be agreed to by the Parties in writing, at no additional cost to the Party requesting such assistance other than for the actual out-of-pocket costs (which shall not include the costs of salaries and benefits of employees of such Party or any pro rata portion of overhead or other costs of employing such employees which would have been incurred by such employees’ employer regardless of the employees’ service with respect to the foregoing) incurred by any such Party, if applicable.
ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION
Section 6.1.      Release of Pre-Distribution Claims .
(a)      Except (i) as provided in Section 6.1(b) , (ii) as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement and (iii) for any matter for which any Party is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article VI , each Party for itself and each member of its respective Group, their respective Affiliates as of the Effective Time and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time were directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of their Group (in their respective capacities as such), in each case, together with their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, does hereby remise, release and forever discharge the other Parties and the other members of such other Parties’ Group, their respective Affiliates and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time were stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of such other Parties (in their respective capacities as such), in each case, together with their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all Liabilities whatsoever, whether at Law or in equity (including any right of contribution), whether arising under any Contract, by operation of Law or otherwise, existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Effective Time, including in connection with the Internal Reorganization and the Distribution and any of

25




the other transactions contemplated hereunder and under the Ancillary Agreements and (B) in any event will not, and will cause its respective Subsidiaries not to, bring any Action or claim against any member of the other Groups in respect of any such Liabilities.
(b)      Nothing contained in Section 6.1(a) , Section 2.4(a) or Section 2.5(b) shall impair or otherwise affect any right of any Party and, as applicable, a member of such Party’s Group, to enforce this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings contemplated in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement to continue in effect after the Effective Time. In addition, nothing contained in Section 6.1(a) shall release any person from:
(i)      any Liability Assumed, Transferred or allocated to a Party or a member of such Party’s Group pursuant to or contemplated by, or any other Liability of any member of such Group under, this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement including (A) with respect to IR, any IR Retained Liability and (B) with respect to Allegion, any Allegion Liability;
(ii)      any Liability provided in or resulting from any other Contract or understanding that is entered into after the Effective Time between any Party (and/or a member of such Party’s or Parties’ Group), on the one hand, and any other Party or Parties (and/or a member of such Party’s or Parties’ Group), on the other hand;
(iii)      any Liability with respect to any Continuing Arrangements; and
(iv)      any Liability that the Parties may have with respect to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise for claims brought against the Parties by third Persons, which Liability shall be governed by the provisions of this Agreement and, in particular, this Article VI and, if applicable, the appropriate provisions of the Ancillary Agreements.
In addition, nothing contained in Section 6.1(a) shall release IR from indemnifying any director, officer or employee of Allegion who was a director, officer or employee of IR or any of its Affiliates prior to the Effective Time or the Distribution Date, as the case may be, to the extent such director, officer or employee is or becomes a named defendant in any Action with respect to which he or she was entitled to such indemnification pursuant to then existing obligations.
(c)      Each Party shall not, and shall not permit any member of its Group to, make any claim, demand or offset, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against any other Party or any member of any other Party’s Group, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 6.1(a) , with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 6.1(a) .
(d)      It is the intent of each Party, by virtue of the provisions of this Section 6.1 , to provide, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, for a full and complete release and discharge of all Liabilities existing or arising from all acts and events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur and all conditions existing or alleged to have existed at or before the Effective Time, whether known or unknown, between or among any Party (and/or a member of such Party’s Group), on the one hand, and any other Party or Parties (and/or a member of such Party’s or parties’ Group), on the other hand (including any contractual agreements or arrangements existing or alleged to exist between or among any such members at or before the Effective Time), except as specifically set forth in Sections 6.1(a) and 6.1(b) . At any time, at the reasonable request of any other Party, each Party shall cause each member of its respective Group and, to the extent practicable, each other Person on whose behalf it released Liabilities pursuant to this Section 6.1 to execute and deliver releases, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, reflecting the provisions hereof.
Section 6.2.      Indemnification by IR . Except as otherwise specifically set forth in any provision of this Agreement or of any Ancillary Agreement, following the Effective Time, IR shall and

26




shall cause the other members of the IR Group to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Allegion Indemnitees from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses of the Allegion Indemnitees arising out of, by reason of or otherwise in connection with (a) the IR Retained Liabilities or alleged IR Retained Liabilities or (b) any breach by IR of any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement unless such Ancillary Agreement expressly provides for separate indemnification therein, in which case any such indemnification claims shall be made thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Section 6.2 , Allegion shall be deemed to have supplied all Information in connection with the “Business” section of the Form 10 and the “Business” section of the Allegion Offering Memorandum, regardless of which entity actually makes such filing and under no circumstances shall IR have any Liability or be obligated to indemnify any Allegion Indemnitee with respect thereto pursuant to this Section 6.2 .
Section 6.3.      Indemnification by Allegion . Except as otherwise specifically set forth in any provision of this Agreement or of any Ancillary Agreement, following the Effective Time, Allegion shall and shall cause the other members of the Allegion Group to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the IR Indemnitees from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses of the IR Indemnitees arising out of, by reason of or otherwise in connection with (a) the Allegion Liabilities or alleged Allegion Liabilities or (b) any breach by Allegion of any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement unless such Ancillary Agreement expressly provides for separate indemnification therein, in which case any such indemnification claims shall be made thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Section 6.3 , other than in connection with the “Business” section of the Form 10 and the “Business” section of the Allegion Offering Memorandum, IR shall be deemed to have supplied all Information relating to the Allegion Group included in any filing made with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act or the Exchange Act prior to the Distribution Date, regardless of which entity actually makes such filing and under no circumstances shall Allegion have any Liability or be obligated to indemnify any IR Indemnitee with respect thereto pursuant to this Section 6.3 .
Section 6.4.      Procedures for Indemnification .
(a)      Direct Claims . Other than with respect to Third Party Claims, which shall be governed by Section 6.4(b) , each IR Indemnitee and Allegion Indemnitee (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) shall notify in writing, with respect to any matter that such Indemnitee has determined has given or could give rise to a right of indemnification under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the Party which is or may be required pursuant to this Article VI or pursuant to any Ancillary Agreement to make such indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”), within thirty (30) days of such determination, stating the amount of the Indemnifiable Loss claimed, if known, and, to the extent practicable, method of computation thereof, and referring to the provisions of this Agreement in respect of which such right of indemnification is claimed by such Indemnitee or arises; provided , however , that the failure to provide such written notice shall not release the Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations except and solely to the extent the Indemnifying Party shall have been actually materially prejudiced as a result of such failure. Each such Indemnitee shall provide the applicable Indemnifying Party with reasonable access, upon reasonable prior written notice and during normal business hours, in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere in any material respect with the normal business operations of such Indemnitee, to its books and records, properties and personnel relating to the claim the Indemnitee has determined has given or could give rise to a right of indemnification under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.
(b)      Third Party Claims . If a claim or demand is made against an Indemnitee by any Person who is not a party to this Agreement (a “ Third Party Claim ”) as to which such Indemnitee is or may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, such Indemnitee shall notify the Indemnifying Party in writing, and in reasonable detail, of the Third Party Claim promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days) after receipt by such Indemnitee of written notice of the Third Party

27




Claim; provided , however , that the failure to provide notice of any such Third Party Claim pursuant to this or the preceding sentence shall not release the Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations except and solely to the extent the Indemnifying Party shall have been actually materially prejudiced as a result of such failure.
(c)      Other than in the case of (i) Taxes addressed in the Tax Matters Agreement, which shall be addressed as set forth therein or (ii) indemnification by a beneficiary Party of a guarantor Party pursuant to Section 2.10(c) (the defense of which shall be controlled by the beneficiary Party), the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Third Party Claim and, if it so chooses, to assume the defense thereof, at such Indemnifying Party’s own cost and expense and by such Indemnifying Party’s own counsel, that is reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee, within thirty (30) days of the receipt of an indemnification notice from such Indemnitee; provided , however , that the Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Third Party Claim to the extent such Third Party Claim (x) is an allegation of a criminal violation or (y) seeks injunctive relief against the Indemnitee. In connection with the Indemnifying Party’s defense of a Third Party Claim, such Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in (but not control) the defense, compromise, or settlement thereof, at its own expense and, in any event, shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in such defense and make available to the Indemnifying Party, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, all witnesses, pertinent Information, materials and information in such Indemnitee’s possession or under such Indemnitee’s control relating thereto as are reasonably required by the Indemnifying Party; provided , however , that in the event of a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the applicable Indemnitee(s), such Indemnitee(s) shall be entitled to retain, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, separate counsel as required by the applicable rules of professional conduct with respect to such matter; provided , further , that if the Indemnifying Party has assumed the defense of the Third Party Claim but has specified, and continues to assert, any reservations or exceptions to such defense or to its liability therefor, then, in any such case, the reasonable fees and expenses of one separate counsel for all Indemnitees shall be borne by the Indemnifying Party.
(d)      Notwithstanding any assumption of defense of a Third Party Claim by an Indemnifying Party in accordance with Section 6.4(c) , in the event that in the course of defending such Third Party Claim the Indemnifying Party or another Party shall become aware that the subject matter of such Third Party Claim relates to a Liability of another Party and not to a Liability of such Indemnifying Party, then the Indemnifying Party shall, subject to the prior written consent of the other Party to which such Liability belongs, use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer the defense of such claim to such other Party, and shall thereafter cooperate fully with such other Party in such defense and make available to such other Party, at such Party’s expense, all witnesses, pertinent Information, materials and information in such Indemnifying Party’s possession or under such Indemnifying Party’s control relating to such Third Party Claim as are reasonably required by such other Party.
(e)      If an Indemnifying Party fails for any reason to assume responsibility for defending a Third Party Claim within the thirty (30) day period specified in Section 6.4(c) , such Indemnitee may defend such Third Party Claim at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnitee is conducting the defense against any such Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall cooperate with the Indemnitee in such defense and make available to the Indemnitee, at the Indemnitee’s expense, all witnesses, pertinent Information, and material in such Indemnifying Party’s possession or under such Indemnifying Party’s control relating thereto as are reasonably required by the Indemnitee.
(f)      Unless the Indemnifying Party has failed to assume the defense of the Third Party Claim in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, no Indemnitee may settle or compromise any Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, except for any such settlement or compromise that

28




contains an unconditional release of the Indemnifying Party from all claims that are subject of such Third Party Claim.
(g)      In the case of a Third Party Claim, no Indemnifying Party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement of the Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) if the effect thereof is to permit any injunction, declaratory judgment, other order or other non-monetary relief, to be entered, directly or indirectly, against any Indemnitee.
(h)      Except as otherwise set forth in Sections 5.1 and 7.6 , or as set forth in any Ancillary Agreement, absent fraud or willful misconduct by an Indemnifying Party, the indemnification provisions of this Article VI shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of an Indemnitee for any monetary or compensatory damages or losses resulting from any breach of this Agreement and each Indemnitee expressly waives and relinquishes any and all rights, claims or remedies such Person may have with respect to the foregoing other than under this Article VI against any Indemnifying Party. For the avoidance of doubt, all disputes in respect of this Article VI shall be resolved in accordance with Article VIII .
Section 6.5.      Cooperation in Defense and Settlement .
(a)      With respect to any Third Party Claim that implicates both Parties in any material respect due to the allocation of Liabilities, responsibilities for management of defense and related indemnities pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, the Parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate fully and maintain a joint defense (in a manner that will preserve for all Parties any Privilege with respect thereto). The Party that is not responsible for managing the defense of any such Third Party Claim shall, upon reasonable request, be consulted with respect to significant matters relating thereto and may, if necessary or helpful, retain counsel to assist in the defense of such claims.
(b)      Each of IR and Allegion agrees that at all times from and after the Effective Time, if an Action is commenced by a third party naming two (2) or more Parties (or any member of such Parties’ respective Groups) as defendants and with respect to which one or more named Parties (or any member of such Party’s respective Group) is a nominal defendant and/or such Action is otherwise not a Liability allocated to such named Party under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, then the other Party or Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such nominal defendant to be removed from such Action, as soon as reasonably practicable.
Section 6.6.      Indemnification Payments . Indemnification required by this Article VI shall be made by periodic payments of the amount of Indemnifiable Losses in a timely fashion during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or an Indemnifiable Loss incurred.
Section 6.7.      Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Other Amounts .
(a)      Any Indemnifiable Loss subject to indemnification pursuant to this Article VI shall be calculated (i) net of insurance proceeds that actually reduce the amount of the Indemnifiable Loss and (ii) net of any proceeds received by the Indemnitee from any third party for indemnification for such Liability that actually reduce the amount of the Indemnifiable Loss (“ Third Party Proceeds ”). Accordingly, the amount which any Indemnifying Party is required to pay pursuant to this Article VI to any Indemnitee pursuant to this Article VI shall be reduced by any Insurance Proceeds or Third Party Proceeds theretofore actually recovered by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in respect of the related Indemnifiable Loss. If an

29




Indemnitee receives a payment required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Indemnifiable Loss (an “ Indemnity Payment ”) and subsequently receives Insurance Proceeds or Third Party Proceeds, then the Indemnitee shall pay to the Indemnifying Party an amount equal to the excess of the Indemnity Payment received over the amount of the Indemnity Payment that would have been due if the Insurance Proceeds or Third Party Proceeds had been received, realized or recovered before the Indemnity Payment was made.
(b)      The Parties acknowledge that the indemnification provisions hereof do not relieve any insurer who would otherwise be obligated to pay any claim to pay such claim. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Indemnitee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to seek to collect or recover any Insurance Proceeds and any Third Party Proceeds (other than Insurance Proceeds under an arrangement where future premiums are adjusted to reflect prior claims in excess of prior premiums) to which the Indemnitee is entitled in connection with any Indemnifiable Loss for which the Indemnitee seeks indemnification pursuant to this Article VI ; provided , that the Indemnitee’s inability to collect or recover any such Insurance Proceeds or Third Party Proceeds (despite having used commercially reasonable efforts) shall not limit the Indemnifying Party’s obligations hereunder.
Section 6.8.      Additional Matters; Survival of Indemnities .
(a)      The indemnity agreements contained in this Article VI shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Indemnitee; (ii) the knowledge by the Indemnitee of Indemnifiable Losses for which it might be entitled to indemnification hereunder; and (iii) any termination of this Agreement.
(b)      The rights and obligations of each Party and their respective Indemnitees under this Article VI shall survive the sale or other Transfer by any Party or its respective Subsidiaries of any Assets or businesses or the assignment by it of any Liabilities, with respect to any Indemnifiable Loss of any Indemnitee related to such Assets, businesses or Liabilities.
ARTICLE VII

PRESERVATION OF RECORDS; ACCESS TO INFORMATION; CONFIDENTIALITY; PRIVILEGE
Section 7.1.      Preservation of Corporate Records.
(a)      Except to the extent otherwise contemplated by any Ancillary Agreement, a Party providing Records or access to Information to another Party under this Article VII shall be entitled to receive from the recipient, upon the presentation of invoices therefor, payments for such amounts, relating to supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses (which shall not include the costs of salaries and benefits of employees of such Party or any pro rata portion of overhead or other costs of employing such employees which would have been incurred by such employees’ employer regardless of the employees’ service with respect to the foregoing), as may be reasonably incurred in providing such Records or access to Information.
(b)      The Parties shall comply with those document retention policies as shall be set forth herein or otherwise established and agreed to in writing by their respective authorized officers at or prior to the Effective Time in respect of Records and related matters.
Section 7.2.      Financial Statements and Accounting . Each Party agrees to provide the following assistance and reasonable access to its properties, Records, other Information and personnel set forth in this Section 7.2 , (i) at any time, with the consent of the other applicable Party (not to be

30




unreasonably withheld or delayed) for reasonable business purposes relating to financial reporting and any filing made with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act or the Exchange Act; (ii) from the Effective Time until the completion of each Party’s audit for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, in connection with the preparation and audit of each Party’s financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the printing, filing and public dissemination of such financial statements and the audit of each Party’s internal controls over financial reporting and management’s assessment thereof and management’s assessment of each Party’s disclosure controls and procedures, if required; (iii) in the event that either Party changes its independent auditors within two (2) years following the Distribution Date, then such Party may request reasonable access on the terms set forth in this Section 7.2 for a period of up to one hundred and eighty (180) days from such change; and (iv) to the extent reasonably necessary to respond (and for the limited purpose of responding) to any written request or official comment from a Governmental Entity, such as in connection with responding to a comment letter from the Commission. Without limiting the foregoing, each Party agrees as follows:
(a)      Financial Statements . Each Party shall provide reasonable access to the other Party on a timely basis to all Information reasonably required to meet its schedule for the preparation, printing, filing, and public dissemination of its quarterly and annual financial statements and for management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures and its internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Items 307 and 308, respectively, of Regulation S-K and, to the extent applicable to such Party, its auditor’s audit of its internal controls over financial reporting and management’s assessment thereof in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Commission’s and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board’s rules and auditing standards thereunder, if required (such assessments and audit being referred to as the “ Internal Control Audit and Management Assessments ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Party shall provide all required financial and other Information with respect to itself and its Subsidiaries to its auditors in a sufficient and reasonable time and in sufficient detail to permit its auditors to take all steps and perform all reviews necessary to provide sufficient assistance, if requested, to each other Party’s auditors with respect to Information to be included or contained in such other Party’s annual financial statements and to permit such other Party’s auditors and management to complete the Internal Control Audit and Management Assessments, for 2013.
(b)      Access to Personnel and Records . Except to the extent otherwise contemplated by the Ancillary Agreements, each Party shall authorize its respective auditors to make reasonably available to the other Party’s auditors (the “ Other Party’s Auditors ”) both the personnel who performed or are performing the annual audits of such audited Party (each Party with respect to its own audit, the “ Audited Party ”) and work papers related to the annual audits of such Audited Party (subject to the execution of any reasonable and customary access letters that such Audited Party’s auditors may require in connection with the review of such work papers by such Other Party’s Auditors), in all cases within a reasonable time prior to such Audited Party’s auditors’ opinion date, so that the Other Party’s Auditors are able to perform the procedures they reasonably consider necessary to take responsibility for the work of the Audited Party’s auditors as it relates to their auditors’ report on such other Party’s financial statements, all within sufficient time to enable such other Party to meet its timetable for the printing, filing and public dissemination of its annual financial statements. Each Party shall make reasonably available to the Other Parties and to such Other Party’s Auditors and management its personnel and Records and other Information in a reasonable time prior to the Other Party’s Auditors’ opinion date and other Party’s management’s assessment date so that the Other Party’s Auditors and other Party’s management are able to perform the procedures they reasonably consider necessary to conduct the Internal Control Audit and Management Assessments for 2013.
(c)      Annual Reports and Proxy Statements . (i) Each Party shall deliver to the other Party a reasonably complete draft of the first annual report on Form 10-K to be filed with the Commission (or

31




otherwise) that includes its respective financial statements (in the form expected to be covered by the audit report of such Party’s independent auditors) for the year ended December 31, 2013, on or prior to February 4, 2014, and (ii) IR shall deliver to Allegion a reasonably complete draft of the first proxy materials to be filed with the Commission after the Effective Date (such annual reports and proxy materials, collectively, the “ Annual Reports ”), on or prior to February 4, 2014; provided , however , that each Party may continue to revise its respective Annual Reports prior to the filing thereof, which changes shall be delivered to the other Party as soon as reasonably practicable; provided , further , that, to the extent Allegion’s 2014 proxy statement discusses IR compensation programs, Allegion shall substantially conform its 2014 proxy statement to be filed with the Commission to IR’s proxy statement as last provided to Allegion at a reasonable time prior to Allegion’s filing. Each Party shall notify the other Party, as soon as reasonably practicable after becoming aware thereof, of any material accounting differences between the financial statements to be included in such Party’s annual report on Form 10-K and the pro-forma financial statements included, as applicable, in the Form 10 or the Form 8-K to be filed by IR with the Commission on or about the time of the Distribution. If any such differences are notified by any Party, the Parties shall confer and/or meet as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, and in any event prior to the filing of any Annual Report, to consult with each other in respect of such differences and the effects thereof on the Parties’ applicable Annual Reports.
(d)      Nothing in this Article VII shall require any Party to violate any agreement with any third party regarding the confidentiality of confidential and proprietary Information relating to that third party or its business; provided , however , that in the event that a Party is required under this Section 7.2 to disclose any such Information, such Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to seek to obtain such third party’s written consent to the disclosure of such Information.
Section 7.3.      Provision of Corporate Records . Other than in circumstances in which indemnification is sought pursuant to Article VI (in which event the provisions of such Article shall govern) or for matters related to provision of Tax Records (in which event the provisions of the Tax Matters Agreement shall govern), and subject to appropriate restrictions for classified Information, Privileged Information or Confidential Information:
(a)      After the Effective Time, upon the prior written request by Allegion for specific and identified Information which relates to (x) Allegion or the Allegion Business, as the case may be, prior to the Effective Time or (y) any Ancillary Agreement to which IR and/or Allegion are parties, as applicable, IR shall provide, as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt of such request, appropriate copies of such Information (or the originals thereof if Allegion has a reasonable need for such originals) in the possession or control of IR or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries, but only to the extent such items so relate and are not already in the possession or control of Allegion;
(b)      After the Effective Time, upon the prior written request by IR for specific and identified Information which relates to (x) IR or the conduct of the IR Retained Business, as the case may be, prior to the Effective Time or (y) any Ancillary Agreement to which IR and/or Allegion are parties, as applicable, Allegion shall provide, as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt of such request, appropriate copies of such Information (or the originals thereof if IR has a reasonable need for such originals) in the possession or control of Allegion or any of its Subsidiaries, but only to the extent such items so relate and are not already in the possession or control of IR; provided that, to the extent any originals are delivered to any requesting Party pursuant to this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, such Party shall, at its own expense, return them to the Party having provided such originals within a reasonable time after the need to retain such originals has ceased.
Section 7.4.      Witness Services . Except in the event any Parties are opposing one another in an Action, in which case normal discovery rules shall apply, at all times from and after the Effective Time, each of IR and Allegion shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available to the others,

32




upon reasonable written request, its and its Subsidiaries’ former (to the extent practicable), current (to the extent practicable) and future directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents of such Party as witnesses and any Records or other Information within its control or which it otherwise has the ability to make available (other than materials covered by any Privilege) to the extent that such Persons (giving consideration to business demands of such directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents) or Records or other Information may reasonably be required to testify, in the case of Persons, or be provided, in the case of Records or Information, in connection with the prosecution or defense of any Action in which the requesting Party may from time to time be involved (except for claims, demands or Actions between members of each Group). A Party providing a witness to the other Party under this Section shall be entitled to receive from the recipient of such witness services, upon the presentation of invoices therefor, payments for such amounts, relating to supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses (which shall not include the costs of salaries and benefits of employees who are witnesses or any pro rata portion of overhead or other costs of employing such employees which would have been incurred by such employees’ employer regardless of the employees’ service as witnesses), as may be reasonably incurred and properly paid under applicable Law.
Section 7.5.      Reimbursement; Other Matters . Except to the extent otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, a Party providing Information or access to Information to the other Party under this Article VII shall be entitled to receive from the recipient, upon the presentation of invoices therefor, payments for such amounts, relating to supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses (which shall not include the costs of salaries and benefits of employees of such Party or any pro rata portion of overhead or other costs of employing such employees which would have been incurred by such employees’ employer regardless of the employees’ service with respect to the foregoing), as may be reasonably incurred in providing such Information or access to such Information.
Section 7.6.      Confidentiality .
(a)      Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, each Party shall hold, and shall cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to hold, and shall cause its and their respective officers, employees, agents, consultants and advisors to hold, in strict confidence, and not to disclose or release or, except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, use, without the prior written consent of the Party to whom the Confidential Information relates (which may be withheld in such Party’s sole and absolute discretion, except where disclosure is required by applicable Law), any and all Confidential Information (as defined herein) concerning or belonging to the other Parties; provided , that each Party may disclose, or may permit disclosure of, Confidential Information (i) to its respective auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, bankers and other appropriate consultants and advisors who have a need to know such Information and are informed of the obligation to hold such Information confidential and in respect of whose failure to comply with such obligations, the applicable Party will be responsible, (ii) if any Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries is required or compelled to disclose any such Confidential Information by judicial or administrative process or by other requirements of Law or stock exchange rule or is advised by outside counsel in connection with a governmental proceeding that it is advisable to do so, (iii) as required in connection with any legal or other proceeding by one Party against any other Party, (iv) as necessary in order to permit a Party to prepare and disclose its financial statements in connection with any regulatory filings or Tax Returns, (v) as necessary for a Party to enforce its rights or perform its obligations under this Agreement (including pursuant to Section 2.3 ) or an Ancillary Agreement, (vi) to Governmental Entities in accordance with applicable procurement regulations and contract requirements or (vii) to other Persons in connection with their evaluation of, and negotiating and consummating, a potential strategic transaction, to the extent reasonably necessary in connection therewith, provided an appropriate and customary confidentiality agreement has been entered into with the Person receiving such Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any

33




demand or request for disclosure of Confidential Information is made pursuant to clause (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi) above, each Party, as applicable, shall promptly notify (to the extent permissible by Law) the Party to whom the Confidential Information relates of the existence of such request, demand or disclosure requirement and shall provide such affected Party a reasonable opportunity to seek an appropriate protective order or other remedy, which such Party will cooperate in obtaining to the extent reasonably practicable. In the event that such appropriate protective order or other remedy is not obtained, the Party which faces the disclosure requirement shall furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information that is required to be disclosed and shall take commercially reasonable steps to ensure that confidential treatment is accorded such Confidential Information.
(b)      Each Party acknowledges that it and the other members of its Group may have in its or their possession confidential or proprietary Information of third parties that was received under confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements with such third party while such Party and/or members of its Group were part of the IR Group. Each Party shall comply, and shall cause the other members of its Group to comply, and shall cause its and their respective officers, employees, agents, consultants and advisors (or potential buyers) to comply, with all terms and conditions of any such third-party agreements entered into prior to the Effective Time, with respect to any confidential and proprietary Information of third parties to which it or any other member of its Group has had access.
(c)      The Parties agree that irreparable damage may occur in the event that the provisions of this Section 7.6 were not performed in accordance with their specific terms. Accordingly, it is hereby agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.
(d)      For the avoidance of doubt, the disclosure and sharing of Privileged Information shall be governed by Section 7.7 and not by this Section 7.6 .
Section 7.7.      Privilege Matters .
(a)      Pre-Separation Services . The Parties recognize that legal and other professional services that have been and will be provided prior to the Effective Time have been and will be rendered for the collective benefit of each of the members of the IR Group and the Allegion Group, and that each of the members of the IR Group and the Allegion Group should be deemed to be the client with respect to such pre-separation services for the purposes of asserting all privileges, immunities, or other protections from disclosure which may be asserted under applicable Law, including attorney-client privilege, business strategy privilege, joint defense privilege, common interest privilege, and protection under the work-product doctrine (“ Privilege ”). The Parties shall have a shared Privilege with respect to all Information subject to Privilege (“ Privileged Information ”) which relates to such pre-separation services. For the avoidance of doubt, Privileged Information within the scope of this Section 7.7 includes, but is not limited to, services rendered by legal counsel retained or employed by any Party (or any member of such Party’s respective Group), including outside counsel and in-house counsel.
(b)      Post-Separation Services . The Parties recognize that legal and other professional services will be provided following the Effective Time to each of IR and Allegion. The Parties further recognize that certain of such post-separation services will be rendered solely for the benefit of IR or Allegion, as the case may be, while other such post-separation services may be rendered with respect to claims, proceedings, litigation, disputes, or other matters which involve IR and Allegion. With respect to such post-separation services and related Privileged Information, the Parties agree as follows:
(i)      All Privileged Information relating to any claims, proceedings, litigation, disputes, or other matters which involve IR and Allegion shall be subject to a shared Privilege

34




among the Parties involved in the claims, proceedings, litigation, disputes, or other matters at issue; and
(ii)      Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.7(b)(i) , Privileged Information relating to post-separation services provided solely to one of IR or Allegion shall not be deemed shared between the Parties, provided , that the foregoing shall not be construed or interpreted to restrict the right or authority of the Parties (x) to enter into any further agreement, not otherwise inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, concerning the sharing of Privileged Information or (y) otherwise to share Privileged Information without waiving any Privilege which could be asserted under applicable Law.
(c)      The Parties agree as follows regarding all Privileged Information with respect to which the Parties shall have a shared Privilege under Section 7.7(a) or (b) :
(i)      Subject to Section 7.7(c)(iii) and (iv) , no Party may waive any Privilege which could be asserted under any applicable Law, and in which the other Party has a shared Privilege, without the consent of the other Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Consent shall be in writing, or shall be deemed to be granted unless written objection is made within ten (10) days after written notice by the requesting Party to the Party whose consent is sought;
(ii)      If a dispute arises between or among the Parties or their respective Subsidiaries regarding whether a Privilege should be waived to protect or advance the interest of any Party, each Party agrees that it shall negotiate in good faith, shall endeavor to minimize any prejudice to the rights of the other Party, and shall not unreasonably withhold consent to any request for waiver by the other Party. Each Party specifically agrees that it shall not withhold consent to waive for any purpose except to protect its own legitimate interests;
(iii)      If, within ten (10) days of receipt by the requesting Party of written objection, the Parties have not succeeded in negotiating a resolution to any dispute regarding whether a Privilege should be waived, and the requesting Party determines that a Privilege should nonetheless be waived to protect or advance its interest, the requesting Party shall provide the objecting Party ten (10) days written notice prior to effecting such waiver. Each Party specifically agrees that failure within ten (10) days of receipt of such notice to commence proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to enjoin such disclosure under applicable Law shall be deemed full and effective consent to such disclosure; and
(iv)      In the event of any litigation or dispute between the Parties, or any members of their respective Groups, either such Party may waive a Privilege in which the other Party or member of such Group has a shared Privilege, without obtaining the consent of the other Party; provided , that such waiver of a shared Privilege shall be effective only as to the use of Privileged Information with respect to the litigation or dispute between the Parties and/or the applicable members of their respective Groups, and shall not operate as a waiver of the shared Privilege with respect to third parties.
(d)      The transfer of all Information pursuant to this Agreement is made in reliance on the agreement of IR or Allegion as set forth in Sections 7.6 and this Section 7.7 , to maintain the confidentiality of Privileged Information and to assert and maintain any applicable Privilege. The access to Information being granted pursuant to Sections 6.6 , 7.2 and 7.3 hereof, the agreement to provide witnesses and individuals pursuant to Sections 6.6 and 7.4 hereof, the furnishing of notices and documents and other cooperative efforts contemplated by Section 6.6 hereof, and the transfer of Privileged Information between the Parties and their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement

35




shall not be deemed a waiver of any Privilege that has been or may be asserted under this Agreement or otherwise.
Section 7.8.      Ownership of Information . Any Information owned by one Party or any of its Subsidiaries that is provided to a requesting Party pursuant to this Article VII shall be deemed to remain the property of the providing Party. Unless specifically set forth herein, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as granting or conferring rights of license or otherwise in any such Information.
Section 7.9.      Other Agreements . The rights and obligations granted under this Article VII are subject to any specific limitations, qualifications or additional provisions on the sharing, exchange or confidential treatment of Information set forth in any Ancillary Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII

DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Section 8.1.      Negotiation . In the event of a controversy, dispute or claim arising out of, in connection with, or in relation to the interpretation, performance, nonperformance, validity or breach of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or otherwise arising out of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby, including any claim based on contract, tort, statute or constitution (collectively, “ Agreement Disputes ”), the general counsels of the Parties (or such other individuals designated by the respective general counsels) and/or the executive officers designated by the Parties, shall negotiate for a reasonable period of time to settle such Agreement Dispute; provided, that such reasonable period shall not, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing, exceed ninety (90) days (the “ Negotiation Period ”) from the time of receipt by a Party of written notice of such Agreement Dispute (“ Dispute Notice ”); provided, further, that in the event of any arbitration in accordance with Section 8.2 hereof, the Parties shall not assert the defenses of statute of limitations and laches arising during the period beginning after the date of receipt of the Dispute Notice, and any contractual time period or deadline under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement to which such Agreement Dispute relates occurring after the Dispute Notice is received shall not be deemed to have passed until such Agreement Dispute has been resolved.
Section 8.2.      Arbitration . If the Agreement Dispute has not been resolved for any reason after the Negotiation Period, such Agreement Dispute shall be determined, at the request of any relevant Party, by arbitration conducted in New York City, before and in accordance with the then-existing Rules for Non-Administered Arbitration of the International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution (“ CPR ”), except as modified herein (the “ Rules ”). There shall be one arbitrator, which shall be appointed by the Parties within twenty (20) days of receipt by respondent of a copy of the demand for arbitration. If the arbitrator is not timely appointed by the Parties under this Section 8.2 , he or she shall be appointed by the CPR in accordance with the Rules, and in any such procedure, each Party shall be given two strikes, excluding strikes for cause. Any controversy concerning whether an Agreement Dispute is an arbitrable Agreement Dispute, whether arbitration has been waived, whether an assignee of this Agreement is bound to arbitrate, or as to the interpretation, validity or enforceability of this Article VIII shall be determined by the arbitrator. In resolving any Agreement Dispute, the Parties intend that the arbitrator shall apply the substantive Laws of the State of New York, without regard to any choice of law principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. The Parties intend that the provisions to arbitrate set forth herein be valid, enforceable and irrevocable, and any award rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the Parties. The Parties agree to comply and cause the members of their applicable Group to comply with any award made in any such arbitration proceedings and agree to enforcement of or entry of judgment upon such award, in any court of competent jurisdiction, including (a) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, or (b) the United States District Court

36




for the Southern District of New York. The arbitrator shall be entitled, if appropriate, to award any remedy in such proceedings, including monetary damages, specific performance and all other forms of legal and equitable relief; provided, however, the arbitrator shall not be entitled to award special, consequential, reputational, indirect or punitive damages unless in connection with indemnification for a Third Party Claim (and in such a case, only to the extent awarded in such Third Party Claim).
Section 8.3.      Arbitration Period . Any arbitration proceeding shall be concluded in a maximum of six (6) months from the commencement of the arbitration or such other period as the arbitrator together with the Parties involved in such proceeding shall deem reasonable.
Section 8.4.      Treatment of Negotiations and Arbitration . Without limiting the provisions of the Rules, unless otherwise agreed in writing by among the Parties or permitted by this Agreement, the Parties shall keep, and shall cause the members of their applicable Group to keep, confidential all matters relating to and any negotiation, conference or discussion or otherwise pursuant to this Article VIII, all of which shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of Rule 408 of the Federal Rules of Evidence and comparable state rules; provided, that such matters may be disclosed (i) to the extent reasonably necessary in any proceeding ancillary to an arbitration hereunder, including to enforce the award or for entry of a judgment upon the award and (ii) to the extent otherwise required by Law or the rules of any stock exchange on which a Party’s securities may be listed. Nothing said or disclosed, nor any document produced, in the course of any negotiations, conferences and discussions that is not otherwise independently discoverable shall be offered or received as evidence or used for impeachment or for any other purpose in any current or future arbitration. Nothing contained herein is intended to or shall be construed to prevent a Party from applying to any court of competent jurisdiction for interim measures or other provisional relief in connection with the subject matter of any Agreement Disputes. Without prejudice to such provisional remedies as may be available under the jurisdiction of a court, the arbitral tribunal shall have full authority to grant provisional remedies and to direct the parties to request that any court modify or vacate any temporary or preliminary relief issued by such court, and to award damages for the failure of a Party to respect the arbitral tribunal’s orders to that effect.
Section 8.5.      Continuity of Service and Performance . Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Parties shall continue to provide service and honor all other commitments under this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement during the course of dispute resolution pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to all matters not subject to such dispute resolution.
Section 8.6.      Consolidation . The arbitrator may consolidate an arbitration under this Agreement with any arbitration arising under or relating to the Ancillary Agreements or any other agreement between the parties entered into pursuant hereto, as the case may be, if the subject of the Agreement Disputes thereunder arises out of or relates essentially to the same set of facts or transactions. Such consolidated arbitration shall be determined by the arbitrator appointed for the arbitration proceeding that was commenced first in time.
ARTICLE IX

INSURANCE
Section 9.1.      Policies and Rights Included Within Assets .
(a)      The IR Retained Assets shall include any and all rights of an additional named insured under Policies where IR is an additional named insured, subject to the terms of such Policies and any limitations or obligations of IR contemplated by this Article IX , specifically including rights of indemnity and the right to be defended by or at the expense of the insurer, with respect to all claims, suits, actions, proceedings, injuries, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses incurred or claimed to have been incurred prior to the Effective Time by any Party in or in connection with the conduct of the IR Retained Business

37




regardless of whether any suit, claim, action or proceeding is brought before or after the Effective Time or, to the extent any claim is made against IR or any of its Subsidiaries, the conduct of the Allegion Business, and which claims, suits, actions, proceedings, injuries, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses may arise out of an insured or insurable occurrence under one or more of such Company Policies; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 9.1 shall be deemed to constitute (or to reflect) an assignment of such Policies by IR.
(b)      The Allegion Assets shall include any and all rights of an insured party under each of the Company Policies, subject to Sections 9.9 and 9.10 and to the terms of such Company Policies and any limitations or obligations of Allegion contemplated by this Article IX, specifically including rights of indemnity and the right to be defended by or at the expense of the insurer, with respect to all claims, suits, actions, proceedings, injuries, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses incurred or claimed to have been incurred prior to the Effective Time by any party in or in connection with the conduct of the Allegion Business regardless of whether any suit, claim, action or proceeding is brought before or after the Effective Time or, to the extent any claim is made against Allegion or any of its Subsidiaries, the conduct of the IR Retained Business, and which claims, suits, actions, proceedings, injuries, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses may arise out of an insured or insurable occurrence under one or more of such Company Policies; provided , however , that nothing in this clause shall be deemed to constitute (or to reflect) an assignment of such Company Policies, or any of them, to Allegion.
Section 9.2.      Post-Effective Time Claims . If, subsequent to the Effective Time, any person shall assert a claim against Allegion or any of its Subsidiaries (including where Allegion or its Subsidiaries are joint defendants with other persons) with respect to any claim, suit, action, proceeding, injury, loss, liability, damage or expense incurred or claimed to have been incurred prior to the Effective Time in or in connection with the conduct of the Allegion Business or, to the extent any claim is made against Allegion or any of its Subsidiaries (including where Allegion or its Subsidiaries are joint defendants with other persons), the conduct of the IR Retained Business, and which claim, suit, action, proceeding, injury, loss, liability, damage or expense may arise out of an insured or insurable occurrence under one or more of the Company Policies, IR shall, at the time such claim is asserted, be deemed to designate, without need of further documentation, Allegion as the agent and attorney-in-fact to assert and to collect any related Insurance Proceeds under such Company Policy, and shall further be deemed to confer, without need of further documentation, but subject to Section 9.9 , upon Allegion any and all rights of an insured party under such Company Policy with respect to such asserted claim, specifically including rights of indemnity and the right to be defended by or at the expense of the insurer and the right to any applicable Insurance Proceeds thereunder; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 9.2 shall be deemed to constitute (or to reflect) an assignment of the Company Policies, or any of them, to Allegion.
Section 9.3.      Administration; Other Matters .
(a)      Administration . Subject to Section 9.9, from and after the Effective Time, each Party (either by itself or by contracting for the provision of services by independent parties) shall be responsible for Claims Administration under Company Policies with respect to its respective Insured Claims; provided , however , that Allegion shall provide prompt notice to IR of any claims submitted by it or by its respective Subsidiaries under the Company Policies and of any Insurance Proceeds related thereto. Each Party shall administer and pay any costs relating to its pursuit of and to defending its respective Insured Claims under Company Policies to the extent such defense costs are not covered under such Policies, shall be responsible for any amounts of its respective Insured Claims under Company Policies that fall below applicable deductibles or self-insured retentions, and shall be responsible for obtaining or reviewing the appropriateness of releases upon settlement of its respective Insured Claims under Company Policies. IR shall, with the written consent of Allegion (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), have the sole right to commute or otherwise terminate any Company Policies.

38




(b)      Liability Limitation . IR and Allegion shall not be liable to one another for claims not reimbursed by insurers for any reason not within the control of IR or Allegion, as the case may be, including coinsurance provisions, deductibles, quota share deductibles, exhaustion of aggregates, self-insured retentions, bankruptcy or insolvency of an insurance carrier, Company Policy limitations or restrictions, any coverage disputes, any failure to timely claim by IR or Allegion or any defect in such claim or its processing.
(c)      Maximization of Insurance Proceeds . Each Party agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize available coverage under those Company Policies applicable to it, and to take all commercially reasonable steps to recover from all other responsible parties in respect of an Insured Claim, including, as may be applicable, pursuing recoveries under other insurance policies available to such Party.
Section 9.4.      Agreement for Waiver of Conflict and Shared Defense . In the event that Insured Claims of more than one Party exist relating to the same occurrence, the relevant Parties shall jointly defend and waive any conflict of interest to the extent necessary to the conduct of the joint defense. Nothing in this Section 9.4 shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter in any way the obligations of the Parties, including those created by this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.
Section 9.5.      Agreement for Waiver of Conflict and Insurance Litigation and/or Recovery Efforts . In the event of any Action by any Party (or both of the Parties) to recover or obtain insurance proceeds, or to defend against any Action by an insurance carrier to deny any Policy benefits, both Parties may join in any such Action and be represented by joint counsel and both Parties shall waive any conflict of interest to the extent necessary to conduct any such Action. Nothing in this Section 9.5 shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter in any way the obligations of the Parties, including those created by this Agreement, by operation of Law, or otherwise.
Section 9.6.      Directors and Officers Liability Insurance . IR agrees that, from and after the Distribution Date to the sixth anniversary of the Effective Time, it will maintain in full force and effect the Company Policies identified as Directors & Officers Liability Insurance on Schedule 1.1(21) (or, through the purchase of extended discovery, the full benefits and coverage of such Company Policies). The provisions of this Section 9.6 are intended for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each of the persons covered by those Company Policies referenced in the preceding sentence.
Section 9.7.      No Coverage for Post-Effective Occurrences . Allegion, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, acknowledges and agrees that it will have no coverage under the Company Policies for acts or events that occur after the Effective Time.
Section 9.8.      Cooperation . The Parties agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with respect to the various insurance matters contemplated by this Agreement (including in connection with Policies where IR is an additional named insured).
Section 9.9.      IR as General Agent and Attorney-In-Fact . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, IR remains the owner and holder of all rights and claims in and to the Company Policies. Should the provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.2 as they pertain to Allegion be challenged and/or fail of their purpose, IR shall act as agent and attorney-in-fact for Allegion and thereby effectuate, on behalf of Allegion, the provisions of Section 9.2 of this Agreement, provided that Allegion shall pay IR’s reasonable out of pocket costs relating thereto.
Section 9.10.      Additional Premiums, Return Premiums and Pro Rata Cancellation Premium Credits . If additional premiums are payable, or return premiums are receivable, on any Company Policies after the Effective Time as a result of an insurance carrier’s retrospective audit of insured exposure, IR

39




shall be responsible for any such additional premiums, and shall be entitled to receive any such return premiums. If cancellation premium credits are received after the Effective Time in connection with the cancellation of any Company Policies, IR shall be entitled to receive such cancellation premium credits.
Section 9.11.      Certain Matters Relating to IR’s Organizational Documents . For a period of six (6) years from the Distribution Date, the Memorandum and Articles of Association of IR shall contain provisions no less favorable with respect to indemnification than are set forth in the Memorandum and Articles of Association of IR immediately after the Effective Time, which provisions shall not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified for a period of six (6) years from the Distribution Date in any manner that would affect adversely the rights thereunder of individuals who, at or prior to the Effective Time, were directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries or agents of any member of the IR Group or the Allegion Group, unless such modification shall be required by Law and then only to the minimum extent required by Law.
ARTICLE X     

MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.1.      Complete Agreement; Construction . This Agreement, including the Exhibits and Schedules, and the Ancillary Agreements shall constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments, course of dealings and writings with respect to such subject matter. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any Schedule hereto, the Schedule shall prevail. In the event and to the extent that there shall be a conflict between the provisions of (a) this Agreement and the provisions of any Ancillary Agreement or Continuing Arrangement, such Ancillary Agreement or Continuing Arrangement shall control and (b) this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement which is not an Ancillary Agreement, this Agreement shall control unless specifically stated otherwise in such Ancillary Agreement. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement: (i) all matters relating to Taxes and Tax Returns of the Parties and their respective Subsidiaries shall be governed exclusively by the Tax Matters Agreement; and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any conflict between this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, on the one hand, and the Tax Matters Agreement, on the other hand, with respect to such matters, the terms and conditions of the Tax Matters Agreement shall govern.
Section 10.2.      Ancillary Agreements . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Agreement is not intended to address, and should not be interpreted to address, the matters specifically and expressly covered by the Ancillary Agreements.
Section 10.3.      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more such counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to each of the Parties.
Section 10.4.      Survival of Agreements . Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, all covenants and agreements of the Parties contained in this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement shall survive the Effective Time and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their applicable terms.
Section 10.5.      Expenses . Except as otherwise provided (i) on Schedule 10.5 , (ii) in this Agreement or (iii) in any Ancillary Agreement, the Parties agree that all out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred, or to be incurred and directly related to the Internal Reorganization, Distribution and the other transactions contemplated hereby (including third party professional fees, fees and expenses incurred in

40




connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and such other third party fees and expenses incurred on a non-recurring basis directly as a result thereof, including expenses set forth on Schedule 10.5 , but excluding (x) the costs of salaries and benefits of employees or any pro rata portion of overhead or other costs of employing such employees which would have been incurred by such employees’ employer regardless of the employees’ service with respect to the foregoing and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, any commercial costs in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, such as signage for Allegion (collectively, “ Separation Expenses ”) shall (A) to the extent incurred prior to the Distribution Date, be paid by IR and (B) to the extent any such Separation Expenses arise and are payable following the Effective Date shall be paid by the Parties as set forth on Schedule 10.5 .
Section 10.6.      Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement and, to the extent applicable and unless otherwise provided therein, under each of the Ancillary Agreements shall be in English, shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, by facsimile with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier service) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 10.6 ):
To IR:
[●]
[●]
[●]
Attn: General Counsel
Facsimile: [●]
To Allegion:
[●]
[●]
[●]
Attn: General Counsel
Facsimile: [●]
Section 10.7.      Waivers . Any consent required or permitted to be given by any Party to the other Parties under this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by the Party giving such consent and shall be effective only against such Party (and its Group).
Section 10.8.      Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assignable, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other Parties (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and any attempt to assign any rights or obligations arising under this Agreement without such consent shall be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be assignable to (i) an affiliate or (ii) a third party in connection with a merger, reorganization, consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of a party hereto so long as the resulting, surviving or transferee entity assumes all the obligations of the relevant party hereto by operation of law or pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the other parties to this Agreement. No assignment permitted by this Section 10.8 shall release the assigning Party from liability for the full performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

41




Section 10.9.      Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement and the obligations and rights hereunder shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by (and against) the Parties and their respective successors and permitted transferees and assigns.
Section 10.10.      Termination and Amendment . This Agreement (including Article VI hereof) may be terminated, modified or amended and the Distribution may be amended, modified or abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time by and in the sole discretion of IR without the approval of Allegion or the stockholders of IR. In the event of such termination, no Party shall have any liability of any kind to the other Party or any other Person. After the Effective Time, this Agreement may not be terminated, modified or amended except by an agreement in writing signed by IR and Allegion.
Section 10.11.      Payment Terms .
(a)      Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, any amount to be paid or reimbursed by a Party (and/or a member of such Party’s Group), on the one hand, to the other Party (and/or a member of such Party’s Group), on the other hand, under this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed hereunder within sixty (60) days after presentation of an invoice or a written demand therefor and setting forth, or accompanied by, reasonable documentation or other reasonable explanation supporting such amount.
(b)      Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, any amount not paid when due pursuant to this Agreement (and any amount billed or otherwise invoiced or demanded and properly payable that is not paid within sixty (60) days of such bill, invoice or other demand) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR, from time to time in effect, calculated for the actual number of days elapsed, accrued from the date on which such payment was due up to the date of the actual receipt of payment.
(c)      Currency Conversion . All payments to be made by either IR or Allegion under this Agreement shall be made in US Dollars. Any amount which is not expressed in US Dollars shall be converted into US Dollars by using the exchange rate published on Bloomberg at 5:00pm Eastern Standard time (EST) on the day before the relevant date or in the Wall Street Journal on such date if not so published on Bloomberg. In the event that any indemnification payment required to be made hereunder or under any Ancillary Agreement may be denominated in a currency other than US Dollars, the amount of such payment shall be converted into US Dollars on the date in which notice of the claim is given to the Indemnifying Party.
Section 10.12.      No Circumvention . The Parties agree not to directly or indirectly take any actions, act in concert with any Person who takes an action, or cause or allow any member of any such Party’s Group to take any actions (including the failure to take a reasonable action) such that the resulting effect is to materially undermine the effectiveness of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (including adversely affecting the rights or ability of any Party to successfully pursue indemnification or payment pursuant to Article VI ).
Section 10.13.      Subsidiaries . Each of the Parties shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any Subsidiary of such Party or by any entity that becomes a Subsidiary of such Party at and after the Effective Time, to the extent such Subsidiary remains a Subsidiary of the applicable Party.
Section 10.14.      Third Party Beneficiaries . Except (i) as provided in Article VI relating to Indemnitees and for the release under Section 6.1 of any Person provided therein, (ii) as provided in Section 9.6 relating to the directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries or agents provided therein and (iii) as specifically provided in any Ancillary Agreement, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties

42




and should not be deemed to confer upon third parties any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement.
Section 10.15.      Title and Headings . Titles and headings to sections herein are inserted for the convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 10.16.      Exhibits and Schedules .
(a)      The Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if the same had been set forth verbatim herein. Nothing in the Exhibits or Schedules constitutes an admission of any liability or obligation of any member of the IR Group or the Allegion Group or any of their respective Affiliates to any third party, nor, with respect to any third party, an admission against the interests of any member of the IR Group or the Allegion Group or any of their respective Affiliates. The inclusion of any item or liability or category of item or liability on any Exhibit or Schedule is made solely for purposes of allocating potential liabilities among the Parties and shall not be deemed as or construed to be an admission that any such liability exists.
(b)      Subject to the prior written consent of the other Parties (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), each Party shall be entitled to update the Schedules from and after the date hereof until the Effective Time.
Section 10.17.      Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws, but not the Laws governing conflicts of Laws (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law), of the State of New York.
Section 10.18.      Consent to Jurisdiction . Subject to the provisions of Article VIII hereof, each of the Parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of (a) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, or (b) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ New York Courts ”), for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding to compel arbitration or for provisional relief in aid of arbitration in accordance with Article VIII or to prevent irreparable harm, and to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts for the enforcement of any award issued thereunder. Each of the Parties further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such Party’s respective address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding in the New York Courts with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction in this Section 10.18 . Each of the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the New York Courts, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
Section 10.19.      Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.19 .

43




Section 10.20.      Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The Parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
Section 10.21.      Force Majeure . No Party (or any Person acting on its behalf) shall have any liability or responsibility for failure to fulfill any obligation (other than a payment obligation) under this Agreement or, unless otherwise expressly provided therein, any Ancillary Agreement, so long as and to the extent to which the fulfillment of such obligation is prevented, frustrated, hindered or delayed as a consequence of circumstances of Force Majeure. A Party claiming the benefit of this provision shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of any such event: (a) notify the other applicable Parties of the nature and extent of any such Force Majeure condition and (b) use due diligence to remove any such causes and resume performance under this Agreement as soon as feasible.
Section 10.22.      Interpretation . The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the Party drafting or causing any instrument to be drafted.
Section 10.23.      No Duplication; No Double Recovery . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer to or impose upon any Party a duplicative right, entitlement, obligation or recovery with respect to any matter arising out of the same facts and circumstances (including with respect to the rights, entitlements, obligations and recoveries that may arise out of one or more of the following Sections: Section 6.2 ; Section 6.3 ; Section 6.4 ; and Section 6.5 ).
Section 10.24.      Tax Treatment of Payments . Unless otherwise required by a Final Determination, this Agreement or the Tax Matters Agreement or otherwise agreed to among the Parties, for U.S. federal Tax purposes, any payment made pursuant to this Agreement (other than any payment of interest pursuant to Section 10.11 ) by: (i) Allegion to IR shall be treated for all Tax purposes as a distribution by Allegion to IR with respect to stock of Allegion occurring after Allegion is directly owned by IR and immediately before the applicable Distribution; or (ii) IR to Allegion shall be treated for all Tax purposes as a tax-free contribution by IR to Allegion with respect to its stock occurring after Allegion is directly owned by IR and immediately before the applicable Distribution; and in each case, no Party shall take any position inconsistent with such treatment. In the event that a Taxing Authority (as defined in the Tax Matters Agreement) asserts that a Party’s treatment of a payment pursuant to this Agreement should be other than as required pursuant to this Agreement (ignoring any potential inconsistent or adverse Final Determination), such Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to contest such challenge.
Section 10.25.      No Waiver . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Party, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Ancillary Agreements shall operate as a waiver hereof or thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.
Section 10.26.      No Admission of Liability . The allocation of Assets and Liabilities herein (including on the Schedules hereto) is solely for the purpose of allocating such Assets and Liabilities between IR and Allegion and is not intended as an admission of liability or responsibility for any alleged Liabilities vis-à-vis any third party, including with respect to the Liabilities of any non-wholly owned subsidiary of IR or Allegion.
[Signature Page Follows]

44




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
INGERSOLL RAND PLC


By:     
Name:    
Title:    



ALLEGION PLC


By:     
Name:    
Title:    
 

45



Exhibit 3.1



Companies Acts 1963 to 2012

A PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES


MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
of
ALLEGION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY

Incorporated the 9th day of May 2013































Arthur Cox
Dublin






    





Cert. No.: 527370
Companies Acts 1963 to 2012
A PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
of
ALLEGION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY


1.
The name of the Company is Allegion public limited company.
2.
The Company is to be a public limited company.
3.
The objects for which the Company is established are:
(1)
(a)      To carry on the business of a global company that provides security products and solutions through the design, manufacture, sale and service of security products, and to do all things usually dealt in by persons carrying on the above mentioned businesses or any of them or likely to be required in connection with any of the said businesses.
(b)
To carry on the business of a holding company and to co-ordinate the administration, finances and activities of any subsidiary companies or associated companies, to do all lawful acts and things whatever that are necessary or convenient in carrying on the business of such a holding company and in particular to carry on in all its branches the business of a management services company, to act as managers and to direct or coordinate the management of other companies or of the business, property and estates of any company or person and to undertake and carry out all such services in connection therewith as may be deemed expedient by the Company's board of directors and to exercise its powers as a shareholder of other companies.
(c)
To acquire the entire issued share capital of the companies holding the commercial and residential security businesses of Ingersoll-Rand plc.
(2)
To acquire shares, stocks, debentures, debenture stock, bonds, obligations and securities by original subscription, tender, purchase, exchange or otherwise and to subscribe for the same either conditionally or otherwise, and to guarantee the subscription thereof and to exercise and enforce all rights and powers conferred by or incidental to the ownership thereof.
(3)
To facilitate and encourage the creation, issue or conversion of and to offer for public subscription debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligations, shares, stocks, and securities and to act as trustees in connection with any such securities and to take part in the conversion of business concerns and undertakings into companies.
(4)
To purchase or by any other means acquire any freehold, leasehold or other property and in particular lands, tenements and hereditaments of any tenure, whether subject or not to any charges or incumbrances, for any estate or interest whatever, and any rights, privileges or easements over or in respect of any property, and any buildings, factories, mills, works, wharves, roads, machinery, engines, plant, live and dead stock, barges, vessels or things, and any real or personal property or rights whatsoever which may be necessary for, or may conveniently be used with, or may enhance the value or property of the Company, and to hold or to sell, let, alienate, mortgage, charge or otherwise deal with all or any such freehold, leasehold, or other property, lands, tenements or hereditaments, rights, privileges or easements.
(5)
To sell or otherwise dispose of any of the property or investments of the Company.
(6)
To establish and contribute to any scheme for the purchase of shares in the Company to be held for the benefit of the Company's employees and to lend or otherwise provide money to such schemes or





the Company's employees or the employees of any of its subsidiary or associated companies to enable them to purchase shares of the Company.
(7)
To grant, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of any property or asset of the Company of whatever nature or tenure for such price, consideration, sum or other return whether equal to or less than the market value thereof and whether by way of gift or otherwise as the Directors shall deem fit and to grant any lease or to enter into any agreement for letting or hire of any such property or asset for a rent or return equal to or less than the market or rack rent therefor or at no rent and subject to or free from covenants and restrictions as the Directors shall deem appropriate.
(8)
To acquire and undertake the whole or any part of the business, good-will and assets of any person, firm or company carrying on or proposing to carry on any of the businesses which this Company is authorised to carry on, and as part of the consideration for such acquisition to undertake all or any of the liabilities of such person, firm or company, or to acquire an interest in, amalgamate with, or enter into any arrangement for sharing profits, or for co-operation, or for limiting competition or for mutual assistance with any such person, firm or company and to give or accept by way of consideration for any of the acts or things aforesaid or property acquired, any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities that may be agreed upon, and to hold and retain or sell, mortgage or deal with any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities so received.
(9)
To apply for, purchase or otherwise acquire any patents, brevets d'invention, licences, concessions and the like conferring any exclusive or non-exclusive or limited rights to use or any secret or other information as to any invention which may seem capable of being used for any of the purposes of the Company or the acquisition of which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to benefit the Company, and to use, exercise, develop or grant licences in respect of or otherwise turn to account the property, rights or information so acquired.
(10)
To enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits, union of interests, co-operation, joint venture, reciprocal concession or otherwise with any person or company carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or engage in any business or transaction which the Company is authorised to carry on or engage in or any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as directly to benefit this Company.
(11)
To invest and deal with the moneys of the Company not immediately required upon such securities and in such manner as may from time to time be determined.
(12)
To lend money to and guarantee the performance of the contracts or obligations of any company, firm or person, and the repayment of the capital and principal of, and dividends, interest or premiums payable on, any stock, shares and securities of any company, whether having objects similar to those of this Company or not, and to give all kinds of indemnities.
(13)
To engage in currency exchange and interest rate transactions including, but not limited to, dealings in foreign currency, spot and forward rate exchange contracts, futures, options, forward rate agreements, swaps, caps, floors, collars and any other foreign exchange or interest rate hedging arrangements and such other instruments as are similar to, or derived from, any of the foregoing whether for the purpose of making a profit or avoiding a loss or managing a currency or interest rate exposure or any other exposure or for any other purpose.
(14)
To guarantee, support or secure, whether by personal covenant or by mortgaging or charging all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (both present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company, or by both such methods, the performance of the obligations of, and the repayment or payment of the principal amounts of and premiums, interest and dividends on any securities of, any person, firm or company including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any company which is for the time being the Company's holding company as defined by Section 155 of the Companies Act, 1963 or a subsidiary as therein defined of any such holding company or otherwise associated with the Company in business.
(15)
To borrow or secure the payment of money in such manner as the Company shall think fit, and in particular by the issue of debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligations and securities of all kinds,





either perpetual or terminable and either redeemable or otherwise and to secure the repayment of any money borrowed, raised or owing by trust deed, mortgage, charge, or lien upon the whole or any part of the Company's property or assets (whether present or future) including its uncalled capital, and also by a similar trust deed, mortgage, charge or lien to secure and guarantee the performance by the Company of any obligation or liability it may undertake.
(16)
To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute, negotiate and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, bills of lading, warrants, debentures and other negotiable or transferable instruments.
(17)
To subscribe for, take, purchase or otherwise acquire and hold shares or other interests in, or securities of any other company having objects altogether or in part similar to those of this Company, or carrying on any business capable of being conducted so as directly or indirectly to benefit this Company.
(18)
To hold in trust as trustees or as nominees and to deal with, manage and turn to account, any real or personal property of any kind, and in particular shares, stocks, debentures, securities, policies, book debts, claims and choses in actions, lands, buildings, hereditaments, business concerns and undertakings, mortgages, charges, annuities, patents, licences, and any interest in real or personal property, and any claims against such property or against any person or company.
(19)
To constitute any trusts with a view to the issue of preferred and deferred or other special stocks or securities based on or representing any shares, stocks and other assets specifically appropriated for the purpose of any such trust and to settle and regulate and if thought fit to undertake and execute any such trusts and to issue dispose of or hold any such preferred, deferred or other special stocks or securities.
(20)
To give any guarantee in relation to the payment of any debentures, debenture stock, bonds, obligations or securities and to guarantee the payment of interest thereon or of dividends on any stocks or shares of any company.
(21)
To construct, erect and maintain buildings, houses, flats, shops and all other works, erections, and things of any description whatsoever either upon the lands acquired by the Company or upon other lands and to hold, retain as investments or to sell, let, alienate, mortgage, charge or deal with all or any of the same and generally to alter, develop and improve the lands and other property of the Company.
(22)
To provide for the welfare of persons in the employment of or holding office under or formerly in the employment of or holding office under the Company including Directors and ex-Directors of the Company and the wives, widows and families, dependants or connections of such persons by grants of money, pensions or other payments and by forming and contributing to pension, provident or benefit funds or profit sharing or co-partnership schemes for the benefit of such persons and to form, subscribe to or otherwise aid charitable, benevolent, religious, scientific, national or other institutions, exhibitions or objects which shall have any moral or other claims to support or aid by the Company by reason of the locality of its operation or otherwise.
(23)
To remunerate by cash payments or allotment of shares or securities of the Company credited as fully paid up or otherwise any person or company for services rendered or to be rendered to the Company whether in the conduct or management of its business, or in placing or assisting to place or guaranteeing the placing of any of the shares of the Company's capital, or any debentures or other securities of the Company or in or about the formation or promotion of the Company.
(24)
To enter into and carry into effect any arrangement for joint working in business or for sharing of profits or for amalgamation with any other company or association or any partnership or person carrying on any business within the objects of the Company.
(25)
To distribute in specie or otherwise as may be resolved, any assets of the Company among its members and in particular the shares, debentures or other securities of any other company belonging to this Company or of which this Company may have the power of disposing.





(26)
To vest any real or personal property, rights or interest acquired or belonging to the Company in any person or company on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company, and with or without any declared trust in favour of the Company.
(27)
To transact or carry on any business which may seem to be capable of being conveniently carried on in connection with any of these objects or calculated directly or indirectly to enhance the value of or facilitate the realisation of or render profitable any of the Company's property or rights.
(28)
To accept stock or shares in or debentures, mortgages or securities of any other company in payment or part payment for any services rendered or for any sale made to or debt owing from any such company, whether such shares shall be wholly or partly paid up.
(29)
To pay all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained in or about the promotion and establishment of the Company or which the Company shall consider to be preliminary thereto and to issue shares as fully or in part paid up, and to pay out of the funds of the Company all brokerage and charges incidental thereto.
(30)
To procure the Company to be registered or recognised in any part of the world.
(31)
To do all or any of the matters hereby authorised in any part of the world or in conjunction with or as trustee or agent for any other company or person or by or through any factors, trustees or agents.
(32)
To make gifts or grant bonuses to the Directors or any other persons who are or have been in the employment of the Company including substitute and alternate directors.
(33)
To do all such other things that the Company may consider incidental or conducive to the attainment of the above objects or as are usually carried on in connection therewith.
(34)
To carry on any business which the Company may lawfully engage in and to do all such things incidental or conducive to the business of the Company.
(35)
To make or receive gifts by way of capital contribution or otherwise.
The objects set forth in any sub-clause of this clause shall be regarded as independent objects and shall not, except, where the context expressly so requires, be in any way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other sub-clause, or by the name of the Company. None of such sub-clauses or the objects therein specified or the powers thereby conferred shall be deemed subsidiary or auxiliary merely to the objects mentioned in the first sub-clause of this clause, but the Company shall have full power to exercise all or any of the powers conferred by any part of this clause in any part of the world notwithstanding that the business, property or acts proposed to be transacted, acquired or performed do not fall within the objects of the first sub-clause of this clause.
NOTE: It is hereby declared that the word “company” in this clause, except where used in reference to this Company shall be deemed to include any partnership or other body of persons whether incorporated or not incorporated and whether domiciled in Ireland or elsewhere and the intention is that the objects specified in each sub-clause of this clause shall except where otherwise expressed in such sub-clause be in no way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other sub-clause.
4.
The liability of the members is limited.
5.
The share capital of the Company is €40,000 and US$4,010,000 divided into 40,000 ordinary shares of €1 each, 400,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.01 each and 10,000,000 preferred shares of US$0.001 each.
6.
The shares forming the capital, increased or reduced, may be increased or reduced and be divided into such classes and issued with any special rights, privileges and conditions or with such qualifications as regards preference, dividend, capital, voting or other special incidents, and be held upon such terms as may be attached thereto or as may from time to time be provided by the original or any substituted or amended articles of association and regulations of the Company for the time being, but so that where shares are issued with any preferential or special rights attached thereto such rights shall not be alterable otherwise than pursuant to the provisions of the Company's articles of association for the time being.





We, the several persons whose names and addresses are subscribed, wish to be formed into a company in pursuance of this memorandum of association and we agree to take the number of shares in the capital of the company set opposite our respective names.
Names, addresses and descriptions
of subscribers
Number of shares taken
by each subscriber
 
 
 
 
for and on behalf of    
Enceladus Holding Limited
Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
Thirty Nine Thousand, Nine Hundred
and Ninety Four Ordinary Shares

for and on behalf of    
DIJR Nominees Limited
Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
One Ordinary Share
for and on behalf of    
Fand Limited
Arthur Cox Building    
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
One Ordinary Share
for and on behalf of    
Arthur Cox Nominees Limited
Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
One Ordinary Share
for and on behalf of    
Arthur Cox Registrars Limited
Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
One Ordinary Share
for and on behalf of    
Arthur Cox Trust Services Limited
Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
One Ordinary Share
for and on behalf of    
Arthur Cox Trustees Limited
Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
One Ordinary Share
 
 

    
Dated the 9 th day of May 2013

Witness to the above signatures      :
Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2





COMPANIES ACTS 1963 TO 2012

A PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
-of-
ALLEGION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY
PRELIMINARY

1.
The regulations contained in Table A in the First Schedule to the Companies Act 1963 shall not apply to the Company.
2.
(a)      In these articles:
“Act”
means the Companies Act 1963 as amended by the Companies Acts 1977 to 2005 and Parts 2 and 3 of the Investment Funds, Companies and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 2006, the Companies (Amendment) Act 2009, the Companies (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2009 and the Companies (Amendment) Act 2012, all enactments which are to be read as one with, or construed or read together as one with, the Acts and every statutory modification and re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.
“1983 Act”
the Companies (Amendment) Act 1983.
“1990 Act”
means the Companies Act 1990.
“Acts”
means the Companies Acts 1963 to 2005 and Parts 2 and 3 of the Investment Funds, Companies and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 2006, the Companies (Amendment) Act 2009, the Companies (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2009 and the Companies (Amendment) Act 2012, all enactments which are to be read as one with, or construed or read together as one with, the aforementioned enactments and every statutory modification and re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.
“address”
includes any number or address used for the purposes of communication by way of electronic mail or other electronic communication.
“Assistant Secretary”
means any person appointed by the Chief Executive Officer from time to time to assist the Secretary.
“Clear Days”
in relation to the period of notice, means that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.
“electronic communication”
has the meaning given to those words in the Electronic Commerce Act 2000.
“electronic signature”
has the meaning given to those words in the Electronic Commerce Act 2000.
“Ordinary Resolution”
means a resolution of which the normal notice for an annual general meeting or extraordinary meeting has been given and which has been passed by a simple majority of members present in person or by proxy and who were entitled to vote.
“Redeemable Shares”
means redeemable shares in accordance with Section 206 of the 1990 Act.
“Register”
means the register of members to be kept as required in accordance with Section 116 of the Act.





“Special Resolution”
means a special resolution of the Company's members within the meaning of Section 141 of the Act.
“the Company”
means the company whose name appears in the heading to these articles.
“the Directors” or
“the Board”
means the directors from time to time and for the time being of the Company or the directors present at a meeting of the board of directors and includes any person occupying the position of director by whatever name called.
“the Group”
means the Company and its subsidiaries from time to time and for the time being.
“the Holder”
in relation to any share, means the member whose name is entered in the Register as the holder of the share or, where the context permits, the members whose names are entered in the Register as the joint holders of shares.
“the Office”
means the registered office from time to time and for the time being of the Company.
“the Seal”
means the common seal of the Company, if any, and includes every duplicate seal.
“the Secretary”
means any person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company.
“these articles”
means the articles of association of which this article 2 forms part, as the same may be amended and may be from time to time and for the time being in force.
(b)
Expressions in these articles referring to writing shall be construed, unless the contrary intention appears, as including references to printing, lithography, photography and any other modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form except as provided in these articles and/or where it constitutes writing in electronic form sent to the Company, and the Company has agreed to its receipt in such form. Expressions in these articles referring to execution of any document shall include any mode of execution whether under seal or under hand or any mode of electronic signature as shall be approved by the Directors. Expressions in these articles referring to receipt of any electronic communications shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be limited to receipt in such manner as the Company has approved.
(c)
Unless the contrary intention appears, words or expressions contained in these articles shall bear the same meaning as in the Acts or in any statutory modification thereof in force at the date at which these articles become binding on the Company.
(d)
A reference to a statute or statutory provision shall be construed as a reference to the laws of Ireland unless otherwise specified and includes:
(i)
any subordinate legislation made under it including all regulations, bye-laws, orders and codes made thereunder;
(ii)
any repealed statute or statutory provision which it re-enacts (with or without modification); and
(iii)
any statute or statutory provision which modifies, consolidates, re-enacts or supersedes it.
(e)
The masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, and the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa, and words importing persons shall include firms or companies
(f)
Reference to US$, USD, or dollars shall mean the currency of the United States of America and to €, euro, EUR or cent shall mean the currency of Ireland.
SHARE CAPITAL AND VARIATION OF RIGHTS
3.
(a)      The share capital of the Company is €40,000 and US$4,010,000 divided into 40,000 ordinary shares of €1 each, 400,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.01 each and 10,000,000 preferred shares of US$0.001 each.





(b)
The rights and restrictions attaching to the ordinary shares shall be as follows:
(i)
subject to the right of the Company to set record dates for the purposes of determining the identity of members entitled to notice of and/or to vote at a general meeting and the authority of the Board and chairman of the meeting to maintain order and security, the right to attend any general meeting of the Company and to exercise one vote per ordinary share held at any general meeting of the Company;
(ii)
the right to participate pro rata in all dividends declared by the Company; and
(iii)
the right, in the event of the Company's winding up, to participate pro rata in the total assets of the Company.
The rights attaching to the ordinary shares may be subject to the terms of issue of any series or class of preferred shares allotted by the Directors from time to time in accordance with article 3(c).
(c)
The Board is empowered to cause the preferred shares to be issued from time to time as shares of one or more series of preferred shares, and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of shares of each particular series, before issuance, the Board is expressly authorised to fix:
(i)
the distinctive designation of such series and the number of shares which shall constitute such series, which number may be increased (except as otherwise provided by the Board in creating such series) or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then in issue) from time to time by resolution of the Board;
(ii)
the rate of dividends payable on shares of such series, whether or not and upon what conditions dividends on shares of such series shall be cumulative and, if cumulative, the date or dates from which dividends shall accumulate;
(iii)
the terms, if any, on which shares of such series may be redeemed, including without limitation, the redemption price or prices for such series, which may consist of a redemption price or scale of redemption prices applicable only to redemption in connection with a sinking fund (which term as used herein shall include any fund or requirement for the periodic purchase or redemption of shares), and the same or a different redemption price or scale of redemption prices applicable to any other redemption;
(iv)
the terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of such series;
(v)
the amount or amounts which shall be paid to the holders of shares of such series in case of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary;
(vi)
the terms, if any, upon which the holders of shares of such series may convert shares thereof into shares of any other class or classes or of any one or more series of the same class or of another class or classes;
(vii)
the voting rights, full or limited, if any, of the shares of such series; and whether or not and under what conditions the shares of such series (alone or together with the shares of one or more other series having similar provisions) shall be entitled to vote separately as a single class, for the election of one or more additional Directors of the Company in case of dividend arrears or other specified events, or upon other matters;
(viii)
whether or not the holders of shares of such series, as such, shall have any preemptive or preferential rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of any class or series of shares of the Company, now or hereafter authorised, or any securities convertible into, or warrants or other evidences of optional rights to purchase or subscribe for, shares of any class or series of the Company, now or hereafter authorised;
(ix)
whether or not the issuance of additional shares of such series, or of any shares of any other series, shall be subject to restrictions as to issuance, or as to the preferences, rights and qualifications of any such other series; and
(x)
such other rights, preferences and limitations as may be permitted to be fixed by the Board under the laws of Ireland as in effect at the time of the creation of such series.





The Board is authorised to change the designations, rights, preferences and limitations of any series of preferred shares theretofore established, no shares of which have been issued.
The rights conferred upon the Holder of any pre-existing shares in the share capital of the Company shall be deemed not to be varied by the creation, issue and allotment of preferred shares in accordance with this article 3.
(d)
An ordinary share shall be deemed to be a Redeemable Share on, and from the time of, the existence or creation of an agreement, transaction or trade between the Company (or any agent appointed on its behalf) and any third party pursuant to which the Company (or any agent on its behalf) agrees to acquire or will acquire ordinary shares, or an interest in ordinary shares, from the relevant third party. In these circumstances, the agreement, transaction or trade relating to such shares, or an interest in such shares, shall constitute the redemption of a Redeemable Share in accordance with Part XI of the 1990 Act.
4.
Subject to the provisions of Part XI of the 1990 Act and the other provisions of this article, the Company may:
(a)
pursuant to Section 207 of the 1990 Act, issue any shares of the Company which are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the member on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by the Board; or
(b)
Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Acts and without prejudice to any relevant special rights attached to any class of shares pursuant to Section 211 of the 1990 Act, purchase any of its own shares (including any Redeemable Shares and without any obligation to purchase on any pro rata basis as between members or members of the same class) and may cancel any shares so purchased or hold them as treasury shares (as defined in Section 209 of the 1990 Act) and may reissue any such shares as shares of any class or classes.
5.
Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the Holders of any existing shares or class of shares or to the authority conferred on the Directors pursuant to article 3 to issue the preferred shares, any share in the Company may be issued with such preferred or deferred or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise, as the Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution determine.
6.
(a)    Without prejudice to the authority conferred on the Directors pursuant to article 3 to issue shares in the capital of the Company, if at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares the rights attached to any class or series may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the Holders of 75% of the shares then in issue of that class, or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the Holders of the shares of that class or series. To every such meeting the provisions of article 31 shall apply.
(b)
The redemption or purchase of preferred shares or any class or series of preferred shares shall not constitute a variation of rights of the preferred Holders.
(c)
The issue, redemption or purchase of any of the 10,000,000 preferred shares of US$0.001 shall not constitute a variation of the rights of the Holders of ordinary shares.
(d)
The issue of preferred shares or any class or series of preferred shares which rank pari passu with, or junior to, any existing preferred shares or class of preferred shares shall not constitute a variation of the existing preferred shares or class of preferred shares.
7.
The rights conferred upon the Holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.
8.
(a)      Subject to the provisions of these articles relating to new shares, the shares shall be at the disposal of the Directors, and they may (subject to the provisions of the Acts) allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, on such terms and conditions and at such times as they may consider to be in the best interests of the Company and its members.
(b)
Subject to any requirement to obtain the approval of members under any laws, regulations or the rules of any stock exchange to which the Company is subject, the Board is authorised, from time to time,





in its discretion, to grant such persons, for such periods and upon such terms as the Board deems advisable, options to purchase or subscribe for such number of shares of any class or classes or of any series of any class as the Board may deem advisable, and to cause warrants or other appropriate instruments evidencing such options to be issued.
(c)
The Directors are, for the purposes of Section 20 of the 1983 Act, generally and unconditionally authorised to exercise all powers of the Company to allot and issue relevant securities (as defined by the said Section 20) up to the amount of the Company's authorised share capital as of the date of adoption of this article or the date of renewal of this authority and to allot and issue any shares purchased by the Company pursuant to the provisions of Part XI of the 1990 Act and held as treasury shares and this authority shall expire five years from the date of adoption of these articles of association or renewal of this authority. The Company may before the expiry of such authority make an offer or agreement which would or might require relevant securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot relevant securities in pursuance of such an offer or agreement notwithstanding that the authority hereby conferred has expired.
(d)
The Directors are hereby empowered pursuant to Sections 23 and 24(1) of the 1983 Act to allot equity securities within the meaning of the said Section 23 for cash pursuant to the authority conferred by article 8(c) as if Section 23(1) of the said 1983 Act did not apply to any such allotment. The Company may before the expiry of such authority make an offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities in pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if the power conferred by this article 8(d) had not expired.
(e)
Nothing in these articles shall preclude the Directors from recognising a renunciation of the allotment of any shares by any allottee in favour of some other person.
9.
The Company may pay commission to any person in consideration of a person subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, for any shares in the Company or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional, for any shares in the Company on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may determine, including, without limitation, by paying cash or allotting and issuing fully or partly paid shares or any combination of the two. The Company may also, on any issue of shares, pay such brokerage fees and commissions as may be lawful.
10.
Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any interest in any fractional part of a share or (except only as by these articles or by law otherwise provided) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the Holder.
11.
No person shall be entitled to a share certificate in respect of any ordinary share held by them in the share capital of the Company, whether such ordinary share was allotted or transferred to them, and the Company shall not be bound to issue a share certificate to any such person entered in the Register.
12.
The Company shall not give, whether directly or indirectly and whether by means of a loan, guarantee, the provision of security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of or in connection with a purchase or subscription made or to be made by any person of or for any shares in the Company or in its holding company, except as permitted by Section 60 of the Act.
TRANSFER OF SHARES
13.
(a)      The instrument of transfer of any share may be executed for and on behalf of the transferor by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or more person(s) (whether an individual, body corporate, officeholder or firm) that the Secretary or Assistant Secretary nominates for that purpose from time to time (whether in respect of specific transfers or pursuant to a general standing authorisation), and the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or a relevant nominee shall be deemed to have been irrevocably appointed agent for the transferor of such share or shares with full power to execute, complete and deliver in the name of and on behalf of the transferor of such share or shares all such transfers of shares held by the members in the share capital of the Company. Any document which records the name of the transferor, the name of the transferee, the class and number of shares agreed to be transferred and





the date of the agreement to transfer shares, shall, once executed by the transferor or the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or a relevant nominee as agent for the transferor, be deemed to be a proper instrument of transfer for the purposes of Section 81 of the Act. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the Holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered on the Register in respect thereof, and neither the title of the transferee nor the title of the transferor shall be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale should the Directors so determine.
(b)
The Company, at its absolute discretion, may, or may procure that a subsidiary of the Company shall, pay Irish stamp duty arising on a transfer of shares on behalf of the transferee of such shares of the Company. If stamp duty resulting from the transfer of shares in the Company which would otherwise be payable by the transferee is paid by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company on behalf of the transferee, then in those circumstances, the Company shall, on its behalf or on behalf of its subsidiary (as the case may be), be entitled to (i) seek reimbursement of the stamp duty from the transferor or transferee (at the Company's discretion), (ii) set-off the stamp duty against any dividends payable to the transferor or transferee (at the Company's discretion) and (iii) to claim a first and permanent lien on the shares on which stamp duty has been paid by the Company or its subsidiary for the amount of stamp duty paid. The Company's lien shall extend to all dividends paid on those shares.
(c)
Notwithstanding the provisions of these articles and subject to any regulations made under Section 239 of the 1990 Act, title to any shares in the Company may also be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument in accordance with Section 239 of the 1990 Act or any regulations made thereunder. The Directors shall have power to permit any class of shares to be held in uncertificated form and to implement any arrangements they think fit for such evidencing and transfer which accord with such regulations and in particular shall, where appropriate, be entitled to disapply or modify all or part of the provisions in these articles with respect to the requirement for written instruments of transfer and share certificates (if any), in order to give effect to such regulations.
14.
Subject to such of the restrictions of these articles and to such of the conditions of issue of any share warrants as may be applicable, the shares of any member and any share warrant may be transferred by instrument in writing in any usual or common form or any other form which the Directors may approve.
15.
The Directors may decline to register or recognise any instrument of transfer, including where the instrument of transfer is in respect of more than one class of share.
16.
If the Directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferee notice of the refusal.
17.
(a)      The Directors may from time to time fix any date as the record date for the purposes of determining the rights of members to notice of and/or to vote at any general meeting of the Company: provided that such record date shall not be more than sixty days before the date of such general meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Directors, the record date for determining members' entitlement to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the members shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given. Unless the Directors determine otherwise, a determination of members of record entitled to notice of and/or to vote at a meeting of members shall apply to any adjournment or postponement of the meeting.
(b)
In order that the Directors may determine the members entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the members entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix any date as the record date: provided that such record date shall not be more than sixty days before the date of such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining members for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Directors adopt the resolution relating thereto.
18.
Registration of transfers may be suspended at such times and for such period, not exceeding in the whole 30 days in each year, as the Directors may from time to time determine subject to the requirements of Section 121 of the Act.
19.
All instruments of transfer shall upon their being lodged with the Company remain the property of the Company and the Company shall be entitled to retain them.





TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
20.
In the case of the death of a member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint Holder, and the personal representatives of the deceased where he was a sole Holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares, but nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint Holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by him with other persons.
21.
Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time properly be required by the Directors and subject as herein provided, elect either to be registered himself as Holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof, but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the shares by that member before his death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.
22.
If the person so becoming entitled elects to be registered himself, he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects. If he elects to have another person registered, he shall evidence his election by executing a transfer of the share to that person. All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these regulations relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall be applicable to any such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the member had not occurred and the notice of transfer were a transfer signed by that member.
23.
A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the Holder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered Holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a member in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to the meetings of the Company, so, however, that the Directors may at any time give notice requiring such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the share, and if the notice is not complied with within 90 days, the Directors may thereupon withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other moneys payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.
ALTERATION OF CAPITAL
24.
The Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase the authorised share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.
25.
The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:
(a)
consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;
(b)
subdivide its existing shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the memorandum of association subject, nevertheless, to Section 68(1)(d) of the Act; or
(c)
cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and reduce the amount of its authorised share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.
26.
The Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital, any capital redemption reserve fund or any share premium account in any manner and with and subject to any incident authorised, and consent required, by law.
27.
Whenever as a result of an alternation or reorganisation of the share capital of the Company any members would become entitled to fractions of a share, the Directors may, on behalf of those members, sell the aggregated number of shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person and distribute the proceeds of sale in due proportion among those members, and the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.





GENERAL MEETINGS
28.
The Company shall in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting in addition to any other meeting in that year, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. Not more than fifteen months shall elapse between the date of one annual general meeting of the Company and that of the next. Subject to compliance with Section 140 of the Act, all general meetings of the Company may be held outside of Ireland.
29.
All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.
30.
(a)      The Chairman or the Board by vote of a majority of the Board may convene an extraordinary general meeting.
(b)
Extraordinary general meetings may also be convened on requisition, or in default by such requisitionists, as provided in Section 132 of the Act.
31.
All provisions of these articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to every separate general meeting of the Holders of any class or series of shares in the capital of the Company, except that:
(a)
the necessary quorum shall be two or more persons holding or representing by proxy (whether or not such Holder actually exercises his voting rights in whole, in part or at all at the relevant general meeting) at least one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class or series or, at any adjourned meeting of such Holders, one Holder present in person or by proxy, whatever the amount of his holding, shall be deemed to constitute a meeting; and
(b)
on a poll, each Holder of shares of the class or series shall have one vote in respect of every share of the class held by him.
32.
A Director shall be entitled, notwithstanding that he is not a member, to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of the Holders of any class of shares in the Company.
33.
(a)      The Board may, in its absolute discretion, authorise the Secretary to postpone any general meeting called in accordance with the provisions of these articles (other than a meeting requisitioned under article 30(b) of these articles or the postponement of which would be contrary to the Acts or a court order pursuant to the Acts) if the Board considers that, for any reason, it is impractical or unreasonable to hold the general meeting, provided that notice of postponement is given to each member before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed meeting shall be given to each member in accordance with the provisions of these articles.
(b)
The Board may, in its absolute discretion, authorise the Secretary to cancel any general meeting called in accordance with the provisions of these articles (other than a meeting requisitioned under article 30(b) of these articles or the cancellation of which would be contrary to the Acts or a court order pursuant to the Acts) if the Board considers that, for any reason, it is impractical or unreasonable to hold the general meeting, provided that notice of cancellation is given to each member before the time for such meeting.
NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS
34.
(a)      Subject to the provisions of the Acts allowing a general meeting to be called by shorter notice, an annual general meeting, and an extraordinary general meeting called for the passing of a special resolution, shall be called by not more than sixty Clear Days' notice and not less than twenty-one Clear Days' notice and all other extraordinary general meetings shall be called by not more than sixty Clear Days' notice and not less than fourteen Clear Days' notice.
(b)
Any notice convening a general meeting shall specify the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business and, in reasonable prominence, that a member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend, speak and vote in his place and that a proxy need not be a member of the Company. It shall also give particulars of any Directors who are to retire at the meeting and of any persons who are recommended by the Directors for appointment or re-appointment as Directors at the meeting or in respect of whom notice has been duly





given to the Company of the intention to propose them for appointment or re-appointment as Directors at the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the latter requirement shall only apply where the intention to propose the person has been received by the Company in accordance with the provisions of these articles. Subject to any restrictions imposed on any shares, the notice of the meeting shall be given to all the members of the Company as of the record date set by the Directors and to the Directors and the Auditors.
(c)
The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at the meeting.
(d)
Where, by any provision contained in the Acts, extended notice is required of a resolution, the resolution shall not be effective (except where the Directors of the Company have resolved to submit it) unless notice of the intention to move it has been given to the Company not less than twenty-eight days (or such shorter period as the Acts permit) before the meeting at which it is moved, and the Company shall give to the members notice of any such resolution as required by and in accordance with the provisions of the Acts.
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS
35.
All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting, and also all that is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of declaring a dividend, the consideration of the accounts, balance sheets and the reports of the Directors and auditors, the election of Directors, the re-appointment of the retiring auditors and the fixing of the remuneration of the auditors.
36.
(a)      At any annual general meeting only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board or (ii) by any member entitled to vote at such meeting who complies with the procedures set forth in this article.
(b)
Any member entitled to vote at any annual general meeting may propose business to be included in the agenda of such meeting only if written notice of such member's intent is given to the Secretary of the Company, either by personal delivery or mail or by facsimile, not later than 90 days in advance of the anniversary of the immediately preceding annual general meeting or if the date of the annual general meeting of members occurs more than 30 days before or 60 days after the anniversary of such immediately preceding annual general meeting, not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the date on which notice of such meeting is given to members. A member's notice to the Secretary shall set forth in writing as to each matter such member proposes to bring before the annual general meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual general meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual general meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the Company's Register, of the members proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Company which are beneficially owned by the member and (iv) any material interest of the member in such business. Notwithstanding anything in these articles to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual general meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this article. The Chairman or other person presiding at the annual general meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this article 36(b), and, if such Chairman or other person should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
(c)
Any member entitled to vote for the election of Directors at a meeting or to express a consent in writing without a meeting may nominate a person or persons for election as a Director only if written notice of such member's intent to make such nomination is given to the Secretary of the Company, either by personal delivery, mail or facsimile not later than (i) with respect to an election to be held at an annual general meeting of members, 90 days in advance of the anniversary of the immediately preceding annual general meeting or if the date of the annual general meeting of members occurs more than 30 days before or 60 days after the anniversary of such immediately preceding annual general meeting, not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the date on which notice of such meeting is given to members and (ii) in the case of any member who wishes to nominate a person or





persons for election as a Director pursuant to consents in writing by members without a meeting (to the extent election by such consents is permitted under applicable law and these articles), 60 days in advance of the date on which materials soliciting such consents are first mailed to members or, if no such materials are required to be mailed under applicable law, 60 days in advance of the date on which the first such consent in writing is executed. Each such notice shall set forth the name and address of the member who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated for election as a Director, a representation that the member is a holder of record of shares of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting or to express such consent in writing and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice or to execute such a consent in writing to elect such person or persons as a Director, a description of all arrangements or understandings between the member and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations for election as a Director are to be made by the member, such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such member as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission if such nominee had been nominated, or was intended to be nominated, for election as a Director by the Board, and the consent of each nominee to serve as a Director if so elected. The Board may refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any person not made in compliance with the foregoing procedures.
37.
Except as otherwise provided by law, at any extraordinary general meeting only such business shall be conducted as is set forth in the notice thereof or otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board.
38.
Except as otherwise provided by law, the memorandum of association or these articles, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before a general meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with these articles and, if any proposed nomination or other business is not in compliance with these articles, to declare that no action shall be taken on such nomination or other proposal and such nomination or other proposal shall be disregarded.
39.
No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. The Holders of shares, present in person or by proxy (whether or not such Holder actually exercises his voting rights in whole, in part or at all at the relevant general meeting), entitling them to exercise a majority of the voting power of the Company on the relevant record date shall constitute a quorum.
40.
If the holders of the number of shares necessary to constitute a quorum shall fail to attend in person or by proxy at the time and place fixed by these articles for a general meeting, a majority in interest of the members present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the holders of the amount of shares requisite to constitute a quorum shall attend. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.
41.
The Chairman, if any, of the Board, shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company, or if there is no such Chairman, or if he is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
42.
If at any meeting no Director is willing to act as Chairman or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
43.
The Chairman of the meeting may, with the consent of a majority of the members, in any general meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed), adjourn the meeting. Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date and time, fresh notice of the date, time and place for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each member in accordance with the provisions of these articles.
44.
At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided by poll.
45.
A poll shall be taken in such manner as the Chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was taken.





46.
Subject to Section 141 of the Act, a resolution in writing signed by all of the members for the time being entitled to attend and vote on such resolution at a general meeting (or being bodies corporate by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective for all purposes as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more persons, and if described as a special resolution shall be deemed to be a special resolution within the meaning of the Act. Any such resolution shall be served on the Company.
47.
The Board may, and at any general meeting, the Chairman of such meeting may make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction it or he considers appropriate to ensure the security of a general meeting including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching of their personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board and, at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting are entitled to refuse entry to a person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements, requirements or restrictions.
48.
(a)      The Board may make such arrangements as it considers appropriate to enable the members to participate in any general meeting by means of electronic or other communication facilities, so as to permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
(b)
The Board may, and at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting may make any arrangement and impose any requirement as may be reasonable for the purpose of verifying the identity of members participating by way of electronic or other communication facilities, as described in article 48(a).
49.
Where there is an equality of votes on a poll, the Chairman of the meeting shall be entitled to a casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have.
VOTES OF MEMBERS
50.
Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached by or in accordance with these articles to any class of shares on a poll every member who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each share of which he is the Holder.
51.
When there are joint Holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint Holders: and for this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register.
52.
A member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in Ireland or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder, may vote by his committee, receiver, guardian or other person appointed by that court and any such committee, receiver, guardian or other person may vote by proxy on a poll. Evidence to the satisfaction of the Directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote shall be received at the Office or at such other address as is specified in accordance with these articles for the receipt of appointments of proxy, not less than forty-eight hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the right to vote is to be exercised and in default the right to vote shall not be exercisable.
53.
No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered, and every vote not disallowed at such meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive.
54.
Votes may be given either personally or by proxy.
55.
(a)      Every member entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting may appoint a proxy to attend, speak and vote on his behalf and may appoint more than one proxy to attend, speak and vote at the same meeting. The appointment of a proxy shall be in any form which the Directors may approve and, if required by the Company, shall be signed by or on behalf of the appointor. In relation to written proxies, a body corporate may sign a form of proxy under its common seal or under the hand of a duly authorised officer thereof or in such other manner as the Directors may approve. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. The appointment of a proxy in electronic or other form shall only be effective in such manner as the Directors may approve.





(b)
Without limiting the foregoing, the Directors may from time to time permit appointments of a proxy to be made by means of a telephonic, electronic or internet communication or facility and may in a similar manner permit supplements to, or amendments or revocations of, any such telephonic, electronic or internet communication or facility to be made. The Directors may in addition prescribe the method of determining the time at which any such telephonic, electronic or internet communication or facility is to be treated as received by the Company. The Directors may treat any such telephonic, electronic or internet communication or facility which purports to be or is expressed to be sent on behalf of a Holder of a share as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending that instruction to send it on behalf of that Holder.
56.
Any body corporate which is a member of the Company may authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of members of the Company and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the body corporate which he represents as that body corporate could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company. The Company may require evidence from the body corporate of the due authorisation of such person to act as the representative of the relevant body corporate.
57.
An appointment of proxy relating to more than one meeting (including any adjournment thereof) having once been received by the Company for the purposes of any meeting shall not require to be delivered to, deposited with or received by the Company again for the purposes of any subsequent meeting to which it relates.
58.
Receipt by the Company of an appointment of proxy in respect of a meeting shall not preclude a member from attending and voting at the meeting or at any adjournment thereof. An appointment of proxy shall be valid, unless the contrary is stated therein, for any adjournment of the meeting to which it relates.
59.
(a)      A vote given in accordance with the terms of an appointment of proxy or a resolution authorising a representative to act on behalf of a body corporate shall be valid notwithstanding the death or insanity of the principal, or the revocation of the appointment of proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was appointed or of the resolution authorising the representative to act or transfer of the share in respect of which the proxy was appointed or the authorisation of the representative to act was given, provided that no notice in writing (whether in electronic form or otherwise) of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer shall have been received by the Company at the Office, at least one hour before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the appointment of proxy is used or at which the representative acts PROVIDED HOWEVER, that where such notice is given in electronic form it shall have been received by the Company at least 24 hours (or such lesser time as the Directors may specify) before the commencement of the meeting.
(b)
The Directors may send, at the expense of the Company, by post, electronic mail or otherwise, to the members forms for the appointment of a proxy (with or without stamped envelopes for their return) for use at any general meeting or at any class meeting, either in blank or nominating any one or more of the Directors or any other persons in the alternative.
DIRECTORS
60.
The number of Directors shall not be less than two nor more than fifteen. The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, provided that if the number of the Directors is reduced below the prescribed minimum the remaining Director or Directors shall appoint forthwith an additional Director or additional Directors to make up such minimum or shall convene a general meeting of the Company for the purpose of making such appointment. If, at any annual general meeting of the Company, the number of Directors is reduced below the prescribed minimum due to the failure of any Directors to be re-elected, then in those circumstances, the two Directors which receive the highest number of votes in favour of re-election shall be re-elected and shall remain Directors until such time as additional Directors have been appointed to replace them as Directors. If, at any annual general meeting of the Company, the number of Directors is reduced below the prescribed minimum in any circumstances where one Director is re-elected, then that Director shall hold office until the next annual general meeting and the Director which (excluding the re-elected Director) receives the highest number of votes in favour of re-election shall be re-elected and shall remain a Director until such time as one or more additional Directors have been appointed to replace him or her. If there be no Director or





Directors able or willing to act then any two members may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors. Any additional Director so appointed shall hold office (subject to the provisions of the Acts and these articles) only until the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company next following such appointment unless he is re-elected during such meeting.
61.
Each Director shall be paid a fee for the services at such rate as may from time to time be determined by the Board. The Directors may also be paid all traveling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from meetings of the Directors or any committee of the Directors or general meetings of the Company or in connection with the business of the Company.
62.
If any Director shall be called upon to perform extra services which in the opinion of the Directors are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director, the Company may remunerate such Director either by a fixed sum or by a percentage of profits or otherwise as may be determined by a resolution passed at a meeting of the Directors and such remuneration may be either in addition to or in substitution for any other remuneration to which he may be entitled as a Director.
63.
No shareholding qualification for Directors shall be required. A Director who is not a member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at general meetings.
64.
Unless the Company otherwise directs, a Director of the Company may be or become a Director or other officer of, or otherwise interested in, any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as Holder or otherwise, and no such Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a Director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.
BORROWING POWERS
65.
Subject to Part III of the 1983 Act, the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow or raise money, and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, assets and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party, without any limitation as to amount.
POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE DIRECTORS
66.
The business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in promoting and registering the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Acts or by these articles, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, subject, nevertheless, to any of these articles and to the provisions of the Acts.
67.
The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.
68.
A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors in accordance with Section 194 of the Act.
69.
(a)      A Director shall be entitled (in the absence of some other material interest than is indicated below) to vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of any resolutions concerning any of the following matters, namely:
(i)
the giving of any security, guarantee or indemnity to him in respect of money lent by him to the Company or any of its subsidiary or associated companies or obligations incurred by him or by any other person at the request of or for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiary or associated companies;





(ii)
the giving of any security, guarantee or indemnity to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiary or associated companies for which he himself has assumed responsibility in whole or in part and whether alone or jointly with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;
(iii)
any proposal concerning any offer of shares or debentures or other securities of or by the Company or any of its subsidiary or associated companies for subscription, purchase or exchange in which offer he is or is to be interested as a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting thereof;
(iv)
any proposal concerning any other company in which he is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer or member or otherwise howsoever, provided that he is not the Holder of or beneficially interested in 1% or more of the issued shares of any class of such company or of the voting rights available to members of such company (or of a third company through which his interest is derived) (any such interest being deemed for the purposes of this article to be a material interest in all circumstances);
(v)
any proposal concerning the adoption, modification or operation of a superannuation fund or retirement benefits scheme under which he may benefit and which has been approved by or is subject to and conditional upon approval for taxation purposes by the appropriate Revenue authorities;
(vi)
any proposal concerning the adoption, modification or operation of any scheme for enabling employees (including full time executive Directors) of the Company and/or any subsidiary thereof to acquire shares in the Company or any arrangement for the benefit of employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under which the Director benefits or may benefit; or
(vii)
any proposal concerning the giving of any indemnity pursuant to article 117 or the discharge of the cost of any insurance coverage purchased or maintained pursuant to article 75 and article 117(c).
(b)
Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including fixing or varying the terms of appointment) of two or more Directors to offices or employments with the Company or any company in which the Company is interested, such proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each Director separately and in such case each of the Directors concerned (if not debarred from voting under article 69(a)(iv)) shall be entitled to vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of each resolution except that concerning his own appointment.
(c)
If a question arises at a meeting of Directors or of a committee of Directors as to the materiality of a Director's interest or as to the right of any Director to vote and such question is not resolved by his voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting, such question may be referred, before the conclusion of the meeting, to the chairman of the meeting and his ruling in relation to any Director other than himself shall be final and conclusive. In relation to the Chairman, such question may be resolved by a resolution of a majority of the Directors (other than the Chairman) present at the meeting at which the question first arises.
(d)
For the purposes of this article, an interest of a person who is the spouse or a minor child of a Director shall be treated as an interest of the Director.
(e)
The Company by Ordinary Resolution may suspend or relax the provisions of this article to any extent or ratify any transaction not duly authorised by reason of a contravention of this article.
70.
A Director may hold and be remunerated in respect of any other office or place of profit under the Company or any other company in which the Company may be interested (other than the office of auditor of the Company or any subsidiary thereof) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine, and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting or being interested, directly or indirectly, in any contract or arrangement with the Company or any such other company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profits and advantages accruing to him from any such





contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established.
71.
The Directors may exercise the voting powers conferred by shares of any other company held or owned by the Company in such manner in all respects as they think fit and in particular they may exercise their voting powers in favour of any resolution appointing the Directors or any of them as Directors or officers of such other company or providing for the payment of remuneration or pensions to the Directors or officers of such other company.
72.
Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director, but nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.
73.
All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for money paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, by such person or persons and in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine.
74.
The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books provided for the purpose:
(a)
of all appointments of officers made by the Directors;
(b)
of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and
(c)
of all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.
75.
The Directors may procure the establishment and maintenance of or participate in, or contribute to any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation fund, scheme or arrangement or life assurance scheme or arrangement for the benefit of, and pay, provide for or procure the grant of donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances, benefits or emoluments to any persons (including Directors or other officers) who are or shall have been at any time in the employment or service of the Company or of any company which is or was a subsidiary of the Company or of the predecessor in business of the Company or any such subsidiary or holding Company and the wives, widows, families, relatives or dependants of any such persons. The Directors may also procure the establishment and subsidy of or subscription to and support of any institutions, associations, clubs, funds or trusts calculated to be for the benefit of any such persons as aforesaid or otherwise to advance the interests and well-being of the Company or of any such other Company as aforesaid, or its members, and payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons as aforesaid and subscriptions or guarantees of money for charitable or benevolent objects or for any exhibition or for any public, general or useful object. Provided that any Director shall be entitled to retain any benefit received by him under this article, subject only, where the Acts require, to disclosure to the members and the approval of the Company in general meeting.
DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS
76.
The office of a Director shall be vacated ipso facto if the Director:
(a)
is restricted or disqualified to act as a Director under the provisions of Part VII of the 1990 Act;
(b)
resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company or in writing offers to resign and the Directors resolve to accept such offer;
(c)
is or becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his or her creditors generally;
(d)
is or becomes of unsound mind or dies; or
(e)
is removed from office under article 81.
APPOINTMENT, ROTATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
77.
At every annual general meeting of the Company, each of the Directors shall retire from office unless re-elected by Ordinary Resolution at the annual general meeting. A Director retiring at a meeting shall retain office until the close or adjournment of the meeting.





78.
Every Director nominated for re-election by the Board shall be eligible to stand for re-election at an annual general meeting.
79.
If a Director nominated for re-election by the Board offers himself for re-election, he shall be deemed to have been re-elected unless at such meeting the Ordinary Resolution for the re-election of such Director has been defeated.
80.
The Company may from time to time by Special Resolution increase or reduce the maximum number of Directors.
81.
The Company may, by Ordinary Resolution, of which extended notice has been given in accordance with Section 142 of the Act, remove any Director before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these regulations or in any agreement between the Company and such Director. Such removal shall be without prejudice to any claim such Director may have for damages for breach of any contract of service between him and the Company.
82.
The Company may, by Ordinary Resolution, appoint another person in place of a Director removed from office under article 81 and, without prejudice to the powers of the Directors under article 60 or article 83, the Company in general meeting by Ordinary Resolution may appoint any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional Director, subject to the maximum number of Directors set out in article 60.
83.
The Directors may appoint a person who is willing to act to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director, provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with these articles as the maximum number of Directors. A Director so appointed shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting. If not re-appointed at such annual general meeting, such Director shall vacate office at the conclusion thereof.
PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS
84.
(a)      The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at all meetings of the Board shall be a majority of the Directors then in office. If at any meeting of the Board there be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present or any Director solely present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.
(b)
Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such times and intervals as the Board may from time to time determine.
(c)
Special meetings of the Board shall be held on the requisition of the Chairman, if there is one, or if not, by 33⅓% of the Directors then in office.
(d)
Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
(e)
Unless a greater number is expressly required by law or these articles, the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast by the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is in attendance shall be the act of the Board or a committee thereof, as appropriate. At any time that these articles provide that Directors elected by the holders of a class or series of shares shall have more or less than one vote per Director on any matter, every reference in these articles to a majority or other proportion of Directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of such Directors.
85.
The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their number but, if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to that number or of summoning a general meeting of the Company but for no other purpose.
86.
Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of those attending and entitled to attend and vote thereat, the Chairman, if there be one, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board, or in the absence of the Chairman, a chairman shall be appointed or elected by those present at the meeting and entitled to vote.
87.
The Board may from time to time designate committees of the Board, with such powers and duties as the Board may decide to confer on such committees, and shall, for those committees and any others provided for





herein, elect a Director or Directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other Directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings. A majority of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committees.
88.
A committee may elect a chairman of its meeting. If no such Chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the Chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
89.
All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors or by any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.
90.
(a)      Notice of a regular meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally in person or by telephone or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by mail, courier service, telecopier, facsimile, printing, computer generated email or other mode of representing words in a legible and non-transitory form at such Director's last known address or any other address given by such Director to the Company for this purpose before the proposed date of the meeting, but a failure of the Secretary to send such notice shall not invalidate any proceedings of the Board at such meeting.
(b)
Notice of a special meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is sent to such Director by mail before the proposed date of the meeting, or given to such Director verbally in person or by telephone or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by mail, courier service, telecopier facsimile, printing, computer generated email or other mode of representing words in a legible and non-transitory form, at such Director's last known address or any other address given by such Director to the Company for this purpose at least one day before the proposed date of the meeting, but such notice may be waived by any Director. At any special meeting at which every Director shall be present, even without notice, any business may be transacted.
91.
A resolution or other document in writing (in electronic form or otherwise) signed (whether by electronic signature, advanced electronic signature or otherwise as approved by the Directors) by all the Directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Directors or of a committee of Directors shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of Directors or (as the case may be) a committee of Directors duly convened and held and may consist of several documents in the like form each signed by one or more Directors, and such resolution or other document or documents when duly signed may be delivered or transmitted (unless the Directors shall otherwise determine either generally or in any specific case) by facsimile transmission, electronic mail or some other similar means of transmitting the contents of documents.
EXECUTIVES
92.
(a)      The executives of the Company shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer and a Secretary (who may or may not be Directors). The Chief Executive Officer may appoint such other executives (who may or may not be Directors) from time to time, including, without limitation, presidents, chief operating officers, chief financial officers, senior vice-presidents, vice-presidents, treasurers, controllers,assistant treasurers and assistant secretaries. A Person may hold any number of positions simultaneously.
(b)
The executives shall have the powers typically exercised by persons holding such positions or such powers as may be delegated to them by the Board from time to time and will perform the usual duties pertaining to such positions as well as perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Board from time to time.





THE SEAL
93.
(a)      The Directors shall ensure that the Seal (including any official securities seal kept pursuant to the Acts) shall be used only by the authority of the Directors or of a committee authorised by the Directors and that every instrument to which the seal shall be affixed shall be signed by a Director or some other person appointed by the Chairman, Secretary or Assistant Secretary for that purpose.
(b)
The Company may have for use in any place or places outside Ireland, a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a duplicate of the Seal of the Company.
(c)
The Company may exercise the powers conferred by the Acts with regard to having an official seal for use abroad and such powers shall be vested in the Directors.
DIVIDENDS AND RESERVES
94.
The Company in general meeting may declare dividends, but no dividends shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.
95.
The Directors may from time to time pay to the members such interim dividends as appear to the Directors to be justified by the profits of the Company.
96.
No dividend or interim dividend shall be paid otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of Part IV of the 1983 Act.
97.
The Directors may, before recommending any dividend, set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may at the like discretion either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Directors may lawfully determine. The Directors may also, without placing the same to reserve, carry forward any profits which they may think it prudent not to divide.
98.
Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividend, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the shares in respect whereof the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid: but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, such share shall rank for dividend accordingly.
99.
The Directors may deduct from any dividend payable to any member all sums of money (if any) immediately payable by him to the Company in relation to the shares of the Company.
100.
Any general meeting declaring a dividend or bonus and any resolution of the Directors declaring an interim dividend may direct payment of such dividend or bonus or interim dividend wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or debenture stocks of any other company or in any one or more of such ways, and the Directors shall give effect to such resolution, and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient, and in particular may issue fractional certificates and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any members upon the footing of the value so fixed, in order to adjust the rights of all the parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors.
101.
Any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of any share may be paid by cheque or warrant sent by post, at the risk of the person or persons entitled thereto, to the registered address of the Holder or, where there are joint Holders, to the registered address of that one of the joint Holders who is first named on the members Register or to such person and to such address as the Holder or joint Holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent and payment of the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company. Any joint Holder or other person jointly entitled to a share as aforesaid may give receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of the share. Any such dividend or other distribution may also be paid by any other method (including payment in a currency other than US$, electronic funds transfer, direct debit, bank transfer or by means of a relevant system) which the Directors consider appropriate and any member who elects for such method of payment shall be deemed





to have accepted all of the risks inherent therein. The debiting of the Company's account in respect of the relevant amount shall be evidence of good discharge of the Company's obligations in respect of any payment made by any such methods.
102.
No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.
103.
If the Directors so resolve, any dividend which has remained unclaimed for twelve years from the date of its declaration shall be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company. The payment by the Directors of any unclaimed dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.
ACCOUNTS
104.
(a)      The Directors shall cause to be kept proper books of account, whether in the form of documents, electronic form or otherwise, that:
(i)
correctly record and explain the transactions of the Company;
(ii)
will at any time enable the financial position of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy;
(iii)
will enable the Directors to ensure that any balance sheet, profit and loss account or income and expenditure account of the Company complies with the requirements of the Acts; and
(iv)
will enable the accounts of the Company to be readily and properly audited.
Books of account shall be kept on a continuous and consistent basis and entries therein shall be made in a timely manner and be consistent from year to year. Proper books of account shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company's affairs and to explain its transactions.
The Company may send by post, electronic mail or any other means of electronic communication a summary financial statement to its members or persons nominated by any member. The Company may meet, but shall be under no obligation to meet, any request from any of its members to be sent additional copies of its full report and accounts or summary financial statement or other communications with its members.
(b)
The books of account shall be kept at the Office or, subject to the provisions of the Acts, at such other place as the Directors think fit and shall be open at all reasonable times to the inspection of the Directors.
(c)
In accordance with the provisions of the Acts, the Directors shall cause to be prepared and to be laid before the annual general meeting of the Company from time to time such profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts and reports as are required by the Acts to be prepared and laid before such meeting.
(d)
A copy of every balance sheet (including every document required by law to be annexed thereto) which is to be laid before the annual general meeting of the Company together with a copy of the Directors' report and Auditors' report shall be sent (within the meaning of Article 109(b)) by post, electronic mail or any other means of communication (electronic or otherwise), not less than twenty-one Clear Days before the date of the annual general meeting, to every person entitled under the provisions of the Acts to receive them: provided that in the case of those documents sent by electronic mail or any other means of electronic communication, such documents shall be sent with the consent of the recipient, to the address of the recipient notified to the Company by the recipient for such purposes.
105.
The Directors shall determine from time to time whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of members, not being Directors, and no member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Acts or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting. No member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company's trading, or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret, mystery of trade, or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of





the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it would be inexpedient in the interests of the members of the Company to communicate to the public.
CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS
106.
Without prejudice to any powers conferred on the Directors as aforesaid, and subject to the Directors' authority to issue and allot shares under articles 8(c) and 8(d), the Directors may resolve to capitalise any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company's reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account which is not available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up in full unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares to those members of the Company who would have been entitled to that sum if it were distributable and had been distributed by way of dividend (and in the same proportions) and the Directors shall give effect to such resolution. Whenever such a resolution is passed in pursuance of this article, the Directors shall make all appropriations and applications of the undivided profits resolved to be capitalised thereby and all allotments and issues of fully paid shares or debentures, if any, and generally shall do all acts and things required to give effect thereto with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they shall think fit for the case of shares or debentures becoming distributable in fractions (and, in particular, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, either to disregard such fractions or to sell the shares or debentures represented by such fractions and distribute the net proceeds of such sale to and for the benefit of the Company or to and for the benefit of the members otherwise entitled to such fractions in due proportions) and to authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the members concerned into an agreement with the Company providing for the allotment to them respectively, credited as fully paid up, of any further shares or debentures to which they may become entitled on such capitalisation or, as the case may require, for the payment up by the application thereto of their respective proportions of the profits resolved to be capitalised of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing shares and any agreement made under such authority shall be binding on all such members.
AUDIT
107.
Auditors shall be appointed and their duties regulated in accordance with the Acts, in particular with Sections 187 to 193 of the 1990 Act or any statutory amendment thereof.
NOTICES
108.
Any notice to be given, served, sent or delivered pursuant to these articles shall be in writing (whether in electronic form or otherwise).
109.
(a)      A notice or document to be given, served, sent or delivered in pursuance of these articles may be given to, served on or delivered to any member by the Company:
(i)
by handing same to him or his authorised agent;
(ii)
by leaving the same at his registered address;
(iii)
by sending the same by the post in a pre-paid cover addressed to him at his registered address; or
(iv)
by sending, with the consent of the member to the extent required by law, the same by means of electronic mail or other means of electronic communication approved by the Directors, with the consent of the member, to the address of the member notified to the Company by the member for such purpose (or if not so notified, then to the address of the member last known to the Company).
(b)
For the purposes of these articles and the Act, a document shall be deemed to have been sent to a member if a notice is given, served, sent or delivered to the member and the notice specifies the website or hotlink or other electronic link at or through which the member may obtain a copy of the relevant document.





(c)
Where a notice or document is given, served or delivered pursuant to article 109(a)(i) or 109(a)(ii), the giving, service or delivery thereof shall be deemed to have been effected at the time the same was handed to the member or his authorised agent, or left at his registered address (as the case may be).
(d)
Where a notice or document is given, served or delivered pursuant to article 109(a)(iii), the giving, service or delivery thereof shall be deemed to have been effected at the expiration of twenty-four hours after the cover containing it was posted. In proving service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that such cover was properly addressed, stamped and posted.
(e)
Where a notice or document is given, served or delivered pursuant to article 109(a)(iv), the giving, service or delivery thereof shall be deemed to have been effected at the expiration of 48 hours after despatch.
(f)
Every legal personal representative, committee, receiver, curator bonis or other legal curator, assignee in bankruptcy, examiner or liquidator of a member shall be bound by a notice given as aforesaid if sent to the last registered address of such member, or, in the event of notice given or delivered pursuant to article 109(a)(iv), if sent to the address notified by the Company by the member for such purpose notwithstanding that the Company may have notice of the death, lunacy, bankruptcy, liquidation or disability of such member.
(g)
Notwithstanding anything contained in this article the Company shall not be obliged to take account of or make any investigations as to the existence of any suspension or curtailment of postal services within or in relation to all or any part of any jurisdiction or other area other than Ireland.
(h)
Any requirement in these articles for the consent of a member in regard to the receipt by such member of electronic mail or other means of electronic communications approved by the Directors, including the receipt of the Company's audited accounts and the Directors' and auditor's reports thereon, shall be deemed to have been satisfied where the Company has written to the member informing him/her of its intention to use electronic communications for such purposes and the member has not, within four weeks of the issue of such notice, served an objection in writing on the Company to such proposal. Where a member has given, or is deemed to have given, his/her consent to the receipt by such member of electronic mail or other means of electronic communications approved by the Directors, he/she may revoke such consent at any time by requesting the Company to communicate with him/her in documented form PROVIDED HOWEVER that such revocation shall not take effect until five days after written notice of the revocation is received by the Company.
(i)
Without prejudice to the provisions of articles 109(a)(i) and 109(a)(ii), if at any time by reason of the suspension or curtailment of postal services in any territory, the Company is unable effectively to convene a general meeting by notices sent through the post, a general meeting may be convened by a public announcement and such notice shall be deemed to have been duly served on all members entitled thereto at noon on the day on which the said public announcement is made. In any such case the Company shall put a full copy of the notice of the general meeting on its website. For purposes of this article 109(i), “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
110.
A notice may be given by the Company to the joint Holders of a share by giving the notice to the joint Holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the share and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint Holders.
111.
(a)      Every person who becomes entitled to a share shall before his name is entered in the Register in respect of the share, be bound by any notice in respect of that share which has been duly given to a person from whom he derives his title.
(b)
A notice may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by these articles for the giving of notice to a member, addressed to them at the address, if any, supplied by them for that purpose. Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.





112.
The signature (whether electronic signature, an advanced electronic signature or otherwise) to any notice to be given by the Company may be written (in electronic form or otherwise) or printed.
113.
A member present, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company or the Holders of any class of shares in the Company shall be deemed to have received notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.
WINDING UP
114.
If the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution among the members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid up or credited as paid up share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the members in proportion to the capital paid up or credited as paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively. If in a winding up the assets available for distribution among the members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital paid up or credited as paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed among the members in proportion to the capital at the commencement of the winding up paid up or credited as paid up on the said shares held by them respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this article shall not affect the rights of the Holders of shares issued upon special terms and conditions.
115.
(a)      In case of a sale by the liquidator under Section 260 of the Act, the liquidator may by the contract of sale agree so as to bind all the members for the allotment to the members directly of the proceeds of sale in proportion to their respective interests in the Company and may further by the contract limit a time at the expiration of which obligations or shares not accepted or required to be sold shall be deemed to have been irrevocably refused and be at the disposal of the Company, but so that nothing herein contained shall be taken to diminish, prejudice or affect the rights of dissenting members conferred by the said Section.
(b)
The power of sale of the liquidator shall include a power to sell wholly or partially for debentures, debenture stock, or other obligations of another company, either then already constituted or about to be constituted for the purpose of carrying out the sale.
116.
If the Company is wound up, the liquidator, with the sanction of a Special Resolution and any other sanction required by the Acts, may divide among the members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not), and, for such purpose, may value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. The liquidator, with the like sanction, may vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as, with the like sanction, he determines, but so that no member shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability.
INDEMNITY
117.
(a)      Subject to the provisions of and so far as may be admitted by the Acts, every Director and the Secretary of the Company shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Company against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him in the execution and discharge of his duties or in relation thereto including any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him as an officer or employee of the Company and in which judgement is given in his favour (or the proceedings are otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his part) or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application under any statute for relief from liability in respect of any such act or omission in which relief is granted to him by the Court.
(b)
The Company shall indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made a party to a Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) by reason of the fact that he or she (a) is or was an “officer” of the Company as such term is defined in the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (excluding any Director or Secretary) or (b) is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, general or





limited partnership, firm, association, trust, estate, company (including a limited liability company) or any other entity or organisation or employee benefit plan or other enterprise (any such person in clause (a) or clause (b) above, a “ covered person ”), to the fullest extent permitted under Irish law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Such right shall be a contract right and as such shall run to the benefit of any officer who is elected and accepts the position of officer or elects to continue to serve as an officer and of any other covered person who is or continues to serve in any of the aforementioned capacities while this article is in effect. Any repeal or amendment of this article shall be prospective only and shall not limit the rights of any such officer or other covered person or the obligations of the Company with respect to any claim arising from or related to the services of such officer or other covered person in any of the aforementioned capacities prior to any such repeal or amendment to this article. Such right shall include the right to be paid by the Company expenses incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the maximum extent permitted under Irish law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended; provided that to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the officer or other covered person is not entitled to be indemnified under this article or otherwise. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder is not paid in full by the Company within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Company, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action that such indemnification or advancement of costs of defense are not permitted under Irish law, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Company (including the Board or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel or members) to have made its determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of, or advancement of costs of defense to, the claimant is permissible in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the Company (including the Board or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel or members) that such indemnification or advancement is not permissible shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that such indemnification or advancement is not permissible. In the event of the death of any person having a right of indemnification under the foregoing provisions, such right shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives. Except as otherwise provided in this article 117(b), the Company shall be required to indemnify an officer or other covered person of the Company in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the person was authorised by the Board.
(c)
The Directors shall have power to purchase and maintain for any Director, the Secretary or other employees of the Company or any director, officer, employee or agent of any of its subsidiaries insurance against any liability referred to in Section 200 of the Act or otherwise.
(d)
The Company may additionally indemnify any employee or agent of the Company or any director, officer, employee or agent of any of its subsidiaries to the fullest extent permitted by law.
(e)
The rights conferred on any person indemnified by this article shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Memorandum of Association of the Company, these articles, agreement, vote of the members or disinterested Directors or otherwise.
(f)
The Company's obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any person indemnified who was or is serving at its request as a Director or officer or otherwise of another person described in article 117(a) or 117(b) shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other person.
(g)
This article shall not limit the right of the Company, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than persons authorised for indemnification under this article when and as authorised by appropriate corporate action.
(h)
The indemnity provided by this article shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of said persons.





(i)
Proceeding ,” for purposes of this article, means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, any appeal in such an action, suit, claim or proceeding, and any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such an action, suit, claim or proceeding.
UNTRACED HOLDERS
118.
(a)      The Company shall be entitled to sell at the best price reasonably obtainable any share or stock of a member or any share or stock to which a person is entitled by transmission if and provided that:
(i)
for a period of twelve years (not less than three dividends having been declared and paid) no cheque or warrant sent by the Company through the post in a prepaid letter addressed to the member or to the person entitled by transmission to the share or stock at his address on the Register or other the last known address given by the member or the person entitled by transmission to which cheques and warrants are to be sent has been cashed and no communication has been received by the Company from the member or the person entitled by transmission;
(ii)
at the expiration of the said period of twelve years the Company has given notice by advertisement in a leading Dublin newspaper and a newspaper circulating in the area in which the address referred to in this article 118(a) is located of its intention to sell such share or stock; and
(iii)
the Company has not during the further period of three months after the date of the advertisement and prior to the exercise of the power of sale received any communication from the member or person entitled by transmission.
(b)
To give effect to any such sale the Company may appoint any person to execute as transferor an instrument of transfer of such share or stock and such instrument of transfer shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered Holder of or person entitled by transmission to such share or stock. The Company shall account to the member or other person entitled to such share or stock for the net proceeds of such sale by carrying all monies in respect thereof to a separate account which shall be a permanent debt of the Company and the Company shall be deemed to be a debtor and not a trustee in respect thereof for such member or other person. Monies carried to such separate account may either be employed in the business of the Company or invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company or its holding company if any) as the Directors may from time to time think fit.
(c)
To the extent necessary in order to comply with any laws or regulations to which the Company is subject in relation to escheatment, abandonment of property or other similar or analogous laws or regulations (“ Applicable Escheatment Laws ”), the Company may deal with any share of any member and any unclaimed cash payments relating to such share in any manner which it sees fit, including (but not limited to) transferring or selling such share and transferring to third parties any unclaimed cash payments relating to such share.
(d)
The Company may only exercise the powers granted to it in article 118(a) above in circumstances where it has complied with, or procured compliance with, the required procedures (as set out in the Applicable Escheatment Laws) with respect to attempting to identify and locate the relevant member of the Company.
(e)
Any stock transfer form to be executed by the Company in order to sell or transfer a share pursuant to article 118(a) may be executed in accordance with article 13(a).
DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
119.
The Company may destroy:
(a)
any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address, at any time after the expiry of two years from the date such mandate variation, cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company;





(b)
any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered, at any time after the expiry of six years from the date of registration; and
(c)
any other document on the basis of which any entry in the Register was made, at any time after the expiry of six years from the date an entry in the Register was first made in respect of it
and it shall be presumed conclusively in favour of the Company that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company provided always that:
(i)
the foregoing provisions of this article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim;
(ii)
nothing contained in this article shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of article 119(a) above are not fulfilled; and
(iii)
references in this article to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.
SALE, LEASE OR EXCHANGE OF ASSETS
120.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall, except as otherwise expressly provided in these articles, require the approval of members by way of an affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by the members in person or by proxy appointed by instrument in writing subscribed by such member or by his or her duly authorised attorney and delivered to the chairman of the meeting.
TRANSACTIONS WITH INTERESTED MEMBERS
121.
(a)      The Company may not engage, at any time, in any Business Combination with any Interested Member unless the Business Combination receives the affirmative vote of the holders of two thirds of the shares then in issue of all classes of shares of the Company entitled to vote, considered for the purposes of this provision as one class.
(b)
Interested Member status of a member is determined as of the date of any action taken by the Board with respect to such transaction or as of any record date for the determination of members entitled to notice and to vote with respect thereto or immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction. Any determination made in good faith by the Board, on the basis of information at the time available to it, as to whether any person is an Interested Member, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of these articles.
(c)
The provisions of article 121(a) shall not apply to (i) any Business Combination with an Interested Member that has been approved by the Board or (ii) any agreement for the amalgamation, merger or consolidation of any subsidiary of the Company with the Company or with another subsidiary of the Company if (A) the provisions of this article 121(c) shall not be changed or otherwise affected by or by virtue of the amalgamation, merger or consolidation and (B) the holders of greater than 50% of the voting power of the Company or the subsidiary, as appropriate, immediately prior to the amalgamation, merger or consolidation continue to hold greater than 50% of the voting power of the amalgamated company immediately following the amalgamation, merger or consolidation.
(d)
For the purposes of this article, “ Business Combination ” means:
(i)
any amalgamation, merger or consolidation of the Company or one of its subsidiaries with an Interested Member or with any person that is, or would be after such amalgamation, merger or consolidation, an affiliate or associate of an Interested Member;





(ii)
any transfer or other disposition to or with an Interested Member or any affiliate or associate of an Interested Member of all or any material part of the assets of the Company or one of its subsidiaries; and
(iii)
any issuance or transfer of shares of the Company upon conversion of or in exchange for the securities or assets of any Interested Member, or with any person that is, or would be after such amalgamation, merger or consolidation, an affiliate or associate of an Interested Member.
(e)
For the purposes of this article, “ Interested Member ” means any member that:
(iv)
is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the voting shares of the Company then in issue; or
(v)
is an affiliate or associate of the Company and at any time within the five-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the shares then in issue of the Company. For the purpose of determining whether a member is an Interested Member, the number of voting shares of the Company then in issue shall include shares deemed to be beneficially owned by such member, but shall not include any other unissued voting shares of the Company which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.







Names, addresses and descriptions
of subscribers
Number of shares taken
by each subscriber
 
 
 
 
for and on behalf of    Enceladus Holding Limited    Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
Thirty Nine Thousand, Nine Hundred
and Ninety Four Ordinary Shares

for and on behalf of    DIJR Nominees Limited
Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
One Ordinary Share
for and on behalf of    
Fand Limited
Arthur Cox Building    
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
One Ordinary Share
for and on behalf of    
Arthur Cox Nominees Limited
Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
One Ordinary Share
for and on behalf of    
Arthur Cox Registrars Limited
Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
One Ordinary Share
for and on behalf of    
Arthur Cox Trust Services Limited
Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
One Ordinary Share
for and on behalf of    
Arthur Cox Trustees Limited
Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2
Corporate Body
One Ordinary Share
 
 

    
Dated the 9 th day of May 2013

Witness to the above signatures      :
Arthur Cox Building
Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2

    







Exhibit 4.1
ALLEGION US HOLDING COMPANY INC.
as Issuer
THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee,


INDENTURE


Dated as of October 4, 2013




$300,000,000

5.750% Senior Notes Due 2021





Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act
of 1939 and Indenture, dated as of
October 4, 2013
Trust Indenture Act Section
Indenture Section
§ 310(a)(1)
608
   (a)(2)
N.A.
   (a)(3)
N.A.
   (a)(4)
N.A.
   (b)
605, 609
   (c)
N.A.
§ 311(a)
613
   (b)
613
   (c)
N.A.
§ 312(a)
N.A.
   (b)
N.A.
   (c)
N.A.
§ 313 (a)
702
   (a)(4)
N.A.
   (b)
702
   (c)
702
   (d)
N.A.
   (e)
N.A.
§ 314(a)
N.A.
   (b)
N.A.
   (c)(1)
N.A.
   (c)(2)
N.A.
   (c)(3)
N.A.
   (d)
N.A.
   (e)
N.A.
   (f)
N.A.
§ 315(a)
N.A.
   (b)
N.A.
   (c)
N.A.
   (d)
N.A.
   (e)
N.A.
§ 316(a) (last sentence)
N.A.
   (a)(1)(A)
N.A.
   (a)(1)(B)
N.A.
   (a)(2)
N.A.
   (b)
N.A.
   (c)
N.A.
§ 317 (a)(1)
N.A.
   (a)(2)
N.A.
   (b)
N.A.
§ 318(a)
N.A.
N.A. means Not Applicable.




Table of Contents
Page
ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS
OF GENERAL APPLICATION
SECTION 101.
Rules of Construction     1
SECTION 102.
Definitions     2
SECTION 103.
Compliance Certificates and Opinions     36
SECTION 104.
Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee     36
SECTION 105.
Acts of Holders     37
SECTION 106.
Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Issuer, any Guarantor and Agent     37
SECTION 107.
Notice to Holders; Waiver     38
SECTION 108.
Effect of Headings and Table of Contents     39
SECTION 109.
Successors and Assigns     39
SECTION 110.
Severability Clause     39
SECTION 111.
Benefits of Indenture     39
SECTION 112.
Governing Law     39
SECTION 113.
Legal Holidays     39
SECTION 114.
No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees and Stockholders     39
SECTION 115.
[Reserved]     39
SECTION 116.
Counterparts     39
SECTION 117.
USA PATRIOT Act     40
SECTION 118.
Waiver of Jury Trial     40
SECTION 119.
Force Majeure     40
ARTICLE TWO
NOTE FORMS
SECTION 201.
Form and Dating     40
SECTION 202.
Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating     40
ARTICLE THREE
THE NOTES
SECTION 301.
Title and Terms     42
SECTION 302.
Note Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent     42
SECTION 303.
Denominations     43
SECTION 304.
Temporary Notes     43
SECTION 305.
Registration of Transfer and Exchange     43
SECTION 306.
Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes     44
SECTION 307.
Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved .    45
SECTION 308.
Persons Deemed Owners     46
SECTION 309.
Cancellation     46
SECTION 310.
Computation of Interest     46
SECTION 311.
Transfer and Exchange     46
SECTION 312.
CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers     46

-i-


Page

SECTION 313.
Issuance of Additional Notes     46
ARTICLE FOUR
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
SECTION 401.
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture     47
SECTION 402.
Application of Trust Money     48
ARTICLE FIVE
REMEDIES
SECTION 501.
Events of Default     48
SECTION 502.
Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment     50
SECTION 503.
Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee     51
SECTION 504.
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim     52
SECTION 505.
Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes     52
SECTION 506.
Application of Money Collected     53
SECTION 507.
Limitation on Suits     53
SECTION 508.
Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal,
Premium and Interest
54
SECTION 509.
Restoration of Rights and Remedies     54
SECTION 510.
Rights and Remedies Cumulative     54
SECTION 511.
Delay or Omission Not Waiver     54
SECTION 512.
Control by Holders     54
SECTION 513.
Waiver of Past Defaults     55
SECTION 514.
Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws     55
SECTION 515.
Undertaking for Costs.     55
ARTICLE SIX
THE TRUSTEE
SECTION 601.
Duties of the Trustee     55
SECTION 602.
Notice of Defaults     56
SECTION 603.
Certain Rights of Trustee     57
SECTION 604.
Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes     58
SECTION 605.
May Hold Notes     59
SECTION 606.
Money Held in Trust     59
SECTION 607.
Compensation and Reimbursement     59
SECTION 608.
Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility     60
SECTION 609.
Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor     60
SECTION 610.
Acceptance of Appointment by Successor     61
SECTION 611.
Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business     61
SECTION 612.
Appointment of Authenticating Agent     61
ARTICLE SEVEN
HOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUER
SECTION 701.
Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses     63
SECTION 702.
Reports by Trustee.     63

-ii-


Page

ARTICLE EIGHT
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE
OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS
SECTION 801.
Issuer and Parent May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms     63
SECTION 802.
Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms     65
SECTION 803.
Successor Substituted     66
ARTICLE NINE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
SECTION 901.
Amendments or Supplements Without Consent of Holders     66
SECTION 902.
Amendments, Supplements or Waivers with Consent of Holders     67
SECTION 903.
Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers     68
SECTION 904.
Effect of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers     68
SECTION 905.
[Reserved]     69
SECTION 906.
Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures     69
SECTION 907.
Notice of Supplemental Indentures     69
ARTICLE TEN
COVENANTS
SECTION 1001.
Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest     69
SECTION 1002.
Maintenance of Office or Agency     69
SECTION 1003.
Money for Notes Payments to Be Held in Trust     70
SECTION 1004.
Organizational Existence     70
SECTION 1005.
Payment of Taxes and Other Claims     71
SECTION 1006.
Maintenance of Properties     71
SECTION 1007.
Insurance     71
SECTION 1008.
Statement by Officer as to Default     71
SECTION 1009.
Reports and Other Information     72
SECTION 1010.
Limitation on Restricted Payments     72
SECTION 1011.
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock     78
SECTION 1012.
Liens     83
SECTION 1013.
Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates     83
SECTION 1014.
Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries     85
SECTION 1015.
Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries     87
SECTION 1016.
Change of Control     87
SECTION 1017.
Asset Sales     89
SECTION 1018.
Suspension of Covenants     92
ARTICLE ELEVEN
REDEMPTION OF NOTES
SECTION 1101.
Right of Redemption     93
SECTION 1102.
Applicability of Article     94

-iii-


Page


SECTION 1103.
Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee     94
SECTION 1104.
Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed     94
SECTION 1105.
Notice of Redemption     95
SECTION 1106.
Deposit of Redemption Price     96
SECTION 1107.
Notes Payable on Redemption Date     96
SECTION 1108.
Notes Redeemed in Part     96
SECTION 1109.
[Reserved]     96
SECTION 1110.
Special Mandatory Redemption     97
ARTICLE TWELVE
GUARANTEES
SECTION 1201.
Guarantees     98
SECTION 1202.
Severability     99
SECTION 1203.
Restricted Subsidiaries     99
SECTION 1204.
Limitation of Subsidiary Guarantors’ Liability     99
SECTION 1205.
Contribution     99
SECTION 1206.
Subrogation     100
SECTION 1207.
Reinstatement     100
SECTION 1208.
Release of a Guarantor     100
SECTION 1209.
Benefits Acknowledged     101
SECTION 1210.
Effectiveness of Guarantees.     101
ARTICLE THIRTEEN

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
SECTION 1301.
Issuer’s Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance     101
SECTION 1302.
Legal Defeasance and Discharge     101
SECTION 1303.
Covenant Defeasance     101
SECTION 1304.
Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance     102
SECTION 1305.
Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust Other Miscellaneous Provisions     103
SECTION 1306.
Reinstatement     104


-iv-




APPENDIX & EXHIBITS
ANNEX I    ― Rule 144A / Regulation S
EXHIBIT 1 to Rule 144A / Regulation S – Form of Initial Note
EXHIBIT 2 to Rule 144A / Regulation S – Form of Transferee
Letter of Representation
EXHIBIT A    –    Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
EXHIBIT B –    Form of Incumbency Certificate





-v-




INDENTURE dated as of October 4, 2013 (this “Indenture”), among ALLEGION US HOLDING COMPANY INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).
RECITALS OF THE ISSUER
The Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2021 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”) and to provide therefor the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.
All things necessary have been done to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuer and to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Issuer and the Guarantors, in accordance with their and its terms.
Each of the parties hereto is entering into this Indenture for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of (i) the Issuer’s Initial Notes and (ii) any Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued from time to time under this Indenture.
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders, as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS
OF GENERAL APPLICATION
SECTION 101.      Rules of Construction .
(a)      For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
(1)      the terms defined in this Article or the Appendix have the meanings assigned to them in this Article or the Appendix and words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;
(2)      all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP (as herein defined);
(3)      the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;
(4)      all references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Appendices shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Appendices to, this Indenture;
(5)      “or” is not exclusive;
(6)      “including” means including without limitation;

-1-




(7)      all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date; and
(8)      except with respect to determining whether a Special Mandatory Redemption shall be required or as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the Transactions shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the Issue Date, and for all periods prior to the consummation of the Separation, the Issuer, its Subsidiaries and the other Subsidiaries of Ingersoll-Rand to be transferred to Parent as part of the Transactions will be deemed to have been Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Indenture, no provision of this Indenture shall prevent the consummation of any of the Transactions, nor shall the Transactions give rise to any Default, nor shall the Transactions under the Spin-Off Documents constitute the utilization of any basket in the covenants under this Indenture or the Notes (each of the capitalized terms in this Subsection (8) as defined below).
(b)      This Indenture incorporates certain provisions of the TIA (as herein defined) by reference. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:
(1)      “Commission” means the SEC;
(2)      “indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees;
(3)      “indenture security holder” means a Holder;
(4)      “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;
(5)      “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and
(6)      “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, each Guarantor and any other obligor on the indenture securities.
All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.
SECTION 102.      Definitions .
“Acceptable Commitment” has the meaning specified in Section 1017.
“ACH” means Automated Clearing House or any successor thereto.
“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred by such other Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person. Such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been incurred at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary.
“Act”, when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 105.
“Additional Assets” means (i) any property or assets (other than current assets (as determined in accordance with GAAP), Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by Parent or a

-2-




Restricted Subsidiary in a Similar Business; (ii) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary; or (iii) Capital Stock of any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary acquired from a third party.
“Additional Notes” means any Notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to Section 313.
“Adjusted Net Assets” has the meaning specified in Section 1205.
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
“Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 1013.
“Agent” means any Note Registrar, Transfer Agent, co-registrar, Notes Custodian, Paying Agent or other agent appointed in accordance with this Indenture to perform any function that this Indenture authorized such agent to perform.
“Appendix” has the meaning specified in Section 201.
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
(1)    1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and
(2)    the excess, if any, of:
(A)    the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the Redemption Price (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 1101) of such Note at October 1, 2016, plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date) through October 1, 2016, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over
(B)    the principal amount of such Note.
Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.
“Applicable Measurement Period” means the most recently ended four fiscal quarters immediately preceding the applicable date of determination for which internal financial statements are available.
“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any payment, tender, redemption, transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depository that apply to such payment, tender, redemption, transfer or exchange.

-3-




“Asset Sale” means:
(1)    the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”), or
(2)    the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under Section 1011), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, in each case, other than:
(A)    any disposition of (i) Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities, (ii) obsolete, damaged, unnecessary, unsuitable or worn out equipment or immaterial assets or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business or (iii) inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business;
(B)    the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or Parent in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 801 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture for which a Change of Control Offer is made;
(C)    the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 1010;
(D)    any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $75.0 million;
(E)    any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities to Parent, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(F)    any exchange of like property under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any comparable or successor provision, or any exchange of equipment to be used in a Similar Business;
(G)    the lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
(H)    any issuance, sale or pledge of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(I)    foreclosures, condemnation, eminent domain or any similar action on assets;
(J)    sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;
(K)    any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions;

-4-




(L)    any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;
(M)    the sale, lease, assignment, license, sublease or discount of inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, notes receivable or other current assets in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable or other dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
(N)    the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;
(O)    the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;
(P)    sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(Q)    the lapse or abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business;
(R)    the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties as required by applicable law;
(S)    a disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), entered into in connection with such acquisition; and
(T)    any other disposition pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum.
“Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 1017(c).
“Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period” has the meaning specified in Section 1017(b).
“Authenticating Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 612.
“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or any similar United States federal or state law and the law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.
“Board of Directors” means, for any Person, the Board of Directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person does not have such a Board of Directors or other governing body and is owned or managed by a single entity, the Board of Directors or other governing body of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of

-5-




Directors or other governing body. Unless otherwise provided, “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of Parent.
“Board Resolution” means with respect to Parent, a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of Parent or any committee of such Board of Directors.
“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
“Capital Stock” means:
(1)    in the case of a corporation, corporate stock,
(2)    in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock,
(3)    in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited), and
(4)    any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.
“Cash Equivalents” means:
(1)    United States dollars,
(2)    Canadian dollars,
(3)    (A) euro, pounds sterling or any national currency of any participating member state in the European Union, or
(B) local currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business,
(4)    securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by (a) the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, (b) any country that is a member state of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof or (c) any foreign country recognized by the United States of America rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government,
(5)    certificates of deposit, time deposits and dollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year, overnight bank deposits and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments), in each case with (i) any lender under the Senior Credit Facilities or (ii) any

-6-




commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of foreign banks,
(6)    repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (4) and (5) above, entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (5) above,
(7)    commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof,
(8)    marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof,
(9)    investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above and (10) through (12) below,
(10)    readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,
(11)    Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,
(12)    Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, and
(13)    in the case of Investments by any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary, Investments of comparable tenor and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (12) customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for cash management purposes.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) through (3) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) through (3) above, as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
“Cash Management Services” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight overdraft facility that is not in default): ACH transactions, treasury or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Distribution Date, in each case excluding any of the Transactions:
(1)    the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or

-7-




substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than to Parent or one of its Subsidiaries;
(2)    the consummation of any transaction (including any merger or consolidation or purchase of Capital Stock) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of Parent, or other Voting Stock into which the Voting Stock of Parent is reclassified, consolidated, exchanged or changed, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;
(3)    the first day on which the majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Parent cease to be Continuing Directors;
(4)    Parent consolidates with, or merges with or into, any person, or any person consolidates with, or merges with or into, Parent, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of Parent or such other person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the shares of the Voting Stock of Parent outstanding immediately prior to such transaction constitute, or are converted into or exchanged for, a majority of the Voting Stock of the surviving person immediately after giving effect to such transaction;
(5)    the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of Parent; or
(6)    the failure of Parent to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer.
“Change of Control Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 1016.
“Change of Control Payment” has the meaning specified in Section 1016.
“Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1016.
“consolidated” or “Consolidated” means, unless otherwise specifically indicated, with respect to any Person, such Person on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, but excluding from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not a Subsidiary of, an Affiliate of, or otherwise owned by, such Person.
“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization or write-off of financing costs and expenses and capitalized expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
(1)    consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing

-8-




Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than or greater than par, as applicable, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Indebtedness or derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) any one-time cash costs associated with breakage in respect interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, (u) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (v) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (w) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting, (x) amortization or “write-off” of financing costs and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus
(2)    consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less
(3)    interest income for such period.
For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income (loss), of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends on preferred stock issued by such Person (but not its Subsidiaries); provided that, without duplication,
(1)    any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions), severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefits plans, start-up, transition, integration and other restructuring and business optimization costs, charges, reserves or expenses (including related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and to the start-up, closure or consolidation of facilities), new product introductions, and one-time compensation charges shall be excluded,
(2)    the net income (loss) for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period,
(3)    any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,
(4)    any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,
(5)    the net income (loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Parent shall be increased

-9-




by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,
(6)    solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C)(1) of Section 1010(a), the net income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Parent will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,
(7)    effects of adjustments in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting, including in relation to the Transactions, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
(8)    (i) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid), (ii) any non-cash income (or loss) related to currency gains or losses related to Indebtedness, intercompany balances and other balance sheet items and to Hedging Obligations pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging (formerly Financing Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133) and its related pronouncements and interpretations (or any successor provision) and (iii) any non-cash expense, income or loss attributable to the movement in mark-to-market valuation of foreign currencies, Indebtedness or derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,
(9)    any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down pursuant to ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141) shall be excluded,
(10)    (i) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock, units or other rights to officers, directors, managers or employees and (ii) non-cash income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts, shall be excluded,
(11)    any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, recapitalization, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,
(12)    accruals and reserves, contingent liabilities and any gains or losses on the settlement of any pre-existing contractual or non-contractual relationships that are established or

-10-




adjusted within twelve months after the Distribution Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded, and
(13)    to the extent covered by insurance or indemnification and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier or indemnifying party in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 1010 only (other than clause (C)(4) of Section 1010(a)), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any dividends, distributions, interest payments, return of capital, repayments or other transfers of assets to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (C)(4) of Section 1010(a).
“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Secured Indebtedness minus unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries (such unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents not to exceed $100.0 million), in each case, as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the applicable date of determination to (2) EBITDA of Parent for the Applicable Measurement Period, with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Secured Indebtedness, Cash Equivalents and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio;” provided that, for purposes of the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio, in connection with (x) the incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to Section 1011(b)(1) or (y) the incurrence of any Lien pursuant to clause (20) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness which is to be incurred or secured by such Lien, as the case may be, as being incurred as of the applicable date of determination and any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment that was so treated shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of additional Indebtedness or an additional Lien at such subsequent time.
“Consolidated Total Assets” means the total assets of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Parent.
“Consolidated Total Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness minus unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (such unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents not to exceed $100.0 million), in each case, as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the applicable date of determination to (2) EBITDA of Parent for the Applicable Measurement Period, with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness, Cash Equivalents and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”
“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in

-11-




respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (and excluding Hedging Obligations) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (without double-counting) all preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Issuer or Guarantors, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and preferred stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and their Maximum Fixed Repurchase Prices, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “Maximum Fixed Repurchase Price” of any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock means the maximum price, if any, at which such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock may be required to be redeemed or repurchased by the issuer thereof in accordance with its terms.
“Consolidated Total Secured Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, the amount of Consolidated Total Indebtedness that is Secured Indebtedness as of such date.
“Continuing Director” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of Parent who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Distribution Date; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.
“Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business in relation to this Indenture shall be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is located at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 10 South Wacker Drive, 13th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60606, Attn: Corporate Trust Services, and with respect to Agent services such office shall also mean the office or agency of the Trustee located at 608 Second Avenue South, N9303-121, Minneapolis, MN 55479, Attn: Corporate Trust Operations.
“Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1303.
“Covenant Suspension Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a).
“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that Refinance any part of the loans, notes or other securities, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 1011 or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 307(b).

-12-




“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.
“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event, in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Parent or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Parent or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.
“Distribution Date” means the date on which the Separation occurs.
“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, increased (without duplication) by:
(A)    provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, U.S. Federal, state, non-U.S., franchise, excise, value added and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
(B)    Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses 1(u) through 1(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus
(C)    Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
(D)    any fees, expenses, charges or losses (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering or other capital markets transaction, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including such fees, expenses, charges or losses related to (i) the Transactions and any

-13-




transactions pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents, (ii) the offering of the Notes and the Senior Credit Facilities and (iii) any amendment or other modification of the Spin-Off Documents, the Notes, the Senior Credit Facilities or other Indebtedness and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
(E)    any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs, write-downs, expenses, losses or items to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be deducted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), plus
(F)    the amount of any minority interest expense deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus
(G)    the amount of net cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or to be taken (which cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and (B) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 18 months after the date of determination to take such action, plus
(H)    litigation costs and expenses for non-ordinary course litigation.
“Employee Matters Agreement” means the Employee Matters Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand and Parent, to be dated on or prior to the Distribution Date.
“Equity Interest” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common equity or preferred stock of Parent or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than
(1)    public offerings with respect to Parent’s or any of its direct or indirect parent company’s common equity registered on Form S-8; and
(2)    issuances to any Subsidiary of Parent or any employee benefit plan of Parent.
“Escrow Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.
“Escrow Agreement” means the agreement dated the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, Ingersoll-Rand, the Escrow Agent and the Trustee.
“euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501.
“Excess Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 1017.

-14-




“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date or incurred pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum, plus interest accruing (or the accretion of discount) thereon.
“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any Investment, asset or property, the fair market value of such Investment, asset or property, determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of Parent, whose determination will be conclusive for all purposes under this Indenture and the Notes.
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person as of any applicable date of determination, the ratio of (1) EBITDA of such Person for the Applicable Measurement Period to (2) the Fixed Charges of such Person for such Applicable Measurement Period. In the event that Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock subsequent to the commencement of the Applicable Measurement Period but on or prior to the applicable date of determination, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock (in each case, including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Applicable Measurement Period; provided , however, that, for purposes of the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, in connection with the incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to Section 1011(a) the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness which is to be incurred, as being incurred as of the applicable date of determination and any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment that was so treated shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence of additional Indebtedness.
For purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary during the Applicable Measurement Period or subsequent to such Applicable Measurement Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the applicable date of determination shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charges and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Applicable Measurement Period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such Applicable Measurement Period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the Applicable Measurement Period.
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, without duplication, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized (subject to compliance with the proviso to clause (G) of the

-15-




definition of “EBITDA”)). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the applicable date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account for such entire period, any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of 12 months or longer, and in the case of any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of less than 12 months, taking into account such Hedging Obligation to the extent of its remaining term). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon (A) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period or (B) if such facility was created after the end of the applicable period, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of determination; or, if lower, the maximum commitments under such revolving credit facility as of the applicable date of determination. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.
“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of
(1)    Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, and
(2)    all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of Parent held by Persons other than Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary made during such period.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
“Form 10” means the registration statement on Form 10, originally filed by Parent with the SEC on June 17, 2013, as amended.

“Funding Guarantor” has the meaning specified in Section 1205.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date. At any time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may elect to apply International Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”) accounting principles as in effect on the date of such election in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP and GAAP concepts shall thereafter be construed to refer to IFRS and corresponding IFRS concepts as of such date (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided further, any calculation or determination in this Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuer’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Issuer shall give written notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the holders of Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, solely making the IFRS election (without any other action) referred to in this definition will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness.
“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States, a member state of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof, and the payment for which such government pledges its full faith and credit, and shall also include a depositary

-16-




receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.
“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.
“Guarantor” means Parent and each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes under this Indenture.
“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
“Holder” means a registered holder of the Notes.
“incur” has the meaning specified in Section 1011.
“incurrence” has the meaning specified in Section 1011.
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person,
(1)    any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:
(A)    in respect of borrowed money,
(B)    evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),
(C)    representing the balance, deferred and unpaid, of the purchase price of any property, except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation, after 60 days of becoming due and payable, has not been paid and is reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP,
(D)    representing Capitalized Lease Obligations, or
(E)    representing any Hedging Obligations,

-17-




if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,
(2)    to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
(3)    to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person secured by a Lien on any assets owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person provided, however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such assets at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;
provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.
“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this Indenture and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively.
“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, not an Affiliate of Parent and qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
“Ingersoll-Rand” means Ingersoll-Rand public limited company and, unless the context otherwise requires, its consolidated Subsidiaries, other than, for all periods following the Spin-off, Parent and its Subsidiaries.
“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the first recital.
“Initial Purchasers” means Goldman, Sachs & Co., JP Morgan Securities LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Mitsubishi UFJ Securities (USA), Inc. and Mizuho Securities USA Inc.
“Intellectual Property License Agreement” means the Intellectual Property License Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand or one of its Affiliates and Parent, to be dated on or prior to the Distribution Date.
“Inventory” means goods held for sale or lease by a Person in the ordinary course of business, net of any reserve for goods that have been segregated by such Person to be returned to the applicable vendor for credit, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Interest Payment Date” means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.

-18-




“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
“Investment Grade Securities” means:
(1)    securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents),
(2)    debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among Parent and its Subsidiaries,
(3)    investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) above, which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution, and
(4)    corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of Parent in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 1010,
(1)    “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to Parent’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of Parent at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Parent shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:
(A)    Parent’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less
(B)    the portion (proportionate to Parent’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
(2)    any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.
The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.
“Issue Date” means October 4, 2013.

-19-





“Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
“Issuer Request” or “Issuer Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuer by two Officers or one Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.
“Legal Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1302.
“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
“Maturity” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal of such Note or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption or otherwise.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Fair Market Value of any Cash Equivalents received by Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net of (i) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses and other fees and expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (including in connection with any repatriation of funds and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), (ii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary required (other than pursuant to Section 1017(b) to be paid as a result of such transaction, (iii) any costs associated with unwinding any related Hedging Obligations in connection with such transaction, (iv) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale, or to any other Person (other than Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets disposed of in such Asset Sale and (v) any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
“Note Register” and “Note Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 302.

-20-




“Notes” has the meaning stated in the first recital and more particularly means any Notes authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes; provided that Additional Notes will not be issued with the same CUSIP, if any, as Initial Notes unless such Additional Notes are fungible with Initial Notes for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.
“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee.
“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
“Offering Memorandum” means the confidential offering memorandum dated September 27, 2013, pursuant to which the Initial Notes were offered to potential purchasers.
“Officer”means, with respect to Parent, the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Controller, the Treasurer or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of Parent.
“Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to Parent, the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person and delivered to the Trustee.
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel (which may be subject to customary assumptions, exclusions, limitations and exceptions). The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to Parent or the Issuer or other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
“Outstanding”, when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:
(1)    Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
(2)    Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited (other than pursuant to the Escrow Agreement) with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Issuer) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuer (if the Issuer shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes in accordance with any applicable provisions of this Indenture; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, written notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;
(3)    Notes, except to the extent provided in Sections 1302 and 1303, with respect to which the Issuer has effected Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as provided in Article Thirteen; and

-21-




(4)    Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a Protected Purchaser in whose hands the Notes are valid obligations of the Issuer;
provided that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, notice or waiver hereunder Notes owned by Parent, the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of Parent, the Issuer or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.
“Parent” means Allegion plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland or any Successor Parent.
“Pari Passu Indebtedness” has the meaning specified in Section 1017(c).
“Paying Agent” means any Person (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Issuer.
“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 1017.
“Permitted Investments” means:
(1)    any Investment in Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(2)    any Investment in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
(3)    any Investment by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment
(A)    such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or
(B)    such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
(4)    any Investment in securities or other assets received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 1017, or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

-22-




(5)    any Investment existing on the Issue Date and any Investment made pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum;
(6)    any Investment acquired by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary:
(A)    (i) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (ii) in settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business, or
(B)    as a result of a foreclosure by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
(7)    Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 1011(b)(10);
(8)    any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (8) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (8) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
(9)    Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of Parent (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C) of Section 1010(a);
(10)    (i) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 1011 and (ii) guarantees of leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(11)    any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 1013(b) (except transactions described in Section 1013(b)(2), (4), (7) and (12));
(12)    Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or other similar assets in the ordinary course of business, or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;
(13)    additional Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 5% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with

-23-




the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (13) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (13) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
(14)    Investments relating to any Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility or any repurchases in connection therewith;
(15)    advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees in the aggregate not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (x) $10.0 million and (y) 0.50% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such advance or guarantee;
(16)    loans and advances to officers, directors, managers and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses, payroll expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Parent;
(17)    advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(18)    intercompany current liabilities owed to Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of Parent and its Subsidiaries;
(19)    Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;
(20)    Investments of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or consolidates or merges with Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as such Investments were not made in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or of such consolidation or merger;
(21)    Investments resulting from pledges or deposits described in clause (1) of the definition of the term “Permitted Liens”;
(22)    Investments that result solely from the receipt by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from any of its Subsidiaries of a dividend or other Restricted Payment in the form of Equity Interests, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities; and
(23)    Investments if, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto including all related commitments for future Investments (and the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is assumed or otherwise incurred in connection with such Investment), the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio is less than 2.75 to 1.00.
“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

-24-




(1)    pledges, deposits or security by such Person (i) under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax, and other social security laws or similar legislation or other insurance related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or indemnification obligations of insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, stay, customs or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of such type, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(2)    Liens imposed by law or regulation, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, mechanics’, contractors’, landlords’, architects’ and other similar Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
(3)    Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property such Person or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;
(4)    Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
(5)    survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
(6)    Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 1011(b)(1), (2), (4), (8), (10), (12), (15) or (18); provided , however, that, in the case of (x) Section 1011(b)(4), such Lien may not extend to any assets other than the assets acquired with the Indebtedness incurred

-25-




pursuant to Section 1011(b)(4), and (y) Section 1011(b)(8), such Lien may not extend to any assets other than assets owned by the Foreign Subsidiary incurring such Indebtedness;
(7)    Liens existing on the Issue Date or under the Spin-Off Documents (other than Liens incurred or to be incurred under the Senior Credit Facilities);
(8)    Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary; provided further , however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Parent or any Guarantor (other than after-acquired property that is (a) affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien, (b) subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property and (c) the proceeds and products thereof);
(9)    Liens on property at the time Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(10)    Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 1011;
(11)    Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services incurred in compliance with Section 1011;
(12)    Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or trade letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(13)    leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including of intellectual property) to or from third parties granted in the ordinary course of business;
(14)    Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute) financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(15)    Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;
(16)    Liens on equipment of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiaries’ client at which such equipment is located;
(17)    Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;
(18)    Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of

-26-




any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (6) (solely with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (2) or (4) of Section 1011(b)), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (18) and (20) of this definition of “Permitted Liens”; provided that (A) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus accessions, additions and improvements on such property and after-acquired property that is (a) affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien, (b) subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property and (c) the proceeds and products thereof), and (B) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6) (solely with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (2) or (4) of Section 1011(b)), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (18) and (20) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, and accrued and unpaid interest related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
(19)    deposits made or other security provided to secure liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in the ordinary course of business;
(20)    Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the covenant described under Section 1011; provided that (x) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness or after giving effect thereto and (y) the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio, calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the incurrence of such Lien, the related Indebtedness and the application of net proceeds therefrom would be no greater than 2.50 to 1.00;
(21)    other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations at any one time outstanding do not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 2.50% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of incurrence;
(22)    Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards in respect of which Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review, which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;
(23)    Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
(24)    Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to pooling, commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking or other financial institutions or electronic payment service providers arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry;
(25)    Liens deemed to exist in connection with repurchase agreements permitted under Section 1011; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
(26)    Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

-27-




(27)    Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(28)    Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;
(29)    the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;
(30)    restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put; provided that the covenants are complied with;
(31)    security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;
(32)    zoning by-laws and other land use restrictions, including, without limitation, site plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements;
(33)    Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(34)    any Lien granted pursuant to a security agreement between Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary and a licensee of their intellectual property to secure the damages, if any, of such licensee resulting from the rejection by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary of such licensee in a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens do not cover any assets other than the intellectual property subject to such license;
(35)    Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
(36)    in the case of (A) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or (B) the Equity Interests in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction, including any put and call arrangements, related to Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary or such other Person set forth in the organizational documents of such Restricted Subsidiary or such other Person or any related joint venture, shareholders’ or similar agreement;
(37)    Liens on property or assets used to defease or to irrevocably satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by this Indenture;

-28-




(38)    Liens on and security interests in the account holding the Escrow Funds (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) and all deposits and investment property therein in favor of the Trustee, for its benefit and the benefit of the Holders;
(39)    Sale and Lease-Back Transactions (i) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used by Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries to permanently repay outstanding Indebtedness of Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) with a term of not more than three years or (iii) incurred pursuant to Section 1011(b)(4);
(40)    Liens on property of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of the United States of America or any State thereof or Ireland or the jurisdiction of organization of Parent, or any department, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision of the United States of America or any State thereof, Ireland or the jurisdiction of organization of Parent, to secure partial, progress, advance or other payments pursuant to any contract or statute;
(41)    banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions and securities accounts and other financial assets maintained with a securities intermediary; provided that such deposit accounts or funds and securities accounts or other financial assets are not established or deposited for the purpose of providing collateral for any Indebtedness; and
(42)    in connection with the sale or transfer of any Equity Interests or other assets in a transaction permitted under this Indenture, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
“Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for a mutilated Note or in lieu of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.
“preferred stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
“Protected Purchaser” has the meaning specified in Section 306.
“Rating Agencies” mean Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
“Real Estate Matters Agreement” means one or more License to Use Agreements or similar agreements between Ingersoll-Rand or one of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Parent or one of its Subsidiaries, on the other.
“Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and

-29-




indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds such purchase by purporting to sell its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or by borrowing from such a Person or from another Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds itself by borrowing from such a Person.
“Receivables Fee” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.
“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Receivables Facilities, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.
“Redemption Date”, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, in whole or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.
“Redemption Price”, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.
“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.
“Refinancing Indebtedness” has the meaning specified in Section 1011.
“Refunding Capital Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 1010.
“Regular Record Date” has the meaning specified in Section 301.
“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries in exchange for assets transferred by Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of Capital Stock of a Person, unless upon receipt of the Capital Stock of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
“Responsible Officer”, means any vice president, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, or any other officer of the Trustee within the Corporate Trust Office customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
“Restricted Payments” has the meaning specified in Section 1010.

-30-




“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, the Issuer and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Parent (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”
“Retired Capital Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 1010.
“Reversion Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a).
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and any successor to its rating agency business.
“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency thereto.
“Second Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1016.
“Second Commitment” has the meaning specified in Section 1017.
“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
“Senior Credit Facilities” means the credit facilities provided under the Credit Agreement to be entered into on or prior to the Distribution Date among Parent, the Issuer, and the other borrowers and guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto from time to time in their capacities as lenders thereunder, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, replacements, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
“Senior Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person:
(1)    Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred; and
(2)    all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above in the case of both clauses (1) and (2), to the extent permitted to be incurred under the

-31-




terms of this Indenture, unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be;
provided that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:
(1)    any obligation of such Person to Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent;
(2)    any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;
(3)    any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;
(4)    any Capital Stock;
(5)    any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or
(6)    that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.
“Separation” means (i) the series of internal transactions that will result in the allocation and transfer or assignment to Parent and the Issuer of the assets and liabilites in respect of the activities of the commercial and residential security businesses and certain other current and former businesses of Ingersoll-Rand and (ii) the distribution of Parent’s ordinary shares to Ingersoll-Rand shareholders, substantially on the terms set forth in the Offering Memorandum.
“Separation and Distribution Agreement” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand and Parent, to be dated on or prior to the Distribution Date.
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto or extensions, developments or expansions thereof.
“Special Mandatory Redemption” has the meaning specified in Section 1110.
“Special Mandatory Redemption Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1110.
“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.
“Spin-Off Documents” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement, the Intellectual Property License Agreements and the Real Estate Matters Agreements, together with any other

-32-




agreements, instruments or other documents entered into in connection with any of the foregoing, each on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum.
“Stated Maturity”, when used with respect to any Note or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Notes as the fixed date on which the principal of such Notes or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.
“Subordinated Indebtedness” means:
(1)    with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and
(2)    with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor under this Indenture.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person,
(1)    any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof and
(2)    any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:
(A)    more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as the case may be, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and
(B)    such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.
“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that guarantees the Notes.
“Successor Issuer” has the meaning specified in Section 801.
“Successor Parent” has the meaning specified in Section 801.
“Suspended Covenants” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a).
“Suspension Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a).
“Suspension Period” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a).
“Tax Matters Agreement” means the Tax Matters Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand and Parent, to be dated on or prior to the Distribution Date.

-33-




“Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the issuance of the Notes, the borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities and the consummation of the Separation.
“Transition Services Agreement” means the Transition Services Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand, on the one hand, and Parent or one or more of its subsidiaries, on the other hand, to be dated on or prior to the Distribution Date.
“Transfer Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 302.
“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date of the applicable redemption notice (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to October 1, 2016; provided that if the period from the redemption date to October 1, 2016 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
“Trigger Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1110.
“Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the Issue Date and, to the extent required by law, as amended.
“Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.
“Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:
(1)    any Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Issuer) which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of Parent, as provided below) and
(2)    any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Board of Directors of Parent may designate any Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Issuer) (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that
(i)    any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by Parent,
(ii)    such designation would be permitted by Section 1010 and the definition of “Investments”, and

-34-




(iii)    each of
(A)    the Subsidiary to be so designated and
(B)    its Subsidiaries
has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary.
The Board of Directors of Parent may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:
(1)    Parent could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described under Section 1011(a), or
(2)    the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation,
in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Parent shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.
“Vice President”, when used with respect to Parent, the Issuer or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”.
“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is normally entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
(1)    the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by
(2)    the sum of all such payments.
“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

-35-




SECTION 103.      Compliance Certificates and Opinions . Upon any application or request by Parent or the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture (including any covenant compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) relating to the proposed action have been complied with and, other than in connection with the addition of a new Guarantor or parent guarantor, an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 1008(a)) shall include:
(1)      a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
(2)      a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(3)      a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(4)      a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
SECTION 104.      Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee . In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.
Any certificate or opinion of an officer of Parent or the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of Parent or the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.
Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

-36-




SECTION 105.      Acts of Holders .
(a)      Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to Parent or the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and Parent or the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section.
(b)      The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.
(c)      The principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the Note Register.
(d)      If the Issuer shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Issuer may, at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuer shall have no obligation to do so. Such record date shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided, that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Issuer or any Guarantor in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
SECTION 106.      Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Issuer, any Guarantor and Agent . Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,
(1)      the Trustee by any Holder or by the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing via facsimile,

-37-




email in PDF format or mailed, first class postage prepaid, or delivered by recognized overnight courier, to or with the Trustee at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 10 South Wacker Drive, 13th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60606, Attn: Corporate Trust Services, or
(2)      the Issuer or any Guarantor by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing via facsimile, or email in PDF or mailed, first class postage prepaid, or delivered by recognized overnight courier, to the Issuer or such Guarantor addressed to Allegion US Holding Company Inc., 11819 N. Pennsylvania St., Carmel, IN 46032, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer or such Guarantor.
A copy of all notices to any Agent shall be sent to the Trustee at the address show above. Any Person may change it address by giving notice of such change as set forth herein.
SECTION 107.      Notice to Holders; Waiver . Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders by the Issuer or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and delivered electronically or mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Notices given by publication shall be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made, notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed given five calendar days after mailing; notices sent by overnight delivery service will be deemed given when delivered; and notices given electronically shall be deemed given when sent. Any notices required to be given to the holders of Notes that are in global form will be given to the Depository pursuant to Applicable Procedures.
The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Issuer elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.
In case by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impracticable to mail notice of any event to Holders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice for every purpose hereunder.
Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall

-38-




be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
SECTION 108.      Effect of Headings and Table of Contents . The Article and Section headings herein, the TIA cross reference table and the Table of Contents are for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not affect the construction hereof.
SECTION 109.      Successors and Assigns . All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 1208 hereof.
SECTION 110.      Severability Clause . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
SECTION 111.      Benefits of Indenture . Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar and their successors hereunder and the Holders any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
SECTION 112.      Governing Law . This Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES.
SECTION 113.      Legal Holidays . In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity; provided, that no interest shall accrue for purposes of such payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be.
SECTION 114.      No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees and Stockholders . No director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
SECTION 115.      [Reserved]
SECTION 116.      Counterparts . This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. The exchange of copies of the Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of the Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all

-39-




purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
SECTION 117.      USA PATRIOT Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The Issuer agrees that it will provide the Trustee with information about the Issuer as the Trustee may reasonably request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.
SECTION 118.      Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE ISSUER, ANY GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, THEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY OR HEREBY.
SECTION 119.      Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts that are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
ARTICLE 2
NOTE FORMS
SECTION 201.      Form and Dating . Provisions relating to the Initial Notes are set forth in Annex I attached hereto (the “Appendix”) which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made part of, this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made a part of, this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer is subject, if any, or usage ( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Note set forth in the Appendix are part of the terms of this Indenture.
SECTION 202.      Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating . The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by at least one Officer. The signature of any Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Notes.
Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was at any time the proper officer of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes.
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer

-40-




Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.
On the Issue Date, the Issuer shall deliver the Initial Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000 executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, specifying the principal amount and registered holder of each Note, directing the Trustee to authenticate the Notes and deliver the same to the persons named in such Issuer Order and the Trustee in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Initial Notes. At any time and from time to time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may deliver Additional Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of such Additional Notes, specifying the principal amount of and registered holder of each Note, directing the Trustee to authenticate the Additional Notes and deliver the same to the persons in such Issuer Order and the Trustee in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Additional Notes. In each case, the Trustee shall receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer that it may reasonably require in connection with such authentication of Notes. Such Issuer Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated.
Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.
No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
In case the Issuer, Parent or any Subsidiary Guarantor, pursuant to Article Eight of this Indenture, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuer, Parent or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed a supplemental indenture hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article Eight of this Indenture, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Issuer Request of the successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such request for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time Outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an affiliate of the Issuer.

-41-




ARTICLE 3
SECTION 301.      Title and Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and issued under this Indenture is not limited; provided that any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture are issued in accordance with Sections 202, 312 and 1011 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
The Notes shall be known and designated as the “5.750% Senior Notes Due 2021” of the Issuer. The Stated Maturity of the Notes shall be October 1, 2021, and the Notes shall bear interest at the rate of 5.750% per annum from the Issue Date, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, payable on April 1, 2014 and semi annually thereafter on April 1 and October 1 in each year and at said Stated Maturity, until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for and to the Person in whose name the Note (or any Predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on March 15 and September 15 immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date (each, a “Regular Record Date”).
The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the offices or agencies of the Issuer set forth in Section 302, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to Notes represented by one or more permanent Global Notes registered in the name of or held by the Depository or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Depository.
Holders shall have the right to require the Issuer to purchase their Notes, in whole or in part, in the event of a Change of Control pursuant to Section 1016. The Notes shall be subject to repurchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 1017.
The Notes shall be redeemable as provided in Article Eleven.
The due and punctual payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes payable by the Issuer is irrevocably unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth herein, by each of the Guarantors.
SECTION 302.      Note Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent . The Issuer shall maintain one or more paying agents (each, a “Paying Agent”) for the Notes in the continental United States. The Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as the initial Paying Agent.
The Issuer shall be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes, including but not limited to determination of redemption price or other amounts payable on the Notes. The Issuer will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on the Holders. The Issuer will provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee when

-42-




requested by the Trustee, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Issuer’s calculations without independent verification. The Trustee shall forward the Issuer’s calculations to any Holder of the Notes upon the written request of such Holder.
The Issuer will also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “Note Registrar”) with offices in the continental United States. The Issuer will also maintain a transfer agent (each, a “Transfer Agent”) in the continental United States. The Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as the initial Note Registrar and Transfer Agent. The Note Registrar and the Transfer Agent shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency designated pursuant to Section 1002 being herein sometimes referred to as the “Note Register”). The Note Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. At all reasonable times, the Note Register shall be open to inspection by the Trustee. The Issuer may change the Paying Agents, the Note Registrars or the Transfer Agents without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Note Registrar” includes any co-registrars.
The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Note Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Note Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 607. The Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may act as Paying Agent or Note Registrar.
The Issuer acknowledges that neither the Trustee nor any Agent makes any representations as to the interpretation or characterization of the transactions herein undertaken for tax or any other purpose, in any jurisdiction.
SECTION 303.      Denominations . The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
SECTION 304.      Temporary Notes . Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Notes may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Notes.
If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.
SECTION 305.      Registration of Transfer and Exchange .
Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 1002, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and

-43-




deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.
At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Issuer or the Note Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by written instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.
No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange or redemption of Notes, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any taxes, fees or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Sections 202, 304, 906, 1016, 1017 or 1108 not involving any transfer.
SECTION 306.      Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes . If (1) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or (2) the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such security or indemnity to save each of them harmless from any claim, loss, cost or liability resulting from such lost or stolen Note, then, in the absence of written notice to the Issuer or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a Protected Purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code) (a “Protected Purchaser”), the Issuer shall execute and upon Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.
Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer and each Guarantor, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

-44-




SECTION 307.      Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved .
(a)      Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002; provided that, subject to Section 301 hereof, each installment of interest may at the Issuer’s option be paid by (1) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 308, to the address of such Person as it appears in the Note Register or (2) transfer to an account maintained by the payee; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on, all Notes in global form and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer and the Paying Agent.
(b)      Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) may be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:
(1)      the Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 107, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).
(2)      the Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
(c)      Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

-45-




SECTION 308.      Persons Deemed Owners . Prior to the due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
SECTION 309.      Cancellation . All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Issuer has not issued and sold, and all Notes so delivered shall be cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures. If the Issuer shall so acquire any of the Notes, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures.
SECTION 310.      Computation of Interest . Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
SECTION 311.      Transfer and Exchange . The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer. When a Note is presented to the Note Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Note Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. When Notes are presented to the Note Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Note Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met.
SECTION 312.      CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers . The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (in each case, if then generally in use) in addition to serial numbers, and, if so, the Trustee shall use such CUSIP, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in addition to serial numbers in notices of redemption, repurchase or other notices to Holders as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such CUSIP, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or repurchase or other notice and that reliance may be placed only on the serial or other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or repurchase or other notice shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers applicable to the Notes.
SECTION 313.      Issuance of Additional Notes . The Issuer may, subject to Section 1011 of this Indenture, issue additional Notes having identical terms and conditions to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date (the “Additional Notes”). The Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this

-46-




Indenture; provided , that Additional Notes will not be issued with the same CUSIP, if any, as Initial Notes unless such Additional Notes are fungible with Initial Notes for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.
ARTICLE 4

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
SECTION 401.      Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . This Indenture shall upon Issuer Request and at the Issuer’s expense cease to be of further effect (except as set forth in the last paragraph of this Section and as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when:
(1)      either,
(A)      all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(B)      all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,
(i)      have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption pursuant to Section 1105 or otherwise, or
(ii)      will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or
(iii)      are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer,
and the Issuer or any Guarantor, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any and accrued interest to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;
(2)      no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes issued hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which

-47-




the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
(3)      the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture;
(4)      the Issuer has delivered irrevocable written instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at the Stated Maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be; and
(5)      the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of the Issuer to any Authenticating Agent under Section 612 and, if money or Government Securities shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
SECTION 402.      Application of Trust Money . Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities in accordance with Section 401 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 401 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities in accordance with Section 401; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 5
REMEDIES
SECTION 501.      Events of Default . “Event of Default”, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(1)      default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes issued under this Indenture;

-48-




(2)      default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes issued under this Indenture;
(3)      the failure to perform or comply with any of the provisions described under Article Eight hereof;
(4)      the failure by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after the receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;
(5)      default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both
(A)      such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and
(B)      the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $75.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;
(6)      the failure by Parent or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million (net of amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable insurance companies), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
(7)      any of the following events with respect to Parent, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary:
(A)      Parent, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(i)      commences a voluntary case;
(ii)      consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;
(iii)      consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;
(iv)      takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; or

-49-




(B)      a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(i)      is for relief against Parent, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
(ii)      appoints a custodian of Parent, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or
(iii)      orders the winding up or liquidation of Parent, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary;
(iv)      and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;
(8)      the Guarantee of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or hereof) and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the related Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture;
(9)      the failure by Issuer or Ingersoll-Rand to comply with, or the breach of, any material provision of the Escrow Agreement on or prior to the Distribution Date; or
(10)      the failure by Parent to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer.
SECTION 502.      Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .
(b)      If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 501(7) above with respect to the Issuer or Parent or in Section 501(10) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the Outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders).
(c)      Upon the effectiveness of a declaration under 502(a), such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under Section 501(7) with respect to the Issuer or Parent or Section 501(10) above, all Outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

-50-




(d)      At any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, so long as such recission and annulment would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction and all amount owing to the Trustee have been paid, if:
(1)      the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:
(A)      all overdue interest on all Outstanding Notes,
(B)      all unpaid principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Outstanding Notes which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest on such unpaid principal at the rate borne by the Notes,
(C)      to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes, and
(D)      all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and
(2)      Events of Default, other than the non payment of amounts of principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on Notes, which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513,
provided that no such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.
(e)      Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, in the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 501(5) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose,
(3)      the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, or
(4)      the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default, or
(5)      if the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
SECTION 503.      Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee . The Issuer covenants that if:
(1)      default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Note when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or
(2)      default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at the Maturity thereof, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, and interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installment of interest, at the rate borne by the Notes, and, in addition thereto,

-51-




such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders under this Indenture and the Guarantees by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem necessary to protect and enforce any such rights, including seeking recourse against any Guarantor, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy, including seeking recourse against any Guarantor.
SECTION 504.      Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Issuer or any other obligor including any Guarantor, upon the Notes or the property of the Issuer or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Issuer for the payment of overdue principal, premium, if any, or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,
(11)      to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and
(12)      to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors’ committee or other similar committee.
SECTION 505.      Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes . All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name and as trustee

-52-




of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
SECTION 506.      Application of Money Collected . Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article, or after an Event of Default any money or property distributable in respect of the Issuer’s or Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
FIRST : To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee) under Section 607;
SECOND : To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and
THIRD: The balance, if any, to the Issuer or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct in writing; provided that all sums due and owing to the Holders and the Trustee have been paid in full as required by this Indenture.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 506.
SECTION 507.      Limitation on Suits . Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder of a Note shall pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, unless:
(1)      such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
(2)      Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(3)      such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;
(4)      the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense; and
(5)      Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period,
it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture or the Guarantees to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture or the Guarantees, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Holders (it being further

-53-




understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).
SECTION 508.      Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment, as provided herein (including, if applicable, Article Eleven) and in such Note of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 307) interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 509.      Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Guarantees and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, any Guarantor, any other obligor of the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
SECTION 510.      Rights and Remedies Cumulative . Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
SECTION 511.      Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
SECTION 512.      Control by Holders . The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes; provided that:
(1)      such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and such Holders have complied with Section 603(6),
(2)      the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and
(3)      the Trustee need not take any action which might involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not consenting (it being further understood that

-54-




the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unjustly prejudicial to such Holders).
SECTION 513.      Waiver of Past Defaults . Subject to Sections 508 and 902, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all such Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder (except (1) a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any such Note held by a non-consenting Holder, or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof or in any Guarantee which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected which shall require the consent of all Holder of the Notes) and rescind any acceleration and its consequences with respect to the Notes; provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
SECTION 514.      Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . Each of the Issuer, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Issuer, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
SECTION 515.      Undertaking for Costs.
In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 515 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder relating to right to payment hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE 6
THE TRUSTEE
SECTION 601.      Duties of the Trustee .
(a)      Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,
(1)      the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

-55-




(2)      in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but not to verify the contents thereof.
(b)      If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge or of which written notice of such Event of Default shall have been given to a Responsible Officer by the Issuer, any other obligor of the Notes or by Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.
(c)      No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that
(1)      this paragraph (c) shall not be construed to limit the effect of paragraph (a) of this Section;
(2)      the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Agent, unless it shall be proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(3)      the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.
(d)      Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.
(e)      No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(f)      Each Holder, by its acceptance of any Notes and the Note Guarantees, consents and agrees to the terms of the Escrow Agreement (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for the deposit, investment and release of property held thereunder) and authorizes and directs the Escrow Agent and the Trustee, as applicable, to enter into and perform their respective obligations and exercise their respective rights under the Escrow Agreement pursuant to the terms thereof.
SECTION 602.      Notice of Defaults . Within 90 days after the earlier of receipt from the Issuer of notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder or the date when such

-56-




Default or Event of Default becomes known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall transmit notice of such Default or Event of Default hereunder known to the Trustee to the Holders, unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived; provided that, except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders.
SECTION 603.      Certain Rights of Trustee .
(1)      the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document (whether in original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
(2      any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Request or Issuer Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a certified Board Resolution and an Opinion of Counsel;
(3)      whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel;
(4)      the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any fact, Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes unless either (i) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (ii) written notice of such fact, Default or Event of Default shall have been given by the Issuer or by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and received by a Responsible Officer and references this Indenture and the Notes. Delivery of reports to the Trustee pursuant to Section 1009 shall not constitute knowledge of, or notice to, the Trustee of the information contained therein;
(5)      the Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or Opinion of Counsel;
(6)      the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;
(7)      the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, or inquire as to the performance by the Issuer or the Guarantors of any of their covenants in this Indenture or inquire as to the performance by the Issuer or the Guarantors of any of their covenants in this Indenture, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further

-57-




inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Issuer and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation;
(8)      the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
(9)      the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;
(10)      the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its rights to be compensated, reimbursed and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder whether as an Agent or otherwise, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;
(11)      the Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Incumbency Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto setting forth the names of individuals or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Incumbency Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded;
(12)      the Trustee shall not be required to give any note, bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture;
(13)      in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunction of utilities, third-party communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances;
(14)      the permissive right of the Trustee to take actions permitted by this Indenture shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so; and
(15)      in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, punitive, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action except that it shall be liable for damages that arise out of the Trustee’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
SECTION 604.      Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes . The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except for the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and neither the Trustee nor any Agent assumes responsibility for their correctness. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent makes representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes or Guarantees, except that the Trustee represents that it is

-58-




duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent makes representations as to the validity or sufficiency of the Escrow Agreement, the Transactions or any Spin-Off Document. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of Notes or the proceeds thereof or the Offering Memorandum or any other documents used in connection with the sale or distribution of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture or the Escrow Agreement.
SECTION 605.      May Hold Notes . The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer or of the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent; provided , that, if it acquires any “conflicting interest” (within the meaning of TIA Section 310(b)), it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.
SECTION 606.      Money Held in Trust . Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Issuer.
SECTION 607.      Compensation and Reimbursement . The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree:
(1)      to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Issuer and the Trustee for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
(2)      except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and
(3)      to indemnify the Trustee (including its officers, directors, employees and agents) and any predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, including taxes (other than the taxes based on the income of the Trustee) and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim regardless of whether the claim is asserted by the Issuer, a Guarantor, a Holder or any other Person or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or a Guarantee against the Issuer or a Guarantor (including this Section 607).
The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section to compensate the Trustee, to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances and to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee. As security for the performance of such obligations of the Issuer, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust solely for the

-59-




benefit of the Holders entitled thereto for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on particular Notes.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 501(7), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) of and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Bankruptcy Law. “Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 607 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder as permitted by this Indenture; provided , however , that the negligence or willful misconduct of any predecessor Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other successor Trustee hereunder (other than a successor Trustee that is successor by merger or consolidation to such predecessor Trustee).
The provisions of this Section shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee.
SECTION 608.      Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility . There shall be at all times a Trustee hereunder which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of federal, State, territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.
SECTION 609.      Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .
(a)      No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 610.
(b)      The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuer. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, a copy of which shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and a copy to the successor Trustee. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(c)      The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(d)      The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b); provided that, there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met.
(e)      If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor

-60-




Trustee. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuer or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(f)      the Issuer shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to the Holders in the manner provided for in Section 107. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.
SECTION 610.      Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .
(a)      Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Issuer or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts.
(b)      No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.
SECTION 611.      Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business . Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder; provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. In case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee. In all such cases such certificates shall have the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee shall have; provided that, the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.
SECTION 612.      Appointment of Authenticating Agent . At any time when any of the Notes remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint one or more agents (each an “Authenticating Agent”) with respect to the Notes which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes and the Trustee shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, in the manner provided for in Section 107. Notes so

-61-




authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by an authorized signatory of the Trustee, and a copy of such instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Issuer. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Issuer.
Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent; provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.
An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Issuer. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuer. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Issuer and shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes, in the manner provided for in Section 107. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.
The Issuer agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time such compensation for its services under this Section as shall be agreed in writing between the Issuer and such Authenticating Agent.
If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the following form:
This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
    as Trustee
Date: _________ By:             
     as Authenticating Agent
SECTION 613.     Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .
The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

-62-




ARTICLE 7

HOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUER
SECTION 701.      Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses . The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:
(1)      semiannually, not more than 10 days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date; and
(2)      at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content to that in clause (1) hereof as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;
provided that, if and so long as the Trustee shall be a Note Registrar, no such list need be furnished.
SECTION 702.      Reports by Trustee.
Within 60 days after July 31 of each year commencing with July 31, 2014, the Trustee shall transmit to the Holders of Notes (with a copy to the Issuer at the address specified in Section 106), in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), a brief report dated as of such July 31 that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b) to the extent applicable. A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Notes are listed, with the Commission and with the Issuer. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof.
ARTICLE 8

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE
OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS
SECTION 801.      Issuer and Parent May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .
(a)      The Issuer will not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
(1)      the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Issuer”);
(2)      the Successor Issuer, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(3)      immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

-63-




(4)      immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the Applicable Measurement Period,
(A)      Parent would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 1011(a) or
(B)      the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;
(5)      each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and
(6)      the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that this Indenture constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer or Successor Issuer, as applicable.
(b)      Parent will not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not Parent is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
(1)      Parent is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or Bermuda or any Member State of the European Union (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Parent”);
(2)      the Successor Parent, if other than Parent, expressly assumes all the obligations of Parent under this Indenture pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(3)      immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
(4)      immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the Applicable Measurement Period,
(A)      the Successor Parent would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set for in Section 1011(a) or
(B)      the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

-64-




(5)      each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and
(6)      Parent shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that this Indenture and the Guarantee, as applicable, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Parent or Successor Parent, as applicable.
(c)      The Successor Issuer or Successor Parent, as the case may be, will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer or Parent, respectively, under this Indenture and the Notes and the Issuer or Parent will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.
(d)      Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 801(a) or Section 801(b):
(1)      any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or any Guarantor; and
(2)      the Issuer or Parent may consolidate or merge with or into or transfer all or substantially all its properties and assets to an Affiliate incorporated or organized solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Issuer or Parent in another jurisdiction within the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or, in the case of Parent, the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, Bermuda or any Member State of the European Union or changing its legal structure to a corporation or other entity.
SECTION 802.      Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms . Subject to Section 1208, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall, and Parent shall not permit any such Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
(1)      (A)     such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or Bermuda or any Member State of the European Union (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);
(B)      the Successor Person, if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(C)      immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

-65-




(D)      Parent shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that this Indenture and the Guarantees, as applicable, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, subject to customary exceptions; or
(2)      the transaction is an Asset Sale that is made in compliance with Section 1017.
Subject to Section 1208, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee and such Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Subsidiary Guarantor under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby or (iii) convert into a Person organized or existing under the laws of a jurisdiction in the United States.
SECTION 803.      Successor Substituted . Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Sections 801 and 802 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which Parent, the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, is merged or the successor Person to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, Parent, the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture or the Guarantees, as the case may be, with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as Parent, the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, herein or the Guarantees, as the case may be. When a successor Person assumes all obligations of its predecessor hereunder, the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, such predecessor shall be released from all obligations; provided that in the event of a transfer or lease, the predecessor shall not be released from the payment of principal and interest or other obligations on the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be.
ARTICLE 9

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
SECTION 901.      Amendments or Supplements Without Consent of Holders . Without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, Parent, any Guarantor (with respect to any amendment relating to its Guarantee) and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and any related Guarantee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:
(1)      to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(2)      to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
(3)      to comply with Article Eight hereof;

-66-




(4)      to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders;
(5)      to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
(6)      to secure the Notes or add covenants for the benefit of the Holders of Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
(7)      to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements of Sections 609 and 610 hereof;
(8)      to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes, in accordance with this Indenture;
(9)      to add a Guarantor or a parent guarantor under this Indenture, provided that only the Issuer, Parent, the Trustee and the Guarantor or parent guarantor being added need to sign any such supplement or amendment;
(10)      to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum; or
(11)      to amend the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that, (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.
SECTION 902.      Amendments, Supplements or Waivers with Consent of Holders .
(a)      With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to any Guarantee to which it is a party or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Notes for the purpose of adding any provisions hereto or thereto, changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders hereunder or thereunder (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes) and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes); provided that, without consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby, no such amendment, supplement or waiver shall, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
(1)      reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver,
(2)      reduce the principal of or change the Maturity of any such Note or reduce the premium payable upon the redemption any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed pursuant to Section 1101,

-67-




(3)      reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note,
(4)      waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes issued under this Indenture, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders of the Notes,
(5)      make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes,
(6)      make any change in Section 513 or the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes,
(7)      make any changes to this Section 902,
(8)      impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes, or
(9)      make any change to or modify the ranking of any Note or related Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes.
(b)      It shall not be necessary for the consent of Holders under this Section 902 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, and it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
(c)      [Reserved]
(d)      Neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders (or in the case of an exchange offer, exchanged with all Holders) that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.
SECTION 903.      Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers . In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any amendment, supplement or waiver permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, the provision to the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes if applicable, and an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized and permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications, and complies with the provisions hereof. Guarantors may, but shall not be required to, execute supplemental indentures that do not modify such Guarantor’s Guarantee. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
SECTION 904.      Effect of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers . Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance

-68-




therewith, and such amendment, supplement or waiver shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.
SECTION 905.      [Reserved] .
SECTION 906.      Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures . Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.
SECTION 907.      Notice of Supplemental Indentures . Promptly after the execution by the Issuer, any Guarantor and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 902, the Issuer shall give notice thereof to the Holders of each Outstanding Note affected, in the manner provided for in Section 107, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture.
ARTICLE 10

COVENANTS
SECTION 1001.      Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest . The Issuer covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer, holds as of 12:00 noon Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.
The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.
SECTION 1002.      Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Issuer will maintain in the continental United States an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee shall be such office or agency of the Issuer in continental United States, unless the Issuer shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve

-69-




the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in continental United States. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
SECTION 1003.      Money for Notes Payments to Be Held in Trust . If the Issuer shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure so to act.
Whenever the Issuer shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Notes, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes in accordance with Section 1001, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such action or any failure so to act.
Each Paying Agent agrees:
(1)      that it will hold all sums received by it as Paying Agent for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Notes in trust for the benefit of the Holders or of the Trustee;
(2)      that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Issuer to make any payment of the principal of or interest on any Notes and any other payments to be made by or on behalf of the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and
(3)      that it will pay any such sums so held in trust by it to the Trustee forthwith upon the Trustee’s written request at any time during the continuance of the failure referred to in clause (2) above.
The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.
Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Request, or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as Trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer, subject to applicable abandoned property law.
SECTION 1004.      Organizational Existence . Subject to Article Eight, the Issuer will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and that of Parent and of each Restricted Subsidiary and the organizational rights (charter and

-70-




statutory) and franchises of the Issuer, Parent and of each Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that Parent shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors of Parent shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
SECTION 1005.      Payment of Taxes and Other Claims . The Issuer will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Issuer or any Subsidiary and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Issuer or any Subsidiary; provided , that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Issuer) are being maintained in accordance with GAAP.
SECTION 1006.      Maintenance of Properties . The Issuer will cause all properties owned by the Issuer, Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or used or held for use in the conduct of its business, Parent’s business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Issuer may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Issuer or Parent from discontinuing the maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Issuer, desirable in the conduct of its business, Parent’s business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary.
SECTION 1007.      Insurance . The Issuer will at all times keep all of its and Parent’s Subsidiaries’ properties which are of an insurable nature insured with insurers, believed by the Issuer to be responsible, against loss or damage to the extent that property of similar character is usually so insured by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties.
SECTION 1008.      Statement by Officer as to Default .
(a)      The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing officer with a view to determining whether it has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled, and has caused each of Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries to keep, observe, perform and fulfill its obligations under this Indenture and further stating that, to the best of his or her knowledge, the Issuer during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled, and has caused each of Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries to keep, observe, perform and fulfill each and every such covenant contained in this Indenture and no Default or Event of Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default or Event of Default which has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall describe its status, with particularity and that, to the best of his or her knowledge, no event has occurred and remains by reason of which payments on the account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action each is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officer’s Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should Parent elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year-end.

-71-




For purposes of this Section 1008(a), such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.
(b)      When any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event, notice or other action within ten Business Days of becoming aware of such occurrence.
SECTION 1009.      Reports and Other Information .
(a)      Notwithstanding that Parent may not be required to be or remain subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Parent will file with the SEC (unless such filing is not permitted under the Exchange Act or by the SEC), so long as any Notes are Outstanding, the annual reports, information, documents and other reports that Parent is required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) or would be so required to file if Parent were so subject.
(b)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent will not be obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, so long as Parent provides such information to the Trustee and the Holders by the date Parent would be required to file such information pursuant to the preceding paragraph. The requirements set forth in this paragraph and the preceding paragraph may be satisfied by delivering such information to the Trustee and posting copies of such information on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by Parent or a third party) to which access will be given to Holders.
(c)      Prior to the Distribution Date, Parent will be deemed to be in compliance with such reporting requirements by virtue of the filing of the Form 10 containing all the information, audit reports and exhibits required for such report.
(d)      Delivery of such statements, reports, notices and other information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 1009 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).
SECTION 1010.      Limitation on Restricted Payments .
(a)      Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
(1)      declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than:
(A)      dividends or distributions by Parent payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent, or
(B)      dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series

-72-




of securities issued by a Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;
(2)    purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Parent or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent, including in connection with any merger or consolidation, in each case held by a person other than Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(3)    make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than:
(A)    Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of Section 1011(b); or
(B)    the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or
(4)    make any Restricted Investment;
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any exception thereto) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:
(A)    no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
(B)    immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, Parent could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 1011(a); and
(C)    such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (B) thereof only), (6), (9), (10) and (15) of Section 1010(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 1010(b)), is less than the sum of (without duplication):
(1)    50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Parent for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs to the end of Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit, plus
(2)      100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by Parent, including in connection with any merger or consolidation, since immediately after the Issue Date (other than in connection with the Transactions) from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Parent, but excluding cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of Equity Interests to any employee, director, manager or consultant of

-73-




Parent, any direct or indirect parent company of Parent and Parent’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 1010(b)(4), and, to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to Parent, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Parent (excluding contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 1010(b)(4), provided that this clause (2) shall not include the proceeds from (a) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (b) Equity Interests (or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged for Equity Interests) of Parent sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, Parent or any employee plan of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, or (c) Disqualified Stock (or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged into Disqualified Stock), plus
(3)      the amount by which Indebtedness of Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on Parent’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange subsequent to the Distribution Date of any Indebtedness of Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness held by Parent or a Subsidiary of Parent) convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent (less the amount of any cash, or the Fair Market Value of any other property, distributed by Parent upon such conversion or exchange); plus
(4)      the aggregate amount equal to the net reduction in Investments resulting from (x) the sale or other disposition (other than to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments made by Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, after the Issue Date, not to exceed in any such case the aggregate amount of Restricted Investments made by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date or (y) dividends, distributions, interest payments, return of capital, repayments of Investments or other transfers of assets to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, or the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”), not to exceed in the case of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary the aggregate amount of Investments made by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date;
provided , however, that the calculation under the immediately preceding clauses (1) through (4) shall not include any amounts attributable to, or arising in connection with, the Transactions.
(b)      The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit:
(1)      the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
(2)      (A)    the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any

-74-




Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Parent, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) made within 120 days of, Equity Interests of Parent or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent to the extent contributed to Parent (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and
(A)      if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this Section 1010(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that was declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
(3)      the prepayment, exchange, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale made within 120 days of, new Indebtedness of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary that is incurred in compliance with Section 1011 so long as:
(A)      the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness,
(B)      such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so prepaid, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired for value,
(C)      such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date, or mandatory redemption date, as applicable, equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date, or mandatory redemption date, of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired, and
(D)      such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;
(4)      a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, cancellation or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant of Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement (including any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by Parent or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent in connection with such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), including any Equity Interests rolled over by management of Parent or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent in connection with the Transactions; provided , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year (x) $30.0 million, plus (y) $5.0 million multiplied by the number of calendar years

-75-




that have commenced since the Issue Date; provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
(A)      the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent and, to the extent contributed to Parent, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Parent, in each case to any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (C) of Section 1010(a); plus
(B)      the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, less
(C)      the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this Section 1010(b)(4); provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) of this Section 1010(b)(4) in any calendar year);
and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of Parent (or any permitted transferee thereof), any direct or indirect parent company of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Parent or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture;
(5)      the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or any class or series of preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, issued in accordance with the covenant described under Section 1011 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges;
(6)      the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 1010(b)(2), provided that, for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;
(7)      Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding (the amount at the time outstanding calculated without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash, Cash Equivalents or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 5.00% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
(8)      payments made or expected to be made by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and repurchases of

-76-




Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
(9)      the declaration and payment of dividends on Parent’s common shares after the Distribution Date, not to exceed $100.0 million in any twelve-month period;
(10)      other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (10) not to exceed $125.0 million;
(11)      distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;
(12)      repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of stock options, warrants, other rights to acquire Capital Stock or other convertible or exchangeable securities if such Capital Stock represents all or portion of the exercise price thereof or withholding taxes payable with respect thereto;
(13)      the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of Parent deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of Parent, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any stock options, warrants, other rights to purchase Capital Stock or other convertible or exchangeable securities, in each case, permitted under this Indenture;
(14)      the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock or other securities of, or Indebtedness owed to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash or Cash Equivalents);
(15)      any Restricted Payment; provided that on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio would be equal to or less than 3.25 to 1.00;
(16)      payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with Article Eight hereof; and
(17)      any Restricted Payments attributable to, or arising in connection with, (i) the Transactions and (ii) any other transactions pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Distribution Date on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum or any amendment, modification or supplement thereto or replacement thereof, as long as the terms of such agreement or arrangement, as so amended, modified, supplemented or replaced is not materially more disadvantageous to Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, than the terms of such agreement or arrangement described in the Offering Memorandum.
provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (6), (9), (10), (14), and (15) of this Section 1010(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(c)      As of the Issue Date, all of Parent’s Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. Parent shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the definition of “Investment.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a

-77-




Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 1010(a) or under clauses (7), (10) or (15) of Section 1010(b), and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture.
SECTION 1011.      Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock .
(a)      Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and Parent shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or, in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Issuer or Guarantors, preferred stock; provided that Parent may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of preferred stock, if, after giving effect thereto, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be at least 2.00 to 1.00; provided , further, that the amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock that may be incurred pursuant to the foregoing, together with any amounts incurred under Section 1011(b)(14)(x) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Issuer or Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 3.75% of Consolidated Total Assets at any one time outstanding.
(b)      The foregoing limitations shall not apply to:
(1)      Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the then-outstanding aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) does not exceed at any one time (x) $1,700.0 million plus (y) an additional amount if, after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such additional amount and the application of net proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is equal to or less than 2.25 to 1.00 plus (z) in the case of any refinancing of any Credit Facility or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing; provided , that, for purposes of determining the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred under clause (1)(y), all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) shall be treated as Secured Indebtedness;
(2)      Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee thereof, but excluding Indebtedness represented by Additional Notes, if any, or guarantees with respect thereto) and exchange notes issued in respect of such Notes and any Guarantee thereof;
(3)      Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) above);
(4)      Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, to finance the purchase, lease, construction, installation, repair, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, including through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, and all Refinancing Indebtedness (having the meaning set forth in clause (13) below) incurred to Refinance any

-78-




Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4), in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of incurrence; provided that such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease, construction, installation, repair, replacement or improvement or is created within 270 days of the completion thereof; provided, further that Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (4) in connection with a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall not be subject to the foregoing limitation so long as the proceeds of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction are used by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary to permanently repay outstanding Indebtedness of Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(5)      Indebtedness incurred by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts or similar facilities issued or entered into in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement or indemnification obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance;
(6)      Indebtedness arising from agreements of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnout or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected as Indebtedness on the balance sheet of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6));
(7)      Indebtedness (i) of Parent to a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if such Indebtedness is owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary to which such indebtedness is owed ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;
(8)      Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding an amount equal to the sum (determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which consolidated financial statements of Parent are available) of (A) 90.0% of Receivables of all Foreign Subsidiaries plus (B) 75.0% of Inventory of all Foreign Subsidiaries plus (C) $100.0 million;
(9)      shares of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of preferred stock

-79-




(except to Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of preferred stock not permitted by this clause;
(10)      Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
(11)      obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
(12)      Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of incurrence;
(13)      the incurrence or issuance by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock which serves to Refinance within 90 days following the date of the incurrence or issuance thereof any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred as permitted under Section 1011(a) and clauses (2) and (3) above, this clause (13) and clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued to so Refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided that:
(A)      such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced,
(B)      to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee of the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being Refinanced or (ii) Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, respectively,
(C)      such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Subsidiary of Parent that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor; and
(D)      the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced except by an amount no greater than accrued and unpaid interest with respect to such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock and any reasonable fees, premium and expenses relating to such Refinancing;
and provided further that subclause (A) above of this clause (13) shall not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness outstanding;

-80-




(14)      Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of (x) Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition (in aggregate principal amount not to exceed the purchase price of such acquisition) or (y) Persons that are acquired by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including designating an Unrestricted Subsidiary a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either:
(A)      Parent would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 1011(a),
(B)      the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than (i) immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation or (ii) as of the Distribution Date; or
(C)      the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or less than (i) immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation or (ii) as of the Distribution Date;
(15)      Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;
(16)      Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
(17)      (A) any guarantee by Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of a guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness could have been incurred directly by the Restricted Subsidiary providing such guarantee, or
(A)      any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Parent, provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 1015;
(18)      Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(19)      Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with Cash Management Services and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business;
(20)      Indebtedness issued by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, managers and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Parent or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent to the extent described in Section 1010(b)(4); and

-81-




(21)      Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries representing deferred compensation to officers, directors, managers and employees thereof incurred in the ordinary course of business.
(c)      For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 1011,
(1)      in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 1011(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 1011(a), Parent, in its sole discretion, may divide, classify or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in one of the above clauses of this Section 1011(b) or Section 1011(a); provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities on the Distribution Date after giving effect to the Transactions will be treated as incurred on the Distribution Date under Section 1011(b)(1); provided further that Parent shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of any Secured Indebtedness unless the Lien is also permitted to be incurred, and is incurred, with respect to such Secured Indebtedness as so reclassified; and
(2)      at the time of incurrence, Parent shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 1011(a) and (b) above.
Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this Section 1011. Any Refinancing Indebtedness and any Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (12) of Section 1011(b) above shall be permitted to include additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued and unpaid interest, fees and expenses in connection with such refinancing.
(d)      For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in another currency, and such Refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such Refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing.
(e)      The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be

-82-




calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such Refinancing.
(f)      This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.
SECTION 1012.      Liens . Parent shall not, and shall not permit the Issuer or any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee on any asset or property of Parent, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless the Notes (or the related Guarantee in the case of Liens of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured. Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 1012 shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes (the “Initial Lien”) or (ii) any sale, exchange or transfer to any Person not an Affiliate of Parent of the property or assets secured by the Initial Lien, or of all of the Capital Stock held by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all or substantially all the assets of, any Guarantor creating such Initial Lien.
SECTION 1013.      Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates .
(a)      Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Parent (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:
(1)      such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and
(2)      the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors of Parent approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.
(b)      The foregoing provisions shall not apply to the following:
(1)      (i) transactions between or among Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction and (ii) any merger or consolidation of Parent or any direct or indirect parent of Parent; provided that such parent company shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of Parent and such merger or consolidation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;
(2)      Restricted Payments permitted by Section 1010 and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

-83-




(3)      the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements provided on behalf of, or for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of Parent, any direct or indirect parent company of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(4)      transactions in which Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to Parent or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;
(5)      transactions pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date or, on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum, the Distribution Date or pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents (including the Transactions, all transactions in connection therewith (including but not limited to the financing thereof), and all fees and expenses paid or payable in connection with the Transactions) or any amendment, modification or supplement thereto or replacement thereof, as long as such agreement or arrangement, as so amended, modified, supplemented or replaced is not materially more disadvantageous to Parent, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, than the agreement or arrangement in existence on the Issue Date or pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents;
(6)      the existence of, or the performance by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or the equivalent (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date or the Distribution Date (on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum) and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date or the Distribution Date, as applicable, shall only be permitted by this clause (6) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect when taken as a whole;
(7)      any transaction in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that is fair to Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of Parent or the senior management thereof, or is on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
(8)      the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent and the granting and performance of customary registration rights;
(9)      sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein or other transactions, in connection with any Receivables Facility;
(10)      payments, loans, advances or guarantees (or cancellation of loans, advances or guarantees) to employees, directors, managers or consultants of Parent, any direct or indirect parent company of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary and employment agreements,

-84-




stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees, directors, manager or consultants which, in each case, are approved by Parent in good faith;
(11)      payments to any future, current or former employee, director, manager, officer, manager or consultant of Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of Parent pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; and any employment and severance arrangements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants that are, in each case, approved by Parent in good faith;
(12)      any transaction with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an Equity Interest in or otherwise controls such Person;
(13)      any lease entered into between Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of Parent, as lessor, in the ordinary course of business;
(14)      intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business;
(15)      transactions between Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because a director of such Person is also a director of Parent or any other direct or indirect parent of Parent; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of Parent or such direct or indirect parent of Parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;
(16)      pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and
(17)      transactions with joint ventures entered into in the ordinary course of business, or approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of Parent.
SECTION 1014.      Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries . Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
(a)      (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or (2) pay any Indebtedness owed to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(b)      make loans or advances to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
(c)      sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
(1)      contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on (i) the Issue Date or (ii) the Distribution Date, if on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum, including those arising under the Senior Credit Facilities, this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;
(2)      purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired;
(3)      applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

-85-




(4)      any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case that is in existence at the time of such transaction (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or designated;
(5)      contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Parent pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
(6)      Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 1011 and 1012 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
(7)      restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(8)      other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 1011;
(9)      customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture;
(10)      customary provisions contained in agreements and instruments, including but not limited to leases, sub-leases, licenses, sub-licenses or similar agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(11)      that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary;
(12)      Hedging Obligations;
(13)      restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of Parent, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility; and
(14)      any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Parent’s Board of Directors, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.
(d)      For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 1014: (i) the priority of any preferred stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common equity shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make

-86-




distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness incurred by Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.
SECTION 1015.      Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries . Parent shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Guarantor or a special purpose Restricted Subsidiary formed in connection with a Receivables Facility, to guarantee the payment of (i) the Senior Credit Facilities or (ii) any other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount that exceeds $100.0 million (other than Indebtedness payable to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) unless:
(1)      such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary which shall be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto; provided that, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, any such guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; and
(2)      such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee;
provided that this Section 1015 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.
SECTION 1016.      Change of Control .
(a)      If a Change of Control occurs after the Distribution Date, unless the Issuer has, prior to or concurrently with the time the Issuer is required to make a Change of Control Offer (as defined below), delivered electronically or mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the Outstanding Notes pursuant to Article Four or Eleven, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first class mail or overnight mail, with a copy to the Trustee sent in the same manner, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, with the following information:
(1)      that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 1016 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

-87-




(2)      the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or sent (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);
(3)      that any Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
(4)      that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5)      that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
(6)      that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the expiration time of the Change of Control Offer, electronic transmission (in PDF), facsimile transmission or letter (sent in the same manner provided in the Change of Control Offer) setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
(7)      that if the Issuer is purchasing less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;
(8)      if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time as the Change of Control shall occur, or that such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that the Issuer shall determine that such condition will not be satisfied by the Change of Control Payment Date, or by the Change of Control Payment Date as so delayed; and
(9)      the other instructions, as determined by us, consistent with this Section 1016, that a Holder must follow.
(b)      While the Notes are in global form and the Issuer makes an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder shall exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the Notes through the facilities of the Depository pursuant to Applicable Procedures, subject to its rules and regulations.
(c)      The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this

-88-




Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.
(d)      On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,
(1)      accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
(2)      deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and
(3)      deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that all Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
(e)      In the event that the Issuer makes a Change of Control Payment, the Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of the Notes the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate a new Note (or cause to be transferred by book entry) equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Parent shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
(f)      The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all such Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of the making of such Change of Control Offer.
(g)      If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, provided that such notice is given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase on a date (the “Second Change of Control Payment Date”) at a price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Payment in respect of the Second Change of Control Payment Date.
SECTION 1017.      Asset Sales .
(a)      Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate, directly or indirectly, an Asset Sale, unless:
(1)      Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility

-89-




for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
(2)      except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Sale and all other Asset Sales since the Issue Date, on a cumulative basis received by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:
(A)      any liabilities (as reflected on Parent’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on Parent’s consolidated balance sheet if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by Parent) of Parent, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale) and for which Parent and all such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing,
(B)      any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received), in each case, within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and
(C)      any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) not to exceed 6.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,
shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.
(b)      Within 365 days after Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale (the “Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period”), Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale:
(1)      to the extent Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary elects or is required by the terms of any Credit Facility, any Senior Indebtedness of Parent, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any Indebtedness that would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, to prepay, repay or purchase any such Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that in connection with any such prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness, Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased;
(2)      to the extent Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to reinvest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted

-90-




Subsidiary with Net Proceeds received by Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Sale and the date of receipt of such Net Proceeds, provided that Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have complied with this clause (2) if and to the extent that, within 365 days after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in this clause (2) with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds; or
(3)      any combination of the foregoing.
(c)      Within ten Business Days after the date that the balance of any Net Proceeds not invested or applied in the timeframe and as permitted by clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 1017(b) (any such Net Proceeds, whether from one or more Asset Sales, “Excess Proceeds”) exceeds $75.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes, and, if Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary elects, or is required by the terms of any Senior Indebtedness of Parent or any Guarantor or Indebtedness of any other Restricted Subsidiary (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness (with respect to the Notes only) in denominations of $2,000 initial principal amount and multiples of $1,000 thereafter, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. In the event that Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary prepays any Pari Passu Indebtedness that is outstanding under a revolving credit or other committed loan facility pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary shall cause the related loan commitment to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid.
The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer for the Notes by transmitting electronically or by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds (or, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer being effected in advance of being required to do so by this Indenture, the amount of Net Proceeds to be applied in such Asset Sale Offer), the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds (or such amount offered) in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuer shall determine the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be purchased or repaid on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered, and the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased or repaid on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes tendered or by lot or such similar method in accordance with the procedures of the Depository; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be repurchased in part. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero, and in the case of an Asset Sale Offer being effected in advance of being required to do so by this Indenture, the amount of Net Proceeds to be applied in such Asset Sale Offer shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of Excess Proceeds.
(d)      Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 1017, Parent or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce

-91-




Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.
(e)      The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.
SECTION 1018.      Suspension of Covenants .
(a)      During any period of time following the Distribution Date that: (1) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (2) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the following provisions of this Indenture:
(A)      clause (a)(4) of Section 801;
(B)      Section 1010;
(C)      Section 1011;
(D)      Section 1013;
(E)      Section 1014;
(F)      Section 1015; and
(G)      Section 1017
(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of Permitted Liens under Section 1012 during any Suspension Period (as defined below) and without limiting Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s ability to incur Indebtedness during any Suspension Period, to the extent that calculations in Section 1012 (including the definition of “Permitted Liens”) refer to Section 1011, such calculations shall be made as though Section 1011 remains in effect during the Suspension Period. Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event (the date of such occurrence, the “Suspension Date”), the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be set at zero. In the event that Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period.” Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants, and none of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising during the Suspension Period, as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended

-92-




Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period). Parent shall provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee indicating the occurrence of any Suspension Date or Reversion Date. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or notify the Holders of any Suspension Date or Reversion Date. The Trustee may provide a copy of such Officer’s Certificate to any Holder of Notes upon request.
(b)      On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period shall be deemed to have been incurred or issued on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted pursuant to Section 1011(b)(3). Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 1010 shall be made as though Section 1010 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 1010(a) and the items specified in Section 1010(a)(4)(C)(1) through (C)(4) if occurring during the Suspension Period will increase the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under such section. No Subsidiaries shall be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during any Suspension Period. Any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Reversion Date pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant Section 1013(b)(5). Any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in Section 1014(a) through (c) that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 1014(c)(1).
(c)      The Issuer shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business Days after a Covenant Suspension Event) written notice of any Covenant Suspension Event. In the absence of such notice, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. The Issuer shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business Days after a Covenant Suspension Event) written notice of any occurrence of a Reversion Date. After any such notice of the occurrence of a Reversion Date, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect.
ARTICLE 11

REDEMPTION OF NOTES
SECTION 1101.      Right of Redemption . At any time prior to October 1, 2016, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as set forth in Section 1105, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
On and after October 1, 2016, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as set forth in Section 1105, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of each of the years indicated below:

-93-




Year
Percentage
2016
104.31
%
2017
102.88
%
2018
101.44
%
2019 and thereafter
100.00
%

In addition, until October 1, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option, upon notice as set forth in Section 1105, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a Redemption Price equal to 105.750% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to Parent; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided , further , that each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
SECTION 1102.      Applicability of Article . Redemption of Notes at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.
SECTION 1103.      Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee . In case of any redemption at the election of the Issuer, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at or prior to the date notice is to be given to Holders of such redemption, an Officer’s Certificate stating (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed, (iv) the Redemption Price (or manner of calculation if not then known), (v) such election has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Issuer, and (vi) complies with any applicable covenants or conditions precedent set forth in this Indenture. Any redemption may be cancelled by the Company upon written notice to the Trustee at any time prior to notice of redemption being sent to any Holder and thereafter shall be null and void. If the Redemption Price is not known at the time such notice is to be given, the actual Redemption Price, calculated as described in the terms of the Notes, will be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date.
SECTION 1104.      Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed . With respect to any partial redemption or repurchase of Notes made pursuant to this Indenture, if less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any given time, selection of such Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee (a) if the Notes are listed on any securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or such other method that the Trustee deems fair and appropriate or (c) by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of the Depository; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed or repurchased in part.
Notices of purchase or redemption shall be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 10 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or Redemption Date

-94-




to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, except that (i) redemption notices may be mailed or sent more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and (ii) notice of Special Mandatory Redemption shall be mailed or sent five Business Days prior to the Special Mandatory Redemption Date. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.
If any Notes are to be purchased or redeemed in part only, the Issuer shall issue a new Note (or cause to be transferred by book entry) in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event. On and after the Redemption Date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the Redemption Price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event and such redemption is delayed or rescinded as a result thereof.
SECTION 1105.      Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 107 not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder to be redeemed.
All notices of redemption shall state:
(1)      the Redemption Date,
(2)      the Redemption Price (or manner of calculation if not then known) and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1107, if any,
(3)      if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Notes to be redeemed,
(4)      in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,
(5)      that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price (and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1107) will become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and that, if the redemption occurs, interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date,
(6)      any condition precedent to the redemption;
(7)      the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any,
(8)      the name and address of the Paying Agent,
(9)      that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price,

-95-




(10)      CUSIP, ISIN or “Common Code” number and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes, and
(11)      the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.
Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the Issuer shall be given by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request and provision of such notice information five Business Days (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee) prior to the date notice is to be given, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer.
Any redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, which shall be set forth in the related notice of redemption, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other transaction or event. In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed.
If any such condition precedent has not been satisfied, the Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee prior to the close of business one Business Day prior to the redemption date. Upon receipt of such notice, the notice of redemption shall be rescinded or delayed, and the redemption of the Notes shall be rescinded or delayed as provided in such notice. Upon receipt, the Trustee shall provide such notice to each Holder in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given.
The Issuer and its Affiliates may acquire the Notes by means other than a redemption pursuant to this Article Eleven, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise.
SECTION 1106.      Deposit of Redemption Price . Prior to any Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.
SECTION 1107.      Notes Payable on Redemption Date . Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event, at the Redemption Price therein specified (together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Issuer at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date and such Notes shall be canceled by the Trustee; provided , that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.
If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event.

-96-




SECTION 1108.      Notes Redeemed in Part . Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at an office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002 (with, if the Issuer or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.
SECTION 1109.      [Reserved]
SECTION 1110.      Special Mandatory Redemption . (a) In the event that the Separation is not consummated on or prior to April 2, 2014 (the date of such event, the “Trigger Date”), the Issuer shall redeem all of the outstanding Notes (a “Special Mandatory Redemption”) on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below) using the Escrow Funds at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including, the date of redemption (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”).
(b)      The Notes may also be redeemed at the Issuer’s option, in whole, but not in part, at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price at any time prior to April 2, 2014, upon five (5) Business Days’ written notice in accordance with Section 1110(e), if the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand determines in its sole discretion that the Escrow Release Conditions (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) cannot be satisfied by the Trigger Date, or if the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand determines in its sole discretion that the Separation is not in the best interests of Ingersoll-Rand or its shareholders.
(c)      In the event that the Separation is not consummated on or prior to the Spin-Off Non-consummation Date (as defined in the Escrow Agreement), the Issuer shall effect a Special Mandatory Redemption on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date using the Escrow Funds at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price.
(d)      Notice of a Special Mandatory Redemption pursuant to Section 1110(a), (b) or (c) shall be delivered by the Issuer to each Holder of the Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) on the Trigger Date or the Spin-Off Non-consummation Date, as applicable, and the Notes shall be redeemed five (5) Business Days following the date such notice of redemption is delivered to the Holders in accordance with the Escrow Agreement (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”).
(e)    Notice of a Special Mandatory Redemption shall state:
(1)      the Special Mandatory Redemption Date;
(2)      the Special Mandatory Redemption Price;
(3)      that on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Special Mandatory Redemption Price shall become due and payable; and
(4)      that the Notes shall cease to bear interest on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date.
Notice of Special Mandatory Redemption shall be given by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request and provision of such notice information three Business Days (unless a shorter notice shall be

-97-




agreed to by the Trustee) prior to the date notice of Special Mandatory Redemption is to be given to the Holders, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer.
The Notes shall, on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, become due and payable, and shall be paid by the Issuer, at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price. The Notes shall cease to bear interest on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date if the Special Mandatory Redemption occurs.
ARTICLE 12

GUARANTEES
SECTION 1201.      Guarantees . Subject to this Article Twelve, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the Notes and obligations of the Issuer hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, and to the Trustee for itself and on behalf of such Holder, that: (1) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes will be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (including the amount that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Law), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest, to the extent lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (1) and (2) above, to the limitation set forth in Section 1204 hereof.
Each Guarantor hereby agrees (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.
Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be discharged as to any Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note, this Indenture and such Guarantee. Each Guarantor acknowledges that the Guarantee is a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due and not of collection. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce such Guarantor’s Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuer or any other Guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the Maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holder the amount that would otherwise have

-98-




been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.
If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee on the other hand, (1) subject to this Article Twelve, the Maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Five hereof for the purposes of the Guarantee of such Guarantor notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any acceleration of such obligation as provided in Article Five hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee of such Guarantor.
Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
SECTION 1202.      Severability . In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby to the extent permitted by applicable law.
SECTION 1203.      Restricted Subsidiaries . Parent shall cause any Restricted Subsidiary required to guarantee payment of the Notes pursuant to the terms and provisions of Section 1015 to execute and deliver to the Trustee any amendment or supplement to this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of Article Nine of this Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee all of the obligations on the Notes, whether for principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing after the filing of, or which would have accrued but for the filing of, a petition by or against the Issuer under any Bankruptcy Law, whether or not such interest is allowed as a claim after such filing in any proceeding under such law) and other amounts due in connection therewith (including any fees, expenses and indemnities), on an unsecured senior basis. Upon the execution of any such amendment or supplement, the obligations of the Guarantors and any such Restricted Subsidiary under their respective Guarantees shall become joint and several and each reference to the “Guarantor” in this Indenture shall, subject to Section 1208, be deemed to refer to all Guarantors, including such Restricted Subsidiary. Such Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Section 803 and Section 1208.
SECTION 1204.      Limitation of Subsidiary Guarantors’ Liability . Each Subsidiary Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by each such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and each

-99-




such Subsidiary Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to this Section 1204, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee constituting such fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
SECTION 1205.      Contribution . In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Guarantors, the Guarantors agree, inter se , that in the event any payment or distribution is made by any Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under a Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from all other Guarantors in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets (as defined below) of each Guarantor (including the Funding Guarantor) for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Guarantor in discharging the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes or any other Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Guarantee of such Guarantor. “Adjusted Net Assets” of such Guarantor at any date shall mean the lesser of (1) the amount by which the fair value of the property of such Guarantor exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), but excluding liabilities under the Guarantee of such Guarantor at such date and (2) the amount by which the present fair salable value of the assets of such Guarantor at such date exceeds the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Guarantor on its debts (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), excluding debt in respect of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as they become absolute and matured.
SECTION 1206.      Subrogation . Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 1201; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.
SECTION 1207.      Reinstatement . Each Guarantor hereby agrees (and each Person who becomes a Guarantor shall agree) that the Guarantee provided for in Section 1201 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time, payment, or any part thereof, of any obligations or interest thereon is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by a Holder to the Issuer upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Issuer or any Guarantor.
SECTION 1208.      Release of a Guarantor . Any Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Notes shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:
(1)      (A)    any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i)  the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer) after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;
(B)      the release or discharge of the guarantee by, or direct obligation of, such Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee or direct obligation which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee or direct obligation;
(C)      the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

-100-




(D)      the exercise of the Legal Defeasance of the Notes under Section 1302 hereof, and the Covenant Defeasance of the Notes under Section 1303 hereof, or if the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Section 401 of this Indenture;
(E)      the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor with and into the Issuer or another Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Issuer or another Guarantor; or
(F)      as described under Section 901 or 902; and
(2)      such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
SECTION 1209.      Benefits Acknowledged . Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and from its guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Guarantees under this Article Twelve.
SECTION 1210.      Effectiveness of Guarantees.
This Indenture and the Guarantees shall be effective upon its execution and delivery by the parties hereto.
ARTICLE 13

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
SECTION 1301.      Issuer’s Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The Issuer may, at its option, at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Section 1302 or Section 1303 be applied to all Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Thirteen.
SECTION 1302.      Legal Defeasance and Discharge . Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 1301 of the option applicable to this Section 1302, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from its respective obligations with respect to all Outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that each of the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 1305 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of Holders of Outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust described in Section 1303, (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 303, 304, 305, 306, 1002 and 1003, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, and the obligations of each of the Guarantors and the Issuer in connection therewith and (4) this Article Thirteen. Subject to compliance with this

-101-




Article Thirteen, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 1302 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1303 with respect to the Notes.
SECTION 1303.      Covenant Defeasance . Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 1301 of the option applicable to this Section 1303, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be released from its respective obligations under any covenant contained in Sections 801(a)(4) and (5), 801(b)(4) and (b)(5), 802 and in Sections 1005, 1006, 1007 and 1009 through and including 1017 with respect to the Outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default under Sections 501(3) (with respect to Sections 801(a)(4) and (5), 801 (b)(4) and (b)(5) and 802), 501(4), 501(5), 501(6), and 501(8) and, with respect to only any Significant Subsidiary and not the Issuer, Section 501(7), but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.
SECTION 1304.      Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1302 or Section 1303 to the Outstanding Notes:
(1)      the Issuer shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 608 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Thirteen applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders of such Notes; (A) cash in U.S. dollars, or (B) Government Securities, or (C) a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Outstanding Notes at the Stated Maturity (or Redemption Date, if applicable and so indicated to the Trustee in writing); provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such cash or the proceeds of such Government Securities or combination thereof to said payments with respect to the Notes. Before such a deposit, the Issuer may give to the Trustee, in accordance with Section 1103 hereof, a notice of its election to redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a future date in accordance with Article Eleven hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable. Such irrevocable redemption notice, if given, shall be given effect in applying the foregoing;
(2)      in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
(A)      the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

-102-




(B)      since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. Federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(3)      in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(4)      no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Notes issued hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
(5)      such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
(6)      the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and
(7)      the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
SECTION 1305.      Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust Other Miscellaneous Provisions . Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all cash and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 1305, the “Qualifying Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1304 in respect of the Outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Qualifying Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Qualifying Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, but such money or Government Securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Qualifying Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 1304 or

-103-




the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the Outstanding Notes.
Anything in this Article Thirteen to the contrary notwithstanding, the Qualifying Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon Issuer Request any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 1304 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Qualifying Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article.
SECTION 1306.      Reinstatement . If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 1305 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Outstanding Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 1302 or 1303, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 1305; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
[ Signature Pages Follow ]

-104-




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
ALLEGION US HOLDING COMPANY INC.
By: /s/ Patrick S. Shannon         
Name: Patrick S. Shannon
Title: President

ALLEGION public limited company
By: /s/ Patrick S. Shannon         
Name: Patrick S. Shannon
Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Schlage Lock Company LLC
By: /s/ Patrick S. Shannon         
Name: Patrick S. Shannon
Title: Vice President and Treasurer

Von Duprin LLC
By: /s/ Patrick S. Shannon         
Name: Patrick S. Shannon
Title: Vice President and Treasurer



-105-




The undersigned agrees to act as Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Notes Custodian and Transfer Agent:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:
/s/ Gregory S. Clarke
Name: Gregory S. Clarke
Title: Vice President



-1-






-1-




Annex 1 - Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix
PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES
1.    Definitions
1.1     Definitions .
For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:
“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note that is not a Global Note bearing, if required, the appropriate restricted notes legend set forth in Section 2.3(e).
“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.
“Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the latest of the Issue Date, the original issue date of the issuance of any Additional Notes and the date on which any such Notes (or any predecessor of such Notes) were first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in rule 902 of Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S.
“Exchange Notes” means (1) the 5.750% Senior Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the Indenture in connection with a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act.
“IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor”, as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.
“Initial Purchasers” means (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, Goldman, Sachs & Co., JP Morgan Securities LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Mitsubishi UFJ Securities (USA), Inc. and Mizuho Securities USA Inc. and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement.
“Notes” means (1) $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.750% Senior Notes Due 2021 issued on the Issue Date and (2) Additional Notes, if any.
“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Notes (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.
“Purchase Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Purchase Agreement dated September 27, 2013, among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Representatives on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes.




“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
“Registered Exchange Offer” means an offer by the Issuer, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for their Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act.
“Registration Rights Agreement” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement dated October 4, 2013, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and (b) any other similar Registration Rights Agreement relating to Additional Notes.
“Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit 1 hereto bearing the applicable restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Global Notes; provided that any such Regulation S Global Note shall be deemed to be a “temporary global security” for purposes of Rule 904 under Regulation S until the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period.

“Representatives” means Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representatives of the Initial Purchasers.
“Rule 144A Notes” means all Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.
“Shelf Registration Statement” means a shelf registration statement filed by the Issuer in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.
“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are required to bear the legend relating to restrictions on transfer relating to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.3(e) hereto.
1.2     Other Definitions .
Term
Defined in
Section:
“Agent Members”
2.1(b)
“Global Notes”
2.1(a)
“Regulation S”
2.1(a)
 
 
“Rule 144A”
2.1(a)
“Rule 144A Global Note”
2.1(a)
 
 

2.    The Notes.
2.1    (a) Form and Dating . The Notes will be offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to a Purchase Agreement. The Notes will be resold initially only to (i) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and (ii) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in




reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”). Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, IAIs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein. Notes initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global notes in fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”); and Notes initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Regulation S Global Notes, in each case without interest coupons and with the global notes legend and the applicable restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian and registered in the name of the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. One or more global securities in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons and with the global notes legend and the applicable restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto (collectively, the “IAI Global Note”) shall also be issued on the Issue Date, deposited with the Notes Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture to accommodate transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes to IAIs subsequent to the initial distribution. Beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note will not be exchangeable for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note, an IAI Global Note, or any other Note prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and then, after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, may be exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note, a Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note only (i) upon certification in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that beneficial ownership interests in such Regulation S Global Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act, and (ii) in the case of an exchange for a Definitive Note, in compliance with the requirements of Section 2.4(a) hereof.
Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in this Indenture) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable).
The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, and the Regulation S Global Note are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes”. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided.
(b)     Book-Entry Provisions . This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.
The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository. The Issuer has entered into a letter of representations with the Depository in the form provided by the Depository and the Trustee and each Agent is hereby authorized to act in accordance with such letter and Applicable Procedures.
Members of, or participants in the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global Note, and the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depository as the absolute owner of such




Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.
(c)     Definitive Notes . Except as provided in this Section 2.1, 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes.
2.2     Authentication . The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Issue Date, an aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000 5.750% Senior Notes Due 2021, (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of the Issuer pursuant to Section 202 of this Indenture and (3) the Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto, in each case upon a written order of the Issuer signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 313 of this Indenture, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 1011 of this Indenture.
2.3     Transfer and Exchange .
(a)    Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Note Registrar with a request:
(x)    to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or
(y)    to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,
the Note Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided , however , that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:
(i)    shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and
(ii)    if such Definitive Notes are required to bear a restricted notes legend, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:
(A)    if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Note Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or
(B)    if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Issuer, a certification to that effect; or




(C)    if such Definitive Notes are being transferred (x) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A, Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (y) in reliance upon another exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note) and (ii) if the Issuer so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i).
(b)     Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note . A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, an IAI Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with:
(i)    certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note, that such Definitive Note is either (A) being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A or (B) being transferred to an IAI or (C) being transferred after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such Note in reliance on Regulation S to a buyer who elects to hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note; and
(ii)    written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Notes Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)) or Regulation S Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B)) to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase,
then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Notes Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures of the Depository and the Notes Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Notes or Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, a new Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount.
(c)     Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes .
(i)    The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Note Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Note Registrar shall, in accordance with such




instructions instruct the Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.
(ii)    If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.
(iii)    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.
(iv)    In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for a Definitive Note pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or another applicable exemption under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Issuer.
(v)    During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in Regulation S Global Notes may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Issuer, (ii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S (other than a transaction resulting in an exchange for an interest in a Regulation S Global Note) or (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States.
(vi)    In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 2.4 prior to the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or such other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Issuer.
(e)     Legend .
(i)    Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR




ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [ IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [ IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. A SECURITY NOT BEARING THIS LEGEND WILL BE ISSUED AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE PROCEDURES OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, OR IF THE SECURITIES ARE NOT GLOBAL SECURITIES, UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [ IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES : BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]





BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.
Each Definitive Note shall also bear the following additional legend:
IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER SHALL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE OR AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.
(ii)    Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (including any Transfer Restricted Note represented by a Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Note Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note, if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Note Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note).
(iii)    After a transfer of any Initial Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to the restricted notes legend on such Initial Securities shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply.
(iv)    Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes are offered Exchange Securities in exchange for their Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes that Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the restricted notes legend shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer.
(f)     Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note . At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depository for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and




records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.
(g)     No Obligation of the Trustee .
(i)    The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depository.
(ii)    The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among the Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
2.4     Definitive Notes .
(a)    A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as Notes Custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 hereof and (i) the Depository notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note and a successor depository is not appointed within 90 days, (ii) the Depository ceases to be a registered “clearing agency” under the Exchange Act and a successor depository is not appointed within 90 days, or (iii) the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes and any participant requests a Definitive Note in accordance with DTC procedures.
(b)    Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee located at its Corporate Trust Office to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e) hereof, bear the applicable restricted notes legend and definitive notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto.
(c)    Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) hereof, the registered Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent




Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
(d)    In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof, the Issuer shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. In the event that such Definitive Notes are not issued, the Issuer expressly acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to this Indenture, including pursuant to Section 507, the right of any beneficial owner of Notes to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial owner’s Notes as if such Definitive Notes had been issued.






EXHIBIT 1
to Annex 1
[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]
[Global Notes Legend]
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO THE DEPOSITORY, TO NOMINEES OF THE DEPOSITORY OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.
[Restricted Notes Legend]
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [ IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [ IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS




THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. A SECURITY NOT BEARING THIS LEGEND WILL BE ISSUED AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE PROCEDURES OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, OR IF THE SECURITIES ARE NOT GLOBAL SECURITIES, UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [ IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES : BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.





[Definitive Notes Legend]
IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.




No. __________    $____________
Allegion US Holding Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [ ________], or registered assigns, the principal sum [of ________ U.S. dollars] on October 1, 2021.
Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1 (commencing on April 1, 2014).
Record Dates: March 15 and September 15.
Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.





Dated:
ALLEGION US HOLDING COMPANY INC.


By:
        
Name:
Title:




TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
Dated: _________________
This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Trustee
By:
[ ] , as Authenticating Agent

By:
    
Authorized Signatory






[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE]
5.750% Senior Note Due 2021
1.     Principal and Interest .
The Issuer will pay the principal of this Note on October 1, 2021.
The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate of 5.750% per annum (subject to adjustment as provided below).
Interest will be payable semi-annually (to the Holders of record of the Notes (or any Predecessor Notes) at the close of business on March 15 or September 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date) on each Interest Payment Date, commencing April 1, 2014.
Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 4, 2013; provided that, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the Notes.
2.     Method of Payment .
the Issuer will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) on the principal amount of the Notes on each April 1 and October 1 (commencing on April 1, 2014) to the Persons who are Holders (as reflected in the Note Register at the close of business on March 15 and September 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date), in each case, even if the Note is cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Regular Record Date; provided that, with respect to the payment of principal, the Issuer will make payment to the Holder that surrenders this Note to any Paying Agent on or after October 1, 2021.
The Issuer will pay principal (and premium, if any) and interest in U.S. dollars. However, the Issuer may pay principal (and premium, if any) and interest by its check payable in such money. The Issuer may pay interest on the Notes either (a) by mailing a check for such interest to a Holder’s registered address (as reflected in the Note Register) or (b) by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee. If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.
3.     Paying Agent and Note Registrar .
The Issuer initially appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Paying Agent and Note Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Note Registrar upon written notice thereto. The Issuer, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Note Registrar or co-registrar.




4.     Indenture .
The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 4, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act (to the extent applicable) for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control.
The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuer. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of the Notes.
5.     Redemption .
Optional Redemption . At any time prior to October 1, 2016, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon written notice as described in Section 1105 of the Indenture, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
On and after October 1, 2016, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described in Section 1105 of the Indenture, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of each of the years indicated below:
Year
Percentage
2016
104.31
%
2017
102.88
%
2018
101.44
%
2019 and thereafter
100.00
%

In addition, until October 1, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option, upon notice as described in Section 1105 of the Indenture, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a Redemption Price equal to 105.750% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to Parent; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided , further , that each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.




6.     Repurchase upon a Change of Control and Asset Sales .
Upon the occurrence of (a) a Change of Control, the Holders of the Notes will have the right to require that the Issuer purchase such Holder’s outstanding Notes, in whole or in part, at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase and (b) Asset Sales, the Issuer may be obligated to make offers to purchase Notes and Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer with a portion of the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sales at a Redemption Price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase.
7.     Denominations; Transfer; Exchange .
The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Note Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Note Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an Interest Payment Date.
8.     Persons Deemed Owners .
A registered Holder may be treated as the owner of a Note for all purposes.
9.     Unclaimed Money .
If money for the payment of principal (premium, if any) or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment, unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease.
10.     Discharge and Defeasance Prior to Redemption or Maturity .
If the Issuer irrevocably deposits, or causes to be deposited, with the Trustee money or Government Securities sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of (premium, if any) and accrued interest on the Notes (a) to the Redemption Date or Maturity Date, the Issuer will be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, except in certain circumstances for certain covenants thereof, and (b) to the Stated Maturity, the Issuer will be discharged from certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.
11.     Amendment; Supplement; Waiver .
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the




Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency and make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder.
12.     Restrictive Covenants .
The Indenture contains certain covenants, including covenants with respect to the following matters: (i) Restricted Payments; (ii) Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock; (iii) Liens; (iv) transactions with Affiliates; (v) dividend and other payment restrictions affecting Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries; (vii) mergers, consolidations and certain transfers of assets; (viii) purchase of Notes upon a Change in Control; and (ix) use of proceeds of Asset Sales. Within 120 days (or the successor time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act) after the end of each fiscal year, the Issuer must report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.
13.     Successor Persons .
When a successor Person or other entity assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor Person will be released from those obligations.
14.     Remedies for Events of Default .
If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Issuer or Parent occurs and is continuing or Parent ceases to own 100% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, the Notes automatically become immediately due and payable. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless such Holders have offered indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense satisfactory to the Trustee. Subject to certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
15.     Guarantees .
The Issuer’s obligations under the Notes are fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors.
16.     Trustee Dealings with Issuer .
The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for, and otherwise deal with, the Issuer and its Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.
17.     Authentication .




This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.
18.     Abbreviations .
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
19.     CUSIP Numbers .
Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
20.     Governing Law .
THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY OR THE INDENTURE.
The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the Escrow Agreement, and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to Allegion US Holding Company Inc., 11819 N. Pennsylvania St., Carmel, IN 46032.
Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.




ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint ___________________ agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
    
Date:    ______________    Your Signature:         
    
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.
In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuer or any “Affiliate” of the Issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW
to the Issuer; or
(1)
to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
(2)
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
(3)
inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or
(4)
outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or
(5)
pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
(6)
to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the transfer of this N




ote (the form of which can be obtained from the Trustee) and, if such transfer is in respect of an aggregate principal amount of Notes less than $250,000, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Issuer that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act.
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided , that if box (4) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

Signature
Signature Guarantee:
              
Signature must be guaranteed    Signature
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.




TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
Dated:
         
Notice: To be executed by
an executive officer




[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE
The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:
Date of
Exchange
Amount of decrease in Principal amount of this Global Note
Amount of increase in Principal amount of this Global Note
Principal amount of this Global Note following such decrease or increase
Signature of authorized signatory of Trustee or Notes Custodian
 
 
 
 
 





OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 1016 or 1017 of the Indenture, check the box:     
If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 1016 or 1017 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $
Date:
______________    Your Signature:         
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:     
(Signature must be guaranteed)
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.






EXHIBIT 2
to Annex 1
Form of
Transferee Letter of Representation
Allegion US Holding Company Inc.
11819 N. Pennsylvania St.
Carmel, IN 46032

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
608 Second Avenue South, N9303-121
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479
Attention: Corporate Trust Operations
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $_________ principal amount of the 5.750% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Notes”) of Allegion US Holding Company Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”).
Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:
Name:________________________
Address:______________________
Taxpayer ID Number:____________
The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:
1.    We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.
2.    We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (i) to the Issuer, (ii) pursuant to a


[[NYCORP:3429755v7:4340W: 10/03/2013--06:45 PM]]



registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (ii) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (iv) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (v) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Securities of $250,000, or (vi) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (iii) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (iv), (v) or (vi) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee.
TRANSFEREE:
,
By:         





EXHIBIT A
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of ________________, 201__, among the Issuer, Parent, __________________ (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Parent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of October 4, 2013 providing for the issuance of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”);
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1.    CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2.    AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 12 thereof.
3.    NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
4.    GOVERNING LAW. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN,




IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
5.    COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of the Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of the Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes
6.    EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience or reference only and are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not affect the construction hereof.
7.    THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Issuer.




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
Dated: ___________, 20___
Allegion US Holding Company Inc.
By:
    ___________________________________
Name:
Title:
Allegion plc
By:
    ___________________________________
Name:
Title:
[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY],
By:
    
Name:
Title:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:
    
Name:
Title:





EXHIBIT B
INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE
The undersigned, ____________, being the ____________ of ____________ (the “Issuer”) does hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting officers of the applicable entity as set forth in the right column opposite their respective names and the signatures appearing in the extreme right column opposite the name of each such officer is a true specimen of the genuine signature of such officer and such individuals have the authority to execute documents to be delivered to, or upon the request of, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture dated as of October 4, 2013, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
Name
Title and Entity:
Signature
__________________
__________________
__________________
__________________
__________________
__________________
__________________
__________________
__________________

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate as of the ____ day of ________, 20__.

Name:
Title:







Exhibit 4.2
ALLEGION US HOLDING COMPANY INC.
$300,000,000 5.75% Senior Notes due 2021

unconditionally guaranteed as to the
payment of principal, premium,
if any, and interest by the
Guarantors party hereto

_____________
Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement
October 4, 2013

 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
200 West Street,
New York, New York 10282-2198

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10179


As representatives of the several Purchasers
named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement


Ladies and Gentlemen:

Allegion US Holding Company Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the Purchasers (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 5.75% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Securities ”) , which are unconditionally guaranteed by Allegion public limited company (“ Parent ”), which, upon the completion of the Separation (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), will become the parent company of the Company and each of the other guarantors listed on Schedule II to the Purchase Agreement (together with Parent, the “ Guarantors ”). As an inducement to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantors agree with the Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows:
1.      Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement” ), the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:





“Base Interest” shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Securities under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement.
The term “broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.
“Business Day” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13e-4(a)(3) promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
“Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued.
“Commission” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.
“EDGAR System” means the EDGAR filing system of the Commission and the rules and regulations pertaining thereto promulgated by the Commission in Regulation S-T under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, in each case as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time (and without regard to format).
“Effective Time,” in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.
“Electing Holder” shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(ii) or Section 3(d)(iii) and the instructions set forth in the Notice and Questionnaire.
“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
“Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
“Exchange Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c).
“Exchange Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
“Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
The term “holder” shall mean each of the Purchasers and other persons who acquire Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Securities.
“Indenture” shall mean the trust indenture, dated as of October 4, 2013, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, relating to the issuance of the Securities.

2  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



“Notice and Questionnaire” means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
The term “person” shall mean a corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.
“Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2013, among the Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors relating to the Securities.
“Purchasers” shall mean the Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.
“Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that a Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(a), the Security has been exchanged for an Exchange Security in an Exchange Offer as contemplated in Section 2(a) ( provided that any Exchange Security that, pursuant to the last two sentences of Section 2(a), is included in a prospectus for use in connection with resales by broker-dealers shall be deemed to be a Registrable Security with respect to Sections 5, 6 and 9 until resale of such Registrable Security has been effected within the Resale Period); (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement registering such Security under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Security has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) subject to Section 8(b), such Security is actually sold by the holder thereof pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture; or (iv) such Security shall cease to be outstanding.
“Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
“Registration Default Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
“Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4.
“Resale Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
“Restricted Holder” shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company.
“Rule 144,” “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 424”, “Rule 430B” and “Rule 433” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

3  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



“Securities” shall mean, collectively, the $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 5.75% Senior Notes due 2021 to be issued and sold to the Purchasers, and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indenture. Each Security is entitled to the benefit of the guarantees provided by the Guarantors in the Indenture (the “ Guarantees ”) and, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Security,” an “Exchange Security” or a “Registrable Security” shall include a reference to the related Guarantees.
“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
“Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
“Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
“Special Interest” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
“Suspension Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
“Trustee” shall mean Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture, together with any successors thereto in such capacity.
Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.
2.      Registration Under the Securities Act .
(a)     Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company and the Guarantors agree to file under the Securities Act a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Registration Statement” , and such offer, the “Exchange Offer” ) any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors, which debt securities and guarantees are substantially identical to the Securities and the related Guarantees, respectively (and are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for Special Interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such new debt securities hereinafter called “Exchange Securities” ). The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act no later than 365 days after the Closing Date. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. Unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company further agrees to use commercially reasonable

4  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



efforts to (i) commence the Exchange Offer promptly following the Effective Time of such Exchange Registration Statement, (ii) hold the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days in accordance with Regulation 14E promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act and (iii) exchange Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn promptly following the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been “completed” only (i) if the debt securities and related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States of America and (ii) upon the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a date that is at least 20 and no more than 30 Business Days following the commencement of the Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors agree (x) to include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker‑dealer and (y) to keep such Exchange Registration Statement effective for a period (the “Resale Period” ) beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180th day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Registrable Securities. With respect to such Exchange Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Subsections 6(a), (c), (d) and (e).
(b)     If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed existing law or Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt securities or the related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration Statement is not within 365 days following the Closing Date and the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 30 Business Days of such Effective Time or (iii) any holder of Registrable Securities notifies the Company after the Exchange Offer is completed but prior to the 20th Business Day following the completion of the Exchange Offer that: (A) it was prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) it may not resell the Exchange Securities to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus supplement contained in the Exchange Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales or (C) it is a broker-dealer and owns Registrable Securities acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, then the Company and the Guarantors shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clause (iii), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly file under the Securities Act, and in no event later than 90 days after the time such obligation to file arises (which, in the case of clause (iii) above, shall be the date that the applicable holder so notifies the Company) (but no earlier than 270 days after the Closing Date), a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “Shelf Registration” and such registration statement, the “Shelf Registration Statement” ). The Company shall not be obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence unless the applicable holder confirms the information specified in clauses (iii)(A) through (iii)(C) of such sentence on the date that the Company would be

5  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



obligated to file such Shelf Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective no later than 90 days after the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement (but no earlier than 365 days after the Closing Date); provided , that if at any time the Company is or becomes a “well-known seasoned issuer” (as defined in Rule 405) and is eligible to file an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), then the Company and the Guarantors shall file the Shelf Registration Statement in the form of an automatic shelf registration statement as provided in Rule 405. The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the second anniversary of the Effective Time or such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding (the “ Effectiveness Period ”). No holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder. The Company and the Guarantors agree, after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement and promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to use commercially reasonable efforts to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement (whether by post-effective amendment thereto or by filing a prospectus pursuant to Rules 430B and 424(b) under the Securities Act identifying such holder), provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall (A) relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(iii) or (B) require the Company and the Guarantors to file more than one post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement in any 45-day period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2(b), upon notice to the Electing Holders, the Company may suspend the use or the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement, or extend the time period in which it is required to file the Shelf Registration Statement, for a reasonable period of time but not in excess of 60 consecutive days or more than three (3) times during any calendar year (a “Suspension Period” ) if the Board of Directors of the Company determines that there is a valid business purpose for suspension of the Shelf Registration Statement; provided that the Company shall promptly notify the Electing Holders when the Shelf Registration Statement may once again be used or is effective.
(c)     In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors have not filed the Shelf Registration Statement on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section  2(b), or (ii) the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), respectively, or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 30 Business Days following the 365th day following the Closing Date (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be made) or (iv) any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) is filed and declared or is automatically effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by the Company or shall become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement during, in the case of any Exchange Registration Statement, the Resale Period, and in the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Effectiveness Period (except as specifically permitted herein, including, with respect to any Shelf

6  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



Registration Statement, during any applicable Suspension Period in accordance with the last sentence of Section 2(b)) without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared or becoming automatically effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “Registration Default Period” ), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), special interest ( “Special Interest” ), in addition to the Base Interest, shall accrue on all Registrable Securities then outstanding at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period, at a per annum rate of 0.50% for the second 90 days of the Registration Default Period, at a per annum rate of 0.75% for the third 90 days of the Registration Default Period and at a per annum rate of 1.00% thereafter for the remaining portion of the Registration Default Period commencing no earlier than the 365th day following the Closing Date in the case of clauses (i) or (iv) above; provided , however , that upon the exchange of the Exchange Securities for Securities tendered, or upon the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective, Special Interest on the Securities in respect of which such events relate as a result of such clause (or the relevant subclause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this paragraph, the Company shall not be obligated to pay Special Interest provided in this paragraph during a Shelf Suspension Period permitted by Section 2(b) hereof. Special Interest shall accrue and be payable only with respect to a single Registration Default at any given time, notwithstanding the fact that multiple Registration Defaults may exist at such time.
(d)     The Company shall take, and shall cause the Guarantors to take, all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to be taken by it to ensure that the transactions contemplated herein are effected as so contemplated, including all actions reasonably necessary or desirable to register the Guarantees under any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable.
(e)     Any reference herein to a registration statement or prospectus as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time; and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement or to any prospectus supplement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time.
3.      Registration Procedures .
If the Company and the Guarantors file a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the following provisions shall apply:
(a)    At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration or any Shelf Registration, whichever may occur first, the Company shall qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
(b)    In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.
(c)    In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the “Exchange Registration” ), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

7  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



(i)    prepare and file with the Commission an Exchange Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and the Guarantors and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Registration Statement to become effective no later than 365 days after the Closing Date;
(ii)    as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities;
(iii)    promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or received copies of the prospectus included in such Exchange Registration Statement, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Exchange Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post‑effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Exchange Registration Statement or any post‑effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company or any of the Guarantors contemplated by Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post‑effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
(iv)    in the event that the Company and the Guarantors would be required, pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G), to notify any broker-dealers holding Exchange Securities (except as otherwise permitted during any Suspension Period), promptly prepare and furnish to each such

8  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
(v)    use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or any post‑effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;
(vi)    use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, to the extent required by such laws, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by‑laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;
(vii)    obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; and
(viii)    otherwise use commercially reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Exchange Registration Statement, an “earning statement” of the Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).
(d)    In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:
(i)    prepare and file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the Registrable Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance

9  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by the holders of Registrable Securities as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective within the time periods specified in Section 2(b);
(ii)    mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities (A) not less than 30 days prior to the anticipated Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement or (B) in the case of an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities not later than the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement, and in any such case no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless and until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;
(iii)    after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to (A) take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company or (B) file more than one post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement in any 45-day period.
(iv)    as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission to the extent such documents are not publicly available on the Commission’s EDGAR System;
(v)    comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement;
(vi)    provide the Electing Holders and not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders the opportunity to review and comment on such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto;
(vii)    for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b), make available at reasonable times at the

10  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



Company’s principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall certify to the Company that they have a current intention to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration such financial and other information and books and records of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary (and in the case of counsel, not violate an attorney-client privilege, in such counsel’s reasonable belief), in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi), to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering on behalf of the Electing Holders shall be conducted by one counsel designated by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by the Electing Holders at the time outstanding and provided further that each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any such information or records, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required to be set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
(viii)    promptly notify each of the Electing Holders and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post‑effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post‑effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company or any of the Guarantors set forth in Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company or any of the Guarantors to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities

11  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



Act, that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post‑effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
(ix)    use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or any post‑effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;
(x)    if requested by any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post‑effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including information with respect to the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold by such Electing Holder, the name and description of such Electing Holder, the offering price of such Registrable Securities and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post‑effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post‑effective amendment;
(xi)    furnish to each Electing Holder and the counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) an executed copy (or a conformed copy) of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Registrable Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act to the extent such documents are not available through the Commission’s EDGAR System, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Electing Holder and to permit such Electing Holder to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and subject to Section 3(e), the Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder (subject to any applicable Suspension Period), in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;
(xii)    use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder shall reasonably request, (B) keep such

12  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) and for so long as may be necessary to enable any such Electing Holder to complete its distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Securities; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by‑laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;
(xiii)    unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall be printed, penned, lithographed, engraved or otherwise produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends;
(xiv)    obtain a CUSIP number for all Securities that have been registered under the Securities Act, not later than the applicable Effective Time;
(xv)    notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of any proposal by the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be; and
(xvi)    comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement an “earning statement” of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).
(e)    In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), to notify the Electing Holders, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing

13  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), such Electing Holder shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Registrable Securities until such Electing Holder shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, such Electing Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities in such Electing Holder’s possession at the time of receipt of such notice.
(f)    In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice and Questionnaire, the Company may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder’s intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.
(g)    Until the expiration of the earlier of two years after the Closing Date and the date on which all Securities have ceased to be Registrable Securities, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement, or a valid exemption from the registration requirements, under the Securities Act.
(h)    As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal or “agent’s message” transmitted via The Depository Trust Company’s Automated Tender Offer Procedures, in either case contemplated by the Exchange Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an “affiliate” of the Company, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is such an “affiliate”, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (B) it is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business, (D) if it is a broker-dealer that holds Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Securities acquired directly from the Company or any of its affiliates), it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received

14  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



by it in the Exchange Offer, (E) if it is a broker-dealer, that it did not purchase the Securities to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer from the Company or any of its affiliates, and (F) it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (A) through (E).
4.      Registration Expenses .
The Company agrees to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any FINRA registration, filing and review fees and expenses including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Eligible Holders in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Registrable Securities, the Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(d)(xii) and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions described in such section, including any reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Electing Holders in connection with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any selling agreements and blue sky memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the preparation of documents referred in clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company, (h) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), (i) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Registrable Securities, the Securities or the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and (j) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company in connection with such registration (collectively, the “Registration Expenses” ). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, the Company shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions, if any, and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities, Securities and Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.

15  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



5.      Representations and Warranties .
Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Securities that:
(a)    Each registration statement covering Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and each prospectus (including any preliminary or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d) and any further amendments or supplements to any such registration statement or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Time when a prospectus would be required to be delivered under the Securities Act, other than (A) from (i) such time as a notice has been given to holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G) or Section 3(d)(viii)(G) until (ii) such time as the Company furnishes an amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(c)(iv) or Section 3(e) or (B) during any applicable Suspension Period, each such registration statement, and each prospectus (including any summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d), as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.
(b)    Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to in Section 5(a), when they become or became effective or are or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will contain or contained an untrue statement of a material fact or will omit or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.
(c)    The compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with all of the provisions of this Agreement will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By‑laws or comparable governing documents of the Company or the Guarantors, or (iii) result in the violation of any applicable statute or any applicable order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, as would not, individually or in the

16  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



aggregate, have (or reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole or materially adversely affect the consummation of the transactions hereunder.
(d)    No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or governmental agency or regulatory authority is required for the consummation by the Company or the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except (x) the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities, the Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, (y) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws in connection with the offering and distribution of the Registrable Securities, the Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and (z) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications that have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof.
(e)    This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and by the Guarantors.
6.      Indemnification and Contribution .
(a)     Indemnification by the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each of the holders of Registrable Securities included in an Exchange Registration Statement and each of the Electing Holders as holders of Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder or such Electing Holder may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Registration Statement or any Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, under which such Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such holder or any such Electing Holder, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such holder and each such Electing Holder for any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433), or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such person expressly for use therein.
(b)     Indemnification by the Electing Holders . The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(b), that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from each Electing

17  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Registration Statement, severally and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and all other Electing Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Registration Statement, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company, the Guarantors or such other Electing Holders may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any Electing Holder, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Electing Holder expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Electing Holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 6(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.
(c)     Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) above of written notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section 6, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action; provided that the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b). In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; (iii) the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition

18  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



to those available to the indemnifying party; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Purchaser shall be designated in writing by the Representatives and any such separate firm for the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and any control persons of the Company and the Guarantors shall be designated in writing by the Company. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(d)     Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 6(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(d), no Electing Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall

19  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders’ obligations in this Section 6(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered by them and not joint.
(e)    The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of each holder, each Electing Holder, and each person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders and the Electing Holders contemplated by this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder or Electing Holder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company or the Guarantors (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in any registration statement as about to become a director of the Company or a Guarantor) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, as well as to each officer and director of the other holders and to each person, if any, who controls such other holders within the meaning of the Securities Act.
7.      Underwritten Offerings .
Each holder of Registrable Securities hereby agrees with the Company and each other such holder that no holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless (a) the Company gives its prior written consent to such underwritten offering, (b) the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be designated by Electing Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering, provided that such designated managing underwriter or underwriters is or are reasonably acceptable to the Company, (c) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering agrees to sell such holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled selecting the managing underwriter or underwriters hereunder and (d) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
8.      Rule 144 .
(a)     Facilitation of Sales Pursuant to Rule 144. The Company covenants to the holders of Registrable Securities that to the extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (including the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144), and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144. If at any time the Company is a “non-reporting issuer” as such term is defined under Rule 144(c)(2), then in connection with any sale by a holder pursuant to Rule 144(c), the Company shall deliver a statement to such holder as to the Company’s compliance with the reporting requirements contemplated by Rule 144(c)(2).

20  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



(b)     Availability of Rule 144 Not Excuse for Obligations under Section 2. The fact that holders of Registrable Securities may become eligible to sell such Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 shall not (1) cause such Securities to cease to be Registrable Securities or (2) excuse the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations in respect of an Exchange Offer, Shelf Registration and Special Interest.
9.      Miscellaneous .
(a)     No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and each of the Guarantors represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that it has not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities, Exchange Securities or Securities, as applicable, or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Agreement.
(b)     Specific Performance. The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and that the Purchasers and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Purchasers and such holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction. Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.
(c)     Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if delivered personally, by facsimile or by courier, or three days after being deposited in the mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows: If to the Company, to it at 11819 N. Pennsylvania St., Carmel, IN 46032, and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company, or to such other address as the Company or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
(d)     Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto, the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the foregoing. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the Company shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.
(e)     Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect

21  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Securities, any director, officer or partner of such holder, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the transfer and registration of Registrable Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer.
(f)     Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
(g)     Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
(h)     Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding. Each holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Registrable Securities or is delivered to such holder.
(i)     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
(j)     Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained in this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
(l)     Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction . Holdings irrevocably appoints Schlage Lock Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, located at 11819 North Pennsylvania Street, Carmel, Indiana 46032, and Schlage Lock Company LLC hereby accepts such appointment, as Holdings’ authorized agent in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, and agrees that service of process upon such authorized agent, and written notice of such service to Holdings or Schlage Lock Company LLC, as the case may be, by the person serving the same to the address provided in this clause 9(l), shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon Holdings in any such suit or proceeding. Holdings hereby represents and warrants that such authorized agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as such authorized agent for service of process. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any Purchaser or any person controlling any Purchaser to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

22  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us one counterpart hereof for each of the Company, the Guarantors and each of the Representatives plus one for each counsel, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers, the Guarantors and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

23  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



Very truly yours,
ALLEGION US HOLDING COMPANY INC.
By: /s/ Patrick S. Shannon         
Name: Patrick S. Shannon
Title: President

ALLEGION public limited company
By: /s/ Patrick S. Shannon         
Name: Patrick S. Shannon
Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Schlage Lock Company LLC
By: /s/ Patrick S. Shannon         
Name: Patrick S. Shannon
Title: Vice President and Treasurer

Von Duprin LLC
By: /s/ Patrick S. Shannon         
Name: Patrick S. Shannon
Title: Vice President and Treasurer
 



                                     





                       

24  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]



Accepted as of the date hereof:


Goldman, Sachs & Co.

By: /s/ Michael Hickey         
Name: Michael Hickey
Title: Vice President


J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

By: /s/ Stathis Karanikolaidis
Name: Stathis Karanikolaidis
Title: Managing Director


On behalf of each of the Purchasers

Very truly yours,
ALLEGION US HOLDING COMPANY INC.
By:        
Name:
Title:

ALLEGION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY
By:        
Name:
Title:


SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC
By:        
Name:
Title:

VON DUPRIN LLC
By:        
Name:
Title:
 
 








Accepted as of the date hereof:


Goldman, Sachs & Co.

By:        
Name:

Title:


J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

By:        

Name:

Title:


On behalf of each of the Purchasers











Exhibit A
Allegion US Holding Company Inc.
INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS
(Date of Mailing)
URGENT - IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED
DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE] *  

The Depository Trust Company ( “DTC” ) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the Allegion US Holding Company Inc. (the “Company” ) [●]% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Securities” ) are held.
The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.
It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [Deadline For Response] . Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact Allegion US Holding Company Inc., [Address and Telephone Number of Issuer] .
Allegion US Holding Company Inc.
Notice of Registration Statement
and

Selling Securityholder Questionnaire
(Date)

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the “Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement” ) between Allegion US Holding Company Inc. (the “Company” ) and the Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has filed or will file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” ) a registration statement on Form S-3 (the “Shelf Registration Statement” ) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), of the Company’s 5.75% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Securities” ). A copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Shelf Registration Statement and can be obtained from the Commission’s website at www.sec.gov . All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities (as defined below) is entitled to have the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire ( “Notice and Questionnaire” ) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company’s counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [Deadline for Response] . Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities who do not properly complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities.
Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
The term “Registrable Securities” is defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

ELECTION

The undersigned holder (the “Selling Securityholder” ) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 6 of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.
Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers who sign any Shelf Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ), against certain losses arising out of an untrue statement, or the alleged untrue statement, of a material fact in the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus or the omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus, but only to the extent such untrue statement or omission, or alleged untrue statement or omission, was made in reliance on and in conformity with the information provided in this Notice and Questionnaire.
Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus and as Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:
QUESTIONNAIRE

(1)
(a)        Full legal name of Selling Securityholder:
             
(b)        Full legal name of registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below:
             
(c)        Full legal name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:
             

(2)
Address for notices to Selling Securityholder:
             
             
             
Telephone:         
Fax:         
Contact Person:         
E-mail for Contact Person:     

(3)
Beneficial Ownership of Securities:
Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities.
(a)    Principal amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:     

CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities:
    
(b)    Principal amount of Securities other than Registrable Securities beneficially owned:

    

CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities:
    
(c)    Principal amount of Registrable Securities that the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:     

CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:
    

(4)
Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company:
Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).
State any exceptions here:
             
             
             

(5)
Individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:
If the Selling Securityholder is not an entity that is required to file reports with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Reporting Company” ), then the Selling Securityholder must disclose the name of the natural person(s) who exercise sole or shared dispositive powers with respect to the Securities. Selling Securityholders should disclose the beneficial holders, not nominee holders or other such others of record. In addition, the Commission has provided guidance that Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 should be used by analogy when determining the person or persons sharing voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Securities.
(a)    Is the holder a Reporting Company?
Yes              No         

If “No”, please answer Item (5)(b).
(b)
List below the individual or individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:
             
             
             
Please note that the names of the persons listed in (b) above will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
(6)
Relationships with the Company:
Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.
State any exceptions here:
             
             
             

(7)
Plan of Distribution:
Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.
State any exceptions here:
             
             
             
Note: In no event may such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities without the prior written agreement of the Company.

(8)
Broker-Dealers:
The Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers or affiliates of registered broker-dealers be so identified in the Shelf Registration Statement. In addition, the Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers be named as underwriters in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus, even if they did not receive the Registrable Securities as compensation for underwriting activities.
(a)    State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is a registered broker-dealer:
Yes              No         
(b)    If the answer to (a) is “Yes”, you must answer (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable. Your answers to (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable, will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
(i)
Were the Securities acquired as compensation for underwriting activities?
Yes              No         
If you answered “Yes”, please provide a brief description of the transaction(s) in which the Securities were acquired as compensation:
             
             
             
(ii)
Were the Securities acquired for investment purposes?
Yes              No         
(iii)
If you answered “No” to both (i) and (ii), please explain the Selling Securityholder’s reason for acquiring the Securities:
             
             
             

(c)    State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer and, if so, list the name(s) of the broker-dealer affiliate(s):
Yes              No         
             
             
             
(d)    If you answered “Yes” to question (c) above:
(i)    Did the undersigned Selling Securityholder purchase Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business?
Yes              No         
If the answer is “No” to question (d)(i), provide a brief explanation of the circumstances in which the Selling Securityholder acquired the Registrable Securities:
             
             
             
(ii)    At the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities, did the undersigned Selling Securityholder have any agreements, understandings or arrangements, directly or indirectly, with any person to dispose of or distribute the Registrable Securities?
Yes              No         
If the answer is “Yes” to question (d)(ii), provide a brief explanation of such agreements, understandings or arrangements:
             
             
             
If the answer is “No” to Item (8)(d)(i) or “Yes” to Item (8)(d)(ii), you will be named as an underwriter in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus.
(9)
Hedging and short sales:
(a)    State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder has or will enter into “hedging transactions” with respect to the Registrable Securities:
Yes              No         
If “Yes”, provide below a complete description of the hedging transactions into which the undersigned Selling Securityholder has entered or will enter and the purpose of such hedging transactions, including the extent to which such hedging transactions remain in place:
             
             
             
(b)    Set forth below is Interpretation A.65 of the Commission’s July 1997 Manual of Publicly Available Interpretations regarding short selling:
“An issuer filed a Form S-3 registration statement for a secondary offering of common stock which is not yet effective. One of the selling shareholders wanted to do a short sale of common stock “against the box” and cover the short sale with registered shares after the effective date. The issuer was advised that the short sale could not be made before the registration statement becomes effective, because the shares underlying the short sale are deemed to be sold at the time such sale is made. There would, therefore, be a violation of Section 5 if the shares were effectively sold prior to the effective date.”
By returning this Notice and Questionnaire, the undersigned Selling Securityholder will be deemed to be aware of the foregoing interpretation.

*    *    *    *    *

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act, particularly Regulation M (or any successor rule or regulation).
The Selling Securityholder hereby acknowledges its obligations under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and certain other persons as set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (9) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(d) of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect and to provide such additional information that the Company may reasonably request regarding such Selling Securityholder and the intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities in order to comply with the Securities Act. Except as otherwise provided in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, all notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:
(i)    To the Company:
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
(ii)    With a copy to:
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________

Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company’s counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above. This Notice and Questionnaire shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.
Dated:     

         
Selling Securityholder
(Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities)

By:     
Name:
Title:

PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY’S COUNSEL AT:
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________


Exhibit B
NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Allegion US Holding Company Inc.
c/o Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
10 South Wacker Drive, 13th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Attention: Gregory S. Clarke
Attention: Trust Officer
Re:    Allegion US Holding Company Inc. (the “Company” )
5.75% Senior Notes due 2021

Dear Sirs:
Please be advised that ___                  has transferred $                  aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form [ ] (File No. 333- ) filed by the Company.
We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the Prospectus dated [date] or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner’s name.
Dated:
Very truly yours,
                     
(Name)
By:                     
(Authorized Signature)






25  

(NY) 27961/740/REG.RIGHTS/RRA.2019.Notes.doc    
[[NYCORP:3425658v9:4340W: 10/03/2013--02:19 PM]]


 
Exhibit 10.1
EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT, dated as of [], 2013, is entered into by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc (“ IR ”), and Allegion plc (“ Allegion ”). IR and Allegion are also referred to in this Agreement individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”
RECITALS
WHEREAS, IR has determined that it would be appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of IR and the shareholders of IR to separate the Allegion Business from IR;
WHEREAS, IR and Allegion have entered into the Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of [], 2013 (the “ Distribution Agreement ”), in connection with the separation of the Allegion Business from IR (the “ Transaction ”) and the Distribution of Allegion Ordinary Shares to shareholders of IR;
WHEREAS, the Distribution Agreement also provides for the execution and delivery of certain other agreements, including this Agreement, in order to facilitate and provide for the separation of Allegion and its subsidiaries from IR; and
WHEREAS, to ensure an orderly transition under the Distribution Agreement, it will be necessary for the Parties to allocate between them Assets, Liabilities and responsibilities with respect to certain employee compensation and benefit plans and programs, and certain other employment matters.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the covenants and agreements set forth below and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
Article I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1     Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 1.1. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Distribution Agreement.
Adjusted Exercisable IR Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a)(i).
Adjusted Exercisable IR Award Spread Value Allocation ” means an amount equal to (X) multiplied by ((Y) divided by (Z)), where (X) equals the Exercisable IR Award Spread Value, (Y) equals the IR Post-Distribution Share Value, and (Z) equals the sum of (a) (the Allegion Post-Distribution Share Value multiplied by the Distribution Ratio), plus (b) the IR Post-Distribution Share Value.
Adjusted Unexercisable IR Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a)(ii)(A).
Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Agreement ” means this Employee Matters Agreement, together with all schedules hereto and all amendments, modifications, and changes hereto entered into pursuant to Section 15.9.
Allegion ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
Allegion Actuary ” means an independent actuary selected by Allegion.





Allegion Benefit Plan ” means any Benefit Plan sponsored or maintained by a member of the Allegion Group following the Effective Time.
Allegion Business ” has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Allegion Canada DC Pension Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.5.
Allegion Deferred Compensation Plan Beneficiary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a).
Allegion Deferred Compensation Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a).
Allegion Entity ” means any member of the Allegion Group, including any Transferred Group Entity.
Allegion Equity Plan ” means the plan adopted by Allegion prior to the Effective Time under which the Allegion equity-based awards described in Article IV shall be issued.
Allegion Exercisable Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a)(i).
Allegion Exercisable Award Spread Value Allocation ” means an amount equal to (X) multiplied by ((Y) divided by (Z)), where (X) equals the Exercisable IR Award Spread Value, (Y) equals Allegion Post-Distribution Share Value multiplied by the Distribution Ratio, and (Z) equals the sum of (a) (the Allegion Post-Distribution Share Value multiplied by the Distribution Ratio) plus (b) the IR Post-Distribution Share Value.
Allegion FSA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(b).
Allegion Group ” shall have the same meaning as the term “Allegion Group” in the Distribution Agreement.
Allegion Group Employee ” means any individual who primarily provides services for the benefit of a member of the Allegion Group, including a Transferred Group Entity, immediately prior to the Effective Time. Schedule A attached hereto provides a non-exhaustive list of Allegion Group Employees, which may be updated from time to time.
Allegion HRA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(d).
Allegion Notional Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(b).
Allegion Ordinary Share Unit Fund ” means an investment fund in the Schlage Lock, Company LLC 401(k) Plan or the IR Savings Plan, as applicable, that holds units of Allegion Ordinary Shares and cash.
Allegion Ordinary Shares ” means the ordinary shares, par value $[] per share, of Allegion.
Allegion Pension Plan Participants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.
Allegion Post-Distribution Share Value ” means the opening price per share of Allegion Ordinary Shares trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the first Trading Day following the Effective Time.
Allegion Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing the Allegion Post-Distribution Share Value by the IR Pre-Distribution Share Value.
Allegion RSUs ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).
Allegion Severance Arrangements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.
Allegion Severance Plan Adoption Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.
Allegion Spin-Off Protection Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.





Allegion UK Pension Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.
Allegion Unexercisable Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a)(ii)(B).
Allegion Welfare Plan ” means any Welfare Plan sponsored or maintained by any one or more members of the Allegion Group immediately after the Effective Time.
Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.
Allegion Welfare Plan Participants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.
Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Benefit Management Records ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b).
Benefit Plan ” means any contract, agreement, policy, practice, program, plan, trust, commitment or arrangement providing for benefits, perquisites or compensation of any nature to any Employee, or to any eligible family member, dependent, or beneficiary of any such Employee, including pension plans (qualified and nonqualified), thrift plans, deferred compensation plans (qualified and nonqualified), supplemental pension plans and welfare plans, and contracts, agreements, policies, practices, programs, plans, trusts, commitments and arrangements providing for terms of employment, fringe benefits, severance benefits, change in control protections or benefits, medical, retiree medical, dental, vision, travel and accident, life, disability and accident insurance, tuition reimbursement, travel reimbursement, vacation, sick, personal or bereavement days, leaves of absences and holidays of IR or Allegion, as applicable.
Business Days ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in Davidson, North Carolina are authorized or requested by Law to close.
Canadian DC Pension Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.4.
Canadian Pension Plan Assignee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.4.
Canadian Pension Plan Member ” means an Employee of a Transferred Group Entity in Canada who has an entitlement to a defined contribution account balance under the Canadian DC Pension Plan as of the Effective Time.
COBRA ” means the U.S. Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as codified at Section 601 et seq. of ERISA and at Section 4980B of the Code.
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
Collective Bargaining Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(h).
Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Distribution Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Distribution Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Distribution Ratio ” shall be the ratio of 1 Allegion Ordinary Shares for every 3 shares of IR Ordinary Shares.
Effective Time ” means the effective time of the Distribution.
Employee ” means any IR Group Employee, Former IR Group Employee, Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee.
ERISA ” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.





Estimated Pension Plan Transfer Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(b)(ii).
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exercisable IR Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a)(i).
Exercisable IR Award Spread Value ” means, with respect to any Exercisable IR Award, an amount equal to the number of IR Ordinary Shares subject to such Exercisable IR Award immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the difference between (i) the IR Pre-Distribution Share Value and (ii) the exercise price of such Exercisable IR Award immediately prior to the Effective Time.
FICA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(f).
Final Pension Plan Transfer Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(b)(iv).
Final Transfer Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(b)(v).
FMLA ” means the U.S. Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
Former Allegion Group Employees ” means all former employees of the IR Group who (i) primarily provided services for the benefit of the Allegion Business at the time their employment terminated or (ii) at the time of termination of employment, primarily provided services for a business for which any Liability, including Liabilities associated with Employees, is reflected on the Allegion Balance Sheet. Schedule B attached hereto provides a non-exhaustive list of Former Allegion Group Employees, which may be updated from time to time.
Former IR Group Employee ” means all former employees of the IR Group who have an employment end date on or before the Effective Time, excluding all Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees.
FSA Participation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(b)(i).
FUTA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(f).
HIPAA ” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
HRA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a)(i).
Hussmann Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.
Initial Transfer Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(b)(iii).
IR ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
IR Actuary ” means an independent actuary selected by IR.
IR Benefit Plan ” means any Benefit Plan sponsored or maintained by a member of the IR Group immediately prior to the Effective Time, excluding any such Benefit Plan that becomes an Allegion Benefit Plan.
IR Bonus Plans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
IR Deferred Compensation Plans ” means, collectively, the IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, the IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II, the IR-plc Director Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan, the IR-plc Director Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan II, the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan, the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan II, the Trane Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, the Trane Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan, the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Savings Plan, the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Savings Plan II, the Management Incentive Unit Plan of Ingersoll-Rand Company, the





Ingersoll-Rand Company Elected Officers Supplemental Program, the Ingersoll-Rand Company Key Management Supplemental Program, the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Pension Plan and the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Pension Plan II.
IR Director ” means any individual who is or was previously a non-employee member of the board of directors of IR.
IR Entity ” means any member of the IR Group.
IR Equity Plan ” means any equity incentive plan sponsored or maintained by IR immediately prior to the Effective Date.
IR Group ” has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
IR Group Employee ” means any individual who is employed by a member of the IR Group immediately prior to the Effective Time, excluding any Allegion Group Employee.
IR HRA Participation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(d)(i).
IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan ” means the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan, effective as of December 10, 2012.
IR Notional Shares ” means any notional, phantom or similar interests that settle in IR Ordinary Shares or in cash based upon the value of IR Ordinary Shares that have been awarded under, or otherwise notionally held pursuant to the terms of, any of the IR Deferred Compensation Plans.
IR Options ” means options to purchase IR Ordinary Shares granted pursuant to any IR Equity Plan.
IR Ordinary Share Unit Fund ” means an investment fund in the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plan or the IR Savings Plan, as applicable, which holds IR Ordinary Share Units and cash.
IR Ordinary Share Units ” means units of IR Ordinary Shares.
IR Ordinary Shares ” means the ordinary shares, par value $1.00 per share, of IR.
IR Pension Plan ” means the Ingersoll-Rand Pension Plan Number One.
IR Post-Distribution Share Value ” means the opening price per share of IR Ordinary Shares trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours on the Trading Day immediately following the Effective Time.
IR Pre-Distribution Share Value ” means the closing price per share of IR Ordinary Shares on the Distribution Date based on “regular way” trading on the NYSE during Regular Trading Hours.
IR PSUs ” means performance share awards or performance share units, as applicable, issued under any IR Equity Plan.
IR Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing the IR Post-Distribution Share Value by the IR Pre-Distribution Share Value.
IR RSUs ” means restricted share units granted under any IR Equity Plan, other than those which are IR PSUs.
IR Savings Plans ” means the Ingersoll-Rand Company Employee Savings Plan and the Ingersoll-Rand Company Employee Savings Plan for Bargained Employees.
IR Savings Plan Beneficiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(a).
IR Stock Appreciation Rights ” means stock appreciation rights covering IR Ordinary Shares granted pursuant to any IR Equity Plan.





IR UK Pension Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.
IR Welfare Plan ” means any Welfare Plan sponsored or maintained by any one or more members of the IR Group as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.
IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service.
Law ” has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.
Parent Pension Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
Party ” or “ Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
Person ” has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Privacy Contract ” means any contract entered into in connection with applicable privacy protection Laws or regulations.
Regular Trading Hours ” means the period beginning at 9:30 A.M. New York City time and ending at 4:00 P.M. New York City time.
Revised Pension Plan Transfer Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(b)(iv).
Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.
Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan Participants ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Tax ” has the meaning set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement.
Tax Matters Agreement ” means the Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of [•], 2013 by and among IR and Allegion.
Trading Day ” means the period of time during any given calendar day, commencing with the determination of the opening price on the NYSE and ending with the determination of the closing price on the NYSE, in which trading and settlement in IR Ordinary Shares or Allegion Ordinary Shares are permitted on the NYSE.
Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Transferred Group Adoption Date ” means the applicable date prior to the Effective Time on which IR and/or Allegion determine to have any or all of the Allegion Benefit Plans adopted by a Transferred Group Entity.
Transferred Group Entity ” means each IR Entity that will become an Allegion Entity as of the Effective Time.
Transition Services Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
True-Up Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(b)(v).
Unexercisable IR Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a)(ii)(A).
U.S. ” means the United States of America.





WARN ” means the U.S. Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and any applicable state or local Law equivalent.
Welfare Plan ” means, where applicable, a “welfare plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) or a “cafeteria plan” under Section 125 of the Code, and any benefits offered thereunder, and any other plan offering health benefits (including medical, wellness, prescription drug, dental, vision, and mental health and substance abuse), disability benefits, or life, accidental death and disability, and business travel insurance, pre-tax premium conversion benefits, dependent care assistance programs, employee assistance programs, paid time off programs, contribution funding toward a health savings account, flexible spending accounts, or cashable credits of IR or Allegion, as applicable.
Section 1.2     Interpretation . In this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
(a) words used in the singular include the plural and words used in the plural include the singular;
(b) if a word or phrase is defined in this Agreement, its other grammatical forms, as used in this Agreement, shall have a corresponding meaning;
(c) reference to any gender includes the other gender and the neuter;
(d) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;
(e) the words “shall” and “will” are used interchangeably and have the same meaning;
(f) the word “or” shall have the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”;
(g) relative to the determination of any period of time, “from” means “from and including,” “to” means “to but excluding” and “through” means “through and including”;
(h) all references to a specific time of day in this Agreement shall be based upon Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Saving Time, as applicable, on the date in question;
(i) whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number shall refer to calendar days unless Business Days are specified;
(j) accounting terms used herein shall have the meanings historically ascribed to them by IR and its Subsidiaries, including Allegion for this purpose, in its and their internal accounting and financial policies and procedures in effect immediately prior to the date of this Agreement;
(k) reference to any Article, Section or schedule means such Article or Section of, or such schedule to this Agreement, as the case may be, and references in any Section or definition to any clause means such clause of such Section or definition;
(l) the words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereto” and words of similar import shall be deemed references to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other provision of this Agreement;
(m) the term “commercially reasonable efforts” means efforts which are commercially reasonable to enable a Party, directly or indirectly, to satisfy a condition to, or otherwise assist in, the consummation of a desired result and which do not require the performing Party to expend funds or assume Liabilities other than expenditures and Liabilities which are customary and reasonable in nature and amount in the context of a series of related transactions similar to the Distribution;
(n) reference to any agreement, instrument or other document means such agreement, instrument or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof and not prohibited by this Agreement;





(o) reference to any Law (including statutes and ordinances) means such Law (including any and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) as amended, modified, codified or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect at the time of determining compliance or applicability;
(p) references to any Person include such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by this Agreement; a reference to such Person’s “Affiliates” shall be deemed to mean such Person’s Affiliates following the Distribution and any reference to a third party shall be deemed to mean a Person who is not a Party or an Affiliate of a Party;
(q) if there is any conflict between the provisions of the main body of this Agreement and the schedules hereto, the provisions of the main body of this Agreement shall control unless explicitly stated otherwise in such schedule;
(r) unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, all references to dollar amounts herein shall be in respect of lawful currency of the U.S.;
(s) the titles to Articles and headings of Sections contained in this Agreement, in any schedule and Exhibit and in the table of contents to this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement; and
(t) any portion of this Agreement obligating a Party to take any action or refrain from taking any action, as the case may be, shall mean that such Party shall also be obligated to cause its relevant Subsidiaries to take such action or refrain from taking such action, as the case may be.
Article II
GENERAL PRINCIPLES FOR ALLOCATION OF LIABILITIES
Section 2.1     General Principles . It is the intention of IR and Allegion that all employment-related Liabilities associated with Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees, whether prior to, on or after the Effective Time, are to be assumed by Allegion, except as otherwise specifically set forth herein. Each member of the IR Group and each member of the Allegion Group shall take any and all reasonable action as shall be necessary or appropriate so that active participation in the IR Benefit Plans by all Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees shall terminate in connection with the Distribution as and when provided under this Agreement (or if not specifically provided under this Agreement, as of the Effective Time).
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Time, one or more members of the Allegion Group (as determined by Allegion) shall assume, or continue the sponsorship of, and no member of the IR Group shall have any further Liability with respect to, or under, and Allegion shall indemnify each member of the IR Group, and the officers, directors, and employees of each member of the IR Group, and hold them harmless with respect to any and all:
(i) individual agreements entered into between any member of the IR Group and any Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee;
(ii) agreements entered into between any member of the IR Group and any individual who is an independent contractor, or leasing organization, providing services primarily for the business activities of the Allegion Group;
(iii) Collective Bargaining Agreements, collective agreements, trade union or works council agreements entered into between any member of the IR Group and any union, works council or other body representing only Allegion Group Employees;





(iv) wages, salaries, incentive compensation (as the same may be modified by this Agreement), commissions, bonuses, and any other employee compensation or benefits payable to or on behalf of any Allegion Group Employees or Former Allegion Group Employees after the Effective Time, without regard to when such wages, salaries, incentive compensation, commissions, bonuses, or other employee compensation or benefits are or may have been earned;
(v) moving expenses and obligations related to relocation, repatriation, transfers or similar items incurred by or owed to any Allegion Group Employees or Former Allegion Group Employees that have not been paid prior to the Effective Time;
(vi) immigration-related, visa, work application or similar rights, obligations and Liabilities related to any Allegion Group Employees or Former Allegion Group Employees;
(vii) Liabilities under any Allegion Benefit Plan; and
(viii) Liabilities and obligations whatsoever with respect to claims made by, or with respect to any Allegion Group Employees or Former Allegion Group Employees, in connection with any IR Benefit Plan or IR Deferred Compensation Plan, including but not limited to, such Liabilities relating to actions or omissions of or by any member of the Allegion Group or any officer, director, employee or agent thereof on or prior to the Effective Time.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Time, no member of the Allegion Group shall have any further Liability for, and IR shall indemnify each member of the Allegion Group, and the officers, directors, and employees of each member of the Allegion Group, and hold them harmless with respect to any and all Liabilities and obligations whatsoever with respect to, claims made by or with respect to any IR Group Employees or Former IR Group Employees in connection with any IR Benefit Plan (other than with respect to Liabilities relating to Allegion Group Employees or Former Allegion Group Employees), including such Liabilities relating to actions or omissions of or by any member of the IR Group or any officer, director, employee or agent thereof prior to, on or after the Effective Time.
Section 2.2     Service Credit.
(a)     Service for Eligibility, Vesting, and Benefit Purposes . Except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the Allegion Benefit Plans shall, and Allegion shall cause each member of the Allegion Group to, recognize each Allegion Group Employee’s full service history with the IR Group for purposes of eligibility, vesting, determination of level of benefits and, to the extent applicable and subject to Section 2.4, benefit accruals under any Allegion Benefit Plan for such Allegion Group Employee’s service with any member of the IR Group on or prior to the Effective Time to the same extent such service would be credited under the IR Benefit Plans, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in connection with any Employee’s break in service, any determination as to service credit shall be made under and in accordance with the applicable Allegion Benefit Plan document, the terms of which shall control in the case of any conflict with this Section 2.2.
(b)     Evidence of Prior Service . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, but subject to applicable Law, upon reasonable request by one Party to the other Party, the first Party will provide to the other Party copies of any records reasonably available to the first Party to document such service, plan participation and membership of such Employees and reasonably cooperate with the first Party to resolve any discrepancies or obtain any missing data for purposes of determining benefit eligibility, participation, vesting and calculation of benefits with respect to any Employee.
Section 2.3     Plan Administration .
(a)     Transition Services . The Parties acknowledge that the IR Group or the Allegion Group may provide administrative services for certain of the other Party’s benefit programs for a





transitional period under the terms of the Transition Services Agreement. The Parties agree to enter into a business associate agreement (if required by HIPAA or other applicable health information privacy Laws) in connection with such Transition Services Agreement.
(b)     Participant Elections and Beneficiary Designations . Prior to the Effective Time, each participant in an Allegion Benefit Plan shall execute such elections and beneficiary designations as are promulgated by the administrator of each Allegion Benefit Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent an Allegion Benefit Plan participant has failed to execute and file an updated election and/or designation, the participant elections and beneficiary designations made under any corresponding IR Benefit Plan prior to the Effective Time with respect to which Assets or Liabilities are transferred or allocated to Allegion Benefit Plans in accordance with this Agreement shall continue in effect under the applicable Allegion Benefit Plan, including deferral, investment and payment form elections, dividend elections, coverage options and levels, beneficiary designations and the rights of alternate payees under qualified domestic relations orders, in each case, to the extent allowed by applicable Law.
Section 2.4.     No Duplication or Acceleration of Benefits . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Distribution Agreement, no participant in the Allegion Benefit Plans shall receive benefits that duplicate benefits provided by the corresponding IR Benefit Plan. Furthermore, unless expressly provided for in this Agreement or the Distribution Agreement or required by applicable Law, no provision in this Agreement shall be construed to create any right to accelerate vesting, distribution of benefits or entitlements to any compensation or Benefit Plan on the part of any IR Group Employee, Former IR Group Employee, Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee.
Section 2.5.     No Expansion of Participation . Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, as otherwise determined or agreed to by IR and Allegion, as required by applicable Law, or as explicitly set forth in an Allegion Benefit Plan, an Allegion Group Employee shall be entitled to participate in the Allegion Benefit Plans only to the extent that such Employee was entitled to participate in the corresponding IR Benefit Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, with it being the intent of the Parties that this Agreement does not result in any expansion of the number of Allegion Group Employees participating or the participation rights therein that they had prior to the Effective Time.
Section 2.6.     Special Provisions . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Senior Vice President - Human Resources and Communications of IR and the Vice President, Total Rewards of IR shall have the discretion, power and authority to adopt and implement special provisions, rules or procedures applicable to the employment, compensation and benefit arrangements of one or more individuals as are deemed equitable, necessary or advisable to give effect to the intentions of this Agreement, including without limitation, special provisions relating to (i) different equitable adjustments than as set forth in Article IV, in the case of a grantee who has outstanding equity-based awards granted under any IR Equity Plan or IR Deferred Compensation Plan, where such grantee’s circumstances warrant a different treatment (including, but not limited to, grantees in jurisdictions outside of the U.S.) to the extent that such Senior Vice President - Human Resources of IR and the Vice President, Total Rewards of IR deem such different treatment to be equitable, necessary or advisable, based on the advice of counsel; (ii) the good faith determination of the employer or former employer, as applicable, of each Employee; (iii) errors in the timing of employment transfers; (iv) issues pertaining to immigration Law requirements; and (v) any other decisions regarding the employment, compensation and benefit arrangements of one or more individuals as are deemed equitable, necessary or advisable that are not otherwise contemplated by this Agreement.






Article III
ASSIGNMENT OF EMPLOYEES
Section 3.1.     Active Employees.
(a) Allegion Group Employees . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, effective not later than immediately preceding the Effective Time, the employment of each Allegion Group Employee shall be continued by a member of the Allegion Group or shall be assigned and transferred to a member of the Allegion Group (in each case, with such member as determined by Allegion). Each of the Parties agrees to execute, and to seek to have the applicable employees execute, such documentation, if any, as may be necessary to reflect such assignments and transfers and comply with Section 5.1 of the Distribution Agreement (No Solicit; No Hire).
(b) IR Group Employees . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, effective not later than immediately preceding the Effective Time, the employment of each IR Group Employee shall be continued by a member of the IR Group or shall be assigned and transferred to a member of the IR Group (in each case as determined by IR). Each of the Parties agrees to execute, and to seek to have the applicable employees execute, such documentation, if any, as may be necessary to reflect such assignments and transfers and comply with Section 5.1 of the Distribution Agreement (No Solicit; No Hire).
(c) At-Will Status . Notwithstanding the above or any other provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall create any obligation on the part of any member of the IR Group or any member of the Allegion Group to (i) continue the employment of any Employee or permit the return from a leave of absence for any period following the date of this Agreement or the Effective Time (except as required by applicable Law) or (ii) change the employment status of any Employee from “at will,” to the extent such Employee is an “at will” employee under applicable Law.
(d) Severance . The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Distribution and the assignment, transfer or continuation of the employment of Employees as contemplated by this Section 3.1 shall not be deemed a severance of employment of any Employee for purposes of this Agreement or any Benefit Plan of any member of the IR Group or any member of the Allegion Group.
(e) Not a Change of Control/Change in Control . The Parties acknowledge and agree that neither the consummation of the Distribution nor any transaction in connection with the Distribution shall be deemed a “change of control,” “change in control,” or term of similar import for purposes of any IR Benefit Plan, Allegion Benefit Plan, IR Equity Plan or Allegion Equity Plan.
(f) Payroll and Related Taxes . With respect to the portion of the tax year occurring prior to the day immediately following the Effective Time, IR will (i) be responsible for all payroll obligations, tax withholding and reporting obligations and (ii) furnish a Form W-2 or similar earnings statement to all Allegion Group Employees for such period. With respect to the remaining portion of such tax year, Allegion will (i) be responsible for all payroll obligations, tax withholding, and reporting obligations regarding Allegion Group Employees and (ii) furnish a Form W-2 or similar earnings statement to all Allegion Group Employees. Following the Effective Time, IR will provide payroll obligations, tax withholding and reporting obligations in accordance with the terms of the Transition Services Agreement. With respect to each Allegion Group Employee, IR and Allegion shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to (to the extent permitted by applicable Law and practicable) (a) treat Allegion (or the applicable Allegion Entity) as a “successor employer” and IR (or the applicable IR Entity) as a “predecessor,” within the meaning of Sections 3121(a)(1) and 3306(b)(1) of the Code, to the extent appropriate, for purposes of Taxes imposed under the United States Federal Insurance





Contributions Act, as amended (“ FICA ”), or the United States Federal Unemployment Tax Act, as amended (“ FUTA ”) and (b) file tax returns, exchange wage payment information, and report wage payments made by the respective predecessor and successor employer on separate IRS Forms W-2 or similar earnings statements to each such Allegion Group Employee for the tax year in which the Effective Time occurs, in a manner provided in Section 4.02(l) of Revenue Procedure 2004-53. Except to the extent otherwise administratively practicable, the collection of payroll taxes under FICA and FUTA will restart upon or following the Effective Time with respect to each Allegion Group Employee for the tax year during which the Effective Time occurs.
(g) Employment and Severance Arrangements; Expatriate Obligations . Allegion will assume and honor, or will cause an Allegion Entity to assume and honor, and as otherwise required by applicable Law, any agreements to which any Allegion Group Employee is party with either any IR Entity or any joint venture with an IR Entity, including any (i) employment contract, (ii) retention or severance arrangement (including any obligations arising under the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan (pursuant to Section 12.1 hereof) but excluding any individual change in control agreement with an IR Entity prior to the Effective Time) or (iii) expatriate (including any international assignee) contract or arrangement (including agreements and obligations regarding repatriation, relocation, equalization of Taxes and living standards in the host country).
(h) Collective Bargaining Agreements . Schedule 3.1(h) sets forth a list of collective bargaining and/or works council agreements relating to the Allegion Group Employees in effect on the date of this Agreement (the “ Collective Bargaining Agreements ”). Prior to the Effective Time, IR and Allegion will take or cause to be taken any actions necessary to cause an Allegion Entity to assume the Collective Bargaining Agreements to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to alter the provisions of any Collective Bargaining Agreement or modify in any way the obligations owed to the Employees covered by any such agreement.
Section 3.2.     Employment Law Obligations.
(a)     WARN . After the Effective Time, (i) IR shall be responsible for providing any necessary WARN notice (and meeting any similar state Law notice requirements) with respect to any termination of employment of any IR Group Employee and (ii) Allegion shall be responsible for providing any necessary WARN notice (and meeting any similar state Law notice requirements) with respect to any termination of employment of any Allegion Group Employee.
(b)     Compliance with Employment Laws . On and after the Effective Time, (i) each member of the IR Group shall be responsible for adopting and maintaining any policies or practices, and for all other actions and inactions, necessary to comply with employment-related Laws and requirements relating to the employment of IR Group Employees and the treatment of any applicable Former IR Group Employees in respect of their former employment, and (ii) each member of the Allegion Group shall be responsible for adopting and maintaining any policies or practices, and for all other actions and inactions, necessary to comply with employment-related Laws and requirements relating to the employment of Allegion Group Employees and the treatment of any Former Allegion Group Employees in respect of their former employment.
Section 3.3.     Employee Records.
(a)     Sharing of Information . Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable Law, IR and Allegion (acting directly or through members of the IR Group or the Allegion Group, respectively) shall provide to the other and their respective agents and vendors all information necessary for the Parties to perform their respective duties under this Agreement. The Parties also hereby agree to enter into any business associate arrangements that may be required for the sharing of any information pursuant to this Agreement to comply with the requirements of HIPAA.





(b)     Transfer of Personnel Records and Authorization . Subject to any limitation imposed by applicable Law, as of the Effective Time or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, IR shall transfer and assign to Allegion all personnel records, all immigration documents, including I-9 forms and work authorizations, all payroll deduction authorizations and elections, whether voluntary or mandated by Law, including but not limited to W-4 forms and deductions for benefits under the applicable Allegion Benefit Plan and all absence management records, Family and Medical Leave Act records, insurance beneficiary designations, flexible spending account enrollment confirmations, attendance, and return to work information relating to Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees who participate in Allegion Benefit Plans (“ Benefit Management Records ”). Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable Law, IR, however, may retain originals of, copies of, or access to personnel records, immigration records, payroll forms and Benefit Management Records as long as necessary to provide services to Allegion (acting on its behalf pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement between the Parties entered into as of the date of this Agreement). Immigration records will, if and as appropriate, become a part of Allegion’s public access file. Allegion will use personnel records, payroll forms and Benefit Management Records for lawful purposes only, including calculation of withholdings from wages and personnel management. It is understood that following the Effective Time, IR records so transferred and assigned may be maintained by Allegion (acting directly or through one of its Subsidiaries) pursuant to Allegion’s applicable records retention policy.
(c)     Access to Records . To the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement and any applicable privacy protection Laws or regulations or Privacy Contracts or the Ingersoll-Rand Data Protection and Privacy Policy, reasonable access to Employee-related records after the Effective Time will be provided to members of the IR Group and members of the Allegion Group pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7.3 of the Distribution Agreement. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Allegion shall provide IR with reasonable access to those records necessary for its administration of any Benefit Plans or programs, or employment and compensation matters, on behalf of IR Group Employees and Former IR Group Employees after the Effective Time as permitted by any applicable privacy protection Laws or regulations or Privacy Contracts or the Ingersoll-Rand Data Protection and Privacy Policy. IR shall also be permitted to retain copies of all restrictive covenant agreements with any Allegion Group Employee in which any member of the IR Group has a valid business interest. In addition, IR shall provide Allegion with reasonable access to those records necessary for its administration of any Benefit Plans or programs, or employment and compensation matters, on behalf of Allegion Group Employees or Former Allegion Group Employees after the Effective Time as permitted by any applicable privacy protection Laws or regulations or Privacy Contracts. Allegion shall also be permitted to retain copies of all restrictive covenant agreements with any IR Group Employee or Former IR Group Employee in which any member of the Allegion Group has a valid business interest.
(d)     Maintenance of Records . With respect to retaining, destroying, transferring, sharing, copying and permitting access to all Employee-related information, IR and Allegion shall comply with all applicable Laws, regulations and internal policies, and shall indemnify and hold harmless each other from and against any and all Liability, claims, actions, and damages that arise from a failure (by the indemnifying party or its Subsidiaries or their respective agents) to so comply with all applicable Laws, regulations, Privacy Contracts and internal policies applicable to such information.
(e)     Confidentiality . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, all records and data relating to Employees shall, in each case, be subject to the confidentiality provisions of the Distribution Agreement and any other applicable agreement and applicable Law, and the provisions of this Section 3.3 shall be in addition to, and not in derogation of, the provisions of the Distribution Agreement governing confidential information, including Section 7.6 of the Distribution Agreement.





(f)     Cooperation . Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate to share, retain, and maintain data and records that are necessary or appropriate to further the purposes of this Section 3.3 and for each Party to administer its respective Benefit Plans to the extent consistent with this Agreement and applicable Law, and each Party agrees to cooperate as long as is reasonably necessary to further the purposes of this Section 3.3. No Party shall charge another Party a fee for such cooperation.
(g)     Labor Relations . To the extent required by applicable law or any agreement with a labor union, works council or similar employee organization, Allegion shall provide notice, engage in consultation and take any similar action which may be required on its part in connection with the Distribution and shall fully indemnify IR against any Liabilities arising from its failure to comply with such requirements.
Article IV
EQUITY AND EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION
Section 4.1     General Principles.
(a) IR and Allegion shall take any and all reasonable actions as shall be necessary and appropriate to further the provisions of this Article IV, including, to the extent practicable, providing written notice or similar communication to each Employee who holds one or more awards granted under any IR Equity Plan or IR Deferred Compensation Plan informing such Employee of (i) the actions contemplated by this Article IV with respect to such awards and (ii) whether (and during what time period) any “blackout” period shall be imposed upon holders of awards granted under any IR Equity Plan or IR Deferred Compensation Plan during which time awards may not be exercised or settled, as the case may be.
(b) Following the Effective Time, a grantee who has outstanding equity-based awards under one or more of the IR Equity Plans or IR Deferred Compensation Plans and/or replacement equity-based awards under the Allegion Equity Plan shall be considered to have been employed by the applicable plan sponsor before and after the Effective Time for purposes of (i) vesting and (ii) determining the date of termination of employment as it applies to any such award; provided , that this Section 4.1(b) shall not govern adjustments made to the IR PSUs under Section 4.4 hereof.
(c) No award described in this Article IV, whether outstanding or to be issued, adjusted, substituted or cancelled by reason of or in connection with the Distribution, shall be adjusted, settled, cancelled, or exercisable, until in the judgment of the administrator of the applicable plan or program such action is consistent with all applicable Laws, including federal securities Laws. Any period of exercisability will not be extended on account of a period during which such an award is not exercisable pursuant to the preceding sentence.
(d) The adjustment or conversion of IR Options, IR Stock Appreciation Rights, IR RSUs, IR PSUs and IR Notional Shares shall be effected in a manner that is intended to avoid the imposition of any accelerated, additional, penalty or other Taxes on the holders thereof pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.
(e) For reference purposes only, sample calculations showing adjustments as contemplated by Section 4.2 through Section 4.5 are attached hereto as Exhibit A .
Section 4.2.     Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.
(a)     Treatment of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights .
(i) Vested and Exercisable IR Options and IR Stock Appreciation Rights . Each IR Option or IR Stock Appreciation Right that is vested and exercisable by its terms immediately prior to the Effective Time (each an “ Exercisable IR Award ”), regardless of who holds such





Exercisable IR Award, shall be deemed bifurcated into two options or stock appreciation rights, as applicable, the first an “ Adjusted Exercisable IR Award ” and the second, an “ Allegion Exercisable Award ”. Each Adjusted Exercisable IR Award and each Allegion Exercisable Award shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding Exercisable IR Award immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:
(A) With respect to each Adjusted Exercisable IR Award:
(x) the number of IR Ordinary Shares subject to each such Adjusted Exercisable IR Award shall be equal to the number of IR Ordinary Shares subject to the corresponding Exercisable IR Award immediately prior to the Effective Time; and
(y) the per-share exercise price or base price, as applicable, of each Adjusted Exercisable IR Award shall be equal to ((A) the IR Post-Distribution Share Value) minus ((B)(i) Adjusted Exercisable IR Award Spread Value Allocation divided by (ii) the number of IR Ordinary Shares subject to the corresponding Exercisable IR Award immediately prior to the Effective Time), rounded up to the fourth decimal point.
(B) With respect to each Allegion Exercisable Award:
(x) the number of Allegion Ordinary Shares subject to each such Allegion Exercisable Award shall be equal to the (A) number of IR Ordinary Shares subject to the corresponding Exercisable IR Award immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by (B) the Distribution Ratio, with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share; and
(y) the per-share exercise price or base price, as applicable, of each Allegion Exercisable Award shall be equal to ((A) the Allegion Post-Distribution Share Value) minus ((B)(i) the Allegion Exercisable Award Spread Value Allocation divided by (ii) the number of Allegion Ordinary Shares subject to such Allegion Exercisable Award (as determined pursuant to clause (x) above)), rounded up to the fourth decimal point.
(ii) Unvested and Vested but Unexercisable IR Options and IR Stock Appreciation Rights .
(A) IR Group Employees and IR Directors . Each IR Option or IR Stock Appreciation Right that is unvested or is vested but unexercisable by its terms immediately prior to the Effective Time (an “ Unexercisable IR Award ”) held by an IR Group Employee, IR Director or Former IR Group Employee shall remain an option or stock appreciation right, as applicable, to purchase IR Ordinary Shares issued under the applicable IR Equity Plan (each such award, an “ Adjusted Unexercisable IR Award ”). Each Adjusted Unexercisable IR Award shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding Unexercisable IR Award immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:





(x) the number of IR Ordinary Shares subject to each such Adjusted Unexercisable IR Award shall be equal to (A) the number of IR Ordinary Shares subject to the corresponding Unexercisable IR Award immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by (B) the IR Ratio, with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share; and
(y) the per-share exercise price or base price, as applicable, of each such Adjusted Unexercisable IR Award shall be equal to (A) the per-share exercise price of the corresponding Unexercisable IR Award immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by (B) the IR Ratio, rounded up to the fourth decimal point.
(B) Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees . Each Unexercisable IR Award held by an Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted as of the Effective Time into an option or stock appreciation right, as applicable, to purchase Allegion Ordinary Shares (each such award, an “ Allegion Unexercisable Award ”) pursuant to the terms of the Allegion Equity Plan, subject to terms and conditions from and after the Effective Time that are substantially similar to the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding Unexercisable IR Award immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:
(x) the number of Allegion Ordinary Shares subject to each such Allegion Unexercisable Award shall be equal to (A) the number of IR Ordinary Shares subject to the corresponding Unexercisable IR Award immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by (B) the Allegion Ratio, with any fractional share rounded down to the nearest whole share;
(y) the per-share exercise price or base price, as applicable, of each such Allegion Unexercisable Award shall be equal to (A) the per-share exercise price of the corresponding Unexercisable IR Award immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by (B) the Allegion Ratio, rounded up to the fourth decimal point; and
(z) with respect to each such Allegion Unexercisable Award, “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the Allegion Equity Plan (i.e., a Change in Control of Allegion rather than IR).
Section 4.3.     Restricted Stock Units.
(a)     Treatment of IR RSUs Held by IR Group Employees and Former IR Group Employees . IR RSUs held by an IR Group Employee or a Former IR Group Employee immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be adjusted by dividing the number of IR RSUs subject to each grant by the IR Ratio. If the resulting product includes a fractional share, the number of IR RSUs shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share. The terms and conditions (including vesting terms) to which the IR RSUs are subject shall be substantially the same terms and conditions before and after the Effective Time.
(b)     Treatment of IR RSUs Held by Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees . IR RSUs held by an Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be replaced with an award of a number of Allegion restricted stock units (the “ Allegion RSUs ”) determined by dividing the number of IR RSUs subject to each grant by the Allegion Ratio. If the resulting product includes a fractional share, the number of Allegion RSUs shall





be rounded up to the nearest whole share. The Allegion RSUs shall be subject to substantially the same terms and conditions (including vesting terms) as in effect for the corresponding IR RSUs immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , with respect to each such Allegion RSU, “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the Allegion Equity Plan (i.e., a Change in Control of Allegion rather than IR).
Section 4.4.     Performance Share Units . The number of IR Ordinary Shares underlying each IR PSU held by an IR Group Employee, Former IR Group Employee, Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be adjusted by dividing such ordinary shares by the IR Ratio, with the result rounded up to the extent it includes a fractional share; the number of such adjusted IR PSUs held by an Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee shall be then pro-rated based on the number of days elapsed during the applicable performance period through the date of the consummation of the Transaction and if the resulting product includes a fractional share, the number of shares underlying any IR PSU shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share. The terms and conditions to which the IR PSUs are subject shall be substantially the same terms and conditions before and after the Effective Time; provided , however , that the calculations of “Earnings Per Share” and “Total Shareholder Return” will be adjusted to appropriately reflect the Transaction in a manner described on Exhibit B attached hereto.
Section 4.5.     Notional Shares.
(a)     Treatment of IR Notional Shares Held by IR Group Employees, IR Directors and Former IR Group Employees . IR Notional Shares held by an IR Group Employee, IR Director or a Former IR Group Employee immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be adjusted by dividing the number of IR Notional Shares held by such individual by the IR Ratio. If the resulting product includes a fractional share, the number of adjusted IR Notional Shares shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share. The terms and conditions (including vesting terms) to which the IR Notional Shares are subject shall be substantially the same terms and conditions before and after the Effective Time.
(b)     Treatment of IR Notional Shares Held by Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees . IR Notional Shares held by an Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be replaced with a number of Allegion notional shares (the “ Allegion Notional Shares ”) determined by dividing the number of IR Notional Shares held by such individual by the Allegion Ratio. If the resulting product includes a fractional share, the number of Allegion Notional Shares shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share. The Allegion Notional Shares shall be subject to substantially the same terms and conditions (including vesting terms) as in effect for the corresponding IR Notional Shares immediately prior to the Effective Time.
Section 4.6.     Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act . By approving the adoption of this Agreement, the respective Boards of Directors of each of IR and Allegion intend to exempt from the short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, by reason of the application of Rule 16b-3 thereunder, all acquisitions and dispositions of equity incentive awards by directors and officers of each of IR and Allegion, and the respective Boards of Directors of IR and Allegion also intend expressly to approve, in respect of any equity-based award, the use of any method for the payment of an exercise price and the satisfaction of any applicable Tax withholding (specifically including the actual or constructive tendering of shares in payment of an exercise price and the withholding of option shares from delivery in satisfaction of applicable Tax withholding requirements) to the extent such method is permitted under the applicable IR Equity Plan, Allegion Equity Plan and any award agreement.
Section 4.7.     Liabilities for Settlement of Awards.
(a)     Settlement of IR Options and IR Stock Appreciation Rights . IR shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with IR Options and IR Stock Appreciation Rights exercised by an IR Group





Employee or Former IR Group Employee, including any option exercise, share delivery, registration or other obligations related to the exercise of the IR Options. Settlement of IR Options and IR Stock Appreciation Rights exercised by an Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee shall be effected as follows: In the case of a broker-assisted cashless exercise, the award holder will instruct the award administrator, who will (in the case of an IR Option) sell the shares obtained through the exercise and who will wire the exercise price directly to IR, wire the applicable tax withholding to Allegion and wire the remaining proceeds to the brokerage account of such Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee. In the case of an exercise to hold shares, the award holder will instruct the award administrator and remit the exercise price to the award administrator (in the case of an IR Option), who will (in the case of an IR Option) wire the exercise price directly to IR, wire the applicable tax withholding to Allegion and credit the remaining shares to the brokerage account of such Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee.
(b)     Settlement of Allegion Exercisable Awards and Allegion Unexercisable Awards . Allegion shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with Allegion Exercisable Awards and Allegion Unexercisable Awards exercised by an Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee, including any option exercise, share delivery, registration or other obligations related to the exercise of the Allegion Options. Settlement of Allegion Exercisable Awards exercised or held by an IR Group Employee or Former IR Group Employee shall be effected as follows: In the case of a broker-assisted cashless exercise, the award holder will instruct the award administrator, who will (in the case of an Allegion Option) sell the shares obtained through the exercise and who will wire the exercise price directly to Allegion, wire the applicable tax withholding to IR and wire the remaining proceeds to the brokerage account of such IR Group Employee or Former IR Group Employee. In the case of an exercise to hold shares, the award holder will instruct the award administrator and remit the exercise price (in the case of an Allegion Option) to the award administrator, who will (in the case of an Allegion Option) wire the exercise price directly to Allegion, wire the applicable tax withholding to IR and credit the remaining shares to the brokerage account of such IR Group Employee or Former IR Group Employee.
(c)     Settlement of Outstanding IR RSUs, IR PSUs and IR Notional Shares . IR shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with IR RSUs, IR PSUs and IR Notional Shares, including any share delivery, registration or other obligations related to the settlement of the IR RSUs, IR PSUs and IR Notional Shares.
(d)     Settlement of Outstanding Allegion RSUs, Allegion PSUs and Allegion Notional Shares . Allegion shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with Allegion RSUs, Allegion PSUs and Allegion Notional Shares including any share delivery, registration or other obligations related to the settlement of the Allegion RSUs, Allegion PSUs and Allegion Notional Shares.
Section 4.8.     Form S-8 . Upon or as soon as reasonably practicable and subject to applicable Law, Allegion shall prepare and file with the Securities Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-8 (or another appropriate form) registering under the Exchange Act the offering of a number of Allegion Ordinary Shares at a minimum equal to the number of shares subject to the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans, Allegion RSUs, Allegion PSUs, the Allegion Options and the interests under the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans and the Allegion Deferred Compensation Plans. Allegion shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such registration statement to be kept effective (and the current status of the prospectus or prospectuses required thereby to be maintained) as long as any Allegion RSUs, Allegion PSUs, and Allegion Options remain outstanding.
Section 4.9.     Tax Reporting and Withholding for Equity-Based Awards . Unless otherwise required by applicable Law, IR (or one of its Subsidiaries) will be responsible for all income, payroll, fringe benefit, social, payment on account or other tax reporting related to income of or otherwise owed by IR Group Employees or Former IR Group Employees from equity-based awards, and Allegion (or one





of its Subsidiaries) will be responsible for all income, payroll, fringe benefit, social, payment on account or other tax reporting related to or otherwise owed on income of Allegion Group Employees from equity-based awards. Similarly, IR will be responsible for all income, payroll, fringe benefit, social, payment on account or other tax reporting related to or otherwise owed on income of its non-employee directors from equity-based awards, and Allegion will be responsible for any income, payroll, fringe benefit, social, payment on account or other tax reporting related to income of or otherwise owed by its non-employee directors from equity-based awards. Further, IR (or one of its Subsidiaries) shall be responsible for remitting applicable tax withholdings and related payments for IR Group Employees to each applicable taxing authority, and Allegion (or one of its Subsidiaries) shall be responsible for remitting applicable tax withholdings and related payments for Allegion Group Employees to each applicable taxing authority; provided, however, that to the extent necessary (and permissible) to effectuate the foregoing, either IR or Allegion may act as agent for the other company by remitting amounts withheld in the form of shares or in conjunction with an exercise transaction and related payments to an appropriate taxing authority.
Section 4.10.     Cooperation . Each Party acknowledges and agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with each other and with third-party providers to effect withholding and remittance of Taxes, as well as required tax reporting, in a timely, efficient and appropriate manner to further the purposes of this Article IV and to administer all employee equity awards that are outstanding immediately following the Effective Time (including all such equity awards that are adjusted in accordance with this Article IV) to the extent consistent with this Agreement and applicable Law, for as long as is reasonably necessary to further the purposes of this Article IV. No Party shall charge another Party a fee for such cooperation.  
Article V
BONUSES FOR ALLEGION GROUP EMPLOYEES

Section 5.1.     IR Bonus Plan Participation . As of the Effective Time, each Allegion Group Employee shall cease to participate in any IR Benefit Plan that provides cash bonus or similar short-term cash incentive opportunities (the “ IR Bonus Plans ”), and from and after the Effective Time, the Allegion Group shall be solely responsible for providing cash bonus or similar short-term cash incentive opportunities to Allegion Group Employees, in accordance with this Article V.
Section 5.2.     Bonus Determination .
(a) With respect to any performance period under IR Bonus Plans that has not been completed on or prior to the Effective Time, the Allegion Group shall provide each Allegion Group Employee with a cash bonus or similar short-term cash incentive opportunity that is equivalent to the cash bonus or similar short-term cash incentive opportunity which could have been earned under the applicable IR Bonus Plan for such incomplete performance period. As soon as practicable following the Effective Time, IR shall transfer to Allegion and Allegion shall assume, the accrued Liability related to the IR Bonus Plans for each Allegion Group Employee for the portion of the applicable performance period beginning on the first day of the applicable performance period and ending on the Effective Time. For purposes of determining the amount of the accrued Liability to be transferred to and assumed by Allegion, the applicable performance criteria shall be measured by IR in accordance with the terms of the applicable IR Bonus Plans for the portion of the applicable performance period up to the Effective Time and based on the 2013 forecast for IR financial results as of the Effective Time.
(b) The Allegion Group shall determine individual Allegion Group Employee bonus or similar short-term cash incentive amounts, by allocating the applicable aggregate bonus pool as if such bonus pool were being paid under the terms of the applicable IR Bonus Plan, taking into account individual performance criteria as determined by the Allegion Group in its reasonable discretion. Following such determination, the Allegion Group shall pay each Allegion Group Employee the





applicable bonus amounts in the same form and on the same timing that each Allegion Group Employee would have received such bonus or similar short-term cash incentive amount under the terms of the IR Bonus Plans had the Distribution not occurred.
Article VI
U.S. QUALIFIED DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLAN
Section 6.1.     Establishment of Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan . No later than the Effective Time, Schlage Lock Company LLC, a Transferred Group Entity, shall establish a defined benefit pension plan (such new defined benefit pension plan, the “ Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan ”) that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code and related trust that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 501(a) of the Code to provide retirement benefits to Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees who immediately prior to the Effective Time were participants in the IR Pension Plan, the Retirement Plan for Former Employees of Ingersoll-Rand Company or the Trane Merged Hourly Pension Plan, as applicable (collectively, the “ Parent Pension Plans ”). The Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees described here shall be known as the “ Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan Participants .” Effective as of the Effective Time, either Schlage Lock Company LLC shall remain the plan sponsor of the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan or Allegion shall or shall cause another Allegion Entity to assume the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan. Allegion shall be responsible for taking all necessary, reasonable, and appropriate action to establish, maintain, and administer the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan so that it is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and that the related trust thereunder is exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. Allegion (acting directly or through members of the Allegion Group) shall be responsible for any and all Liabilities (including Liability for funding) and other obligations with respect to the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan.
Section 6.2.     Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan Participants .
(a) Assumption of Parent Pension Plans Liabilities . Effective as of the Effective Time, Allegion (acting directly or through members of the Allegion Group) hereby agrees to cause the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan to assume, fully perform, pay, and discharge all Liabilities under the Parent Pension Plans relating to all Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan Participants as of the Effective Time.
(b) Transfer of the Parent Pension Plan Assets .
(i) The Parties intend that the portions of the Parent Pension Plans covering Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan Participants shall be transferred to the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan in accordance with Section 414(l) of the Code, Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(l)-1, and Section 208 of ERISA. No later than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Time, IR and Allegion (acting directly or through members of the IR Group or the Allegion Group, respectively) shall, to the extent necessary, file an IRS Form 5310-A regarding the transfer of Assets and Liabilities from the IR Pension Plan to the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan. It is intended that the transfers of Assets and Liabilities relating to Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees from the Retirement Plan for Former Employees of Ingersoll-Rand Company and the Trane Merged Hourly Pension Plan described hereunder shall satisfy the de minimis rule of treasury Regulations Section 414(l)-1(n)(2) and shall be deemed to comply with Section 414(l) of the Code so that no IRS Form 5310-A shall be filed with respect to such transfers.
(ii) Prior to the Effective Time (or such later time as mutually agreed by the Parties), IR shall cause the IR Actuary to determine the estimated value, as of the Effective Time, of the Assets to be transferred to the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan in accordance with





the assumptions and valuation methodology set forth on Schedule 6.2(b) attached hereto (the “ Estimated Pension Plan Transfer Amount ”).
(iii) On or about the Effective Time (or such later time as mutually agreed by the Parties), IR and Allegion shall cooperate in good faith to cause an initial transfer of Assets from the trust of the Parent Pension Plans to the trust of the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan in an amount to be approximately ninety percent (90%) of the Estimated Pension Plan Transfer Amount (such amount, the “ Initial Transfer Amount ”). IR shall satisfy its obligation pursuant to this Section 6.2(b)(iii) by causing the trust of the Parent Pension Plans to transfer Assets equal to the Initial Transfer Amount. Assets may be transferred in cash, cash equivalents, securities or, if acceptable to Allegion, in kind, or in a combination thereof, as determined by IR in its sole discretion (other than in kind assets).
(iv) Within sixty (60) days (or such later time as mutually agreed by the Parties) following the Effective Time, IR shall cause the IR Actuary to provide Allegion with a revised calculation of the value, as of the Effective Time, of the Assets to be transferred to the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan determined in accordance with the assumptions and valuation methodology set forth on Schedule 6.2(b) attached hereto (the “ Revised Pension Plan Transfer Amount ”). Allegion may submit, at its sole cost and expense, the Revised Pension Plan Transfer Amount to the Allegion Actuary for verification; provided, that, such verification process and any calculation performed by the Allegion Actuary in connection therewith shall be performed solely on the basis of the assumptions and valuation methodology set forth on Schedule 6.2(b) attached hereto. In order to perform such verification, upon request from Allegion, the Allegion Actuary will receive the data and additional detailed methodology used to calculate the Initial Transfer Amount and the Final Pension Plan Transfer Amount (if reasonably needed) from the IR Actuary. Allegion will be responsible for the cost and expense of the Allegion Actuary and IR will be responsible for the cost and expense for the IR Actuary for such data transfer. In the event the Allegion Actuary so determines that the value, as of the Effective Time, of the Assets to be transferred to the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan differs from the Revised Pension Plan Transfer Amount, the Allegion Actuary shall identify in writing to the IR Actuary all objections to the determination within sixty (60) days following provision of the revised value calculation to Allegion pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph (iv), and the Allegion Actuary and the IR Actuary shall use good faith efforts to reconcile any such difference. If the Allegion Actuary and the IR Actuary fail to reconcile such differences, the Allegion Actuary and the IR Actuary shall jointly designate a third, independent actuary whose calculation of the value, as of the Effective Time, of the Assets to be transferred to the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan shall be final and binding; provided, that, such calculation must be performed within a reasonable period of time, but no more than one hundred twenty (120) days following designation of such third actuary and in accordance with the assumptions and valuation methodology set forth on Schedule 6.2(b) attached hereto; and provided, further, that such value shall be between the value determined by the Allegion Actuary and the Revised Pension Plan Transfer Amount or equal to either such value. IR and Allegion shall each pay one-half of the costs incurred in connection with the retention of such independent actuary. The final, verified value, as of the Effective Time, of the Assets to be transferred to the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan as determined in accordance with this Section 6.2(b)(iv) shall be referred to herein as the “ Final Pension Plan Transfer Amount .”
(v) Within forty-five (45) days (or such later time as mutually agreed by the Parties) of the determination of the Final Pension Plan Transfer Amount, IR shall cause the Parent Pension Plans to transfer to the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan (the date of such transfer, the “ Final Transfer Date ”) the amounts, as determined by IR in its discretion) in cash, cash equivalents or securities, or if acceptable to Allegion, other assets in kind equal to (A) the





Final Pension Plan Transfer Amount minus (B) the Initial Transfer Amount (such difference, as adjusted to reflect earnings or losses as described in this Section 6.2(b)(v), the “ True-Up Amount ”); provided , that, in the event the True-Up Amount is negative, IR shall not be required to cause any such additional transfer and instead Allegion shall be required to cause a transfer of cash, cash equivalents or securities (or, in its discretion, if acceptable to IR, assets in kind) from the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan to each or any of the Parent Pension Plans as required in an amount equal to the absolute value of the True-Up Amount. The Parties acknowledge that the Parent Pension Plans' transfer of the True-Up Amounts to the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan shall be in full settlement and satisfaction of the obligations of IR to cause the transfer of, and the Parent Pension Plans to transfer, Assets to the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan pursuant to this Section 6.2(b)(v). The True-Up Amounts, if any, shall be paid individually from the affected Parent Pension Plans to the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan, as determined by IR in its discretion in kind (if acceptable to Allegion), in cash, cash equivalents or securities, and shall be adjusted to reflect fees or charges paid or incurred, and earnings or losses during the period from the Effective Time to the Final Transfer Date. Such earnings or losses shall be determined based on the actual rates of return of each of the affected Parent Pension Plans for the period commencing as of the Effective Time and ending as close as administratively practicable to the Final Transfer Date. In the event that Allegion is obligated to cause the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan to reimburse any or all of the Parent Pension Plans pursuant to this Section 6.2(b)(v), such reimbursements shall be performed in accordance with the same principles set forth herein with respect to the payment of the True-Up Amount. The Parties acknowledge that the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan's transfer of such reimbursement amounts to the affected Parent Pension Plans shall be in full settlement and satisfaction of the obligations of Allegion to cause the transfer of, and the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan to transfer, Assets to the Parent Pension Plans pursuant to this Section 6.2(b)(v).
(vi) Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, all determinations, calculations and payments under this Section 6.2 with respect to any of the Parent Pension Plans shall be made separately with respect to each the Parent Pension Plans, and in no event shall the Assets or Liabilities of one of the Parent Pension Plans be utilized to satisfy the obligations of another Parent Pension Plan when giving effect to this Section 6.2 in any respect.
Section 6.3.     Tax Qualified Status . Allegion will take all steps and make any necessary filings with the IRS to establish and maintain the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan so that such plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the related trust is tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code, including promptly seeking and obtaining a favorable determination letter from the IRS as to such qualification.
Article VII
U.S. QUALIFIED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS
Section 7.1.     Establishment of the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans . No later than the Effective Time, Schlage Lock Company LLC, a Transferred Group Entity, shall have established defined contribution plans that are intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code and a related trust that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 501(a) of the Code for the benefit of Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees (the “Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans”). Effective as of the Effective Time, either Schlage Lock Company LLC shall remain the plan sponsor of the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans or Allegion shall or shall cause another Allegion Entity to assume the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans. Allegion shall be responsible for taking all necessary, reasonable, and appropriate action to establish, maintain, and administer the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans so that they are qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and





that the related trust thereunder is exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. Allegion (acting directly or through its Affiliates) shall be responsible for any and all Liabilities and other obligations with respect to the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans.
Section 7.2.     Transfer of IR Savings Plan Assets . Not later than thirty (30) days following the Effective Time (or such later time as mutually agreed by the Parties), IR shall cause the accounts (including any outstanding loan balances) in the IR Savings Plans attributable to Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees who will participate in the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans (the “Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries”) and all of the Assets in the IR Savings Plans related thereto to be transferred to the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plan, and Allegion shall cause the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans to accept such transfer of accounts and underlying Assets and, effective as of the date of such transfer, to assume and to fully perform, pay, and discharge, all obligations of the IR Savings Plans relating to the accounts of the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries (to the extent the Assets related to those accounts are actually transferred from the IR Savings Plans to the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans) as of the Effective Time. Assets invested in the IR Savings Plans in investment funds that will be replicated in the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plan shall be transferred in kind, and Assets invested in investment funds that will not be replicated in the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plan shall be mapped into new investment funds that will be established for such purpose. The transfer of Assets shall be conducted in accordance with Section 414(l) of the Code, Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(1)-1, and Section 208 of ERISA.
Section 7.3.     Treatment of Allegion Ordinary Shares and IR Ordinary Shares.
(a) Allegion Ordinary Share Unit Fund; Allegion Ordinary Shares Held in IR Savings Plan Accounts . The Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans will provide, effective as of the Effective Time: (i) for the establishment of an Allegion Ordinary Share Unit Fund; (ii) that such Allegion Ordinary Share Unit Fund shall receive a transfer of and hold all Allegion Ordinary Shares distributed in connection with the Distribution in respect of IR Ordinary Share Units held in IR Savings Plan accounts of Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries; and (iii) that, following the Effective Time, contributions made by or on behalf of such Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries may be allocated to the Allegion Ordinary Share Unit Fund. Allegion Ordinary Shares distributed in connection with the Distribution in respect of IR Ordinary Share Units held in IR Savings Plan accounts of IR Group Employees or Former IR Group Employees who participate in the IR Savings Plans (the “ IR Savings Plan Beneficiaries ”) shall be deposited in an Allegion Ordinary Share Unit Fund under the IR Savings Plans, and IR Savings Plan Beneficiaries will be prohibited from increasing their holdings in such Allegion Ordinary Share Unit Fund under the IR Savings Plans and may elect to liquidate their holdings in such Allegion Ordinary Share Unit Fund and invest those monies in any other investment fund offered under the IR Savings Plan. Any Allegion Ordinary Share Units held in IR Savings Plan accounts of Allegion Group Employees shall be transferred in kind to the trust underlying the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement.
(b) IR Ordinary Share Units in Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans Accounts . Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 7.2, IR Ordinary Share Units held in IR Savings Plan accounts of Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries prior to the Effective Time shall be transferred in kind to an IR Ordinary Share Unit Fund under the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plan pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement. Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plan Beneficiaries will be prohibited from increasing their holdings in IR Ordinary Share Units under such IR Ordinary Share Unit Fund and may elect to liquidate their holdings in such IR Ordinary Share Unit Fund and invest those monies in any other investment fund offered under the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans.





Section 7.4.     Tax Qualified Status . Allegion will take all steps and make any necessary filings with the IRS to establish and maintain the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans so that such plans are qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the related trust is tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code, including promptly seeking and obtaining a favorable determination letter from the IRS as to such qualification. Furthermore, no later than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Time, IR and Allegion (each acting directly or through their respective Affiliates) shall, to the extent necessary, file IRS Form 5310-A regarding the transfer of Assets and Liabilities from the IR Savings Plans to the Schlage Lock Company LLC 401(k) Plans as discussed in this Article VII.
Article VIII
NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS
Section 8.1.     Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans.
(a) Establishing Allegion Deferred Compensation Plans . Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 8.1(a) , as of the Transferred Group Adoption Date, Schlage Lock Company LLC, a Transferred Group Entity, shall have established and adopted deferred compensation plans for its key employees (collectively, the “ Allegion Deferred Compensation Plans ”) to provide each Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee who was a participant in the IR Deferred Compensation Plans as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (each, an “ Allegion Deferred Compensation Plan Beneficiary ”) benefits in respect of service and compensation following the Effective Time substantially similar to those accrued with respect to such person under the IR Deferred Compensation Plans as of immediately prior to the Effective Time. Effective as of the Effective Time, either Schlage Lock Company LLC shall remain the plan sponsor of the Allegion Deferred Compensation Plans or Allegion shall or shall cause another Allegion Entity to assume the Allegion Deferred Compensation Plans. As of the Effective Time, the Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees shall no longer participate in the IR Deferred Compensation Plans. The Parties agree that for purposes of the IR Deferred Compensation Plans, an Allegion Deferred Compensation Plan Beneficiary shall not be considered to have incurred a separation of service as determined under the general rules of Section 409A of the Code as a result of the Distribution or the transfer of employment or service from IR (or an IR Entity) to Allegion (or an Allegion Entity), and such employment or service shall only be considered to terminate for purposes of the Allegion Deferred Compensation Plans when the employment or service of such Allegion Deferred Compensation Plan Beneficiary with the Allegion Group terminates in accordance with the terms of the Allegion Deferred Compensation Plans and applicable Laws.
(b) Liability and Responsibility . The Liabilities in respect of Allegion Deferred Compensation Beneficiaries under the IR Deferred Compensation Plans shall be assumed by the member of the Allegion Group which sponsors the applicable Allegion Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of the Effective Time. Allegion shall have sole responsibility for the administration of the Allegion Deferred Compensation Plans and the payment of benefits thereunder to or on behalf of Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees, and no member of the IR Group shall have any liability or responsibility therefor. IR shall have sole responsibility for the administration of the IR Deferred Compensation Plans and the payment of benefits thereunder to or on behalf of IR Group Employees and Former IR Group Employees, and no member of the Allegion Group shall have any liability or responsibility therefor.






Article IX
U.S. WELFARE PLANS
Section 9.1.     Establishment of Allegion Welfare Plans . Following the Effective Time and prior to the Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date, Allegion shall, or shall cause another Allegion Entity to, establish and adopt Allegion Welfare Plans that will provide welfare benefits, effective as of January 1, 2014, or such later date agreed to in writing by IR (as applicable, the “ Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date ”), to each Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee who is a participant in any IR Welfare Plan (and their eligible spouses and dependents, as the case may be) (collectively, the “ Allegion Welfare Plan Participants ”) under terms and conditions that are similar to the IR Welfare Plans. The Parties may vary the Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date of each Allegion Welfare Plan. Coverage and benefits under the Allegion Welfare Plans shall then be provided to the Allegion Welfare Plan Participants on an uninterrupted basis under the newly established Allegion Welfare Plans which shall contain similar benefit provisions as in effect under the corresponding IR Welfare Plans immediately prior to the Effective Time. Allegion Welfare Plan Participants shall cease to be eligible for coverage under the IR Welfare Plans on the Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date with respect to the specific IR Welfare Plan affected on such date. For the avoidance of doubt, Allegion Welfare Plan Participants shall not participate in any IR Welfare Plans after the time set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, and IR Group Employees and Former IR Group Employees shall not participate in any Allegion Welfare Plans at any time.

Section 9.2.     Transitional Matters Under Allegion Welfare Plans; Treatment of Claims Incurred.
(a) Liability for Claims . With respect to unpaid covered claims that are either incurred but not processed or that are incurred but unreported prior to the Effective Time by any Allegion Welfare Plan Participant under any IR Welfare Plans, including claims that are self-insured and claims that are fully insured through third-party insurance, Allegion shall assume and be responsible for the payment for such claims or shall cause such Allegion Welfare Plan to fully perform, pay and discharge all such claims, as the case may be. No IR Entity shall be responsible for any Liability with respect to any such claims.
(i) Claims Incurred . For purposes of this Section 9.2(a), a claim or expense is deemed to be incurred (A) with respect to (I) medical (including continuous hospitalization), dental, vision and/or prescription drug benefits, upon the rendering of health services giving rise to such claim or expense; and (II) Medicare supplement premium reimbursement under the Post-65 Retiree Medical Reimbursement Account arrangement (the “ HRA ”), upon the date the supplemental health coverage premiums are paid; (B) with respect to life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment and business travel accident insurance, upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim or expense; and (C) with respect to long-term disability benefits, upon the date of an individual’s disability, as determined by the disability benefit insurance carrier or claim administrator, giving rise to such claim or expense.
(b) Credit for Deductibles and Other Limits . With respect to each Allegion Welfare Plan Participant, Allegion and IR shall use reasonable efforts to agree that the Allegion Welfare Plans will give credit for the plan year in which the Effective Time occurs for any amount paid, number of services obtained or provider visits by such Allegion Welfare Plan Participant toward deductibles, out-of-pocket maximums, limits on number of services or visits, or other similar limitations to the extent such amounts are taken into account under the comparable IR Welfare Plan. For purposes of any life-time maximum benefit limit payable to an Allegion Welfare Plan Participant under any Allegion Welfare Plan, the





Allegion Welfare Plans will recognize any expenses paid or reimbursed by an IR Welfare Plan with respect to such participant prior to the Effective Time to the same extent such expense payments or reimbursements would be recognized in respect of an active plan participant under the applicable IR Welfare Plan.
(c) COBRA . IR shall be responsible for administering compliance with the group health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the certificate of creditable coverage requirements of HIPAA and the corresponding provisions of the IR Welfare Plan with respect to Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees and their covered dependents who incur a COBRA qualifying event or loss of coverage under the IR Welfare Plan prior to the Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date, subject to Allegion’s obligation to reimburse IR for the cost of such administration under the Transition Services Agreement and coverage under the IR Welfare Plan. At and after the Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date, Allegion shall assume all requirements with respect to COBRA and the certificate of creditable coverage requirements under HIPAA with respect to all Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees.
(d) Additional Details Regarding HRA . Pursuant to Section 9.1, at or prior to the Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date, Allegion shall, or shall cause another Allegion Entity to, establish and adopt Allegion Welfare Plans which will provide HRA benefits to eligible Allegion Welfare Plan Participants. To the extent that any Allegion Welfare Plan provides HRA benefits (each, an “ Allegion HRA ”), such Allegion Welfare Plan shall be effective as of the applicable Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date.
(i) It is the intention of the Parties that all activity under an Allegion Welfare Plan Participant’s HRA with IR for the plan year in which the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date occurs, be deemed to be activity under the corresponding Allegion HRA. Accordingly, (A) any period of participation by an Allegion Welfare Plan Participant in an IR HRA during the plan year in which the Distribution occurs (the “ IR HRA Participation Period ”) will be deemed a period when the Allegion Welfare Plan Participant participated in the corresponding Allegion HRA; (B) all expenses incurred during the IR HRA Participation Period will be deemed incurred while the Allegion Welfare Plan Participant’s coverage was in effect under the corresponding Allegion HRA; (C) all reimbursements made with respect to an IR HRA Participation Period under an IR HRA will be deemed to have been made with respect to the corresponding Allegion HRA; and (D) any balance accrued under the IR HRA as of the Effective Date shall become a balance under the Allegion HRA.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9.3(d), at and after the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date, the Allegion Group shall assume, and cause the Allegion Welfare Plans to be solely responsible for, all claims by Allegion Welfare Plan Participants under the applicable IR Welfare Plan HRA that were incurred but not paid, whether incurred prior to, on, or after the Effective Time, that have not been paid in full as of the Effective Time.

(e) Employees on Leave . As of the Effective Time, Allegion shall assume and satisfy all Liabilities with respect to any Allegion Group Employee who is, as of the Effective Time, on vacation or other approved leave of absence, whether paid or unpaid (including leave under FMLA or corresponding state Law, disability, military leave and other approved leave, including Liabilities for salary continuation, paid leave or continuing Benefit Plans). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any individual residing in California who would have become an Allegion Group Employee as of the Effective Time but was on an approved leave of absence at the Effective Time shall become an Allegion Group Employee following the conclusion of his or her approved leave.





Section 9.3.     Continuity of Benefits, Benefit Elections and Beneficiary Designations.
(a)     Benefit Elections and Designations . As of the first day of the month after the month in which the Distribution occurs, or if later, the Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date (or such other date provided for under Section 9.3(b)), Allegion shall cause the Allegion Welfare Plans to recognize and give effect to all elections and designations (including all coverage and contribution elections and beneficiary designations) made by each Allegion Welfare Plan Participant under, or with respect to, the annual enrollment conducted on behalf of the Allegion Welfare Plan by IR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9.3(a) will prohibit Allegion from soliciting or causing the solicitation of new election forms or beneficiary designations from Allegion Welfare Plan Participants to be effective under the Allegion Welfare Plan as of January 1, 2014.
(b)     Additional Details Regarding Flexible Spending Accounts . Pursuant to Section 9.1, at or prior to the Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date, Allegion shall, or shall cause another Allegion Entity to, establish and adopt Allegion Welfare Plans which will provide health care flexible spending account or dependent care flexible spending account benefits to Allegion Welfare Plan Participants. To the extent any Allegion Welfare Plan provides or constitutes a health care flexible spending account or dependent care flexible spending account (each an “ Allegion FSA ”), such Allegion Welfare Plan shall be effective as of the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date.
(i) It is the intention of the Parties that all activity under an Allegion Welfare Plan Participant’s flexible spending account with IR for the plan year in which the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date occurs be treated instead as activity under the corresponding Allegion FSA. Accordingly, (i) any period of participation by an Allegion Welfare Plan Participant in an IR flexible spending account during the plan year in which the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date occurs (the “ FSA Participation Period ”) will be deemed a period when the Allegion Welfare Plan Participant participated in the corresponding Allegion FSA; (ii) all expenses incurred during the FSA Participation Period will be deemed incurred while the Allegion Welfare Plan Participant’s coverage was in effect under the corresponding Allegion FSA; and (iii) all elections and reimbursements made with respect to an FSA Participation Period under an IR flexible spending account will be deemed to have been made with respect to the corresponding Allegion FSA.
(ii) If the aggregate reimbursement payouts made to Allegion Welfare Plan Participants prior to the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date from the applicable IR Welfare Plan flexible spending accounts during the plan year in which the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date occurs are less than the aggregate accumulated contributions to such accounts made by such Allegion Welfare Plan Participants prior to the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date for such plan year, IR shall cause an amount equal to the amount by which such contributions are in excess of such reimbursement payouts to be transferred to Allegion (or an Allegion Entity designated by Allegion) by wire transfer of immediately available funds as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 45 days, following the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date.
(iii) If the aggregate reimbursement payouts made to Allegion Welfare Plan Participants prior to the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date from the applicable IR Welfare Plan flexible spending accounts during the plan year in which the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date occurs exceed the aggregate accumulated contributions to such accounts made by the Allegion Welfare Plan Participants prior to the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date for such plan year, Allegion shall cause an amount equal to the amount by which such reimbursement payouts are in excess of such contributions to be transferred to IR (or an IR Group Entity designated by IR) by wire transfer of immediately available funds as soon





as practicable, but in no event later than 45 days, following the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date.
(iv) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9.3(b), at and after the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date, the Allegion Group shall assume, and cause the Allegion Welfare Plans to be solely responsible for, all claims by Allegion Welfare Plan Participants under the applicable IR Welfare Plan flexible spending accounts that were incurred in the plan year in which the Distribution occurs, whether incurred prior to, on, or after the Effective Time, that have not been paid in full as of the Effective Time.
(c)     Additional Details Regarding Health Savings Accounts . Pursuant to Section 9.1, on or prior to the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date, Allegion shall, or shall cause another Allegion Entity to, establish and adopt Allegion Welfare Plans and will coordinate with a health savings account custodian to make available a health savings account option for eligible Allegion Welfare Plan Participants which will provide health savings account benefits to eligible Allegion Welfare Plan Participants similar to the benefits provided to eligible participants in the Health Savings Plan option of the IR Welfare Plan. The health savings account made available in connection with the Allegion Welfare Plan shall, to the extent permissible under applicable IRS regulations, be effective as of the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date.
(d)     Employer Non-elective Contributions . As of immediately after the relevant Allegion Welfare Plan Implementation Date, Allegion shall cause any Allegion Welfare Plan that constitutes a “ cafeteria plan ” under Section 125 of the Code to recognize and give effect to all non-elective employer contributions credited toward coverage of an Allegion Welfare Plan Participant under the corresponding IR Welfare Plan that is a cafeteria plan under Section 125 of the Code for the applicable plan year.
(e)     Waiver of Conditions or Restrictions . Unless prohibited by applicable Law, the Allegion Welfare Plans will waive all limitations, exclusions, service conditions, waiting period limitations or evidence of insurability requirements that would otherwise be applicable to the Allegion Welfare Plan Participant following the Effective Time to the extent that such Employee had previously satisfied such limitation under the corresponding IR Welfare Plan.
Section 9.4.     Insurance Contracts . To the extent any IR Welfare Plan is funded through the purchase of an insurance contract or is subject to any stop loss contract, IR and Allegion will cooperate and use their commercially reasonable efforts to replicate such insurance contracts for Allegion (except to the extent changes are required under applicable state insurance Laws or filings by the respective insurers) and to maintain any pricing discounts or other preferential terms for both IR and Allegion for a reasonable term. Neither Party shall be liable for failure to obtain such insurance contracts, pricing discounts, or other preferential terms for the other Party. Each Party shall be responsible for any additional premiums, charges, or administrative fees that such Party may incur pursuant to this Section 9.4.
Article X
NON-U.S. BENEFIT PLANS
Section 10.1.     Non-U.S. Retirement Plans .
(a) Except as otherwise provided in Article XIV, with respect to any IR Benefit Plan covering non-U.S. Allegion Group Employees or Former Allegion Group Employees and which is a defined benefit or defined contribution retirement or pension plan, Allegion shall cause each such Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee, as applicable, to become covered by a corresponding Allegion Benefit Plan which is a defined benefit or defined contribution retirement or pension plan, effective as of the Effective Time or as soon as practicable thereafter. To the extent such





coverage does not commence until following the Effective Time, Allegion shall indemnify IR for any continued participation by such employee in the corresponding IR Benefit Plan. IR will reasonably cooperate with Allegion in complying with the immediately preceding sentence. The Parties have set forth on Schedule 10.1(a) a listing of those non-U.S. IR retirement or pension plans in which Allegion Group Employees and Former Allegion Group Employees are known to participate. Schedule 10.1(a) may be updated by mutual written consent of IR and Allegion at any time up to 60 days after the Effective Time.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in Article XIV, with respect to any Allegion Benefit Plan covering non-U.S. IR Group Employees or Former IR Group Employees and which is a defined benefit or defined contribution retirement or pension plan, IR shall cause each such IR Group Employee or Former IR Group Employee, as applicable, to become covered by a corresponding IR benefit plan which is a defined benefit or defined contribution retirement or pension plan, effective as of the Effective Time or as soon as practicable thereafter. To the extent such coverage does not commence until following the Effective Time, IR shall indemnify Allegion for any continued participation by such employee in the corresponding Allegion Benefit Plan. Allegion will reasonably cooperate with IR in complying with the immediately preceding sentence. The Parties have set forth on Schedule 10.1(b) a listing of those non-U.S. Allegion retirement or pension plans in which IR Group Employees and Former IR Group Employees are known to participate. Schedule 10.1(b) may be updated by mutual written consent of IR and Allegion at any time up to 60 days after the Effective Time.
Section 10.2.     Non-U.S. Welfare Plans .
(a)    Effective as of the Effective Time (or as soon as practicable thereafter), Allegion shall, or shall cause another Allegion Entity to, establish and adopt Allegion Welfare Plans for the benefit of each Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee who resides or works outside the United States that are substantially identical (to the extent practicable) to the welfare benefits that such Allegion Group Employee or Former Allegion Group Employee participated in immediately prior to the Effective Time. To the extent such coverage does not commence until following the Effective Time, Allegion shall indemnify IR for any continued participation by such employee in the corresponding IR Welfare Plan. IR will reasonably cooperate with Allegion in complying with the immediately preceding sentence. The Parties have set forth on Schedule 10.2(a) a listing of non-U.S. IR Welfare Plans in which Allegion Group Employees are known to participate. Schedule 10.2(a) may be updated by mutual written consent of IR and Allegion at any time up to 60 days after the Effective Time.
(b)    Effective as of the Effective Time (or as soon as practicable thereafter), IR shall, or shall cause another IR Entity to, establish and adopt IR welfare plans for the benefit of each IR Group Employee or Former IR Group Employee who resides or works outside the United States that are substantially identical (to the extent practicable) to the welfare benefits that such IR Group Employee or Former IR Group Employee participated in immediately prior to the Effective Time. To the extent such coverage does not commence until following the Effective Time, IR shall indemnify Allegion for any continued participation by such employee in the corresponding Allegion Welfare Plan. Allegion will reasonably cooperate with IR in complying with the immediately preceding sentence. The Parties have set forth on Schedule 10.2(b) a listing of non-U.S. Allegion Welfare Plans in which IR Group Employees are known to participate. Schedule 10.2(b) may be updated by mutual written consent of IR and Allegion at any time up to 60 days after the Effective Time.
Article XI
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION AND UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION
Section 11.1.     Allegion Workers’ and Unemployment Compensation . Effective as of the Effective Time, the Allegion Entity employing each Allegion Group Employee shall have (and, to the





extent it has not previously had such obligations, such Allegion Entity shall assume) the obligations for all claims and Liabilities relating to workers’ compensation and unemployment compensation benefits for all Allegion Group Employees employed by that Allegion Entity and for Former Allegion Group Employees relating to that Allegion Entity. Effective as of the Effective Time, Allegion, acting through the Allegion Group Entity employing each Allegion Group Employee, will be responsible for (a) obtaining workers’ compensation insurance, including providing all collateral required by the insurance carriers and (b) establishing new or transferred unemployment insurance employer accounts, policies and claims handling contracts with the applicable government agencies.
Section 11.2.     IR Workers’ and Unemployment Compensation . Effective as of the Effective Time, the IR Entity employing each IR Group Employee shall have (and, to the extent it has not previously had such obligations, such IR Entity shall assume) the obligations for all claims and Liabilities relating to workers’ compensation and unemployment compensation benefits for all IR Group Employees and Former IR Group Employees. Effective as of the Effective Time, the IR Entity formerly employing each IR Group Employee shall have (and, to the extent it has not previously had such obligations, such IR Entity shall assume) the obligations for all claims and Liabilities relating to workers’ compensation and unemployment compensation benefits for all Former IR Group Employees.
Section 11.3.     Assignment of Contribution Rights . IR will transfer and assign (or cause another member of the IR Group to transfer and assign) to a member of the Allegion Group all rights to seek contribution or damages from any applicable third party (such as a third party who aggravates an injury to a worker who makes a workers’ compensation claim) with respect to any workers’ compensation claim for which Allegion is responsible pursuant to this Article XI. Allegion will transfer and assign (or cause another member of the Allegion Group to transfer and assign) to a member of the IR Group all rights to seek contribution or damages from any applicable third party (such as a third party who aggravates an injury to a worker who makes a workers’ compensation claim) with respect to any workers’ compensation claim for which IR is responsible pursuant to this Article XI.
Section 11.4.     Collateral . On and after the Effective Time, Allegion (acting directly or through a member of the Allegion Group) shall be responsible for providing all collateral required by insurance carriers in connection with workers’ compensation claims for which Liability is allocated to the Allegion Group under this Article XI. IR (acting directly or through a member of the IR Group) shall be responsible for providing all collateral required by insurance carriers in connection with workers’ compensation claims for which Liability is allocated to the IR Group under this Article XI.
Section 11.5     Cooperation . Allegion and IR shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide that workers’ compensation and unemployment insurance costs are not adversely affected for either of them by reason of the Distribution.
Article XII
SEVERANCE
Section 12.1.     Establishment of Allegion Major Restructuring Severance Plan . Effective as of the Effective Time, Allegion shall, or shall cause a Transferred Group Entity to establish and adopt a severance plan (the “Allegion Spin-Off Protection Plan”) (such date, the “Allegion Severance Plan Adoption Date”) to provide each Allegion Group Employee who (i) was a participant in the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan as of immediately prior to the Allegion Severance Plan Adoption Date or (ii) is hired or promoted by an Allegion Entity on or following the Effective Time into a position and such employee would have been eligible to participate in the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan had such employee been employed by an IR Entity in such position immediately prior to the Effective Time, benefits in respect of a “covered termination” following the Allegion Severance Plan Adoption Date that are the same as those with respect to such person under the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan in the





event that a “covered termination” occurred at any time prior to the Allegion Severance Plan Adoption Date. As of the Allegion Severance Plan Adoption Date, (i) the Allegion Group Employees will no longer participate in the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan and (ii) no member of the IR Group shall have any further Liability for, and Allegion shall indemnify each member of the IR Group, and the officers, directors, and employees of each member of the IR Group, and hold them harmless with respect to any and all Liabilities and obligations whatsoever with respect to, claims made by or with respect to any Allegion Group Employees or Former Allegion Group Employees in connection with the Allegion Major Restructuring Severance Plan, including such Liabilities relating to actions or omissions of or by any member of the Allegion Group or any officer, director, employee or agent thereof prior to, on or after the Allegion Severance Plan Adoption Date.
Section 12.2.     Severance Arrangements, Plans, Policies and Guidelines . Effective as of the Transferred Group Adoption Date, a Transferred Group Entity shall establish severance arrangements, plans, policies or guidelines to be effective as of the Effective Time (“ Allegion Severance Arrangements ”) under which Allegion Group Employees who, immediately prior to the Effective Time, are participants in any IR severance arrangement, plan, policy or guideline, shall be eligible to participate immediately following the Effective Time. Effective as of the Effective Time, either the Transferred Group Entity shall remain the plan sponsor of Allegion Severance Arrangements or Allegion shall or shall cause another Allegion Entity to assume the Allegion Severance Arrangements. Such Allegion Severance Arrangements will provide terms and conditions (including severance benefits) for Allegion Group Employees who are severed from the Allegion Group following the Effective Time or Transfer Date, as the case may be, that are substantially similar to the terms and conditions (including severance benefits) provided under the applicable IR severance arrangements, plans, policies and guidelines (excluding any change in control severance plans or agreements) in which such Allegion Group Employees participated immediately prior to the Effective Time or such Transfer Date for a period not less than one year. For the avoidance of doubt, the Distribution and the assignment, transfer or continuation of the employment of Allegion Group Employees contemplated by Section 3.1 shall not be deemed a severance of employment for purposes of this Agreement and any IR severance arrangements, plans, policies or guidelines, and effective as of the Effective Time, Allegion Group Employees shall not be eligible to receive any severance or other benefits under any IR severance plans or policies.

Article XIII
BENEFIT ARRANGEMENTS AND OTHER MATTERS
Section 13.1.     Termination of Participation . Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement, effective as of immediately after the Effective Time, Allegion Group Employees shall not be eligible to participate in any IR Benefit Plan.
Section 13.2.     Accrued Time Off . Allegion shall recognize and assume all Liability for all unused vacation, holiday, sick leave, flex days, personal days and paid-time off and other time-off benefits with respect to Allegion Group Employees which accrued prior to the Effective Time and Allegion shall credit each Allegion Group Employee with such accrual; provided, however, all Liabilities shall be reduced, dollar for dollar, to the extent that IR has made any payment related to any such unused vacation, holiday, sick leave, flex days, personal days and paid-time off and other time-off benefits with respect to Allegion Group Employees in accordance with applicable Law.
Section 13.3.     Leaves of Absence . Allegion will continue to apply the same leave of absence policies applicable to inactive Allegion Group Employees who are on an approved leave of absence as of the Effective Time. Leaves of absence taken by Allegion Group Employees prior to the Effective Time shall be deemed to have been taken as employees of a member of the Allegion Group.





Section 13.4.     Restrictive Covenants in Employment and Other Agreements . To the fullest extent permitted by the agreements described in this Section 13.4 and applicable Law, IR shall assign, or cause an applicable member of the IR Group to assign, to Allegion or a member of the Allegion Group, as designated by Allegion, all agreements containing restrictive covenants (including confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions) between a member of the IR Group and an Allegion Group Employee, with such assignment to be effective as of the Effective Time. To the extent that assignment of such agreements is not permitted, effective as of the Effective Time, each member of the Allegion Group shall be considered to be a successor to each member of the IR Group for purposes of, and a third-party beneficiary with respect to, all agreements containing restrictive covenants (including confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions) between a member of the IR Group and an Allegion Group Employee, such that each member of the Allegion Group shall enjoy all the rights and benefits under such agreements (including rights and benefits as a third-party beneficiary), with respect to the business operations of the Allegion Group; provided, however, that in no event shall IR be permitted to enforce such restrictive covenant agreements against Allegion Group Employees for action taken in their capacity as employees of a member of the Allegion Group.
Article XIV
U.K.AND CANADIAN PENSION SCHEMEs
Section 14.1.     Establishment of Allegion UK Pension Plan. As of the Transferred Group Adoption Date, a Transferred Group Entity shall have established a defined benefit UK pension plan and deed of trust (the “ Allegion UK Pension Plan ”) to provide retirement and death benefits to Allegion Group Employees, Former Allegion Group Employees and those other members of the Ingersoll-Rand Holdings Limited Retirement Benefits Plan (1974) (the “ IR UK Pension Plan ”) for whom Ingersoll-Rand Securities Technologies Limited was legally responsible immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “ Hussmann Group ”) (Allegion Group Employees, Allegion Former Group Employees and the Hussmann Group collectively, the “ Allegion Pension Plan Participants ”) and their dependents. Effective as of the Effective Time, either the Transferred Group Entity shall remain the plan sponsor of the Allegion UK Pension Plan or Allegion shall cause another Allegion Entity to assume the Allegion UK Pension Plan. Allegion shall be responsible for taking all necessary, reasonable, and appropriate action to establish, maintain, and administer the Allegion Pension Plan so that it is properly established and operated in accordance with applicable U.K. pension regulations.
Section 14.2.     Allegion UK Pension Plan Participants.
(a) Benefits under the Allegion UK Pension Plan . Effective as of the Effective Time, Allegion (acting directly or through members of the Allegion Group) hereby agrees to cause the Allegion UK Pension Plan to provide retirement and death benefits to all Allegion Pension Plan Participants and their dependents as of the Effective Time that are substantially identical (to the extent practicable) to the benefits provided under the IR UK Pension Plan at the Effective Time.
(b) The Transfer Agreement at Exhibit C sets out the provisions for the transfer of assets and liabilities from the IR UK Pension Plan to the Allegion UK Pension Plan.
Section 14.3.     Payment of Statutory Debt to IR UK Pension Plan . As soon as practicable on or after the Effective Time, Allegion shall cause Ingersoll-Rand Security Technologies Limited to pay the statutory debt due to the IR UK Pension Plan under Section 75 of the Pensions Act of 1995 as a result of the cessation of participation of Ingersoll-Rand Security Technologies Limited in the IR UK Pension Plan.
Section 14.4.     Assignment of the Canadian DC Pension Plan . Effective as of a date on or before the Effective Time, IR shall cause Ingersoll-Rand Canada Inc., as sponsor and administrator of the Ingersoll-Rand Canada Inc. Employee Pension Plan (the “Canadian DC Pension Plan”), to assign all of its





rights, duties, obligations and liabilities under and in relation to the Canadian DC Pension Plan to an IR Entity that is not a Transferred Group Entity (the “Canadian Pension Plan Assignee”) and to amend the Canadian DC Pension Plan as necessary to give effect to this Section 14.3.
Section 14.5.     Allegion Canada DC Pension Plan . Allegion shall cause an Allegion Entity to, effective as of the Effective Time, establish a registered pension plan to provide in respect of each Canadian Pension Plan Member who was accruing benefits under the Canadian DC Pension Plan pension benefits in respect of service on and after the Effective Time (the “ Allegion Canada DC Pension Plan ”). Effective as of the Effective Time, each such Canadian Pension Plan Member shall cease to actively participate in and accrue benefits under the Canadian DC Pension Plan and shall participate in and accrue benefits under the Allegion Canada DC Pension Plan. The Allegion Canada DC Pension Plan shall provide benefits which are substantially identical to the benefits provided under the Canadian DC Pension Plan immediately prior to the Effective Time.
Section 14.6.     DC Asset Transfer to the Allegion Canada DC Pension Plan . All assets and liabilities under the Canadian DC Pension Plan relating to the Canadian Pension Plan Members shall be transferred from the Canadian DC Pension Plan to the Allegion Canada DC Pension Plan, subject to obtaining any required approvals from any applicable governmental authority (including any pension regulatory authority). As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, IR shall cause the Canadian Pension Plan Assignee to seek any required approvals from any applicable governmental authority (including any pension regulatory authority) to such transfer. Allegion shall cause the Allegion Entity that is sponsor and administrator of the Allegion Canada DC Pension Plan to take all steps required by any applicable Laws (including to provide any notice required by any applicable Laws to the Canadian Pension Plan Members, within the period of time required by any applicable Laws) to give effect to, and to obtain all necessary approvals to implement, the transfer of assets from the Canadian DC Pension Plan to the Allegion Canada DC Pension Plan as contemplated by this Section 14.5.
Article XV
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 15.1.     Preservation of Rights to Amend . The rights of each member of the IR Group and each member of the Allegion Group to amend, waive, or terminate any Benefit Plan shall not be limited in any way by this Agreement.
Section 15.2.     Confidentiality . Each Party agrees that any information conveyed or otherwise received by or on behalf of a Party in conjunction herewith that is not otherwise public through no fault of such Party is confidential and is subject to the terms of the confidentiality provisions set forth herein and in the Distribution Agreement, including Section 3.3(e) of this Agreement and Section 7.6 of the Distribution Agreement.
Section 15.3.     Administrative Complaints/Litigation . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, on and after the Effective Time, Allegion shall assume, and be solely liable for, the handling, administration, investigation, and defense of actions, including ERISA, occupational safety and health, employment standards, union grievances, wrongful dismissal, discrimination or human rights, and unemployment compensation claims asserted at any time against IR or any member of the IR Group by any Allegion Group Employee (including any dependent or beneficiary of any such Employee) or any other person, to the extent such actions or claims arise out of or relate to employment or the provision of services (whether as an employee, contractor, consultant, or otherwise) to or with respect to the business activities of any member of the Allegion Group after the Effective Time. To the extent that any legal action relates to a putative or certified class of plaintiffs, which includes both IR Group Employees (or Former IR Group Employees) and Allegion Group Employees (or Former Allegion Group Employees) and such action involves employment or benefit plan related claims, reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Parties in responding to such legal action shall be allocated among the Parties equitably in





proportion to a reasonable assessment of the relative proportion of Employees included in or represented by the putative or certified plaintiff class. The procedures contained in the indemnification and related litigation cooperation provisions of the Distribution Agreement shall apply with respect to each Party’s indemnification obligations under this Section 15.3.
Section 15.4.     Reimbursement and Indemnification . Each Party agrees to reimburse the other Party, within 30 days of receipt from the other Party of reasonable verification or except as otherwise provided in the Transition Services Agreement, for all costs and expenses which the other Party may incur on its behalf as a result of any of the respective IR and Allegion Welfare Plans, 401(k) plans, savings plans, retirement plans, Benefit Plans, and pension plans and, as contemplated by Section 12.1, any termination or severance payments or benefits. All Liabilities retained, assumed, or indemnified against by Allegion pursuant to this Agreement, and all Liabilities retained, assumed, or indemnified against by IR pursuant to this Agreement, shall in each case be subject to the indemnification provisions of the Distribution Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (i) no provision of this Agreement shall require any member of the Allegion Group to pay or reimburse to any member of the IR Group any benefit-related cost item that a member of the Allegion Group has paid or reimbursed to any member of the IR Group prior to the Effective Time; and (ii) no provision of this Agreement shall require any member of the IR Group to pay or reimburse to any member of the Allegion Group any benefit-related cost item that a member of the IR Group has paid or reimbursed to any member of the Allegion Group prior to the Effective Time.
Section 15.5.     Costs of Compliance with Agreement . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Party shall pay its own expenses in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.
Section 15.6.     Fiduciary Matters . IR and Allegion each acknowledges that actions required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement may be subject to fiduciary duties or standards of conduct under ERISA or other applicable Law, and no Party shall be deemed to be in violation of this Agreement if it fails to comply with any provisions hereof based upon its good-faith determination (as supported by advice from counsel experienced in such matters) that to do so would violate such a fiduciary duty or standard. Each Party shall be responsible for taking such actions as are deemed necessary and appropriate to comply with its own fiduciary responsibilities and shall fully release and indemnify the other Party for any Liabilities caused by the failure to satisfy any such responsibility.
Section 15.7.     Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the documents referenced herein (including the Distribution Agreement and the Benefit Plans), constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written and oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements and understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof. To the extent any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the provisions of the Distribution Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to control with respect to the subject matter hereof.
Section 15.8.     Binding Effect; No Third-Party Beneficiaries; Assignment . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and should not be deemed to confer upon any third parties any remedy, claim, Liability, reimbursement, cause of action, or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement. Except as otherwise specified herein, nothing in this Agreement is intended to amend any Benefit Plan or affect the applicable plan sponsor’s right to amend or terminate any Benefit Plan pursuant to the terms of such plan. The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Parties, and no current or former Employee, officer, director, or independent contractor or any other individual associated therewith shall be regarded for any purpose as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement.





This Agreement may not be assigned by any Party, except with the prior written consent of the other Parties.
Section 15.9.     Amendment; Waivers . No change or amendment may be made to this Agreement except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the Parties. Any Party may, at any time, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of another Party, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of another Party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (iii) waive compliance by another Party with any of the agreements, covenants, or conditions contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by an authorized person of the Party to be bound thereby. No failure or delay on the part of any Party in the exercise of any right hereunder shall impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of, or acquiescence in, any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement contained herein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude other or further exercises thereof or of any other right.
Section 15.10.     Remedies Cumulative . All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement or the schedules attached hereto are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.
Section 15.11.     Notices . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices, claims, certificates, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given: (i) when personally delivered, (ii) if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the date the return receipt is executed or the letter is refused by the addressee or its agent, (iii) if sent by overnight courier which delivers only upon the executed receipt of the addressee, on the date the receipt acknowledgment is executed or refused by the addressee or its agent, or (iv) if sent by facsimile or electronic mail, on the date confirmation of transmission is received (provided that a copy of any notice delivered pursuant to this clause (iv) shall also be sent pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii)), addressed to the attention of the addressee’s General Counsel at the address of its principal executive office or to such other address or facsimile number for a Party as it shall have specified by like notice.
Section 15.12.     Counterparts . This Agreement, including the schedules hereto and the other documents referred to herein, may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
Section 15.13.     Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement or the schedules attached hereto is determined by a non-appealable decision by a court, administrative agency, or arbitrator to be invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the court, administrative agency, or arbitrator shall interpret this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the fullest extent possible. If any sentence in this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.
Section 15.14.     Governing Law . This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or thereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein and therein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct, or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute, or otherwise) shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York irrespective of the choice of laws





principles of the State of New York, including all matters of validity, construction, effect, enforceability, performance, and remedies.
Section 15.15.     Dispute Resolution . The procedures for negotiation and binding arbitration set forth in Article VIII of the Distribution Agreement shall apply to any dispute, controversy or claim (whether sounding in contract, tort or otherwise) that arises out of or relates to this Agreement, any breach or alleged breach hereof, the transactions contemplated hereby (including all actions taken in furtherance of the transactions contemplated hereby on or prior to the date hereof), or the construction, interpretation, enforceability, or validity hereof.
Section 15.16.     Performance . Each of IR and Allegion shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any member of the IR Group and any member of the Allegion Group, respectively. The Parties each agree to take such further actions and to execute, acknowledge, and deliver, or to cause to be executed, acknowledged, and delivered, all such further documents as are reasonably requested by the other for carrying out the purposes of this Agreement or of any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement.
Section 15.17.     Construction . This Agreement shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the Parties and no rule of construction or strict interpretation shall be applied against any Party.
Section 15.18.     Effect if Distribution Does Not Occur . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Distribution Agreement is terminated prior to the Effective Time, this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect and shall be void ab initio .
Section 15.19.     Code Sections 162(m) and 409A . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (including the treatment of supplemental and deferred compensation plans, outstanding long-term incentive awards and annual incentive awards as described herein), IR and Allegion agree to negotiate in good faith regarding the need for any treatment different from that otherwise provided herein to ensure that (i) a federal income tax deduction for the payment of any supplemental or non-qualified deferred compensation or long-term incentive award, annual incentive award or other compensation is, to the extent prescribed under the terms of the applicable plan and award agreement, not limited by reason of Section 162(m) of the Code, and (ii) the treatment of any supplemental or deferred compensation or long-term incentive award, annual incentive award or other compensation does not cause the imposition of a penalty tax under Section 409A of the Code.
Section 15.20.     Settlor Prerogatives Regarding Plan Dispositions . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require Allegion to maintain an Allegion Benefit Plan for a specific period of time, or into perpetuity, and further, nothing herein shall be construed to inhibit or otherwise interfere with Allegion’s ability to terminate an Allegion Benefit Plan, so long as the termination of an Allegion Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code does not jeopardize the tax-qualified status of the Allegion Benefit Plan.






 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed in their names by a duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.
INGERSOLL-RAND PLC
By:
/s/
Name:     
Title:     



ALLEGION PLC
By:
/s/
Name:     
Title:




         

Exhibit 10.2
TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT

This TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT is dated as of [ ], by and among Ingersoll-Rand plc, an Irish public limited company (“IR”) and Allegion plc, an Irish public limited company (“Allegion”).
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of IR (the “Board”) has determined that it is appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of IR and its stockholders to separate IR into two separate, publicly traded companies;
WHEREAS, in order to effect such separation, the Board has determined that it is appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of IR and its stockholders to undertake the Internal Reorganization (as defined herein) and, following the completion of the Internal Reorganization, it is intended that the outstanding shares of Allegion be distributed to the holders of IR common stock in a transaction that qualifies under sections 355 and 368 of the Code;
WHEREAS, as a result of the Internal Reorganization and the Distribution (each as defined herein), the Parties desire to enter into this Tax Matters Agreement to provide for certain Tax matters, including the assignment of responsibility for the preparation and filing of Tax Returns, the payment of and indemnification for Taxes (including Taxes with respect to the Distribution and related transactions as contemplated in the other Ancillary Agreements), entitlement to refunds of Taxes, and the prosecution and defense of any Tax controversies;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.   DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1.       General . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have the meanings that such terms have in the Separation Agreement (as defined below). As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Agreement” shall mean this Tax Matters Agreement.
“Allegion Business” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.
“Allegion Group” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.
“Allegion Subsidiary” shall mean each entity listed on Schedule 1.
“Beneficial Ownership Agreement” shall mean any agreement entered into between any member of the IR Group or their Affiliates, on the one hand, and any member of the Allegion Group or their Affiliates, on the other, pursuant to Sections 2.6 or 2.8 of the Separation Agreement.
“CA Proceeding” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(a).
“CA Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(a).
“Canada DRE” means IR Canada Holding ULC.
“Canadian Asset Transfer Agreement” means the asset transfer agreement dated as of [●] by and between IR Canada and Canada DRE.
“Canadian Butterfly Transactions” means each of the transactions comprising Steps [●] to [●] of the Step Plan.

1


         

“Canadian Tax” or “Canadian Taxes” means any Taxes imposed by Canada or any political subdivision thereof.
“Canadian Tax Refund” shall mean the gross amount of any Canadian Tax refund, if any, received by IR Canada in respect of a CA Proceeding (or otherwise relating to the transactions that were the subject of the request for competent authority relief) including interest, if any, paid in respect of such refund, unreduced by any withholding Taxes; provided, however, that the amount of the Canadian Tax Refund shall be reduced by the amount of any Canadian corporate income taxes imposed on any interest paid in respect of such refund.
“Canadian Tax-Free Status” means the Canadian Tax position of the parties to the Canadian Butterfly Transactions that would arise if paragraph 55(3)(b) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) applied to the series of transactions which include the transfer of assets by IR Canada to Canada DRE pursuant to the Canadian Asset Transfer Agreement.
“Closing of the Books Method” shall mean the apportionment of items between portions of a taxable period based on a closing of the books and records on the Distribution Date (as if the Distribution Date was the end of the taxable period), provided that any items not susceptible to such apportionment shall be apportioned on the basis of elapsed days during the relevant portion of the taxable period.
“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Consolidated Entity” shall mean any entity listed on Schedule 2.
“Consolidated Tax” shall mean, with respect to any Consolidated Entity, the Tax listed opposite such entity on Schedule 2, but only with respect to the period or periods indicated in Schedule 2.
“CTC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(d).
“CTC Pre-Distribution Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(d).
“Deferred Compensation Deduction” means any income Tax deduction arising from the grant, issuance or vesting of any award or other compensatory instrument pursuant to the IR Deferred Compensation Plans, Allegion Deferred Compensation Plans, IR Equity Plan, or Allegion Equity Plan (each as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement).
“Distribution” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.
“Distribution Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.
“Distribution Tax” shall mean any liability for any Tax (including any Tax of any shareholder of IR or Allegion) that arises directly or indirectly as a result of (i) the Distribution or any of the Internal Distributions failing to qualify (in whole or in part) under Section 355 of the Code, (ii) the stock of Allegion or any Allegion Subsidiary distributed in the Distribution or any of the Internal Distributions, as applicable, failing to be treated as qualified property pursuant to Section 355(e) of the Code, (iii) any stamp, duty, sales, use, transfer or similar Tax imposed as a result of the transactions described in the Ruling or Separation Agreement, (iv) the Distribution failing to qualify, in whole or in part, as tax-free under the applicable provisions of Irish tax law described in the Irish Revenue Clearances and related legal opinions, (v) the Canadian Butterfly Transactions failing to qualify for Canadian Tax-Free Status (if IR intends that the Canadian Butterfly Transactions qualify for Canadian Tax-Free Status) or (vi) the failure, in whole or in part, of any of the transactions described in the Ruling or Separation Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any transaction that is part of the Internal Reorganization) to qualify for

2


         

the expected Tax treatment as set forth in the Ruling, the Tax Opinions, or any Tax Return filed by any member of the IR Group, to the extent related to the Distribution or the Internal Reorganization, as applicable.
“Employee Matters Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.
“Final Determination” shall mean the final resolution of liability for any Tax for any taxable period, including any related interest or penalties, by or as a result of: (i) a final and unappealable decision, judgment, decree or other order by any court of competent jurisdiction; (ii) a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under Section 7121 or 7122 of the Code, or comparable agreement under the laws of other jurisdictions, which resolves the entire Tax liability for any taxable period; (iii) any allowance of a refund or credit in respect of an overpayment of Tax, but only after the expiration of all periods during which such refund may be recovered by the jurisdiction imposing the Tax; (iv) a final settlement resulting from a competent authority determination; or (v) any other final disposition, by mutual agreement of the parties or by reason of the expiration of a statute of limitations or period for the filing of claims for refunds, amended Tax Returns or appeals from adverse determinations.
“Indemnity Notice Recipient” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(a).
“Internal Distribution” shall mean any distribution of stock of Allegion or an Allegion Subsidiary occurring pursuant to the Internal Reorganization.
“Internal Reorganization” shall mean those transactions as set forth in the Step Plan.
“IRS” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service.
“IRS&S” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(a).
“IR Canada” shall mean Ingersoll Rand Canada Inc.
“IR Correlative Allocation Payment” means any payment by IR Canada or its affiliates to IRNJ or any member of the IR Group pursuant to a correlative allocation relating to IR Products (as such term is defined in the CA request) made pursuant to a CA Proceeding.
“IR Group” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.
“IR Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary of IR, determined as of the moment after the Distribution is effective.
“IRNJ” shall mean Ingersoll-Rand Company.
“Party” shall mean IR or Allegion, as the case may be.
“Proceeding” shall mean any audit, examination or other proceeding brought by a Taxing Authority with respect to Taxes.
“Prohibited Acts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.
“Recipient” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.14(b).
“Restricted Period” shall mean the two-year period commencing on the Distribution Date.
“Ruling” shall mean the private letter ruling issued by the IRS to IR dated [ ], 2013 and any supplemental rulings related thereto.

3


         

“Separation Agreement” shall mean the Separation and Distribution Agreement entered into by IR and Allegion dated as of [ ], 2013.
“ST Correlative Allocation Payment” means any payment to Schlage Lock Co. LLC (or by any of the partners of Schlage Lock Co. LLC at the time of the transactions subject to the CA Proceedings) pursuant to a correlative allocation relating to Security Products (as such term is defined in the CA Request) made pursuant to a CA Proceeding.
“Standalone Allegion Tax” shall mean any Tax imposed on or with respect to Allegion or any Allegion Subsidiary other than a Consolidated Tax.
“Step Plan” shall have the meaning as specifically agreed between the Parties.
“Straddle Period” shall mean, with respect to any Tax, the taxable period commencing prior to, and ending after, the Distribution Date.
“Subsidiary” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.
“Tax” or “Taxes” shall mean all federal, state, provincial, territorial, county, municipal or local taxes, charges, fees, duties, levies, imposts, rates or other assessments or governmental charges of any kind imposed by any Taxing Authority, including: (i) income, capital gains, gross receipts, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, custom duties, property, sales, use, license, capital stock, transfer, franchise, registration, payroll, deed, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, abandoned or unclaimed property, or other similar taxes, whether disputed or not and including any interest, penalties, charges or additions attributable thereto, (ii) all withholdings on amounts paid to or by the relevant person, (iii) all employment insurance premiums, pension plan contributions or premiums payable to a governmental authority, (iv) any fine, penalty, interest or addition to tax, (v) liability for the payment of any amount of the type described in clauses (i) through (iv) above arising as a result of being (or having been) a member of any group or being (or having been) included or required to be included in any Tax Return related thereto, and (vi) liability for the payment of any amount of the type described in clauses (i) through (v) above as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the liability of any other Person.
“Taxing Authority” shall mean any governmental authority (whether United States or non-United States and including any federal, state, province, territory, municipality, other political subdivision or governmental agency) responsible for the imposition, administration or collection of any Tax.
“Tax Notice Recipient” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(a).
“Tax Opinions” mean certain Tax opinions and supporting memoranda rendered by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP pursuant to Section 4.4(c) of the Separation Agreement, Arthur Cox, McCarthy Tetrault LLP or PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to IR or any of its Affiliates, in each case, in connection with the Distribution, the Ruling or the Internal Reorganization.
“Tax Package” means Tax data and information relating to the operations of Allegion, any Allegion Subsidiary or the Allegion Business that is reasonably necessary to prepare and file any Tax Return in respect of Consolidated Taxes of any Consolidated Entity and is consistent with the content and format of Tax data and information submitted by such Consolidated Entity or any Allegion Business divisions to IR or its Subsidiaries for Tax Returns for Tax periods ending on or prior to the Distribution Date.

4


         

“Tax Representation Letters” means any letter or other document containing representations or covenants issued by IR or Allegion or any of their respective Subsidiaries to Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Arthur Cox, McCarthy Tetrault LLP, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or the IRS in support of the Ruling or a Tax Opinion.
“Tax Returns” shall mean all reports or returns (including information returns and amended returns) required to be filed or that may be filed for any period with any Taxing Authority in connection with any Tax or Taxes (whether domestic or foreign).
“Technical Termination Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(e).
Section 1.2.       References; Interpretation . References in this Agreement to any gender include references to all genders, and references to the singular include references to the plural and vice versa. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” when used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Agreement to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, such Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof”, “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular Article, Section or provision of this Agreement.
ARTICLE II.      ALLOCATION OF TAX LIABILITIES
Section 2.1.       Indemnity . Except as provided in Section 4.6 hereof:
(a)      IR shall, and shall cause the other members of the IR Group to, indemnify each member of the Allegion Group from all liability for (and, without duplication, any Indemnifiable Losses arising from) any (i) Taxes (other than Consolidated Taxes or Distribution Taxes) of IR or any IR Subsidiary, (ii) Consolidated Taxes (other than Distribution Taxes) allocable to any Consolidated Entity in respect of (x) any taxable period ending on or before the Distribution Date or (y) any Straddle Period for the portion thereof ending on the Distribution Date and (iii) Distribution Taxes that result solely from an action taken by any member of the IR Group following the Distribution Date that is not contemplated by the Separation Agreement, the Step Plan or the Ancillary Agreements, including a breach by IR of any of its covenants set forth herein, in the Separation Agreement or in any of the other Ancillary Agreements.
(b)      Allegion shall, and shall cause the other members of the Allegion Group to, indemnify each member of the IR Group from all liability for (and, without duplication, any Indemnifiable Losses arising from) any (i) Standalone Allegion Taxes (other than Distribution Taxes), (ii) Consolidated Taxes (other than Distribution Taxes) allocable to any Consolidated Entity in respect of the portion of any Straddle Period beginning after the Distribution Date and (iii) Distribution Taxes not described in clause (iii) of paragraph (a) of this Section 2.1; provided however, that in the event that Allegion shall be required to indemnify IR under this clause (iii), upon written request by Allegion (which request shall be accompanied by independently audited financial information supporting its position), IR will consider, in good faith, in connection with determining the manner in which to enforce its indemnification rights under this clause (iii), whether such enforcement would cause Allegion immediately to be deemed insolvent under Irish law at the time of demanding such indemnification based on information known to IR at such time (and for the avoidance of doubt, IR may demand that Allegion pay the full amount of any indemnification owed hereunder in multiple installment payments over time with the outstanding unpaid amount(s) bearing interest as provided in Section 5.14(c) herein); and provided further that, in making such determination, IR may consider, among other things, the relative faults of the Parties in the circumstances in making such determination; and provided further that, upon receiving notice of a potential indemnity obligation hereunder, Allegion shall not take any actions outside the ordinary course of business which could materially impair its ability to fulfill its indemnity obligations hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) Allegion shall indemnify each member of the IR Group under clause (i) of the

5


         

first sentence of this Section 2.1(b) for any Taxes that relate or are attributable to the income, assets or operations of a member of the Allegion Group (including Allegion entities in Denmark, France, Italy, Spain and the UK) that prepares or files a separate Tax Return but is part of a consolidated or similar group Tax Return with IR or an IR Subsidiary as the parent entity, notwithstanding that such Taxes may be legally assessed against IR or such IR Subsidiary, as applicable, and (2) for purposes of this Section 2.1(b), the term “Taxes” shall include the amount of any Tax detriment to IR or any IR Subsidiary (as determined in the sole discretion of IR exercised in good faith) resulting from any reduction in the amount of or the use of any Tax attributes of IR or such IR Subsidiary (such detriment to be computed assuming that IR or the applicable IR Subsidiary (i) would be able to currently fully utilize such Tax attributes and (ii) is subject to tax at the highest marginal corporate rate applicable in the relevant jurisdiction), as applicable, where such reduction or use results from the income, assets or operations of such member of the Allegion Group.
(c)      Whenever it is necessary to apportion Taxes for a Straddle Period, such apportionment shall be made in accordance with the Closing of the Books Method.
(d)      With respect to any taxable period, the Consolidated Tax in respect of that period that is allocable to a Consolidated Entity shall be equal to the amount, not less than zero, of such Tax that such Consolidated Entity would be liable for if such Consolidated Entity filed such Tax on a stand-alone basis (taking into account any loss or credit carryforwards as if such Consolidated Entity had always filed on a stand-alone basis).
(e)      For the avoidance of doubt, each member of the IR Group shall be indemnified under Section 2.1(b) without regard to any opinion or supplemental ruling obtained pursuant to Section 4.3 or any consent given by IR to any action pursuant to Section 4.3 or otherwise.
(f)       Additional Matters; Survival of Indemnities . The indemnity agreements contained in this Section 2.1 shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnitee; (ii) the knowledge by the indemnitee of the Tax or Indemnifiable Losses for which it might be entitled to indemnification hereunder; and (iii) any termination of this Agreement following the Effective Time. The rights and obligations of each Party and their respective indemnitees under this Section 2.1 shall survive the sale or other Transfer by any Party or its respective Subsidiaries of any Assets or businesses or the assignment by it of any Liabilities, with respect to any Tax or Indemnifiable Loss of any indemnitee related to such Assets, businesses or Liabilities.
Section 2.2.       Refunds .
(a)      If a Party (or any of its Subsidiaries) receives a refund of or realizes an offset or credit (determined on a with and without basis) attributable to a Tax for which it is responsible pursuant to this Agreement, then the Party (or the applicable Subsidiary) receiving such refund or realizing such offset or credit shall be entitled to such refund, offset or credit, except that any refund of Tax arising as a result of the Internal Reorganization, to the extent such Tax was originally paid by any member of the IR Group, shall be refunded to IR; provided that the foregoing exception shall not apply to the extent any member of the Allegion Group indemnified any member of the IR Group for such Tax.
(b)      If a Party (or any of its Subsidiaries) receives a refund of or realizes an offset or credit (determined on a with and without basis) attributable to a Tax for which the other Party is responsible pursuant to this Agreement, then the Party (or the applicable Subsidiary) receiving such refund or realizing such offset or credit shall promptly pay the amount of the refund, offset or credit (including any interest received from a Taxing Authority with respect thereto) to the other Party, less reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refund, offset or credit, including any Taxes resulting from the receipt or realization of such refund, offset or credit.

6


         

(c)      Subject to Section 3.7 herein to the extent relevant, each Party shall, if reasonably requested by the other Party, cause the relevant entity to file for and use its reasonable best efforts to obtain and expedite the receipt of any refund, offset or credit to which such requesting Party is entitled under this Section 2.2.
Section 2.3.       Treatment of Payments; After-Tax Basis .
(a)      IR and Allegion agree that any payment made by IR or Allegion to or for the benefit of the other Party pursuant to this Agreement (other than payments of interest pursuant to Section 5.14 hereof) shall be treated as either a capital contribution or a distribution, as the case may be, between IR and Allegion occurring immediately prior to the Distribution, except as otherwise required pursuant to a Final Determination or other applicable law. If the receipt or accrual of any such indemnification payment (other than payments of interest pursuant to Section 5.14) results in Taxes payable by the indemnified Party (determined on a with and without basis) or any withholding Taxes withheld by the indemnifying Party, such indemnification payment shall be increased so that, after the payment and withholding of any such Taxes with respect to the indemnification payment, the indemnified Party shall have realized the same net amount it would have realized had the indemnification payment not resulted in such payment or withholding.
(b)      To the extent that any liability for Taxes that is subject to indemnification under Section 2.1 gives rise to a deduction, credit or other Tax benefit that reduces the Taxes payable by the indemnified Party (determined on a with and without basis), the amount of any payment made under Section 2.1 shall be decreased by the amount of such reduction in Taxes payable. If a reduction in the Taxes payable by the indemnified Party (determined on a with and without basis) occurs in a taxable period following the period in which the indemnification payment is made, then the indemnified Party shall promptly repay the indemnifying Party the amount of such reduction, less reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the indemnified Party in obtaining such reduction.
(c)      All payments to be made by or on behalf of IR or Allegion under this Agreement shall be made in US Dollars, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties. Any amount which is not expressed in US Dollars shall be converted into US Dollars by using the exchange rate published on Bloomberg at 5:00pm Eastern Standard Time (EST) on the day before the relevant date or in the Wall Street Journal on such date if not so published on Bloomberg. In the event that any payment required to be made hereunder may be denominated in a currency other than US Dollars, the amount of such payment shall be converted into US Dollars on the date in which (i) notice of the claim is given to the indemnitor (in the case of an indemnity payment) or (ii) the refund or credit of Taxes giving rise to a payment under Section 2.2 is received or realized by the payor, as applicable.
Section 2.4.       Agent . Subject to the other applicable provisions of this Agreement (including Section 4.5), Allegion hereby irrevocably designates, and agrees to cause each of its Subsidiaries to so designate, IR as its sole and exclusive agent and attorney-in-fact to take such action (including execution of documents) as IR, in its sole discretion, may deem appropriate in any and all matters (including audits) before or brought by any Taxing Authority relating to any Taxes for which IR has an indemnification obligation under Section 2.1.
ARTICLE III.      PREPARATION OF TAX RETURNS
Section 3.1.       IR’s Responsibility for the Preparation of Tax Returns and for the Payment of Taxes . Subject to Section 3.3 and except as provided in Schedule 3 hereto, IR shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed all Tax Returns of IR and all members of the IR Group for all periods ending on or after the Distribution Date.

7


         

Section 3.2.       Allegion’s Responsibility for the Preparation of Tax Returns and for the Payment of Taxes . Subject to Section 3.3 and except as provided in Schedule 3 hereto, Allegion shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed all Tax Returns in respect of Standalone Allegion Taxes of Allegion and each Allegion Subsidiary for all periods ending on or after the Distribution Date. If a member of the Allegion Group prepares or files any Tax Return and any member of the IR Group is allocated any income or otherwise has any responsibility for any Tax related to such Tax Return (including by virtue of being (x) a partner of such member of the Allegion Group or (y) the parent entity of a fiscal or other consolidated group including such member of the Allegion Group) then, no later than thirty (30) days prior to the due date of such Tax Return, Allegion shall make available drafts of such Tax Return (together with all related work papers) to IR. No later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of such Tax Return, IR shall have the right to object to such Tax Return (or items with respect thereto) by written notice, which notice shall contain such disputed item (or items) and the basis for its objection. The Parties shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if, within five (5) days prior to the due date of such Tax Return, the Parties have not reached a final resolution with respect to all disputed items for which proper notice was given, then such Tax Return shall be filed as prepared pursuant to this Section 3.2. In the event that a Tax Return is filed that includes any disputed item that was not finally resolved and agreed upon, such disputed item (or items) shall be resolved in accordance with Section 5.12 hereof. Additional Tax Returns (including amended Tax Returns) shall be filed as necessary to reflect the final resolution of such disputed items.
Section 3.3.       Responsibility for the Preparation of Consolidated Tax Returns and for the Payment of Consolidated Taxes .
(a)      Except as provided in Schedule 3 hereto, IR shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed (i) all Tax Returns that include any member of the IR Group and (ii) all Tax Returns in respect of Consolidated Taxes of each Consolidated Entity and, in each case, shall pay all amounts shown as due on each such Tax Return; provided that Allegion shall pay to IR all Taxes in respect of any such Tax Return for which Allegion is responsible pursuant to this Agreement no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the due date for the filing of such Tax Return (taking into account any valid extensions thereof). All such Tax Returns that are to be prepared and filed by IR pursuant to this paragraph that include Taxes for which Allegion is responsible pursuant to this Agreement shall be submitted to Allegion for its review and comment not later than thirty (30) days prior to the due date for the filing of such Tax Returns (or, if such due date is within forty-five (45) days following the Distribution Date, as promptly as practicable following the Distribution Date).
(b)      Allegion shall (at its own cost and expense), to the extent that a Tax Return in respect of Consolidated Taxes of any Consolidated Entity includes items of such Consolidated Entity or the Allegion Business, prepare and provide or cause to be prepared and provided to IR a Tax Package relating to such Tax Return. Such Tax Package shall be provided in a timely manner consistent with the past practices of the Parties and their Subsidiaries. In the event Allegion does not fulfill its obligations pursuant to this Section 3.3(b), IR shall be entitled, at the sole cost and expense of Allegion, to prepare or cause to be prepared the information required to be included in the Tax Package for purposes of preparing any such Tax Return.
Section 3.4.       Manner of Preparation . Unless and until there has been a Final Determination to the contrary, each Party agrees that all Tax Returns filed on or after the Distribution Date shall be prepared in a manner that is consistent with (a) the Ruling, the Tax Opinions, any other rulings obtained from other Taxing Authorities in connection with the Distribution and the Internal Reorganization, and the Tax Representation Letters, (b) the allocation of Taxes and any refunds, offsets or credits thereof between the Parties as set forth in this Agreement and the Employee Matters Agreement, and (c) the Tax treatment

8


         

of any transaction included in the Internal Reorganization otherwise [as contemplated by IR] (including, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Canadian Butterfly Transactions will qualify for Canadian Tax-Free Status, if IR intends that the Canadian Butterfly Transactions qualify for Canadian Tax-Free Status). To the extent not inconsistent with the foregoing, all Tax Returns filed pursuant to Section 3.3 and this Section 3.4 shall be prepared consistent with past practice. All such Tax Returns shall be filed on a timely basis (including pursuant to extensions) by the Party responsible for such filing under this Agreement.
Section 3.5.       Retention of Records; Access .
(a)      IR and Allegion shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, retain adequate records, documents, accounting data and other information necessary for the preparation and filing of all Tax Returns required to be filed by IR or Allegion and for any Proceeding relating to such Tax Returns or to any Taxes payable by IR or Allegion or their respective Subsidiaries.
(b)      Subject to Section 4.5(d), IR and Allegion shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, provide reasonable access to (i) all records, documents, accounting data and other information necessary for the preparation and filing of all Tax Returns required to be filed by IR or Allegion and for any Proceeding relating to such Tax Returns or to any Taxes payable by IR or Allegion and (ii) its personnel and premises, for the purpose of the preparation, review or audit of such Tax Returns, or in connection with any Proceeding, as reasonably requested by either IR or Allegion.
(c)      The obligations set forth above in Sections 3.5(a) and 3.5(b) with respect to each Tax shall continue until the later of (i) the expiration of the applicable statutes of limitations for such Tax or (ii) the time of a Final Determination resulting from any Proceeding in respect of such Tax.
Section 3.6.       Confidentiality; Ownership of Information; Privileged Information . The provisions of Section 7.6 of the Separation Agreement relating to confidentiality of information, ownership of information, privileged information and related matters shall apply with equal force to any records and information prepared or shared by and among the Parties in carrying out the intent of this Agreement.
Section 3.7.       Amended Returns . Notwithstanding Sections 2.2, 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 hereof, Allegion shall not, and shall not permit any Allegion Subsidiary, to file any amended Tax Return that includes any member of the IR Group or any of the assets or operations of any member of the IR Group, or that otherwise could result in any member of the IR Group becoming responsible for a payment of Taxes pursuant to Article II or III, without the consent of IR, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, but may be conditioned as contemplated in this Section 3.7. IR shall provide a response to a request for such consent from Allegion within twenty (20) Business Days following the receipt of such request, which response may be conditioned on Allegion’s agreement, among other things, to reasonable limitations, including (but not limited to) Allegion’s agreement to post a bond, indemnify IR for any incremental Taxes due by any member of the IR Group, and payment of reasonable expenses incurred by any member of the IR Group in connection with such amended Tax Return. Receipt of consent by Allegion from IR under the provisions of this Section 3.7 shall not limit or modify Allegion’s continuing indemnification obligations under Section 2.1 hereof.
ARTICLE IV.      DISTRIBUTIONS AND RELATED TAX MATTERS
Section 4.1.       Compliance with the Ruling . Allegion and IR hereby confirm and agree to comply with any and all applicable covenants, agreements and representations in the Ruling (including, in the case of Allegion, to agreeing that Allegion will not cease the active conduct of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 355(b) of the Code) and the Tax Opinions.

9


         

Section 4.2.       Compliance with Representations . Allegion hereby confirms all representations and agreements made by it in any Tax Representation Letter. IR hereby confirms all representations and agreements made by it in any Tax Representation Letter.
Section 4.3.       Opinion Requirement for Major Transactions Undertaken by Allegion During the Restricted Period . Other than pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Ruling, Allegion agrees that during the Restricted Period it will not (and no Allegion Subsidiary will) (i) merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, (ii) liquidate or partially liquidate (within the meaning of such terms as defined in Section 346 and Section 302, respectively, of the Code), (iii) sell or transfer all or substantially all of its assets (within the meaning of Rev. Proc. 77-37, 1977-2 C.B. 568) in a single transaction or series of related transactions, or sell or transfer any portion of Allegion’s assets that would violate the “continuity of business enterprise” requirement of Treas. Reg. § 1.368-1(d), (iv) redeem or otherwise repurchase any of its capital stock other than pursuant to open market stock repurchase programs meeting the requirements of section 4.05(1)(b) of Rev. Proc. 96-30, 1996-1 C.B. 696, (v) take or permit to be taken (or fail to take) any actions or positions inconsistent with any representation or covenant of Allegion or any Allegion Subsidiary contained in Section 4.1 and 4.2 hereof or any actions or positions that could reasonably be expected to jeopardize, directly or indirectly, any of the conclusions contained in the Ruling or the Tax Opinions or (vi) enter into any negotiations, agreements or arrangements with respect to transactions or events (including any transactions described in Sections 4.3(i)–(v) (and, for this purpose, including any redemptions made pursuant to open market stock repurchase programs), stock issuances, pursuant to the exercise of options or otherwise, option grants, capital contributions or acquisitions, entering into any partnership or joint venture arrangements, or a series of such transactions or events, but excluding the Distribution or the Internal Distributions) that may cause the Distribution or any of the Internal Distributions to be treated as part of a plan pursuant to which one or more persons acquire directly or indirectly stock of Allegion representing a “50-percent or greater interest” therein within the meaning of Section 355(d)(4) of the Code (collectively the “Prohibited Acts”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Allegion may take any of the Prohibited Acts, subject to Section 4.4, if (x) Allegion first obtains (at its expense) an unqualified reasoned opinion addressed to IR and Allegion in form and substance acceptable to IR (which judgment shall be made in the sole and absolute discretion of IR, exercised in good faith) of a nationally recognized law firm or a “Big Four Accounting Firm” within the United States acceptable to IR (which judgment shall be made in the sole and absolute discretion of IR, exercised in good faith), which opinion may be based on usual and customary factual representations in form and substance reasonably acceptable to IR or (y) at Allegion’s reasonable request, IR (at the expense of Allegion) obtains a supplemental ruling from the IRS, in either case, that such Prohibited Act or Acts, and any transaction related thereto, will not (a) affect any of the conclusions set forth in the Ruling, including (i) the qualification of any of the transactions in the Internal Reorganization as “reorganizations” under Section 368 of the Code, (ii) the qualification of the Distribution or the Internal Distributions under Section 355 of the Code and (iii) the nonrecognition of gain to IR and its Subsidiaries in (x) the Distribution or (y) any of the transactions in the Internal Reorganization intended to qualify for nonrecognition treatment, or (b) cause the stock of Allegion distributed in the Distributions to fail to be treated as qualified property pursuant to Section 355(e) of the Code. Allegion may also take any of the Prohibited Acts, subject to Section 4.4, with the consent of IR (which consent may be withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of IR). During the Restricted Period, Allegion shall provide all information reasonably requested by IR relating to any transaction involving an acquisition (directly or indirectly) of Allegion stock within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code.
Section 4.4.       Canadian Butterfly Transactions . If any member of the IR Group, on the one hand, or any member of the Allegion Group, on the other hand intends during the Restricted Period to undertake any transaction that would be reasonably likely to cause the Canadian Butterfly Transactions to fail to qualify for Canadian Tax-Free Status, it shall not undertake such transaction without first obtaining

10


         

an advance ruling from the Canada Revenue Agency or an unqualified reasoned opinion addressed to IR and Allegion in form and substance acceptable to IR (which judgment shall be made in the sole and absolute discretion of IR, exercised in good faith) of a nationally recognized law firm that provides that such transaction will not cause the Canadian Butterfly Transactions to fail to qualify for Canadian Tax-Free Status. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the receipt of any ruling or opinion described in the preceding sentence shall not relieve IR or Allegion of any of its indemnity obligations arising under Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement. The restrictions in the first sentence of this Section 4.4 shall not apply unless IR intends that the Canadian Butterfly Transactions qualify for Canadian Tax-Free Status.
Section 4.5.       Procedural Matters .
(a)       Notice . If either Allegion or IR receives any written notice of deficiency, claim or adjustment or any other written communication that may result in (i) the imposition of a Tax on the other Party or (ii) an indemnification obligation of the other Party pursuant to this Agreement, the Party receiving such notice or communication (the “Tax Notice Recipient”) shall promptly give written notice thereof to the other Party (the “Indemnity Notice Recipient”), provided that any delay in so notifying the Indemnity Notice Recipient shall not relieve the Indemnity Notice Recipient of any liability hereunder except to the extent the Indemnity Notice Recipient is materially and adversely prejudiced by such delay.
(b)       Written Acknowledgment . Promptly upon receipt of notice as provided in Section 4.5(a), the Indemnity Notice Recipient shall confirm in writing to the Tax Notice Recipient that the liability asserted in the notice of deficiency, claim or adjustment or other written communication would, if imposed upon or incurred by the Tax Notice Recipient or its Subsidiaries, be a Tax for which the Indemnity Notice Recipient is responsible pursuant to this Agreement. If the Indemnity Notice Recipient believes in good faith that such liability may not be such a Tax, the Indemnity Notice Recipient shall set forth in writing to the Tax Notice Recipient the grounds for such belief.
(c)       Control of Tax Proceedings .
(i)      IR shall control and, where necessary, Allegion shall procure that IR shall control, any Proceeding with respect to (A) Taxes for which it is responsible pursuant to this Agreement and (B) Consolidated Taxes (including Consolidated Taxes that are Distribution Taxes) and, in each case, may, in its sole discretion, make all decisions taken in connection with such Proceeding. If any such Proceeding relates to Consolidated Taxes for which Allegion may be responsible pursuant to Section 2.1(b), Allegion may participate in such Proceeding at its own expense; provided that IR shall continue to control such Proceeding and may, in its sole discretion, make all decisions taken in connection with such Proceeding.
(ii)      Allegion shall control and, where necessary, IR shall procure that Allegion shall control, any Proceeding with respect to Taxes for which it is responsible pursuant to this Agreement (including with respect to Canadian Distribution Taxes) other than those described in clause (i). If any Proceeding relates to Taxes with respect to which a member of the IR Group is legally allocated or assessed any income or Tax, or otherwise has any legal responsibility for any Tax related to such Tax Return (including as a result of such member’s being the parent entity of a fiscal or other consolidated group), then, notwithstanding that the Allegion Group may be obligated to indemnify the IR Group for such Taxes pursuant to this Agreement, IR may participate in such Proceeding at its own expense; provided that Allegion shall continue to control such Proceeding and may, in its sole discretion, make all decisions taken in connection with such Proceeding.
(d)       Cooperation . IR and Allegion shall reasonably cooperate with one another in a timely manner in any Proceeding involving any matter that may result in an indemnification obligation pursuant to this Agreement. IR and Allegion agree that such cooperation shall include making available to the

11


         

other Party, during normal business hours, all books, records and information, officers and employees (without substantial interruption of employment) necessary or useful in connection with any such Proceeding. The Party requesting or otherwise entitled to any books, records, information, officers or employees pursuant to this Section 4.5(h) shall bear all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (except reimbursement of salaries, employee benefits and general overhead) incurred in connection with providing such books, records, information, officers or employees.
(e)       Supplemental Rulings . IR shall provide Allegion a copy of and an opportunity to comment upon any supplemental ruling sought from the IRS with respect to the Ruling and no supplemental ruling request shall be made without Allegion’s consent if such supplemental ruling would materially expand Allegion’s indemnification obligations under Section 2.1.
Section 4.6.       Special Cases and Procedures . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:
(a)       United States – Canada Competent Authority Proceedings . The following provisions shall govern the matters and proceedings that are the subject of that request for Competent Authority assistance, dated September 20, 2013 (as it may be amended from time to time) and Canadian Competent Authority assistance, dated October [ ], 2013 (as it may be amended from time to time), made by IRNJ and Ingersoll-Rand Security and Safety Holding Corporation (“IRS&S”), and their respective subsidiaries (including Schlage Lock Company and Schlage Lock Co. LLC) (the “CA Request”) with respect to certain transactions between IRNJ, Schlage Lock Company and Schlage Lock Co. LLC, on the one hand, and IR Canada, on the other (any such matters or proceedings, a “CA Proceeding”).
(i)       Tax Refunds . Allegion shall pay to IR an amount equal to the Canadian Tax Refund. Payment of an amount equal to the Canadian Tax Refund shall be made by Allegion to IR after accounting for any netting as provided in Section 4.6(a)(ii) below.
(ii)       Correlative Allocation Payments .
(1)     IR Correlative Allocation Payments .
(A)     IR Correlative Allocation Payment Exceeds Canadian Tax Refund . To the extent the amount of the IR Correlative Allocation Payment exceeds the Canadian Tax Refund related to such CA Proceeding, 95% of such excess shall be paid by IR to Allegion.
(B)     Canadian Tax Refund Exceeds IR Correlative Allocation Payment . To the extent the IR Correlative Allocation Payment is less than the Canadian Tax Refund related to such CA Proceeding, the amount of such shortfall, unreduced by any withholding, shall be paid by Allegion to IR. If any withholding is required by applicable law, then Allegion shall withhold such amounts as required by law, shall timely pay such withheld amounts to the applicable taxing authority, and the amount payable to IR under this Section 4.6(a)(ii)(1)(B) shall be increased as necessary so that, after such withholding has been made (including any withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.6(a)(ii)(1)(B)), the amounts received by IR with respect to this Section 4.6(a)(ii)(1)(B) equal the sum which would have been received had no withholding been made.
(2)     Schlage Lock Co. Correlative Allocation Payment . Any ST Correlative Allocation Payment shall be for Allegion’s account. For the avoidance of doubt, the entitlement of Schlage Lock Co. LLC under this paragraph 2(b) shall not in any way

12


         

reduce IR’s entitlement to the amount of the Canadian Tax Refund under Section 4.6(a)(i).
(3)    Allegion and IR shall cooperate to net any payments owing between the Parties pursuant to Section 4.6(a)(i) and (ii).
(iii)       Control of Proceedings . IR (and its designated subsidiaries) shall control, and Allegion and its affiliates shall procure that IR shall control, all aspects relating to the CA Proceedings, including but not limited to, all decisions relating to strategy, negotiations, settlement, and correspondence with the relevant U.S. and Canadian taxing authorities. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the CA Proceedings, Allegion and its affiliates shall take any action, agree to any settlement or agreement and file such other documentation or requests and appoint such counsel and advisors as directed by IR (including, to the extent relevant, filing a request for binding arbitration) and conversely, shall take no material action with respect to such proceedings (including communicating with any taxing authorities) without IR’s written consent. IR shall have final settlement authority without the prior consent of Allegion and its affiliates and Allegion and its affiliates shall, if and as directed by IR, agree on its behalf to any such settlement. IR will act in good faith and keep Allegion reasonably informed of the status of such proceedings. Without in any way derogating from the obligations of Allegion under this Agreement, Allegion and its affiliates hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint IR, in the name of and on behalf of Allegion and its affiliates, with full power of substitution in the premises, to execute all documents and take any action it considers necessary or advisable in connection with the CA Proceedings. This appointment is coupled with an interest.
(iv)       Cooperation . For the avoidance of doubt, Section 4.5(d) shall apply to the CA Proceedings as if the CA Proceedings were a Proceeding.
(v)       Fees and Expenses . Notwithstanding Section 4.5(d), all reasonable third-party fees and expenses relating to the CA Proceedings shall be shared equally by the Parties.
(b)       [Canadian Asset Transfer Agreement Override . IR Canada and Canada DRE are entering into the Canadian Asset Transfer Agreement addressing the parties’ respective rights and obligations with respect to certain of the matters addressed in this Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, all Taxes imposed on IR Canada, Canada DRE or their respective Subsidiaries, shall be allocated in accordance with the Canadian Asset Transfer Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall effect, constitute or change the timing of (i) any transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition of, or any amendment, modification, supplement or other change of or to, any right, title, interest or benefit in any asset owned or held by IR Canada, Canada DRE or their respective Subsidiaries, or (ii) any transfer, assumption, forgiveness or release of, or any amendment, modification, supplement or other change of or to, any liability of IR Canada, Canada DRE or their respective Subsidiaries. It is intended that the Canadian Asset Transfer Agreement will be drafted in a manner to be consistent with and implement the concepts that are described and implemented in this Agreement as they relate to the assets and liabilities of IR Canada, Canada DRE and their respective Subsidiaries that are otherwise covered in this Agreement.]
(c)       Beneficial Ownership Agreements . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, to the extent of any conflict between a Beneficial Ownership Agreement, on the one hand, and this Agreement, on the other, the Beneficial Ownership Agreements shall govern all matters described therein between the parties thereto.
(d)       Ingersoll-Rand (Shanghai) Trading Co. Ltd. (“CTC”) . Notwithstanding that CTC shall legally remain an IR Subsidiary following the Distribution, for purposes of Section 2.1 hereof, CTC shall be treated as a member of the Allegion Group (and not as an IR Subsidiary) for which Allegion is

13


         

obligated to indemnify IR in accordance with Section 2.1(b) herein, but only with respect to Taxes that arise or are attributable to periods prior to and including the Distribution Date (“CTC Pre-Distribution Taxes”). For the avoidance of doubt, CTC Pre-Distribution Taxes shall be treated as Standalone Allegion Taxes for purposes of Section 2 .1 of this Agreement. IR shall control, pursuant to Section 4.5(c)(i) any Proceeding with respect to CTC Pre-Distribution Taxes.
(e)       Schlage Lock Co. LLC . Schlage Lock Co. LLC shall be considered a Consolidated Entity only through the date interests in Schlage Lock Co. LLC are transferred by its current members Ingersoll-Rand Security and Safety Holding Corporation and Ingersoll-Rand Company (including its wholly owned subsidiary Ingersoll-Rand Schlage Lock Holding Company LLC) to Allegion S&S Lock Holding Company, Inc. and Allegion S&S Holding Company Inc., respectively (the “Technical Termination Date”). For the avoidance of doubt, all Taxes in respect of Schlage Lock Co. LLC for all periods following the Technical Termination Date shall be considered Standalone Allegion Taxes for which Allegion is responsible under Section 2.1(b).
Section 4.7.       Deferred Compensation Deductions . Any Deferred Compensation Deduction arising after the Distribution shall be allocable to the Party (or the appropriate Affiliate of the Party) that employs the individual with respect to whom such Deferred Compensation Deduction arises at the time that it arises or, if such individual is not then employed by any Party or a Party’s Affiliate, by the Party with respect to which such individual was most recently employed.
ARTICLE V.      MISCELLANEOUS
Section 5.1.       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more such counterparts have been signed by both Parties.
Section 5.2.       Waivers . The failure of any Party to require strict performance by the other Party of any provision in this Agreement will not waive or diminish that Party’s right to demand strict performance thereafter of that or any other provision hereof.
Section 5.3.       Amendments . This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an agreement in writing signed by the Parties hereto.
Section 5.4.       Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assignable, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Parties (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and any attempt to assign any rights or obligations arising under this Agreement without such consent shall be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be assignable to (i) an affiliate or (ii) a third party in connection with a merger, reorganization, consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of a Party so long as the resulting, surviving or transferee entity assumes all the obligations of the relevant Party by operation of law or pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the other parties to this Agreement. No assignment permitted by this Section 5.4 shall release the assigning Party from liability for the full performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
Section 5.5.       Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement and the obligations and rights hereunder shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by (and against) the Parties and their respective successors and permitted transferees and assigns.
Section 5.6.       Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties hereto and should not be deemed to confer upon third parties any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement.

14


         

Section 5.7.       Title and Headings . Titles and headings to sections herein are inserted for the convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 5.8.       Exhibits . The Exhibits to this Agreement shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if the same had been set forth verbatim herein.
Section 5.9.       Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws, but not the Laws governing conflicts of Laws (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law), of the State of New York.
Section 5.10.       Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . The consents and agreements set forth in Sections 10.18 and 10.19 of the Separation Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.
Section 5.11.       Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The Parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
Section 5.12.       Dispute Resolution . For the avoidance of doubt, any disputes in any way arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be governed by the procedures set forth in Article VIII of the Separation Agreement.
Section 5.13.       Prior Agreements . In consideration of the mutual indemnities and other obligations of this Agreement, any and all prior Tax sharing or allocation agreements or practices between any member of the IR Group, on the one hand, and any member of the Allegion Group, on the other, shall be terminated as of the Distribution Date, and neither Party shall have any continuing rights or obligations thereunder.
Section 5.14.       Payment Terms .
(a)      Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, any amount to be paid or reimbursed by a Party (or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of such Party), on the one hand, to the other Party (or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of such Party), on the other hand, under this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed hereunder within sixty (60) days after presentation of an invoice or a written demand therefor and setting forth, or accompanied by, reasonable documentation or other reasonable explanation supporting such amount.
(b)      The recipient of any indemnification payment pursuant to this Agreement (the “Recipient”), shall, in consideration for the acquisition of the right to receive such payment, be obliged to immediately pay an amount equal to such payment to the relevant member of its Group (being generally the member with respect to which the Tax liability to which the payment relates arose) or to any other member of its Group, in either case, in the most tax efficient manner possible (to be determined in good faith by the Recipient in light of the facts and circumstances at the time).
(c)      Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, any amount not paid when due pursuant to this Agreement (and any amount billed or otherwise invoiced or demanded and properly payable that is not paid within sixty (60) days of such bill, invoice or other demand) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR, from time to time in effect, calculated for the actual number of days elapsed, accrued from the date on which such payment was due up to the date of the actual receipt of payment.

15


         

Section 5.15.       No Duplication; No Double Recovery . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer to or impose upon any Party a duplicative right, entitlement, obligation or recovery with respect to any matter arising out of the same facts and circumstances.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

16


         

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

INGERSOLL-RAND PLC


By: ______________________
Name:
Title:



ALLEGION PLC

By: ______________________
Name:
Title:



17



Exhibit 10.3
CREDIT AGREEMENT  
 
dated as of
[●], 2013,  
 
among
 
 
ALLEGION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY,
 
 
ALLEGION US HOLDING COMPANY INC.,
as the Borrower,
 
 
The Lenders and Issuing Banks Party Hereto,
 
 
and
 
 
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
___________________________
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP.,
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
and
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners
 
 
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, BNP PARIBAS,
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Syndication Agents
 
 
THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD., FIFTH THIRD BANK,
PNC BANK, N.A., U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION and
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
as Documentation Agents









TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I

Definitions
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms
1
SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings
46
SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally
46
SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP
46
SECTION 1.05. Pro Forma Calculations
47
SECTION 1.06. Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents
47
SECTION 1.07. Transactions on and prior to Spin-Off Date
48
ARTICLE II

The Credits
SECTION 2.01. Commitments
48
SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings
49
SECTION 2.03. Requests for Borrowings
49
SECTION 2.04. Swingline Loans
50
SECTION 2.05. Letters of Credit
52
SECTION 2.06. Funding of Borrowings
59
SECTION 2.07. Interest Elections
60
SECTION 2.08. Termination and Reduction of Commitments
61
SECTION 2.09. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt
62
SECTION 2.10. Amortization of Term Loans
62
SECTION 2.11. Prepayment of Loans
64
SECTION 2.12. Fees
67
SECTION 2.13. Interest
68
SECTION 2.14. Alternate Rate of Interest
69
SECTION 2.15. Increased Costs
70
SECTION 2.16. Break Funding Payments
71
SECTION 2.17. Taxes
71
SECTION 2.18. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs
75

i





 

SECTION 2.19. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
76
SECTION 2.20. Defaulting Lenders
77
SECTION 2.21. Incremental Extensions of Credit
80
SECTION 2.22. Extension of Maturity Date
84
SECTION 2.23. Refinancing Facilities
86
ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties
SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers
87
SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Due Execution and Delivery; Enforceability
87
SECTION 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts
88
SECTION 3.04. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change
88
SECTION 3.05. Properties
89
SECTION 3.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters
89
SECTION 3.07. Compliance with Laws
90
SECTION 3.08. Anti-Terrorism Laws; Anti Corruption Laws
90
SECTION 3.09. Investment Company Status
90
SECTION 3.10. Federal Reserve Regulations
90
SECTION 3.11. Taxes
90
SECTION 3.12. ERISA
91
SECTION 3.13. Disclosure
91
SECTION 3.14. Subsidiaries
91
SECTION 3.15. [Reserved.]
91
SECTION 3.16. Labor Matters
92
SECTION 3.17. Solvency
92
SECTION 3.18. Collateral Matters
92
SECTION 3.19. Designation as Senior Debt
93
ARTICLE IV

Conditions
SECTION 4.01. Effective Date
93
SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event
96

ii



 

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants
SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements and Other Information
97
SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events
98
SECTION 5.03. Information Regarding Collateral
99
SECTION 5.04. Existence; Conduct of Business
99
SECTION 5.05. Payment of Taxes
99
SECTION 5.06. Maintenance of Properties
100
SECTION 5.07. Insurance
100
SECTION 5.08. [Reserved.]
100
SECTION 5.09. Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights
100
SECTION 5.10. Compliance with Laws
100
SECTION 5.11. Use of Proceeds; Letters of Credit
101
SECTION 5.12. Additional Subsidiaries
101
SECTION 5.13. Further Assurances
101
SECTION 5.14. Credit Ratings
102
SECTION 5.15. Post-Effective Date Matters
102
SECTION 5.16. Designation as Senior Debt
102
SECTION 5.17. Designation of Subsidiaries
102
ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants
SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities
103
SECTION 6.02. Liens
105
SECTION 6.03. Fundamental Changes
107
SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions
108
SECTION 6.05. Asset Sales
111
SECTION 6.06. Sale and Leaseback Transactions
112
SECTION 6.07. Hedging Agreements
113
SECTION 6.08. Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Junior Indebtedness
113
SECTION 6.09. Transactions with Affiliates
114
SECTION 6.10. Restrictive Agreements
115
SECTION 6.11. Amendment of Material Documents
116

iii



 

SECTION 6.12. Interest Expense Coverage Ratio
116
SECTION 6.13. Total Leverage Ratio
116
SECTION 6.14. Changes in Fiscal Periods
117
ARTICLE VII

Events of Default
SECTION 7.01. Events of Default
117
SECTION 7.02. Exclusion of Certain Subsidiaries
120
ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent
ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous
SECTION 9.01. Notices
125
SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments
126
SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
129
SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns
132
SECTION 9.05. Survival
136
SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
137
SECTION 9.07. Severability
137
SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff
137
SECTION 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
138
SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
138
SECTION 9.11. Headings
139
SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality
139
SECTION 9.13. Interest Rate Limitation
139
SECTION 9.14. Release of Liens and Guarantees
140
SECTION 9.15. USA PATRIOT Act Notice
140
SECTION 9.16. No Fiduciary Relationship
140
SECTION 9.17. Non-Public Information
141


iv



 

SCHEDULES :

Schedule 1.02 — Mortgaged Property
Schedule 2.01 — Commitments
Schedule 3.14 — Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.01 — Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02 — Existing Liens
Schedule 6.04 — Existing Investments
Schedule 6.05 — Proposed Asset Sales
Schedule 6.10 — Existing Restrictions

EXHIBITS :

Exhibit A    — Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit B    — [Reserved]
Exhibit C    — Form of Collateral Agreement
Exhibit D    — Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit E    — Form of Supplemental Perfection Certificate
Exhibit F    — Form of Global Intercompany Note
Exhibit G    — Auction Procedures
Exhibit H    — Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit I    — Form of Maturity Date Extension Request
Exhibit J-1    — Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate for Foreign Lenders that are
not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit J-2    — Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate for Non-U.S. Participants
that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit J-3    — Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate for Non-U.S. Participants
that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit J-4    — Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate for Foreign Lenders
that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit K    — [Reserved]
Exhibit L    — Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit M    — Mandatory Costs Rate




v



 

CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of [●], 2013 (this “ Agreement ”), among ALLEGION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY, an Irish public limited company, ALLEGION US HOLDING COMPANY INC., a Delaware corporation, the LENDERS and ISSUING BANKS party hereto and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
The Borrower has requested that (a) the Tranche A Term Lenders extend credit in the form of Tranche A Term Loans on the Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $500,000,000, (b) the Tranche B Term Lenders extend credit in the form of Tranche B Term Loans on the Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $500,000,000 and (c) the Revolving Lenders extend credit in the form of Revolving Loans, the Swingline Lender extend credit in the form of Swingline Loans and the Issuing Banks issue Letters of Credit, in each case at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period such that the Aggregate Revolving Exposure will not exceed $500,000,000 at any time. The proceeds of the Term Loans, together with the Net Proceeds of the Borrower’s private placement of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Unsecured Notes and cash on hand, will be used to (a) pay the Effective Date Dividend to Ingersoll Rand (or a subsidiary thereof) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,500,200,000 and (b) pay fees and expenses related to the foregoing. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans on and after the Effective Date and of the Swingline Loans will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes (including acquisitions permitted by this Agreement) of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries. Letters of Credit will be used by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for general corporate purposes.
The Lenders are willing to extend such credit to the Borrower, and the Issuing Banks are willing to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I

Definitions
SECTION 1.01.      Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.
Additional Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(c).
Adjusted EURIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any EURIBOR Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the sum of (a) the EURIBO Rate for such Interest Period and (b) the Mandatory Costs Rate.
Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period (or, solely for purposes of clause (c) of the defined term “Alternate Base Rate”, for purposes of determining the Alternate Base Rate as of any date), an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (a) for Borrowings denominated in dollars, (i) the LIBO Rate for dollars for such Interest Period (or such date, as applicable) multiplied by (ii) the Statutory Reserve Rate and (b) for Borrowings denominated in a




2

Permitted Foreign Currency (other than Euro), the sum of (i) the LIBO Rate for such currency for such Interest Period and (ii) the Mandatory Costs Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of Tranche B Term Loans, in no event shall the Adjusted LIBO Rate at any time be less than 0.75% per annum.
Administrative Agent ” means JPMCB (including its branches and affiliates), in its capacity as administrative agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Article VIII.
Administrative Questionnaire ” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and a Purchasing Borrower Party (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit H or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
Aggregate Dollar Revolving Commitment ” means, at any time, the sum of the Dollar Revolving Commitments of all the Dollar Revolving Lenders at such time.
Aggregate Dollar Revolving Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of the Dollar Revolving Exposures of all the Dollar Revolving Lenders at such time.
Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment ” means, at any time, the sum of the Multi-Currency Revolving Commitments of all the Multi-Currency Revolving Lenders at such time.
Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of the Multi-Currency Revolving Exposures of all the Multi-Currency Revolving Lenders at such time.
Aggregate Revolving Commitment ” means, at any time, the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Commitments or the Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Commitments, in each case at such time, as the context may require.
Aggregate Revolving Exposure ” means, at any time, the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Exposure or the Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Exposure, in each case at such time, as the context may require.
Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Credit Agreement.
Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus  1/2 of 1.00% per annum and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00% per annum. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such




3

inability no longer exist. For purposes of clause (c) above, the Adjusted LIBO Rate on any day shall be based on the rate per annum appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such screen) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to such day for dollar deposits in the London interbank market with a maturity of one month. In the event that such rate does not appear on such page (or on any successor or substitute page on such screen or otherwise on such screen), the Adjusted LIBO Rate on any day shall be based on the rate per annum appearing on such other comparable publicly available service for displaying interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market as may be selected by the Administrative Agent and which is in general use for determining interest rates applicable to such deposits or, in the absence of such availability, on the rate at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity of one month are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds to leading banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to such day. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of determining the Alternate Base Rate for Tranche B Term Loans, the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined after giving effect to the last sentence of the definition thereof.
Alternative Incremental Facility Debt ” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or senior unsecured notes; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is secured, such Indebtedness shall be secured by the Collateral on a pari passu or junior basis with the Loan Document Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of an event of default, a change in control, an event of loss or an asset disposition), (iii) mandatory prepayments of any such Indebtedness that is secured on a junior basis or that is unsecured shall not be required except to the extent that prepayments are not required to be made in respect of the Term Loans hereunder and under any other Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 that is permitted to be secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans (and then only to the extent such prepayment is permitted under this Agreement and any indenture or other agreement related to such other Indebtedness), (iv) if such Indebtedness is secured, the security agreement relating to such Indebtedness is not materially more favorable to the secured parties thereunder (when taken as a whole) than the Collateral Agreement is to the Lenders, (v) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than the Loan Parties and (vi) if such Indebtedness is secured, a trustee or note agent acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to customary intercreditor arrangements mutually agreed with the Administrative Agent.
Applicable Credit Rating ” means, at any time, the ratings of the credit facilities provided for under this Agreement by Moody’s and S&P at such time.




4

Applicable Rate ” means, for any day,
(a) with respect to any Loan that is a Tranche B Term Loan, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the applicable caption, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of the fiscal quarter of Holdings for which consolidated financial statements have most recently been delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b); provided that until the delivery of such consolidated financial statements as of and for the first fiscal quarter of Holdings beginning after the Effective Date, the Applicable Rate shall be that set forth below in Level I:
Level
Total Leverage Ratio
Eurocurrency Loans and EURIBOR Loans
ABR Loans
I
≥ 2.50 to 1.00
2.25%
1.25%
II
< 2.50 to 1.00
2%
1%

For purposes of this clause (a), each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall be effective during the period commencing on and including the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) of the consolidated financial statements indicating such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change; provided that the Total Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Level I at the option of the Administrative Agent or at the request of the Required Lenders if the Borrower fails to deliver the consolidated financial statements required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) or the certificate of a Financial Officer required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 5.01(c) during the period from the expiration of the time for delivery thereof until such consolidated financial statements and such certificate are delivered;
(b) with respect to (i) any Loan that is a Tranche A Term Loan, a Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan and (ii) the commitment fees payable hereunder in respect of Revolving Loans after the Effective Date, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the applicable caption, based upon the Applicable Credit Rating in effect on such date:
Level
Applicable Credit Rating (Moody’s/S&P)
Eurocurrency Loans and
EURIBOR Loans
ABR Loans
Commitment Fee
I
Ba2 / BB or lower / unrated
2.25%
1.25%
0.35%
II
Ba1 / BB+
2%
1%
0.3%
III
Baa3 / BBB- or higher
1.75%
0.75%
0.25%

For purposes of this clause (b), (i) if either Moody’s or S&P shall not have in effect an Applicable Credit Rating (other than by reason of the circumstances referred to in the last sentence of this definition), then such rating agency shall be deemed to have established an Applicable Credit Rating in Level I, (ii) if the Applicable Credit Ratings established or deemed to be established by Moody’s and S&P shall fall within different Levels, the Applicable Rate shall be based upon the lower Applicable Credit Rating unless the Applicable Credit Ratings differ by two or more Levels, in which case the Applicable Rate will be based upon the Level one level above that corresponding to the lower Applicable Credit Rating, and (iii) if the Applicable Credit Ratings established or deemed to have been established by Moody’s and S&P shall be changed




5

(other than as a result of a change in the ratings system of Moody’s or S&P), such change shall be effective as of the date on which it is first announced by the applicable rating agency. Each change in the Applicable Rate shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of any change in the Applicable Credit Rating and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next change in the Applicable Credit Rating. If the rating system of Moody’s or S&P shall change, or if either such rating agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Borrower and the Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend this definition to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of ratings from such rating agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation.
Approved Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender or Eligible Assignee, any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities and that is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender or Eligible Assignee, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or Eligible Assignee or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender or Eligible Assignee.
Arrangers ” means, collectively, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners for the credit facilities provided for herein.
Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any Person whose consent is required by Section 9.04) and accepted by the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
Auction ” means an auction pursuant to which a Purchasing Borrower Party offers to purchase Term Loans pursuant to the Auction Procedures.
Auction Manager ” means any financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Auction; provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Manager without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Manager).
Auction Procedures ” means the procedures set forth in Exhibit G .
Auction Purchase Offer ” means an offer by a Purchasing Borrower Party to purchase Term Loans of one or more Classes pursuant to an auction process conducted in accordance with the Auction Procedures and otherwise in accordance with Section 9.04(e).
Available Amount ” means, at any time, (a) the sum of (i) $50,000,000, plus (ii) the sum of Excess Cash Flow for each fiscal year of Holdings in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) (to the extent such Excess Cash Flow amount exceeds $0), plus (iii) the Net Proceeds from any sale or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings to the extent such Net Proceeds are received by the Borrower, plus (iv) the aggregate amount of prepayments declined by the Term Lenders and retained by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.11(e) ( provided that any increase in the Available Amount pursuant to this clause (iv) shall not be used to make any Restricted Payment) plus (v) the amount of any investment made using the Available Amount of the




6

Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or that has been merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries minus (b) the sum at such time of (i) all prepayments required to be made under Section 2.11(c) in respect of Excess Cash Flow for each fiscal year of Holdings in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), plus (ii) investments, loans and advances previously or concurrently made under Section 6.04(u) in reliance on the Available Amount, plus (iii) Restricted Payments previously or concurrently made under Section 6.08(a)(xii) in reliance on the Available Amount, plus (iv) prepayments of Indebtedness previously or concurrently made under Section 6.08(b)(iv) in reliance on the Available Amount.
Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person, that such Person has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority; provided further that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States of America or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.
Blocked Person ” means any Person that is publicly identified on the most current list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
Board of Governors ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.
Borrower ” means Allegion US Holding Company Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Borrowing ” means (a) Loans of the same Class, Type and currency, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.
Borrowing Minimum ” means (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in dollars, $5,000,000, (b) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in any Permitted Foreign Currency, the smallest amount of such Permitted Foreign Currency that is an integral multiple of 100,000 units of such currency and that has a Dollar Equivalent in excess of $5,000,000 and (c) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, $1,000,000.
Borrowing Multiple ” means (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in dollars, $500,000, (b) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in any Permitted Foreign Currency, the smallest amount of such Permitted Foreign Currency that is an integral multiple of 100,000 units of such currency and that has a Dollar Equivalent in excess of $500,000 and (c) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, $100,000.




7

Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04, as applicable, which shall be, in the case of a written Borrowing Request, in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and otherwise consistent with the requirements of Section 2.03 or 2.04, as applicable.
Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that (a) when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in deposits in the applicable currency in the London interbank market or any day on which banks in London are not open for general business and (b) when used in connection with any EURIBOR Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which the TARGET payment system is not open for the settlement of payments in Euro or any day on which banks in London are not open for general business.
Calculation Date ” means (a) the last Business Day of each calendar quarter, (b) each date (with such date to be reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) that is on or about the date of (i) a Borrowing Request or an Interest Election Request with respect to any Multi-Currency Revolving Loan or (ii) the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Multi-Currency Letter of Credit and (c) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any Business Day as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, (a) the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are (or should be) set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP and (b) Capital Lease Obligations incurred by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, but excluding in each case any such expenditure (i) constituting reinvestment of the Net Proceeds of any event described in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”, to the extent permitted by Section 2.11(c), (ii) made by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as payment of the consideration for any acquisition permitted by this Agreement, (iii) made by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to effect leasehold improvements to any property leased by Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as lessee, to the extent that such expenses have been reimbursed by the landlord, (iv) in the form of a substantially contemporaneous exchange of similar property, plant, equipment or other capital assets, except to the extent of cash or other consideration (other than the assets so exchanged), if any, paid or payable by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (v) made with the Net Proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests.
Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of Section 6.02, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased and such property shall be deemed to be owned by the lessee.




8

Cash Management Services ” means the treasury management services (including controlled disbursements, zero balance arrangements, cash sweeps, corporate credit card and other card services, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts, temporary advances, interest and fees and interstate depository network services) provided to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
Change in Control ” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of any Equity Interest in the Borrower by any Person other than Holdings (or prior to the consummation of the Spin-Off, Ingersoll Rand or its Affiliates); (b) prior to the consummation of the Spin-Off, the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person other than Ingersoll Rand of any Equity Interest in Holdings; (c) after the consummation of the Spin-Off, the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder) of 35% or more on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Equity Interests in Holdings; (d) the occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of Holdings by Persons who were not (i) directors of Holdings on the date of consummation of the Spin-Off, (ii) nominated by the board of directors of Holdings or (iii) appointed by directors who were directors of Holdings on the date of consummation of the Spin-Off or were so nominated as provided in subclause (ii) of this clause (d); or (e) the occurrence of a “Change in Control” as defined in the Senior Unsecured Notes Documents.
Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the Escrow Date (or with respect to any Lender, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender), of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States of America or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, in each case shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued.
Charges ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.13.
Class ”, when used in reference to (a) any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Dollar Revolving Loans, Multi-Currency Revolving Loans, Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, Incremental Term Loans or Swingline Loans, (b) any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Dollar Revolving Commitment, Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment, Tranche A Term Commitment, Tranche B Term Commitment, a Commitment in respect of any Incremental Revolving Loans or a Commitment in respect of any Incremental Term Loans, (c) any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a particular Class Classes and (d) any Letter of Credit, refers to whether such Letter of Credit is a Dollar Letter of Credit or a Multi-Currency Letter of Credit. Incremental Revolving Loans and Incremental Term Loans that have different terms and conditions (together with the Commitments in respect thereof) shall be construed to be in different Classes.
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.




9

Collateral ” means any and all assets, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, on which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Security Documents as security for the Obligations.
Collateral Agreement ” means the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement among Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit C or any other collateral agreement reasonably requested (in accordance with the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement) by the Administrative Agent.
Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” means, at any time, the requirement that:
(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received from Holdings, the Borrower and each Designated Subsidiary either (i) a counterpart of the Collateral Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person or (ii) in the case of any Person that becomes a Designated Subsidiary after the Effective Date, a supplement to the Collateral Agreement, in the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, together with opinions and documents of the type referred to in Sections 4.01(b) and (c) with respect to such Person;
(b) (i) all outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary, in each case owned by any Loan Party, shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement; provided that the Loan Parties shall not be required to pledge (x) more than 65% of the outstanding Voting Equity Interests of any first-tier Foreign Subsidiary or any Foreign-Subsidiary Holding Company, (y) any of the outstanding Voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a first-tier Foreign Subsidiary or (z) any Equity Interests to the extent that a pledge of such Equity Interests is prohibited by any requirements of law or contract (so long as any contractual restriction is not incurred in contemplation of such entity becoming a subsidiary of Holdings) and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall, to the extent required by the Collateral Agreement, have received certificates or other instruments representing all such Equity Interests, together with undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank ( provided that no Loan Party shall have any obligation to deliver a certificate or other instrument representing any such Equity Interest if such Equity Interest is uncertificated);
(c) all Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary, and all other Indebtedness of any Person in a principal amount of $10,000,000 or more, in each case, that is owing to any Loan Party shall be evidenced by a promissory note and shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such promissory notes (or, if applicable, in lieu thereof, the Global Intercompany Note), together with undated instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;
(d) all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Security Documents and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, the Security Documents shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Administrative Agent for filing, registration or recording;
(e) the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid and enforceable first Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly




10

permitted by Section 6.02, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, (iii) if any Mortgaged Property is located in an area determined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency to have special flood hazards, evidence of such flood insurance as may be required under applicable law, including Regulation H of the Board of Governors, and (iv) such surveys, abstracts, appraisals, legal opinions and other documents as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgage or Mortgaged Property; provided that the requirements of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iv) shall be completed on or before the date that is 90 days after the Effective Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, agree to in writing) in accordance with Section 5.15; and
(f) each Loan Party shall have obtained all consents and approvals required to be obtained by it in connection with the execution and delivery of all Security Documents to which it is a party, the performance of its obligations thereunder and the granting by it of the Liens thereunder.
The foregoing definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets, rights or properties of the Loan Parties, or the provision of Guarantees by any Designated Subsidiary, if and for so long as the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower, reasonably determines that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, rights or properties, or obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, rights or properties, or providing such Guarantees (taking into account any adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Affiliates (including the imposition of withholding or other material Taxes on Lenders)), shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom. The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets, rights or properties of the Loan Parties or the provision of Guarantees by any Designated Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Effective Date or in connection with assets, rights or properties acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Effective Date) where it determines that such creation or perfection of security interests, obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables, or provision of Guarantees cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Security Documents. In the event that Holdings or the Borrower designates a Restricted Subsidiary that is organized in a Permitted Jurisdiction as a Designated Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.12(b), such Designated Subsidiary may deliver, in lieu of the Collateral Agreement, local law security documents (including guarantee limitations) as are reasonable or customary in such Permitted Jurisdiction in light of such Designated Subsidiary’s size or assets, or such documents as the Administrative Agent may otherwise agree to accept in lieu of the Collateral Agreement, and in each case, delivery of such documents shall be deemed to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.
Commitment ” means (a) with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment, Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment, Tranche A Term Commitment, Tranche B Term Commitment, commitment in respect of any Incremental Revolving Loans or commitment in respect of any Incremental Term Loans or any combination thereof (as the context requires) and (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, its Swingline Commitment.




11

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. ) and any successor statute.
Communications ” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated herein or therein that is distributed to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section 9.01, including through the Platform.
Consenting Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).
Consolidated Cash Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the excess of (a) the sum of, without duplication, (i) the interest expense (including imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations) of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (ii) any interest or other financing costs accrued during such period in respect of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are required to be capitalized rather than included in consolidated interest expense of Holdings for such period in accordance with GAAP, (iii) any cash payments made during such period in respect of obligations referred to in clause (b)(iii) below that were amortized or accrued in a previous period, and (iv) all cash dividends paid or payable during such period in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests of Holdings; provided that such dividends shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the effective combined tax rate of Holdings (expressed as a decimal) for such period (as estimated by a Financial Officer of Holdings in good faith) minus (b) the sum of, without duplication, (i) interest income of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (ii) to the extent included in such consolidated interest expense for such period, non-cash amounts attributable to amortization or write-off of capitalized interest or other financing costs paid in a previous period and (iii) to the extent included in such consolidated interest expense for such period, non-cash amounts attributable to amortization of debt discounts or accrued interest payable in kind for such period. Consolidated Cash Interest Expense shall be deemed to be (a) for the four fiscal quarter period ended December 31, 2013, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for the period from the Effective Date to and including December 31, 2013, multiplied by a fraction equal to (x) 365 divided by (y) the number of days actually elapsed from the Effective Date to December 31, 2013, (b) for the four fiscal quarter period ended March 31, 2014, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for the period from the Effective Date to and including March 31, 2014, multiplied by a fraction equal to (x) 365 divided by (y) the number of days actually elapsed from the Effective Date to March 31, 2014, (c) for the four fiscal quarter period ended June 30, 2014, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for the period from the Effective Date to and including June 30, 2014, multiplied by a fraction equal to (x) 365 divided by (y) the number of days actually elapsed from the Effective Date to June 30, 2014, and (d) for the four fiscal quarter period ended September 30, 2014, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for the period from the Effective Date to and including September 30, 2014, multiplied by a fraction equal to (x) 365 divided by (y) the number of days actually elapsed from the Effective Date to September 30, 2014.
Consolidated Debt ” means, as of any date, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the type specified in clauses (a), (b), (e) (but only to the extent supporting Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a), (b) and (g) of the definition thereof), (f) (but only to the extent supporting Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a), (b) and (g) of the definition thereof), (g), (h) (but only to the extent issued in support of Indebtedness of others of




12

the types specified in clauses (a), (b) and (g) of the definition thereof) and (j) of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date determined on a consolidated basis.
Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (i) interest expense for such period, (ii) consolidated income tax expense of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, (iv) fees and expenses incurred during such period in connection with the Transactions, (v) fees and expenses incurred during such period in connection with any proposed or actual permitted merger, acquisition, investment, asset sale, other disposition or capital markets transaction, without regard to the consummation thereof, (vi) charges for impairment of inventory during such period and non-recurring charges incurred during such period in respect of restructurings, plant closings, headcount reductions or other similar actions, including severance charges in respect of employee terminations, in an aggregate amount for all such charges not to exceed 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period as determined prior to such add-back, (vii) any non-cash charges, losses or expenses of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (but excluding any non-cash charge, loss or expense in respect of an item that was included in Consolidated Net Income in a prior period and any non-cash charge, loss or expense that relates to the write-down or write-off of inventory, other than (x) any write-down or write-off of inventory as a result of purchase accounting adjustments in respect of any acquisition permitted by this Agreement and (y) any charge for impairment of inventory that is permitted by clause (vi) above), (viii) any losses during such period attributable to early extinguishment of Indebtedness or obligations under any Hedging Agreement, (ix) any expense during such period relating to deferred compensation and other equity-based compensation plans, defined benefits pension or post-retirement benefit plans, (x) any losses during such period resulting from the sale or disposition of any asset of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business and (xi) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; and minus (b) without duplication and to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (i) any non-cash gains for such period (other than any such non-cash gains (A) in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period and (B) that represent the reversal of any accrual in a prior period for, or the reversal of any cash reserves established in a prior period for, anticipated cash charges), (ii) any income during such period relating to deferred compensation and other equity-based compensation plans, defined benefits pension or post-retirement benefit plans, (iii) cash payments during such period relating to deferred compensation and other equity-based compensation plans and cash contributions to defined benefits pension or post-retirement benefit plans in an amount not to exceed the amount included in Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (a)(x) above, (iv) all gains during such period resulting from the sale or disposition of any asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business, (v) any gains during such period attributable to early extinguishment of Indebtedness or obligations under any Hedging Agreement, (vi) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and (vii) solely for determining compliance with Section 6.12, interest income. In the event any Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary that is not wholly owned by Holdings, all amounts added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA for any period pursuant to clause (a) above, and all amounts subtracted in computing Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (b) above, to the extent such amounts are, in the reasonable judgment of a Financial




13

Officer of Holdings, attributable to such Subsidiary, shall be reduced by the portion thereof that is attributable to the non-controlling interest in such Subsidiary.
Consolidated Net Debt ” means, as of any date, (a) Consolidated Debt minus (b) the amount of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents held, on such date by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties, not to exceed $100,000,000; provided that solely for purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio for purposes of the definition of “Specified ECF Percentage”, the amount of such unrestricted cash and cash equivalents to be subtracted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Debt shall not exceed $50,000,000.
Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income or loss of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in accordance with GAAP as set forth on the consolidated financial statements of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; provided that there shall be excluded (a) the income of any Person (other than Holdings and the Borrower) that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other cash distributions actually paid by such Person to Holdings, the Borrower or, subject to clauses (b) and (c) of this proviso, any Restricted Subsidiary during such period, (b) the income of, and any amounts referred to in clause (a) of this proviso paid to, any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that, on the date of determination, the declaration or payment of cash dividends or other cash distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by a Requirement of Law or any agreement or instrument applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of cash dividends and other similar cash distributions have been legally and effectively waived and (c) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss.
Consolidated Senior Secured Debt ” means, as of any date, Consolidated Debt minus the sum of (a) the portion of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries included in Consolidated Debt that is not secured by any Lien on property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the portion of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries included in Consolidated Debt that is secured by Liens on property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries, which Liens are expressly subordinated or junior to the Liens securing the Term Loans and the Revolving Loans other than, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), outstanding Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties.
Consolidated Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP.
Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies, or the dismissal or appointment of the management, of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.
Credit Party ” means the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and each other Lender.
Declining Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).




14

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, constitute an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender ” means any Revolving Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Revolving Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Revolving Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified in such writing, including, if applicable, by reference to a specific Default) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified Holdings, the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Revolving Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified in such writing, including, if applicable, by reference to a specific Default) cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by a Credit Party, made in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Revolving Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans; provided that such Revolving Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Revolving Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.20) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, each Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and each other Lender.
Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or a Subsidiary in connection with a disposition pursuant to Section 6.05 that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an executive officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash within 180 days following the consummation of such disposition).
Designated Subsidiary ” means each wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary other than (a) a Restricted Subsidiary that is (i) a Foreign Subsidiary, (ii) a Foreign-Subsidiary Holding Company and (iii) a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or a Foreign-Subsidiary Holding Company, (b) a Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary or (c) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not permitted by law, regulation or contract to provide the Guarantee required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (so long as any such contractual restriction is not incurred in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary), or would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide such Guarantee, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, or for which the provision of such Guarantee would result in a material adverse tax consequence to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower); provided that the term “Designated Subsidiary” shall include any Restricted Subsidiary described




15

in clause (a) or (b) of this definition that is designated as a “Designated Subsidiary” in accordance with Section 5.12(b).
Disqualified Equity Interest ” means any Equity Interest that (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests) or subject to mandatory repurchase or redemption or repurchase at the option of the holders thereof, in each case in whole or in part and whether upon the occurrence of any event, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation on a fixed date or otherwise, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date (determined as of the date of issuance thereof or, in the case of any such Equity Interests outstanding on the date hereof, as of the date hereof), other than (i) upon payment in full of the Loan Document Obligations, reduction of the LC Exposure to zero and termination of the Commitments or (ii) upon a “change in control” or asset sale or casualty or condemnation event; provided that any payment required pursuant to this clause (ii) shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans or if the terms of such Equity Interest provides that a Person may not repurchase such Equity Interest unless such Person would be permitted to do so in compliance with Section 6.08 or (b) is convertible or exchangeable, automatically or at the option of any holder thereof, into (i) any Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness described in clause (j) of the definition thereof) or (ii) any Equity Interests or other assets other than Qualified Equity Interests, in each case at any time prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date (determined as of the date of issuance thereof or, in the case of any such Equity Interests outstanding on the date hereof, as of the date hereof); provided that (x) an Equity Interest in any Person that is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees or by any such plan to such employees shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by such Person or any of its subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability and (y) any Equity Interest that would constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely as a result of a redemption feature that is conditioned upon, or subject to, compliance with Section 6.08 shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest.
Distribution Agreement ” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement between Ingersoll Rand and Holdings, to be dated on or prior to the Spin-Off Date.
Documentation Agents ” means, collectively, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., Fifth Third Bank, PNC Bank, N.A., U.S. Bank National Association and Wells Fargo Bank, NA.
Dollar Applicable Percentage ” means, at any time with respect to any Dollar Revolving Lender, the percentage of the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Commitment represented by such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment at such time. If the Dollar Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Dollar Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Dollar Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments of Dollar Revolving Loans, Dollar LC Exposures and Swingline Exposures that occur after such termination or expiration.
Dollar Equivalent ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in dollars, such amount and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any Permitted Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount thereof in dollars at such time as determined in accordance with Section 1.06(a).
Dollar Issuing Bank ” means (a) JPMCB and (b) each Dollar Revolving Lender that shall have become a Dollar Issuing Bank hereunder as provided in Section 2.05(j) (other than any Person that shall have ceased to be a Dollar Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.05(k)),




16

each in its capacity as an issuer of Dollar Letters of Credit hereunder. Each Dollar Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Dollar Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Dollar Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Dollar Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Dollar Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.
Dollar LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by a Dollar Issuing Bank pursuant to a Dollar Letter of Credit.
Dollar LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Dollar Letters of Credit at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of all Dollar LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The Dollar LC Exposure of any Dollar Revolving Lender at any time shall be such Lender’s Dollar Applicable Percentage of the aggregate Dollar LC Exposure at such time.
Dollar Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit denominated in dollars issued pursuant to this Agreement by a Dollar Issuing Bank under the Dollar Revolving Commitments, other than any such letter of credit that shall have ceased to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding hereunder pursuant to Section 9.05.
Dollar Revolving Borrowing ” means Dollar Revolving Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Dollar Revolving Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.
Dollar Revolving Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Dollar Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Dollar Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum possible aggregate amount of such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08, (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.21 and (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption or Incremental Facility Amendment pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Dollar Revolving Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitments is $400,000,000.
Dollar Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Loans, (b) such Lender’s Dollar LC Exposure and (c) such Lender’s Swingline Exposure, in each case at such time.
Dollar Revolving Lender ” means a Lender with a Dollar Revolving Commitment or, if the Dollar Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Dollar Revolving Exposure.
Dollar Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to clause (c) of Section 2.01.
dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.




17

Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02), which date shall not be later than 120 days after the Escrow Date.
Effective Date Dividend ” means the payment, on or after the Effective Date (but no later than the Spin-Off Date), of a cash dividend or other cash transfer in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,500,200,000 by the Borrower, through intervening subsidiaries of Ingersoll Rand, to Ingersoll Rand with a portion of the Net Proceeds of the Term Loans and the Senior Unsecured Notes.
Eligible Assignee ” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund and (d) any other Person, other than, in each case, a natural person, a Defaulting Lender, Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Affiliate of Holdings.
Employee Matters Agreement ” means the Employee Matters Agreement between Ingersoll Rand and Holdings, to be dated on or prior to the Spin-Off Date.
Environmental Law ” means any treaty, law (including common law), rule, regulation, code, ordinance, order, decree, judgment, injunction, notice or binding agreement issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to (a) the protection of the environment, (b) the preservation or reclamation of natural resources, (c) the generation, management, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or (d) health and safety matters, to the extent relating to the environment or the management of or exposure to Hazardous Materials.
Environmental Liability ” means any liability, obligation, loss, claim, action, order or cost, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of medical monitoring, costs of environmental remediation or restoration, administrative oversight costs, consultants’ fees, fines, penalties and indemnities), directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law or permit, license or approval required thereunder, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any legally binding contract or agreement or other legally binding consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
Equity Interests ” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests (whether voting or non-voting) in, or interests in the income or profits of, a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing (other than, prior to the date of such conversion, Indebtedness that is convertible into Equity Interests).
ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.




18

ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30‑day notice period is waived), (b) any failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, whether or not waived, (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan, (d) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4)(A) of the Code), (e) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan under Section 4041 or 4041(A) of ERISA, respectively, (f) the receipt by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, respectively, or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, (g) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (h) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA or (i) any Foreign Benefit Event.
Escrow Agreement ” means the escrow agreement among Holdings, the Borrower and JPMCB, in its capacities as a Lender and Administrative Agent hereunder and the escrow agent thereunder, and on behalf of the Lenders party hereto, pursuant to which the executed signature pages to this Agreement shall be delivered into escrow.
Escrow Date ” means the effective date of the Escrow Agreement, which date is September 27, 2013.
EURIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any EURIBOR Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on the Reuters “EURIBOR 01” screen displaying the EURIBO Rate (or on any successor or substitute screen provided by Reuters, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such screen, as determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to deposits in Euro in the European interbank market) at approximately 10:00 a.m., Brussels time, on the Quotation Day for such Interest Period, as the rate for deposits in Euro with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “EURIBO Rate” with respect to such EURIBOR Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which deposits in Euro the Dollar Equivalent of which is $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds to leading banks in the European interbank market at approximately 10:00 a.m., Brussels time, on the Quotation Day for such Interest Period.
EURIBOR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted EURIBO Rate.
Euro ” or “ ”means the single currency of the European Union as constituted by the Treaty on European Union and as referred to in the EMU Legislation.




19

Eurocurrency ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.
Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.
Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any fiscal year of the Borrower, the sum (without duplication) of:
(a) the consolidated net income (or loss) of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, adjusted to exclude (i) net income (or loss) of any consolidated Restricted Subsidiary that is not wholly owned by Holdings to the extent such income or loss is attributable to the noncontrolling interest in such consolidated Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) any gains or losses attributable to Prepayment Events; plus
(b) depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges or losses deducted in determining such consolidated net income (or loss) for such fiscal year; plus
(c) the sum of (i) the amount, if any, by which Net Working Capital decreased during such fiscal year (except as a result of the reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice-versa), (ii) the net amount, if any, by which the consolidated deferred revenues and other consolidated accrued long-term liability accounts of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries increased during such fiscal year and (iii) the net amount, if any, by which the consolidated accrued long-term asset accounts of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries decreased during such fiscal year; minus
(d) the sum of (i) any non-cash gains included in determining such consolidated net income (or loss) for such fiscal year, (ii) the amount, if any, by which Net Working Capital increased during such fiscal year (except as a result of the reclassification of items from long-term to short-term or vice-versa), (iii) the net amount, if any, by which the consolidated deferred revenues and other consolidated accrued long-term liability accounts of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries decreased during such fiscal year and (iv) the net amount, if any, by which the consolidated accrued long-term asset accounts of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries increased during such fiscal year; minus
(e) the sum (without duplication) of (i) Capital Expenditures made in cash for such fiscal year (and, at the Borrower’s option (and without deducting such amounts against the subsequent fiscal year’s Excess Cash Flow calculation), after the end of such fiscal year but prior to the date on which the prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(d) for such fiscal year is required to have been made) (except to the extent attributable to the incurrence of Capital Lease Obligations or otherwise financed from Excluded Sources) and (ii) cash consideration paid during such fiscal year to make acquisitions or other investments (other than Permitted Investments) (except to the extent financed from Excluded Sources); minus
(f) the aggregate principal amount of Long-Term Indebtedness repaid or prepaid by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (and, at the Borrower’s option (and without deducting such amounts against the subsequent fiscal year’s Excess Cash Flow calculation), after the end of such fiscal year but prior to the date on which the prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(d) for such fiscal year is required to have been made), excluding (i) Indebtedness in respect of Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit or other revolving credit facilities (unless there is a corresponding reduction in the Aggregate Revolving Commitment or the commitments in respect of such other revolving credit facilities, as applicable), (ii) Term Loans prepaid pursuant to Section 2.11(a), (c) or (d) and Revolving Loans prepaid pursuant to




20

Section 2.11(a) and (iii) repayments or prepayments of Long-Term Indebtedness financed from Excluded Sources; minus
(g) the aggregate amount (not to exceed $50,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower) of Restricted Payments made by the Borrower to Holdings, the proceeds of which are used by Holdings to pay Restricted Payments, in cash during such fiscal year (and, at the Borrower’s option (and without deducting such amounts against the subsequent fiscal year’s Excess Cash Flow calculation), after the end of such fiscal year but prior to the date on which the prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(d) for such fiscal year is required to have been made) pursuant to Section 6.08(a), except to the extent that such Restricted Payments (i) are made to fund expenditures that reduce consolidated net income (or loss) of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) are financed from Excluded Sources.
In addition to the foregoing, at the option of the Borrower, Excess Cash Flow shall also be reduced by any expenditure, payment, repayment or prepayment described in the immediately-preceding clauses (e), (f) and (g) (subject to the limitations set forth in the applicable clause) to the extent that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a legally binding commitment during the applicable fiscal year of Holdings (or after the end of such fiscal year but prior to the date on which the prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(d) for such fiscal year is made) to make such expenditure, payment, repayment or prepayment during the next succeeding fiscal year of Holdings; provided , however , that, if such expenditure, payment, repayment or prepayment is not so made in such subsequent fiscal year, then Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year shall be increased by an amount equal to the aggregate deduction to Excess Cash Flow taken by the Borrower for the immediately preceding fiscal year in respect of such expenditure, payment, repayment or prepayment.
Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Exchange Rate ” means, on any day, with respect to the applicable Permitted Foreign Currency, the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into dollars, as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day on the Reuters World Currency Page “FX=” for such currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page, then the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower or, in the absence of such agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on such date for the purchase of dollars for delivery two Business Days later; provided that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent, after consultation with the Borrower, may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be presumed correct absent manifest error.
Excluded Sources ” means (a) proceeds of any incurrence or issuance of Long-Term Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations and (b) proceeds of any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than issuances or sales of Equity Interests to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) or any capital contributions to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any capital contributions made by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary).




21

Excluded Swap Guarantor ” means Holdings or any Subsidiary Loan Party all or a portion of whose Guarantee of, or grant of a security interest to secure, any Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof).
Excluded Swap Obligations ” means, with respect to Holdings or any Subsidiary Loan Party, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of Holdings or such Subsidiary Loan Party of, or the grant by Holdings or such Subsidiary Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof). If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.
Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profits Taxes, in each case (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b) or 9.02(c)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.17, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender acquired the applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(f) and (d) any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.
Existing Maturity Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).
Existing Revolving Borrowings ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(d).
Extension Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).
Fair Labor Standards Act ” means the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 201 et seq.
FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the Escrow Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code and any intergovernmental agreements entered into in connection with the implementation of such Section of the Code (or any such amended or successor version thereof).




22

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
Financial Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such Person, or any other officer of such Person performing the duties that are customarily performed by a chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller.
Foreign Benefit Event ” means, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the failure to make or, if applicable, accrue in accordance with normal accounting practices, any employer or employee contributions under Requirements of Law or by the terms of such Foreign Pension Plan; (b) the failure to register or loss of good standing with applicable regulatory authorities of any such Foreign Pension Plan required to be registered; (c) the failure of any Foreign Pension Plan to comply with any material Requirements of Law or with the material terms of such Foreign Pension Plan; or (d) the receipt of a notice by a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, in each case, which would reasonably be expected to result in Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary becoming subject to a material funding or contribution obligation with respect to such Foreign Pension Plan.
Foreign Lender ” means (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, then a Lender, with respect to such Borrower, that is not a U.S. Person and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, then a Lender, with respect to such Borrower, that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.
Foreign Pension Plan ” means any plan, trust, insurance contract, fund (including, without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established or maintained outside the United States by the Borrower or any one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees or other service providers of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiaries residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.
Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
Foreign Subsidiary Disposition ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(h).
Foreign-Subsidiary Holding Company ” means any Restricted Subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist of Equity Interests and/or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries, intellectual property relating to such Foreign Subsidiaries and any other assets incidental thereto.




23

Form 10 ” means the registration statement on Form 10, originally filed by Holdings with the SEC on June 17, 2013, as amended.
GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
Global Intercompany Note ” means the global intercompany note substantially in the form of Exhibit F pursuant to which intercompany obligations and advances owed by any Loan Party are subordinated to the Obligations.
Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether State or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies exercising such powers or functions, such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or other obligation; provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount, as of any date of determination, of any Guarantee shall be the principal amount outstanding on such date of the Indebtedness or other obligation guaranteed thereby (or, in the case of (i) any Guarantee the terms of which limit the monetary exposure of the guarantor or (ii) any Guarantee of an obligation that does not have a principal amount, the maximum monetary exposure as of such date of the guarantor under such Guarantee (as determined, in the case of clause (i), pursuant to such terms or, in the case of clause (ii), reasonably and in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Borrower)). The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive, radioactive, hazardous or toxic substances, materials, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum by-products or distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, chlorofluorocarbons and other ozone-depleting substances or mold which are regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
Hedging Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction, or any option or similar agreement, involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of the foregoing transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by




24

current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be a Hedging Agreement.
Holdings ” means Allegion Public Limited Company, an Irish public limited company.
Incremental Extensions of Credit ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).
Incremental Facility Amendment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(c).
Incremental Facilities ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).
Incremental Revolving Commitment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).
Incremental Revolving Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).
Incremental Term Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).
Incremental Tranche A Term Loan ” means any Incremental Term Loan that would be considered a “Term A” loan under then-existing customary market convention.
Incremental Tranche B Term Loan ” means any Incremental Term Loan that would be considered a “Term B” loan under then-existing customary market convention.
Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (i) trade accounts payable and other accrued or cash management obligations, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earnout obligation until such obligation ceases to be contingent), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed by such Person, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (j) all Disqualified Equity Interests in such Person, valued, as of the date of determination, at the greater of (i) the maximum aggregate amount that would be payable upon maturity, redemption, repayment or repurchase thereof (or of Disqualified Equity Interests or Indebtedness into which such Disqualified Equity Interests are convertible or exchangeable) and (ii) the maximum liquidation preference of such Disqualified Equity Interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Indebtedness” shall not include post-closing purchase price adjustments or earnouts except to the extent that the amount payable pursuant to such purchase price adjustment or earnout ceases to be contingent. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) above shall (unless such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person or such Person has otherwise become liable for the payment thereof) be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate




25

unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.
Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a) of this definition, Other Taxes.
Indemnitee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b).
Information Memorandum ” means the Confidential Information Memorandum dated September 2013, relating to the Transactions.
Ingersoll Rand ” means Ingersoll-Rand plc, an Irish public limited company.
Intellectual Property License Agreement ” means the Intellectual Property License Agreement between Ingersoll Rand or one of its Affiliates and Holdings, to be dated on or prior to the Spin-Off Date.
Interest Election Request ” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07, which shall be, in the case of a written Interest Election Request, in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and otherwise consistent with the requirements of Section 2.07.
Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December and (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan or EURIBOR Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a EURIBOR Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period.
Interest Period ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter (or twelve months thereafter if, at the time of the relevant Borrowing, all Lenders participating therein agree to make an interest period of such duration available), as the Borrower may elect; provided that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.




26

Investment Company Act ” means the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940.
IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
Issuing Banks ” means, collectively, the Dollar Issuing Banks and the Multi-Currency Issuing Banks.
JPMCB ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Latest Maturity Date ” means, at any time, the latest of the Maturity Dates in respect of the Classes of Loans and Commitments that are outstanding at such time.
LC Disbursements ” means, collectively, the Dollar LC Disbursements and the Multi-Currency LC Disbursements.
LC Exposure ” means, collectively, the Dollar LC Exposure and the Multi-Currency LC Exposure.
Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, an Incremental Facility Amendment or a Refinancing Facility Agreement, other than any such Person that shall have ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.
Letters of Credit ” means, collectively, the Dollar Letters of Credit and the Multi-Currency Letters of Credit.
LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing in any currency for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page on such screen) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Quotation Day for such Interest Period, as the rate for deposits in such currency in the London interbank market in an amount comparable to the amount of such Eurocurrency Borrowing and with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not appear on such page (or on any successor or substitute page on such screen or otherwise on such screen), the “LIBO Rate” shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying interest rates applicable to deposits in the applicable currency in the London interbank market as may be selected by the Administrative Agent and which is in general use for determining interest rates applicable to such deposits or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which deposits in such currency the Dollar Equivalent of which is $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds to leading banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Quotation Day for such Interest Period.
Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest or other encumbrance in, on or of such asset or (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.




27

Loan Document Obligations ” means (a) the due and punctual payment by the Borrower of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of reimbursement of disbursements, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including obligations to pay fees, expense reimbursement obligations (including with respect to attorneys’ fees) and indemnification obligations, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) and (b) the due and punctual payment of all the obligations of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to each of the Loan Documents (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding).
Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, any Incremental Facility Amendment, any Refinancing Facility Agreement, the Collateral Agreement, the other Security Documents, the Global Intercompany Note, any agreement designating an additional Issuing Bank as contemplated by Section 2.05(j) and, except for purposes of Section 9.02, any promissory notes delivered pursuant to Section 2.09(c) (and, in each case, any amendment, restatement, waiver, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing).
Loan Parties ” means, collectively, Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties.
Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, including pursuant to any Incremental Facility Amendment or any Refinancing Facility Agreement.
Local Time ” means (a) with respect to any Loan or Borrowing denominated in dollars or any Letter of Credit denominated in dollars, New York City time, and (b) with respect to any Loan or Borrowing denominated in a Permitted Foreign Currency or any Letter of Credit denominated in a Permitted Foreign Currency, London time.
Long-Term Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness (excluding Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(a)(iv)) that, in accordance with GAAP, constitutes (or, when incurred, constituted) a long-term liability.
Majority in Interest ”, when used in reference to Lenders of any Class, means, at any time, (a) in the case of the Revolving Lenders of any Class, Lenders having Revolving Exposures and unused Revolving Commitments, in each case of such Class, representing more than 50% of the sum of the Aggregate Revolving Exposure and the unused Aggregate Revolving Commitment, in each case of such Class, at such time and (b) in the case of the Term Lenders of any Class, Lenders holding outstanding Term Loans of such Class representing more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans of such Class outstanding at such time.




28

Mandatory Costs Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit M.
Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, liabilities, operations or financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their material obligations to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or (c) the material rights of, or remedies available to, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans, the Letters of Credit and the Guarantees under the Loan Documents), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $50,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.
Material Subsidiary ” means each Restricted Subsidiary (a) the consolidated total assets of which equal 5.0% or more of the consolidated total assets of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) the consolidated revenues of which equal 5.0% or more of the consolidated revenues of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as of the end of or for the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) (or, prior to the first delivery of any such financial statements, as of the end of or for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings most recently ended prior to the date of this Agreement); provided that if, at the end of or for any such most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, the combined consolidated total assets or combined consolidated revenues of all Restricted Subsidiaries that under clauses (a) and (b) above would not constitute Material Subsidiaries shall have exceeded 10.0% of the consolidated total assets of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or 10.0% of the consolidated revenues of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, respectively, then one or more of such excluded Restricted Subsidiaries shall for all purposes of this Agreement be designated by the Borrower to be Material Subsidiaries, until such excess shall have been eliminated.
Maturity Date ” means the Revolving Maturity Date, the Tranche A Term Maturity Date, the Tranche B Term Maturity Date or the maturity date with respect to any Class of Incremental Term Loans, as the context requires.
Maturity Date Extension Request ” means a request by the Borrower, in the form of Exhibit I hereto or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent, for the extension of the applicable Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.22.
Maximum Rate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.13.
MNPI ” means material information concerning Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing or their securities that has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. For purposes of this definition, “material information” means information concerning Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiaries or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing or any of their securities that could reasonably be expected




29

to be material for purposes of the United States Federal and State securities laws and, where applicable, foreign securities laws.
Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
Mortgage ” means a mortgage, deed of trust or other security document granting a Lien on any Mortgaged Property to secure the Obligations. Each Mortgage shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent.
Mortgaged Property ” means, initially, each parcel of real property and the improvements thereto owned by a Loan Party and identified on Schedule 1.02 , and includes each other parcel of real property and the improvements thereto owned by a Loan Party with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 5.13.
Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage ” means, at any time with respect to any Multi-Currency Revolving Lender, the percentage of the Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment represented by such Lender’s Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment at such time. If the Multi-Currency Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Multi-Currency Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Multi-Currency Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments of Multi-Currency Revolving Loans and Multi-Currency LC Exposures that occur after such termination or expiration.
Multi-Currency Issuing Bank ” means (a) JPMCB and (b) each Multi-Currency Revolving Lender that shall have become a Multi-Currency Issuing Bank hereunder as provided in Section 2.05(j) (other than any Person that shall have ceased to be a Multi-Currency Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.05(k)), each in its capacity as an issuer of Multi-Currency Letters of Credit hereunder. Each Multi-Currency Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Multi-Currency Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Multi-Currency Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Multi-Currency Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Multi-Currency Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.
Multi-Currency LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by a Multi-Currency Issuing Bank pursuant to a Multi-Currency Letter of Credit.
Multi-Currency LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Multi-Currency Letters of Credit at such time and (b) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of all Multi-Currency LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The Multi-Currency LC Exposure of any Multi-Currency Revolving Lender at any time shall be such Lender’s Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage of the aggregate Multi-Currency LC Exposure at such time.
Multi-Currency Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit denominated in dollars or in a Permitted Foreign Currency issued pursuant to this Agreement by a Multi-Currency Issuing Bank under the Multi-Currency Revolving Commitments, other than any such letter of credit that shall have ceased to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding hereunder pursuant to Section 9.05.




30

Multi-Currency Revolving Borrowing ” means Multi-Currency Revolving Loans of the same Class, Type and currency, made, converted or continued on the same date and as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.
Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Multi-Currency Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Multi-Currency Letters of Credit hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum possible aggregate amount of such Lender’s Multi-Currency Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08, (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.21 and (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption or Incremental Facility Amendment pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lender’s Multi-Currency Revolving Commitments is $100,000,000.
Multi-Currency Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Multi-Currency Revolving Loans and (b) such Lender’s Multi-Currency LC Exposure, in each case at such time.
Multi-Currency Revolving Lender ” means a Lender with a Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment or, if the Multi-Currency Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Multi-Currency Revolving Exposure.
Multi-Currency Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to clause (d) of Section 2.01.
Multiemployer Plan ” means a “multiemployer plan”, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
Net Proceeds ” means, with respect to any event, (a) the cash proceeds received in respect of such event, including (i) any cash received in respect of any non-cash proceeds (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment or earnout, but excluding any interest payments), but only as and when received, (ii) in the case of a casualty, insurance proceeds and (iii) in the case of a condemnation or similar event, condemnation awards and similar payments, minus (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i) all fees and out-of-pocket expenses paid in connection with such event by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) in the case of a sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of an asset (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction or a casualty or a condemnation or similar proceeding), the amount of all payments that are permitted hereunder and are made by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such event to repay Indebtedness (other than the Loans) secured by such asset or otherwise subject to mandatory prepayment as a result of such event and (iii) the amount of all taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable) by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and the amount of any reserves established by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP to fund purchase price adjustment, indemnification and similar contingent liabilities (other than any earnout obligations) reasonably estimated to be payable, in each case during the year that such event occurred or the next succeeding year and that are directly attributable to the occurrence of such event (as determined reasonably and in good faith by a Financial Officer of Holdings). For purposes of this definition, in the event any contingent liability reserve established with respect to




31

any event as described in clause (b)(iii) above shall be reduced, the amount of such reduction shall, except to the extent such reduction is made as a result of a payment having been made in respect of the contingent liabilities with respect to which such reserve has been established, be deemed to be receipt, on the date of such reduction, of cash proceeds in respect of such event.
Net Working Capital ” means, at any date, (a) the consolidated current assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date (excluding cash and Permitted Investments) minus (b) the consolidated current liabilities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date (excluding current liabilities in respect of Indebtedness). Net Working Capital at any date may be a positive or negative number. Net Working Capital increases when it becomes more positive or less negative and decreases when it becomes less positive or more negative.
Non-Consenting Lender ” means a Lender whose consent to a Proposed Change is not obtained.
Obligations ” means, collectively, (a) all the Loan Document Obligations, (b) all the Secured Cash Management Obligations and (c) all the Secured Hedging Obligations.
OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum, dated September 27, 2013, used in connection with the marketing and sale of the Senior Unsecured Notes.
Other Connection Tax ” means, with respect to any Recipient, a Tax imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in this Agreement or any other Loan Document).
Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.19(b)).
Participant ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c).
Participant Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c).
PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.
Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit D or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.




32

Permitted Encumbrances ” means:
(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, landlords’ and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
(c) pledges and deposits made (i) in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of Holdings or any subsidiary of Holdings in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (i) above;
(d) pledges and deposits made (i) to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for payment of Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of Holdings or any subsidiary of Holdings in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (i) above;
(e) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Section 7.01;
(f) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;
(g) Liens arising from Permitted Investments described in clause (d) of the definition of the term “Permitted Investments”;
(h) banker’s liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions and securities accounts and other financial assets maintained with a securities intermediary; provided that such deposit accounts or funds and securities accounts or other financial assets are not established or deposited for the purpose of providing collateral for any Indebtedness;
(i) Liens arising by virtue of Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings under applicable law) regarding operating leases entered into by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(j) Liens of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-208 (or the applicable corresponding section) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction covering only the items being collected upon;




33

(k) Liens representing any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or sublessor, or a licensee, lessee or sublicensee or sublessee, in the property or rights subject to any lease, license or sublicense or concession agreement in the ordinary course of business to the extent that they do not materially interfere with the business of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(l) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(m) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off;
(n) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(o) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and
(p) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness, other than Liens referred to in clauses (c) and (d) above securing letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments.
Permitted Foreign Currency ” means, with respect to any Multi-Currency Revolving Loan or Multi-Currency Letter of Credit, Euros, Pounds Sterling and any other foreign currency reasonably requested by the Borrower from time to time and in which each Multi-Currency Revolving Lender and Multi-Currency Issuing Bank has agreed, in accordance with its policies and procedures in effect at such time, to lend Multi-Currency Revolving Loans or issue Multi-Currency Letters of Credit, as applicable.
Permitted Investments ” means:
(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;
(b) investments in commercial paper and variable and fixed rate notes maturing within 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, a rating of at least A-2 by S&P or P-2 by Moody’s;




34

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and demand or time deposits, in each case maturing within 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof, issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;
(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;
(e) “money market funds” that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Rule 2a‑7 of the Investment Company Act, (ii) are rated AAA- by S&P and Aaa3 by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000; and
(f) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, other short-term investments that are analogous to the foregoing, are of comparable credit quality and are customarily used by companies in the jurisdiction of such Foreign Subsidiary for cash management purposes.
Permitted Jurisdiction ” means each of Australia, Brazil, Germany, India, Ireland, Korea, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Singapore and the United Kingdom, and any other jurisdiction acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt ” shall mean any secured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second lien, subordinated basis to the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness in respect of Term Loans (including portions of Classes of Term Loans), (iii) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are not materially more favorable (when taken as a whole) to the lenders or holders providing such Indebtedness than the existing Security Documents are to the Lenders, (iv) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Restricted Subsidiaries other than the Loan Parties and (v) such Indebtedness is subject to customary intercreditor arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt ” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior or subordinated unsecured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness in respect of Term Loans (including portions of Classes of Term Loans), (ii) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than the Loan Parties, (iii) such Indebtedness is not secured by any Lien or any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iv) if such Indebtedness is contractually subordinated to the Obligations, such subordination terms shall be market terms at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness.
Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan”, as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan), that is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.




35

Platform ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01(d).
Pounds Sterling ” or “ £ ”means the lawful money of the United Kingdom.
Prepayment Event ” means:
(a) any non-ordinary course sale, transfer, lease or other disposition (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction and by way of merger or consolidation) (for purposes of this defined term, collectively, “ dispositions ”) of any asset of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than (i) dispositions described in clauses (a) through (i) and (l) of Section 6.05 and (ii) other dispositions resulting in aggregate Net Proceeds not exceeding (A) $10,000,000 in the case of any single disposition or series of related dispositions and (B) $25,000,000 for all such dispositions during any fiscal year of the Borrower;
(b) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any asset of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with a fair market value immediately prior to such event equal to or greater than $10,000,000; or
(c) the incurrence by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01 or permitted by the Required Lenders pursuant to Section 9.02.
Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMCB as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City. Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.
Private-Siders ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01(a).
Pro Forma Basis ” means, with respect to the calculation of the financial covenants contained in Sections 6.12 and 6.13 or any other calculations hereunder or otherwise for purposes of determining the Total Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or Consolidated EBITDA as of any date, that such calculation shall give pro forma effect to all acquisitions, designations of Restricted Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, all designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, all issuances, incurrences or assumptions or repayments and prepayments of Indebtedness in connection therewith (with any such Indebtedness being deemed to be amortized over the applicable testing period in accordance with its terms) and all sales, transfers or other dispositions of any Equity Interests in a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all assets of a Restricted Subsidiary or division or line of business of a Restricted Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business (and any related prepayments or repayments of Indebtedness) that have occurred during (or, if such calculation is being made for the purpose of determining whether any Incremental Extension of Credit may be made, any designation under Section 5.17 is permitted or any event subject to Article VI is permitted, since the beginning of) the four consecutive fiscal quarter period of the Borrower most recently ended on or prior to such date as if they occurred on the first day of such four consecutive fiscal quarter period (including expected cost savings (without duplication of actual cost savings) to the extent such cost savings would be permitted to be reflected in pro forma financial information complying with the requirements of Article 11 of Regulation S‑X under the Securities Act as interpreted by the Staff of the SEC, and as certified by a Financial Officer of Holdings. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in




36

effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness).
Proposed Change ” means a proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
Public-Siders ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01(a).
Purchasing Borrower Party ” means any of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
Qualified Equity Interests ” means Equity Interests of Holdings other than Disqualified Equity Interests.
Quarterly Date ” means the last day of each March, June, September and December.
Quotation Day ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing or EURIBOR Borrowing and any Interest Period, the day on which it is market practice in the relevant interbank market for prime banks to give quotations for deposits in the currency of such Borrowing for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period. If such quotations would normally be given by prime banks on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of such days.
Real Estate Matters Agreement ” means one or more license to use agreements or similar agreements between Ingersoll Rand or one of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Holdings or one of its Subsidiaries, on the other.
Recipient ” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank, as applicable.
Reference Rate ” means, for any day, the Adjusted LIBO Rate as of such day for a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of three months’ duration (without giving effect to the last sentence of the definition of the term “Adjusted LIBO Rate” herein).
Refinanced Debt ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness”.
Refinancing Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a).
Refinancing Facility Agreement ” means a Refinancing Facility Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and one or more Refinancing Term Lenders, establishing commitments in respect of Refinancing Term Loans and effecting such other amendments hereto and to the other Loan Documents as are contemplated by Section 2.23.




37

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means, in respect of any Indebtedness (the “ Original Indebtedness ”), any Indebtedness that extends, renews or refinances such Original Indebtedness (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof); provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Original Indebtedness except by an amount no greater than accrued and unpaid interest with respect to such Original Indebtedness and any reasonable fees, premium and expenses relating to such extension, renewal or refinancing; (b) either (i) the stated final maturity of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be earlier than that of such Original Indebtedness or (ii) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be required to mature or to be repaid, prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased, whether on one or more fixed dates, upon the occurrence of one or more events or at the option of any holder thereof (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of an event of default, asset sale or a change in control or as and to the extent such repayment, prepayment, redemption, repurchase or defeasance would have been required pursuant to the terms of such Original Indebtedness) prior to the date 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date in effect on the date of such extension, renewal or refinancing; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, scheduled amortization payments (however denominated) of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be permitted so long as the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be no shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Original Indebtedness remaining as of the date of such extension, renewal or refinancing (or, if shorter, 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date in effect on the date of such extension, renewal or refinancing); (c) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not constitute an obligation (including pursuant to a Guarantee) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case that shall not have been (or, in the case of after-acquired Subsidiaries, shall not have been required to become pursuant to the terms of the Original Indebtedness) an obligor in respect of such Original Indebtedness, and shall not constitute an obligation of Holdings if Holdings shall not have been an obligor in respect of such Original Indebtedness; (d) if such Original Indebtedness shall have been subordinated to the Loan Document Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall also be subordinated to the Loan Document Obligations on terms not less favorable in any material respect to the Lenders; and (e) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be secured by any Lien on any asset other than the assets that secured such Original Indebtedness (or would have been required to secure such Original Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof) or, in the event Liens securing such Original Indebtedness shall have been contractually subordinated to any Lien securing the Loan Document Obligations, by any Lien that shall not have been contractually subordinated to at least the same extent.
Refinancing Term Lender ” means any Person that provides a Refinancing Term Loan.
Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness ” means (a) Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt or (c) Refinancing Term Loans obtained pursuant to a Refinancing Facility Agreement, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, refinance or replace, in whole or part, existing Term Loans hereunder (including any successive Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness) (such existing Term Loans and successive Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness, the “ Refinanced Debt ”); provided that (i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Refinanced Debt except by an amount equal to the sum of accrued and unpaid interest, accrued fees and premiums (if any) with respect to such Refinanced Debt and fees and expenses associated with the refinancing of such Refinanced Debt with such Refinancing Term Loan




38

Indebtedness; provided , however , that, as part of the same incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness as such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness, the Borrower may incur or issue an additional amount of Indebtedness under Section 6.01 without violating this clause (i) (and, for purposes of clarity, (x) such additional amount of Indebtedness shall not constitute Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness and (y) such additional amount of Indebtedness shall reduce the applicable basket under Section 6.01, if any, on a dollar-for-dollar basis); (ii) the stated final maturity of such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness shall not be earlier than 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date of such Refinanced Debt, and such stated final maturity of such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness shall not be subject to any conditions that could result in such stated final maturity occurring on a date that precedes the Latest Maturity Date of such Refinanced Debt; (iii) such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness shall not be required to be repaid, prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased, whether on one or more fixed dates, upon the occurrence of one or more events or at the option of any holder thereof (except, in each case, on the stated final maturity date as permitted pursuant to the preceding clause (ii) or upon the occurrence of an event of default, asset sale or a change in control or as and to the extent such repayment, prepayment, redemption, repurchase or defeasance would have been required pursuant to the terms of such Refinanced Debt) prior to the earlier of (A) the latest stated final maturity of such Refinanced Debt and (B) 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date in effect on the date of such extension, renewal or refinancing; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, scheduled amortization payments (however denominated) of such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness in the form of Refinancing Term Loans shall be permitted so long as the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness in the form of Refinancing Term Loans shall be no shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Debt remaining as of the date of such extension, replacement or refinancing; (iv) such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness shall not constitute an obligation (including pursuant to a Guarantee) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case that shall not have been (or, in the case of after-acquired Subsidiaries, shall not have been required to become pursuant to the terms of the Refinanced Debt) an obligor in respect of such Refinanced Debt, and, in each case, shall constitute an obligation of the Borrower or such Subsidiary to the extent of its obligations in respect of such Refinanced Debt, (v) in the case of Refinancing Term Loans, such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness shall contain terms and conditions that are not materially more favorable (when taken as a whole) to the investors providing such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness than those applicable to the existing Term Loans of the applicable Class being refinanced (other than (A) with respect to pricing, maturity, amortization, optional prepayments and redemption and (B) covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date) on the date such Refinancing Term Loan is incurred; and (vi) the minimum aggregate principal amount of such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness shall be $100,000,000.
Refinancing Term Loans ” shall mean one or more Classes of term loans incurred by the Borrower under this Agreement pursuant to a Refinancing Facility Agreement; provided that such Indebtedness constitutes Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness in respect of Term Loans (including portions of Classes of Term Loans).
Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b).
Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, managers, advisors, representatives and controlling persons of such Person.
Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the




39

environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.
Reorganization ” means the reorganization that Ingersoll Rand will undergo that will, among other things and subject to limited exceptions, result in the allocation and transfer or assignment to Holdings and the Borrower of the assets and liabilities in respect of the activities of the commercial and residential security businesses and certain other current and former businesses and activities of Ingersoll Rand.
Repricing Transaction ” means the prepayment or refinancing of all or a portion of the Tranche B Term Borrowings concurrently with the incurrence by the Borrower of any senior secured long-term bank debt financing or any other financing similar to such Tranche B Term Borrowings, in each case having a lower all-in yield than the Applicable Rate in respect of such Tranche B Term Loans (based on the definition of the term “Applicable Rate” as in effect on the Effective Date) (other than such prepayments or repayments in connection with the sale of Holdings, the Borrower or all or substantially all of its or their consolidated assets or a Change in Control) (including, for purposes of determining all-in yield, in addition to the applicable coupon, any interest rate “floors”, upfront or similar fees and original issue discount payable to the holders of such Indebtedness (in their capacities as such) with respect to such Indebtedness, but excluding any arrangement, structuring, commitment, underwriting or similar fees payable to any arranger (or affiliate thereof) in connection with the commitment or syndication of such Indebtedness) or (ii) any amendment to such Tranche B Term Loans that, directly or indirectly, reduces the “effective” interest rate applicable to such Tranche B Term Loans (in each case, with original issue discount and upfront fees). For purposes of this defined term, original issue discount and upfront fees shall be equated to interest margins in a manner consistent with generally accepted financial practice based on an assumed four-year life to maturity (or, if less, the remaining life to maturity).
Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Exposures, Term Loans and unused Commitments (other than Swingline Commitments) representing more than 50% of the sum of the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Exposure, Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Exposure, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments (other than Swingline Commitments) at such time.
Requirement of Law ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) the charter, articles or certificate of organization or incorporation and bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person and (b) any law (including common law), statute, ordinance, treaty, rule, regulation, order, decree, writ, injunction, settlement agreement or determination of any arbitrator or court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
Reset Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.06(a).
Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to its Equity Interests, or any payment or distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancelation or termination of its Equity Interests.




40

Restricted Subsidiary ” means each Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Resulting Revolving Borrowings ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(d).
Revolving Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the date of termination of all the Revolving Commitments.
Revolving Borrowings ” means, collectively, the Dollar Revolving Borrowings and the Multi-Currency Revolving Borrowings.
Revolving Commitments ” means, collectively, the Dollar Revolving Commitments and the Multi-Currency Revolving Commitments. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments is $500,000,000.
Revolving Commitment Increase ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).
Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” means, with respect to any Revolving Commitment Increase, each Additional Lender providing a portion of such Revolving Commitment Increase.
Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the Dollar Revolving Exposure or the Multi-Currency Revolving Exposure of such Lender at such time, as the context may require.
Revolving Lenders ” means, collectively, the Dollar Revolving Lenders and the Multi-Currency Revolving Lenders.
Revolving Lender Parent ” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender, any Person as to which such Revolving Lender is, directly or indirectly, a subsidiary.
Revolving Loans ” means, collectively, the Dollar Revolving Loans, the Multi-Currency Revolving Loans and any Incremental Revolving Loans.
Revolving Maturity Date ” means the date that is five years after the Escrow Date, as the same may be extended pursuant to Section 2.22.
S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
Secured Cash Management Obligations ” means the due and punctual payment of any and all obligations of Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary (whether absolute or contingent and however and whenever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor)) arising in respect of Cash Management Services that (a) are owed to the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate thereof, or to any Person that, at the time such obligations were incurred, was the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate thereof, (b) are owed on the Effective Date to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the Effective Date or (c) are owed to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such obligations are incurred.




41

Secured Hedging Obligations ” means the due and punctual payment of any and all obligations of Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary arising under each Hedging Agreement that (a) is with a counterparty that is the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate thereof, or any Person that, at the time such Hedging Agreement was entered into, was the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate thereof, (b) is in effect on the Effective Date with a counterparty that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the Effective Date or (c) is entered into after the Effective Date with a counterparty that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Hedging Agreement is entered into. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Excluded Swap Guarantor, “Secured Hedging Obligations” shall not include Excluded Swap Obligations of such Excluded Swap Guarantor.
Secured Parties ” means, collectively, (a) the Lenders, (b) the Administrative Agent, (c) each Issuing Bank, (d) each provider of Cash Management Services the obligations under which constitute Secured Cash Management Obligations, (e) each counterparty to any Hedging Agreement the obligations under which constitute Secured Hedging Obligations and (f) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.
Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933.
Security Documents ” means the Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages and each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or pursuant to Section 5.13 to secure any of the Obligations.
Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings ended on such date.
Senior Unsecured Notes ” means (a) the senior unsecured notes due 2021 issued by the Borrower on or prior to the Effective Date and (b) any senior unsecured notes that are registered under the Securities Act and issued in exchange for the senior unsecured notes described in clause (a) of this definition.
Senior Unsecured Notes Documents ” means the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture, all instruments, agreements and other documents evidencing or governing the Senior Unsecured Notes, providing for any Guarantee or other right in respect thereof, and all schedules, exhibits and annexes to each of the foregoing.
Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture ” means the Indenture to be dated on or about October 4, 2013, among the Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiaries listed therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, in respect of the Senior Unsecured Notes.
Specified ECF Percentage ” means, with respect to any fiscal year of Holdings, (a) if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is greater than 3.25 to 1.00, 50%, (b) if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is greater than 2.75 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 3.25 to 1.00, 25%, and (c) if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00, 0%.




42

Spin-Off ” means the spin-off of Holdings from Ingersoll Rand, as more fully described in the Form 10.
Spin-Off Date ” means the date, occurring on or after the Effective Date but not later than five Business Days after the Effective Date, on which the Spin-Off shall have been consummated.
Spin-Off Documents ” means the Distribution Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement, the Intellectual Property License Agreements and the Real Estate Matters Agreements, together with any other agreements, instruments or other documents entered into in connection with any of the foregoing, each on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum.
Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board of Governors and any other banking authority (domestic or foreign) to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board of Governors). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.
subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which a majority of the shares or securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, by such Person.
Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrower).
Subsidiary Loan Party ” means each Restricted Subsidiary that is or, after the date hereof, becomes a party to a Collateral Agreement.
Successor Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03(a).
Supplemental Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
Swap Obligations ” means, with respect to Holdings or any Subsidiary Loan Party, an obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of § 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Swingline Commitment ” means the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans.




43

Swingline Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Dollar Revolving Lender at any time shall be such Lender’s Dollar Applicable Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.
Swingline Lender ” means JPMCB, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.
Swingline Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.
Syndication Agents ” means, collectively, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, BNP Paribas, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.
Tax Matters Agreement ” means the Tax Matters Agreement between Ingersoll Rand and Holdings, to be dated on or prior to the Spin-Off Date.
Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
Term Commitments ” means, collectively, the Tranche A Term Commitments, the Tranche B Term Commitments and any commitments to make Incremental Term Loans.
Term Lenders ” means, collectively, the Tranche A Term Lenders, the Tranche B Term Lenders and any Lenders with an outstanding Incremental Term Loan or a Commitment to make an Incremental Term Loan.
Term Loans ” means, collectively, the Tranche A Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loans and any Incremental Term Loans.
Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Net Debt to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings ended on such date.
Tranche A Term Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make a Tranche A Term Loan hereunder on the Effective Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Tranche A Term Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Tranche A Term Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Tranche A Term Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Tranche A Term Commitments is $500,000,000.
Tranche A Term Lender ” means a Lender with a Tranche A Term Commitment or an outstanding Tranche A Term Loan.
Tranche A Term Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2.01.




44

Tranche A Term Maturity Date ” means the date that is five years after the Escrow Date, as the same may be extended pursuant to Section 2.22.
Tranche B Term Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make a Tranche B Term Loan hereunder on the Effective Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Tranche B Term Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Tranche B Term Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Tranche B Term Commitments is $500,000,000.
Tranche B Term Lender ” means a Lender with a Tranche B Term Commitment or an outstanding Tranche B Term Loan.
Tranche B Term Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to clause (b) of Section 2.01.
Tranche B Term Maturity Date ” means the date that is seven years after the Escrow Date, as the same may be extended pursuant to Section 2.22.
Transaction Costs ” means all fees, costs and expenses incurred or payable by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions.
Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents (including this Agreement) to which it is to be a party, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder, (b) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Senior Unsecured Notes Documents to which it is to be a party, the issuance of the Senior Unsecured Notes and the use of the proceeds thereof, (c) the payment of the Effective Date Dividend, (d) the payment of the Transaction Costs and (e) the Spin-Off, together with the Reorganization and all other transactions pursuant to, and the performance of all other obligations under, the Spin-Off Documents.
Transition Services Agreement ” means the Transition Services Agreement between Ingersoll Rand and Holdings and/or one or more of its subsidiaries, to be dated on or prior to the Spin-Off Date.
Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Adjusted EURIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.
U.S. Person ” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(B)(3).




45

Unrestricted Subsidiaries ” means (a) any Subsidiary that is formed or acquired after the Effective Date and is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.17 subsequent to the Effective Date and (b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. As of the Effective Date, there are no Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
Unrestricted Subsidiary Reconciliation Statement ” means, with respect to any consolidated balance sheet or statement of income and comprehensive income, cash flows or stockholders’ equity of Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries, such financial statement (in substantially the same form) prepared on the basis of consolidating the accounts of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and treating Unrestricted Subsidiaries as if they were not consolidated with Holdings and otherwise eliminating all accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, together with an explanation of reconciliation adjustments in reasonable detail.
USA PATRIOT Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001.
Voting Equity Interests ” of any Person means the Equity Interests of such Person ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of the directors of such Person.
Weighted Average Yield ” means, with respect to any Loan, the weighted average yield to stated maturity of such Loan based on the interest rate or rates applicable thereto and giving effect to all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount payable to the Lenders advancing such Loan with respect thereto and to any interest rate “floor”, but excluding any customary arrangement, commitment, structuring and underwriting fees paid or payable to the arrangers (or similar titles) or their affiliates, in each case in their capacities as such, in connection with such Loans and that are not shared with all Lenders providing the applicable Incremental Extension of Credit; provided that (a) for purposes of calculating the Weighted Average Yield for any Incremental Term Loan or Incremental Revolving Loan, original issue discount and upfront fees shall be equated to interest based on an assumed four-year life to maturity (or, if shorter in respect of such Incremental Extension of Credit, the actual life to maturity of such Incremental Extension of Credit) and (b) with respect to the calculation of the Weighted Average Yield of the Tranche B Term Loans in connection with any Incremental Tranche B Term Loans, (i) to the extent that the Reference Rate on the effective date of such Incremental Tranche B Term Loans is less than 0.75%, then the amount of such difference shall be deemed to be added to the Weighted Average Yield for the Tranche B Term Loans solely for the purpose of determining whether an increase in the interest rate for the Tranche B Term Loans shall be required pursuant to Section 2.21(b) and (ii) to the extent that the Reference Rate on the effective date of such Incremental Tranche B Term Loans is less than the interest rate floor, if any, applicable to such Incremental Tranche B Term Loans, then the amount of such difference shall be deemed to be added to the Weighted Average Yield of such Incremental Tranche B Term Loans solely for the purpose of determining whether an increase in the interest rate for the Tranche B Term Loans shall be required pursuant to Section 2.21(b). For purposes of determining the Weighted Average Yield of any floating rate Indebtedness at any time, the rate of interest applicable to such Indebtedness at such time shall be assumed to be the rate applicable to such Indebtedness at all times prior to maturity; provided that appropriate adjustments shall be made for any changes in rates of interest provided for in the documents governing such Indebtedness (other than those resulting from fluctuations in interbank offered rates, prime rates, Federal funds rates or other external indices not influenced by the financial performance or creditworthiness of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary).




46

wholly owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person at any date, a subsidiary of such Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by such Person or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
Withholding Agent ” means any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any U.S. Federal withholding Tax, any other withholding agent, if applicable.
SECTION 1.02.      Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “Dollar Revolving Loan”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurocurrency Loan”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “Eurocurrency Dollar Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “Dollar Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurocurrency Borrowing”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “Eurocurrency Dollar Revolving Borrowing”).
SECTION 1.03.      Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise or except as expressly provided herein, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth in the Loan Documents), (b) any definition of or reference to any statute, rule or regulation shall be construed as referring thereto as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (including by succession of comparable successor laws), unless otherwise expressly stated to the contrary, (c) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (d) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (e) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (f) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
SECTION 1.04.      Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that (i) if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision (including any definition) hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Escrow Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until




47

such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith, (ii) notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, or any successor thereto (including pursuant to Accounting Standard Codifications), to value any Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein and (iii) notwithstanding any change in GAAP after the Escrow Date which would have the effect of treating any lease properly accounted for as an operating lease prior to such accounting change as a capital lease after giving effect to any such accounting change, for all purposes of calculating Indebtedness for any purpose under this Agreement, the Loan Parties shall continue to make such determinations and calculations with respect to all leases (whether then in existence or thereafter entered into) in accordance with GAAP (as it relates to such issue) as in effect prior to such change and consistent with their past practices.
SECTION 1.05.      Pro Forma Calculations. With respect to any period during which any acquisition permitted by this Agreement or any sale, transfer or other disposition of any Equity Interests in a Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of a Subsidiary or division or line of business of a Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business occurs, for purposes of determining compliance with the covenants contained in Sections 6.04(t), 6.08(a)(vi), 6.12 and 6.13 or otherwise for purposes of determining the Total Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, Senior Secured Leverage Ratio and Consolidated EBITDA, calculations with respect to such period shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis.
SECTION 1.06.      Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents. (a) Not later than 1:00 p.m., New York time, on each Calculation Date, the Administrative Agent shall (x) determine the Exchange Rate as of such Calculation Date with respect to the applicable Permitted Foreign Currency and (y) give notice thereof to the applicable Issuing Lender and the Borrower. The Exchange Rates so determined shall become effective (i) in the case of the initial Calculation Date, on the Effective Date and (ii) in the case of each subsequent Calculation Date, on the first Business Day immediately following such Calculation Date (a “ Reset Date ”), shall remain effective until the next succeeding Reset Date, and shall for all purposes of this Agreement (other than any provision expressly requiring the use of a current exchange rate) be the Exchange Rates employed in converting any amounts between dollars and any Permitted Foreign Currency.
(b)      Solely for purposes of Article II and related definitional provisions to the extent used therein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as determined by the Administrative Agent and notified to the applicable Issuing Lender and the Borrower in accordance with Section 1.06(a). If any basket is exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the applicable Exchange Rate after the last time such basket was utilized, such basket will not be deemed to have been exceeded solely as a result of such fluctuations in the applicable Exchange Rate. Amounts denominated in a Permitted Foreign Currency will be converted to dollars for the purposes of (A) testing the financial covenants under Sections 6.12 and 6.13, at the Exchange Rate as of the last day of the fiscal quarter for which such measurement is being made, and (B) calculating the Interest Expense Coverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio (other than for purposes of determining compliance with Sections 6.12 and 6.13), at the Exchange Rate as of the date of calculation, and will, in the case of Indebtedness, reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Hedging Agreements permitted hereunder for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the Dollar Equivalent of such Indebtedness.




48

(c)      For purposes of Section 6.01, the amount of any Indebtedness denominated in any currency other than dollars shall be calculated based on the applicable Exchange Rate, in the case of such Indebtedness incurred or committed, on the date that such Indebtedness was incurred or committed, as applicable; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than dollars, and such refinancing would cause the applicable dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the applicable Exchange Rate on the date of such refinancing, such dollar-denominated restrictions shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the sum of (i) the outstanding or committed principal amount, as applicable, of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.
(d)      For purposes of Sections 6.02, 6.04, 6.05 and 6.08, the amount of any Liens, investments, asset sales and Restricted Payments, as applicable, denominated in any currency other than dollars shall be calculated based on the applicable Exchange Rate.
SECTION 1.07.      Transactions on and prior to Spin-Off Date . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, no provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prevent or restrict the consummation of any of the Transactions, nor shall the Transactions give rise to any Default, or constitute the utilization of any basket, under this Agreement (including Article VI hereof) or any other Loan Document.
ARTICLE II    

The Credits
SECTION 2.01.      Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees (a) to make a Tranche A Term Loan denominated in dollars to the Borrower on the Effective Date in a principal amount not exceeding its Tranche A Term Commitment, (b) to make a Tranche B Term Loan denominated in dollars to the Borrower on the Effective Date in a principal amount not exceeding its Tranche B Term Commitment, (c) to make Revolving Loans denominated in dollars to the Borrower from time to time, in each case during the Revolving Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment or the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Exposure exceeding the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Commitment and (d) to make Revolving Loans denominated in dollars or in any Permitted Foreign Currency to the Borrower from time to time, in each case during the Revolving Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in such Lender’s Multi-Currency Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment or the Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Exposure exceeding the Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment; provided that in the case of clauses (c) and (d) above, the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans made by the Revolving Lenders to the Borrower on the Effective Date shall not exceed $50,000,000. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the funded portion of each (i) Tranche A Term Loan (i.e., the amount advanced in cash to the Borrower on the Effective Date) shall be equal to 99.50% to 99.75% (as separately agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) of the principal amount of such Tranche A Term Loan (it being agreed that the Borrower shall be obligated to repay 100.00% of the principal amount of each such Tranche A




49

Term Loan, the Tranche A Term Loans shall amortize based on 100.00% of the principal amount of each Tranche A Term Loan and interest shall accrue on 100.00% of the principal amount of each such Tranche A Term Loan, in each case as provided herein) and (ii) Tranche B Term Loan (i.e., the amount advanced in cash to the Borrower on the Effective Date) shall be equal to 99.75% of the principal amount of such Tranche B Term Loan (it being agreed that the Borrower shall be obligated to repay 100.00% of the principal amount of each such Tranche B Term Loan, the Tranche B Term Loans shall amortize based on 100.00% of the principal amount of each Tranche B Term Loan and interest shall accrue on 100.00% of the principal amount of each such Tranche B Term Loan, in each case as provided herein).
SECTION 2.02.      Loans and Borrowings. (a) Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class and Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments of the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.
(b)     Subject to Section 2.16, (i) each Borrowing denominated in dollars shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith, (ii) each Borrowing denominated in Euro shall be comprised entirely of EURIBOR Loans and (iii) each Borrowing denominated in any Permitted Foreign Currency (other than Euro) shall be comprised entirely of Eurocurrency Loans. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurocurrency Loan or EURIBOR Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(c)     At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Borrowing or EURIBOR Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum; provided that a Eurocurrency Borrowing or EURIBOR Borrowing that results from a continuation of an outstanding Eurocurrency Borrowing or EURIBOR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to such outstanding Borrowing. At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $500,000. Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $500,000. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not be more than a total of 10 Eurocurrency Borrowings and EURIBOR Borrowings in the aggregate at any time outstanding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, an ABR Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Loan may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Commitment or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e).
SECTION 2.03.      Requests for Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in dollars or EURIBOR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (b) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Permitted Foreign Currency, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, four Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (c) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any




50

such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement denominated in dollars as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, facsimile or other electronic imaging to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information (to the extent applicable, in compliance with Sections 2.01 and 2.02):
(i)      whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Dollar Revolving Borrowing, a Multi-Currency Revolving Borrowing, a Tranche A Term Borrowing, a Tranche B Term Borrowing, a Borrowing of any Incremental Revolving Loan or a Borrowing of any Incremental Term Loan;
(ii)      the currency and the aggregate amount of such Borrowing;
(iii)      the requested date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;
(iv)      whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing, a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a EURIBOR Borrowing;
(v)      in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a EURIBOR Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”;
(vi)      the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06(a), or, if the Borrowing is being requested to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement denominated in dollars in accordance with Section 2.05(e), the identity of the Issuing Bank that made such LC Disbursement; and
(vii)      that as of such date Sections 4.02(a) and 4.02(b) are satisfied.
If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, other than with respect to Borrowings denominated in a Permitted Foreign Currency, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurocurrency Borrowing or EURIBOR Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. If no currency is specified with respect to any requested Revolving Loan, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected dollars. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the applicable Class of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.
SECTION 2.04.      Swingline Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans, denominated in dollars, to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $50,000,000 or (ii) the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Exposure exceeding the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Commitment; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.




51

(b)     To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day of such proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, facsimile or other electronic imaging to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that the Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to Section 2.05(e) to reimburse such Issuing Bank, to such Revolving Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.
(c)     The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on any Business Day require the Dollar Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which the Dollar Revolving Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Dollar Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Dollar Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Dollar Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Dollar Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Dollar Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that, in making any Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to rely, and shall not incur any liability for relying, upon the representation and warranty of Holdings and the Borrower deemed made pursuant to Section 4.02 unless, at least one Business Day prior to the time such Swingline Loan was made, the Majority in Interest of the Dollar Revolving Lenders shall have notified the Swingline Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in writing that, as a result of one or more events or circumstances described in such notice, one or more of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02(a) or 4.02(b) would not be satisfied if such Swingline Loan were then made (it being understood and agreed that, in the event the Swingline Lender shall have received any such notice, it shall have no obligation to make any Swingline Loan until and unless it shall be satisfied that the events and circumstances described in such notice shall have been cured or otherwise shall have ceased to exist). Each Dollar Revolving Lender further acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Dollar Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Dollar Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Dollar Revolving Lenders under this paragraph), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Dollar Revolving Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan




52

acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other Person on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted by the Swingline Lender to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Dollar Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, and thereafter to the Borrower, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to repay such Swingline Loan.
SECTION 2.05.      Letters of Credit. (a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of (x) Dollar Letters of Credit for its own account (or for the account of any Subsidiary so long as the Borrower is a joint and several co-applicant in respect of such Dollar Letter of Credit), denominated in dollars and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Dollar Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period and (y) Multi-Currency Letters of Credit for its own account (or for the account of any Subsidiary so long as the Borrower is a joint and several co-applicant in respect of such Multi-Currency Letter of Credit), denominated in dollars or in a Permitted Foreign Currency and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Multi-Currency Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period. Notwithstanding anything contained in any letter of credit application or other agreement (other than this Agreement or any Security Document) submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into the Borrower with, any Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, (i) all provisions of such letter of credit application or other agreement purporting to grant Liens in favor of such Issuing Bank to secure obligations in respect of such Letter of Credit shall be disregarded, it being agreed that such obligations shall be secured to the extent provided in this Agreement and in the Security Documents, and (ii) in the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of such letter of credit application or such other agreement, as applicable, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.
(b)      Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit (other than any automatic renewal permitted pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section), the Borrower shall hand deliver or fax (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by such Issuing Bank) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the currency and amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be requested by the applicable Issuing Bank as necessary to enable the such Issuing Bank to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request




53

for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, (i) the sum of the Dollar LC Exposure and the Multi-Currency LC Exposure shall not exceed $100,000,000, (ii) in respect of a Dollar Letter of Credit, the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Commitment, (iii) in respect of a Multi-Currency Letter of Credit, the Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment and (iv) following the effectiveness of any Maturity Date Extension Request with respect to the Revolving Commitments of any Class, the LC Exposure in respect of all Letters of Credit of such Class having an expiration date after the second Business Day prior to the applicable Existing Maturity Date shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments of such Class of the Consenting Lenders extended pursuant to Section 2.22. Each Issuing Bank agrees that it shall not permit any issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit to occur unless it shall given to the Administrative Agent written notice thereof as required under paragraph (l) of this Section.
(c)      Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date that is one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date; provided , however , that any Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of one year or less (but not beyond the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date) unless the applicable Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof at least 30 days prior to the then-applicable expiration date that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Revolving Maturity Date in respect of any Class of Revolving Commitments shall be extended pursuant to Section 2.22, “Revolving Maturity Date” as referenced in this paragraph shall refer, with respect to the Class of Letters of Credit associated with such Class of Revolving Commitments, to the Revolving Maturity Date in respect of any Class of Revolving Commitments as extended pursuant to Section 2.22; provided that, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement (including Section 2.22 hereof) or any other Loan Document to the contrary, the Revolving Maturity Date, as such term is used in reference to any Issuing Bank or any Letter of Credit issued thereby, may not be extended with respect to any Issuing Bank without the prior written consent of such Issuing Bank.
(d)      Participations.
(i)      By the issuance of a Dollar Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Dollar Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Dollar Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Dollar Issuing Bank that is the issuer of such Dollar Letter of Credit hereby grants to each Dollar Revolving Lender, and each Dollar Revolving Lender hereby acquires from such Dollar Issuing Bank, a participation in such Dollar Letter of Credit equal to such Dollar Revolving Lender’s Dollar Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Dollar Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Dollar Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Dollar Issuing Bank, such Dollar Revolving Lender’s Dollar Applicable Percentage of each Dollar LC Disbursement made by such Dollar Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Dollar Revolving Lender




54

acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Dollar Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Dollar Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Dollar Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Dollar Revolving Lender further acknowledges and agrees that, in issuing, amending, renewing or extending any Dollar Letter of Credit, the applicable Dollar Issuing Bank shall be entitled to rely, and shall not incur any liability for relying, upon the representation and warranty of Holdings and the Borrower deemed made pursuant to Section 4.02 unless, at least one Business Day prior to the time such Dollar Letter of Credit is issued, amended, renewed or extended (or, in the case of an automatic renewal permitted pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, at least one Business Day prior to the time by which the election not to extend must be made by the applicable Dollar Issuing Bank), the Majority in Interest of the Dollar Revolving Lenders shall have notified the applicable Dollar Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in writing that, as a result of one or more events or circumstances described in such notice, one or more of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02(a) or 4.02(b) would not be satisfied if such Dollar Letter of Credit were then issued, amended, renewed or extended (it being understood and agreed that, in the event any Dollar Issuing Bank shall have received any such notice, no Dollar Issuing Bank shall have any obligation to issue, amend, renew or extend any Dollar Letter of Credit until and unless it shall be satisfied that the events and circumstances described in such notice shall have been cured or otherwise shall have ceased to exist).
(ii)      By the issuance of a Multi-Currency Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Multi-Currency Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Multi-Currency Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Multi-Currency Issuing Bank that is the issuer of such Multi-Currency Letter of Credit hereby grants to each Multi-Currency Revolving Lender, and each Multi-Currency Revolving Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Multi-Currency Letter of Credit equal to such Multi-Currency Revolving Lender’s Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Multi-Currency Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Multi-Currency Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Multi-Currency Issuing Bank, such Multi-Currency Revolving Lender’s Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage of each Multi-Currency LC Disbursement made by such Multi-Currency Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Multi-Currency Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Multi-Currency Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Multi-Currency Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Multi-Currency Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Multi-Currency Revolving Lender further acknowledges and agrees that, in issuing, amending, renewing or




55

extending any Multi-Currency Letter of Credit, the applicable Multi-Currency Issuing Bank shall be entitled to rely, and shall not incur any liability for relying, upon the representation and warranty of Holdings and the Borrower deemed made pursuant to Section 4.02 unless, at least one Business Day prior to the time such Multi-Currency Letter of Credit is issued, amended, renewed or extended (or, in the case of an automatic renewal permitted pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, at least one Business Day prior to the time by which the election not to extend must be made by the applicable Multi-Currency Issuing Bank), the Majority in Interest of the Multi-Currency Revolving Lenders shall have notified the applicable Multi-Currency Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in writing that, as a result of one or more events or circumstances described in such notice, one or more of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02(a) or 4.02(b) would not be satisfied if such Multi-Currency Letter of Credit were then issued, amended, renewed or extended (it being understood and agreed that, in the event any Multi-Currency Issuing Bank shall have received any such notice, no Multi-Currency Issuing Bank shall have any obligation to issue, amend, renew or extend any Multi-Currency Letter of Credit until and unless it shall be satisfied that the events and circumstances described in such notice shall have been cured or otherwise shall have ceased to exist).
(e)      Reimbursement. If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, then the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than (i) if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on any Business Day, then 12:00 noon, Local Time, on such Business Day, or (ii) otherwise, 12:00 noon, Local Time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice; provided that, in the case of an LC Disbursement denominated in dollars in an amount equal to or in excess of $500,000, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan. In the case of any such reimbursement in dollars with respect to a Multi-Currency Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Lender shall notify the Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the draft so paid promptly following the determination thereof. If the Borrower fails to reimburse any LC Disbursement by the time specified above in this paragraph, then the Administrative Agent shall notify each Dollar Revolving Lender or Multi-Currency Revolving Lender, as the case may be, of the applicable LC Disbursement, the currency and amount of the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Revolving Lender’s Dollar Applicable Percentage thereof or Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage thereof, as applicable. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each applicable Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Dollar Applicable Percentage (in the case of a Dollar LC Disbursement) or its Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage (in the case of a Multi-Currency LC Disbursement), in each case of the amount then due from the Borrower in the currency of the applicable LC Disbursement, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders under this paragraph), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the applicable Revolving Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank




56

or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Revolving Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse an Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of an ABR Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.
(f)      Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision thereof or hereof, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by an Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. None of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or any of their Related Parties shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit, any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the applicable Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse any Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of an Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable judgment), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, an Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit, and any such acceptance or refusal shall be deemed not to constitute gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
(g)      Disbursement Procedures. Each Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. Each Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by facsimile or other electronic imaging) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of




57

its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the applicable Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section.
(h)      Interim Interest. If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement in full, at (i) in the case of any LC Disbursement denominated in dollars, the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans and (ii) in the case of an LC Disbursement denominated in any Permitted Foreign Currency, a rate per annum determined by the applicable Issuing Bank (which determination will be conclusive absent manifest error) to represent its cost of funds plus the Applicable Rate used to determine interest applicable to LIBOR Revolving Loans or EURIBOR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement in full when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment, and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand has been made, on the date on which the Borrower reimburses the applicable LC Disbursement in full.
(i)      Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day on which the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, a Majority in Interest of the Revolving Lenders (treating the Classes of Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans as one Class)) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash and in the currency of each applicable Letter of Credit equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Section 7.01. The Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral in accordance with this paragraph as and to the extent required by Section 2.11(b), 2.20(c) or 2.22(c). Each such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Notwithstanding the terms of any Security Document, moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Banks for LC Disbursements for which they have not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to (i) the consent of a Majority in Interest of the Revolving Lenders (treating the Classes of Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans as one Class) and (ii) in the case of any such application at a time when any Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender (but only if, after giving effect thereto, the remaining cash collateral shall be less than the aggregate LC Exposure of all the Defaulting Lenders), the consent of each Issuing




58

Bank), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder pursuant to Section 2.11(b), such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower to the extent that, after giving effect to such return, the Aggregate Revolving Exposure in respect of the applicable Class of Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans would not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitment in respect of such Class and no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder pursuant to Section 2.20(c), such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower to the extent that, after giving effect to such return, no Issuing Bank shall have any exposure in respect of any outstanding Letter of Credit that is not fully covered by the Revolving Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or the remaining cash collateral and no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(j)      Designation of Additional Issuing Banks. The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), designate as additional Dollar Issuing Banks or Multi-Currency Issuing Banks one or more Dollar Revolving Lenders or Multi-Currency Revolving Lenders, respectively, that agree to serve in such capacity as provided below. The acceptance by a Revolving Lender of an appointment as an Issuing Bank hereunder shall be evidenced by an agreement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such designated Revolving Lender and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such Revolving Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of a Dollar Issuing Bank or a Multi-Currency Issuing Bank, as applicable, under this Agreement and (ii) references herein to the terms “Dollar Issuing Bank” or “Multi-Currency Issuing Bank”, as applicable, and “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to include such Revolving Lender in its capacity as an issuer of the applicable Class of Letters of Credit hereunder.
(k)      Termination of an Issuing Bank. The Borrower may terminate the appointment of any Issuing Bank as an “Issuing Bank” hereunder by providing a written notice thereof to such Issuing Bank, with a copy to the Administrative Agent. Any such termination shall become effective upon the earlier of (i) such Issuing Bank acknowledging receipt of such notice and (ii) the tenth Business Day following the date of the delivery thereof; provided that no such termination shall become effective until and unless the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (or its Affiliates) shall have been reduced to zero. At the time any such termination shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the terminated Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b). Notwithstanding the effectiveness of any such termination, the terminated Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such termination, but shall not issue any additional Letters of Credit.
(l)      Issuing Bank Reports to the Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank shall, in addition to its notification obligations set forth elsewhere in this Section, report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) periodic activity (for such period or recurrent periods as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent) in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, including all issuances, extensions, amendments and renewals, all expirations and cancelations and all disbursements and




59

reimbursements, (ii) reasonably prior to the time that such Issuing Bank issues, amends, renews or extends any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, and the stated amount of the Letters of Credit issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (and whether the amounts thereof shall have changed), (iii) on each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank makes any LC Disbursement, the date and amount of such LC Disbursement, (iv) on any Business Day on which the Borrower fails to reimburse an LC Disbursement required to be reimbursed to such Issuing Bank on such day, the date of such failure and the currency and amount of such LC Disbursement and (v) on any other Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.
(m)      LC Exposure Determination. For all purposes of this Agreement, the amount of a Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at the time of determination.
SECTION 2.06.      Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, Local Time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement denominated in dollars as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to Section 2.05(e) to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Revolving Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.
(b)     Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption and in its sole discretion, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, (A) in the case of Loans denominated in dollars, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and (B) in the case of Loans denominated in a Permitted Foreign Currency, the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the cost to it of funding such amount (which determination will be conclusive absent manifest error) or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to (A) in the case of Loans denominated in dollars, ABR Loans of the applicable Class and (B) in the case of Loans denominated in a Permitted Foreign Currency, the interest rate applicable to the subject Loan pursuant to Section 2.13. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall




60

promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.
SECTION 2.07.      Interest Elections. (a) Each Revolving Borrowing and Term Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request or designated by Section 2.03 and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a EURIBOR Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request or designated by Section 2.03. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a Borrowing of a different Type ( provided that Eurocurrency Borrowings denominated in a Permitted Foreign Currency may not be converted into ABR Borrowings) or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a EURIBOR Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.
(b)     To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, facsimile or other electronic imaging to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request signed by the Borrower.
(c)     Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:
(i)      the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);
(ii)      the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;
(iii)      whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing, a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a EURIBOR Borrowing; and
(iv)      if the resulting Borrowing is to be a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a EURIBOR Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.
If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a EURIBOR Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.
(d)     Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the applicable Class of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.




61

(e)     If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a EURIBOR Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period (i) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in dollars, such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing and (ii) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Permitted Foreign Currency or a EURIBOR Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be continued as a Borrowing of the applicable Type for an Interest Period of one month. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default under clause (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 has occurred and is continuing with respect to Holdings or the Borrower, or if any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of a Majority in Interest of the Lenders of any Class has notified the Borrower of the election to give effect to this sentence on account of such other Event of Default, then, in each such case, so long as such Event of Default is continuing, (i) no outstanding Borrowing (or Borrowing of the applicable Class, as applicable) denominated in dollars may be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing, (ii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Borrowing (or Eurocurrency Borrowing of the applicable Class, as applicable) denominated in dollars shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto and (iii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Permitted Foreign Currency or EURIBOR Borrowing shall be continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a EURIBOR Borrowing, as applicable, with an Interest Period of one month’s duration.
SECTION 2.08.      Termination and Reduction of Commitments.
(a) Unless previously terminated, (i) the Tranche A Term Commitments and Tranche B Term Commitments shall automatically terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Effective Date, and (ii) the Revolving Commitments shall automatically terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date (or, if the Borrower has not delivered a Borrowing Request for a Borrowing under the Tranche A Term Commitments and the Tranche B Term Commitments on the Effective Date, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Effective Date).
(b)     The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time permanently reduce, the Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) each partial reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments of any Class if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans or the Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the Aggregate Revolving Exposure of such Class would exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitment of such Class.
(c)      The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the applicable Class of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments delivered under this paragraph may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence of one or more events specified therein, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class.




62

SECTION 2.09.      Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Lender on the Revolving Maturity Date, (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.10 and (iii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least two Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans that were outstanding on the date such Borrowing was requested.
(b)     The records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower in respect of Loans, LC Disbursements, interest and fees due or accrued hereunder; provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to maintain such records or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to pay any amounts due hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(c)     Any Lender may request that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).
SECTION 2.10.      Amortization of Term Loans. %3. Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section, the Borrower shall repay Tranche A Term Borrowings on each date set forth below in the aggregate principal amount set forth opposite such date:
Date
Amount
March 31, 2014
$6,250,000
June 30, 2014
$6,250,000
September 30, 2014
$6,250,000
December 31, 2014
$6,250,000
March 31, 2015
$6,250,000
June 30, 2015
$6,250,000
September 30, 2015
$6,250,000
December 31, 2015
$6,250,000
March 31, 2016
$12,500,000
June 30, 2016
$12,500,000
September 30, 2016
$12,500,000
December 31, 2016
$12,500,000
March 31, 2017
$12,500,000
June 30, 2017
$12,500,000
September 30, 2017
$12,500,000
December 31, 2017
$12,500,000
March 31, 2018
$12,500,000
June 30, 2018
$12,500,000
September 27, 2018
Balance of any remaining
outstanding principal amount




63

(b)     Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section, the Borrower shall repay Tranche B Term Borrowings on each date set forth below in the aggregate principal amount set forth opposite such date:
Date
Amount
March 31, 2014
$1,250,000
June 30, 2014
$1,250,000
September 30, 2014
$1,250,000
December 31, 2014
$1,250,000
March 31, 2015
$1,250,000
June 30, 2015
$1,250,000
September 30, 2015
$1,250,000
December 31, 2015
$1,250,000
March 31, 2016
$1,250,000
June 30, 2016
$1,250,000
September 30, 2016
$1,250,000
December 31, 2016
$1,250,000
March 31, 2017
$1,250,000
June 30, 2017
$1,250,000
September 30, 2017
$1,250,000
December 31, 2017
$1,250,000
March 31, 2018
$1,250,000
June 30, 2018
$1,250,000
September 30, 2018
$1,250,000
December 31, 2018
$1,250,000
March 31, 2019
$1,250,000
June 30, 2019
$1,250,000
September 30, 2019
$1,250,000
December 31, 2019
$1,250,000
March 31, 2020
$1,250,000
June 30, 2020
$1,250,000
September 27, 2020
Balance of any remaining
outstanding principal amount


(c)     To the extent not previously paid, (i) all Tranche A Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Tranche A Term Maturity Date and (ii) all Tranche B Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Tranche B Term Maturity Date.
(d)     Any prepayment of a Term Borrowing of any Class shall be applied to reduce the subsequent scheduled repayments of the Term Borrowings of such Class to be made pursuant to this Section as directed in writing by the Borrower; provided that (A) any prepayment of any Class of Incremental Term Borrowings shall be applied to subsequent scheduled repayments as provided in the applicable Incremental Facility Amendment, (B) any prepayment of Term Borrowings of any Class contemplated by Section 2.23 shall be applied to subsequent




64

scheduled repayments as provided in such Section and (C) if any Lender elects to decline a mandatory prepayment of a Term Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.11(e), then the portion of such prepayment not so declined shall be applied to reduce the subsequent repayments of such Term Borrowing to be made pursuant to this Section ratably based on the amount of such scheduled repayments.
(e)     Prior to any repayment of any Term Borrowings of any Class under this Section, the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings of the applicable Class to be repaid and shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by hand delivery, facsimile or other electronic imaging) of such selection not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the scheduled date of such repayment. Each repayment of a Term Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the repaid Term Borrowing. Repayments of Term Borrowings shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the amount repaid.
SECTION 2.11.      Prepayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (except as set forth in clause (g) of this Section 2.11), subject to Section 2.14.
(b)     In the event and on each occasion that the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Exposure exceeds the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Commitment, the Borrower shall prepay Dollar Revolving Borrowings or Swingline Borrowings (or, if no such Borrowings are outstanding, deposit cash collateral in an account with the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.05(i)) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. In the event and on each occasion that (i) the Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Exposure exceeds the Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment (other than as a result of any revaluation of the Dollar Equivalent of Multi-Currency Revolving Loans or the Multi-Currency LC Exposure on any Calculation Date in accordance with Section 1.06) or (ii) the Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Exposure exceeds 105% of the Aggregate Multi-Currency Revolving Commitments solely as a result of any revaluation of the Dollar Equivalent of Multi-Currency Revolving Loans or the Multi-Currency LC Exposure on any Calculation Date in accordance with Section 1.06, the Borrower shall prepay Multi-Currency Revolving Borrowings (or, if no such Borrowings are outstanding, deposit cash collateral in an account with the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.05(i)) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.
(c)     In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Prepayment Event (including by the Administrative Agent as loss payee in respect of any Prepayment Event described in clause (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”), the Borrower shall, on the day such Net Proceeds are received (or, in the case of a Prepayment Event described in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”, within three Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received), prepay Term Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the amount of such Net Proceeds (or, if the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has incurred Indebtedness that is permitted under Section 6.01 that is secured, on an equal and ratable basis with the Term Loans, by a Lien on the Collateral permitted under Section 6.02, and such Indebtedness is required to be prepaid or redeemed with the net proceeds of any event described in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”, then by such lesser percentage of such Net Proceeds such that such Indebtedness receives no greater than a ratable percentage of such Net Proceeds based upon the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans and such Indebtedness then outstanding); provided that, in the case of any event described in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”, if the Borrower shall, prior to the date of the required prepayment, deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a




65

Financial Officer to the effect that the Borrower intends to cause the Net Proceeds from such event (or a portion thereof specified in such certificate) to be applied within 360 days after receipt of such Net Proceeds to acquire real property, equipment or other assets to be used in the business of Holdings, the Borrower or their Restricted Subsidiaries or to enter into an acquisition permitted by this Agreement and certifying that no Default has occurred and is continuing, then no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this paragraph in respect of the Net Proceeds in respect of such event (or the portion of such Net Proceeds specified in such certificate, if applicable) except to the extent of any such Net Proceeds that have not been so applied by the end of such 360-day period (or within a period of 180 days thereafter if by the end of such initial 360-day period the Borrower or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries shall have entered into an agreement with a third party to acquire such real property, equipment or other assets or to make an acquisition permitted by this Agreement), at which time a prepayment shall be required in an amount equal to such Net Proceeds that have not been so applied.
(d)     Following the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, the Borrower shall prepay Term Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to the Specified ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year; provided that such amount shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of prepayments of Term Borrowings and Revolving Borrowings (but only to the extent accompanied by a permanent reduction of the corresponding Commitment) made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section during such fiscal year (and, at the Borrower’s option (and without deducting such amounts against the subsequent fiscal year’s prepayment computation pursuant to this paragraph (d)), after the end of such fiscal year but prior to the date on which the prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(d) for such fiscal year is required to have been made); provided further that, in the case of any Term Loan prepaid in connection with the purchase thereof by a Purchasing Borrower Party pursuant to Section 9.04(e) at a discount to par, the prepayment required pursuant to this Section 2.11(d) shall be reduced, with respect to the prepayment of such Term Loan, only by the actual amount of cash paid to the applicable Lender or Lenders in connection with such purchase. Each prepayment pursuant to this paragraph shall be made on or before the date on which financial statements are delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) with respect to the fiscal year for which Excess Cash Flow is being calculated (and in any event not later than the last day on which such financial statements may be delivered in compliance with such Section).
(e)     Prior to any optional or mandatory prepayment of Borrowings under this Section, the Borrower shall, subject to the next sentence, select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment delivered pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section. In the event of any mandatory prepayment of Term Borrowings made at a time when Term Borrowings of more than one Class remain outstanding, the Borrower shall select Term Borrowings to be prepaid so that the aggregate amount of such prepayment is allocated between Tranche A Term Borrowings and Tranche B Term Borrowings (and, to the extent provided in the Incremental Facility Amendment for any Class of Incremental Term Loans, the Borrowings of such Class) pro rata based on the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Borrowings of each such Class; provided that any Term Lender (and, to the extent provided in the Incremental Facility Amendment for any Class of Incremental Term Loans, any Lender that holds Incremental Term Loans of such Class) may elect, by notice to the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by hand delivery, facsimile or other electronic imaging) at least one Business Day prior to the required prepayment date, to decline all or any portion of any prepayment of its Loans pursuant to this Section (other than (x) an optional prepayment pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section or (y) a mandatory prepayment triggered by an event described in clause (a) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”, neither of which may be declined), in




66

which case the aggregate amount of the prepayment that would have been applied to prepay such Loans may be retained by the Borrower.
(f)     The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by hand delivery, facsimile or other electronic imaging) of any optional prepayment and, to the extent practicable, any mandatory prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Borrowing or EURIBOR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment; provided that (A) if a notice of optional prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.08, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.08 and (B) a notice of prepayment of Term Borrowings pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence of one or more events specified therein, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified date of prepayment) if such condition is not satisfied. Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swingline Loans), the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the applicable Class of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13.
(g)     All (i) prepayments of Tranche B Term Borrowings effected on or prior to the six-month anniversary of the earlier of (x) the Effective Date and (y) the 91st day following the Escrow Date, in each case with the proceeds of a Repricing Transaction, and (ii) amendments, amendments and restatements or other modifications of this Agreement on or prior to the six-month anniversary of the earlier of (x) the Effective Date and (y) the 91st day following the Escrow Date, the effect of which is a Repricing Transaction, in each case shall be accompanied by a fee payable to the Tranche B Term Lenders in an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche B Term Borrowings so prepaid in the case of a transaction described in clause (i) of this paragraph, or 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche B Term Borrowings affected by such amendment, amendment and restatement or other modification in the case of a transaction described in clause (ii) of this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this paragraph shall not apply to a refinancing of all the Loans outstanding under this Agreement in connection with another transaction not permitted by this Agreement (as determined prior to giving effect to any amendment, amendment and restatement or other modification of this Agreement being adopted in connection with such transaction). Such fee shall be paid by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Term Lenders of the applicable Class, on the date of such prepayment.
(h)     Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.11, to the extent any or all of the Net Proceeds of any event described in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event” by a Foreign Subsidiary (“ Foreign Subsidiary Disposition ”) or Excess




67

Cash Flow attributable to Foreign Subsidiaries, in either case are prohibited or delayed by any applicable local law (including financial assistance, corporate benefit restrictions on upstreaming of cash intra group and the fiduciary and statutory duties of the directors of such Foreign Subsidiary) from being repatriated or passed on to or used for the benefit of the Borrower or any applicable Domestic Subsidiary or if the Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any such amount to the Borrower or any applicable Domestic Subsidiary would have material adverse tax consequences with respect to such amount, the portion of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to prepay the Term Loans at the times provided in this Section 2.11 but may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law will not permit repatriation or the passing on to or otherwise using for the benefit of the Borrower or the applicable Domestic Subsidiary, or the Borrower believes in good faith that such material adverse tax consequence would result, and once such repatriation of any of such affected Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is permitted under the applicable local law or the Borrower determines in good faith such repatriation would no longer would have such material adverse tax consequences, such repatriation will be promptly effected and such repatriated Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow will be promptly (and in any event not later than five Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of additional taxes payable or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof) to the prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11 ( provided that no such prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be required in the case of any such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow the repatriation of which the Borrower believes in good faith would result in material adverse tax consequences, if on or before the date on which such Net Proceeds so retained would otherwise have been required to be applied to reinvestments or prepayments pursuant to a Reinvestment Notice (or such Excess Cash Flow would have been so required if it were Net Proceeds), (x) the Borrower applies an amount equal to the amount of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow to such reinvestments or prepayments as if such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been received by the Borrower rather than such Foreign Subsidiary, less the amount of additional taxes that would have been payable or reserved against if such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been repatriated (or, if less, the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow that would be calculated if received by such Foreign Subsidiary) or (y) such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow are applied to the repayment of Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary).
(i)     In the event the Spin-Off has not been consummated on or prior to the fifth Business Day following the Effective Date, the Borrower shall prepay in full the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding within five Business Days thereafter without premium or penalty, together with accrued but unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of such repayment.
SECTION 2.12.      Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender for the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate (or are otherwise reduced to zero), a commitment fee which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the average daily unused amount of the aggregate Revolving Commitment of such Revolving Lender. Such accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which all the Revolving Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date. For purposes of computing commitment fees, a Revolving Commitment of any Class of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure in respect of such Class of such Lender (and the Swingline Exposure of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).




68

(b)     The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate then used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurocurrency Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s aggregate LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which all of such Lender’s Revolving Commitments terminate and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure and (ii) to each Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to 0.125% on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of all the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any such LC Exposure, as well as such Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which all the Revolving Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which all the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to an Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand.
(c)     The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
(d)     The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Revolving Lender, an upfront fee equal to 0.25% to 0.50% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments of such Revolving Lender on the Effective Date. The upfront fees payable pursuant to this Section 2.12(d) shall be payable on the Effective Date.
(e)     All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the applicable Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Revolving Lenders entitled thereto. Fees paid hereunder shall not be refundable under any circumstances.
(f)     All commitment fees, participation fees, fronting fees and ticking fees payable pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
SECTION 2.13.      Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.
(b)     The Loans comprising (i) each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate and (ii) each EURIBOR Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted EURIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.




69

(c)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2.00% per annum plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other overdue amount, 2.00% per annum plus the rate applicable to ABR Revolving Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section. Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this paragraph (c) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender.
(d)     Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of a Revolving Loan of any Class, upon termination of the Revolving Commitments of such Class; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Revolving Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of a Eurocurrency Loan or EURIBOR Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.
(e)     All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day; provided that, if a Loan, or a portion thereof, is repaid on the same day on which such Loan is made, one day’s interest shall accrue on the portion of such Loan so prepaid). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or Adjusted EURIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.14.      Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing or EURIBOR Borrowing of any Class:
(a)     the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or Adjusted EURIBO Rate, as the case may be, for such Interest Period; or
(b)     the Administrative Agent is advised by a Majority in Interest of the Lenders of such Class that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or Adjusted EURIBO Rate, as the case may be, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;
then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders of such Class by telephone, facsimile or other electronic imaging as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders of such Class that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing of such Class to, or continuation of any Borrowing of such Class as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing or EURIBOR Borrowing, as the case may be, shall be




70

ineffective, (ii) any affected Eurodollar Borrowing or EURIBOR Borrowing that is requested to be continued shall (A) if denominated in dollars, be continued as an ABR Borrowing or (B) otherwise, be repaid on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto and (iii) any Borrowing Request for an affected Eurodollar Borrowing or EURIBOR Borrowing shall (A) in the case of a Borrowing denominated in dollars, be deemed a request for an ABR Borrowing or (B) in all other cases, be ineffective (and no Lender shall be obligated to make a Loan on account thereof).
SECTION 2.15.      Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:
(i)      impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Adjusted EURIBO Rate) or any Issuing Bank;
(ii)      impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or
(iii)      subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes and (B) Excluded Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then, from time to time upon request of such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, the Borrower will pay to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as applicable, for such additional costs or expenses incurred or reduction suffered.
(b)     If any Lender or any Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has had or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then, from time to time upon the request of such Lender or such Issuing Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.




71

(c)     A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section and the calculation thereof shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 30 days after receipt thereof.
(d)     Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or expenses incurred or reductions suffered more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or expenses or reductions and of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or expenses or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.
(e)     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no Lender shall demand compensation for any increased cost or reduction pursuant to this Section unless such Lender has certified in writing to the Borrower that it is the general policy or practice of such Lender to demand such compensation in similar circumstances from similarly-situated borrowers.
SECTION 2.16.      Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan or EURIBOR Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan or EURIBOR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurocurrency Loan or EURIBOR Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (whether or not such notice may be revoked in accordance with the terms hereof) or (d) the assignment of any Eurocurrency Loan or EURIBOR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19(b) or 9.02(c), then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurocurrency Loan or EURIBOR Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate or Adjusted EURIBO Rate, as the case may be, that would have been applicable to such Loan (but not including the Applicable Rate applicable thereto), for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest that would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate that such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the London interbank market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section, and showing the calculation thereof, shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 30 days after receipt thereof.
SECTION 2.17.      Taxes. (a) Payment Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Loan




72

Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.17) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(b)      Payment of Other Taxes by the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.
(c)      Evidence of Payment. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.17, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(d)      Indemnification by the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.17) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(e)      Indemnification by the Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph.




73

(f)      Status of Lenders. (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax with respect to payments made under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(A), 2.17(f)(ii)(B) or 2.17(f)(ii)(D)) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(ii)      Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:
(A)      any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding Tax;
(B)      any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(1)      in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
(2)      executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;
(3)      in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10-percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code or a “controlled foreign




74

corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or
(4)      to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-2 or Exhibit J-3, IRS Form W-9 and/or another certification document from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-4 on behalf of each such direct or indirect partner;
(C)      any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from, or a reduction in, U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and
(D)      if a payment made to a Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the Escrow Date.
Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(g)      Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.17 (including by the payment of additional amounts paid pursuant to this Section 2.17), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.17 with respect to




75

the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, in no event will any indemnified party be required to pay any amount to any indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph the payment of which would place such indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(h)     For purposes of this Section 2.17, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.
SECTION 2.18.      Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without any defense, setoff, recoupment or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to such account or accounts as may be specified by the Administrative Agent, except that payments required to be made directly to any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender shall be so made, payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the Persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payment received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder of principal or interest in respect of any Loan or LC Disbursement shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, be made in the currency of such Loan or LC Disbursement; all other payments hereunder and under each other Loan Document shall be made in dollars.
(b)     If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.




76

(c)     If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans, Term Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall notify the Administrative Agent of such fact and shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the aggregate amount of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any Eligible Assignee, to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof in a transaction that complies with the terms of Section 9.04(e) or (f), as applicable. The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
(d)     Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption and in its sole discretion, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, as applicable, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, as applicable, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
(e)     If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(a) or (b), 2.17(e), 2.18(d) or 9.03(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations in respect of such payment until all such unsatisfied obligations have been discharged and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under any such Section, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.
SECTION 2.19.      Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if any Loan Party is required to pay any




77

Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or to any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use commercially reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign and delegate its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment and delegation (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17, as applicable, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not be inconsistent with its internal policies or otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in any material respect. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment and delegation.
(b)     If (i) any Lender has requested compensation under Section 2.15, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, (iii) any Lender has become a Defaulting Lender or (iv) any Lender has become a Declining Lender under Section 2.22, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17) and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (or, in the case of any such assignment and delegation resulting from a Lender having become a Declining Lender, all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as a Lender of the applicable Class with respect to which such Lender is a Declining Lender) to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment and delegation); provided that (A) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned, each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (B) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (including, if applicable, the prepayment fee pursuant to Section 2.11(g) (with such assignment being deemed to be an optional prepayment for purposes of determining the applicability of such Section)) (if applicable, in each case only to the extent such amounts relate to its interest as a Lender of a particular Class) from the assignee (in the case of such principal and accrued interest and fees (other than any fee payable pursuant to Section 2.11(g)) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts (including any fee payable pursuant to Section 2.11(g)), (C) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b), (D) in the case of any such assignment and delegation resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a material reduction in such compensation or payments and (E) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver or consent by such Lender or otherwise (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender under paragraph (a) above), the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation have ceased to apply.
SECTION 2.20.      Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Revolving Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender:




78

(a)     commitment fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(a);
(b)     the Revolving Commitment and Revolving Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders or any other requisite Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.02); provided that any amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or all Lenders affected thereby shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02, require the consent of such Defaulting Lender in accordance with the terms hereof;
(c)     (i) in the case of a Defaulting Lender that is a Dollar Revolving Lender, any Swingline Exposure or Dollar LC Exposure exists at the time such Dollar Revolving Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (ii) in the case of a Defaulting Lender that is a Multi-Currency Revolving Lender, any Multi-Currency LC Exposure exists at the time such Multi-Currency Revolving Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then:
(i)      in the case of a Defaulting Lender that is a Dollar Revolving Lender, all or any part of the Swingline Exposure (other than any portion thereof with respect to which such Defaulting Lender shall have funded its participation as contemplated by Section 2.04(c)) and Dollar LC Exposure (other than any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed Dollar LC Disbursements with respect to which such Defaulting Lender shall have funded its participation as contemplated by Sections 2.05(e) and 2.05(f)) of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Dollar Revolver Lenders in accordance with their respective Dollar Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that the sum of all non-Defaulting Dollar Revolving Lenders’ Dollar Revolving Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and Dollar LC Exposure does not exceed the sum of all non-Defaulting Dollar Revolving Lenders’ Dollar Revolving Commitments; provided that no reallocation under this clause (i) shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation;
(ii)      in the case of a Defaulting Lender that is a Multi-Currency Revolving Lender, all or any part of the Multi-Currency LC Exposure (other than any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed Multi-Currency LC Disbursements with respect to which such Defaulting Lender shall have funded its participation as contemplated by Sections 2.05(e) and 2.05(f)) of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Multi-Currency Revolver Lenders in accordance with their respective Multi-Currency Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that the sum of all non-Defaulting Multi-Currency Revolving Lenders’ Multi-Currency Revolving Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Multi-Currency Exposure does not exceed the sum of all non-Defaulting Multi-Currency Revolving Lenders’ Multi-Currency Revolving Commitments; provided that no reallocation under this clause (ii) shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation;
(iii)      if the reallocation described in (A) clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the




79

Administrative Agent (1) first, prepay the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure that has not been reallocated and (2) second, cash collateralize for the benefit of the Dollar Issuing Banks the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Dollar LC Exposure that has not been reallocated in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05(i) for so long as such Dollar LC Exposure is outstanding and (B) clause (ii) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent cash collateralize for the benefit of the Multi-Currency Issuing Banks the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Multi-Currency LC Exposure that has not been reallocated in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05(i) for so long as such Multi-Currency LC Exposure is outstanding;
(iv)      if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Dollar LC Exposure or Multi-Currency LC Exposure pursuant to clause (iii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay participation fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(b) with respect to such portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Dollar LC Exposure or Multi-Currency LC Exposure, as the case may be, for so long as such Defaulting Lender’s Dollar LC Exposure or Multi-Currency LC Exposure, as the case may be, is cash collateralized;
(v)      if any portion of the Dollar LC Exposure or Multi-Currency LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender is reallocated pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.12(a) and 2.12(b) shall be adjusted to give effect to such reallocation;
(vi)      if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Dollar LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (iii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Dollar Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all participation fees payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Dollar LC Exposure shall be payable to the Dollar Issuing Banks (and allocated among them ratably based on the amount of such Defaulting Lender’s Dollar LC Exposure attributable to Dollar Letters of Credit issued by each Dollar Issuing Bank) until and to the extent that such Dollar LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized;
(vii)      if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Multi-Currency LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Multi-Currency Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all participation fees payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Multi-Currency LC Exposure shall be payable to the Multi-Currency Issuing Banks (and allocated among them ratably based on the amount of such Defaulting Lender’s Multi-Currency LC Exposure attributable to Multi-Currency Letters of Credit issued by each Multi-Currency Issuing Bank) until and to the extent that such Multi-Currency LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized; and
(d)     so long as such Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) in the case of a Defaulting Lender that is a Dollar Revolving Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and no Dollar Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, amend, renew or extend any Dollar Letter of Credit, unless, in each case, it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding Swingline Exposure or Dollar LC Exposure, as applicable, will be fully covered by the Dollar Revolving Commitments of the non-Defaulting Dollar Revolving Lenders and/or cash collateral provided by the Borrower in




80

accordance with Section 2.20(c), and participating interests in any such funded Swingline Loan or in any such issued, amended, renewed or extended Dollar Letter of Credit will be allocated among the non-Defaulting Dollar Revolving Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.20(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein) or (ii) in the case of a Defaulting Lender that is a Multi-Currency Revolving Lender, no Multi-Currency Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, amend, renew or extend any Multi-Currency Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding Multi-Currency LC Exposure will be fully covered by the Multi-Currency Revolving Commitments of the non-Defaulting Multi-Currency Revolving Lenders and/or cash collateral provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.20(c), and participating interests in any such issued, amended, renewed or extended Multi-Currency Letter of Credit will be allocated among the non-Defaulting Multi-Currency Revolving Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.20(c)(ii) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).
In the event that (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Revolving Lender Parent shall occur following the Escrow Date and for so long as such Bankruptcy Event shall continue or (ii) the Swingline Lender (solely in the case of a Revolving Lender Parent of a Dollar Revolving Lender) or any applicable Issuing Bank has a good faith belief that any Revolving Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and such Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, unless the Swingline Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall have entered into arrangements with Holdings and the Borrower or the applicable Revolving Lender, satisfactory to the Swingline Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.
In the event that the Administrative Agent, Holdings, the Borrower, the Swingline Lender (solely in the case of a Defaulting Lender that is a Dollar Revolving Lender) and each applicable Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused the applicable Revolving Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure, as applicable, of the Revolving Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment and on such date such Revolving Lender shall purchase at par such of the Revolving Loans of the applicable Class of the other Revolving Lenders of such Class as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Revolving Lender to hold such Revolving Loans of such Class in accordance with its Dollar Applicable Percentage or Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage, as the case may be; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while such Revolving Lender was a Defaulting Lender; provided further that, except as otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from a Defaulting Lender to a non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Revolving Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.
SECTION 2.21.      Incremental Extensions of Credit. (a) At any time and from time to time, commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the latest Maturity Date, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request (i) to add one or more additional tranches of term loans (the “ Incremental Term Loans ”), (ii) to add one or more additional tranches of revolving commitments (each, an “ Incremental Revolving Commitment ”, and the loans made pursuant thereto, the “ Incremental Revolving Loans ”; the Incremental Revolving Commitments and the Incremental Revolving Loans, together




81

with the Incremental Term Loans, the “ Incremental Facilities ”) ( provided that at no time shall there be more than a total of four Classes of revolving credit commitments outstanding), (iii) solely during the Revolving Availability Period, one or more increases in the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments of either Class (each such increase, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase ” and, together with the Incremental Term Facilities, any Alternative Incremental Facility Debt and the Incremental Revolving Facilities, the “ Incremental Extensions of Credit ”) or (iv) Alternative Incremental Facility Debt, in an aggregate principal amount of up to (x) $200,000,000 plus (y) an additional amount if, after giving effect to the incurrence of such additional amount and the application of the proceeds therefrom (and assuming that the full amount of such Incremental Extensions of Credit has been funded on such date and such Incremental Extensions of Credit are secured on a senior basis), the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is equal to or less than 2.25 to 1.00; provided that, at the time of each such request and upon the effectiveness of each Incremental Facility Amendment, (A) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or shall result therefrom ( provided that in the event the proceeds of any Incremental Extension of Credit are used to finance any investment permitted hereunder, such condition precedent related to the absence of Default or Event of Default shall be that no Event of Default of the type set forth in Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing), (B) the representations and warranties of Holdings, the Borrower and each other Loan Party, as applicable, set forth in the Loan Documents would be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of representations and warranties qualified as to materiality, in all respects) on and as of the date of, and immediately after giving effect to, the incurrence of such Incremental Extension of Credit ( provided that in the event the proceeds of any Incremental Extension of Credit are used to finance any investment permitted hereunder, such condition precedent related to the making and accuracy of such representations and warranties may be waived or limited as agreed between the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Extension of Credit, without the consent of any other Lenders) and (C) the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate of a Financial Officer to the effect set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above, together with reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with clause (y) above (which calculations shall, if made as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which the Borrower has not delivered to the Administrative Agent the financial statements and certificate of a Financial Officer required to be delivered by Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) and Section 5.01(c), respectively, be accompanied by a reasonably detailed calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant period). Each Class of Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Commitments, and each Revolving Commitment Increase, shall be in an integral multiple of $5,000,000 and be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $25,000,000; provided that such amount may be less than $25,000,000 if such amount represents all the remaining availability under the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Extensions of Credit set forth above.
(b)     The Incremental Facilities (i) shall rank pari passu or junior in right of payment in respect of the Collateral and with the Obligations in respect of the Revolving Commitments, the Tranche A Term Loans and the Tranche B Term Loans, (ii) for purposes of prepayments, shall be treated substantially the same as (and in any event no more favorably than) the Tranche B Term Loans and (iii) other than amortization, pricing and maturity date, shall be on terms and subject to conditions as agreed between the Borrower and the Lenders providing the applicable Incremental Extension of Credit and, to the extent such terms (other than with respect to maturity, amortization and pricing) are inconsistent with those governing the Revolving Commitments (in the case of an Incremental Revolving Commitment), the Tranche A Term Loans (in the case of Incremental Tranche A Term Loans) or the Tranche B Term Loans (in the case of




82

Incremental Tranche B Term Loans), reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that (A) if the Weighted Average Yield relating to any Incremental Tranche A Term Loan or Incremental Tranche B Term Loan exceeds the Weighted Average Yield relating to the Tranche A Term Loans or the Tranche B Term Loans, respectively (after giving effect to any amendments to the applicable margin on such Class of existing Term Loans prior to the time that such Incremental Tranche A Term Loans or Incremental Tranche B Term Loans, as the case may be, are made) immediately prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Incremental Facility Amendment by more than 0.50%, then the Applicable Rate relating to such Class of existing Term Loans shall be adjusted so that the Weighted Average Yield relating to such Incremental Tranche A Term Loans or Incremental Tranche B Term Loans, as the case may be, shall not exceed the Weighted Average Yield relating to such Class of existing Tranche B Term Loans by more than 0.50%, (B) if the Weighted Average Yield relating to any Incremental Revolving Loans exceeds the Weighted Average Yield relating to the Revolving Loans (after giving effect to any amendments to the applicable margin of the Revolving Loans prior to the time that such Incremental Revolving Commitments in respect of such Incremental Revolving Loans are made) immediately prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Incremental Facility Amendment, then the Applicable Rate relating to the Revolving Loans shall be adjusted so that the Weighted Average Yield relating to such Incremental Revolving Loans shall equal the Weighted Average Yield relating to the Revolving Loans, (C) any Incremental Tranche A Term Loan shall not have (1) a final maturity date earlier than the Tranche A Term Maturity Date or (2) a weighted average life to maturity that is shorter than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the then-remaining Tranche A Term Loans, (D) any Incremental Tranche B Term Loan shall not have (1) a final maturity date earlier than the Tranche B Term Maturity Date and (2) a weighted average life to maturity that is shorter than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the then-remaining Tranche B Term Loans and (E) any Incremental Revolving Facility shall not have a maturity date that is earlier than the Revolving Maturity Date and shall not require any mandatory commitment reductions.
(c)     Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Extension of Credit. Any additional bank, financial institution, existing Lender or other Person that elects to extend Incremental Extensions of Credit shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of any Revolving Commitment Increase, each applicable Issuing Bank and, in the case of a Revolving Commitment Increase in respect of the Dollar Revolving Commitments, the Swingline Lender) (any such bank, financial institution, existing Lender or other Person being called an “ Additional Lender ”) and, if not already a Lender, shall become a Lender under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Facility Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by Holdings, the Borrower, such Additional Lender and the Administrative Agent. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Extension of Credit unless it so agrees. Commitments in respect of any Incremental Extension of Credit shall become Commitments (or in the case of any Revolving Commitment Increase to be provided by an existing Revolving Lender, an increase in such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment or Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment, as the case may be) under this Agreement upon the effectiveness of the applicable Incremental Facility Amendment. An Incremental Facility Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement or to any other Loan Document as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section (including to provide for voting provisions applicable to the Additional Lenders comparable to the provisions of clause (B) of the second proviso of Section 9.02(b)). The




83

effectiveness of any Incremental Facility Amendment shall, unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Additional Lenders, be subject to the satisfaction on the effective date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 (it being understood and agreed that all references to a Borrowing in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 shall be deemed to refer to the applicable Incremental Facility Amendment).
(d)     On the date of effectiveness of any Revolving Commitment Increase, (i) the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Class of Revolving Loans outstanding (the “ Existing Revolving Borrowings ”) immediately prior to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase shall be deemed to be repaid, (ii) each Revolving Commitment Increase Lender that shall have had a Revolving Commitment of the same Class prior to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase shall pay to the Administrative Agent in same day funds an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which (A) (1) such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender’s Dollar Applicable Percentage or Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage, as the case may be (calculated after giving effect to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase) multiplied by (2) the aggregate principal amount of the Resulting Revolving Borrowings (as hereinafter defined) exceeds (B) (1) such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender’s Dollar Applicable Percentage or Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage, as the case may be (calculated without giving effect to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase) multiplied by (2) the aggregate principal amount of the Existing Revolving Borrowings, (iii) each Revolving Commitment Increase Lender that shall not have had a Revolving Commitment of the applicable Class prior to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase shall pay to Administrative Agent in same day funds an amount equal to (1) such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender’s Dollar Applicable Percentage or Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage, as the case may be (calculated after giving effect to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase) multiplied by (2) the aggregate principal amount of the Resulting Revolving Borrowings, (iv) after the Administrative Agent receives the funds specified in clauses (ii) and (iii) above, the Administrative Agent shall pay to each Revolving Lender of the Applicable Class the portion of such funds that is equal to the amount, if any, by which (A) (1) such Revolving Lender’s Dollar Applicable Percentage or Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage, as the case may be (calculated without giving effect to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase) multiplied by (2) the aggregate principal amount of the Existing Revolving Borrowings, exceeds (B) (1) such Revolving Lender’s Dollar Applicable Percentage or Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage, as the case may be (calculated after giving effect to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase) multiplied by (2) the aggregate principal amount of the Resulting Revolving Borrowings, (v) after the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase, the Borrower shall be deemed to have made new Revolving Borrowings (the “ Resulting Revolving Borrowings ”) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Existing Revolving Borrowings and of the Types and for the Interest Periods specified in a Borrowing Request delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.03 (and the Borrower shall deliver such Borrowing Request), (vi) each Revolving Lender of the Applicable Class shall be deemed to hold its Dollar Applicable Percentage or Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage, as the case may be, of each Resulting Revolving Borrowing (calculated after giving effect to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase) and (vii) the Borrower shall pay each Revolving Lender of the applicable Class any and all accrued but unpaid interest on its Loans comprising the Existing Revolving Borrowings. The deemed payments of the Existing Revolving Borrowings made pursuant to clause (i) above shall be subject to compensation by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 if the date of the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase occurs other than on the last day of the




84

Interest Period relating thereto. Upon each Revolving Commitment Increase pursuant to this Section, each Revolving Lender of the applicable Class immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Revolving Commitment Increase Lender, and each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit of the applicable Class and, in the case of a Revolving Commitment Increase Lender that is a Dollar Revolving Lender, Swingline Loans such that, after giving effect to such Revolving Commitment Increase and each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding participations hereunder in Letters of Credit of the applicable Class and, in the case of a Revolving Commitment Increase Lender that is a Dollar Revolving Lender, participations hereunder in Swingline Loans, in each case held by each Revolving Lender of the applicable Class (including each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal such Revolving Lender’s Dollar Applicable Percentage or Multi-Currency Applicable Percentage, as the case may be.
SECTION 2.22.      Extension of Maturity Date. (a) The Borrower may, by delivery of a Maturity Date Extension Request to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly deliver a copy thereof to each of the Lenders) not less than 30 days prior to the then-existing Maturity Date for the applicable Class of Commitments and/or Loans hereunder to be extended (the “ Existing Maturity Date ”), request that the Lenders extend the Existing Maturity Date in accordance with this Section. Each Maturity Date Extension Request shall (i) specify the applicable Class of Commitments and/or Loans hereunder to be extended, (ii) specify the date to which the applicable Maturity Date is sought to be extended, (iii) specify the changes, if any, to the Applicable Rate to be applied in determining the interest payable on the Loans of, and fees payable hereunder to, Consenting Lenders (as defined below) in respect of that portion of their Commitments and/or Loans extended to such new Maturity Date and the time as of which such changes will become effective (which may be prior to the Existing Maturity Date) and (iv) specify any other amendments or modifications to this Agreement to be effected in connection with such Maturity Date Extension Request; provided that no such changes or modifications requiring approvals pursuant to the provisos to Section 9.02(b) shall become effective prior to the Existing Maturity Date unless such other approvals have been obtained. In the event a Maturity Date Extension Request shall have been delivered by the Borrower, each Lender shall have the right to agree to the extension of the Existing Maturity Date and other matters contemplated thereby on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein (each Lender agreeing to the Maturity Date Extension Request being referred to herein as a “ Consenting Lender ” and each Lender not agreeing thereto being referred to herein as a “ Declining Lender ”), which right may be exercised by written notice thereof, specifying the maximum amount of the Commitment and/or Loans of such Lender with respect to which such Lender agrees to the extension of the Maturity Date, delivered to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) not later than a day to be agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent following the date on which the Maturity Date Extension Request shall have been delivered by the Borrower (it being understood and agreed that any Lender that shall have failed to exercise such right as set forth above shall be deemed to be a Declining Lender). If a Lender elects to extend only a portion of its then existing Commitment and/or Loans, it will be deemed for purposes hereof to be a Consenting Lender in respect of such extended portion and a Declining Lender in respect of the remaining portion of its Commitment and/or Loans, and the aggregate principal amount of each Type and currency of Loans of the applicable Class of such Lender shall be allocated ratably among the extended and non-extended portions of the Loans of such Lender based on the aggregate principal amount of




85

such Loans so extended and not extended. If Consenting Lenders shall have agreed to such Maturity Date Extension Request in respect of Commitments and/or Loans held by them, then, subject to paragraph (d) of this Section, on the date specified in the Maturity Date Extension Request as the effective date thereof (the “ Extension Effective Date ”), (i) the Existing Maturity Date of the applicable Commitments and/or Loans shall, as to the Consenting Lenders, be extended to such date as shall be specified therein, (ii) the terms and conditions of the applicable Commitments and/or Loans of the Consenting Lenders (including interest and fees (including Letter of Credit fees) payable in respect thereof) shall be modified as set forth in the Maturity Date Extension Request and (iii) such other modifications and amendments hereto specified in the Maturity Date Extension Request shall (subject to any required approvals (including those of the Required Lenders) having been obtained) become effective.
(b)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall have the right, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.19(b) and 9.04, at any time prior to the Existing Maturity Date, to replace a Declining Lender (for the avoidance of doubt, only in respect of that portion of such Lender’s Commitment and/or Loans subject to a Maturity Date Extension Request that it has not agreed to extend) with a Lender or other financial institution that will agree to such Maturity Date Extension Request, and any such replacement Lender shall for all purposes constitute a Consenting Lender in respect of the Commitment and/or Loans assigned to and assumed by it on and after the effective time of such replacement.
(c)     If a Maturity Date Extension Request has become effective hereunder:
(i)      solely in respect of a Maturity Date Extension Request that has become effective in respect of the Revolving Commitments of any Class, not later than the fifth Business Day prior to the Existing Maturity Date, the Borrower shall make prepayments of Revolving Loans of such Class and shall provide cash collateral in respect of Letters of Credit of such Class in the manner set forth in Section 2.05(i), such that, after giving effect to such prepayments and such provision of cash collateral, the Aggregate Revolving Exposure of such Class as of such date will not exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments of such Class of the Consenting Lenders extended pursuant to this Section (and the Borrower shall not be permitted thereafter to request any Revolving Loan of such Class or any issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit of such Class if, after giving effect thereto, the Aggregate Revolving Exposure of such Class would exceed the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments of such Class so extended);
(ii)      solely in respect of a Maturity Date Extension Request that has become effective in respect of the Revolving Commitments of any Class, on the Existing Maturity Date, the Revolving Commitment of such Class of each Declining Lender shall, to the extent not assumed, assigned or transferred as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section, terminate, and the Borrower shall repay all the Revolving Loans of such Class of each Declining Lender, to the extent such Loans shall not have been so purchased, assigned and transferred, in each case together with accrued and unpaid interest and all fees and other amounts owing to such Declining Lender hereunder, it being understood and agreed that, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02, such repayments may be funded with the proceeds of new Revolving Borrowings of such Class made simultaneously with such repayments by the Consenting Lenders, which such Revolving Borrowings shall be made ratably by the Consenting Lenders in accordance with their extended Revolving Commitments of such Class; and




86

(iii)      solely in respect of a Maturity Date Extension Request that has become effective in respect of a Class of Term Loans, on the Existing Maturity Date, the Borrower shall repay all the Loans of such Class of each Declining Lender, to the extent such Loans shall not have been so purchased, assigned and transferred, in each case together with accrued and unpaid interest and all fees and other amounts owing to such Declining Lender hereunder, it being understood and agreed that, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02, such repayments may be funded with the proceeds of new Revolving Borrowings made simultaneously with such repayments by the Revolving Lenders.
(d)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Maturity Date Extension Request shall become effective hereunder unless, on the Extension Effective Date, the conditions set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 shall be satisfied (with all references in such Section to a Borrowing being deemed to be references to such Maturity Date Extension Request) and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower.
(e)     Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, it is hereby agreed that no extension of an Existing Maturity Date in accordance with the express terms of this Section, or any amendment or modification of the terms and conditions of the Commitments and the Loans of the Consenting Lenders effected pursuant thereto, shall be deemed to (i) violate the last sentence of Section 2.08(c) or Section 2.18(b) or 2.18(c) or any other provision of this Agreement requiring the ratable reduction of Commitments or the ratable sharing of payments or (ii) require the consent of all Lenders or all affected Lenders under Section 9.02(b).
(f)     The Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Consenting Lenders may enter into an amendment to this Agreement to effect such modifications as may be necessary to reflect the terms of any Maturity Date Extension Request that has become effective in accordance with the provisions of this Section.
SECTION 2.23.      Refinancing Facilities. (a) The Borrower may, on one or more occasions, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, obtain Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness. Each such notice shall specify the date (each, a “ Refinancing Effective Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness shall be made, which shall be a date not less than five Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that:
(i)      no Event of Default of the type set forth in Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing;
(ii)      substantially concurrently with the incurrence of such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness, the Borrower shall repay or prepay then outstanding Term Borrowings of the applicable Class (together with any accrued but unpaid interest thereon and any prepayment premium with respect thereto) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Net Proceeds of such Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness, and any such prepayment of Term Borrowings of such Class shall be applied to reduce the subsequent scheduled repayments of Term Borrowings of such Class to be made pursuant to Section 2.09(a) ratably, and
(iii)      such notice shall set forth, with respect to the Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness established thereby in the form of Refinancing Term Loans, to the extent applicable, the following terms thereof: (a) the designation of such Refinancing Term




87

Loans as a new “Class” for all purposes hereof, (b) the stated termination and maturity dates applicable to the Refinancing Term Loans of such Class, (c) amortization applicable thereto and the effect thereon of any prepayment of such Refinancing Term Loans, (d) the interest rate or rates applicable to the Refinancing Term Loans of such Class, (e) the fees applicable to the Refinancing Term Loans of such Class, (f) any original issue discount applicable thereto, (g) the initial Interest Period or Interest Periods applicable to Refinancing Term Loans of such Class and (h) any voluntary or mandatory commitment reduction or prepayment requirements applicable to Refinancing Term Loans of such Class (which prepayment requirements may provide that such Refinancing Term Loans may participate in any mandatory prepayment on a pro rata basis with any Class of existing Term Loans, but may not provide for prepayment requirements that are materially more favorable to the Lenders holding such Refinancing Term Loans than to the Lenders holding such Class of Term Loans) and any restrictions on the voluntary or mandatory reductions or prepayments of Refinancing Term Loans of such Class.
(b)     Any Lender or any other Eligible Assignee approached by the Borrower to provide all or a portion of the Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide any Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness.
(c)     Any Refinancing Term Loans shall be established pursuant to a Refinancing Facility Agreement executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrower, each Refinancing Term Lender providing such Refinancing Term Loan and the Administrative Agent, which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in clause (a) above (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender). Each Refinancing Facility Agreement shall be binding on the Lenders, the Loan Parties and the other parties hereto and may effect amendments to the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect provisions of this Section 2.23, including any amendments necessary to treat such Refinancing Term Loans as a new “Class” of loans hereunder. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Facility Agreement.
ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties
Each of Holdings and the Borrower (with respect to itself and, where applicable, its respective Subsidiaries) represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, each of the Issuing Banks and each of the Lenders that:
SECTION 3.01.      Organization; Powers. Each of Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) is duly organized, validly existing and, to the extent that such concept is applicable in the relevant jurisdiction, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority, and the legal right, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each other Loan Document and each other agreement or instrument contemplated thereby to which it is a party and to effect the Transactions and (c) except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and, to the extent that such concept is applicable in the relevant jurisdiction, is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.
SECTION 3.02.      Authorization; Due Execution and Delivery; Enforceability. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such




88

Person is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and, if required, action by the holders of such Loan Party’s Equity Interests. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of Holdings and the Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings, the Borrower or such Loan Party, as applicable, enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
SECTION 3.03.      Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party (a) as of the date such Loan Document is executed, will not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except (i) filings necessary to perfect Liens created under the Loan Documents, (ii) consents, approvals, registrations or filings which have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect or (iii) where failure to obtain such consent or approval, or make such registration or filing, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) will not violate any Requirement of Law applicable to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (c) will not violate or result (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or their respective assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment, repurchase or redemption to be made by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancelation or acceleration of any obligation thereunder, except with respect to any violation, default, payment, repurchase, redemption, termination, cancellation or acceleration that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, except Liens created under the Loan Documents.
SECTION 3.04.      Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.
(a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent Holdings’ consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, audited and reported on by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent public accountants (without a “going concern” or like qualification, exception or statement and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit other than with respect to the Borrower’s internal controls over financial reporting for which an opinion as to effectiveness is not required) and (ii) as of and for the fiscal quarters and portions of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, and June 30, 2013 (and comparable periods for the prior fiscal year) certified by a Financial Officer of Holdings. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of certain footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii) above.
(b)     The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent (i) Holdings’ pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2013, and (ii) Holdings’ related pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the 12-month period ending




89

on December 31, 2012 and for the 6-month period ending on June 30, 2013, each prepared giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby as if the Transactions and such other transactions had occurred, in the case of such balance sheet, on such date and, in the case of such statements of operations, on January 1, 2012. Such pro forma financial statements have been prepared by the Borrower in good faith based on assumptions believed by Holdings and the Borrower on the date hereof to be reasonable.
(c)     No event, change or condition has occurred that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2012.
SECTION 3.05.      Properties. (a) Each of Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its property necessary for the conduct of its business (including the Mortgaged Properties), except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes. All such property is free and clear of Liens, other than Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02.
(b)     Each of Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary owns, or has secured the rights to use, all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted, and the use thereof by Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except, in each case, for any such failures to own or have rights to use, or any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents or other intellectual property owned or used by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, threatened against Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)     As of the Effective Date, none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has received notice of, or has knowledge of, any pending or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting any Mortgaged Property or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation. Neither any Mortgaged Property nor any interest therein is subject to any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to purchase such Mortgaged Property or interest therein.
SECTION 3.06.      Litigation and Environmental Matters. (a) There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, threatened against or affecting Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any business, property or rights (other than intellectual property rights, which are addressed in Section 3.05(b)) of any such Person (i) that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that involve any of the Loan Documents.
(b)     Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability, (iv) has any present or, to the




90

knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, past operations or properties subject to any federal, state or local investigation to determine whether any remedial action is needed to address any environmental pollution, Hazardous Material impacts or environmental clean-up, (v) has any contingent liability with respect to any Release, environmental pollution or Hazardous Material impacts on any real property now or previously owned, leased or operated by it or (vi) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.
SECTION 3.07.      Compliance with Laws. Each of Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.08.      Anti-Terrorism Laws; Anti Corruption Laws. (a) To the extent applicable, Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) the USA PATRIOT Act. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
(b)     None of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (i) is a Blocked Person or (ii) is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department; and none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will use the proceeds of the Loans for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department.
SECTION 3.09.      Investment Company Status. None of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act.
SECTION 3.10.      Federal Reserve Regulations. None of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors) or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation (including on the part of any Lender) of any of the regulations of the Board of Governors, including Regulations U and X.
SECTION 3.11.      Taxes. Except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each of Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed by it and (b) has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except where the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and where Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves therefor in conformity with GAAP.




91

SECTION 3.12.      ERISA. (a)Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.
(b)     Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Foreign Pension Plan is in compliance in all material respects with all Requirements of Law applicable thereto and the respective requirements of the governing documents for such plan, (ii) with respect to each Foreign Pension Plan, none of Holdings, its Affiliates or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents has engaged in a transaction that could subject Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to a tax or civil penalty and (iii) with respect to each Foreign Pension Plan, reserves have been established in the financial statements furnished to Lenders in respect of any unfunded liabilities in accordance with all Requirements of Law and prudent business practice or, where required, in accordance with ordinary accounting practices in the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Pension Plan is maintained.
SECTION 3.13.      Disclosure. Neither the Information Memorandum nor any of the other reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information furnished by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Arrangers, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on or before the Effective Date in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, included herein or therein or furnished hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished and taken as a whole) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, each of Holdings and the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time so furnished and, if such projected financial information was furnished prior to the Effective Date, as of the Effective Date (it being understood and agreed that any such projected financial information may vary from actual results and that such variations may be material).
SECTION 3.14.      Subsidiaries. As of the Spin-Off Date, Holdings does not have any subsidiaries other than the Borrower and the Subsidiaries. As of the Spin-Off Date, Schedule 3.14 sets forth the name of, and the ownership interest of Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary in, each Subsidiary and identifies each Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Loan Party, in each case as of the Spin-Off Date. As of the Spin-Off Date, the Equity Interests in the Borrower and each Subsidiary have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and such Equity Interests are owned by Holdings or the Borrower, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Loan Documents and any Liens permitted by Section 6.02). Except as set forth in Schedule 3.14 , as of the Spin-Off Date, there is no existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement to which Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party requiring, and there are no Equity Interests in any Subsidiary outstanding that upon exercise, conversion or exchange would require, the issuance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any additional Equity Interests or other securities exercisable for, convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribed for or purchase any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
SECTION 3.15.     [Reserved.]




92

SECTION 3.16.      Labor Matters. As of the Effective Date, except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns or any other material labor disputes against Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, threatened and (ii) there are no unfair labor practice complaints pending against Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, threatened against any of them before the National Labor Relations Board or other Governmental Authority.
SECTION 3.17.      Solvency. As of the Spin-Off Date, immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the Spin-Off Date, and giving effect to the rights of indemnification, subrogation and contribution under the Collateral Agreement, (a) the fair value of the assets of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, at a fair valuation, will exceed their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured, (c) Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured and (d) Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which they are engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Spin-Off Date. For purposes of this Section, the amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
SECTION 3.18.      Collateral Matters. (a) The Collateral Agreement, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined therein) and (i) when such Collateral constituting certificated securities (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) is delivered to the Administrative Agent, together with instruments of transfer duly endorsed in blank, the security interest created under the Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of the pledgors thereunder in such Collateral, prior and superior in right to any other Person, and (ii) when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the applicable filing offices, the security interest created under the Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the remaining Collateral (as defined therein) (subject to subsections (b) and (c) of this Section 3.18) to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, prior and superior to the rights of any other Person, except for rights secured by Liens permitted under Section 6.02.
(b)     Each Mortgage, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in all the applicable mortgagor’s right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Properties subject thereto and the proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages have been filed in the jurisdictions specified therein, the Mortgages will constitute a fully perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of the mortgagors in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, prior and superior in right to any other Person, but subject to Liens permitted under Section 6.02.




93

(c)     Upon the recordation of the Collateral Agreement (or a short-form security agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, and the filing of the financing statements referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section, the security interest created under the Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property (as defined in the Collateral Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing in the United States of America, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, but subject to Liens permitted under Section 6.02 (it being understood and agreed that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a security interest in such Intellectual Property acquired by the Loan Parties after the Effective Date).
SECTION 3.19.      Designation as Senior Debt . All Obligations shall be designated as “Senior Indebtedness” and “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar term or designation for purposes of and as defined in, any documentation with respect to any subordinated Indebtedness.
ARTICLE IV
Conditions
SECTION 4.01.      Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):
(a)      The Administrative Agent shall have received from each party hereto or thereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement and each other Loan Document (excluding the Mortgages, which shall be delivered in accordance with Section 5.15) signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile transmission or other electronic imaging of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement and each other Loan Document (excluding the Mortgages, which shall be delivered in accordance with Section 5.15).
(b)      The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) of each of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and Arthur Cox, counsel for Holdings, (A) dated as of the Effective Date and (B) covering such matters relating to the Loan Parties (as applicable) or the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.
(c)      The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of each Loan Party, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Loan Parties or the Loan Documents, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.




94

(d)      The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by a Financial Officer or the President or a Vice President of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 (for purposes of the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02, after giving effect to the consummation of the Spin-Off).
(e)      The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by any Loan Party hereunder, under any other Loan Document or under any other agreement entered into by any of the Arrangers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the one hand, and any of the Loan Parties, on the other hand; provided that such amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the Term Loans.
(f)      The Administrative Agent shall have received the financial statements, opinions and certificates referred to in (i) Section 3.04(a) and (ii) Section 3.04(b).
(g)      The Administrative Agent shall have received a detailed business plan of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the fiscal years 2013 through 2018 (including but not limited to quarterly projections for the first four fiscal quarters ending after the Effective Date).
(h)      The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five Business Days prior to the Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA PATRIOT Act, that has been requested at least ten Business Days prior to the Effective Date.
(i)      The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been satisfied to the extent applicable and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have a security interest in the Collateral of the type and priority described in each Security Document, except as otherwise set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or Section 5.15. The Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Perfection Certificate dated the Effective Date and signed by a Financial Officer or legal officer of each of Holdings and the Borrower, together with all attachments contemplated thereby, including (i) the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent) filings made with respect to the Loan Parties in the jurisdictions contemplated by the Perfection Certificate, (ii) copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search and (iii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated by such financing statements (or similar documents) are permitted by Section 6.02 or have been or will contemporaneously with the initial funding of the Loans on the Effective Date be released or terminated.
(j)      The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that the insurance required by Section 5.07 and the Security Documents is in effect.
(k)      The Lenders shall have received a certificate from a Financial Officer of Holdings, substantially in the form of Exhibit L , certifying as to the solvency of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Spin-Off Date on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby.




95

(l)      The Transactions shall have been, or satisfactory arrangements shall have been implemented providing that within five Business Days of the initial funding of the Loans on the Effective Date the Transactions shall be, consummated in accordance with applicable law and, in all material respects, consistent with (x) the information set forth in the Form 10 and (y) the pro forma financial information and the business plan delivered to the Lenders prior to the Effective Date pursuant to Sections 4.01(f)(ii) and 4.01(g), respectively.
(m)      The Lenders shall have received a copy of each Spin-Off Document, each certified by a Financial Officer of Holdings as being complete and correct. The terms of each Spin-Off Document shall be consistent in all material respects with the information set forth in the Form 10. No term or condition set forth in any Spin-Off Document shall have been waived, amended or otherwise modified in a manner material and adverse to the rights or interests of the Lenders without the prior written approval of the Administrative Agent.
(n)      The Borrower shall believe in good faith that all conditions to the Spin-Off set forth in the Form 10 and in the Distribution Agreement will be, within five Business Days of the making of the Loans on the Effective Date, satisfied (or waived, amended or otherwise modified in a manner not material and adverse to the rights or interests of the Lenders).
(o)      The Lenders shall have received draft copies of (i) the solvency opinion to be delivered no later than the Spin-Off Date to the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand in connection with the Spin-Off ( provided that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be required to be addressees or beneficiaries of such opinion) and (ii) the Internal Revenue Service letter ruling and the legal opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP delivered to Ingersoll Rand regarding the tax-free nature of the Spin-Off ( provided that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be required to be addressees or beneficiaries of the legal opinion).
(p)      Immediately after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have outstanding any Indebtedness, other than (i) Indebtedness incurred under the Loan Documents, (ii) the Senior Unsecured Notes and (iii) other Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01.
(q)      The Senior Unsecured Notes shall have been issued with a gross aggregate principal amount of no less than $300,000,000, and the Net Proceeds of such issuance shall have been deposited into escrow.
(r)      The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent the notice required by Section 2.03.
(s)      Ingersoll Rand shall have executed an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which Ingersoll Rand agrees (i) to hold all the proceeds of the Effective Date Dividend in a separate account or separate accounts for the benefit of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders until the consummation of the Spin-Off and (ii) to promptly return to the Borrower all the proceeds of the Effective Date Dividend in the event that the Spin-Off has not occurred on or prior to the fifth Business Day after the Effective Date.




96

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 9.02) at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that is 120 days after the Escrow Date.
SECTION 4.02.      Each Credit Event. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Banks to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to receipt of the request therefor in accordance herewith and to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
(a)      The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of representations and warranties qualified as to materiality, in all respects) on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, except in the case of any such representation and warranty that expressly relates to a prior date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects, as applicable) as of such earlier date.
(b)      At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(c)      The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent the notice required by Section 2.03.
Each Borrowing ( provided that a conversion or a continuation of a Borrowing shall not constitute a “Borrowing” for purposes of this Section 4.02) and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Holdings and the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.02.
ARTICLE V
Affirmative Covenants
From and including the Effective Date and until the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts (other than contingent amounts not yet due) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit (other than those collateralized or back-stopped on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank) shall have expired or been terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, each of Holdings and the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:




97

SECTION 5.01.      Financial Statements and Other Information. In the case of Holdings, Holdings will furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall furnish to each Lender, the following:
(a)      within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings (or such later date as Form 10-K of Holdings is required to be filed with the SEC taking into account any extension granted by the SEC, provided that Holdings gives the Administrative Agent notice of any such extension), its audited consolidated balance sheet and audited consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal year, and related notes thereto, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and reported on by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification, exception or statement and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit other than with respect to Holdings’ internal controls over financial reporting for which an opinion as to effectiveness is not required) to the effect that such financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flow of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of and for such fiscal year and accompanied by a narrative report describing the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for each of (i) Lenders’ public-side employees and representatives who do not wish to receive MNPI (such employees and representatives, “ Public-Siders ”) and (ii) Lenders’ employees and representatives willing to receive such MNPI (such employees and representatives, “ Private-Siders ”);
(b)      within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Holdings (or such later date as Form 10-Q of Holdings is required to be filed with the SEC taking into account any extension granted by the SEC, provided that Holdings gives the Administrative Agent notice of any such extension), its unaudited consolidated balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by a Financial Officer of Holdings as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and such portion of the fiscal year in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes, and accompanied by a narrative report describing the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for each of (i) Lenders’ Public-Siders and (ii) Lenders’ Private-Siders;
(c)      concurrently with each delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of Holdings (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations (A) demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Sections 6.12 and 6.13 and (B) in the case of financial statements delivered under clause (a) above, beginning with the financial statements for the fiscal year of Holdings ending December 31, 2014, of Excess Cash Flow, (iii) stating whether any change in




98

GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the later of the date of Holdings’ audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04 and the date of the prior certificate delivered pursuant to this clause (c) indicating such a change and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate and (iv) at any time when there is any Unrestricted Subsidiary, including as an attachment with respect to each such financial statement, an Unrestricted Subsidiary Reconciliation Statement (except to the extent that the information required thereby is separately provided with the public filing of such financial statement);
(d)      [reserved;]
(e)      concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, a detailed consolidated budget for such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of projected operations and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal year and setting forth the assumptions used for purposes of preparing such budget) and, promptly when available, any significant revisions of such budget;
(f)      promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act;
(g)      promptly after the same becomes publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by Holdings to the holders of its Equity Interests generally, as applicable; and
(h)      promptly following any request therefor, but subject to the limitations set forth in the proviso to the last sentence of Section 5.09 and Section 9.12, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs, assets, liabilities (including contingent liabilities) and financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may reasonably request.
Information required to be furnished pursuant to clause (a), (b) or (f) of this Section shall be deemed to have been furnished if such information, or one or more annual or quarterly reports containing such information, shall have been posted by the Administrative Agent on the Platform or shall be available on the website of the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Information required to be furnished pursuant to this Section may also be furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 5.02.      Notices of Material Events. Holdings and the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall furnish to each Issuing Bank and each Lender, prompt written notice of the following:
(a)      the occurrence of any Default;
(b)      the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or, to the knowledge of a Financial Officer or another executive officer of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, affecting Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any adverse development in any such pending action, suit or proceeding not previously




99

disclosed in writing by Holdings or the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, that in each case could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or that in any manner questions the validity of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and
(c)      any other development (including notice of any matter or event that could give rise to an Environmental Liability or ERISA Event) that has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
SECTION 5.03.      Information Regarding Collateral. (a) Holdings will furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name, as set forth in such Loan Party’s organizational documents, (ii) in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Loan Party, (iii) in the form of organization of any Loan Party or (iv) in any Loan Party’s organizational identification number, if any, or, with respect to a Loan Party organized under the laws of a jurisdiction that requires such information to be set forth on the face of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of such Loan Party.
(b)     At the time of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a), Holdings shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed Supplemental Perfection Certificate (i) setting forth the information required pursuant to the Supplemental Perfection Certificate and indicating, in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, any changes in such information from the most recent Supplemental Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to this Section (or, prior to the first delivery of a Supplemental Perfection Certificate, from the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Effective Date) or (ii) certifying that there has been no change in such information from the most recent Supplemental Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to this Section (or, prior to the first delivery of a Supplemental Perfection Certificate, from the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Effective Date).
SECTION 5.04.      Existence; Conduct of Business. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names necessary for the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit (i) any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03 or (ii) Holdings, the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries from allowing its respective patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names to lapse, expire or become abandoned in the ordinary course of business or its reasonable business judgment, as applicable.
SECTION 5.05.      Payment of Taxes. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay its Tax liabilities before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) (i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (ii) Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP or (b) the failure to make payment would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.




100

SECTION 5.06.      Maintenance of Properties. Except if failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all property necessary for the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.
SECTION 5.07.      Insurance. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts (with no greater risk retention) and against such risks as is customarily maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. Each such policy of liability or casualty insurance maintained by or on behalf of Loan Parties will (a) in the case of each liability insurance policy (other than workers’ compensation, director and officer liability or other policies in which such endorsements are not customary), name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured thereunder, (b) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement that names the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as the loss payee thereunder and (c) provide for at least 30 days’ (or such shorter number of days as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice to the Administrative Agent of any cancellation of such policy. With respect to each Mortgaged Property that is located in an area determined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency to have special flood hazards, the applicable Loan Party has obtained, and will maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, such flood insurance as is required under applicable law, including Regulation H of the Board of Governors. Holdings will furnish to the Lenders, upon reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so maintained.
SECTION 5.08.     [Reserved.]
SECTION 5.09.      Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and accounts in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times but no more often than two times during any calendar year; provided that none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Requirement of Law or any binding agreement or (iii) that is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.
SECTION 5.10.      Compliance with Laws. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will take reasonable action to cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all Requirements of Law (including Environmental Laws) with respect to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.




101

SECTION 5.11.      Use of Proceeds; Letters of Credit. (a) The proceeds of the Term Loans, together with the proceeds of the Senior Unsecured Notes and cash on hand, will be used solely for the payment of (i) fees and expenses payable in connection with the Transactions and (ii) the Effective Date Dividend. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans and the Swingline Loans, as well as the proceeds of any Incremental Extension of Credit (unless otherwise provided in the applicable Incremental Facility Amendment) will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes (including acquisitions permitted by this Agreement) of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans and the Swingline Loans may also be used for other transactions not prohibited by this Agreement. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used in violation of the representation set forth in Section 3.10. Letters of Credit will be used by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for general corporate purposes.
SECTION 5.12.      Additional Subsidiaries. (a) If any additional Subsidiary is formed or acquired (or otherwise becomes a Designated Subsidiary) after the Effective Date, then Holdings will, as promptly as practicable and, in any event, within 60 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably, may agree to in writing (including electronic mail)) after such Subsidiary is formed or acquired (or otherwise becomes a Designated Subsidiary), notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, to the extent applicable, cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied with respect to such Subsidiary (if it is a Designated Subsidiary) and with respect to any Equity Interest in or Indebtedness of such Subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party.
(b)     Holdings or the Borrower may designate any wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary that is organized in a Permitted Jurisdiction as a Designated Subsidiary; provided that to the extent applicable, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been satisfied with respect to such Subsidiary as if such Subsidiary is a Person that becomes a Designated Subsidiary after the Effective Date.
SECTION 5.13.      Further Assurances. (a) Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries that is a Subsidiary Loan Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), that may be required under any applicable law, or that the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. Each of Holdings and the Borrower also agrees to, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries that is a Subsidiary Loan Party to, provide to the Administrative Agent, from time to time upon request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.
(b)     If any material assets (including any real property or improvements thereto or any interest therein with a fair market value in excess of $10,000,000) are acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party after the Effective Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under the Collateral Agreement that become subject to the Lien created by the Collateral Agreement upon acquisition thereof), Holdings will notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereof, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, Holdings will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and will take, and cause the Subsidiary Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section, all at the expense of the Loan Parties.




102

SECTION 5.14.      Credit Ratings. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will use reasonable efforts to cause the credit facilities made available under this Agreement to be continuously rated by S&P and Moody’s. The Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a corporate rating from S&P and a corporate family rating from Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower.
SECTION 5.15.      Post-Effective Date Matters. (a) Within five Business Days after the Effective Date, (i) the Borrower shall cause the Effective Date Dividend to be paid and (ii) the Spin-Off shall be consummated.
(b)      As promptly as practicable, and in any event within 90 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably, may agree to in writing), after the Effective Date, Holdings and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries that is a Loan Party to, deliver all Mortgages that are required to be delivered pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, except to the extent otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to its authority as set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”.
SECTION 5.16.      Designation as Senior Debt. Holdings shall, and following the Spin-Off shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, designate all Obligations as “Senior Indebtedness” and “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or as a similar term or designation for purposes of and as defined in, any documentation with respect to any subordinated Indebtedness.
SECTION 5.17.      Designation of Subsidiaries. Holdings may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (a) immediately before and after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such designation, (b) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Total Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Holdings, is less than 2.75 to 1.00, and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with this clause (b) and (c) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “restricted subsidiary” or a “guarantor” (or any similar designation) for any Material Indebtedness. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the parent company of such Subsidiary therein under Section 6.04(u) at the date of designation in an amount equal to the net book value of such parent company’s investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary, and the making of an Investment by such Subsidiary in any Investments of such Subsidiary, in each case existing at such time.
ARTICLE VI
Negative Covenants
Until the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts (other than contingent amounts not yet due) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document have been paid in full, and all Letters of Credit (other than those collateralized or back-stopped on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank) have expired or been terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, each of Holdings and the Borrower covenants and agrees (provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any




103

other Loan Document, no provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prevent or restrict the consummation of any of the Transactions, nor shall the Transactions give rise to any Default, or constitute the utilization of any basket, under this Agreement (including this Article VI) or any other Loan Document) with the Lenders that:
SECTION 6.01.      Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities. (a) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will Holdings or the Borrower permit any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(i)      Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents;
(ii)      (A) the Senior Unsecured Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 and (B) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the Senior Unsecured Notes issued pursuant to clause (A) above (it being understood and agreed that, for purposes of this Section, any Indebtedness that is incurred for the purpose of repurchasing or redeeming any Senior Unsecured Notes (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) shall, if otherwise meeting the requirements set forth in the definition of the term “Refinancing Indebtedness”, be deemed to be Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the Senior Unsecured Notes (or such Refinancing Indebtedness), and shall be permitted to be incurred and be in existence, notwithstanding that the proceeds of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be applied to make such repurchase or redemption of the Senior Unsecured Notes (or such Refinancing Indebtedness) immediately upon the incurrence thereof, if the proceeds of such Refinancing Indebtedness are applied to make such repurchase or redemption no later than 90 days following the date of the incurrence thereof;
(iii)      Indebtedness existing on the Escrow Date and set forth in Schedule 6.01 , any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and any intercompany Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date arising out of, or in connection with, the Transactions;
(iv)      Indebtedness of Holdings or the Borrower to any Restricted Subsidiary and of any Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings, the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party shall be subject to Section 6.04 and (B) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party shall, on and after the Effective Date, be subordinated to the Obligations on the terms set forth in the Global Intercompany Note;
(v)      Guarantees by Holdings or the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and by any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) the Indebtedness so Guaranteed is permitted by this Section (other than clause (a)(iii) or (a)(vii)), (B) Guarantees by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to Section 6.04, (C) Guarantees permitted under this clause (v) shall be subordinated to the Obligations of the applicable Restricted Subsidiary to the same extent and on the same terms as the Indebtedness so Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations and (D) none of the Senior Unsecured Notes shall be Guaranteed by any Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary is a Loan Party that has Guaranteed the Obligations pursuant to the Collateral Agreement;




104

(vi)      (A) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair, replacement or improvement, and (B) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness incurred or assumed pursuant to clause (A) above; provided further that at the time of incurrence thereof, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (vi), together with any sale and leaseback transaction incurred pursuant to Section 6.06, shall not exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 3.75% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the fiscal year most recently ended prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness;
(vii)      (A) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Restricted Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereunder) after the Escrow Date, or Indebtedness of any Person that is assumed by any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by such Restricted Subsidiary in an acquisition permitted by Section 6.04; provided that such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is so merged or consolidated) or such assets are acquired and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such merger or consolidation) or such assets being acquired and (B) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness incurred or assumed, as applicable, pursuant to clause (A) above;
(viii)      other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding at the time of incurrence thereof, the greater of (A) $75,000,000 and (B) 3.75% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the fiscal year most recently ended prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness at any time outstanding;
(ix)      Indebtedness owed to any Person (including obligations in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of such Person) providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(x)      Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds, performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations (other than in respect of other Indebtedness), in each case provided in the ordinary course of business;
(xi)      Indebtedness in respect of Hedging Agreements permitted by Section 6.07;
(xii)      Indebtedness owed in respect of any overdrafts and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or in connection with any automated clearinghouse transfers of funds; provided that such Indebtedness shall be repaid in full within five Business Days of the incurrence thereof;




105

(xiii)      Indebtedness in the form of purchase price adjustments, earnouts, non-competition agreements or other arrangements representing acquisition consideration or deferred payments of a similar nature incurred in connection with any acquisition or other investment permitted under Section 6.04;
(xiv)      Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 2.23; provided that the Net Proceeds thereof are used to make the prepayments required under clause (a)(iii) of Section 2.23;
(xv)      Alternative Incremental Facility Debt, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Alternative Incremental Facility Debt shall not exceed the amount permitted under Section 2.21;
(xvi)      Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to directors, officers, consultants or employees of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(xvii)      Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to current or former officers, directors, consultants and employees or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings permitted by Section 6.08;
(xviii)      Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $50,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(xix)      Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party to the extent the proceeds thereof are used by such Restricted Subsidiary to consummate an acquisition permitted by Section 6.04(b); provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xix) for the purpose of acquiring a Restricted Subsidiary that does not become a Subsidiary Loan Party shall not exceed, at the time such acquisition is made and after giving effect thereto, the greater of (A) $100,000,000 and (B) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the fiscal year most recently ended prior to the making of such acquisition; and
(xx)      Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or any other Loan Party if, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the proceeds thereof, Holdings is in compliance with Sections 6.12 and 6.13.
SECTION 6.02.      Liens. (a) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will Holdings or the Borrower permit any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, except:
(i)      Liens created under the Loan Documents;
(ii)      Permitted Encumbrances;
(iii)      any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Escrow Date and set forth in Schedule 6.02 ; provided that (A) such Lien shall not apply to any other asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than assets financed by the same financing source in the ordinary course of business) and (B) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the Escrow Date and extensions, renewals, replacements and refinancings thereof so long as the principal amount of such extensions, renewals, replacements and refinancings does not exceed the principal amount of the obligations being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced or,




106

in the case of any such obligations constituting Indebtedness, that are permitted under Section 6.01(a)(iii) as Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;
(iv)      any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or existing on any asset of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Restricted Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereunder) after the Escrow Date prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is so merged or consolidated); provided that (A) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such merger or consolidation), (B) such Lien shall not apply to any other asset of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) assets financed by the same financing source in the ordinary course of business and (y) in the case of any such merger or consolidation, the assets of any special purpose merger Subsidiary that is a party thereto) and (C) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is so merged or consolidated) and extensions, renewals, replacements and refinancings thereof so long as the principal amount of such extensions, renewals and replacements does not exceed the principal amount of the obligations being extended, renewed or replaced or, in the case of any such obligations constituting Indebtedness, that are permitted under Section 6.01(a)(vii) as Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;
(v)      Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed, repaired, replaced or improved (including any such assets made the subject of a Capital Lease Obligation incurred) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) such Liens secure Indebtedness incurred to finance such acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement and permitted by clause (vi)(A) of Section 6.01(a) or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof permitted by clause (vi)(B) of Section 6.01(a), (B) such Liens and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair, replacement or improvement ( provided that this clause (B) shall not apply to any Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by clause (vi)(B) of Section 6.01(a) or any Lien securing such Refinancing Indebtedness), (C) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing, repairing, replacing or improving such fixed or capital asset and in any event, the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the amount permitted under the second proviso of Section 6.01(a)(vi) at any time outstanding and (D) such Liens shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (except assets financed by the same financing source in the ordinary course of business);
(vi)      in connection with the sale or transfer of any Equity Interests or other assets in a transaction permitted under Section 6.05, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;




107

(vii)      in the case of (A) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary or (B) the Equity Interests in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction, including any put and call arrangements, related to Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary or such other Person set forth in the organizational documents of such Restricted Subsidiary or such other Person or any related joint venture, shareholders’ or similar agreement;
(viii)      Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits, escrow arrangements or similar arrangements made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement for an acquisition or other transaction permitted hereunder;
(ix)      Liens on Collateral securing any Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt or Alternative Incremental Facility Debt; provided that such Liens are subject to customary intercreditor arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(x)      Liens granted by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by such Subsidiary under Section 6.01; and
(xi)      Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section to the extent that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured thereby, at the time of incurrence thereof, does not exceed the greater of (A) $50,000,000 and (B) 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the fiscal year most recently ended prior to the making of such investments.
SECTION 6.03.      Fundamental Changes. (a) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (i) any Person may merge into or consolidate with the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving entity or the surviving entity (the “ Successor Borrower ”) (A) is organized under the laws of the United States, (B) expressly assumes the Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Subsidiary Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Collateral Agreement confirmed that its (i) obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, and (D) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement, (ii) any Person (other than the Borrower) may merge into or consolidate with any Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Restricted Subsidiary and, if any party to such merger or consolidation is a Subsidiary Loan Party, is a Subsidiary Loan Party, (iii) any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Borrower may merge into or consolidate with any Person in a transaction permitted under Section 6.05 in which, after giving effect to such transaction, the surviving entity is not a Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; provided that any such merger or consolidation involving a Person that is not a wholly owned




108

Restricted Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall not be permitted unless it is also permitted by Section 6.04 and (v) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may engage in a merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation, the purpose of which is to effect a disposition permitted pursuant to Section 6.05.
(b)     The Borrower will not, and Holdings and the Borrower will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type to be conducted by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as described in the Form 10 and businesses reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
SECTION 6.04.      Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger or consolidation with any Person that was not a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary prior to such merger or consolidation) any Equity Interests in or evidences of Indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit, except:
(a)      Permitted Investments;
(b)      investments constituting the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person, or the Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a Restricted Subsidiary if, after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, the Borrower would be in compliance with Sections 6.12 and 6.13; provided that the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid in respect of such investments (including in the form of loans or advances made to Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties) by Loan Parties involving the acquisition of Restricted Subsidiaries that do not become Loan Parties shall not exceed, at the time such investment is made and after giving effect thereto, the greater of (A) $100,000,000 and (B) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the fiscal year most recently ended prior to the making of such acquisition;
(c)      cash and cash equivalents;
(d)      (i) investments (including intercompany loans and advances) existing on the Effective Date in the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries arising out of, or in connection with, the Transactions and (ii) other investments existing on the Escrow Date and set forth on Schedule 6.04 ;
(e)      investments by Holdings in the Borrower and by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in Equity Interests of their respective subsidiaries; provided that (i) any such Equity Interests held by a Loan Party shall be pledged to the extent required by the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” and (ii) the aggregate outstanding amount of such investments made by Loan Parties in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (together with outstanding intercompany loans permitted under subclause (ii) of the proviso to clause (f) of this Section and outstanding Guarantees permitted under the proviso to clause (g) of this Section) shall not exceed, at the time such investment is made and after giving effect thereto, the greater of (A) $100,000,000 and (B) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the fiscal year most




109

recently ended prior to the making of such investments (in each case determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs), provided that if any such investment under this subclause (ii) is made for the purpose of making an investment, loan or advance permitted under clause (u) of this Section, the amount available under this clause (e) shall not be reduced by the amount of any such investment, loan or advance which reduces the basket under clause (u) of this Section;
(f)      loans or advances made by Holdings or the Borrower to any Restricted Subsidiary and made by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) any such loans and advances made by a Loan Party shall be evidenced, on and after the Effective Date, by a promissory note pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement and (ii) the outstanding amount of such loans and advances made by Loan Parties to Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (together with investments permitted under subclause (ii) of the proviso to clause (e) of this Section and outstanding Guarantees permitted under the proviso to clause (g) of this Section) shall not exceed, at the time such loans or advances are made and after giving effect thereto, the greater of (A) $100,000,000 and (B) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the fiscal year most recently ended prior to the making of such loans or advances (in each case determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs), provided that if any such loan or advance under this subclause (ii) is made for the purpose of making an investment, loan or advance permitted under clause (u) of this Section, the amount available under this clause (f) shall not be reduced by the amount of any such investment, loan or advance which reduces the basket under clause (u) of this Section;
(g)      Guarantees of Indebtedness that is permitted under Section 6.01 and other obligations, in each case of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the total of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness and the aggregate amount of other obligations, in each case of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties that is Guaranteed by any Loan Party (together with investments permitted under subclause (ii) of the proviso to clause (e) of this Section and intercompany loans permitted under subclause (ii) to the proviso to clause (f) of this Section) shall not exceed, at the time such Guarantee is made and after giving effect thereto, the greater of (A) $100,000,000 and (B) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the fiscal year most recently ended prior to the making of such Guarantees (in each case determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs);
(h)      loans or advances to directors, officers, consultants or employees of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of business of Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, not exceeding $5,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such loans or advances);
(i)      payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;
(j)      investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;




110

(k)      investments in the form of Hedging Agreements permitted by Section 6.07;
(l)      investments of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or consolidates or merges with the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as such investments were not made in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or of such consolidation or merger;
(m)      investments resulting from pledges or deposits described in clause (c) or (d) of the definition of the term “Permitted Encumbrance”;
(n)      investments made as a result of the receipt of noncash consideration from a sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of any asset in compliance with Section 6.05;
(o)      investments that result solely from the receipt by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from any of its subsidiaries of a dividend or other Restricted Payment in the form of Equity Interests, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities (but not any additions thereto made after the date of the receipt thereof);
(p)      receivables or other trade payables owing to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;
(q)      mergers and consolidations permitted under Section 6.03 that do not involve any Person other than Holdings, the Borrower and Restricted Subsidiaries that are wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries;
(r)      [reserved;]
(s)      Guarantees by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(t)      investments, loans and advances by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary if, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect thereto including all related commitments for future investments, loans or advances (and the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is assumed or otherwise incurred in connection with such investment, loan or advance), the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 2.75 to 1.00; and
(u)      other investments, loans and advances by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (and loans and advances by Holdings) in an aggregate amount, as valued at cost at the time each such investment, loan or advance is made and including all related commitments for future investments, loans or advances (and the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is assumed or otherwise incurred in connection with such investment, loan or advance), in an aggregate amount not exceeding, at the time such investments, loans or advances are made and after giving effect thereto, the sum of (i) the greater of (A) $75,000,000 and (B) 3.75% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the fiscal year most recently ended prior to the making of such investments, loans or advances plus (ii) the Available Amount at such time in the aggregate for all such investments made or committed to be made from and after the Effective Date plus an amount equal to any returns of capital or sale proceeds actually received in cash in respect of any such




111

investments (which amount shall not exceed the amount of such investment valued at cost at the time such investment was made).
SECTION 6.05.      Asset Sales. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any asset, including any Equity Interest owned by it, nor will Holdings or the Borrower permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any additional Equity Interest in such Restricted Subsidiary (other than issuing directors’ qualifying shares and other than issuing Equity Interests to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary), except:
(a)      sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of (i) inventory, (ii) used, obsolete or surplus equipment, (iii) property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including intellectual property), (iv) immaterial assets and (v) cash and Permitted Investments, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(b)      sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such sales, transfers, leases or other dispositions involving a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall, to the extent applicable, be made in compliance with Sections 6.04 and 6.09;
(c)      sales, transfers and other dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof not as part of any accounts receivables financing transaction;
(d)      (i) sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of assets to the extent that such assets constitute an investment permitted by clause (j), (l) or (n) of Section 6.04 or another asset received as consideration for the disposition of any asset permitted by this Section (in each case, other than Equity Interests in a Restricted Subsidiary, unless all Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares) are sold) and (ii) sales, transfers, and other dispositions of the Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such sale, transfer or other disposition would be permissible as an investment in a Restricted Subsidiary permitted by Section 6.04(e) or (u);
(e)      leases or subleases entered into in the ordinary course of business, to the extent that they do not materially interfere with the business of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(f)      licenses or sublicenses of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business, to the extent that they do not materially interfere with the business of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(g)      dispositions resulting from any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any asset of any of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(h)      dispositions of assets to the extent that (i) such assets are exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement assets or (ii) the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement assets;




112

(i)      dispositions permitted by Section 6.08;
(j)      dispositions set forth on Schedule 6.05 ;
(k)      sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of assets that are not permitted by any other clause of this Section; provided that (i) the aggregate fair value of all assets sold, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of in reliance upon this clause (k) shall not exceed (A) in any fiscal year, 15% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the fiscal year most recently ended prior to such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition and (B) during the term of this Agreement, 40% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the fiscal year most recently ended prior to such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom; and
(l)      sales, transfers or other dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the factoring on a non-recourse basis of such accounts receivable.
provided that all sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions permitted hereby (other than those permitted by clause (b)) shall be made for fair value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), and at least 75% of the consideration from all sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions permitted hereby (other than those permitted by clause (b), (d), (g) or (h)) since the Effective Date, on a cumulative basis, is in the form of cash or cash equivalents; provided further that (i) any consideration in the form of Permitted Investments that are disposed of for cash consideration within 30 Business Days after such sale, transfer or other disposition shall be deemed to be cash consideration in an amount equal to the amount of such cash consideration for purposes of this proviso, (ii) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable sale, transfer, lease or other disposition and for which the Borrower and all the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing shall be deemed to be cash consideration in an amount equal to the liabilities so assumed and (iii) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in respect of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of $50,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash consideration.
SECTION 6.06.      Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred, except for any such sale of any fixed or capital assets by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the fair value of such fixed or capital asset and is consummated within 270 days after the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary acquires or completes the construction of such fixed or capital asset; provided that, if such sale and leaseback results in a Capital Lease Obligation, such Capital Lease Obligation is permitted by Section 6.01(a)(vi) and any Lien made the subject of such Capital Lease Obligation is permitted by Section 6.02(a)(v).




113

SECTION 6.07.      Hedging Agreements. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Hedging Agreement, except (a) Hedging Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has actual exposure (other than those in respect of the Equity Interests of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) and (b) Hedging Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from floating to fixed rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
SECTION 6.08.      Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Junior Indebtedness. (a) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that:
(i)      Holdings may declare and pay, the Effective Date Dividend;
(ii)      the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to its Equity Interests, or make other Restricted Payments in respect of its Equity Interests, in each case ratably to the holders of such Equity Interests;
(iii)      [reserved;]
(iv)      Holdings may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in shares of Qualified Equity Interests or Disqualified Equity Interests permitted hereunder;
(v)      Holdings may make Restricted Payments, not exceeding $30,000,000 during any fiscal year, pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans approved by Holdings’ board of directors for directors, officers, consultants or employees of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(vi)      Holdings may make Restricted Payments if, after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 2.75 to 1.00;
(vii)      [reserved;]
(viii)      Holdings may make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares representing insignificant interests in Holdings in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests in Holdings;
(ix)      Holdings may repurchase Equity Interests upon the exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such stock options (and related redemption or cancellation of shares for payment of taxes or other amounts relating to the exercise under such stock option or other benefit plans);




114

(x)      Holdings may make Restricted Payments, not exceeding $50,000,000 during any fiscal year (reduced by the amount of any prepayments of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.08(b)(v) during such fiscal year);
(xi)      concurrently with any issuance of Qualified Equity Interests, Holdings may redeem, purchase or retire any Equity Interests of Holdings using the proceeds of, or convert or exchange any Equity Interests of Holdings for, such Qualified Equity Interests; and
(xii)      Holdings may declare and pay dividends in an aggregate amount not to exceed, at the time such dividends are paid and after giving effect thereto, the sum of (A) the greater of (i) $75,000,000 and (ii) 3.75% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the fiscal year most recently ended prior to the making of such dividend (which greater amount shall be reduced by the amount of any payments of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.08(b)(iv)) plus (B) the Available Amount at such time. For purposes of this clause (xii), the Borrower may only use that portion of the Available Amount set forth in clause (a)(ii) of the definition thereof if (x) after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, the Borrower would be in compliance with Sections 6.12 and 6.13 and (y) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom.
(b)     Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, prepay, redeem, purchase or otherwise satisfy any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, except for:
(i)      payments of Indebtedness created under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;
(ii)      regularly scheduled interest and principal payments as and when due in respect of any such Indebtedness, other than payments in respect of such Indebtedness prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof;
(iii)      refinancings of Indebtedness with the proceeds of other Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01;
(iv)      payments of or in respect of Indebtedness in an amount equal to, at the time such payments are made and after giving effect thereto, the sum of (A) the greater of (i) $75,000,000 and (ii) 3.75% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the fiscal year most recently ended prior to the making of such payment (which greater amount shall be reduced by any amounts declared and paid as Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.08(a)(xii)(A)) plus (B) the Available Amount at such time;
(v)      payments of or in respect of Indebtedness in an amount not exceeding $50,000,000 during any fiscal year (reduced by any amounts declared and paid as Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.08(a)(x) during such fiscal year); and
(vi)      payments of or in respect of Indebtedness if, after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 2.75 to 1.00.
SECTION 6.09.      Transactions with Affiliates. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5,000,000 with, any of its Affiliates, except (i) transactions that are at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from




115

unrelated third parties, (ii) transactions between or among the Loan Parties not involving any other Affiliate, (iii) advances, equity issuances, repurchases, retirements or other acquisitions or retirements of Equity Interests and other Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.08 and investments, loans and advances to Restricted Subsidiaries permitted under Section 6.04 and any other transaction involving the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries permitted under Section 6.03 to the extent such transaction is between the Borrower and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or between two or more Restricted Subsidiaries and Section 6.05 (to the extent such transaction is not required to be for fair value thereunder), (iv) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary who are not employees of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and compensation and employee benefit arrangements paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, directors, officers, consultants or employees of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (v) any issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Borrower’s board of directors and (vi) employment and severance arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business between Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any employee thereof and approved by the Borrower’s board of directors.
SECTION 6.10.      Restrictive Agreements. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its assets to secure the Obligations or (b) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests, to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, to transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or to grant Liens on its assets (including Equity Interests) to the Collateral Agent; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to (A) restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Incremental Facility Amendment, any Refinancing Facility Agreement or any document governing any Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness or Refinancing Indebtedness, (B) restrictions and conditions imposed by the Senior Unsecured Notes Documents as in effect on the Escrow Date or any agreement or document evidencing Refinancing Term Loan Indebtedness in respect of the Senior Unsecured Notes Documents permitted under clause (ii) of Section 6.01(a); provided that the restrictions and conditions contained in any such agreement or document taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the restrictions and conditions imposed by the Senior Unsecured Notes Documents, (C) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, restrictions and conditions imposed by its organizational documents or any related joint venture or similar agreements; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to such Restricted Subsidiary and to the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary, (D) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Restricted Subsidiary or any assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case pending such sale; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets that are to be sold and, in each case, such sale is permitted hereunder, (E) restrictions and conditions existing on the Escrow Date and identified on Schedule 6.10 (and any extension or renewal of, or any amendment, modification or replacement of the documents set forth on such schedule that do not expand the scope of, any such restriction or condition in any material respect) and (F) restrictions and




116

conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary and otherwise permitted by clause (vii) of Section 6.01(a) or to any restrictions in any Indebtedness of a non-Loan Party Restricted Subsidiary permitted by clause (viii) or clause (xviii) of Section 6.01(a), in each case if such restrictions and conditions apply only to such Restricted Subsidiary and its subsidiaries; and (ii) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to (A) restrictions and conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by clause (vi) of Section 6.01(a) if such restrictions and conditions apply only to the assets securing such Indebtedness and (B) customary provisions in leases and other agreements restricting the assignment thereof.
SECTION 6.11.      Amendment of Material Documents. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, amend, modify or waive, (a) its certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents or (b) any of the Senior Unsecured Notes Documents or (c) any of the Spin-Off Documents, in each case if the effect of such amendment, modification or waiver would be materially adverse to the Lenders.
SECTION 6.12.      Interest Expense Coverage Ratio. Holdings will not permit the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, in each case for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings ending on or about any date set forth below, to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such period:
Fiscal Quarter Ending
Interest Expense Coverage Ratio
December 31, 2013
3.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2014
3.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2014
3.50 to 1.00
September 30, 2014
3.50 to 1.00
December 31, 2014
3.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2015 and thereafter
4.00 to 1.00
SECTION 6.13.      Total Leverage Ratio. Holdings will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings ending on or about any date during any period set forth below, to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such period:




117

Fiscal Quarter Ending
Total Leverage Ratio
December 31, 2013
4.00 to 1.00
March 31, 2014
4.00 to 1.00
June 30, 2014
4.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2014
4.00 to 1.00
December 31, 2014
4.00 to 1.00
March 31, 2015
3.75 to 1.00
June 30, 2015
3.75 to 1.00
September 30, 2015
3.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2015
3.75 to 1.00
March 31, 2016
3.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2016
3.50 to 1.00
September 30, 2016
3.50 to 1.00
December 31, 2016
3.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2017
3.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2017
3.25 to 1.00
September 30, 2017
3.25 to 1.00
December 31, 2017
3.25 to 1.00
March 31, 2018 and thereafter
3.00 to 1.00
SECTION 6.14.      Changes in Fiscal Periods. Holdings will neither (a) permit its fiscal year or the fiscal year of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to end on a day other than December 31 (or, if different, on dates consistent with practice in effect on the Spin-Off Date), nor (b) change its method of determining fiscal quarters; provided that Holdings may make one election after the Effective Date to change its fiscal year end if Holdings shall provide the Lenders with such financial information as is reasonably useful to allow the Lenders to compare the financial position and results of operations of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries prior and subsequent to such change for all relevant fiscal periods of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries.
ARTICLE VII Events of Default
SECTION 7.01.      Events of Default. If any of the following events (each such event, an “ Event of Default ”) shall occur:
(a)      the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;
(b)      the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Section) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;
(c)      on and after the Effective Date, any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in




118

this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or in any report, certificate or financial statement furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made and, to the extent capable of being cured, such incorrect representation or warranty shall remain incorrect for a period of 30 days following notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to Holdings;
(d)      on and after the Effective Date, Holdings or the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02(a), 5.04 (with respect to the existence of Holdings or the Borrower) or in Article VI; provided that a failure to observe or perform any covenant contained in Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.04, 6.05, 6.08, 6.09, 6.10, 6.11 or 6.14 between the Escrow Date and the Effective Date shall constitute an Event of Default on the Effective Date, but only if such failure shall be unremedied on the Effective Date;
(e)      on and after the Effective Date, any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Section), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Borrower;
(f)      Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal, interest, premium or otherwise and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness when and as the same shall become due and payable (after giving effect to any applicable grace period in respect of such failure under the documentation representing such Material Indebtedness);
(g)      any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due or being terminated or required to be prepaid, repurchased, redeemed or defeased prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with all applicable grace periods in respect of such event or condition under the documentation representing such Material Indebtedness having expired); the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf, or, in the case of any Hedging Agreement, the applicable counterparty, to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to terminate or require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to (i) any secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale, transfer or other disposition of the assets securing such Indebtedness (to the extent such sale, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited under this Agreement) or (ii) any Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of a voluntary refinancing thereof permitted under Section 6.01;
(h)      except as otherwise provided in Section 7.02, an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, State or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
(i)      except as otherwise provided in Section 7.02, Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any




119

petition seeking liquidation (other than any liquidation permitted under Section 6.03(a)(iv)), reorganization or other relief under any Federal, State or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Section, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding or (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (or any committee thereof) shall adopt any resolution or otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to above in this clause (i) or in clause (h) of this Section;
(j)      Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;
(k)      one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $50,000,000 (other than any such judgment covered by insurance (other than under a self-insurance program) to the extent a claim therefor has been made in writing and liability therefor has not been denied by the insurer) shall be rendered against Holdings, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;
(l)      an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(m)      on and after the Effective Date, any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any material Collateral, with the priority required by the applicable Security Document, except as a result of (i) the sale or other disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents, (ii) the release thereof as provided in Section 9.14 or (iii) as a result of the Administrative Agent’s failure to (A) maintain possession of any stock certificate, promissory note or other instrument delivered to it under the Collateral Agreement or (B) file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements;
(n)      on and after the Effective Date, any material Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, in full force and effect, except as a result of the release thereof as provided in the applicable Loan Document or Section 9.14;
(o)      on and after the Effective Date, any Guarantee purported to be created under any Loan Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, in full force and effect, except as a result of the release thereof as provided in the applicable Loan Document or Section 9.14; or
(p)      a Change in Control shall occur;
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to Holdings or the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of




120

such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part (but ratably as among the Classes of Loans and the Loans of each Class at such time outstanding), in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately and (iii) require the deposit of cash collateral in respect of LC Exposure as provided in Section 2.05(i), in each case, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by Holdings and the Borrower; and in the case of any event with respect to Holdings or the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Section, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower hereunder, shall immediately and automatically become due and payable and the deposit of such cash collateral in respect of LC Exposure shall immediately and automatically become due, in each case, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by Holdings and the Borrower.
SECTION 7.02.      Exclusion of Certain Subsidiaries. Solely for the purposes of determining whether a Default has occurred under clause (h) or (i) of Section 7.01, any reference in any such paragraph to any Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed not to include any Restricted Subsidiary affected by any event or circumstance referred to in such paragraph that (a) did not, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower most recently ended, have consolidated total assets that equal 5.0% or more of the consolidated total assets of Holdings and (b) did not have revenues during the four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower most recently ended equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of Holdings; provided that if it is necessary to exclude more than one Restricted Subsidiary from clause (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 pursuant to this paragraph in order to avoid a Default, the aggregate consolidated assets of all such excluded Restricted Subsidiaries as of such last day may not exceed 5.0% of the consolidated total assets of Holdings and the aggregate consolidated revenues of all such excluded Restricted Subsidiaries for such four fiscal quarter period may not exceed 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of Holdings.
ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent
Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby irrevocably appoints the entity named as Administrative Agent in the heading of this Agreement and its successors to serve as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. In addition, to the extent required under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby grants to the Administrative Agent any required powers of attorney to execute any Security Document governed by the laws of such jurisdiction on such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s behalf. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” (or any similar term) herein or in any other Loan Document with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary duty or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.




121

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender or an Issuing Bank as any other Lender or Issuing Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks.
The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or to exercise any discretionary power, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in the Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion, could expose the Administrative Agent to liability or be contrary to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or applicable law, and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Affiliate of any of the foregoing that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in the Loan Documents) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct (such absence to be presumed unless otherwise determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment). The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof (stating that it is a “notice of default”) is given to the Administrative Agent by Holdings, the Borrower, a Lender or an Issuing Bank, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the sufficiency, validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or satisfaction of any condition that expressly refers to the matters described therein being acceptable or satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for, or be responsible for any loss, cost or expense suffered by the Borrower or any Lender as a result of, any determination of the Revolving Exposure or the component amounts thereof or of the Weighted Average Yield.




122

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall not incur any liability for relying, upon any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person (whether or not such Person in fact meets the requirements set forth in the Loan Documents for being the signatory, sender or authenticator thereof). The Administrative Agent also shall be entitled to rely, and shall not incur any liability for relying, upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person (whether or not such Person in fact meets the requirements set forth in the Loan Documents for being the signatory, sender or authenticator thereof), and may act upon any such statement prior to receipt of written confirmation thereof. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such Issuing Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or such Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
The Administrative Agent may perform any of and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any of and all their duties and exercise their rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or wilful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.
Subject to the terms of this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time from its capacity as such. In connection with such resignation, the Administrative Agent shall give notice of its intent to resign to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its intent to resign, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by Holdings and the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed by Holdings, the Borrower and such successor. Notwithstanding the foregoing,




123

in the event no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its intent to resign, the retiring Administrative Agent may give notice of the effectiveness of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower, whereupon, on the date of effectiveness of such resignation stated in such notice, (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided that, solely for purposes of maintaining any security interest granted to the Administrative Agent under any Security Document for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to be vested with such security interest as collateral agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, in the case of any Collateral in the possession of the Administrative Agent, shall continue to hold such Collateral, in each case until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed and accepts such appointment in accordance with this paragraph (it being understood and agreed that the retiring Administrative Agent shall have no duty or obligation to take any further action under any Security Document, including any action required to maintain the perfection of any such security interest), and (b) the Required Lenders shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent; provided that (i) all payments required to be made hereunder or under any other Loan Document to the Administrative Agent for the account of any Person other than the Administrative Agent shall be made directly to such Person and (ii) all notices and other communications required or contemplated to be given or made to the Administrative Agent shall also directly be given or made to each Lender and each Issuing Bank. Following the effectiveness of the Administrative Agent’s resignation from its capacity as such, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03, as well as any exculpatory, reimbursement and indemnification provisions set forth in any other Loan Document, shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub‑agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent and in respect of the matters referred to in the proviso under clause (a) above.
Each Lender and each Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or any other Lender or Issuing Bank, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or any other Lender or Issuing Bank, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement and funding its Loans on the Effective Date, or delivering its signature page to an Assignment and Assumption or any other Loan Document pursuant to which it shall become a Lender hereunder, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, this Agreement and each other Loan Document and each other document required to be delivered to, or be approved by or satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders on the Effective Date.
Except with respect to the exercise of setoff rights of any Lender in accordance with Section 9.08 or with respect to a Lender’s right to file a proof of claim in an insolvency proceeding, no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any Guarantee of the Obligations, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the




124

Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Loan Document Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition.
In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation thereof, no Hedging Agreement the obligations under which constitute Secured Hedging Obligations will create (or be deemed to create) in favor of any Secured Party that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document except as expressly provided in the Collateral Agreement. By accepting the benefits of the Collateral, each Secured Party that is a party to any such Hedging Agreement shall be deemed to have appointed the Administrative Agent to serve as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents and agreed to be bound by the Loan Documents as a Secured Party thereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in this paragraph.
The Secured Parties irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 6.02(a)(v). The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.
In case of the pendency of any proceeding with respect to any Loan Party under any Federal, State or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or any LC Disbursement shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
(a)      to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, LC Exposure and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent (including any claim under Sections 2.12, 2.13, 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b)      to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender, each Issuing Bank and each other Secured Party to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the




125

Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or the other Secured Parties, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due to it, in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, under the Loan Documents (including under Section 9.03).
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Arrangers nor any Person named on the cover page of this Agreement as a Syndication Agent or a Documentation Agent shall have any duties or obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except in its capacity, as applicable, as a Lender or an Issuing Bank), but all such Persons shall have the benefit of the indemnities provided for hereunder.
The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, and, except solely to the extent of the Borrower’s rights to consent pursuant to and subject to the conditions set forth in this Article, none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provisions. Each Secured Party, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and the Guarantees of the Obligations provided under the Loan Documents, to have agreed to the provisions of this Article.
ARTICLE IX
Miscellaneous
SECTION 9.01.      Notices. (a) General. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) of this Section), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax, as follows:
(i)      if to Holdings or the Borrower, to it at 11819 N. Pennsylvania St., Carmel, Indiana 46032, Attention of Chief Financial Officer (Fax No.: 317-810-3456);
(ii)      if to the Administrative Agent in respect of Borrowings denominated in dollars and all other matters, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Loan and Agency Services Group, 500 Stanton Christiana Road, Ops 2, Floor 03, Newark, Delaware 19713, Attention of Pranay Tyagi (Fax No.: 302-634-8799), with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 383 Madison Avenue, Floor 24, New York, New York 10179, Attention of Aized Rabbani (Fax No.: 212-622-6642);
(iii)      if to the Administrative Agent in respect of Borrowings denominated in any Permitted Foreign Currency, to it at J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, Loans Agency 6th Floor, 25 Bank Street, Canary Wharf, London E145JP, United Kingdom, Attention of Loans Agency (Fax No: +44-20-7777-2360);
(iv)      if to any Issuing Bank, to it at its address (or fax number) most recently specified by it in a notice delivered to the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Borrower (or, in the absence of any such notice, to the address (or fax number) set forth in the Administrative Questionnaire of the Lender that is serving as such Issuing Bank or is an Affiliate thereof);
(v)      if to the Swingline Lender, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Loan and Agency Services Group, 500 Stanton Christiana Road, Ops 2, Floor 03, Newark, Delaware 19713, Attention of Pranay Tyagi (Fax No.: 302-634-8799), with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 383 Madison Avenue, Floor 24, New York, New York 10179, Attention of Aized Rabbani (Fax No.: 212-622-6642); and




126

(vi)      if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or fax number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Notices and communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by fax shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications, to the extent provided in paragraph (b) of this Section, shall be effective as provided in such paragraph.
(b)      Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet and intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices under Article II to any Lender or any Issuing Bank if such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent, Holdings or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications or may be rescinded by any such Person by notice to each other such Person.
Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgment) and (ii) notices and other communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefore; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.
(c)      Change of Address, etc. Any party hereto may change its address or fax number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.
(d)      Platform. Holdings and the Borrower agree that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make any Communications by posting such Communication on Debt Domain, IntraLinks, SyndTrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”). The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available”. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Related Parties warrants, or shall be deemed to warrant, as to the adequacy of the Platform and each such Person expressly disclaims any liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made, or shall be deemed to be made, by the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties in connection with the Communications or the Platform.
SECTION 9.02.      Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any




127

other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of a Loan or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on Holdings or the Borrower in any case shall entitle Holdings or the Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
(b)     Except as provided in Sections 2.21, 2.22, 2.23 and 9.02(c), none of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders and, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto, in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, in each case without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled maturity date of any Loan, or the date of any scheduled payment of the principal amount of any Term Loan under Section 2.10 or the applicable Incremental Facility Amendment or the required date of reimbursement of any LC Disbursement, or any date for the payment of any interest or fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change any of the provisions of this Section or the percentage set forth in the definition of the term “Required Lenders” or any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders (or Lenders of any Class) required to waive, amend or otherwise modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (or each Lender of such Class, as applicable); provided that, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the provisions of this Section and the definition of the term “Required Lenders” may be amended to include references to any new class of loans created under this Agreement (or to lenders extending such loans) on substantially the same basis as the corresponding references relating to the existing Classes of Loans or Lenders, (v) release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees provided by the Loan Parties under the Collateral Agreement, in each case without the written consent of each Lender (except as expressly provided in Section 9.14 or the Collateral Agreement (including any such release by the Administrative Agent in connection with any sale or other disposition of any Subsidiary upon the exercise of remedies under the Security Documents), it being understood and agreed that an amendment or other modification of the type of obligations guaranteed under the Collateral Agreement shall not be deemed to be a release of any Guarantee), (vi) release all or substantially all the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents without the written consent of each Lender (except as expressly provided in Section 9.14 or the applicable Security Document (including any such release by the Administrative Agent in




128

connection with any sale or other disposition of the Collateral upon the exercise of remedies under the Security Documents), it being understood and agreed that an amendment or other modification of the type of obligations secured by the Security Documents shall not be deemed to be a release of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents), (vii) change any provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of Collateral securing the obligations owed to, or payments due to, Lenders holding Loans of any Class differently than those holding Loans of any other Class, without the written consent of Lenders representing a Majority in Interest of each affected Class, or (viii) change the rights of the Tranche A Term Lenders or the Tranche B Term Lenders to decline mandatory prepayments as provided in Section 2.11 or the rights of any Additional Lenders of any Class to decline mandatory prepayments of Term Loans of such Class as provided in the applicable Incremental Facility Amendment, without the written consent of Tranche A Term Lenders, Tranche B Term Lenders or Additional Lenders of such Class, as applicable, holding a majority of the outstanding Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans of such Class, as applicable; provided further that (A) no such agreement shall amend, modify, extend or otherwise affect the rights or obligations of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as applicable, (B) any waiver, amendment or other modification of this Agreement that by its terms affects the rights or duties under this Agreement of the Lenders of one or more Classes (but not the Lenders of any other Class) may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Holdings, the Borrower and the requisite number or percentage in interest of each affected Class of Lenders that would be required to consent thereto under this Section if such Class of Lenders were the only Class of Lenders hereunder at the time and (C) if the terms of any waiver, amendment or other modification of this Agreement or any other Loan Document provide that any Class of Loans (together with all accrued interest thereon and all accrued fees payable with respect to the Commitments of such Class) will be repaid or paid in full, and the Commitments of such Class (if any) terminated, as a condition to the effectiveness of such waiver, amendment or other modification, then so long as the Loans of such Class (together with such accrued interest and fees) are in fact repaid or paid in full and such Commitments are in fact terminated, in each case prior to or substantially simultaneously with the effectiveness of such amendment, then such Loans and Commitments shall not be included in the determination of the Required Lenders with respect to such amendment. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, (1) no consent with respect to any waiver, amendment or other modification of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be required of any Defaulting Lender, except with respect to any waiver, amendment or other modification referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the first proviso of this paragraph and then only in the event such Defaulting Lender shall be affected by such waiver, amendment or other modification, (2) any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency so long as, in each case, the Lenders shall have received at least five Business Days prior written notice thereof and the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date of such notice to the Lenders, a written notice from (x) the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment or (y) if affected by such amendment, the Swingline Lender or any Issuing Bank stating that it objects to such amendment, and (3) this Agreement may be amended to provide for Incremental Extensions of Credit in the manner contemplated by Section 2.21, the extension of the Maturity Date as provided in Section 2.22 and the incurrence of Refinancing Commitments and Refinancing Loans as provided in Section 2.23, in each case without any additional consents.




129

(c)     In connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “ Proposed Change ”) requiring the consent of all Lenders or all affected Lenders, if the consent of the Required Lenders (and, to the extent any Proposed Change requires the consent of Lenders holding Loans of any Class pursuant to clause (iv) of paragraph (b) of this Section, the consent of a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of such Class) to such Proposed Change is obtained, but the consent to such Proposed Change of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in paragraph (b) of this Section being referred to as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ” for purposes of this clause (c)), then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Non-Consenting Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Non-Consenting Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) if the Administrative Agent is not such Non-Consenting Lender, the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned, each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (ii) such Non-Consenting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (including, if applicable, the prepayment fee pursuant to Section 2.11(g) (with such assignment being deemed to be an optional prepayment for purposes of determining the applicability of such Section) from the assignee (in the case of such principal and accrued interest and fees (other than any fee payable pursuant to Section 2.11(g)) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts (including any amount payable pursuant to Section 2.11(g), (iii) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b), (iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law and (v) the assignee shall have given its consent to such Proposed Change and, as a result of such assignment and delegation and any contemporaneous assignments and delegations and consents, such Proposed Change can be effected. Any assignment required pursuant to this Section 9.02(c) may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the assignee, and the Lender required to make such assignment shall not be required to be a party to such Assignment and Assumption.
(d)     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent may, without the consent of any Secured Party, consent to a departure by any Loan Party from any covenant of such Loan Party set forth in this Agreement, the Collateral Agreement or any other Security Document to the extent such departure is consistent with the authority of the Administrative Agent set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”.
(e)     The Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute waivers, amendments or other modifications on behalf of such Lender. Any waiver, amendment or other modification effected in accordance with this Section, shall be binding upon each Person that is at the time thereof a Lender and each Person that subsequently becomes a Lender.
SECTION 9.03.      Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. (a) Holdings and the Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Syndication Agents, the Documentation Agents and their respective Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of a single counsel




130

in each jurisdiction, in connection with the structuring, arrangement and syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein and any credit or similar facility refinancing or replacing, in whole or in part, any of the credit facilities provided for herein, as well as the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any waiver, amendments or modifications of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for any of the foregoing, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with the Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
(b)     Holdings and the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Syndication Agents, the Documentation Agents, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”), against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, liabilities and related expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one firm of counsel for all such Indemnitees, taken as a whole, and, if reasonably necessary, of a single firm of local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction (which may include a single firm of special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) for all such Indemnitees, taken as a whole (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Indemnitee and, if reasonably necessary, of a single firm of local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction (which may include a single firm of special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) for such affected Indemnitee)), incurred by or asserted against such Indemnitees arising out of, in connection with or as a result of any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to (i) the structuring, arrangement and syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit) or (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, to or from any Mortgaged Property or any other property currently or formerly owned or operated by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any other Environmental Liability related in any way to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and whether initiated against or by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any Affiliate of any of the foregoing or any third party (and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto); provided that the foregoing indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, apply to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses to the extent they are found in a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from (A) the bad faith, wilful misconduct or




131

gross negligence of such Indemnitee, (B) a claim brought by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary against such Indemnitee for material breach of such Indemnitee’s obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or (C) a proceeding that does not involve an act or omission by Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates and that is brought by an Indemnitee against any other Indemnitee (other than a proceeding that is brought against the Administrative Agent or any other agent or any Arranger in its capacity or in fulfilling its roles as an agent or arranger hereunder or any similar role with respect to the Indebtedness incurred or to be incurred hereunder). This paragraph shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim.
(c)     To the extent that Holdings and the Borrower fail to indefeasibly pay any amount required to be paid by them under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing (and without limiting their obligation to do so), each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or such Related Party, as applicable, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount (it being understood and agreed that the Borrower’s failure to pay any such amount shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as applicable, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in connection with such capacity; provided further that, with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such, or to any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in connection with such capacity, only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts. For purposes of this Section, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined by its share of the sum of the total Revolving Exposure, unused Revolving Commitments and, except for purposes of the second proviso of the immediately preceding sentence, the outstanding Term Loans and unused Term Commitments, in each case at that time. The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph are subject to the last sentence of Section 2.02(a) (which shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Lenders’ obligations under this paragraph).
(d)     To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, (i) neither Holdings nor the Borrower shall assert, or permit any of their respective Affiliates or Related Parties to assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee for any damages arising from the use by others of information or other materials obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet), except to the extent such damages are found in a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the bad faith, wilful misconduct or gross negligence of any Indemnitee or Related Party of any Indemnitee or (ii) neither any Indemnitee nor any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be liable for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that nothing in this clause (ii) shall limit the expense reimbursement and indemnification obligations of Holdings and the Borrower set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.03.




132

(e)     All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.
SECTION 9.04.      Successors and Assigns. (a) General. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) neither Holdings nor the Borrower may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment, delegation or transfer by Holdings or the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section), the Arrangers, the Syndication Agents, the Documentation Agents and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of any of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, any Syndication Agent, any Documentation Agent, any Issuing Bank and any Lender) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b)      Assignments by Lenders. (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign and delegate to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of (A) the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required (1) (x) with respect to Term Commitments or Term Loans, for an assignment and delegation to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund and (y) with respect to Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans, for an assignment and delegation to a Revolving Lender, an affiliate of a Revolving Lender or an Approved Fund in respect of a Revolving Lender and (2) if an Event of Default of the type set forth in Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing, for any other assignment and delegation; provided further that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment and delegation unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five Business Days after having received notice thereof, (B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment and delegation of all or any portion of a Term Commitment or Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, (C) each Dollar Issuing Bank, in the case of any assignment and delegation of all or a portion of a Dollar Revolving Commitment or any Lender’s obligations in respect of its Dollar LC Exposure, (D) each Multi-Currency Issuing Bank, in the case of any assignment and delegation of all or a portion of a Multi-Currency Revolving Commitment or any Lender’s obligations in respect of its Multi-Currency LC Exposure and (E) the Swingline Lender, in the case of any assignment and delegation of all or a portion of a Revolving Commitment or any Lender’s obligations in respect of its Swingline Exposure.
(ii)      Assignments and delegations shall be subject to the following additional conditions: (A) except in the case of an assignment and delegation to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment and delegation of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment and delegation (determined as of the trade date specified in the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment and delegation or, if no trade date is so




133

specified, as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment and delegation is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 or, in the case of Term Loans, $1,000,000 (treating contemporaneous assignments by or to two or more Approved Funds as a single assignment for purposes of such minimum transfer amount), unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default of the type set forth in Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing, (B) each partial assignment and delegation shall be made as an assignment and delegation of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that this clause (B) shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment and delegation of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans, (C) the parties to each assignment and delegation shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that (1) only one such processing and recordation fee shall be payable in the event of simultaneous assignments and delegations by or to two or more Approved Funds, (2) the Administrative Agent may waive or reduce such fee in its sole discretion and (3) with respect to any assignment and delegation pursuant to Section 2.19(b) or 9.02(c), the parties hereto agree that such assignment and delegation may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the assignee and that the Lender required to make such assignment and delegation need not be a party thereto, and (D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any tax forms required by Section 2.17(f) and an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain MNPI) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including Federal, State and foreign securities laws.
(iii)      Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned and delegated by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned and delegated by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and subject to the obligations and limitations of) Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and to any fees payable hereunder that have accrued for such Lender’s account but have not yet been paid). Any assignment, delegation or other transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 9.04(c).
(iv)      The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms




134

hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and, as to entries pertaining to it, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(v)      Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and any tax forms required by Section 2.17(f) (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment and delegation required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to accept such Assignment and Assumption or so record the information contained therein if the Administrative Agent reasonably believes that such Assignment and Assumption lacks any written consent required by this Section or is otherwise not in proper form, it being acknowledged that the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or obligation (and shall incur no liability) with respect to obtaining (or confirming the receipt) of any such written consent or with respect to the form of (or any defect in) such Assignment and Assumption, any such duty and obligation being solely with the assigning Lender and the assignee. No assignment or delegation shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph and, following such recording, unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Agent (such determination to be made in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, which determination may be conditioned on the consent of the assigning Lender and the assignee), shall be effective notwithstanding any defect in the Assignment and Assumption relating thereto. Each assigning Lender and the assignee, by its execution and delivery of an Assignment and Assumption, shall be deemed to have represented to the Administrative Agent that all written consents required by this Section with respect thereto (other than the consent of the Administrative Agent) have been obtained and that such Assignment and Assumption is otherwise duly completed and in proper form, and each assignee, by its execution and delivery of an Assignment and Assumption, shall be deemed to have represented to the assigning Lender and the Administrative Agent that such assignee is an Eligible Assignee.
(vi)      The words “execution”, “signed”, “signature” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as applicable, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act or any other similar State laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
(c)      Participations. Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more Eligible Assignees (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and Loans of any




135

Class); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant or requires the approval of all the Lenders. Holdings and the Borrower agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.17(f) (it being understood and agreed that the documentation required under Section 2.17(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment and delegation pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 2.18 and 2.19 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or 2.17, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.19(b) with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
(d)      Certain Pledges. Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its




136

obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(e)      Purchasing Borrower Parties. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement (including, without limitation, the definition of “Eligible Assignee”), any Lender may assign and delegate all or a portion of its Term Loans to any Purchasing Borrower Party (x) through open market purchases made by such Purchasing Borrower Party on a non-pro rata basis (subject to clause (v) below) or (y) otherwise in accordance with clauses (i) through (vii) below (which assignment and delegation, in the case of the foregoing clauses (x) and (y) will not constitute a prepayment of Loans for any purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents); provided that, in the case of assignments and delegations made pursuant to the foregoing clause (y):
(i)      no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;
(ii)      each Auction Purchase Offer shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures, terms and conditions set forth in this paragraph and the Auction Procedures;
(iii)      the assigning Lender and Purchasing Borrower Party purchasing such Lender’s Term Loans, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption in lieu of an Assignment and Assumption;
(iv)      for the avoidance of doubt, the Lenders shall not be permitted to assign or delegate Revolving Commitments or Revolving Exposure to a Purchasing Borrower Party;
(v)      to the extent permitted by applicable law and not giving rise to any adverse tax consequence, any Term Loans assigned and delegated to any Purchasing Borrower Party shall be automatically and permanently cancelled upon the effectiveness of such assignment and delegation and will thereafter no longer be outstanding for any purpose hereunder (it being understood and agreed that (A) except as expressly set forth in any such definition, any gains or losses by any Purchasing Borrower Party upon purchase or acquisition and cancellation of such Term Loans shall not be taken into account in the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, Consolidated Net Income and Consolidated EBITDA and (B) any purchase of Term Loans pursuant to this paragraph (f) shall not constitute a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans for purposes of this Agreement);
(vi)      the Purchasing Borrower Party shall either (A) not have any MNPI that has not been disclosed to the assigning Lender (other than any such Lender that does not wish to receive MNPI) on or prior to the date of any initiation of an Auction by such Purchasing Borrower Party or (B) advise the assigning Lender that it cannot make the statement in the foregoing clause (A), except to the extent that such Lender has entered into a customary “big boy” letter with Holdings or the Borrower; and
(vii)      no Purchasing Borrower Party may use the proceeds from Revolving Loans to purchase any Term Loans.
SECTION 9.05.      Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made




137

by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, any Syndication Agent, any Documentation Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time this Agreement or any other Loan Document is executed and delivered or any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any LC Exposure is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, in the event that, in connection with the refinancing or repayment in full of the credit facilities provided for herein, an Issuing Bank shall have provided to the Administrative Agent a written consent to the release of the Revolving Lenders from their obligations hereunder with respect to any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (whether as a result of the obligations of the Borrower (and any other account party) in respect of such Letter of Credit having been collateralized in full by a deposit of cash with such Issuing Bank, or being supported by a letter of credit that names such Issuing Bank as the beneficiary thereunder, or otherwise), then from and after such time such Letter of Credit shall cease to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have no participations in such Letter of Credit, and no obligations with respect thereto, under Section 2.05(d) or 2.05(e). The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17, 2.18(e) and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment or prepayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
SECTION 9.06.      Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent or the syndication of the Loans and Commitments constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 9.07.      Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 9.08.      Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each Issuing Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) or other amounts at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender




138

or such Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of Holdings or the Borrower against any of and all the obligations then due of Holdings or the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender or such Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations of Holdings or the Borrower are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or such Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such Indebtedness. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff and application under this Section. The rights of each Lender and each Issuing Bank under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or such Issuing Bank may have.
SECTION 9.09.      Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) This Agreement and any claim, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
(b)     Each of Holdings and the Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that it will not commence any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any Related Party of any of the foregoing in any way relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, in any forum other than the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any action, litigation or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such Federal court. Each party hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may otherwise have to bring any action, litigation or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Loan Party or any of its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(c)     Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action, litigation or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(d)     Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
SECTION 9.10.      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS




139

AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
SECTION 9.11.      Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
SECTION 9.12.      Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Related Parties, including accountants, legal counsel and other agents and advisors, it being understood and agreed that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential, (b) to the extent required or requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing confidentiality undertakings substantially similar to those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its Related Parties) to any Hedging Agreement relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary and its obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (g) on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the credit facilities provided for herein or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the credit facilities provided for herein, (h) with the consent of the Borrower, (i) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Holdings or the Borrower or (j) to any credit insurance provider relating to the Borrower or its Obligations. For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from Holdings or the Borrower relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or their businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Holdings or the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
SECTION 9.13.      Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan or participation in any LC




140

Disbursement, together with all fees, charges and other amounts that are treated as interest on such Loan or LC Disbursement or participation therein under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or LC Disbursement or participation therein in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or LC Disbursement or participation therein but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or LC Disbursements or participation therein or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.
SECTION 9.14.      Release of Liens and Guarantees. Subject to the reinstatement provisions set forth in the Collateral Agreement, a Subsidiary Loan Party shall automatically be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents, and all security interests created by the Security Documents in Collateral owned by such Subsidiary Loan Party shall be automatically released, upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by this Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Loan Party ceases to be a Subsidiary; provided that, if so required by this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction and the terms of such consent shall not have provided otherwise. Upon any sale or other transfer by any Loan Party (other than to Holdings, the Borrower or any other Loan Party) of any Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest created under any Security Document in any Collateral pursuant to Section 9.02, the security interests in such Collateral created by the Security Documents shall be automatically released. In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent. Each of the Secured Parties irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to effect the releases set forth in this Section.
SECTION 9.15.      USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender, each Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies each Loan Party that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act, and each Loan Party agrees to provide such information from time to time to such Lender, such Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent, as applicable.
SECTION 9.16.      No Fiduciary Relationship. Each of Holdings and the Borrower, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, agrees that in connection with all aspects of the transactions contemplated hereby and any communications in connection therewith, Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Syndication Agents, the Documentation Agents, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, will have a business relationship that does not create, by implication or otherwise, any fiduciary duty on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Syndication Agents, the Documentation Agents, the




141

Lenders, the Issuing Banks or their respective Affiliates, and no such duty will be deemed to have arisen in connection with any such transactions or communications. The Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Syndication Agents, the Documentation Agents, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and their respective Affiliates may be engaged, for their own accounts or the accounts of customers, in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Syndication Agents, the Documentation Agents, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or any of their respective Affiliates has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it or any of its Affiliates may have against the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Syndication Agents, the Documentation Agents, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.
SECTION 9.17.      Non-Public Information. (a) Each Lender acknowledges that all information, including requests for waivers and amendments, furnished by Holdings, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to or in connection with, or in the course of administering, this Agreement will be syndicate-level information, which may contain MNPI. Each Lender represents to Holdings, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that (i) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of MNPI and that it will handle MNPI in accordance with such procedures and applicable law, including Federal, State and foreign securities laws, and (ii) it has identified in its Administrative Questionnaire a credit contact who may receive information that may contain MNPI in accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable law, including Federal, State and foreign securities laws.
(b)     Holdings, the Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that, if information furnished by Holdings or the Borrower pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement is being distributed by the Administrative Agent through the Platform, (i) the Administrative Agent may post any information that Holdings or the Borrower has indicated as containing MNPI solely on that portion of the Platform as is designated for Private Side Lender Representatives and (ii) if Holdings or the Borrower has not indicated whether any information furnished by it pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement contains MNPI, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such information solely on that portion of the Platform as is designated for Private Side Lender Representatives. Each of Holdings and the Borrower agrees to clearly designate all information provided to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of Holdings or the Borrower that is suitable to be made available to Public Side Lender Representatives, and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely on any such designation by Holdings and the Borrower without liability or responsibility for the independent verification thereof.
[Signature Pages Follow]




142

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
ALLEGION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY,
by
_________________________
Name:
Title:
ALLEGION US HOLDING COMPANY INC.,
by
_________________________
Name:
Title:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually as a Lender and as Administrative Agent, as Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender,
by
_________________________
Name:
Title:




 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO
THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OF
ALLEGION US HOLDING COMPANY INC.




Name of Institution:

by
_________________________
Name:
Title:
For any Lender requiring a second signature block:
by
_________________________
Name:
Title:
By delivering this signature page to the Administrative Agent, the signatory authorizes the Administrative Agent to execute on its behalf the Escrow Agreement heretofore posted for Lenders and agrees to the terms of such Escrow Agreement.






Exhibit 10.4

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT
dated as of
[ l ], 2013
among
ALLEGION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY,
ALLEGION US HOLDING COMPANY INC.,
THE SUBSIDIARY LOAN PARTIES
IDENTIFIED HEREIN
and
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent







TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I

Definitions
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms
1
SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms
1
ARTICLE II

Guarantee
SECTION 2.01. Guarantee
6
SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee
6
SECTION 2.03. No Limitations
6
SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement
7
SECTION 2.05. Agreement to Pay; Subrogation
7
SECTION 2.06. Cross-Guaranty
8
SECTION 2.07. Information
8
ARTICLE III

Pledge of Securities
SECTION 3.01. Pledge
8
SECTION 3.02. Delivery of the Pledged Collateral
9
SECTION 3.03. Representations and Warranties
10
SECTION 3.04. Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests
11
SECTION 3.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations
11
SECTION 3.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest
11
ARTICLE IV

Security Interests in Personal Property
SECTION 4.01. Security Interest
13
SECTION 4.02. Representations and Warranties
16
SECTION 4.03. Covenants
17
SECTION 4.04. Other Actions
19
SECTION 4.05. Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral
20
ARTICLE V

Remedies





SECTION 5.01. Remedies Upon Default
21
SECTION 5.02. Application of Proceeds
23
SECTION 5.03. Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property
24
SECTION 5.04. Securities Act
24
ARTICLE VI

Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
SECTION 6.01. Indemnity and Subrogation
25
SECTION 6.02. Contribution and Subrogation
25
SECTION 6.03. Subordination
25
ARTICLE VII

Miscellaneous
SECTION 7.01. Notices
26
SECTION 7.02. Waivers; Amendment
26
SECTION 7.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses
27
SECTION 7.04. Survival of Agreement
27
SECTION 7.05. Counterparts; Effectiveness, Successors and Assigns
27
SECTION 7.06. Severability
28
SECTION 7.07. Right of Set-Off
28
SECTION 7.08. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
28
SECTION 7.09. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
29
SECTION 7.10. Headings
29
SECTION 7.11. Security Interest Absolute
29
SECTION 7.12. Termination or Release
30
SECTION 7.13. Additional Subsidiaries
30
SECTION 7.14. Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact
31
SECTION 7.15. Certain Acknowledgments and Agreements
31
SECTION 7.16. Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Hedge Obligations
32







Schedules
Schedule I    Subsidiary Loan Parties
Schedule II    Pledged Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities
Schedule III    Intellectual Property
Schedule IV    Commercial Tort Claims
Exhibits
Exhibit I    Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement Supplement
Exhibit II    Form of Patent Security Agreement
Exhibit III    Form of Trademark Security Agreement
Exhibit IV    Form of Copyright Security Agreement






GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of [ l ], 2013 (this “Agreement”), among Allegion Public Limited Company, Allegion US Holding Company Inc., the Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time party hereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMCB”), as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [ l ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Allegion US Holding Company Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), Allegion Public Limited Company (“ Holdings ”), the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMCB, as Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Holdings and the Subsidiary Loan Parties are Affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I

Definitions
SECTION 1.01.     Defined Terms. (%3) Each capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement, provided that each term defined in the New York UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the New York UCC. The term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC.
(a)    The rules of construction specified in Section 1.03 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis .
SECTION 1.02.     Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
Account Debtor ” means any Person that is or may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.
Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.
Article 9 Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).
Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.



2

“Cash Management Services” means the treasury management services (including controlled disbursements, zero balance arrangements, cash sweeps, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts, temporary advances, interest and fees and interstate depository network services) provided to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
Collateral ” means Article 9 Collateral and Pledged Collateral.
Contributing Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02.
Copyright License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right under any Copyright owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright owned by any other Person, or that any other Person now or hereafter otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.
Copyrights ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person: (a) all copyrights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States of America or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States of America or any other country, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office (or any similar office in any other country), including any of the foregoing listed on Schedule III.
Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.
Excluded Equity Interests ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.
Excluded Personal Property ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01.
Federal Securities Laws ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04.
Global Intercompany Note ” means a promissory note evidencing all Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries that, in each case, is owing to any Loan Party from time to time.
Grantors ” means Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Loan Party.
Guarantors ” means Holdings, the Borrower (except with respect to obligations of the Borrower) and each Subsidiary Loan Party.



3

Holdings ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.
Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, domain names, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know‑how, show‑how or other proprietary data, software and databases and all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation and registrations, and all modifications of and improvements to any of the foregoing.
“IP Security Agreements” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.02(b).
License ” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other written license or sublicense agreement to which any Grantor is a party, including those listed on Schedule III.
Loan Document Obligations ” means (a) the due and punctual payment by the Borrower of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of reimbursement of disbursements, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including obligations to pay fees, expense reimbursement obligations (including with respect to attorneys’ fees) and indemnification obligations, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), and (b) the due and punctual payment of all the obligations of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding).
New York UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.
“Obligations” means, collectively, (a) all the Loan Document Obligations, (b) all the Secured Cash Management Obligations and (c) all the Secured Hedging Obligations.
Paid in Full ” and “ Payment in Full ” shall mean payment in full of all of the applicable Obligations (except for contingent indemnity obligations and expense reimbursement obligations to the extent no claim therefor has been made) and termination of all commitments to extend credit under the Credit Agreement.



4

Patent License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right to make, use or sell any invention under a Patent owned by any Grantor, or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention under a Patent owned by any other Person, or that any other Person otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
Patents ” means with respect to any Person all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person: (a) all letters patent of the United States of America or the equivalent thereof in any other country and all applications for letters patent of the United States of America or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any other country, including those listed on Schedule III, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisionals, continuations-in-part, renewals or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.
Perfection Certificate ” means the Perfection Certificate dated the Effective Date delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.01(i) of the Credit Agreement.
Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.
Pledged Debt Securities ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.
Pledged Equity Interests ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.
Pledged Securities ” means any promissory notes, stock certificates, unit certificates, limited liability membership interest certificates and other certificated securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.
“Secured Cash Management Obligations” means the due and punctual payment of any and all obligations of Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Loan Party (whether absolute or contingent and however and whenever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor)) arising in respect of Cash Management Services that (a) are owed to the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing, or to any Person that, at the time such obligations were incurred, was the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing, (b) are owed on the Effective Date to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the Effective Date or (c) are owed to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such obligations are incurred.
“Secured Hedging Obligations” means the due and punctual payment of any and all obligations of Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Loan Party arising under each Hedging Agreement that (a) is with a counterparty that is the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing, or any Person that, at the time such Hedging Agreement was entered into, was the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing, (b) is in effect on the Effective Date with a counterparty that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the Effective



5

Date or (c) is entered into after the Effective Date with a counterparty that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Hedging Agreement is entered into. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Excluded Swap Guarantor, “Secured Hedging Obligations” shall not include Excluded Swap Obligations of such Excluded Swap Guarantor.
Secured Parties ” means (a) the Lenders, (b) the Administrative Agent, (c) each Issuing Bank, (d) each provider of Cash Management Services the obligations under which constitute Secured Cash Management Obligations, (e) each counterparty to any Hedging Agreement the obligations under which constitute Secured Hedging Obligations and (f) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.
Security Interest ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).
Subsidiary Loan Parties ” means (a) the Restricted Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I and (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement after the Effective Date.
“Supplement” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I hereto, or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent, and in each case reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
Trademark License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right to use any Trademark owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any Trademark owned by any other Person or that any other Person otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
Trademarks ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person: (a) all right, title and interest in and to any trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers and designs, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registrations and applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any State of the United States of America or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all renewals thereof, including those listed on Schedule III and (b) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby.



6

ARTICLE II
Guarantee
SECTION 2.01.     Guarantee . Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, or amended or modified, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its Guarantee hereunder notwithstanding any such extension, renewal, amendment or modification of any Obligation. Each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its Guarantee hereunder and notice of protest for nonpayment.
SECTION 2.02.     Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee . Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee hereunder constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (whether or not any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other or similar proceeding shall have stayed the accrual or collection of any of the Obligations or operated as a discharge thereof) and not merely of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of the Borrower, any other Loan Party, or any other Person. Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee hereunder is continuing in nature and applies to all Obligations, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred.
SECTION 2.03.     No Limitations. (a) Except for the termination or release of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 7.12, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations, any impossibility in the performance of the Obligations, or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement; (iii) the release of any security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for any of the Obligations; (iv) any default, failure or delay, wilful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Obligations; or (v) any other act or omission that may in any manner or to any extent otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the Payment in Full of all the Obligations). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Secured Parties to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.



7

(b)    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of Holdings, the Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of Holdings, the Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the Payment in Full of all the Obligations. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been Paid in Full. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.
SECTION 2.04.     Reinstatement . Each Guarantor agrees that, unless released pursuant to Section 7.12(b), its Guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.
SECTION 2.05.     Agreement to Pay; Subrogation. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the applicable Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article VI.



8

SECTION 2.06.     Cross-Guaranty . Each Guarantor that is not an Excluded Swap Guarantor at the time the Guarantee or the grant of the security interest hereunder, in each case, by any Loan Party, becomes effective with respect to any Swap Obligation, hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support to each Loan Party with respect to such Swap Obligation as may be needed by such Loan Party from time to time to honor all of its obligations under its Guarantee and the other Loan Documents in respect of such Swap Obligation (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Guarantor's obligations and undertakings under this Article II voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations and undertakings of each such Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until the Loan Document Obligations have been Paid in Full. Each such Guarantor intends this Section to constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a “support or other agreement” for the benefit of, each Loan Party for all purposes of § 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
SECTION 2.07.     Information . Each Guarantor (a) assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s and each other Loan Party’s and their respective subsidiaries’ financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and (b) agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.
ARTICLE III
Pledge of Securities
SECTION 3.01.     Pledge . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under (a)(i) the shares of capital stock and other Equity Interests of the Borrower and any wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary that is also a Material Subsidiary now directly owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those set forth opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II, and (ii) all certificates and any other instruments representing all such Equity Interests (collectively, the “ Pledged Equity Interests ”); provided that the Pledged Equity Interests shall not include (v) more than 65% of the outstanding Voting Equity Interests of any first-tier Foreign Subsidiary or any Foreign-Subsidiary Holding Company, (w) any of the outstanding Voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a first-tier Foreign Subsidiary, (x) any Equity Interests to the extent that and for so long as a pledge of such Equity Interests is prohibited by any Requirements of Law or contract, (y) any Equity Interests to the extent that and for so long as a pledge of such Equity Interests would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower or (z) any Equity Interests as to which the Collateral Agent and the Borrower reasonably determine that the costs of obtaining such security interests in such Equity Interests or perfection thereof are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security to be afforded thereby (so long as any contractual restriction is not incurred in contemplation of such entity becoming a



9

subsidiary of Holdings) (the Equity Interests so excluded being collectively referred to herein as the “ Excluded Equity Interests ”); (b)(i) any debt securities now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II, and (ii) all promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing all such debt securities (collectively, the “ Pledged Debt Securities ”); (c) subject to Section 3.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the securities and instruments referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above; (d) subject to Section 3.06, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities, instruments and other property referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above; and (e) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ”).
SECTION 3.02.     Delivery of the Pledged Collateral . (a) Each Grantor agrees promptly to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent any and all Pledged Securities (i) on the Effective Date, in the case of any such Pledged Securities owned by such Grantor on the Effective Date, and (ii) within 30 days following the acquisition thereof by such Grantor, in the case of any such Pledged Securities acquired by such Grantor after the Effective Date.
(b)    Each Grantor will (i) cause all Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary that, in each case, is owing to such Grantor to be evidenced by the Global Intercompany Note, (ii) cause the Global Intercompany Note to be pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms hereof and (iii) cause all Indebtedness (other than Permitted Investments) of any Person other than Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in a principal amount of $10,000,000 or more that is owing to a Grantor to be evidenced by a promissory note that is pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms hereof.
(c)    Upon delivery to the Administrative Agent, (i) any Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by undated stock powers duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank or other undated instruments of transfer reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by proper undated instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank and such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities after the date hereof shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the Pledged Securities so delivered, which schedule shall be deemed attached to and to supplement Schedule II and be made a part hereof, provided that failure to provide any such schedule or any error therein shall not affect the validity of the pledge of any Pledged Securities.
SECTION 3.03.     Representations and Warranties . The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:
(a)    Schedule II sets forth, as of the Effective Date, a true and complete list, with respect to each Grantor, of (i) all Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Grantor and the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by such Pledged Equity Interests owned by



10

such Grantor and (ii) all Pledged Debt Securities owned by such Grantor and all promissory notes and other instruments evidencing such Pledged Debt Securities, other than any Pledged Debt Security, or promissory note or other instrument evidencing any Pledged Debt Security, evidencing a Permitted Investment or Indebtedness of any Person (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary) in a principal amount not in excess of $10,000,000;
(b)    the Pledged Equity Interests and Pledged Debt Securities have been issued by the issuers thereof and, in the case of such Pledged Equity Interests and Pledged Debt Securities issued by Holdings, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, have been duly and validly authorized and (i) in the case of such Pledged Equity Interests, are fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) in the case of such Pledged Debt Securities, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof; subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;
(c)    except for the security interests granted hereunder, each of the Grantors (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule II as owned by such Grantor, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Loan Documents and Permitted Encumbrances), (iii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral (other than Liens created under the Loan Documents, Permitted Encumbrances and transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement) and (iv) will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than Liens created under the Loan Documents and Permitted Encumbrances), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever; and
(d)    except as disclosed on Schedule II or any supplemental schedule furnished pursuant to Section 3.02(c), and except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents or securities laws generally, and, in the case of clause (ii) below, except for limitations existing as of the Effective Date in the articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (i) the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and (ii) none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or bylaw provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder.



11

SECTION 3.04.     Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests . Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) to the extent any interest in any limited liability company or unlimited liability company or limited partnership controlled now or in the future by any Grantor and pledged hereunder is a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC and is governed by Article 8 of the New York UCC, such interest shall be at all times hereafter represented by a certificate and shall be at all times hereafter a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC and governed by Article 8 of the New York UCC and (ii) to the extent any interest in any limited liability company or unlimited liability company or limited partnership controlled now or in the future by any Grantor and pledged hereunder is not a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC, such Grantor shall at no time elect to treat any such interest as a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC, nor shall such interest be represented by a certificate, unless such Grantor provides prior written notification to the Collateral Agent of such election and such interest is thereafter represented by a certificate that is promptly delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms hereof.
SECTION 3.05.     Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations . During the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, in the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or in the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Administrative Agent. During the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor will promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities registered in the name of such Grantor. The Administrative Agent shall at all times during the continuance of an Event of Default have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement.
SECTION 3.06.     Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest. (a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors that their rights under this Section 3.06 are being suspended:
(i)    each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the rights and remedies of a holder of any Pledged Collateral;



12

(ii)    the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06; and
(iii)    each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Collateral, but only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable laws, provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity Interests or Pledged Debt Securities, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral and, if received by any Grantor, and required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent hereunder, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements, stock powers or other instruments of transfer).
(b)    Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06, then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 3.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements, stock or note powers or other instruments of transfer). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Administrative Agent in an account to be established by the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such money or other property shall be held as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower to that effect, the Administrative Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise have been permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06 and that remain in such account.



13

(c)    Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06, then all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06, and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 3.06, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers, provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights.
(d)    Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Grantors suspending their rights under paragraph (a) of this Section 3.06 (i) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing, (ii) may be given to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights and powers of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) in part without suspending all such rights or powers (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s right to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights and powers so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
ARTICLE IV
Security Interests in Personal Property
SECTION 4.01.     Security Interest . (a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations and subject to Section 4.01(d), each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in all right, title and interest in, to and under any and all of the following assets now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in, to or under which such Grantor now has or at any time hereafter may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the Article 9 Collateral ”):
(i)    all Accounts;
(ii)    all Chattel Paper;



14

(iii)    all cash, cash equivalents and Deposit Accounts;
(iv)    all Documents;
(v)    all Equipment;
(vi)    all General Intangibles, including all Intellectual Property;
(vii)    all Instruments;
(viii)    all Inventory;
(ix)    all other Goods;
(x)    all Investment Property;
(xi)    all Letter-of-Credit Rights;
(xii)    all Commercial Tort Claims specifically described on Schedule IV, as such schedule may be supplemented from time to time pursuant to Section 4.02(f);
(xiii)    all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral; and
(xiv)    to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing.
(b)    Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent (or its designee) at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements (including fixture filings) with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Collateral as all assets, whether now owned or at any time hereafter acquired, of such Grantor or words of similar effect as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number, if any, issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Article 9 Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon request.
Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Administrative Agent (or its designee) to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.
The Administrative Agent (or its designee) is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the



15

Security Interest granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party.
(c)    The Security Interest and the security interest granted pursuant to Article III are granted as security only and shall not subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.
(d)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the security interest granted hereunder attach to (i) any assets if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of a Lien thereon to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any Requirements of Law or contract (so long as any contractual restriction is not incurred in contemplation of such entity becoming a subsidiary of Holdings) (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to any other applicable Requirements of Law, including pursuant to Sections 9‑406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the New York UCC); provided that such security interest shall attach immediately at such time as the condition causing such prohibition shall no longer exist and, to the extent severable, shall attach immediately to any portion of such asset that does not result in such prohibition, (ii) any Excluded Equity Interests, (iii) any motor vehicles owned or any other assets subject to certificates of title, to the extent that a security interest therein cannot be perfected by the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement, (iv) any intent-to-use trademark application, (v) Letter-of-Credit Rights to the extent that a security interest therein cannot be perfected by the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement and Commercial Tort Claims, in each case with a value, as reasonable determined by the Borrower, of less than $[__], (vi) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent security interests in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to any other applicable Requirements of Law, including pursuant to Sections 9‑406, 9‑407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the New York UCC), (vii) any leasehold interest to the extent that a security interest therein cannot be perfected by the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement, (viii) any foreign Intellectual Property; (ix) any assets to the extent that such security interests would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower and (x) any assets as to which the Collateral Agent and the Borrower reasonably determine that the costs of obtaining such security interests in such assets or perfection thereof are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security to be afforded thereby (the items referred to in clauses (i) through (x) above being collectively referred to as the “ Excluded Personal Property ”); provided that Excluded Personal Property shall not include any Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Personal Property (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded Personal Property).



16

SECTION 4.02.     Representations and Warranties . The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties that:
(a)    Each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant the Security Interest.
(b)    A Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein, including the exact legal name of each Grantor, is correct and complete as of the Effective Date. The Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Administrative Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent in the Perfection Certificate for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedules 2A and 2B to the Perfection Certificate (or specified by notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Effective Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Section 5.03(a) or 5.12 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations (other than filings required to be made in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office in order to perfect the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights) that are necessary to publish notice of and protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States of America (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements. A Patent Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit II hereto, a Trademark Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit III hereto and a Copyright Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit IV hereto (such agreements, collectively, the “ IP Security Agreements ”), in each case containing a description of the Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, United States registered Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States registration applications are pending) and United States registered Copyrights and exclusive Copyright Licenses, for which the applicable Grantor is the licensee and the licensed work is registered at the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, and executed by each Grantor owning any such Article 9 Collateral, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261, 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, to establish a perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the above-referenced offices.



17

(c)    The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors, or the Grantors have rights in such Article 9 Collateral, free and clear of any Lien, except for the Liens permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.
(d)    Schedule III sets forth, as of the Effective Date, a true and complete list, with respect to each Grantor, of (i) all Patents that have been granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, (ii) all Copyrights that have been registered with the United States Copyright Office, (iii) all Trademarks that have been registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and Trademarks for which United States registration applications are pending and (iv) all Copyright Licenses under which such Grantor is an exclusive licensee and the licensed work is registered at the United States Copyright Office. In the event any Supplemental Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.03(b) of the Credit Agreement shall set forth any Intellectual Property, Schedule III shall be deemed to be supplemented to include the reference to such Intellectual Property in the same form as such reference is set forth on such Supplemental Perfection Certificate.
(e)    The Intellectual Property listed in Schedule III hereto for each Grantor includes all Intellectual Property that such Grantor owns in connection with its business as of the Effective Date which is registered at the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United State Copyright Office. As of the Effective Date, all registrations of Intellectual Property listed in Schedule III are unexpired, subsisting and have not been canceled.
SECTION 4.03.     Covenants . (a) Each Grantor agrees promptly to notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any change (i) in its legal name, (ii) in the location of its chief executive office or its principal place of business, (iii) in its identity or type of organization or corporate form, (iv) in its federal taxpayer identification number or organizational identification number or (v) in its jurisdiction of organization. Each Grantor agrees to promptly provide the Administrative Agent with certified organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the first sentence of this paragraph. Each Grantor agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Administrative Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest, having the priority required by this Agreement, in all the Article 9 Collateral.
(b)    Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Administrative Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.
(c)    At its option, the Administrative Agent may discharge past due Taxes, assessments, charges, fees and Liens at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral that are not permitted by the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent on demand for any payment made or any expense incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization, provided that nothing in this Section 4.03(c) shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform,



18

any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to Taxes, assessments, charges, fees and Liens and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.
(d)    Each Grantor shall remain liable to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof.
(e)    None of the Grantors shall make or permit to be made any transfer of the Article 9 Collateral and, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall remain at all times in possession or control of the Article 9 Collateral owned by it, except that the Grantors may use, license and dispose of the Article 9 Collateral in any lawful manner not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement (including Section 4.05(h)), the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document unless and until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Grantors that an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and that during the continuance thereof the Grantors shall not sell, convey, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Article 9 Collateral (which notice may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing).
(f)    None of the Grantors will, without the Administrative Agent’s prior written consent, grant any extension of the time of payment of any Accounts included in the Article 9 Collateral, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment thereof or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon, other than extensions, compromises, settlements, releases, credits or discounts granted or made in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with such prudent practice used in industries that are the same as or similar to those in which such Grantor is engaged.
(g)    The Grantors, at their own expense, shall maintain or cause to be maintained insurance in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 5.07 of the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Administrative Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney‑in‑fact) for the purpose, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required by Section 5.07 of the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or part relating thereto, the Administrative Agent may, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Grantors hereunder or any Event of Default, in its sole discretion, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent deems advisable. All sums disbursed by the Administrative Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, upon demand, by the Grantors to the Administrative Agent and shall be additional Obligations secured hereby.



19

SECTION 4.04.     Other Actions . In order to further ensure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the Security Interest, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Article 9 Collateral:
(a)     Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper . If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments (other than any instrument with a face amount of less than $[__]) or Tangible Chattel Paper, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.
(b)     [Reserved].
(c)     Investment Property . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Article III, if any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities required to be pledged hereunder, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify. If any securities now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor and required to be pledged hereunder are uncertificated and are issued to such Grantor or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, such Grantor shall immediately notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, at the Administrative Agent’s request and option, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, either (i) cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the Administrative Agent as to such securities, without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (ii) arrange for the Administrative Agent to become the registered owner of the securities.
(d)     [Reserved.]
(e)     Commercial Tort Claims. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount reasonably estimated to exceed $[__], the Grantor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor, including a summary description of such claim, and grant to the Administrative Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.



20

SECTION 4.05.     Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral . (a) Each Grantor agrees that it will not do any act or omit to do to any act (and will exercise commercially reasonable efforts to prevent its licensees from doing any act or omitting to do any act) whereby any United States Patent owned by such Grantor material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business may become invalidated or dedicated to the public (except as a result of expiration of such Patent at the end of its statutory term), and each Grantor agrees that it, as determined by such Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, shall continue to mark any products covered by any such Patent with the relevant patent number as necessary to establish and preserve its maximum rights under applicable patent laws.
(b)    Each Grantor (either itself or through its licensees or its sublicensees) will, for each United States Trademark owned by such Grantor material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business, (i) maintain such Trademark in full force with respect to any material goods and services, free from any valid claim of abandonment or invalidity for non‑use for such goods and services, (ii) maintain in all material respects the quality of products and services offered under such Trademark and (iii) if registered, and if determined by such Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, display such Trademark with notice of Federal or foreign registration to the extent necessary to establish and preserve its maximum rights under applicable law.
(c)    Each Grantor (either itself or through its licensees or sublicensees) will, for each work covered by a Copyright material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business, and as determined by such Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to publish, reproduce, display, adopt and distribute the work with appropriate copyright notice as necessary to establish and preserve its maximum rights under applicable copyright laws.
(d)    Each Grantor shall notify the Administrative Agent promptly if it knows that any United States Patent, Trademark registration or application or Copyright registration owned by such Grantor material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business may become abandoned, lost or dedicated to the public, or of any materially adverse determination or development (excluding routine office actions issued in the ordinary course of prosecution) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of such United States Patent, Trademark registration or application or Copyright registration, its right to register the same, or its right to keep and maintain the same.
(e)    Each Grantor will take all necessary steps that are consistent with such Grantor’s reasonable business judgment (i) in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office, to maintain and pursue each application relating to the United States Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights that such Grantor owns and that is material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business (and to obtain the relevant grant or registration) and (ii) to maintain each such issued United States Patent and each registration of the United States Trademarks and Copyrights material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business, including timely filings of applications for renewal, affidavits of use and payment of maintenance fees, and, if and to the extent consistent with reasonable business judgment as determined by such Grantor, to initiate opposition, interference and cancellation proceedings against third parties.



21

(f)    In the event that any Grantor has reason to believe that any Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor and material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business has been or is about to be materially infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Grantor promptly shall notify the Administrative Agent and shall, if consistent with reasonable business judgment as determined by such Grantor, promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, and take such other actions as are appropriate under the circumstances in the reasonable business judgment of such Grantor to protect such Article 9 Collateral.
(g)    Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to preserve, protect, pursue, renew, extend or keep in full force and effect, or otherwise allow to lapse, terminate, become invalid or unenforceable or dedicate to the public domain any of its Intellectual Property, to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement.
ARTICLE V
Remedies
SECTION 5.01.     Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor agrees to deliver each item of Collateral to the Administrative Agent on demand, and it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to take any of or all the following actions at the same or different times: (a) with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, on demand, to cause the Security Interest to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Article 9 Collateral by the applicable Grantors to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or to license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Article 9 Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Administrative Agent shall determine (other than in violation of any then‑existing licensing or other contractual arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot be obtained), and (b) with or without legal process and with or without prior notice or demand for performance, to take possession of the Article 9 Collateral and without liability for trespass to enter any premises where the Article 9 Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the Article 9 Collateral and, generally, to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable



22

law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal that such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.
The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors no less than 10 days’ prior written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9‑611 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Loan Document Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Loan Document Obligations Paid in Full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court‑appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.01 shall be deemed to conform to commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9‑610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.



23

SECTION 5.02.     Application of Proceeds . The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon the Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash, as follows:
FIRST, to the payment of all costs and expenses incurred by, and all indemnity and fee obligations (other than contingent indemnification and expense reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) owed to, the Administrative Agent in connection with such collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any of the Obligations, including all court costs and the fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document on behalf of any Grantor and any other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document;
SECOND, to the Payment in Full of the Obligations (the amounts so applied to be distributed among the Secured Parties pro rata in accordance with the amounts of the Obligations owed to them on the date of any such distribution); and
THIRD, to the Grantors, their successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amounts received from any Excluded Swap Guarantor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Excluded Swap Guarantor.
The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.



24

SECTION 5.03.     Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property . Solely for the purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors and effective solely upon the occurrence and solely during the continuation of an Event of Default) to use, license or sublicense any of the Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof, provided that such nonexclusive license and/or sublicense does not violate the express terms of any agreement between a Grantor and a third party, or gives such third party any right of acceleration, modification or cancellation therein. The use of such license by the Administrative Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Administrative Agent, solely upon the occurrence and solely during the continuation of an Event of Default, provided that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon the Grantors notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default.
SECTION 5.04.     Securities Act. In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Pledged Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the Securities Act, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect, the “ Federal Securities Laws ”) with respect to any disposition of the Pledged Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Pledged Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Administrative Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Collateral under applicable Blue Sky or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Administrative Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Pledged Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Federal Securities Laws and (b) may approach and negotiate with a single potential purchaser to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Administrative Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at a price that the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a single purchaser were approached. The provisions of this Section 5.04 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Administrative Agent sells.



25

ARTICLE VI
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
SECTION 6.01.     Indemnity and Subrogation . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 6.03), the Borrower agrees that (a) in the event a payment in respect of any Obligation shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement, the Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Grantor shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Security Document to satisfy in whole or in part any Obligation, the Borrower shall indemnify such Grantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.
SECTION 6.02.     Contribution and Subrogation . Each Guarantor and Grantor (a “ Contributing Party ”) agrees (subject to Section 6.03) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Obligation or assets of any other Grantor (other than Holdings or the Borrower) shall be sold pursuant to any Security Document to satisfy any Obligation and such other Guarantor or Grantor (the “ Claiming Party ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the Borrower as provided in Section 6.01, the Contributing Party shall indemnify the Claiming Party in an amount equal to the amount of such payment or the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets, as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Party on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors and Grantors on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor or Grantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 7.13, the date of the supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Guarantor or Grantor). Any Contributing Party making any payment to a Claiming Party pursuant to this Section 6.02 shall (subject to Section 6.03) be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Party under Section 6.01 to the extent of such payment.
SECTION 6.03.     Subordination . (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors and Grantors under Sections 6.01 and 6.02 and all other rights of the Guarantors and Grantors of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the Payment in Full of the Obligations. No failure on the part of the Borrower or any other Guarantor or Grantor to make the payments required by Sections 6.01 and 6.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor or Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor and Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Guarantor or Grantor hereunder.



26

(b)    Each Guarantor and Grantor hereby agrees and acknowledges that (i) all Indebtedness and other monetary obligations owed to it by any other Guarantor or Grantor and (ii) all Indebtedness and other monetary obligations owed by it to any other Guarantor or Grantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary shall, in each case, be fully subordinated to the Payment in Full of the Obligations.
ARTICLE VII
Miscellaneous
SECTION 7.01.     Notices . All communications and notices to Holdings, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Subsidiary Loan Party shall be given to it in care of the Borrower as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 7.02.     Waivers; Amendment . (a) No failure or delay by any Secured Party in exercising any right or power under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Secured Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 7.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of a Loan or issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
(b)    Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is applicable, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement; provided that the Administrative Agent may, without the consent of any Secured Party, consent to a departure by any Loan Party from any covenant of such Loan Party set forth herein to the extent such departure is consistent with the authority of the Administrative Agent set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” in the Credit Agreement.



27

(c)    This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.
SECTION 7.03.     Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses . (a) The Loan Parties jointly and severally agree to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to “Holdings” or the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to the “Loan Parties.”
(b)    Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Obligations secured hereby and by the other Security Documents. The provisions of this Section 7.03 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party.
SECTION 7.04.     Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Secured Party or any other Person and notwithstanding that any Secured Party or any other Person may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any Loan Document is executed and delivered or any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect until all the Loan Document Obligations have been Paid in Full, the Lenders have no further commitment to lend, the LC Exposure has been reduced to zero and the Issuing Banks have no further obligations to issue, amend, or extend Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 7.05.     Counterparts; Effectiveness, Successors and Assigns . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer by any Loan Party shall be null and void), except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.



28

SECTION 7.06.     Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 7.07.     Right of Set-Off . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and Issuing Bank and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in whatever currency) or other amounts at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against any of or all the obligations then due of such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender or Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement. Each Lender and Issuing Bank agrees to notify the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff and application under this Section. The rights of each Lender and Issuing Bank and each of their respective Affiliates under this Section 7.07 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that such Lender or Affiliate may have.
SECTION 7.08.     Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process . (a) This Agreement and any claim, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
(b)    Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action, litigation or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such Federal court. Each Loan Party agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may otherwise have to bring any action, litigation or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Loan Party or any of its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.



29

(c)    Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action, litigation or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 7.08. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(d)    Each Loan Party irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 7.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
SECTION 7.09.     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 7.09.
SECTION 7.10.     Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
SECTION 7.11.     Security Interest Absolute . All rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of the security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment to or waiver of, or any consent to any departure from, the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral securing, or any release or amendment to or waiver of, or any consent to any departure from, any guarantee of, all or any of the Obligations, or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement (other than a release of any Grantor or Guarantor in accordance with Section 7.12).



30

SECTION 7.12.     Termination or Release . (a) This Agreement, the Guarantees made herein, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate and be released when all the Loan Document Obligations have been Paid in Full and the Lenders have no further commitment to lend, the LC Exposure has been reduced to zero and the Issuing Banks have no further obligations to issue, amend or extend Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.
(b)    A Subsidiary Loan Party shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Subsidiary Loan Party shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Loan Party ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 9.14 of the Credit Agreement.
(c)    Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than a sale or other transfer to a Loan Party), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 9.02 or Section 9.14 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.
(d)    In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 7.12, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall be without warranty by the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any other Secured Party as a result of any release of Collateral by it in accordance with (or which the Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be in accordance with) this Section 7.12.
SECTION 7.13.     Additional Subsidiaries . Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, certain Restricted Subsidiaries not a party hereto on the Effective Date are required to enter in this Agreement. Upon the execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and any such Restricted Subsidiary of a Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Loan Party, a Guarantor and a Grantor hereunder, with the same force and effect as if originally named as such herein. The execution and delivery of any Supplement shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Subsidiary Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.



31

SECTION 7.14.     Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Administrative Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or wilful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment).
SECTION 7.15.     Certain Acknowledgments and Agreements . Each Subsidiary Loan Party hereby acknowledges the provisions of Section 2.15 of the Credit Agreement and agrees to be bound by such provisions with the same force and effect, and to the same extent, as if such Subsidiary Loan Party were a party to the Credit Agreement.



32

SECTION 7.16.     Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Hedge Obligations . No Secured Party that obtains the benefit of this Agreement shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including, without limitation, the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as the Administrative Agent or a Lender, as applicable, and, in any such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents, including Article VIII of the Credit Agreement. Each Secured Party not a party to the Credit Agreement that obtains the benefit of this Agreement shall be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, including under Article VIII of the Credit Agreement.

[Signature Pages Follow]



33

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
ALLEGION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY,
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


ALLEGION US HOLDING COMPANY INC.,
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


[OTHER SUBSIDIARY LOAN PARTIES],
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
Administrative Agent,
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:




Schedule I to
the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement



SUBSIDIARY LOAN PARTIES
Schlage Lock Company LLC
Von Duprin LLC


PLEDGED EQUITY INTERESTS
Issuer
Number of
Certificate
Registered
Owner
Number and
Class of
Equity Interest
Percentage
of Equity Interests
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

PLEDGED DEBT SECURITIES
Issuer
Principal
Amount
Date of Note
Maturity Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


U.S. COPYRIGHTS OWNED BY [NAME OF GRANTOR]
[Make a separate page of Schedule III for each Grantor and state if no copyrights are owned. List in numerical order by Registration No.]
U.S. Copyright Registrations
Title
Reg. No.
Author
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Pending U.S. Copyright Applications for Registration
Title
Author
Class
Date Filed
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


LICENSES
[Make a separate page of Schedule III for each Grantor, and state if any Grantor is not a party to a license/sublicense.]
I. Licenses/Sublicensees of [Name of Grantor] as Licensor on Date Hereof
A.  Copyrights
[List U.S. copyrights in numerical order by Registration No.]
U.S. Copyrights
Licensee Name
and Address
Date of License/
Sublicense
Title of
U.S.
Copyright
Author
Reg. No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

B.  Patents
[List U.S. patent nos. and U.S. patent application nos. in numerical order.]
U.S. Patents
Licensee Name
and Address
Date of License/
Sublicense
Issue Date
Patent No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

U.S. Patent Applications
Licensee Name
and address
Date of License/
Sublicense
Date Filed
Application No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

C.  Trademarks
[List U.S. trademark nos. and U.S. trademark application nos. in numerical order.]
U.S. Trademarks
Licensee Name
and Address
Date of License/
Sublicense
U.S. Mark
Reg. Date
Reg. No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

U.S. Trademark Applications
Licensee Name
and Address
Date of License/
Sublicense
U.S. Mark
Date Filed
Application
No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

D.  Others
Licensee Name
and Address
Date of License/
Sublicense
Subject
Matter
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

II. Licensees/Sublicenses of [Name of Grantor] as Licensee on Date Hereof
A.  Copyrights
[List U.S. copyrights in numerical order by Registration No.]
U.S. Copyrights
Licensor Name and
Address
Date of License/
Sublicense
Title of
U.S. Copyright
Author
Reg. No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

B.  Patents
[List U.S. patent nos. and U.S. patent application nos. in numerical order.]
U.S. Patents
Licensor Name
and Address
Date of
License/
Sublicense
Issue Date
Patent No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

U.S. Patent Applications
Licensor Name
and Address
Date of License/
Sublicense
Date Filed
Application No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

C.  Trademarks
[List U.S. trademark nos. and U.S. trademark application nos. in numerical order.]
U.S. Trademarks
Licensor Name
and Address
Date of License/
Sublicense
U.S. Mark
Reg. Date
Reg. No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

U.S. Trademark Applications
Licensor Name
and Address
Date of License/
Sublicense
U.S. Mark
Date
Filed
Application
No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

D.  Others
Licensor Name and Address
Date of License/
Sublicense
Subject Matter
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

U.S. PATENTS OWNED BY [NAME OF GRANTOR]
[Make a separate page of Schedule III for each Grantor and state if no patents are owned. List in numerical order by Patent No./Patent Application No.]
U.S. Patent Registrations
Patent Numbers
Issue Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

U.S. Patent Applications
Patent Application No.
Filing Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

U.S. TRADEMARK/TRADE NAMES OWNED BY [NAME OF GRANTOR]
[Make a separate page of Schedule III for each Grantor and state if no trademarks/trade names are owned. List in numerical order by trademark registration/application no.]
U.S. Trademark Registrations
Mark
Reg. Date
Reg. No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

U.S. Trademark Applications
Mark
Filing Date
Application No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

State Trademark Registrations
[List in alphabetical order by state/numerical order by trademark no. within each state]
State
Mark
Filing Date
Application No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Trade Names
Country(s) Where Used
Trade Names
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Commercial Tort Claims


SUPPLEMENT NO. __ dated as of [  ] (this “Supplement”), to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of [ l ], 2013 (the “Collateral Agreement”), among Allegion US Holding Company Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), Allegion Public Limited Company, an Irish public limited company (“ Holdings ”), each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings listed on Schedule I thereto (each such subsidiary individually a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”; the Subsidiary Guarantors, Holdings and the Borrower are referred to collectively herein as the “ Grantors ”) and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., (“ JPMCB ”), as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).
A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [ l ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMCB, as Administrative Agent.
B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, as applicable.
C. The Guarantors and Grantors have entered into the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to make extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement. Section 7.13 of the Collateral Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower may become Subsidiary Loan Parties under the Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Subsidiary Loan Party under the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to make additional extensions of credit and as consideration for such extensions of credit previously made.
Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:
SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 7.13 of the Collateral Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party, a Grantor and a Guarantor under the Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Subsidiary Loan Party, a Grantor and a Guarantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Collateral Agreement applicable to it as a Subsidiary Loan Party, a Grantor and a Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor and a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations (as defined in the Collateral Agreement), does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral (as defined in the Collateral Agreement) of the New Subsidiary. Each reference to a “Subsidiary Loan Party”, a “Guarantor” or a “Grantor” in the Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
SECTION 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Supplement.
SECTION 4. The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a schedule with the true and correct legal name of the New Subsidiary, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office, (b) set forth on Schedule II attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of all the Pledged Securities of the New Subsidiary, (c) set forth on Schedule III attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of Intellectual Property consisting of Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks of the New Subsidiary and (d) set forth in Schedule IV attached hereto is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims in respect of which a complaint or counterclaim has been filed by the New Subsidiary seeking damages reasonably estimated to exceed $[__], including a summary description of each such claim.
SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 7. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Collateral Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 7.01 of the Collateral Agreement.
SECTION 9. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, as provided in Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to “Holdings” or the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to the New Subsidiary.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Collateral Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY],
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
by
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:

NEW SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION
Name
Jurisdiction of Formation
Chief Executive Office
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


PLEDGED SECURITIES

Equity Interests
Issuer
Number of
Certificate
Registered
Owner
Number and
Class of
Equity Interests
Percentage
of Equity Interests
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Debt Securities
Issuer
Principal
Amount
Date of Note
Maturity Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS



PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [●] (this “ Agreement ”), between [APPLICABLE GRANTOR(S)] (the “ Grantors ”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“ JPMCB ”), as Administrative Agent.
Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of [●], 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Allegion US Holding Company Inc., as the Borrower, Allegion Public Limited Company, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMCB, as Administrative Agent, and (b) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of [●], 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Collateral Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiary Loan Parties from time to time party thereto and JPMCB, as Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have extended, and have agreed to extend, credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantors (other than the Borrower) are Affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Terms . Each capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement or the Collateral Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.03 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.
SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor, pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent and its permitted successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the portion of the Article 9 Collateral constituting Patents (including those listed on Schedule I hereto), subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 4.01(d) of the Collateral Agreement (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”).
SECTION 3. Collateral Agreement . This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in connection with the Collateral Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Patent Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.
SECTION 4. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 5. CHOICE OF LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

[●],
as Grantor
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


SCHEDULE I
Patents
Registered Owner
Title of Patent
Registration Number
Issue Date
Expiration
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Patent Applications

Registered Owner
Title of Patent
Application Number
Date Filed
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [●] (this “ Agreement ”), between [APPLICABLE GRANTOR(S)] (the “ Grantors ”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“ JPMCB ”), as Administrative Agent.
Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of [●], 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Allegion US Holding Company Inc., as the Borrower, Allegion Public Limited Company, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMCB, as Administrative Agent, and (b) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of [●], 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Collateral Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiary Loan Parties from time to time party thereto and JPMCB, as Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have extended, and have agreed to extend, credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantors (other than the Borrower) are Affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Terms . Each capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement or the Collateral Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.03 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.
SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor, pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent and its permitted successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the portion of the Article 9 Collateral constituting Trademarks (including those listed on Schedule I hereto but excluding any Trademarks that are Excluded Personal Property), subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 4.01(d) of the Collateral Agreement (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”).
SECTION 3. Collateral Agreement . This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in connection with the Collateral Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Trademark Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.
SECTION 4. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 5. CHOICE OF LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

[●],
as Grantor
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


SCHEDULE I
Trademarks


Registered Owner
Mark
Application No.
Registration No.
Registration Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Trademark Applications
Registered Owner
Mark
Application No.
Filing Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [●] (this “ Agreement ”), between [APPLICABLE GRANTOR(S)] (the “ Grantors ”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“ JPMCB ”), as Administrative Agent.
Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of [●], 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Allegion US Holding Company Inc., as the Borrower, Allegion Public Limited Company, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMCB, as Administrative Agent, and (b) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of [●], 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Collateral Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiary Loan Parties from time to time party thereto and JPMCB, as Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have extended, and have agreed to extend, credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantors (other than the Borrower) are Affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Terms . Each capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement or the Collateral Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.03 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.
SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor, pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent and its permitted successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the portion of the Article 9 Collateral constituting Copyrights and Copyright Licenses under which Grantor is an exclusive licensee (including those listed on Schedule I hereto), subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 4.01(d) of the Collateral Agreement (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”).
SECTION 3. Collateral Agreement . This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in connection with the Collateral Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Copyright Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.
SECTION 4. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 5. CHOICE OF LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

[●],
as Grantor
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


SCHEDULE I
Copyrights
Registered Owner
Title
Registration Number
Expiration Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Copyright Applications
Registered Owner
Title
Application Number
Date Filed
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Exclusive Copyright Licenses

Licensee
Licensor
Title
Registration Number
Expiration Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 






Exhibit 10.5

ALLEGION PLC
INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN OF 2013

1. Purpose of the Plan
The purpose of the Plan is to aid the Company and its Affiliates in recruiting and retaining key employees and directors and to motivate such employees and directors to exert their best efforts on behalf of the Company and its Affiliates by providing incentives through the granting of Awards. The Company expects that it will benefit from the added interest which such key employees and directors will have in the welfare of the Company as a result of their proprietary interest in the Company’s success.
2.      Definitions
The following capitalized terms used in the Plan have the respective meanings set forth in this Section:
(a)
Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto.
(b)
Affiliate: With respect to the Company, any Person or entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Company or any other Person or entity designated by the Board in which the Company or an Affiliate has an interest.
(c)
Associate: With respect to a specified Person, means (i) any corporation, partnership, or other organization of which such specified Person is an officer or partner; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such specified Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such specified Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; (iii) any relative or spouse of such specified Person, or any relative of such spouse who has the same home as such specified Person, or who is a director or officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) any Person who is a director, officer, or partner of such specified Person or of any corporation (other than the Company or any wholly-owned Subsidiary), partnership or other entity which is an Affiliate of such specified person.
(d)
Award: An Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Other Stock-Based Award granted pursuant to the Plan.
(e)
Beneficial Owner: A “beneficial owner”, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act (or any successor rule thereto) provided , however , that any individual, corporation, partnership, group, association or other Person or entity which has the right to acquire any of the Company’s outstanding

1



securities entitled to vote generally in election of directors at any time in the future, whether such right is contingent or absolute, pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, shall be deemed the Beneficial Owner of such securities.
(f)
Board: The Board of Directors of the Company.
(g)
Cause: shall mean (i) any action by the Participant involving willful malfeasance or willful gross misconduct having a demonstrable adverse effect on the surviving entity (or applicable Affiliate thereof); (ii) the Participant being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or district or any foreign jurisdiction; or (iii) any material violation of the Company’s code of conduct, as in effect from time to time.
(h)
Change in Control: The date (i) any individual, corporation, partnership, group, association or other person or entity, together with its Affiliates and Associates (other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or Schlage Lock Company, LLC, a Delaware corporation), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s Voting Securities; (ii) the Continuing Directors fail to constitute a majority of the members of the Board; (iii) of consummation of any transaction or series of transactions under which the Company is merged or consolidated with any other company which is not an Affiliate; (iv) of any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, other than any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer to any Person or entity where the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least 80% of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities of such Person or entity or its parent corporation after any such transfer; or (v) any other event that the Continuing Directors determine to be a Change in Control; provided , however , that in the case of a transaction described in (i), (iii) or (v) above, there shall not be a Change in Control if the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to any such transaction own (or continue to own by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity or parent entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities of the Company, the surviving entity or any parent of either immediately following such transaction, in substantially the same proportion to each other as prior to such transaction.

2



(i)
Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
(j)
Committee: The Compensation Committee of the Board (or a subcommittee thereof), or such other committee of the Board (including, without limitation, the full Board) to which the Board has delegated power to act under or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.
(k)
Company: Allegion plc, an Irish company and any successor thereto.
(l)
Continuing Directors: A director who either was a member of the Board on the Effective Date or who became a member of the Board subsequent to such date and whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was Duly Approved by the Continuing Directors on the Board at the time of such nomination or election, either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement issued by the Company on behalf of the Board in which such person is named as nominee for director, without due objection to such nomination, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person or entity other than the Board.
(m)
Duly Approved by the Continuing Directors: An action approved by the vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then on the Board.
(n)
Effective Date: shall mean the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of [●], 2013 by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and the Company).
(o)
Fair Market Value: On a given date, (i) if there should be a public market for the Shares on such date, the average between the high and low price of the Shares as reported on such date on the principal national securities exchange on which such Shares are listed or admitted to trading, or, if the Shares are not listed or admitted on any national securities exchange, the arithmetic mean of the per Share closing bid price and per Share closing asked price on such date as quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (or such market in which such prices are regularly quoted) (the “NASDAQ”), or, if no sale of Shares shall have been reported on any national securities exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ on such date, then the immediately preceding date on which sales of the Shares have been so reported or quoted shall be used, and (ii) if there should not be a public market for the Shares on such

3



date, the Fair Market Value shall be the value established by the Committee in good faith.
(p)
Full Value Awards: Awards of Shares under the Plan (including any future grants of restricted stock or phantom stock) that are not awards of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.
(q)
Good Reason: shall mean (i) a substantial diminution in the Participant’s job responsibilities or a material adverse change in the Participant’s title or status; provided , that performing the same job for a smaller organization following a Change in Control shall not constitute Good Reason hereunder; (ii) a reduction of the Participant’s base salary or target bonus ( provided , however , a reduction of the Participant’s base salary or target bonus shall not constitute Good Reason hereunder if there is a broad-based reduction in the base salary or target bonus applicable to employees in the Company) or the failure to pay Participant’s base salary or bonus when due, or the failure to maintain on behalf of the Participant (and his or her dependents) benefits which are at least comparable in the aggregate to those prior to the completion of the Change in Control, or (iii) the relocation of the principal place of Participant’s employment by more than thirty five (35) miles from the Participant’s principal place of employment immediately prior to the completion the Change in Control; provided , that any of the events described in clauses (i) - (iii) above shall constitute Good Reason only if the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from the Participant of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; and provided further , that such Participant shall cease to have a right to terminate due to Good Reason on the 90th day following the later of the occurrence of the event or the Participant’s knowledge thereof, unless the Participant has given the surviving entity following a Change in Control (or other Affiliate thereof employing the Participant) notice thereof prior to such date.
(r)
ISO: An Option that is also an incentive stock option granted pursuant to Section 6(d) of the Plan.
(s)
Option: A stock option granted pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan.
(t)
Option Price: The purchase price per Share of an Option, as determined pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Plan.
(u)
Other Stock-Based Awards: Awards granted pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.

4



(v)
Participant: An employee or director who is selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan.
(w)
Performance-Based Awards: Certain Other Stock-Based Awards granted pursuant to Section 8(b) of the Plan.
(x)
Person: A “person”, as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Act (or any successor section thereto), including any Affiliate or Associate of the Company.
(y)
Plan: The Allegion plc Incentive Stock Plan of 2013, as from time to time amended and then in effect.
(z)
Shares: Ordinary shares of the Company.
(aa)
Stock Appreciation Right: A stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan.
(bb)
Subsidiary: A subsidiary corporation, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code (or any successor section thereto).
(cc)
Substitute Award: An Award granted under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines.
(dd)
Voting Securities: The outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
3.      Shares Subject to the Plan
Subject to Section 9, the total number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan is 8,000,000 and the maximum number of Shares for which ISOs may be granted is 20% of the total number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan. Shares issued pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and the Company to satisfy Awards granted in conjunction with awards outstanding under the equity incentive plans of Ingersoll-Rand plc or its Affiliates shall be considered issued under the Plan. In the event all or any portion of an Award is terminated or lapses without the payment of consideration, the number of Shares not issued that were originally deducted for such Award pursuant to this Section 3 shall be restored and may again be used for Awards under the Plan. In the event that Shares are retained or are otherwise not issued by the Company in order to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with Full Value Awards, the number of Shares so retained or not issued that were originally deducted for such Award pursuant to this Section 3 shall be restored and may again be used for Awards under the Plan. Shares subject to an Award under the Plan may not be available again for issuance under the Plan if such Shares are retained or

5



otherwise not issued by the Company in order to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 3 to the contrary, (a) Substitute Awards shall not reduce the overall limit on Shares available for grant under the Plan; provided , that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall reduce the aggregate number of Shares available for Awards of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan; and (b) subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares under a shareholder approved plan of an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the acquisition or combination transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan.
4.      Administration
The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which may delegate its duties and powers in whole or in part to any subcommittee thereof consisting solely of at least two individuals who are intended to qualify as “Non-Employee Directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Act (or any successor rule thereto), “independent directors” within the meaning of The New York Stock Exchange’s listed company rules and “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code (or any successor section thereto). Additionally, the Committee may delegate the authority to grant Awards under the Plan to any employee or group of employees of the Company or an Affiliate; provided , however , that such delegation and grants are consistent with applicable law and guidelines established by the Committee from time to time. The Committee may appoint such agents as it deems necessary or advisable for the proper administration of the Plan; provided , however , that such appointment is consistent with applicable law and guidelines established by the Committee from time to time. The Committee is authorized to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in the manner and to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable. Any decision of the Committee in the interpretation and administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned (including, but not limited to, Participants and their beneficiaries or successors). The Committee shall have the full power and authority to establish the terms and conditions of any Award consistent with the provisions of the Plan and to waive any such terms and conditions at any time (including, without limitation, accelerating or waiving any vesting conditions). The Committee shall require payment of any amount it may determine to be necessary for federal, state, local or other taxes as a result of the exercise, grant or vesting of an Award. The Committee shall not be required to issue any Award under the Plan until such obligations described in the previous sentence have been satisfied in full.

6



5.      Limitations
No Award may be granted under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, but Awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.
6.      Terms and Conditions of Options
Options granted under the Plan shall be, as determined by the Committee, non‑qualified or ISO for United States federal income tax purposes, as evidenced by the related Award letters, and shall be subject to the foregoing and the following terms and conditions and to such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent therewith, as the Committee shall determine:
(a)
Option Price. The Option Price per Share shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date an Option is granted (other than as described in Section 3).
(b)
Exercisability. Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time and upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee, but in no event shall an Option be exercisable more than ten years after the date it is granted.
(c)
Exercise of Options. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in an Award letter, an Option may be exercised for all, or from time to time any part, of the Shares for which it is then exercisable. For purposes of Section 6 of the Plan, the exercise date of an Option shall be the later of the date a notice of exercise is received by the Company or its designee or administrative agent in the form and manner satisfactory to the Company and, if applicable, the date payment is received by the Company or its designee or administrative agent in accordance with the following sentence. The purchase price for the Shares as to which an Option is exercised shall be paid to the Company as designated by the Committee, pursuant to one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash or its equivalent (e.g., by personal check) or (ii) if there is a public market for the Shares underlying the Options at such time, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell Shares obtained upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount out of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased.
(d)
ISOs. The Committee may grant Options under the Plan that are intended to be ISOs. Such ISOs shall comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code (or any successor section thereto). ISOs shall be granted only to Participants who are employees of the Company and its Affiliates. No ISO may be granted to any Participant who at the time of such grant, owns

7



more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary, unless (i) the Option Price for such ISO is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the ISO is granted and (ii) the date on which such ISO terminates is a date not later than the day preceding the fifth anniversary of the date on which the ISO is granted. Any Participant who disposes of Shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO either (A) within two years after the date of grant of such ISO or (B) within one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant, shall notify the Company of such disposition and of the amount realized upon such disposition. All Options granted under the Plan are intended to be nonqualified stock options, unless the applicable Award letter expressly states that the Option is intended to be an ISO. If an Option is intended to be an ISO, and if for any reason such Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a nonqualified stock option granted under the Plan; provided that such Option (or portion thereof) otherwise complies with the Plan’s requirements relating to nonqualified stock options. In no event shall any member of the Committee, the Company or any of its Affiliates (or their respective employees, officers or directors) have any liability to any Participant (or any other Person) due to the failure of an Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.
(e)
Rights with Respect to Shares. No Participant shall have any rights to dividends or other rights of a shareholder with respect to Shares subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise of the Option, paid in full for such Shares and, if applicable, has satisfied any other conditions imposed by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.
7.      Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights
(a)
Grants. The Committee may grant (i) a Stock Appreciation Right independent of an Option or (ii) a Stock Appreciation Right in connection with an Option, or a portion thereof. A Stock Appreciation Right granted pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence (A) may only be granted at the time the related Option is granted, (B) shall cover the same number of Shares covered by an Option (or such lesser number of Shares as the Committee may determine) and (C) shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as such Option except for such additional limitations as are contemplated by this Section 7 (or such additional limitations as may be included in an Award letter).
(b)
Terms. The exercise price per Share of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be an amount determined by the Committee but in no event shall such

8



amount be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted (other than as described in Section 4); provided , however , that in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right granted in conjunction with an Option, or a portion thereof, the exercise price may not be less than the Option Price of the related Option. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted independent of an Option shall entitle a Participant upon exercise to a number of Shares equal to (1) an amount that is (i) the excess of (A) the opening price of the Shares on the exercise date of one Share (the “Opening Price”) over (B) the exercise price per Share, multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares covered by the Stock Appreciation Right, divided by (2) the Opening Price. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted in conjunction with an Option, or a portion thereof, shall entitle a Participant to surrender to the Company the unexercised Option, or any portion thereof, and to receive from the Company in exchange therefore a number of Shares equal to (1) an amount that is (i) the excess of (A) the Opening Price over (B) the Option Price per Share, multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares covered by the Option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered, divided by (2) the Opening Price. Payment shall be made in Shares. Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised from time to time upon actual receipt by the Company or its designee or administrative agent of written notice of exercise in the form and manner satisfactory to the Company stating the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised. The date a notice of exercise is received by the Company shall be the exercise date. No fractional Shares will be issued in payment for Stock Appreciation Rights, but instead the number of Shares will be rounded downward to the next whole Share.
(c)
Limitations. The Committee may impose, in its discretion, such conditions regarding the exercisability of Stock Appreciation Rights as it may deem fit, but in no event shall a Stock Appreciation Right be exercisable more than ten years after the date it is granted.
8.      Other Stock-Based Awards
(a)
Generally. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant or sell Awards of Shares (including (i) Awards of Shares in lieu of any incentive or variable compensation to which a Participant is entitled to from the Company or its Subsidiaries and (ii) Awards of Shares granted to non-employee directors as all or a part of their retainer or other fees for services), Awards of restricted Shares and Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market Value of, Shares (“ Other Stock-Based Awards ”). Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the

9



Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive, or vest with respect to, one or more Shares (or the equivalent cash value of such Shares) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Awards granted under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine to whom and when Other Stock-Based Awards will be made, the number of Shares to be awarded under (or otherwise related to) such Other Stock-Based Awards, and all other terms and conditions of such Awards (including, without limitation, the vesting provisions thereof and provisions ensuring that all Shares so awarded and issued shall be fully paid and non-assessable).
(b)
Performance-Based Awards. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, certain Other Stock-Based Awards, Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted under this Section 8 may be granted in a manner which is intended to be deductible by the Company under Section 162(m) of the Code (or any successor section thereto) (“Performance-Based Awards”). Except in the case of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that are not subject to achievement of performance goals, a Participant’s Performance-Based Award shall be determined based on the attainment of written performance goals approved by the Committee for a performance period established by the Committee (i) while the outcome for that performance period is substantially uncertain and (ii) no more than 90 days after the commencement of the performance period to which the performance goal relates or, if less, the number of days which is equal to 25% of the relevant performance period. The performance goals, which must be objective, shall be based upon one or more of the following criteria: (i) consolidated earnings before or after taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization); (ii) net income; (iii) operating income; (iv) operating income margin; (v) gross margin; (vi) earnings per Share; (vii) book value per Share; (viii) return on shareholders’ equity; (ix) expense management; (x) return on invested capital; (xi) improvements in capital structure; (xii) profitability of an identifiable business unit or product; (xiii) maintenance or improvement of profit margins or revenue; (xiv) stock price; (xv) market share; (xvi) revenues or sales; (xvii) costs; (xviii) available cash flow; (xix) working capital; (xx) return on assets; (xxi) total shareholder return; (xxii) productivity ratios; and (xxiii) economic value added. In addition, to the degree consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code (or any successor section thereto), the performance goals may be calculated without regard to extraordinary items. The maximum amount of a Performance-Based Award during a calendar year to any Participant shall be: (x) with respect to Performance-Based Awards that are Options or Stock Appreciation

10



Rights, 750,000 Shares and (y) with respect to Performance-Based Awards that are not Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, $10,000,000 on the date of the award. Except in the case of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that are not subject to achievement of performance goals, no Performance-Based Awards will be paid for a performance period until certification is made by the Committee that the criteria described in this Section 8(b) has been attained. The amount of the Performance-Based Award actually paid to a given Participant may be less than (but not greater than) the amount determined by the applicable performance goal formula, at the discretion of the Committee. The amount of the Performance-Based Award determined by the Committee for a performance period shall be paid to the Participant at such time as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion after the end of such performance period; provided , however , that a Participant may, if and to the extent permitted by the Committee and consistent with the provisions of Sections 162(m) and 409A of the Code, elect to defer payment of a Performance-Based Award.
9.      Adjustments Upon Certain Events
Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Plan to the contrary (except for Section 17), the following provisions shall apply to all Awards granted under the Plan:
(a)      Generally. In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares after the Effective Date by reason of any reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, combination or transaction or exchange of Shares or other corporate exchange, or any distribution to shareholders of Shares other than regular cash dividends or any transaction similar to the foregoing, the Committee shall make such substitution or adjustment, as it deems, in its sole discretion and without liability to any person, to be equitable (subject to Section 17), as to (i) the number or kind of Shares or other securities issued or reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan or pursuant to outstanding Awards, (ii) the maximum number of Shares for which Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted during a calendar year to any Participant (iii) the maximum amount of a Performance-Based Award that may be granted during a calendar year to any Participant, (iv) the Option Price or exercise price of any Stock Appreciation Right and/or (v) any other affected terms of such Awards, including, without limitation, any affected performance measures or goals applicable to Performance-Based Awards. In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares after the Effective Date by reason of any stock split (forward or reverse) or any stock dividend, all adjustments described in the preceding sentence shall occur automatically in accordance with the ratio of the stock split or stock dividend, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.
(b)
Change in Control. The provisions of this Section 9(b) shall apply in the event of a Change in Control, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in connection with the grant of an Award as reflected in the applicable Award letter.
  

11



(i) All outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (including any Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that are Performance-Based Awards but are not subject to achievement of any performance goals set forth in Section 8(b) hereof but excluding any other Performance-Based Awards) shall become immediately vested and exercisable, except to the extent that an Alternate Award is provided with respect to any such Option and Stock Appreciation Right in which case there shall be no acceleration of vesting or exercisability;
  
(ii) All Other Stock-Based Awards (other than Performance-Based Awards) shall become immediately vested and payable, except to the extent that an Alternate Award is provided with respect to any such Other Stock-Based Award; and
  
(iii) With respect to Performance-Based Awards (other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that are not subject to achievement of any performance goals set forth in Section 8(b) hereof), the performance periods applicable to such Performance-Based Awards shall lapse and Participants shall be deemed to have earned a pro rata award equal to the product of (A) such Participants’ target award opportunity for the performance period in question and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full plus partial months that have elapsed since the beginning of the performance period to the date on which the Change in Control occurs, and the denominator of which is the total number of months in such performance period.

(iv) For purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) above, an “Alternate Award” shall be deemed to be provided in respect of an affected Award if such Award is assumed or substituted in a manner that will substantially preserve the otherwise applicable terms of the affected Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, provided that any such Alternate Award must (A) be based on stock which is traded on an established securities market; (B) provide such Participant with rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights, terms and conditions applicable under such Award, including, but not limited to, an identical or better exercise or vesting schedule and identical or better timing and methods of payment; (C) have substantially equivalent economic value to such Award (determined at the time of the Change in Control in accordance with principles applicable under Section 424 of the Code); and (D) vest in full upon any termination of a Participant’s employment or service with the surviving entity (or applicable Affiliate thereof) of such Change in Control by such entity without Cause or by such Participant with Good Reason, in each case on or within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may (subject to Section 17), in its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to, (A) cancel such Awards for fair value (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) which, in the case of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, shall equal the excess, if any, of value of the consideration to be paid in

12



the Change in Control transaction to holders of the same number of Shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (or, if no consideration is paid in any such transaction, the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights) over the aggregate exercise price of such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, (B) provide for the issuance of substitute awards that will substantially preserve the otherwise applicable terms of any affected Awards previously granted hereunder, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; or (C) provide that for a period of at least 15 days prior to the Change in Control, such Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable as to all shares subject thereto and that upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, such Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

10.      No Right to Employment or Awards
The granting of an Award under the Plan shall impose no obligation on the Company or any Affiliate to continue the employment or service of a Participant and shall not lessen or affect the Company’s or Affiliate’s right to terminate the employment or service of such Participant. No Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).
11.      Successors and Assigns
The Plan shall be binding on all successors and assigns of the Company and a Participant, including without limitation, the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate, or any receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or representative of the Participant’s creditors.
12.      Nontransferability of Awards
(a)
Each Award shall be exercisable only by a Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or an Affiliate.
(b)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards (other than ISOs) to be transferred by a Participant, without consideration, in connection with estate planning or charitable transfers,

13



subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan; provided that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan.
13.      Amendments or Termination
(a)
Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without shareholder approval if (i) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan or granted to any Participant (except for increases pursuant to Section 9); (ii) it extends the term of the Plan; (iii) it materially expands the types of Awards available under the Plan or materially expands the class of persons eligible to receive Awards under the Plan; or (iv) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any rules or regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company may be listed or quoted); provided, however , that, subject to Section 17, any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant or holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made to this Section 13 without shareholder approval.
(b)
Amendment of Award Agreements. The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a Participant’s termination of employment or service with the Company); provided that, subject to Section 17, any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant.
(c)
Repricing of Awards. Subject to Section 9, in no event shall the Committee or the Board take any action without approval of the

14



shareholders of the Company that would (i) reduce the exercise price of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right; (ii) result in the cancellation of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right and replacement with a new Option or Stock Appreciation Right with a lower exercise price or with, a cash payment that is greater than the Fair Market Value of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right; or (iii) result in any other action that would be considered a “repricing” for purposes of the shareholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted.
14.      International Participants
With respect to Participants who reside or work outside the United States of America and who are not (and who are not expected to be) “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan or Awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or an Affiliate.
15.      Choice of Law
The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws.

16.      Effectiveness of the Plan
The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date, subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company.
17.           Section 409A
Notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan or any Award letter thereunder, no Award shall be granted, deferred, accelerated, extended, paid out or modified under this Plan in a manner that would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code upon a Participant. In the event that it is reasonably determined by the Committee that, as a result of Section 409A of the Code, payments in respect of any Award under the Plan may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms of the Plan or the relevant Award letter, as the case may be, without causing the Participant holding such Award to be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will make such payment on the first day that would not result in the Participant incurring any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent applicable, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Plan and Awards issued hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations

15



and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Committee determines that any amounts payable hereunder will be taxable to a Participant under Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance prior to payment to such Participant of such amount, the Company may (a) adopt such amendments to the Plan and Awards and appropriate policies and procedures, including amendments and policies with retroactive effect, that the Committee determines necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided by the Plan and Awards hereunder and/or (b) take such other actions as the Committee determines necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code.
18.      Clawback/Recoupment Policy
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all Awards granted under the Plan shall be and remain subject to any incentive compensation clawback or recoupment policy currently in effect or as may be adopted by the Board and, in each case, as may be amended from time to time. No such policy adoption or amendment shall in any event require the prior consent of any Participant.
19.      Dividends and Dividend Equivalents
The Committee in its sole discretion may provide a Participant as part of an Award with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, including without limitation, payment directly to the Participant, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award or reinvestment in additional shares of Shares or other Awards; provided , that no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be payable in respect of outstanding (i) Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or (ii) unearned Performance-Based Awards or other unearned Awards subject to vesting conditions (although dividends and dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned Awards and paid within 15 days after such Awards are earned and become payable or distributable).

* * *


16

 

Exhibit 10.5














SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC

EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Effective as of the Effective Date
of the spinoff of Allegion plc from Ingersoll-Rand plc




 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1 - STATEMENT OF PURPOSE     1

SECTION 2 – DEFINITIONS    2

2.1    “Account Balance”    2
2.2    “Administrative Committee”    2
2.3    “Allegion Stock”    2
2.4    “Allegion Stock Account”    2
2.5     “Base Salary”    2
2.6    “Beneficiary”    2
2.7    “Beneficiary Designation Form”    2
2.8    “Cash Incentive Compensation Award”    2
2.9    “Change in Control”    2
2.10    “Code”    3
2.11    “Compensation Committee”    3
2.12    “Deferral Account”    3
2.13    “Deferral Amount”    3
2.14    “Disability”    3
2.15    “Discretionary Company Contribution”    3
2.16    “Discretionary Company Contribution Account”    3
2.17    “EDCP I Account”    3
2.18    “Elected Officer”    4
2.19    “Election Form”    4
2.20     “Eligible Employee”    4
2.21    “ERISA”    4
2.22    “Investment Option Subaccounts”    4
2.23    “Participant”    4
2.24     “Participating Employer”    4
2.25    “Plan Year”    4
2.26    “Retirement”    5
2.27    “Return”    5
2.28    “Separation from Service”    5
2.29    “Service”    5
2.30    “Stock Based Awards”    5
2.31    “Unforeseeable Financial Emergency”    5

SECTION 3 – ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN    5

SECTION 4 – PARTICIPATION, DEFERRAL ELECTION AND INVESTMENT ELECTION    6

4.1    Participation and Deferral Election    6

i


 


4.2    Investment Election    7
4.3    Duration of Elections    8

SECTION 5 – VESTING    9

5.1.    Deferral Amounts    9
5.2    Discretionary Company Contributions    9

SECTION 6 – ACCOUNTS AND VALUATIONS    9

6.1    Transferred Balances    9
6.2    Deferral Accounts    10
6.3    Discretionary Company Contribution Accounts.    11
6.4    Allegion Stock Accounts    12
6.5    Changes in Capitalization    13
6.6    Accounts are Bookkeeping Entries    13

SECTION 7 – DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNTS    14

7.1    Election of Time and Form of Payment    14
7.2    Distributions Upon Separation from Service    14
7.3    In-Service Distributions    15
7.4    Redeferral Elections    15
7.5    Changes of Distribution Elections for EDCP I Accounts    16
7.6    Unforeseeable Financial Emergency Distribution    17
7.7    Required Delay in Distributions    17
7.8    Acceleration of Payments    17
7.9    Medium and Source of Payments    18
7.10    Taxes; Withholding    18
7.11    Distribution Provisions    18
7.12     Treatment of Installments; Date of Distribution    18
7.13    Distribution of Certain Multi-Year Compensation    18

SECTION 8 – BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION    19

SECTION 9 – AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN    19

9.1    Amendment    19
9.2    Termination of Plan    20

SECTION 10 – FUNDING; CHANGE IN CONTROL    20

10.1    Unsecured General Creditor    20
10.2    Establishment of Trust upon Change in Control    20


ii


 



SECTION 11 - MISCELLANEOUS    20

11.1    Entire Agreement; Successors    20
11.2    Non-Assignability    21
11.3    No Contract of Employment    21
11.4    Authorization and Source of Shares    21
11.5    Singular and Plural    21
11.6    Captions    21
11.7    Applicable Law    21
11.8    Severability    21
11.9    Notice    21

APPENDIX I    23




iii


 


Exhibit 10.6

Schlage Lock Company LLC
Executive Deferred Compensation Plan
Effective as of the Effective Date
of the spinoff of Allegion plc from Ingersoll-Rand plc



SECTION 1

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE

Effective as of the “Effective Date,” as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc (the “Distribution Agreement”), Schlage Lock Company LLC (the “Company”) hereby adopts this Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) to provide a select group of management and highly compensated employees of the Company and Participating Employers the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of compensation. The Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. To the extent Code Section 409A applies to the Plan, the terms of the Plan are intended to comply with that provision, and the terms of the Plan shall be interpreted and administered in accordance therewith.

As of the Effective Date, the account balances of certain participants in the Ingersoll-Rand Company Executive Deferred Compensation Plan and the Ingersoll-Rand Company Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II (collectively, the “Predecessor Plans”) were transferred to this Plan (“Transferred Balances”). The Transferred Balances are for (i) Employees who commenced employment with Schlage Lock Company LLC, or one of its affiliates or subsidiaries, prior to the Effective Date and remained employed by Schlage Lock Company LLC, or one of its affiliates, as of the Effective Date, and who thereby did not incur a Separation from Service under the Predecessor Plans and (ii) “Former Allegion Group Employees,” as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc. The time and form of payment of the Transferred Balances are the same under this Plan as under the respective Predecessor Plan.


1


 


SECTION 2

DEFINITIONS

2.1
“Account Balance” means, for each Plan Year, a credit on the records of the Company equal to the sum of the value of a Participant’s Deferral Account, Discretionary Company Contribution Account, Allegion Stock Account, and EDCP I Account for such Plan Year. The Account Balance shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant, or to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, pursuant to the Plan.

2.2
“Administrative Committee” shall mean the committee appointed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company which will administer the Plan in accordance with the duties delegated to it by the Compensation Committee or as set forth herein.

2.3
“Allegion Stock” means the ordinary shares, par value $1.00 per share, of Allegion plc, an Irish company.

2.4
“Allegion Stock Account” means, for each Plan Year, (i) the sum of all of a Participant’s Deferral Amounts that are deemed to be invested in Allegion Stock, plus (ii) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of the Plan that relate to the Participant’s Allegion Stock Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or to the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to the Plan that relate to the Participant’s Allegion Stock Account.

2.5
“Base Salary” means a Participant’s annual base salary, excluding bonuses, commissions, incentive compensation and all other remuneration for services rendered to the Company or a Participating Employer and prior to a reduction for any salary contributions to a plan established pursuant to Code Section 125 or qualified pursuant to Code Section 401(k).

2.6
“Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Section 8.

2.7
“Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Administrative Committee that a Participant completes and returns to the Administrative Committee to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

2.8
“Cash Incentive Compensation Award” means any of the Participant’s annual cash incentive compensation awards.

2.9
“Change in Control” means a “change in control of the Company” (as set forth in the Allegion plc Incentive Stock Plan of 2013 or any successor plan thereto), unless a different definition is used for purposes of any severance of employment agreement

2


 


or change of control arrangement between the Company and a Participant, in which event such definition shall apply. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.7, the term “Company” shall mean Allegion plc.

2.10
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations and other administrative guidance issued thereunder.

2.11
“Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Allegion plc.

2.12
“Deferral Account” means, for each Plan Year, (i) the sum of all of a Participant’s Deferral Amounts, plus (ii) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of the Plan that relate to the Participant’s Deferral Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or to the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to the Plan that relate to the Participant’s Deferral Account.

2.13
“Deferral Amount” means the amount of a Participant’s Cash Incentive Compensation Award, Base Salary, and Stock Based Awards actually deferred under the Plan by the Participant pursuant to Section 4 for any one Plan Year.

2.14
“Disability” means, with respect to a Participant: (a) a condition under which the Participant: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company or a Participating Employer; or (b) any other condition under which the Participant is considered “disabled” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(C).

2.15
“Discretionary Company Contribution” means an additional amount to be credited to a Participant's Discretionary Company Contribution Account for a Plan Year.

2.16
“Discretionary Company Contribution Account” means, for each Plan Year, (i) the sum of all of a Participant’s Discretionary Company Contributions, plus (ii) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of the Plan that relate to the Participant’s Discretionary Company Contribution Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or to the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to the Plan that relate to the Participant’s Discretionary Company Contribution Account.


3


 


2.17
“EDCP I Account” means the portion of the Participant’s Transferred Balance attributable to amounts credited under the Participant’s Deferral Account, Supplemental Company Contribution Account, Discretionary Company Contribution Account, and/or IR Stock Account under the Ingersoll-Rand Executive Deferred Compensation Plan as of the Effective Date. The special provisions of the Plan relating to a Participant’s EDCP I Account preserve the provisions of the Ingersoll-Rand Executive Deferred Compensation Plan that were in effect on October 3, 2004 with respect to amounts deferred and vested on or before December 31, 2004, to which Code Section 409A does not apply.

2.18
“Elected Officer” means an officer of the Company elected to such position by the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.19
“Election Form” means the form or forms established from time to time by the Administrative Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Administrative Committee or to the Plan’s recordkeeper to make an election under the Plan. An Election Form also includes any other method approved by the Administrative Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, that a Participant may use to make an election under the Plan. The terms and conditions specified in the Election Form(s) are incorporated by reference herein and form a part of the Plan. If there is a conflict between the Election Form and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control and govern.

2.20
“Eligible Employee” means an Elected Officer or an individual who is among a select group of management and highly compensated employees of the Company or a Participating Employer who has been determined to be eligible to participate in the Plan.

2.21
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

2.22
“Investment Option Subaccounts” means the separate subaccounts, each of which corresponds to an investment option elected by the Participant or, as provided in Section 6.3 regarding Discretionary Company Contributions, the Administrative Committee, with respect to a Participant’s Deferral Accounts and/or Discretionary Company Contribution Accounts, as applicable.

2.23
“Participant” means (i) an Eligible Employee participating in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 or (ii) a Former Allegion Group Employee with a Transferred Balance under this Plan.

2.24
“Participating Employer” means any direct or indirect parent, subsidiary or affiliate of the Company that is aggregated with the Company for purposes of Code Section 409A.


4


 


2.25
“Plan Year” means a calendar year.

2.26
“Retirement” means, with respect to a Participant, Separation from Service after he or she has attained age 65 (62 for Elected Officers) or Separation from Service with at least five (5) years of Service.

2.27
“Return” means, for each investment option, an amount equal to the net investment return (including changes in value and distributions) for each such investment option during each business day.

2.28
“Separation from Service” means a separation from service under the general rules under Code Section 409A, including upon death or Retirement.

2.29
“Service” means periods of service with the Company or a Participating Employer as determined in accordance with the Schlage Lock Company LLC Employee Savings Plan.

2.30
“Stock Based Awards” means awards, in lieu of any incentive or variable compensation to which a Participant is entitled from the Company or its subsidiaries or ERISA affiliates, which consist of ( i) ordinary shares of Allegion plc or (ii) awards that are valued in whole, or in part, by reference to, or otherwise based on the fair market value of ordinary shares of Allegion plc. In addition, this term shall include any stock based award a Participant had elected to defer under a Predecessor Plan that, absent such deferral election, would have been paid after the Effective Date.

2.31
“Unforeseeable Financial Emergency” means: (a) a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant; or (b) such other definition of “unforeseeable emergency” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii).


SECTION 3

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (or any successor committee). The Compensation Committee has delegated authority to the Administrative Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the Compensation Committee shall retain authority for determining a Participant’s eligibility for, and the amount of, Discretionary Company Contributions.


5


 


The primary responsibility of the Administrative Committee is to administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries, subject to the specific terms of the Plan. The Administrative Committee shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms to the extent consistent with applicable law, and shall have the power to determine all questions arising in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan. Any such determination by the Administrative Committee shall be conclusive and binding upon all affected parties. Subject to review by the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee shall make all determinations as to the right of any person to a benefit under the Plan. Any denial by the Administrative Committee of the claim for benefits under this Plan by a Participant or Beneficiary shall be stated in writing by the Administrative Committee in accordance with the claims procedures annexed hereto as Appendix I.

SECTION 4

PARTICIPATION, DEFERRAL ELECTION AND INVESTMENT ELECTION

4.1
Participation and Deferral Election . Any Eligible Employee may elect to participate in the Plan for a given Plan Year by filing a completed Election Form for the Plan Year in the manner prescribed by the Administrative Committee. The Election Form must specify the percentage or dollar amount of any Deferral Amount otherwise payable for or during such Plan Year that will be deferred under the Plan.

Any election to defer a Deferral Amount for a Plan Year is irrevocable upon the filing of the Election Form, and must be properly completed and filed by the Participant no later than the December 31 immediately preceding the first Plan Year during which the services for which the compensated is paid or awarded are performed or:

(a)
In the case of a new Participant who is described in Code Section 409A(a)(4)(B)(ii), the 30th day after such new Participant first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan (provided that such election shall relate only to compensation for services performed subsequent to the date such Election Form is filed);

(b)
In the case of any compensation award that constitutes performance-based compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A, the June 30 immediately preceding the Plan Year in which such award would otherwise be paid, provided that the performance period for such performance-based compensation shall end on or after December 31 of said Plan Year, or such earlier date established by the Administrative Committee; if, by reason of events occurring after the Participant’s Deferral Election, compensation ceases to be performance-based compensation for purposes of section 409A, any deferral election made under this paragraph (and not timely made under any other provision of this Section 4.1) shall be considered untimely and given no force or effect;


6


 


(c)
In the case of any compensatory award that, at the time the Participant obtains a legally binding right to the award, is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) for a period of at least 13 months, the 30th day after the Participant obtains a legally binding right to such award or such earlier date established by the Administrative Committee;

(d)
Notwithstanding the terms of any other agreement or arrangement to which an Employee may be party, except to the extent it is determined not to be required or permitted under Section 409A, an Employee’s timely filed Deferral Election shall     apply to (i) any compensation that becomes payable under such other agreement or arrangement as a substitute for any Cash-Incentive Compensation Award, Stock Based Award, or other Deferral Amount that the Employee has elected to defer in such Deferral Election, and (ii) any Cash-Incentive Compensation Award, Stock Based Award, or other Deferral Amount designated in the Employee’s Deferral Election that becomes payable (but for such Deferral Election) by reason of such other     agreement or arrangement at a date earlier or later than originally scheduled.

An Eligible Employee who fails to file a properly completed Election Form by the applicable date indicated above will be ineligible to defer under the Plan the Deferral Amount to which such applicable date relates. In addition, the Administrative Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may establish from time to time such other enrollment requirements as it determines are necessary or proper or may determine not to allow deferral elections at the times permitted under Sections 4.1(a), 4.1(b), or 4.1(c).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Administrative Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine from time to time the percentage of Base Salary that may be deferred by Participants under the Plan in any Plan Year. Once such a determination is made the percentage shall remain in effect until the beginning of the first Plan Year after such percentage is changed by the Administrative Committee.

If the Administrative Committee determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1), the Participant shall not be permitted to make any deferral election under this Section 4.1 for any future Plan Year.

4.2
Investment Election . In accordance with procedures established by the Administrative Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, prior to the time a Participant’s Deferral Amounts are credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account pursuant to Section 6.1, the Participant shall designate, on an Election Form, the types of investment options in which the Participant’s Deferral Amounts will be deemed to be invested for purposes of determining the amount of earnings to be

7


 


credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account and, with respect to Deferral Amounts that are designated by the Participant to be deemed to be invested in Allegion Stock, the Allegion Stock Account.

Subject to the right of the Administrative Committee to direct the types of investment options in which a Participant’s Discretionary Company Contributions will be deemed to be invested as described in Section 6.3, in the event a Participant receives a Discretionary Company Contribution, the Participant shall, at the time designated by the Administrative Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, designate, on an Election Form, the types of investment options in which the Participant’s Discretionary Company Contributions will be deemed to be invested for purposes of determining the amount of earnings to be credited to the Participant’s Discretionary Company Contribution Account. In no event may Discretionary Company Contributions be deemed to be invested in the Allegion Stock Account.

In making the designations pursuant to this Section, the Participant may specify that all or any portion of the Participant’s Deferral Amount and, subject to Section 6.3, Discretionary Company Contributions be deemed to be invested, in whole percentage increments, in one or more of the types of investment options provided under the Plan as communicated from time to time by the Administrative Committee. Subject to Sections 6.3 and 6.4, a Participant may change the designation made under this Section with respect to prior and/or future Deferral Amounts and Discretionary Company Contributions by filing an Election Form no later than the time specified by the Administrative Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, to be effective as of the first business day of the following month.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.2, in no event may a Participant designate that any Base Salary deferred under the Plan or any earnings thereon be deemed to be invested in Allegion Stock, and in no event may a Participant designate that any Stock Based Awards or earnings thereon be deemed to be invested other than in Allegion Stock.

Except for Discretionary Company Contributions that the Administrative Committee, pursuant to Section 6.3, has directed the investment options in which a Participant’s Discretionary Company Contributions shall be deemed to be invested, if a Participant fails to elect a type of investment option under this Section, he or she shall be deemed to have elected the investment option designated by the Administrative Committee as the default investment option.

4.3
Duration of Elections. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary:

(a)
any election under Section 4.1 (including a failure to make an election) shall remain in effect from Plan Year to Plan Year unless a written request to modify or terminate that election for a subsequent Plan Year is submitted to the Administrative Committee in accordance with Section 4.1; for purposes of

8


 


this Section 4.3(a), a deferral election under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II shall be treated as a deferral election under Section 4.1 and be given continuing effect under this Plan after the Effective Date; and

(b)
any election under Section 4.2 (including a failure to make an election) shall remain in effect from Plan Year to Plan Year unless a written request to modify or terminate that election is submitted to the Administrative Committee, which request shall be effective as to any Deferral Amount credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account as soon as administratively practical after such written request is submitted to the Administrative Committee; provided that nothing in this Section 4.3(b) shall permit a Participant to make such a written request as to the deemed investment of Stock Based Awards; for purposes of this Section 4.3(b), an investment election under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II shall be shall be treated as an investment election under Section 4.2 and be given continuing effect under this Plan after the Effective Date, provided that such election shall be mapped to the available investment options under this Plan as directed by the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Allegion plc.

SECTION 5

VESTING

5.1.
Deferral Amounts . Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2, a Participant shall be fully vested in all of his or her Account Balances under the Plan.

5.2
Discretionary Company Contributions . A Participant shall vest in his or her Discretionary Company Contributions on the earliest of: (i) the date determined by the Compensation Committee or the Administrative Committee; (ii) the date of the Participant’s in-service Disability; (iii) the date of the Participant’s in-service death; (iv) a Change in Control; or (v) a termination of the Plan pursuant to Section 9.2. Notwithstanding the above, to the extent agreement between the Company and a Participant contains provisions governing vesting with regards to a Discretionary Company Contribution made on behalf of a Participant, the terms of such agreement shall apply.



9


 




SECTION 6

ACCOUNTS AND VALUATIONS

6.1
Transferred Balances . As of the Effective Date, a Participant’s account balance(s), if any, under the Predecessor Plans shall be transferred to this Plan as follows:
(a)
A Transferred Balance attributable to amounts credited to the Participant under the Ingersoll-Rand Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II shall be transferred to his Deferral Account under this Plan and a Transferred Balance(s) attributable to amounts credited to the Participant under the Ingersoll-Rand Executive Deferred Compensation Plan shall be transferred to his EDCP I Account under this Plan.
(b)
Except as provided in Section 6.1(c), the Participant’s investment elections with respect to his or her Transferred Balance(s) shall be mapped to the available investment options as directed by the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Allegion plc.
(c)
A Transferred Balance attributable to amounts, if any, credited to the Participant’s IR Stock Account under either Predecessor Plan shall be allocated to his Allegion Stock Account under this Plan, with a subaccount established for any portion of such Transferred Balance which is allocated to the Participant’s EDCP I Account. The amount of Allegion Stock units credited to the Participant’s Allegion Stock Account as of the Effective Date shall be determined by dividing the number of units in the IR Stock Account held by such individual by a fraction, the numerator of which is the opening trading price of ordinary shares of Allegion plc on the NYSE on the first trading day following the Effective Date and the denominator of which is the closing trading price of ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand plc on the NYSE on the last trading day prior to the Effective Date. If the resulting product includes a fractional unit, the number of units shall be rounded up.

6.2
Deferral Accounts . The Administrative Committee shall establish and maintain a separate Deferral Account for each Participant for each Plan Year. All Deferral Amounts, other than Stock Based Awards and Deferral Amounts that are deemed, at the Participant’s election, to be invested in Allegion Stock shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account on the date when the Deferral Amount would otherwise have been paid to the Participant. All Stock Based Awards and Deferral Amounts that are deemed, at the Participant’s election, to be invested in Allegion Stock shall be credited to the Participant’s Allegion Stock Account as described in Section 6.4.


10


 


Each Participant’s Deferral Account shall be divided into Investment Option Subaccounts. A Participant’s Deferral Accounts shall be credited as follows:
(a)
On the day a Deferral Amount is credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account, the Administrative Committee shall credit the Investment Option Subaccounts of the Participant's Deferral Account with an amount equal to the Participant’s Deferral Amount in accordance with the Participant's Election Form; that is, the portion of the Participant's Deferral Amount that the Participant has elected to be deemed to be invested in a certain type of investment option shall be credited to the Investment Option Subaccount corresponding to that investment option, and
(b)
Each business day, each Investment Option Subaccount of a Participant's Deferral Account shall be adjusted for earnings or losses in an amount equal to that determined by multiplying the balance credited to such Investment Option Subaccount as of the prior day plus contributions credited that day to the Investment Option Subaccount by the Return for the corresponding investment option.
In any case where, pursuant to Section 7.1, a Participant has elected an optional form of benefit payment for the Participant’s Base Salary or any Cash Incentive Compensation Award or Stock Based Award credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account for a Plan Year, a separate subaccount shall be established and maintained within the Deferral Account for that Plan Year for each Deferral Amount that is subject to a different optional form of benefit payment.

6.3
Discretionary Company Contribution Accounts . The Administrative Committee shall establish and maintain a separate Discretionary Company Contribution Account for each Plan Year for any Participant who receives a Discretionary Company Contribution for such Plan Year. All Discretionary Company Contributions shall be credited to the Participant’s Discretionary Company Contribution Account on the date determined by the Administrative Committee in its sole and absolute discretion.

Each Participant’s Discretionary Company Contribution Accounts shall be divided into Investment Option Subaccounts. At the time a Discretionary Company Contribution is made, the Administrative Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, direct that a Participant’s Discretionary Company Contribution be invested in any one or more of the Investment Option Subaccounts (excluding the Allegion Stock Account) and that such Discretionary Company Contribution remain invested in such Investment Option Subaccounts until such time as the Administrative Committee determines that such Discretionary Company Contribution, or portion thereof, may be invested in Investment Option Subaccounts elected by the Participant. A Participant’s Discretionary Company Contribution Accounts shall be credited as follows:


11


 


(a)
On the day a Discretionary Company Contribution is credited to a Participant’s Discretionary Company Contribution Account, the Administrative Committee shall credit the Investment Option Subaccounts of the Participant's Discretionary Company Contribution Account with an amount equal to the Participant’s Discretionary Company Contribution in accordance with the Participant's Election Form or as directed by the Administrative Committee; that is, the portion of the Participant's Discretionary Company Contribution that the Participant has elected, or that the Administrative Committee has directed, to be deemed to be invested in a certain type of investment option shall be credited to the Investment Option Subaccount corresponding to that investment option.

(b)
Each business day, each Investment Option Subaccount of a Participant's Discretionary Company Contribution Account shall be adjusted for earnings or losses in an amount equal to that determined by multiplying the balance credited to such Investment Option Subaccount as of the prior day plus contributions credited that day to the Investment Option Subaccount by the Return for the corresponding investment option.

To the extent an agreement between the Company and the Participant contains provisions governing the deemed investment of Discretionary Company Contributions made on behalf of the Participant, the deemed investment provisions of such agreement shall apply, provided that, in no event may Discretionary Company Contributions be deemed to be invested in the Allegion Stock Account.

6.4
Allegion Stock Accounts . The Administrative Committee shall establish and maintain a separate Allegion Stock Account for each Plan Year for each Participant who (i) elects to have all or a portion of his of her Deferral Amounts for such Plan Year invested in Allegion Stock or (ii) elects to defer Stock Based Awards pursuant to Section 4.1. All Deferral Amounts that are deemed, at the Participant’s election, to be invested in Allegion Stock shall be credited to the Participant’s Allegion Stock Account on the date when the Deferral Amount would otherwise be paid to the Participant. All Stock Based Awards shall be credited to a Participant’s Allegion Stock Account at the time such Stock Based Awards become vested. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Allegion Stock credited to a Participant’s Allegion Stock Account may not be designated by the Participant to be deemed to be invested in any other investment option and shall remain allocated to Allegion Stock in such Allegion Stock Account until distributed from the Plan. A Participant’s Allegion Stock Accounts shall be credited as follows:

(a)
On the day a Deferral Amount is credited to a Participant’s Allegion Stock Account, the Administrative Committee shall credit the Allegion Stock Account with an amount equal to the Participant’s Deferral Amount.


12


 


(b)
All Deferral Amounts deemed to be invested in Allegion Stock in accordance with the Participant’s Election Form shall be credited to a Participant's Allegion Stock Account in units or fractional units. The value of each unit shall be determined each business day and shall equal the closing price of one share of Allegion Stock on the New York Stock Exchange. On each date that Deferral Amounts are credited to the Participant's Allegion Stock Account, the number of units to be credited shall be determined by dividing the amount of such Deferral by the value of a unit on such date.

Dividends paid on Allegion Stock shall be reflected in a Participant's Allegion Stock Account by the crediting of additional units or fractional units. Such additional units or fractional units shall equal the value of the dividends based upon the closing price of one share of Allegion Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date such dividends are paid.

(c)
In the case of a Stock Based Award that a Participant has elected, prior to the Effective Date, to defer under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II, the Participant’s Allegion Stock Account shall be credited with units or fractional units of Allegion Stock equal to the value of the stock of Ingersoll-Rand plc that would have been deferred under such election, based on the closing prices of Allegion Stock and the stock of Ingersoll-Rand plc on the New York Stock Exchange on the date the Stock Based Award becomes vested.

6.5
Changes in Capitalization . If there is any change in the number or class of shares of Allegion Stock through the declaration of a stock dividend or other extraordinary dividends, or recapitalization resulting in stock splits, or combinations or exchanges of such shares or in the event of similar corporate transactions, the units in each Participant’s Allegion Stock Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect any such change in the number or class of issued shares of Allegion Stock or to reflect such similar corporate transaction.

6.6
Accounts are Bookkeeping Entries . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, the investment options, including Allegion Stock, are to be used for measurement purposes only, and a Participant's election of any such investment option, the allocation to his or her Account Balance thereto, the calculation of additional amounts and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to a Participant's Account Balance shall not be considered or construed in any manner as an actual investment of his or her Account Balance in any such investment option. In the event that the Company or the trustee of a trust established pursuant to Section 10.2 decides in its own discretion to invest funds in any or all of the investment options, no Participant shall have any rights in or to such investments themselves. Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant's Account Balance shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any

13


 


investment made on the Participant’s behalf by the Company or any trust. The Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.


SECTION 7

DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNTS

7.1
Election of Time and Form of Payment . At the time a Participant files an initial Election Form in accordance with Section 4.1 to defer a specified portion of the Participant’s Base Salary or of any Cash Incentive Compensation Award or Stock Based Award, the Participant may elect an optional form of benefit payment pursuant to Section 7.2 or 7.3, for each such Deferral Amount. Such an election made under a Predecessor Plan shall be given effect under this Plan. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, any election regarding the time and form of payment under this Plan shall be irrevocable.

7.2
Distributions Upon Separation from Service . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, a Participant who has a Separation from Service upon completion of at least five (5) years of Service, has a Retirement, incurs a Disability, or dies shall be paid his or her Account Balances (and after his or her death to his or her Beneficiary) in a lump sum in the Plan Year following the Participant’s Separation from Service, Retirement, Disability, or death, unless one of the following optional forms of benefit has been elected by the Participant:
(1)
Annual installments over five (5) years commencing in the Plan Year following the Participant’s Separation from Service or earlier Disability;
(2)
Annual installments over ten (10) years commencing in the Plan Year following the Participant’s Separation from Service or earlier Disability;
(3)
Annual installments over fifteen (15) years commencing in the Plan Year following the Participant’s Separation from Service or earlier Disability; and
(4)
A lump sum distribution payable in the Plan Year specified by the Participant on such Election Form; provided, however, that such specified date shall be no less than one (1) year and no more than five (5) years following the Participant’s Separation from Service or earlier Disability.


14


 


Notwithstanding the foregoing and unless a different time or form of benefit payment has been elected by the Participant under Section 7.1, the default form of benefit for the Participant’s EDCP I Account Balances, if any, shall be option number two (2).

Notwithstanding the Participant’s election under Section 7.1 and except as otherwise provided in Sections 7.3 and 7.7, if a Participant has a Separation from Service other than by reason of Retirement, Disability, or death prior to his or her completing five (5) years of Service, the Participant’s Account Balances shall be distributed in a lump sum in the Plan Year following the Participant's Separation from Service.

7.3
In-Service Distributions . For each Plan Year’s Account Balance, a Participant may elect, on an initial Election Form filed in accordance with Section 4.1, to receive a distribution of all or a portion of his or her Deferral Account, IR Stock Account, and vested Discretionary Company Contribution Accounts with respect to a Plan Year(s) while still employed by the Company. A Participant’s election for a distribution under this Section 7.3 shall be permitted only if the date specified on the Election Form by the Participant for such distribution (in the event of a lump sum) or the commencement of such distribution (in the event of annual installments) is no earlier than two (2) years from the last day of the Plan Year for which the portion of the Deferral Account, Allegion Stock Account, or Discretionary Company Contribution Account to be distributed is actually deferred.

At the time an election for a distribution under this Section is made, the Participant shall also elect, on the Election Form, the form of payment of the distribution. The Participant shall elect either (i) a lump sum payment to be paid in the Plan Year specified by the Participant on the Election Form or (ii) annual installments over two (2), three (3), four (4) or five (5) years beginning in the Plan Year specified by the Participant on the Election Form.

In the event the Participant has a Separation from Service or incurs a Disability prior to the Plan Year in which lump sum payment would be made or a series of annual installments would commence under this Section 7.3, the portion of the Participant’s Account Balance(s) associated with such distribution(s) shall be paid to the Participant (and after his or her death to his or her Beneficiary) at the time and in the form determined under Section 7.2. However, if a Participant has a Separation from Service or incurs a Disability after the beginning of a Plan Year in which annual installments pursuant to this Section 7.3 are scheduled to commence, such annual installments shall continue to be paid.

7.4
Redeferral Elections . Except with respect to his or her EDCP I Account Balance(s), a Participant may elect, on an Election Form:

(a)
With respect to distributions under Section 7.2, to change the form and/or extend the timing of such distribution to a lump sum distribution payable in the Plan Year specified by the Participant on such Election Form, which Plan

15


 


Year shall not be later than ten (10) years following the Participant’s Separation from Service, Retirement, Disability, or death, provided that, as and to the extent required by Code Section 409A(a)(4)(C): (i) no such election shall take effect until twelve months after the date on which such election was made; (ii) no such election (other than an election related to a distribution payable by reason of Disability or death) shall be effective unless it defers by a period of at least five years the date on which such distribution would otherwise be made or begin; and (iii) no such election related to a distribution payable at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule (within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(iv)) may be made within twelve months of the date such distribution would otherwise be made.

(b)
With respect to distributions under Section 7.3, to change, but no more than two times, the form and/or extend the timing of such distribution, provided that, as and to the extent required by Code Section 409A(a)(4)(C): (i) no such election shall take effect until twelve months after the date on which such election was made; (ii) no such election shall be effective unless it defers by a period of at least five (5) years (and not more than ten (10) years) the date on which such distribution would otherwise be made or begin; and (iii) no such election may be made within twelve months of the date such distribution would otherwise be made.

(c)
As and to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A(a)(4)(C), in any case in which payment would otherwise be made or commence in a Plan Year but for an election made by the Participant under this Section 7.4, the first day of such Plan Year shall be treated as the date the distribution would otherwise be made or begin for purposes of the rules set forth in this Section 7.4.

7.5
Changes of Distribution Elections for EDCP I Accounts . With respect to his EDCP I Account Balance(s), a Participant may elect, on an Election Form:

(a)
With respect to distributions under Section 7.2, to change the form and/or extend the timing of such distribution that he or she has previously elected to any other form of distribution or time permitted under this Section, provided that no such election shall be effective unless it is made at least one (1) year before the Participant’s Separation from Service.

(b)
With respect to distributions under Section 7.3, (i) to extend, but no more than two times, the date for any distribution under this Section with respect to any Plan Year, provided each such election occurs at least one year before the date of distribution most recently elected for that Plan Year by the Participant and the extension is for a period of not less than two (2) years after the date of distribution most recently elected for that Plan Year by the Participant, and/or (ii) to change the form of payment for any distribution

16


 


under this Section for any Plan Year to any other form of payment permitted under this Section, provided such election occurs at least one (1) year before the date of distribution previously elected by the Participant.
    
(c)
To receive an early distribution in whole percentages of up to 100% of the portion of the Participant’s EDCP I Account Balance(s) with respect to a specified Plan Year(s), subject to the following restrictions:
(1)
10% of the amount elected by the Participant to be distributed as an early distribution shall be permanently forfeited and such forfeited amount shall be deducted from the amount to be distributed to the Participant.
(2)
If a Participant receives an early distribution, the Participant will be ineligible to elect a Deferral Amount for the following Plan Year.
(3)
The early distribution shall be paid in a single lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the early distribution election is made.

7.6
Unforeseeable Financial Emergency Distribution . In the event that the Administrative Committee, upon written petition of the Participant on an Election Form filed with the Administrative Committee specifying the Plan Year(s) with respect to which payment shall be made, determines in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Participant has suffered an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Company shall pay to the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) in a lump sum from the Participant’s vested Account Balances(s) with respect to the specified Plan Year(s), as soon as practicable following such determination, the amount necessary to satisfy such Unforeseeable Financial Emergency plus the amount necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).

7.7
Required Delay in Distributions . Except for EDCP I Account Balance(s), no distribution by reason of a Participant’s Separation from Service shall be made prior to the date that is six (6) months after such Participant’s Separation from Service if the Participant is determined to be a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A on the date of his or her Separation from Service. Any amounts that would otherwise be paid during the six-month period following such Participant’s Separation from Service or Retirement shall be paid on the first date such amount may be paid under the preceding provisions of this Section 7.7.


17


 


7.8
Acceleration of Payments. Except for EDCP I Account Balances or as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A, the time or schedule of any distribution hereunder of a Participant’s Account Balance(s) shall not be accelerated.

7.9
Medium and Source of Payments. All amounts in a Participant’s Deferral Account and Discretionary Company Contribution Account and payable to a Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan shall be paid in cash. All amounts in a Participant’s Allegion Stock Account and payable to a Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan shall be paid in Allegion Stock.

All distributions from the Plan that are to be paid in a specified number of annual installments shall be paid so that the amount of each annual installment is determined by dividing the total remaining number of units in the Participant’s Account Balance to be paid in annual installments by the number of years of annual installments remaining.

Except as otherwise necessary to preserve the effect of a payment election under this Section 7, all distributions shall be made on a pro rata basis from the Participant's applicable vested Account Balance(s).

7.10
Taxes; Withholding . To the extent required by law, the Company, or the trustee of a trust established pursuant to Section 10.2, shall withhold from payments made hereunder an amount equal to at least the minimum taxes required to be withheld by the federal or any state or local government. The amount to be withheld and the manner in which amounts shall be withheld shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Company or the trustee.

7.11
Distribution Provisions. To the extent an agreement between the Company and a Participant contains provisions governing the form and/or timing of a distribution of a Discretionary Company Contribution made on behalf of the Participant, the distribution provisions of such agreement shall apply to the extent such provisions are not inconsistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A, as applicable.

7.12
Treatment of Installments; Date of Distribution . To the extent that Code Section 409A applies to any series of installment payments payable to or with respect to a single Participant, such series of installment payments shall be treated as a single payment under the Plan. Any distribution due under the Plan shall be made no later than the last day of the Plan Year in which such distribution, disregarding this sentence, is due under the Plan (determined after the application of Section 7.5) or such other date as may be permitted or required under Code Section 409A.

7.13
Distribution of Certain Multi-Year Compensation. Notwithstanding the prior provisions of this Section 7, in the case of any compensation that (absent the Participant’s Deferral Election) would have been paid in a Plan Year that was specified by the Company at the time of the Participant’s Deferral Election, the

18


 


Deferral Amount shall be paid (or commence to be paid) no earlier than such Plan Year. For example, if the Company awards performance-based compensation payable in the Plan Year following a three-year performance cycle, and a Participant has made a timely election to defer such compensation until the Plan Year following Separation from Service, such compensation shall be distributed in the later of the Plan Year following Separation from Service or the Plan Year following the three-year performance cycle. The Participant’s Deferral Election shall be deemed to incorporate the requirement of this Section 7.12, whether or not it expressly so provides.


SECTION 8

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

A Participant shall have the right to designate a Beneficiary(ies) to receive the Participant’s Account Balances in the event the Participant dies prior to receiving all of his or her Account Balances. A Beneficiary designation shall be made, and may be amended at any time, by the Participant by filing a written designation with the Administrative Committee, on such form and in accordance with such procedures as the Administrative Committee shall establish from time to time. A Participant may change the designated Beneficiary under the Plan at any time by providing such designation in writing to the Administrative Committee.

If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary(ies), or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, the Participant’s Beneficiary(ies) shall be deemed to be the Participant’s estate. If the Company is unable to determine a Participant's Beneficiary or if any dispute arises concerning a Participant's Beneficiary, the Company may pay benefits to the Participant's estate. Upon such payment, the Company shall have no further liability hereunder.

If any distribution to a Beneficiary is to be made in annual installments, and the Beneficiary dies before receiving all such installments, the remaining installments, if any, shall continue to be paid as installments to the estate of the Beneficiary.


SECTION 9

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

9.1
Amendment. The Plan may, at any time and from time to time, be amended without the consent of any Participant or Beneficiary, by (a) the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors of Allegion plc or (b) the Administrative Committee in the case of amendments which do not materially modify the provisions hereof; provided, however, that no amendment shall reduce any benefits accrued under the terms of the Plan as of the date of amendment.

19


 




9.2    Termination of Plan.

(a)
Company's Right to Terminate. Subject to Section 9.1, The Board of Directors of Allegion plc may terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason.

(b)
Payments Upon Termination. As and to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A(a)(3), all amounts deferred under the Plan with respect to a Participant shall be paid to the Participant, in a lump sum, upon the Company’s termination and liquidation of the Plan in accordance with Treasury regulations section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix),.

SECTION 10

FUNDING; CHANGE IN CONTROL

10.1
Unsecured General Creditor . Subject to Section 10.2, benefits under the Plan shall be payable by the Company out of its general funds. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive benefits under the Plan, such rights shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. No Participant shall have any rights or privileges of a stockholder of Allegion plc under the Plan as a result of the crediting of units to a Participant’s Allegion Stock Account under the Plan, except at such time as distribution is actually made from the Participant’s Allegion Stock Account.

10.2
Establishment of Trust upon Change in Control . In the event that a Change in Control has occurred, the Company shall be obligated to contribute to a grantor trust (which may include a pre-existing grantor trust established to enable the Company to satisfy its nonqualified benefit obligations) an amount necessary to fund the benefits owed to Participants under the Plan (assuming immediate benefit payment) determined as of the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date the Change in Control has occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no contribution to which Code Section 409A(b)(3) applies shall be made to the trust with respect to the benefits owed to any Participant.


SECTION 11

MISCELLANEOUS


11.1
Entire Agreement; Successors . The Plan, including the Election Form and any subsequently adopted amendments to the Plan or Election Form, shall constitute the

20


 


entire agreement or contract between the Company and any Participant regarding the Plan. There are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between the Company and any Participant relating to the subject matter hereof, other than those set forth herein. The Plan and any amendment hereof shall be binding on the Company and the Participants and, their respective heirs, administrators, trustees, successors and assigns, including but not limited to, any successors of the Company by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law, and on all designated Beneficiaries of the Employee.

11.2
Non-Assignability . To the extent permitted by law, the right of any Participant or any Beneficiary in any benefit hereunder shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment or any other legal process for the debts of such Participant or Beneficiary; nor shall any such benefit be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or encumbrance.

11.3
No Contract of Employment. The establishment of the Plan or any modification hereof shall not give any Participant or other person the right to remain in the service of the Company, a Participating Employer, or any subsidiaries or affiliates of a Participating Employer, and all Participants and other persons shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Plan had never been adopted.

11.4
Authorization and Source of Shares . Shares of Allegion Stock necessary to meet the obligations of the Plan will be reserved and authorized pursuant to resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on or before the spinoff of Allegion plc, and additional shares of Allegion Stock shall be reserved and authorized for delivery under the Plan from time to time. These shares of Allegion Stock may be provided from newly-issued or treasury shares.

11.5
Singular and Plural . As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

11.6
Captions . The captions to the articles, sections, and paragraphs of the Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

11.7
Applicable Law . Except as preempted by federal law, the Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

11.8
Severability . If any provisions of the Plan shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of the Plan shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

11.9
Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Administrative Committee shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered

21


 


or certified mail, to the Company at 11819 N. Pennsylvania Avenue, Carmel, Indiana, 46032 , directed to the attention of the Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification. Any notice to the Participant shall be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s residence address as maintained in the Company’s records. Any party may change the address for such party here set forth by giving notice of such change to the other parties pursuant to this Section.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this amendment and restatement to be executed by its duly authorized representative on ____________, 2013.


SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC


By: _________________
Barbara A. Santoro
Secretary

22


 




APPENDIX I

Claim Procedures
Participants, their Beneficiaries, if applicable, or any individual duly authorized by them, shall have the right under the Plan and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), to file a written claim for benefits from the Plan in the event of a dispute over such Participant’s entitlement to benefits. All claims must be submitted to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, in writing and within one year of the date on which the lump sum payment was made or allegedly should have been made. For all other claims, the date on which the action complained of occurred.

Timing of Claim Decision
If a Participant’s claim is denied, in whole or in part, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will give the Participant (or his or her representative) a written (or electronic) notice of the decision within 90 days after the Participant’s claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time with respect to a determination of the claim. If the claim for benefits relates to disability benefits, the Participant (or his or her representative) will be given a written (or electronic) notice within 45 days after his or her claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, unless special circumstances require an extension of time. The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, may extend the period no more than twice for up to 30 days for each extension to make a determination of a disability benefit claim. The Participant (or his or her representative) will be notified if any extensions are required, the special circumstances requiring an extension, and the date a determination is expected. If any additional information is needed to process a Participant’s claim for disability benefit claim, the Participant will be advised of the additional information that is needed and the standards on which the benefit entitlement is based, and he or she will have at least 45 days to provide the needed information. Failure to provide additional requested information may result in the denial of the claim.

Notice of Claim Denial
If the Participant is denied a claim for benefits, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide such Participant with a written or electronic notice setting forth:
1. The specific reason(s) for the denial;
2. Specific reference(s) to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;
3. A description of any additional material or information necessary for you to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;
4. A description of the Plan’s claims review procedure and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of your right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a the exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative process;

23


 


5. If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and,
6. A statement that you have the right to appeal the decision.

Appeal of Claim Denial
The Participant(or his or her representative) may request a review of a denial of a claim to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, by filing a written application for review within 60 days (or, for disability claims, 180 days) after his or her receipt of the written notice of the denial of the claim. The filing of an appeal is mandatory if the Participant later determines that he or she wants to initiate a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will conduct a full and fair review of the claim denial. The review shall:
1. Not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination,
2. Provide for the identification of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the appeal, if applicable
3. Be conducted by someone that did not take part in the adverse determination under appeal and is not a subordinate of someone who did.
The Participant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to his or her claim without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The Administrative Committee will re-examine your claim, along with all comments, documents, records and other information that you submit relating to the claim, regardless of whether or not it was submitted or considered in the initial determination. In deciding an appeal that is based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the decision maker shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate experience in the field of medicine and who was not consulted in connection with the initial adverse determination and is not the subordinate of someone who did.

Timing of Decision on Appeal
The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall notify the Participant (or his or her representative) of the determination on review within 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days) after receipt of the Participant’s request for review, unless the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, determines that special circumstances require an extension. The extension may not be longer than 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days). The Participant(or his or her representative) shall be notified if any extension is required, the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date when a determination is expected before the end of the initial 60 day (for disability claims, 45 day) period. Subject to the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision shall be final and binding on all parties.

Notice of Benefit Determination on Review of an Appeal

24


 


The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide the Participant (or his or her representative) with a written or electronic notice of the determination on review and, if the claim on review is denied:
1. The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
2. The specific Plan provision(s) on which the decision is based;
3. A statement that the Participant is entitled to receive upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim for benefits;
4. If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule guideline, protocol or other criteria will be described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and
5. A statement that the Participant shall have a right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative processes.

Discretionary Authority to Decide Claims and Appeals
The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall have full discretionary authority to determine eligibility under the Plan’s terms, to interpret and apply the terms and provisions of the Plans, to resolve discrepancies and ambiguities, and to make final decisions on the appeal by a Participant of an initial denied claim. Subject to Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision will be final and binding on all parties.

Right to File a Lawsuit Under ERISA
In the event a Participant’s appeal under a Plan is denied by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, he or she shall have the right to file a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). Any such lawsuit must be filed within 12 months of the appeal having been denied. Any lawsuit filed shall be governed by ERISA, or to the extent not preempted, the laws of the State of Delaware.


25



Exhibit 10.7

SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC
SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN
Effective as of the Effective Date of the spinoff of Allegion plc from Ingersoll-Rand plc
INTRODUCTION

Schlage Lock Company LLC (the “Company”) established the Schlage Lock Company LLC Employee Savings Plan (the “Qualified Savings Plan”) effective as of the “Effective Date,” as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc (the “Distribution Agreement”) for employees employed by the Company and certain affiliates and subsidiaries of the Company (the “Employees”), under which benefits do not reflect compensation of Employees in excess of the limitation imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or compensation deferred under the Schlage Lock Company LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferral Plan”).

The Company now hereby adopts this Supplemental Savings Plan, effective as of the Effective Date, to provide a vehicle under which Employees can be paid benefits that are supplemental to benefits payable under the Qualified Savings Plan with respect to compensation that is not taken into account under the Qualified Savings Plan.

As of the Effective Date, the account balances of certain participants in the Ingersoll-Rand Company Management Incentive Unit Plan, the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan, and the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan II (collectively, the “Predecessor Plans”) were transferred to this Supplemental Savings Plan (“Transferred Balances”). The Transferred Balances were for (i) Employees who commenced employment with Schlage Lock Company LLC, or one of its affiliates or subsidiaries, prior to the Effective Date and remained employed by Schlage Lock Company LLC, or one of its affiliates, as of the Effective Date, and who thereby did not incur a Separation from Service under the Predecessor Plans and (ii) “Former Allegion Group Employees,” as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc. Solely for purposes of this Supplemental Savings Plan, such Former Allegion Group Employees shall be considered Employees. The time and form of payment of the Transferred Balances are the same under this Supplemental Savings Plan as under the respective Predecessor Plan.

It is intended that this Supplemental Savings Plan be treated as “a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. To the extent that Section 409A of the Code applies to the Supplemental Savings Plan, the terms of the Supplemental Savings Plan are intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or other administrative guidance issued thereunder, and such terms shall be interpreted and administered in accordance therewith.







Unless otherwise indicated herein, capitalized terms shall have the same meanings that they have under the Qualified Savings Plan. For purposes of this Supplemental Savings Plan, the term “Separation from Service” means a separation from service under the general rules under Section 409A of the Code, including a separation from service of a Former Allegion Group Employee prior to the Effective Date.

SECTION 1
PARTICIPATION


1.1
Participation. An Employee shall participate under this Supplemental Savings Plan if a Supplemental Company Contribution is creditable to the Employee’s Account under Section 2.3 with respect to compensation earned subsequent to the Effective Date or if the Employee had a Transferred Balance under Section 2.2.


SECTION 2
ACCOUNTS/SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS


2.1
Employee Accounts. The Company shall establish on its books an account for each Employee who participates in this Supplemental Savings Plan (each an “Employee Account”). Such Employee Accounts shall consist of separate sub-accounts for the Employee’s Transferred Balance from the Ingersoll-Rand Company Management Incentive Unit Plan, if any, Transferred Balance from the Trane, Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan, if any, Supplemental Matching Contributions, and Supplemental Core Contributions, to be credited in accordance with Sections 2.2 through 2.4 hereof.

2.2
Transferred Balances. An Employee’s account balance(s), if any, under the Predecessor Plans shall be credited to the Employee Account of the Employee under this Supplemental Savings Plan as of the Effective Date. The Company shall maintain on its books a separate sub-account for each Employee’s Transferred Balance from the Ingersoll-Rand Company Management Incentive Unit Plan and Transferred Balance from the Trane, Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan, if any. The Employee’s other Transferred Balances shall be transferred to his Supplemental Matching Contribution sub-account, provided , however , that the portion of his Transferred Balances attributable to Supplemental Core Contributions under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan II shall be transferred to his Supplemental Core Contribution sub-account. Vesting of any portion of a Transferred Balance attributable to nonvested Supplemental Core Contributions under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan II shall vest in accordance with Section 3.2.


- 2 -
22




2.3
Supplemental Company Contributions. An Employee shall be entitled to receive a Supplemental Company Contribution (credited as provided in Section 2.4) for any period subsequent to the Effective Date in which the Employee’s Compensation that would otherwise be taken into account under the Qualified Savings Plan exceeds the limitation provided under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and/or is not taken into account under the Qualified Savings Plan because it has been deferred under the Deferral Plan. The amount of Supplemental Company Contributions credited to the Employee Account for any such period shall equal the total of:

(a) 
the Company Matching Contributions, calculated as if the limitations described above did not apply, less the Company Matching Contributions, if any, made with respect to the Employee under the Qualified Savings Plan for such period (“Supplemental Matching Contributions”); and

(b)
the Company Core Contributions, calculated as if the limitations described above did not apply, less the Company Core Contributions made, if any, with respect to the Employee under the Qualified Savings Plan for such period (“Supplemental Core Contributions”).
 
Such Supplemental Company Contributions shall be based upon the rate of Company Matching Contributions and Company Core Contributions made with respect to the Employee under the Qualified Savings Plan for the applicable period if the limitations described above did not apply.

2.4
Crediting and Investment Allocation of Supplemental Company Contributions.

(a)
For purposes of determining the amount of investment earnings to be credited to his Employee Account, an Employee may elect to allocate Supplemental Company Contributions (or to separately allocate Supplemental Matching Contributions and Supplemental Core Contributions) to or among Common Stock Units or any of the investment options available under the Qualified Savings Plan, other than a self-directed brokerage window, subject to such limitations as may be established by the Administrative Committee. In the event the Employee fails to make an investment selection with respect to his Supplemental Company Contributions credited for any period after the Effective Date, such Supplemental Company Contributions shall be credited to the applicable target-date retirement fund offered under the Qualified Savings Plan. An Employee’s investment allocations with respect to his Transferred Balances and his investment elections under the Ingersoll-Rand Supplemental Savings Plan II shall be mapped to this Supplemental Savings Plan as of the Effective Date in accordance with the mapping strategy for the Qualified Savings Plan and shall remain in effect unless and until the Employee elects otherwise pursuant to Section 2.4(b), provided , however , that


- 3 -
33




(i)
investment elections of common stock units of Ingersoll-Rand plc shall be treated as investment elections of Common Stock Units; and

(ii)
any Transferred Balances allocated to common stock units of Ingersoll-Rand plc immediately before the Effective Date will be converted to Common Stock Units of equal value as of the Effective Date by dividing the number of common stuck units of Ingersoll-Rand plc held by the Employee by a fraction, the numerator of which is the opening trading price of ordinary shares of Allegion plc on the NYSE on the first trading day following the Effective Date and the denominator of which is the closing trading price of ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand plc on the NYSE on the last trading day prior to the Effective Date. If the resulting product includes a fractional unit, the number of units shall be rounded up.     

(b)
Subject to the Company’s policies regarding insider trading, an Employee may change his investment allocations with respect to amounts credited to his Employee Account and to future Supplemental Company Contributions on a daily or such other basis as approved by the Administrative Committee. An Employee’s selected investment allocations will remain in effect and may be changed by the Employee after his Separation from Service and before the date of payment under Section 4.1.

(c)
For purposes of determining the balance of an Employee’s Employee Account, investment allocations to or changes from Common Stock Units or other investment options shall be valued in accordance with the recordkeeping procedures established under the Qualified Savings Plan.

(d)
On the date of payment of each cash dividend in respect of the Common Stock, each Employee Account credited with Common Stock Units as of such date shall be credited with additional Common Stock Units in the same manner and at the same time as determined under the recordkeeping procedures established for the Qualified Savings Plan.

(e)
In the event of any stock dividend on the Common Stock or any split-up or combination of shares of the Common Stock, appropriate adjustment shall be made by the Administrative Committee (hereinafter defined) in the aggregate number of Common Stock Units credited to each Employee Account.


- 4 -
44




(f)
Definitions . For purposes of this Supplemental Savings Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(i)
“Common Stock” means the ordinary shares, par value $1.00 per share, of Allegion plc, an Irish company.

(ii)
“Common Stock Unit” means the right to receive dividends in respect of the Common Stock and the right to receive the fair market value of one unit of Common Stock as determined under the recordkeeping procedures established for the Company Stock Fund under the Qualified Savings Plan.

(iii)
“Compensation” means Compensation as defined in the Qualified Savings Plan.

(g)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Savings Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, an Employee’s investment allocations, including Common Stock Units, are to be used for measurement purposes only, and an Employee’s election of any investment option, the crediting to his or her Employee Account thereto, the calculation of additional amounts and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to an Employee’s Employee Account shall not constitute or be construed in any manner as an actual investment of his or her Employee Account balance in any such investment option. In the event that the Company, in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the investment options, no Employee shall have any rights in or to such investments themselves. Without limiting the foregoing, an Employee’s Employee Account shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on the Employee’s behalf by the Company. The Employee shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.



SECTION 3
VESTING AND FORFEITURES


3.1
Supplemental Matching Contributions. An Employee shall at all times be fully vested in that portion of his Employee Account attributable to Supplemental Matching Contributions.

3.2
Supplemental Core Contributions.

(a)
An Employee shall be vested in that portion of his Employee Account attributable to Supplemental Core Contributions (including any portion of his Supplemental

- 5 -
55




Core Contribution sub-account attributable to Supplemental Core Contributions under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan II) only at such date as he becomes vested in his Company Core Contributions under the Qualified Savings Plan.

(b)
If an Employee is not vested in the balance of his Employee Account attributable to Supplemental Core Contributions as of the date of his Separation from Service (including any portion of his Supplemental Core Contribution sub-account attributable to Supplemental Core Contributions under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan II), such balance shall be forfeited as of the Valuation Date of such Separation from Service (the “forfeiture date”).

(c)
In the event an Employee is reemployed prior to the sixth anniversary of the date of his Separation from Service, the nonvested balance of his Employee Account attributable to Supplemental Core Contributions which was forfeited in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) above (including any portion of his Supplemental Core Contribution sub-account attributable to Supplemental Core Contributions under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan II) shall be restored to such Employee’s Employee Account on the Valuation Date coincident with or next following his date of reemployment.


SECTION 4
DISTRIBUTIONS


4.1     Time and Form of Distribution.

(a)
The balance credited to an Employee’s Employee Account (other than any portion attributable a Transferred Balance from the Trane, Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan, if any, or the Ingersoll-Rand Company Management Incentive Unit Plan) shall be payable in the form of a cash lump sum on the later of (a) the first business day of the first calendar year following the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service, or (b) the first business day that is six (6) months after the date of such Employee’s Separation from Service.

(b)
Notwithstanding Section 4.1(a), the portion of an Employee’s Employee Account attributable to his balance under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Management Incentive Unit Plan shall be payable in the form of a cash lump sum on the first day of the month that is at least sixty (60) days following the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service, provided , however , that if the Employee is a “specified employee” as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, any distribution under this Section 4.1(b) shall not be made until the first day of the month that is at least six (6) months after the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service.

- 6 -
66





(c)
Upon the death of the Employee, any remaining balance in the Employee’s Employee Account shall be payable to the Employee’s beneficiary(ies) under the Qualified Savings Plan (or, in the case of a Former Allegion Group Employee, his beneficiary(ies) under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Employee Savings Plan) thirty (30) days after the date of the Employee’s death, or as soon as practicable thereafter, provided , however , that any remaining Transferred Balance from the Ingersoll-Rand Company Management Incentive Unit Plan shall be payable on the first day of the month that is at least sixty (60) days following the date of the Employee’s death (or, if earlier, the first day of the month that is at least six (6) months following the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service).

(d)
All payments shall be valued as of the Valuation Date immedidately preceding the date of payment.

4.2
Payment of Benefits. The benefits payable under this Supplemental Savings Plan shall be paid to an Employee (or beneficiary(ies)) by the Company.


SECTION 5
FUNDING


5.1
Establishment of Trust. Except as provided in Section 6.1 hereof, the Company shall have no obligation to fund the Employee Accounts hereunder. The Company may, however, in its sole discretion transfer assets to a trust fund to assist it in meeting its obligations under this Supplemental Savings Plan. The trust agreement shall provide that all amounts contributed to the trust, together with earnings thereon, shall be invested and reinvested as provided therein.

5.2
Rights of Creditors. The assets held by the trust shall be subject to the claims of general creditors of the Company in the event of the Company’s insolvency. The rights of an Employee to the assets of such trust fund shall not be superior to those of an unsecured creditor of the Company.

5.3
Disbursement of Funds. All contributions to the trust fund shall be held and disbursed in accordance with the provisions of the related trust agreement. No portion of the trust fund may be returned to the Company other than in accordance with the terms of the related trust agreement.

5.4
Company Obligation. Notwithstanding any provisions of any such trust agreement to the contrary, the Company shall remain obligated to pay benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan. Nothing in this Supplemental Savings Plan or any such trust agreement

- 7 -
77




shall relieve the Company of its liabilities to pay benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan except to the extent those liabilities are met by the distribution of trust assets.


SECTION 6
CHANGE IN CONTROL

6.1
Contributions to Trust. In the event that the Board of Directors of the Company is informed by the Board of Directors of Allegion plc that a Change in Control of Allegion plc has occurred, Schlage Lock Company LLC shall be obligated to establish a grantor trust and to contribute to the grantor trust an amount equal to the balance credited to each Employee’s Employee Account established hereunder, such Employee Accounts to be valued as of the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date the Board of Directors of Schlage Lock Company LLC was informed that a Change in Control has occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no contribution to which Code section 409A(b)(3) applies shall be made to the trust with respect to the benefits owed to any Employee.

6.2
Amendments. This Supplemental Savings Plan may not be amended for two (2) years following a Change in Control.

6.3
Definition of Change in Control.     For purposes hereof, a Change in Control shall have the meaning designated in the Allegion plc Incentive Stock Plan of 2013 or any successor plan thereto.


SECTION 7
MISCELLANEOUS


7.1
Amendment and Termination. Except as provided in Section 6.2, this Supplemental Savings Plan may, at any time and from time to time, be amended or terminated without the consent of any Employee or beneficiary, (a) by the Board of Directors of Allegion plc or the Compensation Committee (as designated in Section 7.6), or (b) in the case of amendments which do not materially modify the provisions hereof, the Administrative Committee (as described in Section 7.6), provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall reduce any benefits accrued under the terms of this Supplemental Savings Plan as of the date of termination or amendment.

7.2
No Contract of Employment. The establishment of this Supplemental Savings Plan or any modification thereof shall not give any Employee or other person the right to remain in the service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and all Employees and other persons shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Supplemental Savings Plan had never been adopted.


- 8 -
88




7.3
Limitation of Rights. Nothing in this Supplemental Savings Plan shall be construed to give any Employee any rights whatsoever with respect to shares of Common Stock.

7.4
Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any payment due under this Supplemental Savings Plan any and all taxes of any nature required by any government to be withheld from such payment.

7.5
Loans. No loans to Employees shall be permitted under this Supplemental Savings Plan.

7.6
Compensation Committee. This Supplemental Savings Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (or any successor committee) of the Board of Directors of Allegion plc (the “Compensation Committee”). The Compensation Committee has delegated to the Administrative Committee appointed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “Administrative Committee”) the authority to administer this Supplemental Savings Plan in accordance with its terms. Subject to review by the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee shall make all determinations as to the right of any person to a benefit. Any denial by the Administrative Committee of the claim for benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan by an Employee or beneficiary shall be stated in writing by the Administrative Committee in accordance with the claims procedures annexed hereto as Appendix I.

7.7
Entire Agreement; Successors. This Supplemental Savings Plan, including any subsequently adopted amendments, shall constitute the entire agreement or contract between the Company and any Employee regarding this Supplemental Savings Plan. There are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between the Company and any Employee relating to the subject matter hereof, other than those set forth herein. This Supplemental Savings Plan and any amendment hereof shall be binding on the Company and the Employees and their respective heirs, administrators, trustees, successors and assigns, including but not limited to, any successors of the Company by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law, and on all designated beneficiaries of the Employee.

7.8
Severability. If any provision of this Supplemental Savings Plan shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Supplemental Savings Plan shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Supplemental Savings Plan shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

7.9
Application of Plan Provisions. All relevant provisions of the Qualified Savings Plan and, as applicable, of the Ingersoll-Rand Company Employee Savings Plan, to the extent not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code, shall apply to the extent applicable to the obligations of the Company under this Supplemental Savings Plan. Benefits provided under this Supplemental Savings Plan are independent of, and in addition to, any payments made to Employees under any other plan, program, or agreement between the Company and Employees eligible to participate in this Supplemental Savings Plan, or any other

- 9 -
99




compensation payable to any Employee by the Company or by any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company.

7.10
Governing Law. Except as preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of Delaware shall govern this Supplemental Savings Plan.

7.11
Participant as General Creditor. Benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan shall be payable by the Company out of its general funds. The Company shall have the right to establish a reserve or make any investment for the purposes of satisfying its obligation hereunder for payment of benefits at its discretion, provided, however, that no Employee eligible to participate in this Supplemental Savings Plan shall have any interest in such investment or reserve. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan, such rights shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

7.12
Nonassignability. To the extent permitted by law, the right of any Employee or any beneficiary in any benefit hereunder shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for the debts of such Employee or beneficiary; nor shall any such benefit be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, pledge, transfer, assignment or encumbrance.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized representative on ____________, 2013.


SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC


By:                         
Barbara A. Santoro
Secretary

- 10 -
1010





APPENDIX I

Claim Procedures
Employees, their beneficiaries, if applicable, or any individual duly authorized by them, shall have the right under the Plan and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), to file a written claim for benefits from the Plan in the event of a dispute over such Employee’s entitlement to benefits. All claims must be submitted to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, in writing and within one year of the date on which the lump sum payment was made or allegedly should have been made. For all other claims, the date on which the action complained of occurred.

Timing of Claim Decision
If a Employee’s claim is denied, in whole or in part, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will give the Employee (or his or her representative) a written (or electronic) notice of the decision within 90 days after the Employee’s claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time with respect to a determination of the claim. If the claim for benefits relates to disability benefits, the Employee (or his or her representative) will be given a written (or electronic) notice within 45 days after his or her claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, unless special circumstances require an extension of time. The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, may extend the period no more than twice for up to 30 days for each extension to make a determination of a disability benefit claim. The Employee (or his or her representative) will be notified if any extensions are required, the special circumstances requiring an extension, and the date a determination is expected. If any additional information is needed to process an Employee’s claim for disability benefit claim, the Employee will be advised of the additional information that is needed and the standards on which the benefit entitlement is based, and he or she will have at least 45 days to provide the needed information. Failure to provide additional requested information may result in the denial of the claim.

Notice of Claim Denial
If the Employee is denied a claim for benefits, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide such Employee with a written or electronic notice setting forth:
1. The specific reason(s) for the denial;
2. Specific reference(s) to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;
3. A description of any additional material or information necessary for you to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;
4. A description of the Plan’s claims review procedure and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of your right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a the exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative process;

- 11 -
1111




5. If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and,
6. A statement that you have the right to appeal the decision.

Appeal of Claim Denial
The Employee(or his or her representative) may request a review of a denial of a claim to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, by filing a written application for review within 60 days (or, for disability claims, 180 days) after his or her receipt of the written notice of the denial of the claim. The filing of an appeal is mandatory if the Employee later determines that he or she wants to initiate a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will conduct a full and fair review of the claim denial. The review shall:
1. Not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination,
2. Provide for the identification of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the appeal, if applicable
3. Be conducted by someone that did not take part in the adverse determination under appeal and is not a subordinate of someone who did.
The Employee shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to his or her claim without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The Administrative Committee will re-examine your claim, along with all comments, documents, records and other information that you submit relating to the claim, regardless of whether or not it was submitted or considered in the initial determination. In deciding an appeal that is based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the decision maker shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate experience in the field of medicine and who was not consulted in connection with the initial adverse determination and is not the subordinate of someone who did.

Timing of Decision on Appeal
The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall notify the Employee (or his or her representative) of the determination on review within 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days) after receipt of the Employee’s request for review, unless the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, determines that special circumstances require an extension. The extension may not be longer than 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days). The Employee(or his or her representative) shall be notified if any extension is required, the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date when a determination is expected before the end of the initial 60 day (for disability claims, 45 day) period. Subject to the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision shall be final and binding on all parties.

- 12 -
1212





Notice of Benefit Determination on Review of an Appeal
The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide the Employee (or his or her representative) with a written or electronic notice of the determination on review and, if the claim on review is denied:
1. The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
2. The specific Plan provision(s) on which the decision is based;
3. A statement that the Employee is entitled to receive upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim for benefits;
4. If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule guideline, protocol or other criteria will be described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and
5. A statement that the Employee shall have a right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative processes.

Discretionary Authority to Decide Claims and Appeals
The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall have full discretionary authority to determine eligibility under the Plan’s terms, to interpret and apply the terms and provisions of the Plans, to resolve discrepancies and ambiguities, and to make final decisions on the appeal by an Employee of an initial denied claim. Subject to Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision will be final and binding on all parties.

Right to File a Lawsuit Under ERISA
In the event an Employee’s appeal under a Plan is denied by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, he or she shall have the right to file a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). Any such lawsuit must be filed within 12 months of the appeal having been denied. Any lawsuit filed shall be governed by ERISA, or to the extent not preempted, the laws of the State of Delaware.



- 13 -
1313


Exhibit 10.8











SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC

ELECTED OFFICERS

SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM

Effective as of the Effective Date
as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement
by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc







SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC
ELECTED OFFICERS SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM
TABLE OF CONTENTS


INTRODUCTION      1

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS      2

1.1      “Actuarial Equivalent”
1.2      “Board”      2
1.3      “Change in Control”      2
1.4      “Company”      2
1.5      “Compensation Committee”      2
1.6      “Deferral Plan”      2
1.7      “Distribution Agreement”      2
1.8      “Effective Date”      2
1.9      “Elected Officer”      2
1.10      “Employee”      2
1.11      “Employer”      2
1.12      “Final Average Pay”      2
1.13      “Foreign Plan”      3
1.14      “Ingersoll Rand”      3
1.15      “IR Plan One”      3
1.16      “IR Program”      3
1.17      “Pension Plan”      3
1.18      “Program”      3
1.19      “Retirement”      3
1.20      “Separation from Service”      4
1.21      “Year of Service”      4

ARTICLE 2 - PARTICIPATION      4

2.1      Commencement of Participation      4
2.2      Duration of Participation      4

ARTICLE 3 - AMOUNT OF BENFIT      5

3.1      Amount of Benefit      5

ARTICLE 4 - VESTING    5

4.1      Vesting      5
4.2      Forfeiture for Cause      6

ARTICLE 5 - DISTRIBUTIONS      6

5.1      Retirement      6
5.2      Time and Form of Distribution      7





5.3      Disability      7
5.4      Death      9
5.5      No Acceleration      9

ARTICLE 6 - FUNDING    10

6.1      Funding      10
6.2      Company Obligation      10

ARTICLE 7 - CHANGE IN CONTROL      10

7.1      Contributions to Trust      10
7.2      Amendments      10

ARTICLE 8 - MISCELLANEOUS      11

8.1      Amendment and Termination      11
8.2      No Contract of Employment      11
8.3      Withholding      11
8.4      Loans      11
8.5      Compensation Committee      11
8.6      Entire Agreement; Successors      12
8.7      Severability      12
8.8      Governing Law      12
8.9      Participant as General Creditor      12
8.10      Nonassignability      13

APPENDIX A      14

APPENDIX B      16







INTRODUCTION

Schlage Lock Company LLC (the “Company”) has established and adopted this Schlage Lock Company LLC Elected Officer Supplemental Program (the “Program”) effective as of the Effective Date (as defined herein) to provide supplemental retirement benefits to: (i) certain employees who were accruing benefits under the Ingersoll-Rand Elected Officer Supplemental Program (the “IR Program”) immediately prior to the spin-off of Allegion plc and its subsidiaries from Ingersoll-Rand plc, who remained employed with the Company or one of its affiliates immediately after the Effective Date, and (ii) any individual who becomes an Elected Officer of the Company (or of Allegion plc) at the first meeting of the public board of Allegion plc after being approved for participation in the Program by the Compensation Committee. The Program does not provide benefits for any other employees of the Company or its affiliates.

The Program provides the same supplemental retirement benefits as provided under the IR Program. The measure of supplemental retirement benefits and the time and form of payment under this Program are the same as under the IR Program, and the other terms of this Program are substantially similar to those provided under the IR Program.

For those management employees who were participants in the IR Program immediately before the Effective Date and did not incur a Separation from Service thereunder because of their continuing employment with the Company or one of its affiliates, service and compensation includible in determining benefits under the IR Program shall be includible in determining benefits under this Program, and no benefits shall be payable under the IR Program on or after the Effective Date to employees participating in this Program.

It is intended that this Program be treated as a plan which is unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). To the extent Internal Revenue Code Section 409A applies to the Program, the terms of the Program are intended to comply with that provision, and the terms of the Program shall be interpreted and administered in accordance therewith.

The Company now adopts the Program effective as of the Effective Date.






ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

1.1
“Actuarial Equivalent” means an amount having equal value to a single life annuity when computed on the basis of the mortality table specified in the Pension Plan and an interest rate equal to the average of the monthly rates for ten-year Constant Maturities for US Treasury Securities for the twelve-month period immediately preceding the month prior to the month in which a determination of benefit occurs, such rate as published in Federal Reserve statistical release H.15(519).

1.2
“Board” means the Board of Directors of Allegion plc (or if Allegion plc is a subsidiary of any other company, of the ultimate parent company).

1.3
“Change in Control” shall have the same meaning as such term is defined in the Allegion plc Incentive Stock Plan of 2013 or any successor or replacement plan thereto, unless a different definition is used for purposes of a change in control event in any severance or employment agreement between an Employer and an Employee.

1.4
“Company” means Schlage Lock Company LLC, and its successors or assigns.

1.5
“Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

1.6
“Deferral Plan” means the Schlage Lock Company LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Plan and/or the IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II.

1.7
“Distribution Agreement” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement, by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc in connection with the separation of the residential and commercial businesses from Ingersoll-Rand plc and the distribution of Allegion plc ordinary shares to shareholders of Ingersoll-Rand plc.

1.8
“Effective Date” means the effective date of the “Distribution” as defined in the Distribution Agreement.

1.9
“Elected Officer” means an individual elected by the Board as an officer of the Company or Allegion plc.

1.10
“Employee” means an individual who participates in the Program as provided in Section 2.1.

1.11
“Employer” means the Company and any domestic or foreign subsidiary or affiliate of the Company.

1.12
“Final Average Pay” means, except as provided in Section 5.3 for purposes of disability, the sum of the following:

(a)
the average of each of the three highest bonus awards from the Employer (whether the awards are paid to the Employee or are a Deferral Amount (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan)) for the six most recent calendar years (including calendar years with Ingersoll Rand) prior to the date of determination, including the year during which the Employee’s retirement or death occurs, but excluding any amounts paid from the Deferred Compensation Account (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan); and any other account under the Deferral Plan including, but not limited to, amounts paid consisting of Deferral Amounts and their earnings. For calendar years prior to the Effective Date, Final Average Pay shall include the highest





bonus awards that would have been taken into account under the terms of the IR Program, and

(b)
the Employee’s annualized base salary from the Employer in effect immediately prior to the date of determination unreduced by any Deferral Amount (as defined in the Deferral Plan) or other elective salary reduction contributions to any plan of the Employer.

1.13
“Foreign Plan” means (i) any plan or program maintained by a foreign Employer (an Employer that is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States) under which cash benefits are payable to an Employee following retirement or other termination of employment, regardless of the form or structure of such plan, and (ii) any other plan, program, or system providing such benefits in respect of services performed by such an Employee for a foreign Employer that is established by the government of a foreign country, mandated under the laws of a foreign country or under a government decree or directive having the force of law, or mandated or maintained under any collective bargaining or similar agreement.

1.14
“Ingersoll Rand” means Ingersoll-Rand Company, or one of its affiliates.

1.15
“IR Plan One” means the Ingersoll-Rand Pension Plan Number One as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date.

1.16
“IR Program” shall mean the Ingersoll-Rand Company Elected Officer Supplemental Program as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date.

1.17
“Pension Plan” means the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan as in effect as of the Effective Date, and as may be amended from time to time.

1.18
“Program” means the Schlage Lock Company LLC Elected Officers Supplemental Program as stated herein and as may be amended from time to time.

1.19
“Retirement” means an Employee’s Separation from Service other than by reason of death or disability (as defined in Section 5.3) at a time when the Employee has satisfied the vesting requirements of Section 4.1.

1.20
“Separation from Service” means an Employer’s separation from service as determined under the general rules under Section 409A of the Code.

1.21
“Year of Service” shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Pension Plan, or, if the Employee is not a participant in the Pension Plan, in accordance with the provisions of the Schlage Lock Company LLC Employee Savings Plan, that are applicable to determining the Employee’s years of vesting service under such plan. Years of Service shall therefore include any period of service credited under IR Plan One or, if the Employee was not a participant in IR Plan One, any period of service credited under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Employee Savings Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Program to the contrary, in the event an Employee earns one or more hours of service during a calendar year for which service is credited under the Program, he shall be credited with a Year of Service with respect to such year for purposes of the Program; provided, however, that any Employee who was not a participant in the IR Program as of the Effective Date and who earns one or more hours of service during a calendar month for which service is credited under this Program shall be credited with service only for that month for purposes of this Program.

Whenever the word “he”, “his”, or “him” is used in the Program, such word is intended to embrace





within its purview the word “she” or “her”, as may be appropriate.

ARTICLE 2
PARTICIPATION

2.1      Commencement of Participation

An individual employed by the Company on the Effective Date shall commence participation in the Program on the Effective Date if (a) the individual was accruing benefits in the IR Program immediately prior to the Effective Date or (b) the individual became an Elected Officer of the Company (or of Allegion plc) pursuant to action of the Board at the October 1, 2013 meeting of the Board and has been approved for participation in the Program by the Compensation Committee.  No individual who becomes an Elected Officer after the October 1, 2013 meeting of the Board shall be eligible to participate in the Program.

2.2      Duration of Participation

An Employee shall continue to participate in the Program until all benefits accrued hereunder have been paid or forfeited.

ARTICLE 3
AMOUNT OF BENEFIT

3.1      Amount of Benefit

An Employee shall be entitled to receive a benefit, determined as of the date of the Employee’s Retirement, death, or, in the case of disability, attainment of age 65, that is equal to (a) minus (b), where:

(a) is the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of a single life annuity that is equal to the product of:

(i) his Final Average Pay,

(ii)
his Years of Service (up to a maximum of 35 Years of Service), and

(iii)
1.9% (as further adjusted to give effect to any adjustments required under Sections 5.1, 5.2, and 5.4); and

(b) is the benefit offset amount, as determined under Appendix A attached hereto, from the Pension Plan and any other plan(s) identified in Appendix A, expressed in the same form and with the same commencement date as the benefit payable to the Employee under this Program except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 5.3(b).


ARTICLE 4
VESTING

4.1      Vesting

An Employee shall become vested in the benefit provided under the Program upon the earliest of (i) attainment of age 55 and the completion of 5 Years of Service, (ii) attainment of age 62, (iii) death,





(iv) disability (to the extent provided in Section 5.3), or (v) a Change in Control. An Employee shall forfeit all right to benefits under the Program upon ceasing to be an employee of any Employer prior to satisfying any of the foregoing vesting conditions.

4.2      Forfeiture for Cause

All benefits for which an Employee would otherwise be eligible hereunder may be forfeited, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, under the following circumstances:

(a)
The Employee is discharged by an Employer for cause, which shall be a breach of the standards set forth in the Code of Conduct of Allegion plc; or

(b)
Determination by the Compensation Committee no later than 12 months after termination of employment that the Employee has engaged in serious or willful misconduct in connection with his employment with an Employer; or

(c)
The Employee (whether while employed or for two years thereafter) without the written consent of an Employer is employed by, becomes associated with, renders service to, or owns an interest in any business that is competitive with an Employer or with any business in which an Employer has a substantial interest as determined by the Compensation Committee; provided, however, that an Employee may own up to 1% of the publicly traded equity securities of any business, notwithstanding the foregoing.

ARTICLE 5
DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1      Retirement

Upon an Employee’s Retirement, the benefit described in Section 3.1 shall be subject to further adjustment as follows:

(a)
Retirement at Age 62 - Upon attaining age 62, an Employee may retire and receive the benefit determined under Section 3.1.

(b)
Retirement before Age 62 - If an Employee who has become vested in accordance with Section 4.1 retires before attaining age 62, he will receive a benefit under the Program equal to the benefit he would have received upon Retirement at age 62, provided however that:

(i)
the amount determined under Section 3.1(a) shall be reduced by 0.429% for each month that the date of the Employee’s Retirement precedes attainment of age 62;

(ii)
the benefit offset amount as determined under Appendix A from the Pension Plan and any other plan(s) identified in Appendix A shall be adjusted under the terms of the applicable plan(s) for retirement to the earliest date on which the Employee may retire and begin receiving a benefit under such plan(s), and shall be further adjusted, if necessary, to an actuarially equivalent benefit payable on the date of the Employee’s Retirement; and

(iii)
for years prior to Social Security normal retirement age, the Social Security Primary Insurance Amount (as defined in Appendix A) shall be reduced by the same factors used by the Social Security Administration to adjust benefits payable at age 62 or later,





and by 0.3% for each month that the date of the Employee’s Retirement precedes attainment of age 62.

(c)
Retirement after Age 62 - If an Employee retires after age 62, he will receive a benefit equal to the greater of:

(i)
the benefit determined under Section 3.1 as of his date of Retirement, or

(ii)
the benefit he would have received had his Retirement occurred at age 62, credited with interest from the date he attained age 62 until his date of Retirement. For purposes of this subsection (ii), the interest rate will be equal to the average of the monthly rates for ten-year Constant Maturities for US Treasury Securities for the twelve-month period immediately preceding the month prior to the month in which a determination of benefit occurs, such rate as published in Federal Reserve statistical release H.15(519).

5.2      Time and Form of Distribution

(a)
Benefits under the Program shall be payable solely in a single lump sum. In the case of Retirement, the lump sum benefit shall be paid on the later of (i) the first business day that is six months after the date of the Employee’s Retirement, or (ii) the first business day of the calendar year following the year of the Employee’s Retirement. In the case of disability or death, the lump sum benefit shall be paid on the payment date prescribed by Section 5.3 or Section 5.4 (without regard to whether the Employee’s death occurs prior or subsequent to Retirement), as applicable.

(b)
The lump sum amount determined under Sections 3.1 and 5.1, shall be credited with interest from the determination date under Section 3.1 until the date of distribution at the average of the monthly rates for ten-year Constant Maturities for US Treasury Securities for the twelve-month period immediately preceding the month prior to the month in which a determination of benefit occurs, such rate as published in Federal Reserve statistical release H.15(519).

5.3      Disability

(a)
An Employee who has a leave of absence for disability and returns to active employment before incurring a Separation from Service shall continue to accrue benefits (and Years of Service) under the Program during the leave of absence. Except as provided in Section 5.3(b), an Employee who has had a leave of absence for disability and who does not return to active employment before incurring a Separation from Service shall accrue no benefits (or Years of Service) during such leave of absence. An Employee described in this Section 5.3(a) (and not covered by Section 5.3(b)) shall be entitled to benefits, if any, under the Program in accordance with Sections 4.1, 5.1, 5.2, and 5.4 of the Program, based on the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service and his or her age and Years of Service at the date of the Employee’s Separation of Service.

(b)
An Employee who becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 5.3(c) prior to his or her Separation from Service and who remains continuously disabled until attaining age 65 or earlier death shall continue to accrue benefits (and Years of Service) under the Program as if he or she continued to be employed by the Company until the earlier of attainment of age 65 or death. An Employee who becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 5.3(c) prior to





his or her Separation from Service and who recovers from the disability before attaining age 65 but after the date on which the Employee is determined to have had a Separation from Service, shall be entitled to benefits, if any, in accordance with the last sentence of Section 5.3(a), but shall be entitled to no additional Years of Service under this Section 5.3(b). An Employee described in either of the preceding two sentences shall be paid the lump sum, determined under Sections 3.1 and 5.2 of the Program as a benefit payable by reason of disability or death (not by reason of Separation from Service), on the first business day of the month following the month the Employee attains age 65 or, if the Employee dies before attaining age 65, the Employee’s beneficiary shall be paid the benefit under Section 5.4 of the Program as if the Employee retired on the date of death. In determining the benefits payable under this Section 5.3(b), the benefit offset amount under paragraph (d) of Appendix A shall be the value of the Employee’s vested Core Contribution Account under the Schlage Lock Company LLC Employee Savings Plan and vested Supplemental Core Contribution Account under the Schlage Lock Company LLC Supplemental Employee Savings Plan as of the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service.

(c)
For purposes of Section 5.3(b), an Employee shall be disabled if he or she has: (a) a condition under which the Employee: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company; or (b) any other condition under which the Employee is considered “disabled” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(C).

(d)
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Program to the contrary, in any case in which an Employee is entitled under Section 5.3(b) to accrue benefits (and Years of Service) under the Program during a period of disability, Final Average Pay means the sum of:

(i)
the average of each of the three highest bonus awards (whether the awards are paid to the Employee or are a Deferral Amount (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan)) during the six most recent calendar years, including the year during which the Employee’s disability occurs (or, if the average of the three highest bonus awards would be greater, the six most recent calendar years prior to the year in which the Employee’s disability occurs), but excluding any amounts paid from the Deferred Compensation Account (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan) or any other account under the Deferral Plan including, but not limited to, amounts paid consisting of Deferral Amounts and their earnings. For calendar years prior to the Effective Date, Final Average Pay shall include the highest bonus awards that would have been credited under the terms of the IR Program, and

(ii)
the Employee’s annualized base salary in effect as of the date he or she became disabled.

5.4      Death

(a)
In the event of an Employee’s death prior to Retirement, his beneficiary shall receive a lump sum payment determined under Section 3.1 as if the Employee retired on the date of his death, provided that if the Employee’s death occurs prior to his attainment of age 55, such death





benefit shall be reduced by 0.3% for each month that the benefit commences before the Employee would have reached age 65. Such lump sum benefit shall be payable thirty (30) days after the date of the Employee’s death, or as soon as practicable thereafter.

(b)
The Employee’s beneficiary(ies) under the Program shall be the same as the Employee’s beneficiary(ies) under the Pension Plan, or, if the Employee was not a participant in the Pension Plan, then the Employee’s beneficiary(ies) under the Schlage Lock Company LLC Employee Savings Plan (“ESP”). If the Employee was not a participant in, or has no beneficiary under, the Pension Plan or the ESP, the Employee’s estate shall be the beneficiary.

5.5      No Acceleration

Except to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A, no benefits or payments under the Program shall be accelerated at any time.


ARTICLE 6
FUNDING

6.1      Funding

Except as provided in Section 7.1 hereof, neither the Company nor an Employer shall have any obligation to fund the benefit that an Employee earns under the Program.

6.2      Company Obligation

Notwithstanding the provisions of any trust agreement or similar funding vehicle to the contrary, the Company shall remain obligated to pay benefits under the Program. Nothing in the Program or any trust agreement shall relieve the Company of its liabilities to pay benefits under the Program except to the extent that such liabilities are met by the distribution of trust assets.


ARTICLE 7
CHANGE IN CONTROL

7.1      Contributions to Trust

In the event that a Change in Control has occurred, the Company shall be obligated to contribute to a grantor trust (which may include a pre-existing grantor trust established to enable the Company to satisfy its nonqualified benefit obligations) an amount necessary to fund the accrued benefit earned by the Employee under the Program (assuming immediate benefit commencement) determined as of the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date the Board determines that a Change in Control has occurred. If the Employee shall not have attained age 55, his annual benefit shall be determined on the same basis used to determine his accrued benefit in the case of death as specified in Section 5.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no contribution to which Code Section 409A(b)(3) applies shall be made to the trust with respect to the benefits owed to any Employee.

7.2      Amendments

Following a Change in Control of Allegion plc, any amendment modifying or terminating the Program shall have no force or effect.







ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1      Amendment and Termination

Except as provided in Section 7.2, the Program may, at any time and from time to time, be amended or terminated without the consent of any Employee or beneficiary, (a) by the Board or the Compensation Committee, or (b) in the case of amendments which do not materially modify the provisions hereof, the Administrative Committee (as defined in Section 8.5); provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall reduce any benefits accrued or vested under the terms of the Program as of the date of amendment or termination.

8.2      No Contract of Employment

The establishment of the Program or any modification hereof shall not give any Employee or other person the right to remain in the service of an Employer, and all Employees and other persons shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Program had never been adopted.

8.3      Withholding

An Employer shall be entitled to withhold from any payment due under the Program any and all taxes of any nature required by any government to be withheld from such payment.

8.4      Loans

No loans to Employees shall be permitted under the Program.

8.5      Compensation Committee

The Program shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (or any successor committee) of the Board. The Compensation Committee has delegated to the administrative committee appointed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “Administrative Committee”) the authority to administer the Program in accordance with its terms. Subject to review by the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee shall make all determinations relating to the right of any person to a benefit under the Program, and unless modified by the Compensation Committee, any determination by the Administrative Committee shall be conclusive and binding upon all affected parties. Any denial by the Administrative Committee of a claim for benefits under the Program by an Employee or beneficiary shall be stated in writing by the Administrative Committee in accordance with the claims procedures annexed hereto as Appendix B.
8.6      Entire Agreement; Successors

The Program, including any subsequently adopted amendments, shall constitute the entire agreement or contract between an Employer and any Employee regarding the Program. There are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between an Employer and any Employee regarding the provisions of the Program, other than those set forth herein. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, to the extent any written agreement between an Employer and an Employee modifies the provisions of the Program with respect to the Employee, such agreement shall be deemed to modify the provisions of the Program but only to the extent such agreement is approved by the Compensation Committee. The Program and any amendment hereof shall be binding





on an Employer, and the Employees and their respective heirs, administrators, trustees, successors and assigns, including but not limited to, any successors of an Employer by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law, and on all designated beneficiaries of the Employee.

8.7      Severability

If any provisions of the Program shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Program shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of the Program shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

8.8      Governing Law

Except as preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the Program.

8.9      Participant as General Creditor

Benefits under the Program shall be payable by the Company out of its general funds. The Company shall have the right to establish a reserve or make any investment for the purposes of satisfying its obligations hereunder for payment of benefits at its discretion, provided, however, that no Employee eligible to participate in the Program shall have any interest in such investment or reserve. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive benefits under the Program, such rights shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

8.10      Nonassignability

To the extent permitted by law, the right of any Employee or any beneficiary in any benefit hereunder shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or any other legal or equitable process for the debts of such Employee or beneficiary nor shall any such benefit be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, or encumbrance.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized representative on this ____ day of _______________, 2013.
    
    
SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC

 

By: _________________________________________
Barbara A. Santoro
Secretary






APPENDIX A

The sum of the following benefit offset amounts shall be used for purposes of Sections 3.1(b) and 5.1(b) of the Program, irrespective of whether the Employee commences to receive a benefit under any of the plans identified below at the date the Employee’s benefit under the Program is determined:

(a)
All employer-paid benefits under any qualified defined benefit plan (as defined in Code Section 414(j)) and associated supplemental plans (including the Schlage Lock Company LLC Supplemental Pension Plan) sponsored by the Company or Ingersoll Rand. The Employee’s benefit, if any, under any qualified defined benefit plan and associated supplemental plans described in the previous paragraph, shall be determined as a life annuity based on the Employee’s credited period of service under such plan through the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service, converted to a lump sum in accordance with the factors used to determine lump sum distributions under such plan(s) or, if lump sum distributions are not available under such plan(s), as the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of the accrued and vested benefits under such plan(s).

(b)
The Social Security Primary Insurance Amount (as defined below) estimated at age 65, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is his Years of Service (up to a maximum of 35 Years of Service), and the denominator of which is 35.
For purposes of the Program, “Social Security Primary Insurance Amount” means the amount of the Employee’s annual primary old age insurance determined under the Social Security Act in effect at the date of determination and payable in accordance with (i) or (ii) below.

(i)
For benefits determined on or after age 65, payable for the year following his date of retirement.

(ii)
For benefits determined before the Employee attains age 65, payable for the year following his retirement or death (or which would be payable when he first would have become eligible if he were then unemployed), assuming he will not receive after retirement (or death) any income that would be treated as wages for purposes of the Social Security Act.

For purposes of determining the Social Security Benefit under paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, an Employee’s covered earnings under said Act for each calendar year preceding the Employee’s first full calendar year of employment shall be determined by multiplying his covered earnings subsequent to the year being determined by the ratio of the average per worker total wages as reported by the Social Security Administration for the calendar year being determined to such average for the calendar year subsequent to the year being determined.
The “Social Security Primary Insurance Amount” determined above shall be converted to a lump sum that is the Actuarial Equivalent of such benefit.
(c)
Any and all benefits accrued or accumulated by the Employee under any Foreign Plan (as defined in Section 1.13 of the Program) in respect of any period of service with a foreign Employer that is counted as a Year of Service under the Program, excluding any benefit attributable to the Employee’s own contributions (whether voluntary or mandatory) under any Foreign Plan. Such benefits shall be converted to a lump sum based on the factors used to determine lump sum distributions under such plan(s) or, if lump sum distributions are not available under such plan(s), as the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of the benefits accrued under such plan(s).






(d)
An Employee’s vested Core Contribution Account under the Schlage Lock Company LLC Employee Savings Plan and vested Supplemental Core Contribution Account under the Schlage Lock Company LLC Supplemental Employee Savings Plan.

(e)
Except as hereinafter provided or otherwise required or permitted under Section 409A of the Code, no benefit offset amount shall be taken into account for purposes of Section 3.1(b) and 5.1(b) of the Program with respect to the benefits payable or paid to an Employee from another plan unless (i) the time and form of benefit payments under the other plan are the same as the time and form of benefit payments under the Program, or (ii) the benefits payable under the other plan were deferred (within the meaning of section 1.409A-2 of the Treasury Regulations) for periods of service (with any employer) prior to the period during which the benefits payable under this Program or the IR Program were accrued. This paragraph shall not preclude the following benefit offsets: (i) the benefit offsets permitted under sections 1.409A-2(a)(9) and 1.409A-3(j)(5) of the Treasury Regulations (relating to offsets for benefits payable under qualified employer plans and broad-based foreign retirement plans), (ii) the Social Security offsets specified under paragraph (b), (iii) offsets for benefits payable under a legally-mandated Foreign Plan described in section 1.409A-1(a)(3)(iv) or section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iv) of the Treasury Regulations that is not subject to Section 409A of the Code, (iv) offsets to Program benefits that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code by reason of the Employee’s status as a nonresident alien or as a bona fide resident of Puerto Rico or of a U.S. possession described in section 931 of the Code or by reason of the exemption of the Employee’s compensation from U.S. income tax pursuant to a bilateral or multilateral treaty, or (v) offsets described in paragraph (d) of this Appendix A for benefits payable under Section 5.3(b) of the Program.





APPENDIX B

Claim Procedures

Employees, their beneficiaries, if applicable, or any individual duly authorized by them, shall have the right under the Plan and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), to file a written claim for benefits from the Plan in the event of a dispute over such Employee’s entitlement to benefits. All claims must be submitted to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, in writing and within one year of the date on which the lump sum payment was made or allegedly should have been made. For all other claims, the date on which the action complained of occurred.

Timing of Claim Decision

If an Employee’s claim is denied, in whole or in part, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will give the Employee (or his or her representative) a written (or electronic) notice of the decision within 90 days after the Employee’s claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time with respect to a determination of the claim. If the claim for benefits relates to disability benefits, the Employee (or his or her representative) will be given a written (or electronic) notice within 45 days after his or her claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, unless special circumstances require an extension of time. The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, may extend the period no more than twice for up to 30 days for each extension to make a determination of a disability benefit claim. The Employee (or his or her representative) will be notified if any extensions are required, the special circumstances requiring an extension, and the date a determination is expected. If any additional information is needed to process an Employee’s claim for disability benefit claim, the Employee will be advised of the additional information that is needed and the standards on which the benefit entitlement is based, and he or she will have at least 45 days to provide the needed information. Failure to provide additional requested information may result in the denial of the claim.

Notice of Claim Denial

If the Employee is denied a claim for benefits, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide such Employee with a written or electronic notice setting forth:

1.
The specific reason(s) for the denial;
2. Specific reference(s) to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;
3.
A description of any additional material or information necessary for you to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;
4.
A description of the Plan’s claims review procedure and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of your right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a the exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative process;
5.
If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and,
6. A statement that you have the right to appeal the decision.

Appeal of Claim Denial

The Employee (or his or her representative) may request a review of a denial of a claim to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, by filing a written application for review within 60 days (or, for disability claims,





180 days) after his or her receipt of the written notice of the denial of the claim. The filing of an appeal is mandatory if the Employee later determines that he or she wants to initiate a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will conduct a full and fair review of the claim denial. The review shall:

1.
Not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination,
2.
Provide for the identification of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the appeal, if applicable,
3.
Be conducted by someone that did not take part in the adverse determination under appeal and is not a subordinate of someone who did.

The Employee shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to his or her claim without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The Administrative Committee will re-examine your claim, along with all comments, documents, records and other information that you submit relating to the claim, regardless of whether or not it was submitted or considered in the initial determination. In deciding an appeal that is based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the decision maker shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate experience in the field of medicine and who was not consulted in connection with the initial adverse determination and is not the subordinate of someone who did.

Timing of Decision on Appeal

The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall notify the Employee (or his or her representative) of the determination on review within 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days) after receipt of the Employee’s request for review, unless the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, determines that special circumstances require an extension. The extension may not be longer than 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days). The Employee (or his or her representative) shall be notified if any extension is required, the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date when a determination is expected before the end of the initial 60 day (for disability claims, 45 day) period. Subject to the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision shall be final and binding on all parties.

Notice of Benefit Determination on Review of an Appeal

The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide the Employee (or his or her representative) with a written or electronic notice of the determination on review and, if the claim on review is denied:
1.
The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
2. The specific Plan provision(s) on which the decision is based;
3.
A statement that the Employee is entitled to receive upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim for benefits;
4.
If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule guideline, protocol or other criteria will be described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and
5.
A statement that the Employee shall have a right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative processes.

Discretionary Authority to Decide Claims and Appeals

The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall have full discretionary authority to determine eligibility under the Plan’s terms, to interpret and apply the terms and provisions of the Plans, to resolve discrepancies





and ambiguities, and to make final decisions on the appeal by an Employee of an initial denied claim. Subject to Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision will be final and binding on all parties.

Right to File a Lawsuit Under ERISA

In the event an Employee’s appeal under a Plan is denied by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, he or she shall have the right to file a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). Any such lawsuit must be filed within 12 months of the appeal having been denied. Any lawsuit filed shall be governed by ERISA, or to the extent not preempted, the laws of the State of Delaware.





Exhibit 10.9


SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC

KEY MANAGEMENT

SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM

Effective as of the Effective Date
as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement
by and between
Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc



1




SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC
KEY MANAGEMENT SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION    1

SECTION 1 — DEFINITIONS    2

1.1    “Actuarial Equivalent”    2
1.2    “Board”    2
1.3    “Change in Control”    2
1.4    “Company”    2
1.5    “Compensation Committee”    2
1.6     “Deferral Plan”    2
1.7     “Distribution Agreement”    2
1.8     “Effective Date”    2
1.9    “Employee”    2
1.10    “Employer”    2
1.11     “Final Average Pay    2
1.12    “Foreign Plan”    3
1.13     “Ingersoll Rand”    3
1.14     “IR Plan One”    3
1.15     “IR Program”    3
1.16    “Pension Plan”    3
1.17    “Program”    3
1.18    “Retirement”    3
1.19    “Separation from Service”    3
1.20     “Year of Service”    3

SECTION 2 — PARTICIPATION    4

2.1    Eligibility to Participate    4
2.2    Duration of Participation    4

SECTION 3 — AMOUNT OF BENEFIT    4

3.1    Amount of Benefit    4

SECTION 4 — VESTING    5

4.1    Vesting    5
4.2    Forfeiture for Cause    5

i


Exhibit 10.8


SECTION 5 — DISTRIBUTIONS    6

5.1    Retirement    6
5.2    Time and Form of Distribution    7
5.3    Disability    7
5.4    Death    9
5.5    No Acceleration    9

SECTION 6 — FUNDING    9

6.1    Funding    9
6.2    Company Obligation    9

SECTION 7 — CHANGE IN CONTROL    10

7.1    Contributions to Trust    10
7.2    Amendments    10

SECTION 8 — MISCELLANEOUS    10

8.1    Amendment and Termination    10
8.2    No Contract of Employment    10
8.3    Withholding    11
8.4    Loans    11
8.5    Compensation Committee    11
8.6    Entire Agreement; Successors    11
8.7    Severability    11
8.8    Governing Law    12
8.9    Participant as General Creditor    12
8.10    Nonassignability    12

APPENDIX A    14

APPENDIX B    16



    


ii



INTRODUCTION

Schlage Lock Company LLC (the “Company”) has established and adopted this Schlage Lock Company LLC Key Management Supplemental Program (the “Program”) effective as of the Effective Date (as defined herein) to provide supplemental retirement benefits to certain employees who were accruing benefits under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Key Management Supplemental Program (the “IR Program”) immediately prior to the spin-off of Allegion plc and its subsidiaries from Ingersoll-Rand plc, who remained employed with the Company or one of its affiliates immediately after the Effective Date, and who thereby did not incur a Separation from Service under the IR Program. The Program does not provide benefits for any other employees of the Company or its affiliates.

The Program provides the same supplemental retirement benefits as provided under the IR Program. The measure of supplemental retirement benefits and the time and form of payment under this Program are the same as under the IR Program, and the other terms of this Program are substantially identical to those provided under the IR Program Thus, service and compensation includible in determining benefits under the IR Program shall be includible in determining benefits under this Program, and no benefits shall be payable under the IR Program on or after the Effective Date to employees participating in this Program.

It is intended that this Program be treated as a plan which is unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). To the extent Internal Revenue Code Section 409A applies to the Program, the terms of the Program are intended to comply with that provision, and the terms of the Program shall be interpreted and administered in accordance therewith.

The Company now adopts the Program effective as of the Effective Date.

1






SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1
“Actuarial Equivalent” means an amount having equal value to a single life annuity when computed on the basis of the mortality table specified in the Pension Plan and an interest rate equal to the average of the monthly rates for ten year Constant Maturities for US Treasury Securities for the twelve-month period immediately preceding the month prior to the month in which a determination of benefit occurs, such rate as published in Federal Reserve statistical release H.15(519).
1.2
“Board” means the Board of Directors of Allegion plc (or if Allegion plc is a subsidiary of any other company, of the ultimate parent company).
1.3
“Change in Control” shall have the same meaning as such term is defined in the Allegion plc Incentive Stock Plan of 2013 or any successor or replacement plan thereto, unless a different definition is used for purposes of a change in control event in any severance or employment agreement between an Employer and an Employee.
1.4
“Company” means Schlage Lock Company LLC, and its successors or assigns.
1.5
“Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
1.6
“Deferral Plan” means the Schlage Lock Company LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.
1.7
“Distribution Agreement” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement, by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc in connection with the separation of the residential and commercial businesses from Ingersoll-Rand plc and the distribution of Allegion plc ordinary shares to shareholders of Ingersoll-Rand plc.
1.8
“Effective Date” means the effective date of the “Distribution” as defined in the Distribution Agreement.
1.9
“Employee” means an individual who participates in the Program as provided in Section 2.1.
1.10
“Employer” means the Company and any domestic or foreign subsidiary or affiliate of the Company.
1.11
“Final Average Pay” means, except as provided in Section 5.3 for purposes of disability, the sum of the following:


2




(a)
the average of each of the three highest bonus awards from the Employer (whether the awards are paid to the Employee or are a Deferral Amount (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan)) for the six most recent calendar years (including calendar years with Ingersoll Rand) prior to the date of determination, including the year during which the Employee’s retirement or death occurs, but excluding any amounts paid from the Deferred Compensation Account (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan); and any other account under the Deferral Plan including, but not limited to, amounts paid consisting of Deferral Amounts and their earnings. For calendar years prior to the Effective Date, Final Average Pay shall include the highest bonus awards that would have been taken into account under the terms of the IR Program, and
(b)
the Employee’s annualized base salary from the Employer in effect immediately prior to the date of determination unreduced by any Deferral Amount (as defined in the Deferral Plan) or other elective salary reduction contributions to any plan of the Employer.
1.12
“Foreign Plan” means (i) any plan or program maintained by a foreign Employer (an Employer that is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States) under which cash benefits are payable to an Employee following retirement or other termination of employment, regardless of the form or structure of such plan, and (ii) any other plan, program, or system providing such benefits in respect of services performed by such an Employee for a foreign Employer that is established by the government of a foreign country, mandated under the laws of a foreign country or under a government decree or directive having the force of law, or mandated or maintained under any collective bargaining or similar agreement.
1.13
“Ingersoll Rand” means Ingersoll-Rand Company, or one of its affiliates.
1.14
“IR Plan One” means the Ingersoll-Rand Pension Plan Number One as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date.
1.15
“IR Program” shall mean the Ingersoll-Rand Company Key Management Supplemental Program as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date.
1.16
“Pension Plan” means the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan as in effect as of the Effective Date, and as may be amended from time to time.
1.17
“Program” means the Schlage Lock Company LLC Key Management Supplemental Program as stated herein and as may be amended from time to time.

1.18
“Retirement” means an Employee’s Separation from Service other than by reason of death or disability (as defined in Section 5.3) at a time when the Employee has satisfied the vesting requirements of Section 4.1.
1.19
“Separation from Service” means an Employee’s separation from service as determined under the general rules under Section 409A of the Code.
1.20
“Year of Service” shall be determined in accordance with the provisions applicable to determining the Employee’s years of vesting service under the Pension Plan. Years of Service shall therefore include any period of service credited under IR Plan One. Notwithstanding any provision of the Program to the contrary, in the event an Employee earns one or more hours of service during a calendar year for which service is credited under the Program, he shall be credited with a Year of Service with respect to such year for purposes of the Program; provided, however, that any Employee who became a Participant in the IR Program on or after May 18, 2009 and who earns one or more hours of service during a calendar month for which service is credited under this Program shall be credited with service only for that month for purposes of this Program. Whenever the word “he”, “his”, or “him” is used in the Program, such word is intended to embrace within its purview the word “she” or “her”, as may be appropriate.

SECTION 2

PARTICIPATION

2.1    Eligibility to Participate

An individual (i) who is an employee of an Employer and (ii) who was accruing benefits in the IR Program immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be an Employee for purposes of this Program. No individual who was not accruing benefits in the IR Program immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be an Employee for purposes of this Program.

2.2    Duration of Participation

An Employee shall continue to participate in the Program until all benefits accrued hereunder have been paid or forfeited.


SECTION 3

AMOUNT OF BENEFIT

3.1    Amount of Benefit

An Employee shall be entitled to receive a benefit, determined as of the date of the Employee’s Retirement, death, or (in the case of disability) attainment of age 65, that is equal to (a) minus (b), where:


3




(a)
is the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of a single life annuity that is equal to the product of:

(i)    his Final Average Pay,

(ii)    his Years of Service (up to a maximum of 30 Years of Service), and

(iii)
1.7% (as further adjusted to give effect to any adjustments required under Sections 5.1, 5.2(b), and 5.4); and

(b)
is the benefit offset amount, as determined under Appendix A attached hereto, from the Pension Plan and any other plan(s) identified in Appendix A, expressed in the same form and with the same commencement date as the benefit payable to the Employee under this Program except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 5.3(b).

SECTION 4

VESTING

4.1    Vesting

An Employee shall become vested in the benefit provided under this Program upon the earliest of (i) attainment of age 55 and the completion of 5 Years of Service, (ii) attainment of age 65, (iii) death, (iv) disability (to the extent provided in Section 5.3), or (v) a Change in Control. An Employee shall forfeit all right to benefits under the Program upon ceasing to be an employee of any Employer prior to satisfying any of the foregoing vesting conditions.

4.2    Forfeiture for Cause

All benefits for which an Employee would otherwise be eligible hereunder may be forfeited, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, under the following circumstances:

(a)
The Employee is discharged by an Employer for cause, which shall be a breach of the standards set forth in the Code of Conduct of Allegion plc; or

(b)
Determination by the Compensation Committee no later than 12 months after termination of employment that the Employee has engaged in serious or willful misconduct in connection with his employment with an Employer; or

(c)
The Employee (whether while employed or for two years thereafter) without the written consent of an Employer, is employed by, becomes associated with, renders

4




service to, or owns an interest in any business that is competitive with an Employer or with any business in which an Employer has a substantial interest as determined by the Compensation Committee; provided, however, that an Employee may own up to 1% of the publicly traded equity securities of any business, notwithstanding the foregoing.


SECTION 5

DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1    Retirement

Upon an Employee’s Retirement, the benefit described in Section 3.1 shall be subject to further adjustment as follows:

(a)
Normal Retirement – Upon attaining age 65, an Employee may retire and receive the benefit determined under Section 3.1.

(b)
Early Retirement – If an Employee who has become vested in accordance with Section 4.1 retires before attaining age 65, he will receive a benefit under the Program equal to the benefit he would have received upon Retirement at age 65, provided however that:

(i)
the amount determined under Section 3.1(a) shall be reduced by 0.3% for each month that the date of the Employee’s Retirement precedes attainment of age 65;

(ii)
the benefit offset amount as determined under Appendix A from the Pension Plan and any other plan(s) identified in Appendix A shall be adjusted under the terms of the applicable plan(s) for retirement to the earliest date on which the Employee may retire and begin receiving a benefit under such plan(s), and shall be further adjusted, if necessary, to an actuarially equivalent benefit payable on the date of the Employee’s Retirement; and

(iii)
for years prior to Social Security normal retirement age, the Social Security Primary Insurance Amount (as defined in Appendix A) shall be reduced by the same factors used by the Social Security Administration to adjust benefits payable at age 62 or later, and by 0.3% for each month that the date of the Employee’s Retirement precedes attainment of age 62.

(c)
Late Retirement - If an Employee retires after age 65, he will receive a benefit equal to the greater of:

5





(i)
the benefit determined under Section 3.1 as of his date of Retirement, or

(ii)
the benefit he would have received had his Retirement occurred at age 65, credited with interest from the date he attained age 65 until his date of Retirement. For purposes of this subsection (ii), the interest rate will be equal to the average of the monthly rates for ten-year Constant Maturities for US Treasury Securities for the twelve-month period immediately preceding the month prior to the month in which a determination of benefit occurs, such rate as published in Federal Reserve statistical release H.15(519).

5.2    Time and Form of Distribution

(a)
Benefits under the Program shall be payable solely in a single lump sum. In the case of Retirement, the lump sum benefit shall be paid on the later of (i) the first business day that is six months after the date of the Employee’s Retirement, or (ii) the first business day of the calendar year following the year of the Employee’s Retirement. In the case of disability or death, the lump sum benefit shall be paid on the payment date prescribed by Section 5.3 or Section 5.4 (without regard to whether the Employee’s death occurs prior or subsequent to Retirement), as applicable.
(b)
The lump sum amount determined under Sections 3.1 and 5.1 shall be credited with interest from the determination date under Section 3.1 until the date of distribution at the average of the monthly rates for ten-year Constant Maturities for US Treasury Securities for the twelve-month period immediately preceding the month prior to the month in which a determination of benefit occurs, such rate as published in Federal Reserve statistical release H.15(519).

5.3    Disability

(a)
An Employee who has a leave of absence for disability and returns to active employment before incurring a Separation from Service shall continue to accrue benefits (and Years of Service) under the Program during the leave of absence. Except as provided in Section 5.3(b), an Employee who has had a leave of absence for disability and who does not return to active employment before incurring a Separation from Service shall accrue no benefits (or Years of Service) during such leave of absence. An Employee described in this Section 5.3(a) (and not covered by Section 5.3(b)) shall be entitled to benefits, if any, under the Program in accordance with Sections 4.1, 5.1, 5.2, and 5.4 of the Program, based on the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service and his or her age and Years of Service at the date of the Employee’s Separation of Service.


6




(b)
An Employee who becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 5.3(c) prior to his or her Separation from Service and who remains continuously disabled until attaining age 65 or earlier death shall continue to accrue benefits (and Years of Service) under the Program as if he or she continued to be employed by the Company until the earlier of attainment of age 65 or death. An Employee who becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 5.3(c) prior to his or her Separation from Service and who recovers from the disability before attaining age 65 but after the date on which the Employee is determined to have had a Separation from Service, shall be entitled to benefits, if any, in accordance with the last sentence of Section 5.3(a), but shall be entitled to no additional Years of Service under this Section 5.3(b). An Employee described in either of the preceding two sentences shall be paid the lump sum determined under Sections 3.1 and 5.2 of the Program as a benefit payable by reason of disability or death (not by reason of Separation from Service) on the first business day of the month following the month the Employee attains age 65 or, if the Employee dies before attaining age 65, the Employee’s beneficiary shall be paid the benefit under Section 5.4 of the Program as if the Employee retired on the date of death. In determining the benefits payable under this Section 5.3(b), the benefit offset amount under paragraph (d) of Appendix A shall be the value of (i) the Employee’s vested Core Contribution Account under the Schlage Lock Company LLC Employee Savings Plan plus (ii) the value of his vested Supplemental Core Contribution Account under the Schlage Lock Company LLC Supplemental Employee Savings Plan as of the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service.

(c)
For purposes of Section 5.3(b), an Employee shall be disabled if he or she has: (a) a condition under which the Employee: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company; or (b) any other condition under which the Employee is considered “disabled” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(C).

(d)
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Program to the contrary, in any case in which an Employee is entitled under Section 5.3(b) to accrue benefits (and Years of Service) under the Program during a period of disability, Final Average Pay means the sum of:

(i)
the average of each of the three highest bonus awards (whether the awards are paid to the Employee or are a Deferral Amount (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan)) during the six most recent calendar years, including

7




the year during which the Employee’s disability occurs (or, if the average of the three highest bonus awards would be greater, the six most recent calendar years prior to the year in which the Employee’s disability occurs), but excluding any amounts paid from the Deferred Compensation Account (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan) or any other account under the Deferral Plan including, but not limited to, amounts paid consisting of Deferral Amounts and their earnings. For calendar years prior to the Effective Date, Final Average Pay shall include the highest bonus awards that would have been credited under the terms of the IR Program, and

(ii)
the Employee’s annualized base salary in effect as of the date he or she became disabled.

5.4    Death

(a)
In the event of an Employee’s death prior to Retirement, his beneficiary shall receive a lump sum payment determined under Section 3.1 as if the Employee retired on the date of his death, provided that if the Employee’s death occurs prior to his attainment of age 55, such death benefit shall be reduced by 0.3% for each month that the benefit commences before the Employee would have reached age 65. Such lump sum benefit shall be payable thirty (30) days after the date of the Employee’s death, or as soon as practicable thereafter.
(b)
The Employee’s beneficiary(ies) under the Program shall be the same as the Employee’s beneficiary(ies) under the Pension Plan or, if the Employee has no beneficiaries under the Pension Plan, then the Employee’s beneficiary(ies) under the Schlage Lock Company LLC Employee Savings Plans (“ESP”). If the Employee has no beneficiary under the Pension Plan or the ESP, the Employee’s estate shall be the beneficiary.
5.5    No Acceleration

Except to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A, no benefits or payments under the Program shall be accelerated at any time.

SECTION 6

FUNDING

6.1    Funding
Neither the Company nor an Employer shall have any obligation to fund the benefit that an Employee earns under this Program.

8




6.2    Company Obligation
Notwithstanding any provisions of any trust agreement or similar funding vehicle to the contrary, the Company shall remain obligated to pay benefits under this Program. Nothing in this Program or any such trust agreement shall relieve the Company of its liabilities to pay benefits under this Program except to the extent that such liabilities are met by the distribution of trust assets.


SECTION 7

CHANGE IN CONTROL

7.1    Contributions to Trust

In the event that a Change in Control has occurred, the Company shall be obligated to contribute to a grantor trust (which may include a pre-existing grantor trust established to enable the Company to satisfy its nonqualified benefit obligations) an amount necessary to fund the accrued benefit earned by the Employee under the Program (assuming immediate benefit commencement) determined as of the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date the Board determines that a Change in Control has occurred. If the Employee shall not have attained age 55, his annual benefit shall be determined on the same basis used to determine his accrued benefit in the case of death as specified in Section 5.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no contribution to which Code Section 409A(b)(3) applies shall be made to the trust with respect to the benefits owed to any Employee.

7.2    Amendments

Following a Change in Control of Allegion plc, any amendment modifying or terminating the Program shall have no force or effect.


SECTION 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1    Amendment and Termination
Except as provided in Section 7.2, this Program may, at any time and from time to time, be amended or terminated without the consent of any Employee or beneficiary, (a) by the Board or the Compensation Committee, or (b) in the case of amendments which do not materially modify the provisions hereof, the Administrative Committee (as defined in Section 8.5), provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall reduce any benefits accrued or vested under the terms of this Program as of the date of amendment or termination.
8.2    No Contract of Employment
The establishment of this Program or any modification hereof shall not give any Employee or other person the right to remain in the service of an Employer, and all Employees and other persons shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Program had never been adopted.

8.3    Withholding
An Employer shall be entitled to withhold from any payment due under this Program any and all taxes of any nature required by any government to be withheld from such payment.
8.4    Loans
No loans to Employees shall be permitted under this Program.
8.5    Compensation Committee
This Program shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (or any successor committee) of the Board. The Compensation Committee has delegated to the administrative committee appointed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “Administrative Committee”) the authority to administer the Program in accordance with its terms. Subject to review by the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee shall make all determinations relating to the right of any person to a benefit under the Program and, unless modified by the Compensation Committee, any determination by the Administrative Committee shall be conclusive and binding upon all affected parties. Any denial by the Administrative Committee of a claim for benefits under this Program by an Employee or beneficiary shall be stated in writing by the Administrative Committee in accordance with the claims procedures annexed hereto as Appendix B.
8.6    Entire Agreement; Successors
The Program, including any subsequently adopted amendments, shall constitute the entire agreement or contract between an Employer and any Employee regarding the Program.

9




There are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between an Employer and any Employee regarding the provisions of the Program, other than those set forth herein. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, to the extent any written agreement between an Employer and an Employee modifies the provisions of the Program with respect to the Employee, such agreement shall be deemed to modify the provisions of this Program but only to the extent such agreement is approved by the Compensation Committee. The Program and any amendment hereof shall be binding on an Employer and the Employees and their respective heirs, administrators, trustees, successors and assigns, including but not limited to, any successors of an Employer by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law, and on all designated beneficiaries of the Employee.
8.7    Severability

If any provisions of this Program shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Program shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Program shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

8.8    Governing Law

Except as preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of Delaware shall govern this Program.

8.9    Participant as General Creditor

Benefits under the Program shall be payable by the Company out of its general funds. The Company shall have the right to establish a reserve or make any investment for the purposes of satisfying its obligations hereunder for payment of benefits at its discretion; provided, however, that no Employee eligible to participate in this Program shall have any interest in such investment or reserve. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive benefits under this Program, such rights shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

8.10    Nonassignability

To the extent permitted by law, the right of any Employee or any beneficiary in any benefit hereunder shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or any other legal or equitable process for the debts of such Employee or beneficiary; nor shall any such benefit be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, or encumbrance.



10




IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized representative this ____ day of ______________________, 2013.


SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC



By:                         
Barbara A. Santoro
Secretary

11




APPENDIX A


The sum of the following benefit offset amounts shall be used for purposes of Sections 3.1(b) and 5.1(b) of the Program, irrespective of whether the Employee commences to receive a benefit under any of the plans identified below at the date the Employee’s benefit under the Program is determined:
(a)
All employer-paid benefits under any qualified defined benefit plan (as defined in Code Section 414(j)) and associated supplemental plans (including the Schlage Lock Company LLC Supplemental Pension Plan) sponsored by the Company or Ingersoll Rand.
The Employee’s benefit, if any, under any qualified defined benefit plan and associated supplemental plans described in the previous paragraph, shall be determined as a life annuity based on the Employee’s credited period of service under such plan through the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service, converted to a lump sum in accordance with the factors used to determine lump sum distributions under such plan(s) or, if lump sum distributions are not available under such plan(s), as the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of the accrued and vested benefits under such plan(s).
(b)
The Social Security Primary Insurance Amount (as defined below) estimated at age 65, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is his Years of Service (up to a maximum of 30 Years of Service), and the denominator of which is 30.
For purposes of the Program, “Social Security Primary Insurance Amount” means the amount of the Employee’s annual primary old age insurance determined under the Social Security Act in effect at the date of determination and payable in accordance with (i) or (ii) below.
(i)
For benefits determined on or after age 65, payable for the year following his date of retirement.
(ii)
For benefits determined before the Employee attains age 65, payable for the year following his retirement or death (or which would be payable when he first would have become eligible if he were then unemployed), assuming he will not receive after retirement (or death) any income that would be treated as wages for purposes of the Social Security Act.
For purposes of determining the Social Security Benefit under paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, an Employee’s covered earnings under said Act for each calendar year preceding the Employee’s first full calendar year of employment shall be

12




determined by multiplying his covered earnings subsequent to the year being determined by the ratio of the average per worker total wages as reported by the Social Security Administration for the calendar year being determined to such average for the calendar year subsequent to the year being determined.

The “Social Security Primary Insurance Amount” determined above shall be converted to a lump sum that is the Actuarial Equivalent of such benefit.
(c)
Any and all benefits accrued or accumulated by the Employee under any Foreign Plan (as defined in Section 1.12 of the Program) in respect of any period of service with a foreign Employer that is counted as a Year of Service under the Program, excluding any benefit attributable to the Employee’s own contributions (whether voluntary or mandatory) under any Foreign Plan. Such benefits shall be converted to a lump sum based on the factors used to determine lump sum distributions under such plan(s) or, if lump sum distributions are not available under such plan(s), as the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of the benefits accrued under such plan(s).
(d)
An Employee’s vested Core Contribution Account under the Schlage Lock Company LLC Employee Savings Plan and vested Supplemental Core Contribution Account under the Schlage Lock Company LLC Supplemental Employee Savings Plan.
(e)
Except as hereinafter provided or otherwise required or permitted under Section 409A of the Code, no benefit offset amount shall be taken into account for purposes of Section 3.1(b) and 5.1(b) of the Program with respect to the benefits payable or paid to an Employee from another plan unless (i) the time and form of benefit payments under the other plan are the same as the time and form of benefit payments under the Program, or (ii) the benefits payable under the other plan were deferred (within the meaning of section 1.409A-2 of the Treasury Regulations) for periods of service (with any employer) prior to the period during which the benefits payable under this Program or the IR Program were accrued. This paragraph shall not preclude the following benefit offsets: (i) the benefit offsets permitted under sections 1.409A-2(a)(9) and 1.409A-3(j)(5) of the Treasury Regulations (relating to offsets for benefits payable under qualified employer plans and broad-based foreign retirement plans), (ii) the Social Security offsets specified under paragraph (b), (iii) offsets for benefits payable under a legally-mandated Foreign Plan described in section 1.409A-1(a)(3)(iv) or section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iv) of the Treasury Regulations that is not subject to Section 409A of the Code, (iv) offsets to Program benefits that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code by reason of the Employee’s status as a nonresident alien or as a bona fide resident of Puerto Rico or of a U.S. possession described in section 931 of the Code or by reason of the exemption of the Employee’s compensation from U.S. income tax pursuant to a bilateral or multilateral treaty, or (v) offsets described in paragraph (d) of this Appendix A for benefits payable under Section 5.3(b) of the Program.

13




APPENDIX B

Claim Procedures
Employees, their beneficiaries, if applicable, or any individual duly authorized by them, shall have the right under the Plan and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), to file a written claim for benefits from the Plan in the event of a dispute over such Employee’s entitlement to benefits. All claims must be submitted to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, in writing and within one year of the date on which the lump sum payment was made or allegedly should have been made. For all other claims, the date on which the action complained of occurred.

Timing of Claim Decision
If an Employee’s claim is denied, in whole or in part, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will give the Employee (or his or her representative) a written (or electronic) notice of the decision within 90 days after the Employee’s claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time with respect to a determination of the claim. If the claim for benefits relates to disability benefits, the Employee (or his or her representative) will be given a written (or electronic) notice within 45 days after his or her claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, unless special circumstances require an extension of time. The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, may extend the period no more than twice for up to 30 days for each extension to make a determination of a disability benefit claim. The Employee (or his or her representative) will be notified if any extensions are required, the special circumstances requiring an extension, and the date a determination is expected. If any additional information is needed to process an Employee’s claim for disability benefit claim, the Employee will be advised of the additional information that is needed and the standards on which the benefit entitlement is based, and he or she will have at least 45 days to provide the needed information. Failure to provide additional requested information may result in the denial of the claim.

Notice of Claim Denial
If the Employee is denied a claim for benefits, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide such Employee with a written or electronic notice setting forth:
1. The specific reason(s) for the denial;
2. Specific reference(s) to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;
3.
A description of any additional material or information necessary for you to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;
4.
A description of the Plan’s claims review procedure and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of your right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a the exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative process;
5.
If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria

14




will be described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and,
6. A statement that you have the right to appeal the decision.

Appeal of Claim Denial

The Employee (or his or her representative) may request a review of a denial of a claim to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, by filing a written application for review within 60 days (or, for disability claims, 180 days) after his or her receipt of the written notice of the denial of the claim. The filing of an appeal is mandatory if the Employee later determines that he or she wants to initiate a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will conduct a full and fair review of the claim denial. The review shall:
1. Not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination,
2.
Provide for the identification of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the appeal, if applicable
3.
Be conducted by someone that did not take part in the adverse determination under appeal and is not a subordinate of someone who did.
The Employee shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to his or her claim without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The Administrative Committee will re-examine your claim, along with all comments, documents, records and other information that you submit relating to the claim, regardless of whether or not it was submitted or considered in the initial determination. In deciding an appeal that is based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the decision maker shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate experience in the field of medicine and who was not consulted in connection with the initial adverse determination and is not the subordinate of someone who did.

Timing of Decision on Appeal
The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall notify the Employee (or his or her representative) of the determination on review within 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days) after receipt of the Employee’s request for review, unless the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, determines that special circumstances require an extension. The extension may not be longer than 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days). The Employee (or his or her representative) shall be notified if any extension is required, the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date when a determination is expected before the end of the initial 60 day (for disability claims, 45 day) period. Subject to the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision shall be final and binding on all parties.

Notice of Benefit Determination on Review of an Appeal

15




The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide the Employee (or his or her representative) with a written or electronic notice of the determination on review and, if the claim on review is denied:
1. The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
2. The specific Plan provision(s) on which the decision is based;
3.
A statement that the Employee is entitled to receive upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim for benefits;
4.
If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule guideline, protocol or other criteria will be described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and
5.
A statement that the Employee shall have a right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative processes.

Discretionary Authority to Decide Claims and Appeals

The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall have full discretionary authority to determine eligibility under the Plan’s terms, to interpret and apply the terms and provisions of the Plans, to resolve discrepancies and ambiguities, and to make final decisions on the appeal by an Employee of an initial denied claim. Subject to Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision will be final and binding on all parties.

Right to File a Lawsuit Under ERISA

In the event an Employee’s appeal under a Plan is denied by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, he or she shall have the right to file a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). Any such lawsuit must be filed within 12 months of the appeal having been denied. Any lawsuit filed shall be governed by ERISA, or to the extent not preempted, the laws of the State of Delaware.



16



Exhibit 10.10







SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC
SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN
 
Effective as of the Effective Date
as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement
by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc





















SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC
SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION    1

SECTION 1 — SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN BENEFITS    3

1.1    Excess Pension Benefit    3
1.2    Benefit Accrual under Qualified Pension Plan    4
1.3    Special Rule for Certain Former Employees of the Ingersoll-Rand Group    4

SECTION 2 — VESTING    4

2.1    Vesting    4

SECTION 3 — DISTRIBUTIONS    4

3.1    Time and Form of Benefit Payment.    4
3.2    Payments to Beneficiaries.    5
3.3    Withholding    5
3.4    Loans.    5

SECTION 4 — COMPANY OBLIGATIONS    5

4.1    Funding    5
4.2    Company Obligation    5

SECTION 5 — CHANGE IN CONTROL    6

5.1    Change in Control    6
5.2    Contributions to Trust    6
5.3    Amendments    6

SECTION 6 — MISCELLANEOUS    6

6.1    Amendment and Termination    6
6.2    No Contract of Employment    6
6.3    Compensation Committee    6
6.4    Entire Agreement; Successors    7
6.5    Severability    7
6.6    Application of Plan Provisions    7
6.7    Governing Laws    7

i





6.8    Participant as General Creditor.    7
6.9    Nonassignability    8

APPENDIX I    9




ii






INTRODUCTION

Schlage Lock Company LLC (the “Company”) maintains the Schlage Lock Company LLC Pension Plan (the “Qualified Pension Plan”) for U.S. salaried employees employed by the Company and certain affiliates of the Company (the “Employees”), under which benefits are subject to plan qualification limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

The Company recognizes that in certain circumstances it is desirable to provide pension benefits to Employees that are supplemental to those provided by the Qualified Pension Plan. The circumstances in which supplemental benefits will be paid are:

when the limitation on benefits payable under the Company’s Qualified Pension Plan, as specified in Section 415 of the Code (the “Section 415 Limits”), reduces the benefit otherwise payable under the Qualified Pension Plan;

when the limitation on the amount of compensation that may be taken into account in determining benefits under the Company’s Qualified Pension Plan, as specified in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code (the “Section 401(a)(17) Limit”), reduces the benefit otherwise payable under the Qualified Pension Plan; and

when the amount of compensation that may be taken into account in determining benefits under the Qualified Pension Plan due to deferrals under the Schlage Lock Company LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferral Plan”) further reduces the benefit otherwise payable under the Qualified Pension Plan.

The Company hereby adopts this Schlage Lock Company LLC Supplemental Pension Plan (the “Supplemental Pension Plan”), effective as of the “Effective Date,” as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc (the “Distribution Agreement”), to provide the supplemental pension benefits described above.

As part of the spinoff of Allegion plc and its subsidiaries from Ingersoll-Rand plc, the Company has assumed the obligation to pay supplemental retirement benefits accrued by the Employees prior to the Effective Date under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Pension Plan and the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Pension Plan II (collectively, the “Predecessor Plans”). In addition, the Company has assumed the obligation to pay the benefits accrued under the Predecessor Plan(s) by “Former Allegion Group Employees,” as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc that have not been paid as of the Effective Date. Thus, any benefits accrued by the Employees or such Former Allegion Group Employees under the Predecessor Plans prior to the Effective Date shall be included in the benefits payable under this Supplemental Pension Plan. The time and form of payment under this Supplemental Pension Plan are the same as under the Predecessor Plans and the other terms of this Supplemental Pension Plan are substantially identical to those provided under the Predecessor Plans.

1






It is intended that this Supplemental Pension Plan be treated as “a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

All capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as under the Qualified Pension Plan. To the extent that Section 409A of the Code applies to this Supplemental Pension Plan, the terms of this Supplemental Pension Plan are intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or other administrative guidance issued thereunder, and such terms shall be interpreted and administered in accordance therewith.





2







SECTION 1
SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN BENEFITS

1.1
Excess Pension Benefit . An Employee shall be entitled to a benefit under this Supplemental Pension Plan only if his or her benefit determined under the provisions of the Qualified Pension Plan is less than the amount such benefit would have been if (i) the Section 415 Limits did not apply, (ii) the definition of Compensation specified under the Qualified Pension Plan did not exclude compensation in excess of the Section 401(a)(17) Limit, or (iii) the definition of Compensation specified under the Qualified Pension Plan did not exclude compensation deferred under the Deferral Plan.

If an Employee’s benefit from the Qualified Pension Plan is reduced as a result of any of the conditions described in the preceding paragraph, the benefit to which the Employee shall be entitled under this Supplemental Pension Plan shall be equal to (a) minus (b) where (a) is:

the benefit that would have been payable under the terms of the Qualified Pension Plan, as a single life annuity with benefits payable monthly, if (i) the Section 415 Limits did not apply, (ii) the definition of Compensation specified under such Qualified Pension Plan did not exclude compensation in excess of the Section 401(a)(17) Limit, (iii) the definition of Compensation specified under the Qualified Pension Plan did not exclude compensation deferred under the Deferral Plan or IR’s Deferral Plan (and did not exclude compensation deferred under the IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II), (iv) the definition of Compensation specified under the Qualified Pension Plan excluded commissions earned after December 31, 2009, and (v) the definition of Compensation specified under the Qualified Pension Plan excluded compensation earned by an Employee of Trane U.S. Inc., and its subsidiaries before January 1, 2010; and

where (b) is:
the benefit actually payable as a single life annuity to the Employee under the terms of the Qualified Pension Plan.

For purposes of this Section 1.1, the single life annuity payable under the terms of the Qualified Pension Plan shall be determined as of the Employee’s Determination Date. The Determination Date shall be the first date following the Employee’s separation from service (determined under the general rules under Section 409A of the Code) on which the Employee becomes eligible (or would have become eligible if the Employee’s termination of service under the Qualified Pension Plan had occurred on the date of such separation from service) to begin receiving payment of benefits under the Qualified Pension Plan, whether or not the Employee begins receiving benefits under the Qualified Pension Plan on that date.


3






Notwithstanding the terms of subparagraph (a), if an Employee elected by the Board of Directors of the Company as an officer of the Company has attained age 62, the amount determined under subparagraph (a) shall be determined without regard to any reduction under the terms of the Qualified Pension Plan by reason of the Employee’s Determination Date preceding his Normal Retirement Date under the Qualified Pension Plan.

1.2
Benefit Accrual under Qualified Pension Plan . Except as provided in Section 1.3, an Employee shall be entitled to a benefit under this Supplemental Pension Plan only with respect to periods of service for which such Employee has accrued a benefit under the Qualified Pension Plan.

1.3
Special Rule for Certain Former Employees of the Ingersoll-Rand Group . Notwithstanding Section 1.2, any Former Allegion Group Employee who had a separation from service (as determined under the general rules under Section 409A of the Code) prior to the Effective Date and had not received payment of his benefit(s) under the Predecessor Plan(s) prior to the Effective Date shall be entitled to receive such benefit(s) under this Supplemental Pension Plan. The benefit(s) shall be paid at the time provided for under Section 3.1(a), provided, however, that such Former Allegion Group Employee’s separation from service shall be determined with respect to his separation from service prior to the Effective Date.

SECTION 2
VESTING

2.1
Vesting . An Employee shall be vested in the benefit provided under Section 1.1 of this Supplemental Pension Plan in accordance with the vesting provisions of the Qualified Pension Plan.

SECTION 3
DISTRIBUTIONS

3.1    Time and Form of Benefit Payment .

(a)
Benefits under this Supplemental Pension Plan that are vested in accordance with Section 2.1 shall be payable solely in the form of a lump sum on the date (the “Payment Date”) that is the later of (1) the first business day of the first calendar year following the date of the Employee’s separation from service (as determined under the general rules under Section 409A of the Code), or (2) the first business day that is six months after the date of such separation from service.

(b)
The lump sum amount payable to an Employee under Section 3.1(a), shall be the lump sum value of the single life annuity determined under Section 1.1 hereof as of the Employee’s Determination Date. For purposes of this Section 3.1, the lump sum value shall be determined in the same manner as lump sum distributions are

4






determined under the Qualified Pension Plan as of the Employee’s Determination Date. Such benefit shall be paid on the Employee’s Payment Date, together with interest accrued thereon from the Determination Date until the Payment Date at the interest rate equal to the average of the monthly rates for ten year Constant Maturities for US Treasury Securities for the twelve month period immediately preceding the month prior to the month in which the Employee’s Determination Date occurred, as published in Federal Reserve statistical release H.15(519).

3.2
Payments to Beneficiaries . In the event that an Employee dies prior to the Payment Date, the benefit determined under Sections 1.1 and 3.1 shall be payable to the Employee’s beneficiary(ies) who were designated under the Qualified Pension Plan thirty (30) days after the date of the Employee’s death, or as soon as practicable thereafter. If the Employee has no beneficiaries under the Qualified Pension Plan, then the Employee’s beneficiary under the Schlage Lock Company LLC Employee Savings Plans (“ESP”) shall be the beneficiary. If the Employee has no beneficiary under the Qualified Pension Plan or the ESP, the Employee’s estate shall be the beneficiary.

3.3
Withholding . The Company shall be entitled to withhold from the payment due under this Supplemental Pension Plan any and all taxes of any nature required by any government to be withheld from such payment.

3.4
Loans . No loans to Employees shall be permitted under this Supplemental Pension Plan.

SECTION 4
COMPANY OBLIGATION

4.1
Funding . Except as provided in Section 5.2 hereof, neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company shall have any obligation to fund the benefit that an Employee earns under the Program.

4.2
Company Obligation . Notwithstanding the provisions of any trust agreement or similar funding vehicle to the contrary, the Company shall remain obligated to pay benefits under the Program. Nothing in the Program or any trust agreement shall relieve the Company of its liabilities to pay benefits under the Program except to the extent that such liabilities are met by the distribution of trust assets.


5







SECTION 5
CHANGE IN CONTROL

5.1
Change in Control . “Change in Control” shall have the same meaning as such term is defined in the Allegion plc Incentive Stock Plan of 2013 or any successor or replacement plan thereto, unless a different definition is used for purposes of a change in control event in any severance or employment agreement between the Company or any affiliate of the Company and the Employee.
5.2
Contributions to Trust . In the event that a Change in Control has occurred, the Company shall be obligated to contribute to a grantor trust (which may include a pre-existing grantor trust established to enable the Company to satisfy its nonqualified benefit obligations) an amount necessary to fund the accrued benefit earned by the Employee under the Program (assuming immediate benefit commencement) determined as of the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date the Board of Directors of Allegion plc (or if Allegion plc is a subsidiary of any other company, of the ultimate parent company) determines that a Change in Control has occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no contribution to which Code Section 409A(b)(3) applies shall be made to the trust with respect to the benefits owed to any Employee.
5.3
Amendments . This Supplemental Pension Plan may not be amended for two years following a Change in Control of Allegion plc.

SECTION 6
MISCELLANEOUS

6.1
Amendment and Termination . Except as provided in Section 5.3, this Supplemental Pension Plan may, at any time and from time to time, be amended or terminated, without consent of any Employee or beneficiary (i) by the Board of Directors of Allegion plc (or if Allegion plc is a subsidiary of any other company, of the ultimate parent company) or the Compensation Committee (as described in Section 6.3), or (ii) in the case of amendments which do not materially modify the provisions hereof, the Company’s Administrative Committee (as described in Section 6.3), provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall reduce any benefits accrued or vested under the terms of this Supplemental Pension Plan as of the date of termination or amendment.
6.2
No Contract of Employment . The establishment of this Supplemental Pension Plan or any modification thereof shall not give any Employee or other person the right to remain in the service of the Company or any of its affiliates, and all Employees and other persons shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Supplemental Pension Plan had never been adopted.
6.3
Compensation Committee . This Supplemental Pension Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee appointed by the Board of Directors of Allegion plc, or any successor committee appointed by the Board of Directors of Allegion plc (or, if

6






Allegion plc is a subsidiary of any other company, of the ultimate parent company) (the “Compensation Committee”). The Compensation Committee has delegated to the members of the administrative committee appointed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “Administrative Committee”) the authority to administer this Supplemental Pension Plan in accordance with its terms. Subject to review by the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee shall make all determinations as to the right of any person to a benefit. Any denial by the Administrative Committee of the claim for benefits under this Supplemental Pension Plan by an Employee or beneficiary shall be stated in writing by the Administrative Committee in accordance with the claims procedures annexed hereto as Appendix I.

6.4
Entire Agreement; Successors . This Supplemental Pension Plan, including any subsequently adopted amendments, shall constitute the entire agreement or contract between the Company and any Employee regarding this Supplemental Pension Plan. There are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written between the Company and any Employee relating to the subject matter hereof, other than those set forth herein. This Supplemental Pension Plan and any amendment shall be binding on the Company and the Employee and their respective heirs, administrators, trustees, successors, and assigns, including but not limited to, any successors to the Company by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law, and on all designated beneficiaries of the Employee.

6.5
Severability . If any provision of this Supplemental Pension Plan shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Supplemental Pension Plan shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of the Supplemental Pension Plan shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

6.6
Application of Plan Provisions . All relevant provisions of the Qualified Pension Plans, to the extent not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code, shall apply to the extent applicable to the contractual obligations of the Company under this Supplemental Pension Plan. With respect to any Employee, the applicable provisions shall be those of the Qualified Pension Plan in which the Employee participates. Benefits provided under the Supplemental Pension Plan are independent of, and in addition to, any payments made to Employees under any other plan, program, or agreement between the Company and Employees, or any other compensation payable to the Employee by the Company, or by any subsidiary, or affiliate of the Company.

6.7
Governing Laws . Except as preempted by federal law, the laws of the state of Delaware shall govern this Supplemental Pension Plan.

6.8
Participant as General Creditor . The Company shall have the right to establish a reserve or make any investment for the purposes of satisfying its obligation hereunder for payment of benefits at its discretion, provided, however, that no Employee eligible to participate in this Supplemental Pension Plan shall have any interest in such investment

7






or reserve. This Supplemental Pension Plan shall be unfunded for federal tax purposes. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive benefits under this Supplemental Pension Plan, such rights shall be no greater than the right of any, unsecured general creditor of the Company.

6.9
Nonassignability . The right of any Employee or any beneficiary in any benefit hereunder shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for the debts of such Employee or beneficiary, nor shall any such benefit be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, pledge, transfer, assignment or encumbrance.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized representative this _____ day of _______________, 2013.
SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC


By:                         
Barbara A. Santoro
Secretary



8






APPENDIX I

Claim Procedures
Employees, their beneficiaries, if applicable, or any individual duly authorized by them, shall have the right under the Plan and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), to file a written claim for benefits from the Plan in the event of a dispute over such Employee’s entitlement to benefits. All claims must be submitted to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, in writing and within one year of the date on which the lump sum payment was made or allegedly should have been made. For all other claims, the date on which the action complained of occurred.

Timing of Claim Decision
If an Employee’s claim is denied, in whole or in part, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will give the Employee (or his or her representative) a written (or electronic) notice of the decision within 90 days after the Employee’s claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time with respect to a determination of the claim. If the claim for benefits relates to disability benefits, the Employee (or his or her representative) will be given a written (or electronic) notice within 45 days after his or her claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, unless special circumstances require an extension of time. The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, may extend the period no more than twice for up to 30 days for each extension to make a determination of a disability benefit claim. The Employee (or his or her representative) will be notified if any extensions are required, the special circumstances requiring an extension, and the date a determination is expected. If any additional information is needed to process an Employee’s claim for disability benefit claim, the Employee will be advised of the additional information that is needed and the standards on which the benefit entitlement is based, and he or she will have at least 45 days to provide the needed information. Failure to provide additional requested information may result in the denial of the claim.

Notice of Claim Denial

If the Employee is denied a claim for benefits, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide such Employee with a written or electronic notice setting forth:

1. The specific reason(s) for the denial;
2. Specific reference(s) to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;
3.
A description of any additional material or information necessary for you to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;
4.
A description of the Plan’s claims review procedure and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of your right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a the exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative process;

9






5.
If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and,
6. A statement that you have the right to appeal the decision.

Appeal of Claim Denial
The Employee (or his or her representative) may request a review of a denial of a claim to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, by filing a written application for review within 60 days (or, for disability claims, 180 days) after his or her receipt of the written notice of the denial of the claim. The filing of an appeal is mandatory if the Employee later determines that he or she wants to initiate a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will conduct a full and fair review of the claim denial. The review shall:

1.
Not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination,
2.
Provide for the identification of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the appeal, if applicable,
3.
Be conducted by someone that did not take part in the adverse determination under appeal and is not a subordinate of someone who did.
The Employee shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to his or her claim without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The Administrative Committee will re-examine your claim, along with all comments, documents, records and other information that you submit relating to the claim, regardless of whether or not it was submitted or considered in the initial determination. In deciding an appeal that is based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the decision maker shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate experience in the field of medicine and who was not consulted in connection with the initial adverse determination and is not the subordinate of someone who did.

Timing of Decision on Appeal

The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall notify the Employee (or his or her representative) of the determination on review within 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days) after receipt of the Employee’s request for review, unless the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, determines that special circumstances require an extension. The extension may not be longer than 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days). The Employee (or his or her representative) shall be notified if any extension is required, the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date when a determination is expected before the end of the initial 60 day (for disability claims, 45 day) period. Subject to the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision shall be final and binding on all parties.




10






Notice of Benefit Determination on Review of an Appeal

The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide the Employee (or his or her representative) with a written or electronic notice of the determination on review and, if the claim on review is denied:
1.
The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
2. The specific Plan provision(s) on which the decision is based;
3.
A statement that the Employee is entitled to receive upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim for benefits;
4.
If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule guideline, protocol or other criteria will be described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and
5.
A statement that the Employee shall have a right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative processes.

Discretionary Authority to Decide Claims and Appeals

The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall have full discretionary authority to determine eligibility under the Plan’s terms, to interpret and apply the terms and provisions of the Plans, to resolve discrepancies and ambiguities, and to make final decisions on the appeal by an Employee of an initial denied claim. Subject to Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision will be final and binding on all parties.

Right to File a Lawsuit Under ERISA

In the event an Employee’s appeal under a Plan is denied by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, he or she shall have the right to file a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). Any such lawsuit must be filed within 12 months of the appeal having been denied. Any lawsuit filed shall be governed by ERISA, or to the extent not preempted, the laws of the State of Delaware.




11




Exhibit 10.11


ALLEGION PLC

SENIOR EXECUTIVE PERFORMANCE PLAN

This is the Senior Executive Performance Plan (the “Plan”) of Allegion plc, a company organized under the laws of Ireland (the “Company”), for the payment of annual cash incentive compensation to designated employees.

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS:

As used in the Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:

BOARD:
The Board of Directors of the Company.

CODE:
The United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

COMMITTEE: The Compensation Committee of the Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to a participant who is a member of the Board the term Committee shall mean all of the Outside Directors on the Board, all of whose actions hereunder shall be based upon recommendations of the Compensation Committee of the Board.

CONSOLIDATED OPERATING INCOME: The Company’s consolidated operating income from continuing operations as shown in the Company’s audited annual consolidated statement of income, adjusted for any nonrecurring gains/losses included in operating income from continuing operations including, but not limited to, restructuring charges and asset impairments.   Consolidated operating income will exclude the effects of any changes in accounting principles as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

EXCHANGE ACT: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

OUTSIDE DIRECTORS: The meaning ascribed to such term in Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations proposed or adopted thereunder.

PERFORMANCE PERIOD:    The period from January 1 st through December 31 st .

SECTION 2. OBJECTIVES:

The objectives of the Plan are to:


1



(a)    recognize and reward on an annual basis the Company’s senior executive officers for their contributions to the overall profitability of the Company; and

(b)    qualify compensation under the Plan as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION: The Plan will be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall contain at least three members, each of whom shall be an Outside Director. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee will have full authority to interpret the Plan, to establish and amend rules and regulations relating to it, to determine the terms and provisions for making awards and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

SECTION 4. PARTICIPATION: The Participants in the Plan for each Performance Period shall be those individuals who on the last day of the Company’s fiscal year coincident with such Performance Period are (a) the chief executive officer of the Company (or person acting in such capacity), (b) the chief financial officer of the Company or (c) among the three highest compensated executive officers (other than the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer), each as determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.

SECTION 5. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA; MAXIMUM AMOUNT PAYABLE TO ANY EXECUTIVE: The performance criteria used to determine incentives payable under the Plan for any Performance Period year shall be the Company’s achievement of Consolidated Operating Income for that Performance Period. The maximum amount payable to each participant under the Plan for a given Performance Period shall be 1.5% of Consolidated Operating Income for the chief executive officer and 0.6% of Consolidated Operating Income for each other participant.

SECTION 6. DETERMINATION OF PARTICIPANTS’ INCENTIVE PAYOUTS:

The Committee shall have sole discretion to determine payouts under the Plan. Final payouts are subject to the approval of the Committee and shall occur as provided in Section 7 hereof. The Committee shall have the right to reduce or cancel any payout that would otherwise be due to a participant if, in its sole discretion, the Committee deems such action warranted based on other circumstances relating to the performance of the Company or the participant. A participant shall not be entitled to any annual incentive payment except in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

SECTION 7. TIME AND FORM OF PAYMENT:

(a)    Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 7, awards will be paid in cash, net of required withholding taxes, in the calendar year following the Performance Period and as soon as practicable following the public announcement by the Company of its financial results

2



for the fiscal year and written certification from the Committee that the goals described in Section 5 hereof have been attained.

(b)    A participant in the Plan may elect to defer payment of all or any portion of an incentive award pursuant to the terms and conditions of any deferral program adopted by the Committee, which shall be designed to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Such deferral program may provide for a reasonable rate of interest or a return based on one or more predetermined actual investments (whether or not the assets associated with the amount originally deferred are actually invested in them).

SECTION 8. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT: In the event of a participant’s termination of employment for any reason during a Performance Period, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide that the participant (or his or her beneficiary) receive, after the end of the Performance Period, all or any portion of the performance bonus to which the participant would otherwise have been entitled upon achievement of the applicable performance criteria, but subject to reduction in accordance with Section 6 hereof.

SECTION 9. RECOUPMENT : The Committee may direct the Company to recover any awards paid under the SEPP from a participant or former participant who engages in fraud or intentional misconduct that results in a need for the Company to restate its financial statements.
    
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS:

(a)    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN. The Board may amend, modify or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment, modification or termination shall affect the payment of a performance bonus for a Performance Period already ended or be effective without approval of the Company’s shareholders if, and to the extent, required under Section 162(m) of the Code, other applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which the shares of the Company are listed.

(b)     NO ASSIGNMENT. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, no interest, benefit, payment, claim or right of any participant under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to any claims of any creditor of any participant or beneficiary, nor to alienation by anticipation, sale, transfer, assignment, bankruptcy, pledge, attachment, charge or encumbrance of any kind, and any attempt to take any such action shall be null and void.

(c)    NO RIGHTS TO EMPLOYMENT. Nothing contained in the Plan shall give any person the right to be retained in the employment of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or associated corporations or affect the right of any such employer to dismiss any employee.

(d)    BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION. The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems necessary for a participant to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts would be payable in the event of the participant’s death.


3



(e)    PLAN UNFUNDED. The entire cost of the Plan shall be paid from the general assets of the Company or its subsidiaries. The rights of any person to receive benefits under the Plan shall be only those of a general unsecured creditor, and neither the Company, its subsidiaries, the Board nor the Committee shall be responsible for the adequacy of the general assets of the Company and its subsidiaries to meet and discharge Plan liabilities, nor shall the Company or its subsidiaries be required to reserve or otherwise set aside funds for the payment of its obligations hereunder.

(f)    APPLICABLE LAW. The Plan and all rights there under shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to conflict of law principles of such state


4



Exhibit 10.12


ALLEGION plc
SPIN-OFF PROTECTION PLAN
Plan Document/Summary Plan Description
Allegion plc, a company organized under the laws of Ireland (the “ Parent ”), has adopted the Allegion plc Spin-Off Protection Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the benefit of certain Participant employees of Parent and its subsidiaries (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”), on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated. Participation in this Plan is generally intended to be limited to those employees who are either (a) Allegion Group Employees who were participating in the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan immediately prior to the Effective Time or (b) hired or promoted by an Allegion Entity on or following the Effective Time into a position and such employee would have been eligible to participate in the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan had such employee been employed by an IR Entity in such position immediately prior to the Effective Time.
The Plan shall be effective on the Effective Time. This Plan supersedes, solely for the Participant, any prior plans, policies, guidelines, arrangements, agreements, letters and/or other communication, whether formal or informal, written or oral sponsored by the Company and/or entered into by any representative of the Company that might otherwise provide cash severance benefits upon a Covered Termination (collectively, all of those “ Other Severance Arrangements ”). This Plan represents the exclusive cash severance benefit provided to Participants upon a Covered Termination and such individuals shall not be eligible for any other cash severance benefits provided in Other Severance Arrangements with respect to any Covered Termination. Without limiting the foregoing, the benefits provided under this Plan are in lieu of any other benefits otherwise payable under the IR Major Restructuring Plan, and as a condition of a Participant’s participation in this Plan, such Participant shall cease participation in the IR Major Restructuring Plan as of the Effective Time.
The Plan is not intended to be an “employee pension benefit plan” or “pension plan” within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA. Rather, this Plan is intended to be a “welfare benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA and to meet the descriptive requirements of a plan constituting a “severance pay plan” within the meaning of regulations published by the Secretary of Labor at Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 2510.3-2(b). Accordingly, any benefits paid by the Plan are not deferred compensation for purposes of ERISA and no Participant shall have a vested right to such benefits. To the extent applicable, it is intended that portions of this Plan either comply with or be exempt from the provisions of Code Section 409A. This Plan shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent and any provision that would cause this Plan to fail to either constitute a welfare benefit plan under ERISA or comply with or be exempt from Code Section 409A, as the case may be, shall have no force and effect.
1.      DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms used in this Plan but not expressly defined in this Plan shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Employee Matters Agreement (as defined below).
(a) Acknowledgement ” shall mean the form of acknowledgement and agreement to the terms of the Plan, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto.
(b) Base Salary ” shall mean a Participant’s then current annual base salary immediately prior





to his or her Involuntary Loss of Job (or, if higher, the annual base salary immediately prior to an event that constitutes Good Reason hereunder) exclusive of any bonus payments or additional payments under any benefit plan sponsored by the Company, including but not limited to, any ERISA plans, stock plans, incentive and deferred compensation plans, insurance coverage or medical benefits and without regard to any salary deferrals under the Company’s benefit or deferred compensation plans or programs.
(c) Board of Directors ” shall mean the board of directors of Parent.
(d) Cause ” shall mean (i) any action by the Participant involving willful malfeasance or willful gross misconduct having a demonstrable adverse effect on the Company; (ii) substantial failure or refusal by the Participant to perform his or her employment duties, which failure or refusal continues for a period of 10 days following delivery of written notice of such failure or refusal to the Participant by the Company; (iii) the Participant being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or district or any foreign jurisdiction; or (iv) or any material violation of the Company’s code of conduct, as in effect from time to time.
(e) Change in Control ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Incentive Plan.
(f) Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as well as any successor laws in replacement thereof.
(g) Compensation Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
(h) Covered Termination ” shall mean a Participant’s Involuntary Loss of Job that occurs between the Distribution Date and the first anniversary of the Distribution; provided , however , that if the Company can reasonably demonstrate that a Participant’s Involuntary Loss of Job is not substantially related to, or as a result of, the Distribution, such Involuntary Loss of Job shall not be considered a Covered Termination hereunder.
(i) Employee Matters Agreement ” shall mean the Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of [•], 2013 by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and the Parent.
(j) Employer ” shall mean, with respect to any Participant, the Allegion Entity that such Participant is employed with as of the Effective Time.
(k) ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as well as any successor laws in replacement thereof.
(l) Good Reason ” shall mean (i) a substantial diminution in the Participant’s job responsibilities or a material adverse change in the Participant’s title or status; (ii) a reduction of the Participant’s Base Salary or Target Bonus (provided, however, a reduction of the Participant’s Base Salary or Target Bonus shall not constitute Good Reason hereunder if there is a broad-based reduction in the Base Salary or Target Bonus applicable to employees in the Company) or the failure to pay Participant’s Base Salary or bonus when due, or the failure to maintain on behalf of the Participant (and his or her dependents) benefits which are at least comparable in the aggregate to those prior to the completion of the Distribution, or (iii) the relocation of the principal place of Participant’s employment by more than thirty five (35) miles from the Participant’s principal place of employment immediately prior to the completion the Distribution; provided , that any of the events described in clauses (i) - (iii) above shall constitute a Covered Termination only if the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from the Participant of written notice of the event which constitutes a Covered Termination; and provided further , that such Participant shall cease to have a right to terminate due to Good Reason on the 90 th day following the later of the occurrence of the event or the Participant’s knowledge thereof, unless the Participant has given the Company notice thereof prior to such date.
(m) Incentive Plan ” shall mean the Company’s Incentive Stock Plan of 2013, as may be amended from time to time.
(n) Involuntary Loss of Job ” shall mean, with respect to any Participant, the termination of such Participant’s employment with the Employer (i) by the Employer without Cause, or (ii) by the





Participant with Good Reason; provided , however , that solely the transfer of a Participant’s employment from the IR Group to an Allegion Entity pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement shall in no event constitute an Involuntary Loss of Job hereunder.
(o) IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan ” shall mean the Ingersoll-Rand Major Restructuring Severance Plan, as may be amended from time to time.
(p) Participant ” shall mean an individual who: (i)(a) is an Allegion Group Employee who was participating in the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan immediately prior to the Effective Time; (b) was employed by an Allegion Entity immediately prior to the Effective Time and following the Effective Time is promoted into a position with Allegion whereby such individual would have been eligible to participate in the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan had such individual been in such promoted position immediately prior to the Effective Time; or (c) is hired by an Allegion Entity on or following the Effective Time into a position whereby such individual would have been eligible to participate in the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan had such individual been employed by an IR Entity immediately prior to the Effective Time; and (ii) satisfies the Plan eligibility requirements described in Section 2 of the Plan.
(q) Plan Administrator ” shall mean the Compensation Committee or any person or persons designated by the Compensation Committee but only with respect to matters that are not related to Authorized Officer and Senior Executives.
(r) Plan Sponsor ” shall mean the Parent.
(s) Release Agreement ” shall mean the Release Agreement in substantially the same form attached hereto as Exhibit B (as the same may be revised from time to time by the Company).
(t) Severance Multiple ” shall mean the Severance Multiple set forth in a Participant’s Acknowledgement.
(u) Target Bonus ” shall mean a Participant’s target annual bonus under the Company’s annual incentive matrix program (“ AIM ”) or comparable bonus program for any Participants who do not participate in AIM, as of the date of termination.

2.      ELIGIBILITY
An Allegion Group Employee who (a) was a participant in the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan immediately prior to the Effective Time or (b) was employed by an Allegion Entity immediately prior to the Effective Time and following the Effective Time is promoted into a position with Allegion whereby such individual would have been eligible to participate in the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan had such individual been in such promoted position immediately prior to the Effective Time or (c) is hired by an Allegion Entity on or following the Effective Time into a position whereby such individual would have been eligible to participate in the IR Major Restructuring Severance Plan had such individual been employed by an IR Entity immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided that, as a condition of participation in the Plan, the Participant must execute and submit the Acknowledgement, thereby agreeing to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, except as set forth in such acknowledgement and agreement.
3.      TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
(a)      Payments on Covered Termination . If a Participant undergoes a Covered Termination, subject to such Participant’s execution and delivery, and if applicable, non-revocation of the Release Agreement, as contemplated in subsection (c) below, such Participant shall be entitled to the following payments from the Company: (1) a bonus for the year in which the Participant’s Covered Termination occurred, pro-rated for the months of service up to and including the month of termination and based on actual performance for the year, payable concurrently with bonus payments to other employees under the





applicable bonus plan (but in all events prior to March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such Covered Termination occurs), which is subject to Company performance and the other terms and conditions of the applicable bonus awards; (2) a payment in an amount equal to such Participant’s Severance Multiple multiplied by the sum of such Participant’s Base Salary and Target Bonus, such amount to be paid in one lump sum as soon as practicable after the Participant’s Covered Termination and, in no event, later than sixty (60) days after the date of such Covered Termination; (3) if the Participant is participating in the Company’s Elected Officer Supplemental Plan (“ EOSP ”) or the Key Management Supplemental Plan (“ KMP ”), and is not vested in his or her benefit under Section 3.1 of the EOSP or KMP, as applicable, a payment equal to the amount of the benefit to which such Participant would have been entitled had he or she vested under Section 4.1 of the EOSP or KMP, as applicable, with the amount of such benefit, the payment thereof (including time and form of payment) and all other terms and conditions with respect thereto, being determined as if the payment hereunder were a vested benefit under the EOSP or KMP, as applicable; and (4) if such Participant’s Severance Multiple is less than one (1), an additional amount equal to one week of Base Salary for each full year of service with the Company completed through the date of such Covered Termination, such amount to be paid in one lump sum as soon as practicable after the Participant’s Covered Termination and, in no event, later than sixty (60) days after the date of such Covered Termination; provided , that the amount described in this clause (4) shall be limited such that the sum of (x) the Severance Multiple multiplied by Participant’s Base Salary, and (y) the amount payable under this clause (4), shall in no event exceed one (1) times such Participant’s Base Salary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the cash amounts payable under this subsection (a) shall be reduced, dollar-for-dollar by any cash amounts payable under the Allegion plc Change in Control Severance Plan, or any other plan, policy, guideline, agreement or arrangement (including any agreement or arrangement assumed by the Company under the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement), between a Participant and the Company that provides any cash severance payments or similar payments, if any.
(b)      Other Termination Events . If a Participant voluntarily terminates employment for any reason, other than pursuant to a Covered Termination, such Participant shall not be entitled to the payment of any severance or other benefits under the Plan. In addition, if a Participant’s termination of employment does not result in a Covered Termination, such Participant shall cease to participate in the Plan effective as of the date of such termination of employment and have no further rights with respect hereto.
(c)      Release Agreement . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the payment of any amount or provision of any benefit pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be conditioned upon a Participant’s execution, delivery to the Company, and non-revocation of the Release Agreement (and the expiration of any revocation period contained in such Release Agreement) within sixty (60) days following the date of a Covered Termination. If a Participant fails to execute the Release Agreement in such a timely manner so as to permit any revocation period to expire prior to the end of such sixty (60) day period, or timely revokes his or her acceptance of such release following its execution, such Participant shall not be entitled to payment of any severance and other benefits under the Plan. Further, to the extent that any of the payments hereunder constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, any payment of any amount or provision of any benefit otherwise scheduled to occur prior to the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the date of such Covered Termination, but for the condition on executing the Release Agreement as set forth herein, shall not be made until the first regularly scheduled payroll date following such sixtieth (60 th ) day, after which any remaining payments shall thereafter be provided to the Participant according to the applicable schedule set forth herein.






4.      ADDITIONAL TERMS
(a)      Taxes . Severance and other payments under the Plan will be subject to all required federal, state and local taxes and may be affected by any legally required withholdings, such as wage attachments, child support and bankruptcy deductions. Payments under the Plan are not deemed “compensation” for purposes of the Company’s retirement plans, savings plans, and incentive plans. Accordingly, no deductions will be taken for any of Company retirement and savings plans and such plans will not accrue any benefits attributable to payments under the Plan.
(b)      Specified Employees . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (1) if, at the time of a Participant’s Covered Termination with the Company, such Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder, and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent the imposition of any accelerated or additional tax under Code Section 409A, then the Company will defer commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction or increase in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Participant) until the date that is six (6) months following such Participant’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date that is permitted under Code Section 409A); and (2) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to the Participant hereunder would cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Code Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Code Section 409A, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by or at the direction of the Plan Administrator, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax or result in additional cost to the Company. The Company shall consult with its legal counsel and tax advisors in good faith regarding the implementation of this Section 4(b); provided , however , that neither the Company, nor any of its employees or representatives, shall have any liability to the Participant with respect thereto.
5.      TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
Although the Plan is designed to provide severance and other benefits to eligible employees as provided herein, the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee may amend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time without notice to any Participant.
6.      GOVERNING BENEFITS
Except as specifically referenced herein, the benefits under this Plan replace and supersede any cash severance benefits payable upon a Covered Termination previously established under Other Severance Arrangements. In no event shall any Participant receive more than the cash severance benefits provided for herein, and any cash severance benefits provided under any Other Severance Arrangement or otherwise, to the extent paid, shall reduce the amounts to be paid hereunder.
7.      CLAIMS PROCEDURE
(a)      Processing Claims . The processing of claims for benefits and payments under the Plan will be carried out as quickly as possible. If an employee is not selected for participation in the Plan or does not satisfy the conditions for eligibility in the Plan, he or she is not entitled to benefits and/or payments under this Plan.





(b)      Decision . If an employee’s claim for benefits under this Plan is denied, the employee will receive a written notice within ninety (90) days (in special cases, more than 90 days may be needed and such employee will be notified in this case):
(i)      requesting additional material or information to further support the claim, and the reasons why these are necessary,
(ii)      setting forth specific reasons as to why the claim was denied,
(iii)      setting forth clear reference to the Plan provisions upon which the denial is based, and
(iv)      providing notice of the employee’s right to have the denial reviewed as explained below.
(c)      Request for Review of Denial of Benefits . The employee or his or her authorized representative may request a review of his or her claim by giving written notice to the Plan Administrator. Each employee has the right to have representation, review pertinent documents, and present written issues and comments.
An employee’s request must be made not later than 60 days after he or she receives the notice of denial. If an employee fails to act within the 60-day limit, the employee loses the right to have his or her claim reviewed.
(d)      Decision on Review . Upon receipt of a request for review from an employee, the Plan Administrator shall make a full and fair evaluation and may require additional documents necessary for such a review. The Plan Administrator shall make a decision within 60 days from receipt of the employee’s request. In the event of special circumstances, a decision will be given to the employee as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of the employee’s request for review. The decision on the review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision.
(e)      In Case of Clerical Error . If any information regarding an employee is incorrect, and the error affects his or her benefits, the correct information will determine the extent, if any, of the employee’s benefits under the Plan.
8.      GENERAL INFORMATION
(a)      No Right to Continued Employment .  Nothing contained in this Plan shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company nor interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate his or her employment, with or without cause.
(b)      Plan Not Funded .  Amounts payable under this Plan shall be payable from the general assets of the Company, and no special or separate reserve, fund or deposit shall be made to assure payment of such amounts. No Participant, beneficiary or other person shall have any right, title or interest in any fund or in any specific asset of the Company by reason of participation hereunder. Neither the provisions of this Plan, nor the creation or adoption of this Plan, nor any action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall create, or be construed to create, a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary or other person. To the extent that a Participant, beneficiary or other person acquires a right to receive payment under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing,





the Company shall have the right to implement or set aside funds in a grantor trust, subject to the claims of the Company's creditors or otherwise, to discharge its obligations under the Plan.
(c)      Non-Transferability of Benefits and Interests .  Except as expressly provided by the Compensation Committee in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 162(m), all amounts payable under this Plan are non-transferable, and no amount payable under this Plan shall be subject in any manner to sale, transfer, anticipation, alienation, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge. This Section shall not apply to an assignment of a contingency or payment due: (1) after the death of a Participant to the deceased Participant's legal representative or beneficiary; or (2) after the disability of a Participant to the disabled Participant's personal representative.
(d)      Discretion of Company, Board of Directors and Compensation Committee .   Any decision made or action taken by, or inaction of, the Company, the Board of Directors, the Compensation Committee or the Plan Administrator arising out of or in connection with the creation, amendment, construction, administration, interpretation and effect of this Plan that is within its authority hereunder or applicable law shall be within the absolute discretion of such entity and shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. In the case of any conflict, the decision made or action taken by, or inaction of, the Plan Administrator will control. However, with respect to the Authorized Officers and Senior Executives, as designated by the Board of Directors in its resolutions, any decision made or action taken by, or inaction of, the Compensation Committee controls.
(e)      Indemnification .  Neither the Board of Directors nor the Compensation Committee, any employee of the Company, nor any person acting at the direction thereof (each such person an “ Affected Person ”), shall have any liability to any person (including without limitation, any Participant), for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in connection with this Plan (or any payment made under this Plan). Each Affected Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by Parent against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys' fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Affected Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Affected Person may be a party or in which such Affected Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Affected Person, with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Affected Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Affected Person; provided that, the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company's choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Affected Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case, not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Affected Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Affected Person's bad faith, fraud or willful wrongful act or omission. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Affected Persons may be entitled under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Memorandum and Articles of Association, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such person or hold them harmless.
(f)      Section 409A . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if any benefit provided under this Plan is subject to the provisions of Code Section 409A and the regulations issued thereunder, the provisions of the Plan will be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner necessary to comply with Section 409A or an exception thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the Company (or its employees, officers or directors) have any





liability to any Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A or any other applicable law.
(g)      Law to Govern .  All questions pertaining to the construction, regulation, validity and effect of the provisions of this Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, to the extent not governed by ERISA.
(h)      Notice . Any notice or other communication required or which may be given pursuant to this Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or two days after it has been mailed by United States express or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Parent, c/o Allegion, [Address] or to the Participant at his or her most recent address on file with the Company
(i)      Captions .  Captions and headings are given to the sections and subsections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of this Plan or any provision thereof.
(j)      Non-Exclusivity of Plan .  Nothing in this Plan shall limit or be deemed to limit the authority of the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee to grant awards or payments or authorize any other compensation under any other plan or authority that it hereafter adopts.
(k)      Limitation on Actions .  Any and all rights of any employee or former employee of the Company against the Company arising out of or in connection with this Plan, claim for payment or any payments hereunder shall terminate, and any action against the Company shall be barred, after the expiration of one year from the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arose.
(l)      Successors .  The provisions of this Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns.
9.      STATEMENT OF ERISA RIGHTS
A participant in the Plan is entitled to certain rights and protection under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA). ERISA provides that all participants shall be entitled to:
A.
Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrator’s office and at certain Company work sites, all Plan documents, including insurance contracts, collective bargaining agreements, and copies of all documents filed by the Plan Administrator with the U. S. Department of Labor, such as annual reports.
B.
Obtain copies of all Plan documents and other Plan information upon written request to the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies.
C.
Receive a summary of the Plan’s annual financial report, if any. The Plan Administrator is required by law to furnish each participant with a copy of this summary annual report.
In addition to creating rights for Plan participants, ERISA imposes obligations upon the persons who are responsible for the operation of a plan. The people who operate such a plan, called “fiduciaries,” have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of plan participants and beneficiaries.





No one can otherwise discriminate against a participant in any way to prevent him or her from obtaining an explanation of benefits or exercising his or her rights under ERISA. If a participant’s claim for a benefit is denied, in whole or in part, the participant must receive a written explanation of the reason for the denial. The participant has the right to have the Company review and reconsider his or her claim.
Under ERISA, there are steps a participant can take to enforce his/her rights. For instance, if a participant requests materials from the Plan and does not receive them within 30 days, the participant may file suit in a Federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and pay the participant a penalty of up to $110.00 for each day’s delay until the participant receives the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator.
If a participant has a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, the participant may file suit in a State or Federal court. If the participant is discriminated against for asserting his or her rights, the participant may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or he or she may file suit in a Federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If the participant is successful, the court may order the person the participant has sued to pay these costs and fees. If the participant loses, the court may order him or her to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds a participant’s claim is frivolous. If a participant has questions about a Plan, he or she should contact the Plan Administrator. If a participant has any questions about the Plan and Summary Plan Description or about his or her rights under ERISA, the participant should contact the nearest area office of the U. S. Labor Management Service Administration, Department of Labor.
10.      PLAN SPONSOR and PLAN MANAGEMENT
The Plan Administrator is the Compensation Committee and the Plan Sponsor is Parent.
Allegion plc
C/O Plan Administrator
11819 N. Pennsylvania Avenue
Carmel, Indiana 46032

Service or legal process may also be directed to the Plan Administrator.
The Employer Identification Number of Parent is [•]. The Plan Number is [•].
The records of the Plan are maintained on a Plan Year basis. December 31 of each year is the end of the Plan Year and all records reflect that fact.
The Plan is administered by the Plan Administrator.





Exhibit A

ALLEGION plc
SPIN-OFF PROTECTION PLAN


Acknowledgment and Agreement



Name:                                 

Severance Multiple:                             

I hereby agree to the terms and conditions of the Allegion plc Spin-Off Protection Plan (the “ Plan ”). I understand that pursuant to my agreement to be covered under the Plan, as indicated by my signature below, the terms of the Plan will exclusively govern all subject matter addressed by the Plan and I understand that the Plan supersedes and replaces, as applicable, any and all agreements (including any prior employment agreement), plans, policies, guidelines or other arrangements, including Other Severance Arrangements (as defined in the Plan), with respect to the subject matter covered under the Plan and my rights to cash severance upon any Covered Termination (as defined in the Plan).



Dated: ____________________

PARTICIPANT

_____________________________

 






Exhibit B

RELEASE AGREEMENT

Date

Name
Address
Address

Dear __________:
 
This Agreement and Release (the “Agreement”) by and between you and Allegion, its parents, affiliates and subsidiaries (the “Company”) sets forth the terms of your separation of employment from the Company.

1.
Your active employment with the Company will cease as of ________ (the “Termination Date”). Your compensation will continue through the Termination Date.

2.
Your separation arrangements will consist of the following:

As a result of your participation in the Allegion plc Spin-Off Protection Plan (the “Plan”), and your separation of employment with the Company constituting a Covered Termination (as defined in the Plan), you will be entitled to the severance benefits described in Section 3(a) of the Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

You are eligible for COBRA and will receive a package in the mail from ______. Please review the package carefully for election requirements. If you have questions regarding retiree medical eligibility, please call the Employee Services Contact Center at [•].

None of the above payments shall be considered compensation for the purposes of benefits or payments under any employee benefit program of the Company.

These separation arrangements and other benefits described in this Agreement exceed the Company’s regular severance policies and programs.

The arrangements described above are in lieu of any other obligations the Company may have to you unless specifically mentioned in this Agreement.

All vested retirement benefits for which you may be eligible will be paid according to specific plan provisions.

Treatment of any equity based or other incentive award (including, any stock options, SAR’s, RSU’s and PSU’s) in connection with any Participant’s termination of employment for any reason will be governed by the applicable terms and conditions of the specific award, or the plans or programs under which any such award  was granted or issued.






For any questions, please contact UBS directly at 1 (877) 476-7839.

3.
In exchange for the benefits described in paragraph 2 above:

a)
You agree to promptly provide to the Company by the Termination Date, all expense reports, all documents whether in written or electronic format, as well as all Company assets, such as cell phones, personal electronic devices, computer equipment, keys, security cards and/or company identification cards in your possession pertaining to your work at the Company.

b)
You acknowledge:

·
that any trade secrets, or confidential business/technical information of the Company, its suppliers or customers, (whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, maintained in your mind or memory or whether compiled by you or the Company) derive independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others, who can obtain such economic value from their disclosure or use;

·
that reasonable efforts have been made by the Company to maintain the secrecy of such information;

·
that such information is the sole property of the Company (or its suppliers or customers); and

·
that you agree not to retain, use or disclose such information during or after your employment. You further agree that any such retention, use or disclosure, in violation of this Agreement, will constitute a misappropriation of trade secrets of the Company (or its suppliers or customers) and a violation of the Code of Conduct and Proprietary Agreements that you have previously made with the Company. You also agree that the Company may seek injunctive relief and damages to enforce this provision.

c)
You agree not to disclose the existence or the terms of this agreement to anyone inside or outside the Company, subordinates or any other employees of the Company. This shall not preclude disclosure to your spouse, attorney, financial advisor, designated Company representative, or in response to a governmental tax audit or judicial subpoena. You also agree to instruct those to whom you disclose the terms of this agreement not to disclose the existence of its terms and conditions to anyone else. This provision shall also not preclude you from disclosing this agreement and its terms in a legal proceeding to enforce its terms. The Company will hold you personally responsible for losses it incurs as a result of violation by you of this confidentiality obligation.

d)
For a period of twelve (12) months following the Termination Date, you agree not to directly or indirectly recruit or attempt to recruit or hire any employee(s), sales representative(s), agent(s) or consultant(s) of the Company to terminate their employment, representation or other association with the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

e)
You agree not to make any statement or criticism that could reasonably be deemed to be adverse to the interests of the Company or its current or former officers, directors, or employees. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this includes any disparaging statements concerning, or criticisms of, the Company and its current or former directors, officers or, employees, made in public forums or to the Company’s investors, external analysts, customers and service providers. You agree that any violation of these commitments will be a material breach by you of this Agreement and the Company will have no further obligation to provide any compensation or benefits referred to in this Agreement. You will also be liable for damages (both compensatory and punitive) to the fullest extent of the law as a result of the injury incurred by the Company as a result of such remarks or communications.

f)
[DELETE this section if employee works in California, Montana, North Dakota, Oklahoma, or Oregon.] For a period of _____ weeks [Note: should be equal to amount of weeks of Base Salary provided as severance benefits under the Plan] following the Termination Date, you agree to refrain from competing with the Company





with respect to any aspect of its businesses, including without limitation, the design, manufacture, sale or distribution of similar or competitive products as an employee or consultant/representative of a competitor of any IR component, sector or business you have worked for in the last 5 years. If an arbitrator or a court shall finally hold that the time or territory or any other provisions stated in this Section (Non-Competition) constitute an unreasonable restriction upon you, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void, but shall instead apply to a lesser extent as such arbitrator or court may determine constitutes a reasonable restriction under the circumstances involved.

g)
[DELETE this section if employee works in California, Montana, North Dakota, Oklahoma, or Oregon.] For a period of _____ weeks [Note: should be equal to amount of weeks of Base Salary provided as severance benefits under the Plan] following the Termination Date, you agree you will not, directly or indirectly, for your own account or for the account of others, solicit the business of or perform services for the business of any “Company Customer”. Company Customer means any individual or entity for whom/which the Company provides or has provided services or products or has made a proposal to provide services or products and with whom/which you have had contact on behalf of the Company or for whom/which you were engaged in preparing a proposal during the last 5 years preceding the end of my employment.

4.
a)      You hereby irrevocably and unconditionally release and forever discharge the Company and each and all of its successors, predecessors, businesses, affiliates, and assigns and all person acting by, through and under or in concert with any of them from any and all complaints, claims, compensation program payments and liabilities of any kind (with the exception of claims for workers’ compensation and unemployment claims), suspected or unsuspected (hereinafter referred to as “Claim” or “Claims”) which you ever had, now have, or which may arise in the future, regarding any matter arising on or before the date of your execution of this Agreement, including but not limited to any Claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (29 U.S.C §621), the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 (29 U.S.C. §626 et seq .), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, (42 U.S.C. §2000e et seq .), as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, (42 U.S.C. §1981 et seq .), Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq .), Title II of the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008, 42 U.S.C. §2000ff et seq .) [Add pertinent state statutes] and/or other applicable federal, state or local law, regulation, ordinance or order, and including all claims for, or entitlement to, attorney fees. This section and the release hereunder, does not waive any claims under the ADEA that may arise after the date of your execution of this Agreement.

b) The parties understand the word "claims", to include all claims, including all employment discrimination claims, as defined above, whether actual or potential, known or unknown, and specifically but not exclusively all claims arising out of your employment with the Company and termination. All such claims (including related attorney's fees and costs) are forever barred by this Agreement and without regard to whether those claims are based on any alleged breach of duty arising in contract or tort or any alleged unlawful act, including, without limitation, age discrimination or any other claim or cause of action and regardless of the forum in which it might be brought.

c)
Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent you (or your attorneys) from (i) commencing an action or proceeding to enforce this Agreement or (ii) exercising your right under the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 to challenge the validity of your waiver of ADEA claims set forth in this Agreement.

d)
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prohibit you from filing any charge or complaint with the EEOC or State Counterpart Agency or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or State Counterpart Agency, nor shall any provision of this Agreement adversely affect your right to engage in such conduct. Notwithstanding the foregoing you waive the right to obtain any monetary relief from the EEOC or State Counterpart Agency or recover any monies or compensation as a result of filing any such charge or complaint.

e)
FOR CALIFORNIA ADD: It is a further condition of the consideration hereof and your agreement that in executing this Agreement that it should be effective as a bar to each and every claim, demand and cause of action stated above. In furtherance of this intention, you hereby expressly waive any and all rights and benefits conferred upon you by the provisions of Section §1542 of the California Civil Code and expressly consent that





this Agreement shall be given full force and effect according to each and all of its express terms and provisions, including those relating to unknown and unsuspected claims, demands and causes of action, if any, as well as those relating to any other claims, demands, and causes of action referred to above. Under Section §1542 of the California Code, a general release does not extend to claims which the creditor (employee) does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the Release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor (Company).

5.
You represent, warrant and acknowledge that the Company has paid you for all hours worked. You represent, warrant and acknowledge that the Company owes you no vacation pay other than your accrued, unused vacation attributable to the year in which your last day of active employment occurs, which will be paid in a lump sum based on your base salary at termination.

6.
You also hereby acknowledge and agree that you have received any and all leave(s) of absence to which you may have been entitled pursuant to the federal Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, and if any such leave was taken, you were not discriminated against or retaliated against regarding same. Except as may be expressly stated herein, any rights to benefits under Company sponsored benefit plans are governed exclusively by the written plan documents.
7.
This release of Claims does not affect any pending claim for workers’ compensation benefits. You affirm that you have no known and unreported work related injuries or occupational diseases as of the date of this Agreement.

8.
You acknowledge that you have no pending, contemplated or submitted disability claims. You acknowledge that you are aware of no facts that would give rise to a disability claim. You acknowledge that any disability payments for time periods covering the Termination Date forward would be withheld as an offset to the severance amounts provided above. Alternatively, if you obtain disability payments for the Termination Date forward, then the severance described above would be reduced. The Company has a right to reimbursement to the extent you obtain both disability payments for time periods after the Termination Date and Severance.

9.
If you accept another position with the Company prior to the Termination Date, the severance benefits described in Paragraph 2(a) of this Agreement will be withdrawn. Alternatively, if you have already received the severance benefits described in Paragraph 2(a) of this Agreement at the time you accept a position with the Company, you will only be entitled to retain the portion to the lump sum payment representing the number of weeks you were not employed by the Company. You will be required to repay to the Company the portion of the lump sum payment representing the number of weeks after which you became re-employed by the Company.

10. a)
You agree that you will personally provide reasonable assistance and cooperation to the Company in activities related to the prosecution or defense of any pending or future lawsuits or claims involving the Company especially on matters you have been privy to, holding all privileged attorney-client matters in strictest confidence.

b)
You will promptly notify the Company if you receive any requests from anyone for information regarding the Company or if you become aware of any potential claims or proposed litigation against the Company.

c)
You shall immediately notify the Company if you are served with a subpoena, order, directive or other legal process requiring you to provide sworn testimony regarding a Company-related matter.

11.
If the Company reasonably determines that you have violated any of your obligations under this Agreement, you agree to:

a)
Forfeit any right to receive the payments described in paragraph 2 above,

b)
Forfeit all rights to all outstanding stock options, vested or not, that were previously awarded, and






c)
Upon demand, return all payments set forth in this Agreement that have been made to you. If you fail to do so, the Company has the right to recover costs and attorney’s fees associated with such recovery.

The Company may further, where appropriate, seek injunctive relief to cause compliance with paragraph 3.

12.
This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between you and the Company and fully supersedes any and all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, between you and the Company pertaining to the subject matter hereof.

13.
This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the plain meaning of its terms and not strictly for or against any of the parties hereto.

14.
This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State in which the employee worked at the time of the employee’s termination without regard to its choice of law provisions, to the extent not governed by federal law.

15.
Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be wholly or partially illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the legality, validity, and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms, or provisions shall not be affected thereby, and said illegal, invalid or unenforceable part, term, or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.

16.
You understand and agree that:

a)
You are signing this Agreement voluntarily and with full knowledge and understanding of its terms, which include a waiver of all rights or claims you have or may have against the Company as set forth herein including, but not limited to, all claims of age discrimination and all claims of retaliation;

b)
You are, through this Agreement, releasing, among others, the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries, each and all of their officers, agents, directors, supervisors, employees, representatives, and their successors and assigns, from any and all claims you may have against them;

c)
You are not being asked or required to waive rights or claims that may arise after the date of your execution of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any rights or claims that you may have to secure enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

d)
The consideration provided to you under this Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which you are already entitled;

e)
You knowingly and voluntarily agree to all of the terms set forth in this Agreement;

f)
You knowingly and voluntarily intend to be legally bound by the same;

g)
You were advised and hereby are advised in writing to consider the terms of the Agreement and consult with an attorney of your choice prior to executing this Agreement;

h)
You have been provided with sufficient opportunity to consult with an attorney or have waived that opportunity;

i)
You have a full [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] days     Time period to be selected based on whether applicable termination was “in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program” (as such phrase is defined in the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967). If 45 days is used, include attachment with required termination information. from the date of receipt of this Agreement within which to consider this Agreement before executing it; and






j)
You have the right to revoke this Agreement within seven consecutive calendar days (“Revocation Period”) after signing and dating it, by providing written notice of revocation to [INSERT Name & Address of Appropriate HR Professional]. If you revoke this Agreement during this Revocation Period, it becomes null and void in its entirety. If you do not revoke this Agreement, after the Revocation Period, it becomes final.

You may accept this Agreement at anytime on or after the Termination Date but not before the Termination Date. If you accept, please acknowledge your agreement to the terms set forth above by signing and dating below where indicated. You have a full [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] 1 days from the date of receipt, that is until [insert date], to consider, acknowledge and return this Agreement. This time period is required by the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”). After you return the Agreement, as further provided by the ADEA, there will then be a seven (7) day period within which you may revoke the Agreement. If you fail to accept this offer within the [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] 1 day period it will be revoked and no longer available. It is only after the seven (7) day period that the Agreement becomes effective and enforceable.

Sincerely,



MANAGER



CERTIFICATION

I certify that I have been advised of my rights to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; have been given at least [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] 1 days from date of receipt within which to consider this Agreement; and exercised my rights and opportunities, as I deemed appropriate. I knowingly and voluntarily have entered into this Agreement understanding its significance and my obligations.




_____________________________________
EMPLOYEE              Date     










Exhibit 10.13
ALLEGION PLC
CHANGE IN CONTROL
SEVERANCE PLAN
Plan Document/Summary Plan Description
Allegion plc, a company organized under the laws of Ireland (the “ Company ”), has adopted the Allegion plc Change in Control Severance Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the benefit of certain management employees of Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company Group ”), on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated. Participation in this Plan is generally intended to be limited to those management employees designated as eligible for the Plan by either the Board or designee thereof.
The Plan shall be effective on the Effective Date. This Plan supersedes, solely for the Participant, any prior plans, policies, guidelines, arrangements, agreements letters and/or other communication, whether formal or informal, written or oral sponsored by any member of the Company Group and/or entered into by any representative of the Company Group that might otherwise provide severance benefits upon a Covered Termination (collectively, all of those “ Other Severance Arrangements ”); provided , however , that to the extent a Covered Termination results in payment of benefits to a Participant under the Ingersoll-Rand plc Major Restructuring Severance Plan (the “ IR Severance Plan ”), such Participant shall be eligible to receive severance benefits under both the IR Severance Plan and this Plan as described in Section 3 hereof. Except as described in the preceding sentence, this Plan represents the exclusive severance benefit provided to Participants upon a Covered Termination and such individuals shall not be eligible for any other severance benefits provided in Other Severance Arrangements with respect to any Covered Termination.
The Plan is not intended to be an “employee pension benefit plan” or “pension plan” within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA. Rather, this Plan is intended to be a “welfare benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA and to meet the descriptive requirements of a plan constituting a “severance pay plan” within the meaning of regulations published by the Secretary of Labor at Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 2510.3-2(b). Accordingly, any benefits paid by the Plan are not deferred compensation for purposes of ERISA and no Participant shall have a vested right to such benefits. To the extent applicable, it is intended that portions of this Plan either comply with or be exempt from the provisions of Code Section 409A. This Plan shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent and any provision that would cause this Plan to fail to either constitute a welfare benefit plan under ERISA or comply with or be exempt from Code Section 409A, as the case may be, shall have no force and effect.

1



1.      DEFINITIONS
(a)      Accrued Obligations ” shall mean (i) all accrued but unpaid Base Salary through the date of a Covered termination, (ii) any unpaid or unreimbursed expenses incurred in accordance with the policies of the Employer, and (iii) any benefits provided under the employee benefit plans and programs of the Company Group upon a termination of employment, including rights with respect to Company equity (or equity derivatives), but excluding any severance plans or programs (other than the IR Severance Plan, as provided herein), in accordance with the terms contained therein.
(b)      Acknowledgement ” shall mean the form of acknowledgement and agreement to the terms of the Plan, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto.
(c)      Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto.
(d)      Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to the Company, any Person or entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Company or any other Person or entity designated by the Board in which the Company or an Affiliate has an interest.
(e)      Associate ” shall mean, with respect to a specified Person, means (i) any corporation, partnership, or other organization of which such specified Person is an officer or partner; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such specified Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such specified Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; (iii) any relative or spouse of such specified Person, or any relative of such spouse who has the same home as such specified Person, or who is a director or officer of the Company or any other member of the Company Group; and (iv) any Person who is a director, officer, or partner of such specified Person or of any corporation (other than the Company or any wholly-owned subsidiary), partnership or other entity which is an Affiliate of such specified person.
(f)      Base Salary ” shall mean a Participant’s then current annual base salary rate immediately prior to his or her Involuntary Loss of Job (or, if higher, the annual base salary immediately prior to an event that constitutes Good Reason hereunder) exclusive of any bonus payments or additional payments, unpaid or unreimbursed expenses, under any benefit plan sponsored by the Company Group, including but not limited to, any ERISA plans, stock plans, incentive and deferred compensation plans, insurance coverage or medical benefits and without regard to any salary deferrals under the benefit or deferred compensation plans or programs of the Company Group.
(g)      Beneficial Owner ” shall mean a “beneficial owner”, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act (or any successor rule thereto); provided , however , that any individual,

2



corporation, partnership, group, association or other Person or entity which has the right to acquire any of the Company’s outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in election of directors at any time in the future, whether such right is contingent or absolute, pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, shall be deemed the Beneficial Owner of such securities.
(h)      Board of Directors ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.
(i)      Cause ” shall mean (i) any action by the Participant involving willful malfeasance or willful gross misconduct having a demonstrable adverse effect on any member of the Company Group; (ii) substantial failure or refusal by the Participant to perform his or her employment duties, which failure or refusal continues for a period of 10 days following delivery of written notice of such failure or refusal to the Participant by the Employer; (iii) the Participant being convicted of, or entering a plea of guilty or “no contest to”, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or district or similar crime under any foreign jurisdiction; or (iv) any material violation of the Employer’s code of conduct, as in effect from time to time.
(j)      Change in Control ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Incentive Stock Plan.
(k)      Claims Administrator ” shall mean the Committee or such other individual or group of individuals as may be appointed as the claims administrator under the Plan by the Committee from time to time.
(l)      COBRA ” shall mean the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.
(m)      Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as well as any successor laws in replacement thereof.
(n)      Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors designated by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan, or if no committee is designated, the Board of Directors.
(o)      Continuing Directors ” shall mean a director who either was a member of the Board of Directors on the Effective Date or who became a member of the Board of Directors subsequent to such date and whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was Duly Approved by the Continuing Directors on the Board at the time of such nomination or election, either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement issued by the Company on behalf of the Board of Directors in which such person is named as nominee for director, without due objection to such nomination, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election

3



contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person or entity other than the Board of Directors.
(p)      Covered Termination ” shall mean a Participant’s Involuntary Loss of Job (i) in connection with a Change in Control that is at the request of, or upon the initiative of, the potential buyer a Change in Control transaction; provided , such potential buyer consummates the Change in Control during the period in which this Plan is effective (in which case such Participant’s date of termination shall be deemed to have occurred immediately following the Change in Control), or (ii) within two (2) years following a Change in Control; provided , however , it shall not be considered a Covered Termination if:
(A)      such Participant’s employment with the Employer is terminated by reason of a transfer to the employ of another member of the Company Group;
(B)      such Participant’s employment with the Employer is terminated upon the expiration of a leave of absence by reason of his or her failure to return to work at such time or the absence at such time of an available position for which such Participant is qualified; or
(C)      such Participant’s employment with the Employer is terminated in connection with the sale of stock or the sale or lease by such Employer of all or part of its assets if the Employer determines in its sole discretion that either (i) in connection with such sale or lease such Participant was offered employment for a comparable position with the purchaser or lessee, as the case may be, of the Employer’s stock or assets, with the same or greater Base Salary, and with comparable annual bonus opportunity and employee benefits, or (ii) such Executive voluntarily elected not to participate in the selection process for such employment.
(q)      Duly Approved by the Continuing Directors ” shall mean an action approved by the vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors.

4



(r)      Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which the Board of Directors shall have approved the Plan.
(s)      Employer ” shall mean, with respect to any Participant, (i) prior to a Change in Control, the member of the Company Group at which such Participant is employed, and following a Change in Control, the entity that the Participant is employed by immediately after such Change in Control.
(t)      Executive Officers ” shall mean the Company’s business unit presidents, chief financial officer and general counsel, and any other officer of the Company so designated by the Committee.
(u)      ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as well as any successor laws in replacement thereof.
(v)      Good Reason ” shall mean (i) a substantial diminution in the Participant’s job responsibilities or a material adverse change in the Participant’s title or status; provided , that performing the same job for a smaller organization following a Change in Control shall not constitute Good Reason hereunder; (ii) a reduction of the Participant’s Base Salary or Target Bonus or the failure to pay Participant’s Base Salary or bonus when due, or the failure to maintain on behalf of the Participant (and his or her dependents) benefits which are at least comparable in the aggregate to those prior to the Change in Control; (iii) the relocation of the principal place of Participant’s employment by more than thirty five (35) miles from the Participant’s principal place of employment immediately prior to the Change in Control; or (iv) the failure of any successor or assignee (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company in connection with any Change in Control, by agreement in writing, to expressly, absolutely and unconditionally assume and agree to perform the Plan, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform the Plan if no such succession or assignment had taken place; provided , that any of the events described in clauses (i) - (iii) above shall constitute a Good Reason only if the Employer fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from the Participant of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; and provided further , that such Participant shall cease to have a right to terminate due to Good Reason on the 90 th day following the later of the occurrence of the event or the Participant’s knowledge thereof, unless the Participant has given the Employer notice thereof prior to such date.
(w)      Incentive Stock Plan ” shall mean the Company’s Incentive Stock Plan of 2013, as may be amended from time to time, or any successor plan thereto.

5



(x)      Involuntary Loss of Job ” shall mean, with respect to any Participant, the termination of such Participant’s employment with the Employer (i) by the Employer without Cause (other than pursuant to such Participant’s death or permanent disability), or (ii) by the Participant with Good Reason.
(y)      Participant ” shall mean an individual who satisfies the Plan eligibility requirements described in Section 2 of the Plan.
(z)      Person ” shall mean a “person”, as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Act (or any successor section thereto), including any Affiliate or Associate of the Company.
(aa)      Release Agreement ” shall mean the Release Agreement in substantially the same form attached hereto as Exhibit B (as the same may be revised from time to time by the Company).
(bb)      Severance Multiple ” shall mean (i) a multiple which shall not exceed 2.0, as determined by the Committee for the Chief Executive Officer, (ii) 2.0 for any Executive Officer, and (iii) 1.5 for any other Participant, which Severance Multiple shall be set forth in a Participant’s Acknowledgement.
(cc)      Target Bonus ” shall mean a Participant’s target annual bonus under the Company’s annual cash incentive bonus program or comparable cash bonus program for any Participants who do not participate in such program, as of the date of the Participant’s Covered Termination.
(dd)      Voting Securities ” shall mean the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in election of directors.
(ee)      Welfare Continuation Period ” shall mean the Welfare Continuation Period set forth in a Participant’s Acknowledgement; provided , however , that the Welfare Continuation Period shall terminate earlier as of the date upon which the applicable Participant becomes eligible to receive any health benefits as a result of subsequent employment or service following a Covered Termination.
2.      ELIGIBILITY
An employee of the Company Group designated as a Participant by the Committee; provided that, as a condition of participation in the Plan, the Participant must execute and submit the Acknowledgement, thereby agreeing to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, except as set forth in such acknowledgement and agreement.

6



3.      TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
(a)      Payments on Covered Termination . If a Participant undergoes a Covered Termination, in addition to any Accrued Obligations, subject to such Participant’s execution and delivery, and non-revocation of the Release Agreement, as contemplated in subsection (c) below, such Participant shall be entitled to the following payments and benefits:
(i)      an amount equal to a bonus for the year in which the Participant’s Covered Termination occurred, pro-rated for the months of service up to and including the month of termination and based on actual performance for the year, payable concurrently with cash bonus payments to other employees under the applicable cash bonus plan (but in all events prior to March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such Covered Termination occurs), which is subject to Company performance and the other terms and conditions of the applicable bonus awards;
(ii)      an amount equal to such Participant’s Severance Multiple multiplied by the sum of such Participant’s Base Salary and Target Bonus, such amount to be paid in one lump sum as soon as practicable after the Participant’s Covered Termination and, in no event, later than sixty (60) days after the date of such Covered Termination;
(iii)      continued participation, during the Welfare Continuation Period, of health insurance coverage at substantially the same level as provided to such Participant immediately prior to such Covered Termination, for which the Company will (A) reimburse Participant during the first 18 months of the Welfare Continuation Period, for the total amount of the monthly COBRA insurance premiums in excess of the monthly insurance premium cost paid by active employees of the Employer payable by the Participant for such continued benefits (by reducing such premium obligations to zero) and (B) provide such coverage for any remaining portion of the Welfare Continuation Period at the same cost to the Participant as is generally provided to similarly situated active employees of the Employer, which, to the extent required to comply with Code Section 105, shall be provided as a taxable benefit; and
(iv)      payment of or reimbursement for professional outplacement services up to $25,000;
provided , however , that the cash amounts payable under this subsection (a) shall be reduced, dollar for dollar by any cash amounts payable under the IR Severance Plan, or any other plan, policy, guideline, agreement or arrangement (including any agreement or arrangement assumed by the Company under the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of [●], 2013 by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and the Company), between a Participant and the Company Group or its Affiliates that provides any cash severance payments or similar payments, if any.

7



Payments and benefits described under this subsection (a) may be made by the Company or any other member of the Company Group, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, the Employer.
(b)      Other Termination Events . If a Participant voluntarily terminates employment for any reason, other than pursuant to a Covered Termination, such Participant shall not be entitled to the payment of any severance or other benefits under the Plan.
(c)      Release Agreement . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the payment of any amount or provision of any benefit pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be conditioned upon a Participant’s execution, delivery to the Company, and non-revocation of the Release Agreement (and the expiration of any revocation period contained in such Release Agreement) within sixty (60) days following the date of a Covered Termination. If a Participant fails to execute the Release Agreement in such a timely manner so as to permit any revocation period to expire prior to the end of such sixty (60) day period, or timely revokes his or her acceptance of such release following its execution, such Participant shall not be entitled to payment of any severance and other benefits under the Plan. Further, to the extent that any of the payments hereunder constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, any payment of any amount or provision of any benefit otherwise scheduled to occur prior to the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the date of such Covered Termination, but for the condition on executing the Release Agreement as set forth herein, shall not be made until the first regularly scheduled payroll date following such sixtieth (60 th ) day, after which any remaining payments shall thereafter be provided to the Participant according to the applicable schedule set forth herein.
4.      ADDITIONAL TERMS
(a)      Taxes . Severance and other payments and benefits under the Plan will be subject to all required federal, state and local taxes and may be affected by any legally required withholdings, such as wage attachments, child support and bankruptcy deductions. Payments under the Plan are not deemed “compensation” for purposes of the retirement plans, savings plans, and incentive plans of the Company Group. Accordingly, no deductions will be taken for any of retirement and savings plans and such plans will not accrue any benefits attributable to payments under the Plan.
(b)      Specified Employees . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (1) if, at the time of a Participant’s Covered Termination with the Employer, such Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder, and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent the imposition of any

8



accelerated or additional tax under Code Section 409A, then the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder will be deferred (without any reduction or increase in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Participant) until the date that is six (6) months following such Participant’s Covered Termination (or the earliest date that is permitted under Code Section 409A); and (2) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to the Participant hereunder would cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Code Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Code Section 409A, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by or at the direction of the Committee, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax or result in additional cost to the Company. The Company shall consult with its legal counsel and tax advisors in good faith regarding the implementation of this Section 4(b); provided , however , that none of the Company any other member of the Company Group, or any of their respective employees or representatives, shall have any liability to the Participant with respect thereto.
5.      TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
Although the Plan is designed to provide severance and other benefits to Participants as provided herein, the Board of Directors or the Committee may amend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time without notice to any Participant.
6.      LIMITATION OF CERTAIN PAYMENTS
In the event that any payments and/or benefits due to a Participant under the Plan and/or any other arrangements are determined by us to constitute “excess parachute payments” as defined under Code Section 280G, any cash severance payable under the Plan shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, such that the present value of such parachute payments is below 300% of such Participant’s “base amount” (as defined under Code Section 280G), and by accepting participation in the Plan, each Participant agrees to waive his or her rights to any “parachute payments” (as defined under Section 280G of the Code) sufficient to reduce such parachute payments to below such threshold; provided, however, in no event shall such cash severance be reduced below zero (0). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no payments or benefits shall be reduced under this paragraph unless (A) the net amount of such payments and benefits, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such reduced payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced payments and benefits) is greater than or equal to (B) the net amount of such payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such payments and benefits and the amount of excise tax imposed under Code Section 4999 as to which such Participant would be subject in respect of such unreduced payments and benefits and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced payments).

9




7.      GOVERNING BENEFITS
Except as specifically referenced herein, the benefits under this Plan replace and supersede any severance benefits payable upon a Covered Termination previously established under Other Severance Arrangements. In no event shall any Participant receive more than the severance benefits provided for herein, and any severance benefits provided under any Other Severance Arrangement or otherwise (including amounts paid under the IR Severance Plan), to the extent paid, shall reduce the amounts to be paid hereunder.
8.      CLAIMS PROCEDURE
(a)      Processing Claims . The processing of claims for benefits and payments under the Plan will be carried out as quickly as possible. If an individual is not selected for participation in the Plan or does not satisfy the conditions for eligibility in the Plan, he or she is not entitled to benefits and/or payments under this Plan.
(b)      Decision . If an individual’s claim for benefits under this Plan is denied, the individual will receive a written notice within ninety (90) days (in special cases, more than 90 days may be needed and such individual will be notified in this case):
(i)      requesting additional material or information to further support the claim, and the reasons why these are necessary,
(ii)      setting forth specific reasons as to why the claim was denied,
(iii)      setting forth clear reference to the Plan provisions upon which the denial is based, and
(iv)      providing notice of the individual’s right to have the denial reviewed as explained below.
(c)      Request for Review of Denial of Benefits . The individual or his or her authorized representative may request a review of his or her claim by giving written notice to the Plan Administrator. Each individual has the right to have representation, review pertinent documents, and present written issues and comments. An individual’s request must be made not later than 60 days after he or she receives the notice of denial. If an individual fails to act within the 60-day limit, the individual loses the right to have his or her claim reviewed.
(d)      Decision on Review . Upon receipt of a request for review from an individual, the Claims Administrator shall make a full and fair evaluation and may require additional documents necessary for such a review. The Claims Administrator shall make a decision within 60 days

10



from receipt of the individual’s request. In the event of special circumstances, a decision will be given to the employee as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of the individual’s request for review. The decision on the review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision. The final decision of the Claims Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties having or claiming to have an interest in the matter being reviewed.
(e)      In Case of Clerical Error . If any information regarding an individual is incorrect, and the error affects his or her benefits, the correct information will determine the extent, if any, of the individual’s benefits under the Plan.

9.      GENERAL INFORMATION
(a)      No Right to Continued Employment .  Nothing contained in this Plan shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of any member of the Company Group nor interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate his or her employment, with or without cause.

11



(b)      Plan Not Funded .  Amounts payable under this Plan shall be payable from the general assets of the Company, and no special or separate reserve, fund or deposit shall be made to assure payment of such amounts. No Participant, beneficiary or other person shall have any right, title or interest in any fund or in any specific asset of the Company by reason of participation hereunder. Neither the provisions of this Plan, nor the creation or adoption of this Plan, nor any action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall create, or be construed to create, a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary or other person. To the extent that a Participant, beneficiary or other person acquires a right to receive payment under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to implement or set aside funds in a grantor trust, subject to the claims of the Company's creditors or otherwise, to discharge its obligations under the Plan.
(c)      Non-Transferability of Benefits and Interests .  Except as expressly provided by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 162(m), all amounts payable under this Plan are non-transferable, and no amount payable under this Plan shall be subject in any manner to sale, transfer, anticipation, alienation, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge. This Section shall not apply to an assignment of a contingency or payment due: (1) after the death of a Participant to the deceased Participant's legal representative or beneficiary; or (2) after the disability of a Participant to the disabled Participant's personal representative.
(d)      Discretion of Company, Board of Directors and Committee .   Any decision made or action taken by, or inaction of, the Company, the Board of Directors, the Committee or the Claims Administrator arising out of or in connection with the creation, amendment, construction, administration, interpretation and effect of this Plan that is within its authority hereunder or applicable law shall be within the absolute discretion of such entity and shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. In the case of any conflict, the decision made or action taken by, or inaction of, the Claims Administrator will control. However, with respect to the authorized officers and senior executives, as designated by the Board of Directors in its resolutions, any decision made or action taken by, or inaction of, the Committee controls.
(e)      Indemnification .  Neither the Board of Directors nor the Committee, any employee of the Company, nor any Person acting at the direction thereof (each such Person an “ Affected Person ”), shall have any liability to any person (including without limitation, any Participant), for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in connection with this Plan (or any payment made under this Plan). Each Affected Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys' fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Affected Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Affected Person may be a party or in which such Affected Person may be involved by reason of

12



any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Affected Person, with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Affected Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Affected Person; provided that, the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company's choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Affected Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case, not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Affected Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Affected Person's bad faith, fraud or willful wrongful act or omission. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Affected Persons may be entitled under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Memorandum and Articles of Association, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such person or hold them harmless.
(f)      Section 409A . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if any benefit provided under this Plan is subject to the provisions of Code Section 409A and the regulations issued thereunder, the provisions of the Plan will be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner necessary to comply with Section 409A or an exception thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the Company (or its employees, officers or directors) have any liability to any Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A or any other applicable law.
(g)      Law to Govern .  All questions pertaining to the construction, regulation, validity and effect of the provisions of this Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of [•].
(h)      Notice . Any notice or other communication required or which may be given pursuant to this Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or two days after it has been mailed by United States express or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company, at [•] or to the Participant at his or her most recent address on file with the Company
(i)      Captions .  Captions and headings are given to the sections and subsections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of this Plan or any provision thereof.

13



(j)      Non-Exclusivity of Plan .  Nothing in this Plan shall limit or be deemed to limit the authority of the Board of Directors or the Committee to grant awards or payments or authorize any other compensation under any other plan or authority that it hereafter adopts.
(k)      Limitation on Actions .  Any and all rights of any employee or former employee of the Company against the Company arising out of or in connection with this Plan, claim for payment or any payments hereunder shall terminate, and any action against the Company shall be barred, after the expiration of one year from the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arose.
(l)      Successors .  The provisions of this Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns. If the Company shall be merged into or consolidated with another entity, the provisions of the Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the entity surviving such merger or resulting from such consolidation. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. The provisions of this paragraph shall continue to apply to each subsequent employer of a Participant in the event of any subsequent merger, consolidation or transfer of assets of such subsequent employer.
 

14



Exhibit A

ALLEGION PLC
CHANGE IN CONTROL
SEVERANCE PLAN



Acknowledgment and Agreement




Name:                                 

Severance Multiple:                             

Welfare Continuation Period:                     

I hereby agree to the terms and conditions of the Allegion plc Change in Control Severance Plan (the “ Plan ”). I understand that pursuant to my agreement to be covered under the Plan, as indicated by my signature below, the terms of the Plan will exclusively govern all subject matter addressed by the Plan and I understand that, except as expressly provided in the Plan, the Plan supersedes and replaces, as applicable, any and all agreements (including any prior employment agreement), plans, policies, guidelines or other arrangements, including Other Severance Arrangements (as defined in the Plan), with respect to the subject matter covered under the Plan and my rights to severance upon any Covered Termination (as defined in the Plan).



Dated: ____________________

PARTICIPANT



_____________________________

 


15


 

Exhibit B

RELEASE AGREEMENT

Date
Name
Address
Address
Dear __________:
This Agreement and Release (the “Agreement”) by and between you and Allegion plc and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (the “Company”) sets forth the terms of your separation of employment from the Company.
1.
Your active employment with the Company will cease as of ________ (the “Termination Date”). Your compensation will continue through the Termination Date.
2.
Your separation arrangements will consist of the following:
As a result of your participation in the Allegion plc Change in Control Severance Plan (the “Plan”), and your separation of employment with the Company constituting a Covered Termination (as defined in the Plan), you will be entitled to the severanc e benefits described in Section 3(a) of the Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

You are eligible for COBRA and will receive a package in the mail from ______. Please review the package carefully for election requirements.

None of the above payments shall be considered compensation for the purposes of benefits or payments under any employee benefit program of the Company.

These separation arrangements and other benefits described in this Agreement exceed the Company’s regular severance policies and programs.

The arrangements described above are in lieu of any other obligations the Company may have to you unless specifically mentioned in this Agreement.

All vested retirement benefits for which you may be eligible will be paid according to specific plan provisions.

Treatment of any equity based or other incentive award (including, any stock options, SAR’s, RSUs and PSUs) in connection with any Participant’s termination of employment for any reason

1



will be governed by the applicable terms and conditions of the specific award, or the plans or programs under which any such award  was granted or issued.

3.
In exchange for the benefits described in paragraph 2 above:

a)
You agree to promptly provide to the Company by the Termination Date, all expense reports, all documents whether in written or electronic format, as well as all Company assets, such as cell phones, personal electronic devices, computer equipment, keys, security cards and/or company identification cards in your possession pertaining to your work at the Company.

b)
You acknowledge:
that any trade secrets, or confidential business/technical information of the Company, its suppliers or customers, (whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, maintained in your mind or memory or whether compiled by you or the Company) derive independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others, who can obtain such economic value from their disclosure or use;
that reasonable efforts have been made by the Company to maintain the secrecy of such information;
that such information is the sole property of the Company (or its suppliers or customers); and
that you agree not to retain, use or disclose such information during or after your employment. You further agree that any such retention, use or disclosure, in violation of this Agreement, will constitute a misappropriation of trade secrets of the Company (or its suppliers or customers) and a violation of the Code of Conduct and Proprietary Agreements that you have previously made with the Company. You also agree that the Company may seek injunctive relief and damages to enforce this provision.
c)
You agree not to disclose the existence or the terms of this agreement to anyone inside or outside the Company, subordinates or any other employees of the Company. This shall not preclude disclosure to your spouse, attorney, financial advisor, designated Company representative, or in response to a governmental tax audit or judicial subpoena. You also agree to instruct those to whom you disclose the terms of this agreement not to disclose the existence of its terms and conditions to anyone else. This provision shall also not preclude you from disclosing this agreement and its terms in a legal proceeding to enforce its terms. The Company will hold you personally responsible for losses it incurs as a result of violation by you of this confidentiality obligation.

d)
For a period of [•] months following the Termination Date, you agree not to directly or indirectly recruit or attempt to recruit or hire any employee(s), sales representative(s), agent(s) or consultant(s) of the Company to terminate their employment, representation or other association with the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

e)
For a period of [•] months following the Termination Date, you agree not to directly or indirectly be engaged in, or have a financial interest (other than an ownership position of less than 5% in any

2



company whose shares are publicly traded or any non-voting, non-convertible debt securities in any company), in any business which competes with any business of the Company Group.

f)
You agree not to make any statement or criticism that could reasonably be deemed to be adverse to the interests of the Company or its current or former officers, directors, or employees. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this includes any disparaging statements concerning, or criticisms of, the Company and its current or former directors, officers or, employees, made in public forums or to the Company’s investors, external analysts, customers and service providers. You agree that any violation of these commitments will be a material breach by you of this Agreement and the Company will have no further obligation to provide any compensation or benefits referred to in this Agreement. You will also be liable for damages (both compensatory and punitive) to the fullest extent of the law as a result of the injury incurred by the Company as a result of such remarks or communications.

g)
[DELETE this section if employee works in California, Montana, North Dakota, Oklahoma, or Oregon.] For a period of _____ weeks [Note: should be equal to amount of weeks of Base Salary provided as severance benefits under the Plan] following the Termination Date, you agree to refrain from competing with the Company with respect to any aspect of its businesses, including without limitation, the design, manufacture, sale or distribution of similar or competitive products as an employee or consultant/representative of a competitor of any IR component, sector or business you have worked for in the last 5 years. If an arbitrator or a court shall finally hold that the time or territory or any other provisions stated in this Section (Non-Competition) constitute an unreasonable restriction upon you, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void, but shall instead apply to a lesser extent as such arbitrator or court may determine constitutes a reasonable restriction under the circumstances involved.

h)
[DELETE this section if employee works in California, Montana, North Dakota, Oklahoma, or Oregon.] For a period of _____ weeks [Note: should be equal to amount of weeks of Base Salary provided as severance benefits under the Plan] following the Termination Date, you agree you will not, directly or indirectly, for your own account or for the account of others, solicit the business of or perform services for the business of any “Company Customer”. Company Customer means any individual or entity for whom/which the Company provides or has provided services or products or has made a proposal to provide services or products and with whom/which you have had contact on behalf of the Company or for whom/which you were engaged in preparing a proposal during the last 5 years preceding the end of my employment.

4.
a)    You hereby irrevocably and unconditionally release and forever discharge the Company and each and all of its successors, predecessors, businesses, affiliates, and assigns and all person acting by, through and under or in concert with any of them from any and all complaints, claims, compensation program payments and liabilities of any kind (with the exception of claims for workers’ compensation and unemployment claims), suspected or unsuspected (hereinafter referred to as “Claim” or “Claims”) which you ever had, now have, or which may arise in the future, regarding any matter arising on or

3



before the date of your execution of this Agreement, including but not limited to any Claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (29 U.S.C §621), the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1 990 (29 U.S.C. §626 et seq .), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, (42 U.S.C. §2000e et seq .), as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, (42 U.S.C. §1981 et seq .), Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq .), Title II of the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008, 42 U.S.C. §2000ff et seq .) [Add pertinent state statutes] and/or other applicable federal, state or local law, regulation, ordinance or order, and including all claims for, or entitlement to, attorney fees. This section and the release hereunder, does not waive any claims under t he ADEA that may arise after the date of your execution of this Agreement.

b) The parties understand the word "claims", to include all claims, including all employment discrimination claims, as defined above, whether actual or potential, known or unknown, and specifically but not exclusively all claims arising out of your employment with the Company and termination. All such claims (including related attorney's fees and costs) are forever barred by this Agreement and without regard to whether those claims are based on any alleged breach of duty arising in contract or tort or any alleged unlawful act, including, without limitation, age discrimination or any other claim or cause of action and regardless of the forum in which it might be brought.

c)
Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent you (or your attorneys) from (i) commencing an action or proceeding to enforce this Agreement or (ii) exercising your right under the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 to challenge the validity of your waiver of ADEA claims set forth in this Agreement.

d)
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prohibit you from filing any charge or complaint with the EEOC or State Counterpart Agency or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or State Counterpart Agency, nor shall any provision of this Agreement adversely affect your right to engage in such conduct. Notwithstanding the foregoing you waive the right to obta in any monetary relief from the EEOC or State Counterpart Agency or recover any monies or compensation as a result of filing any such charge or complaint.

e)
FOR CALIFORNIA ADD: It is a further condition of the consideration hereof and your agreement that in executing this Agreement that it should be effective as a bar to each and every claim, demand and cause of action stated above. In furtherance of this intention, you hereby expressly waive any and all rights and benefits conferred upon you by the provisions of Section §1542 of the California Civil Code and expressly consent that this Agreem ent shall be given full force and effect according to each and all of its express terms and provisions, including those relating to unknown and unsuspected claims, demands and causes of action, if any, as well as those relating to any other claims, demands, and causes of action referred to above. Under Section §1542 of the California Code, a general release does not extend to claims which the creditor (employee) does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the Release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor (Company).


4



5.
You represent, warrant and acknowledge that the Company has paid you for all hours worked. You represent, warrant and acknowledge that the Company owes you no vacation pay other than your accrued, unused vacation attributable to the year in which your last day of active employment occurs, which will be paid in a lump sum based on your base salary at termination.

6.
You also hereby acknowledge and agree that you have received any and all leave(s) of absence to which you may have been entitled pursuant to the federal Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, and if any such leave was taken, you were not discriminated against or retaliated against regarding same. Except as may be expressly stated herein, any rights to benefits under Company sponsored benefit plans are governed exclusively by the written plan documents.
7.
This release of Claims does not affect any pending claim for workers’ compensation benefits. You affirm that you have no known and unreported work related injuries or occupational diseases as of the date of this Agreement.

8.
You acknowledge that you have no pending, contemplated or submitted disability claims. You acknowledge that you are aware of no facts that would give rise to a disability claim. You acknowledge that any disability payments for time periods covering the Termination Date forward would be withheld as an offset to the severance amounts provided above. Alternatively, if you obtain disability payments for the Termination Date forward, then the severance described above would be reduced. The Company has a right to reimbursement to the extent you obtain both disability payments for time periods after the Termination Date and Severance.

9.
If you accept another position with the Company prior to the Termination Date, the severance benefits described in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement will be withdrawn. Alternatively, if you have already received the severance benefits described in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement at the time you accept a position with the Company, you will only be entitled to retain the portion to the lump sum payment representing the number of weeks you were not employed by the Company. You will be required to repay to the Company the portion of the lump sum payment representing the number of weeks after which you became re-employed by the Company.

10. a)
You agree that you will personally provide reasonable assistance and cooperation to the Company in activities related to the prosecution or defense of any pending or future lawsuits or claims involving the Company especially on matters you have been privy to, holding all privileged attorney-client matters in strictest confidence.

b)
You will promptly notify the Company if you receive any requests from anyone for information regarding the Company or if you become aware of any potential claims or proposed litigation against the Company.

c)
You shall immediately notify the Company if you are served with a subpoena, order, directive or other legal process requiring you to provide sworn testimony regarding a Company-related matter.

11.
If the Company reasonably determines that you have violated any of your obligations under this Agreement, you agree to:

5




a)
Forfeit any right to receive the payments described in paragraph 2 above,
b)
Forfeit all rights to all outstanding stock options, vested or not, that were previously awarded, and
c)
Upon demand, return all payments set forth in this Agreement that have been made to you. If you fail to do so, the Company has the right to recover costs and attorney’s fees associated with such recovery.
The Company may further, where appropriate, seek injunctive relief to cause compliance with paragraph 3.
12.
This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between you and the Company and fully supersedes any and all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, between you and the Company pertaining to the subject matter hereof.

13.
This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the plain meaning of its terms and not strictly for or against any of the parties hereto.
14.
This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State in which the employee worked at the time of the employee’s termination without regard to its choice of law provisions, to the extent not governed by federal law.
15.
Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be wholly or partially illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the legality, validity, and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms, or provisions shall not be affected thereby, and said illegal, invalid or unenforceable part, term, or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.

16.
You understand and agree that:

a)
You are signing this Agreement voluntarily and with full knowledge and understanding of its terms, which include a waiver of all rights or claims you have or may have against the Company as set forth herein including, but not limited to, all claims of age discrimination and all claims of retaliation;
b)
You are, through this Agreement, releasing, among others, the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, each and all of their officers, agents, directors, supervisors, employees, representatives, and their successors and assigns, from any and all claims you may have against them;
c)
You are not being asked or required to waive rights or claims that may arise after the date of your execution of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any rights or claims that you may have to secure enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
d)
The consideration provided to you under this Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which you are already entitled;
e)
You knowingly and voluntarily agree to all of the terms set forth in this Agreement;


6



f)
You knowingly and voluntarily intend to be legally bound by the same;
g)
You were advised and hereby are advised in writing to consider the terms of the Agreement and consult with an a ttorney of your choice prior to executing this Agreement;
h)
You have been provided with sufficient opportunity to consult with an attorney or have waived that opportunity;
i)
You have a full [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] days from the date of receipt of this Agreement within which to consider this Agreement before executing it; and
j)
You have the right to revoke this Agreement within seven consecutive calendar days (“Revocation Period”) after signing and dating it, by providing written notice of revocation to [INSERT Name & Address of Appropriate HR Professional]. If you revoke this Agreement during this Revocation Period, it becomes null and void in its entirety. If you do not revoke this Agreement, after the Revocation Period, it becomes final.
You may accept this Agreement at anytime on or after the Termination Date but not before the Termination Date. If you accept, please acknowledge your agreement to the terms set forth above by signing and dating below where indicated. You have a full [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] 1 days from the date of receipt, that is until [insert date], to consider, acknowledge and return this Agreement. This time period is required by the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”). After you return the Agreement, as further provided by the ADEA, there will then be a seven (7) day period within which you may revoke the Agreement. If you fail to accept this offer within the [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] 1 day period it will be revoked and no longer available. It is only after the seven (7) day period that the Agreement becomes effective and enforceable.

Sincerely,



MANAGER

CERTIFICATION

I certify that I have been advised of my rights to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; have been given at least [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] 1 days from date of receipt within which to consider this Agreement; and exercised my rights and oppo rtunities, as I deemed appropriate. I knowingly and voluntarily have entered into this Agreement understanding its significance and my obligations.



_____________________________________
EMPLOYEE             Date    

7



Exhibit 10.14







June 19, 2013

Mr. David D. Petratis
[Address Redacted]

Dear David:

As you know, it is the intent of the Ingersoll Rand Board of Directors (“Ingersoll Rand Board”) to spin-off their residential security and commercial security businesses into a separate, standalone publicly traded company (“Allegion plc” hereinafter Allegion) in late 2013. Therefore, I am pleased to present you with an offer of employment to join Allegion as its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) reporting initially to the Ingersoll Rand Board, and then, at the time of the spin-off (“Transaction” or “Transaction Date”), to the Board of Directors of Allegion (“Allegion Board”). This position will be located in Carmel, Indiana and your employment date will be August 5, 2013 (“Employment Date”). I look forward to your acceptance of this offer and you leading Allegion to great success.

The compensation, benefits and other aspects of your offer are outlined below:

1.
Base Salary : Effective on your Employment Date, your base salary will be set at an annual rate of $900,000 (Nine Hundred Thousand U.S. dollars) which will be paid monthly by Ingersoll Rand, and then at the time of the Transaction, by Allegion in accordance with the appropriate payroll cycle for salaried U.S. employees. You will be eligible for base salary adjustments during the annual merit increase cycle based on criteria established by the Compensation Committee of Allegion (“Committee”).

2.
Annual Incentive : Effective on January 1, 2014, you will participate in an Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) for Allegion. The AIP will be designed and approved prior to the Transaction Date. Your annual opportunity is targeted at 110% of your base salary or $990,000. The actual award that you may receive can range from 0% to 200% of the target amount depending upon your performance and the performance of Allegion.

In 2013, you will have a prorated annual incentive target equal to $412,500 (5 months - August through December which is 41.7% x $990,000). Your actual award can range from $0 to $825,000 based on performance against objectives established by the Ingersoll Rand Board.

3.
Stock-Based Awards : Effective in 2014, you will be eligible to receive annual equity awards under the Allegion Incentive Stock Plan (“ISP”) as administered by the Committee. The ISP will be developed and approved for implementation prior to the Transaction Date. Your annual opportunity will have a target value of $3,000,000 and for 2014, will be denominated as follows:
Performance Share Units or “PSUs” (50% of the target value or $1,500,000);
Stock options (25% of the target value or $750,000), and
Restricted Stock Units or “RSUs” (25% of the target value or $750,000).
The terms and the design of these stock-based awards are intended to be similar in nature to awards provided to Ingersoll Rand plan participants; however, the final design will be determined by the Committee. For your reference, information related to the Ingersoll Rand equity program is attached ( Attachment #1: 2013 Long-term Incentive Program ).






The Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) will measure performance over a three-year period based on criteria established by the Committee. Therefore, the award granted to you in 2014 would be settled in early 2017 based on performance during the 2014 to 2016 measurement period.

Your first grant of stock options, RSUs, and PSUs is expected to occur within 90 days after the Transaction Date. Annual equity grants are contingent on and variable with your sustained performance and demonstrated leadership potential.

4.
Total Direct Compensation (“TDC”) Target : When you consider each of the above items, your TDC target is $4,890,000, which is an increase of 25.4% as compared to your TDC target at your current employer (refer to the summary provided on page 6).

5.
Cash - Sign-on Award : To compensate you for an estimated annual incentive compensation loss of $528,000 from your current employer, a cash payment equal to $530,000 will be made to you within 30 days of your Employment Date. Note, if you were to voluntarily terminate your employment within two years following your Employment Date (before August 5, 2015), the entire $530,000 payment must be repaid to Allegion. In the unlikely event that the transaction does not occur by June 1, 2014, this payment would not need to be repaid.

6.
RSU - Sign-on Award : To compensate you for an estimated loss of 62,416 unvested RSU’s (estimated value of $1,125,000 at $18.00 per share) and an estimated loss of $330,000 in unearned PSU value from your current employer, you will be granted 26,000 Ingersoll Rand RSUs (26,000 x $58.00 = $1,508,000). These RSUs will be granted at the next meeting of the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee (“Ingersoll Rand Committee”) immediately following your Employment Date, which is scheduled for August 8, 2013. All Ingersoll Rand RSUs will cliff vest 3 years after the date of grant and will be converted to RSUs of Allegion on the Transaction Date (the original terms and conditions would apply). In the unlikely event that the transaction does not occur by June 1, 2014, all Ingersoll Rand RSUs will immediately vest.

7.
PSU - Additional Awards : To begin participating in the Allegion PSP consistent with other Allegion executives, you will be provided with two additional PSU awards:
a.
The first grant will be based on 2014 performance and will have a target value of $500,000 (33.3% of the $1,500,000 PSU target). The actual number of PSUs earned will be based on metrics established by the Committee and settled in early 2015.
b.
The second grant will be based on 2014 to 2015 measurement period and will have a target value of $1,000,000 (66.7% of the 1,500,000 PSU target). The actual number of PSUs earned will be based on metrics established by the Committee and settled in early 2016.
Both of these additional grants will be made at the same time that other equity grants are made to employees of Allegion (within 90 days after the Transaction).
8.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) : Effective on the Transaction Date, you will participate in a SERP which will “mirror” the Ingersoll Rand Elected Officer Supplement Program (“EOSP”) with service credits beginning as of your Employment Date. A SERP is a non-qualified defined benefit pension plan that will substantially augment the retirement program value provided by Allegion. You will vest in this benefit after five (5) years of service from your Employment Date. A brief summary of the Ingersoll Rand EOSP as well as projected benefit values at various ages is attached ( Attachment #2: Elected Officer’s Supplemental Program ). Note, the projected values provided are for illustration purposes and are subject to change based on the interest rates in effective at the time of retirement, actual compensation earned, and other factors.

9.
Employee Benefit Programs : Effective on your Employment Date, you will be eligible to participate in all applicable benefit programs offered to Ingersoll Rand salaried U. S. employees in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions. These include qualified and non-qualified 401k plans, medical, life, etc. Immediately after the Transaction, you will begin participating in the Allegion qualified and non-qualified 401k plans. Furthermore, on January 1, 2014 you will become a participant in Allegion health and welfare





plans (without any lapse in coverage regardless of when the Transaction occurs). It is the intent of the Ingersoll Rand Committee to provide employees of Allegion benefits that are similar in design and value as those provided by Ingersoll Rand. For your reference, information related to Ingersoll Rand benefit plans is attached ( Attachment #3: 2013 Benefits Summary).

10.
Other Benefits : In addition to the above, as an Officer of Allegion, the following programs will be available to you:
a.
Deferred Compensation Plan:      You will be eligible to participate in a deferred compensation plan that will be established by Allegion and will become effective immediately after the Transaction Date.
b.
Automobile Allowance:      Effective on your Employment Date, you will receive a car allowance in the amount of $1,500 per month ($18,000 annually), which is intended to cover lease payments, gas, maintenance, insurance, etc. The entire amount of this allowance will be imputed to your annual income.
c.
Financial Counseling:      Effective on your Employment Date, you will be eligible for a tax, estate, and financial planning services allowance up to $11,000 in your first year and up to $9,000 annually thereafter. The entire allowance will be imputed to your annual income.
d.
Executive Health Program: Effective on your Employment Date, you will be eligible to participate in an executive physical examination program that will be established for Allegion in an amount not to exceed $1,500 annually.

11.
Vacation : Beginning on your Employment Date, you will be eligible for paid vacation, which in your case is four (4) weeks. Vacation days will be earned and accrued on a monthly basis each calendar year.

12.
Change-in-Control : Beginning on the Transaction Date, you will participate in the Allegion Change in Control Plan (“CIC Plan”), which provides economic security in the form of cash payments and enhanced coverage under certain benefit plans in the event of a loss of job caused by the sale of all or a substantial part of Allegion (in accordance with the CIC Plan). Your severance payment under the CIC Plan will be equal to 2 times your base salary plus your annual incentive target. No excise tax gross-ups will be provided, however, your CIC related cash severance benefit will be adjusted to provide you with the greater after-tax benefit between:
a.
Cash severance payments paid in full, with you being responsible for all taxes incurred, or
b.
Cash severance payments reduced to avoid triggering excise taxes.

13.
Major Restructuring Severance : The Major Restructuring Severance Plan covers termination scenarios up to one year from the Transaction Date. In the unlikely event you were to: 1) involuntarily lose your job (other than for cause or performance), or, 2) the Transaction does not occur by June 1, 2014 or it does not occur in the manner contemplated by the parties (i.e., a third party takes control or substantial control over Allegion) and you resign for good reason, you would receive a cash payment equal to 2.5x your current base salary, 2.5x your current AIP target, and a prorated payout of your AIP award based on time actually worked and adjusted for Company and individual performance during the fiscal year in which termination occurred. A copy of the Major Restructuring Severance Plan is attached for your reference ( Attachment #4 - Major Restructuring Severance Plan ).

14.
Severance : Following the expiration of the Major Restructuring Severance Plan, in the unlikely event of your involuntary termination from Allegion other than for cause, in exchange for a signed severance agreement in a form acceptable to Allegion along with a release of all claims you may have or allege, you will receive: a) severance of two year’s base salary paid in cash within 30 days of your termination plus, b) the amount of any AIP up to your prorated (to the last day worked) target for the plan year in which you are terminated, which would be paid in accordance with plan provisions.

15.
Relocation :      To assist you in relocating to Carmel or Indianapolis, Indiana, you will be eligible for a relocation allowance for qualifying, documented expenses not to exceed $55,000. Any allowance provided will be imputed as income and will be taxable to you. In addition, you will be provided with temporary living arrangements for up to 12 months from your Employment Date (not to exceed $5,000 per month).





Lastly, you will be expected to move to Carmel or Indianapolis, Indiana within one year of your Employment Date.

16.
Stock Ownership : Based on your role in Allegion, you are restricted from transactions involving ordinary shares of Company stock (exercising options, moving in or out of ordinary shares held in company plans, or buying or selling ordinary shares on the open market) except during designated window periods. Furthermore, you will be required to comply with the Allegion stock ownership requirements, which is $5,000,000 for the CEO. You will have 5 years to reach this ownership level (at a rate of 20% per year). For your reference, attached is a summary of the Stock Ownership guidelines ( Attachment #5 - Stock Ownership Guidelines - Allegion ).

This offer is contingent upon your acceptance of the Non-Compete and Proprietary Information agreements as well as satisfying the Conditions of Offer outlined on page 5. To accept this offer, please sign the “Conditions of Offer” section below, the Non-Competition and No-Customer Solicitation Agreement ( Attachment #6 ), and the Proprietary Information Agreement ( Attachment #7 ) and return in the enclosed UPS envelope to the attention of Jeff Blair, Vice President of Total Rewards.

David, we all believe that you will make a significant contribution to the Company and look forward to your leadership. If you have any questions about the details of the various plans and benefits above, please feel free to call Marcia Avedon at [Redacted] , or Jeff Blair at [Redacted] . For any other questions, please feel free to contact me at [Redacted] .

Sincerely,
/s/ Michael W. Lamach
Michael W. Lamach
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

cc:      Marcia Avedon
Jeff Blair     





Attachments:     
Long-Term Incentive (LTI) Program
Elected Officer Supplemental Program
2013 Benefits Summary
Major Restructuring Severance Plan
Stock Ownership Guidelines - Allegion
Non-Competition and No-Customer Solicitation
Proprietary Information Agreement
Letter from Craig Mundy

Conditions of Offer:
This offer is contingent upon the following:
1.
Verification of information signed and submitted in connection with the Ingersoll Rand employment application and authorization for Release of Personal Data Records Information (performed by Verifications, Inc.). *
2.
Passing the required drug and alcohol screening. All test results will be handled in strict confidence (performed by Verifications, Inc.). *
3.
Providing proof of identity and employment eligibility pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 within three (3) working days after the actual commencement of work. After submitting your acceptance of employment, you will be provided with instructions for completing this requirement along with a list of acceptable verification documents.
4.
Understanding and agreement that your employment is to be “at will”. This means that you or the Company, for any reason or no reason, may terminate employment and that nothing in this offer is intended to create a contract of employment for any period of time.
5.
Understanding, agreeing, signing and returning the Non-Compete and Proprietary Information agreements.
6.
Your acceptance and execution of this offer in the space provided below, and its receipt by Jeff Blair, Vice President of Total Rewards, no later than two weeks following the date of the offer.

Note : Refer to the enclosed letter from Craig Mundy, Vice President, Enterprise Leaning and Talent Management ( Attachment #8 ).


CANDIDATE ACCEPTANCE

I accept your offer of employment as the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Allegion and agree to the conditions herein and in the offer letter.

/s/ David Petratis              July 2, 2013     
Mr. David Petratis              Date




[6]











Exhibit 10.15






April 9, 2013

Mr. Patrick Shannon
[Address Redacted]

Dear Patrick:

I am pleased to present you with an offer of employment to join New Security as the Senior Vice President (“SVP”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) reporting to the Chief Executive Officer (to be named). This position will be located in Carmel, Indiana. Your employment with this new company and in this role will begin on the day that the residential security and commercial security businesses are successfully spun-off from Ingersoll Rand (“Transaction Date”) and a new standalone publicly traded company is formed (“New Security”). In addition, you will become an Officer of New Security effective on the Transaction Date. I look forward to your acceptance of this offer and becoming a part of the New Security leadership team.

The compensation, benefits and other aspects of your offer are outlined below and will become effective on the Transaction Date:

1.
Your base salary will be set at an annual rate of $425,000 (Four Hundred and Twenty-Five Thousand U.S. dollars) which will be paid in accordance with New Security’s payroll cycles for salaried U.S. employees. You will be eligible for merit increase consideration during the annual merit increase cycle. You will continue to earn a base salary at your current rate through the Transaction Date.

2.
This position is “incentive eligible,” which means you will participate in the New Security Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) which will be designed and approved prior to the Transaction Date. Your annual opportunity is targeted at 70% of your base salary or $297,500. The actual award that you may receive can range from 0% to 200% of the targeted amount depending upon your performance and the performance of New Security.

Using the metrics assigned to Corporate employees, you will continue to participate in the Ingersoll Rand 2013 Annual Incentive Matrix (“AIM”) program at your current compensation level through the Transaction Date. Assuming a December 2, 2013 Transaction Date, your Ingersoll Rand AIM target would be prorated by 11/12’s and then adjusted for Corporate and individual performance. Immediately after the Transaction Date, you will participant in the AIP at the target opportunity level outlined above. Any incentive earned under the AIP will be based on the metrics established by the Compensation Committee of New Security (the “Committee”).

3.
You will be eligible to receive annual equity awards under the New Security Incentive Stock Plan (“ISP”) as administered by the Committee. The ISP will be developed and approved for implementation prior to the Transaction Date. Your annual opportunity has a targeted value of $650,000 and the number of stock options, Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”), and/or Performance Share Units (“PSUs”) granted will be based on the Fair Market Value (“FMV”) of New Security’s ordinary shares on the date the Committee approves the award. The mix of equity awards, the terms,





and the design of the Performance Share Program (“PSP”) is intended to be similar in nature as provided to Ingersoll Rand plan participants, however, the final design will be determined by the Committee. The PSP will measure performance over a three-year period, therefore, the award granted to you in 2014 would be settled in early 2017 (based on performance during the 2014 to 2016 measurement period). Your first grant of stock options, RSUs, and/or PSUs is expected to occur within 90 days of the Transaction Date. Annual equity grants are contingent on and variable with your sustained performance and demonstrated leadership potential.

4.
When you consider each of the above items, your Total Annual Direct Compensation (“TDC”) target is $1,372,500 which, as a result of this promotion, is an increase of 38.4% as compared to your current Ingersoll Rand compensation.

5.
In consideration of the Ingersoll Rand PSU grants that will be prorated on the Transaction Date, you will receive two New Security PSU grants at that time. The target number of PSUs awarded will be based on the FMV of New Security’s ordinary shares on the date the Committee approves the award:
a.
The first grant will be based on 2014 performance and will have a target value of $108,355 (16.7% of your $650,000 equity target). The actual number of PSUs earned will be based on metrics established by the Committee and settled in early 2015.
b.
The second grant will be based on performance during the 2014 to 2015 measure period and will have a target value of $216,668 (33.3% of your $650,000 equity target). The actual number of PSUs earned will be based on metrics established by the Committee and settled in early 2016.

6.
In recognition of the critical nature of your role and your assistance in implementing the spin-off, we are providing you with a transition bonus in an amount of $150,000. This cash bonus will be paid to you in two installments (50% on the Transaction Date and 50% one year later). To be eligible for a payment, you must be actively employed by New Security on each of the payment dates. This bonus is contingent on the transaction actually taking place. If the transaction is not finalized, the bonus will not be paid. Within 30 days upon acceptance of this offer, you will be provided with a Transition Agreement that outlines the terms of this bonus.

7.
You will participate in a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) at New Security and your benefits will accrue in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Ingersoll Rand Elected Officer Supplemental Plan (“EOSP”). Service credits earned under the Ingersoll Rand EOSP will transfer to the New Security SERP (you will be provided with a statement documenting this service credit transfer within 30 days after accepting this offer). In addition, in the event of a Change-in-Control (“CIC”) after New Security has been formally established and you were to experience a loss of job within two years after the CIC (in accordance with the CIC Plan), an additional two years of age and service credit will be added to your EOSP calculation. In no case will the number of years of service credit exceed what is allowable under the EOSP (which is 35 years of service credit).

8.
You will be eligible to participate in all applicable benefit programs offered to New Security salaried employees in accordance with the terms and conditions of those programs including qualified and non-qualified 401k and pension plans. Please note that your medical, dental and life insurance coverage with New Security will commence on January 1, 2014, however, you will continue to be covered under the Ingersoll Rand plans through December 31, 2013.

9.
You will be eligible to participate in the following programs offered to Officers of New Security:






a.
Deferred Compensation Plan:     You will be eligible to participate in a deferred compensation plan that will be established by New Security.

b.
Company Car:      You will be eligible for a monthly car allowance in the amount of $1,250 per month ($15,000 annually) which represents the approximate value of the automobile benefit provided to you by Ingersoll Rand. In addition, you will be given an opportunity to purchase your current Ingersoll Rand company-provided automobile at book value. All of this allowance will be imputed to your annual income.

c.
Financial Counseling:      You will be eligible for a tax, estate, and financial planning services allowance up to $9,000 per year. All of this allowance will be imputed to your annual income.

d.
Executive Health Program : You will be eligible to participate in an executive physical examination program that will be established for New Security in an amount not to exceed $1,500 annually.

10.
You will be eligible for paid vacation, which in your case is four (4) weeks. Vacation days will be earned and accrued on a monthly basis each calendar year.

11.
You will participate in the New Security Change in Control Plan (“CIC Plan”), which provides economic security in the form of cash payments to the participant and enhanced coverage under certain benefit plans in the event of a loss of job caused by the sale of all or a substantial part of New Security (in accordance with the CIC Plan). Your severance payment under the CIC Plan will be equal to 2 times your base salary plus your annual incentive target. No excise tax gross-ups will be provided, however, your CIC related cash severance benefit will be adjusted to provide you with the greater after-tax benefit between:
a.
Cash severance payments paid in full, with you being responsible for all taxes incurred,
or
b.
Cash severance payments reduced to avoid triggering excise taxes.
Furthermore, under the terms of the stock awards, unvested stock options (if applicable) and Restricted Stock Units (if applicable) would vest in full and outstanding Performance Share Units (if applicable) would vest on a pro-rated basis at target award levels.
You will be provided with a copy of the CIC Plan within 30 days of your acceptance of this offer.

12.
You will be eligible for New Security’s Relocation Program to Carmel, Indiana. In addition, you will be provided with a loss on sale protection of your current residence not to exceed $200,000 (based on the original purchase price of your home, excluding capital improvements), which will be tax assisted. Also, you will be expected to move within one year of the Transaction Date (currently projected to be December 2, 2014).

13.
The Major Restructuring Severance Plan covers termination scenarios up to one year from the Transaction Date. Following that period, in the unlikely event of your involuntary termination from New Security other than for cause and after the Major Restructuring Severance Plan has expired, in exchange for a signed severance agreement in a form acceptable to New Security along with a release of all claims you may have or allege, you will receive: a) severance of one year’s base salary paid in cash within 30 days of your termination plus, b) the amount of any AIP up to your prorated (to the last day worked) target for the plan year in which you are terminated, which would be paid in accordance with plan provisions.






14.
Based on your role in New Security, you are restricted from transactions involving ordinary shares of Company stock (exercising options, moving in or out of ordinary shares held in company plans, or buying or selling ordinary shares on the open market) except during designated window periods. Furthermore, you will be required to comply with the stock ownership requirements that will be established for the Officers of New Security.

This offer is contingent upon your acceptance of the Non-Compete and Proprietary Information agreements attached hereto. To accept this offer, please sign as indicated under the Candidate Acceptance section below. In addition, sign the Non-Compete and Proprietary Information Agreements and return all of these materials to Jeff Blair, Vice President of Total Rewards, Ingersoll Rand.

Subject to the confirmation of the transaction, this letter will be a contractual obligation of New Security effective on the Transaction Date. Nothing in this letter alters your at-will employment status with New Security. In addition, nothing in this letter prevents New Security from changing or modifying plans, benefit designs, or compensation on a going forward basis. New Security may also require you to sign documents e.g., non-compete, other documents as part of its on-boarding process. Any compensation or benefits payable pursuant to this offer will be subject to applicable claw-back policies of New Security as in effect from time to time.

Patrick, we all believe that you will make a significant contribution to New Security and I look forward to you accepting this offer. If you have any questions about this offer, please feel free to call Marcia Avedon at [Redacted], or Jeff Blair at [Redacted]. For any other questions, please feel free to contact me at [Redacted].

Sincerely,
/s/ Michael W. Lamach

Michael W. Lamach
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

cc:      Marcia Avedon
Jeff Blair     





Attachments:     
Proprietary Agreement
Non-Compete Agreement


Conditions of Offer:

This offer is contingent upon the following:

1.
Understanding and agreement that your employment is to be “at will”. This means that you or New Security, for any reason or no reason, may terminate employment and that nothing in this offer is intended to create a contract of employment for any period of time.

2.
Understanding, agreeing, signing and returning the Non-Compete and Proprietary Information agreements.


CANDIDATE ACCEPTANCE

I accept your offer of employment with New Security as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and agree to the conditions herein and in the offer letter.



/s/ Patrick Shannon              April 10, 2013     
Mr. Patrick Shannon              Date













Exhibit 10.17






April 9, 2013

Ms. Barbara Santoro
[Address Redacted]

Dear Barbara:

I am pleased to present you with an offer of employment to join New Security as the Senior Vice President (“SVP”) and General Counsel reporting to the Chief Executive Officer (to be named). This position will be located in Carmel, Indiana. Your employment with this new company and in this role will begin on the day that the residential security and commercial security businesses are successfully spun-off from Ingersoll Rand (“Transaction Date”) and a new standalone publicly traded company is formed (“New Security”). In addition, you will become an Officer of New Security effective on the Transaction Date. I look forward to your acceptance of this offer and becoming a part of the New Security leadership team.

The compensation, benefits and other aspects of your offer are outlined below and will become effective on the Transaction Date:

1.
Your base salary will be set at an annual rate of $350,000 (Three Hundred and Fifty Thousand U.S. dollars) which will be paid in accordance with New Security’s payroll cycles for salaried U.S. employees. You will be eligible for merit increase consideration during the annual merit increase cycle. You will continue to earn a base salary at your current rate through the Transaction Date.

2.
This position is “incentive eligible,” which means you will participate in the New Security Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) which will be designed and approved prior to the Transaction Date. Your annual opportunity is targeted at 65% of your base salary or $227,500. The actual award that you may receive can range from 0% to 200% of the targeted amount depending upon your performance and the performance of New Security.

Using the metrics assigned to Corporate employees, you will continue to participate in the Ingersoll Rand 2013 Annual Incentive Matrix (“AIM”) program at your current compensation level through the Transaction Date. Assuming a December 2, 2013 Transaction Date, your Ingersoll Rand AIM target would be prorated by 11/12’s and then adjusted for Corporate and individual performance. Immediately after the Transaction Date, you will participant in the AIP at the target opportunity level outlined above. Any incentive earned under the AIP will be based on the metrics established by the Compensation Committee of New Security (the “Committee”).

3.
You will be eligible to receive annual equity awards under the New Security Incentive Stock Plan (“ISP”) as administered by the Committee. The ISP will be developed and approved for implementation prior to the Transaction Date. Your annual opportunity has a targeted value of $375,000 and the number of stock options, Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”), and/or Performance Share Units (“PSUs”) granted will be based on the Fair Market Value (“FMV”) of New Security’s ordinary shares on the date the Committee approves the award. The mix of equity awards, the terms, and the design of the Performance Share Program (“PSP”) is intended to be similar in nature as





provided to Ingersoll Rand plan participants , however, the final design will be determined by the Committee. The PSP will measure performance over a three-year period, therefore, the award granted to you in 2014 would be settled in early 2017 (based on performance during the 2014 to 2016 measurement period). Your first grant of stock options, RSUs, and/or PSUs is expected to occur within 90 days of the Transaction Date. Annual equity grants are contingent on and variable with your sustained performance and demonstrated leadership potential.

4.
When you consider each of the above items, your Total Annual Direct Compensation (“TDC”) target is $952,500 which, as a result of this promotion, is an increase of 24.8% as compared to your current Ingersoll Rand compensation.

5.
In consideration of the Ingersoll Rand PSU grants that will be prorated on the Transaction Date, you will receive two New Security PSU grants at that time. The target number of PSUs awarded will be based on the FMV of New Security’s ordinary shares on the date the Committee approves the award:
a.
The first grant will be based on 2014 performance and will have a target value of $62,500 (16.7% of $375,000 projected PSU award target). The actual number of PSUs earned will be based on metrics established by the Committee and settled in early 2015.
b.
The second grant will be based on performance during the 2014 to 2015 measurement period and will have a target value of $125,000 (33.3% of $375,000 projected PSU award target). The actual number of PSUs earned will be based on metrics established by the Committee and settled in early 2016.
6.
In recognition of the critical nature of your role and your assistance in implementing the spin-off, we are providing you with a transition bonus in an amount of $150,000. This cash bonus will be paid to you in two installments (50% on the Transaction Date and 50% one year later). To be eligible for a payment, you must be actively employed by New Security on each of the payment dates. This bonus is contingent on the transaction actually taking place. If the transaction is not finalized, the bonus will not be paid. Within 30 days upon acceptance of this offer, you will be provided with a Transition Agreement that outlines the terms of this bonus

7.
You will participate in a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) at New Security and your benefits will accrue in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Ingersoll Rand Elected Officer Supplemental Plan (“EOSP”). Service credits earned under the Ingersoll Rand EOSP will transfer to the New Security SERP (you will be provided with a statement documenting this service credit transfer within 30 days after accepting this offer). In addition, in the event of a Change-in-Control (“CIC”) after New Security has been formally established and you were to experience a loss of job within two years after the CIC (in accordance with the CIC Plan), an additional two years of age and service credit will be added to your EOSP calculation. In no case will the number of years of service credit exceed what is allowable under the EOSP (which is 35 years of service credit).
8.
You will be eligible to participate in all applicable benefit programs offered to New Security salaried employees in accordance with the terms and conditions of those programs including qualified and non-qualified 401k and pension plans. Please note that your medical, dental and life insurance coverage with New Security will commence on January 1, 2014, however, you will continue to be covered under the Ingersoll Rand plans through December 31, 2013.

9.
You will be eligible to participate in the following programs offered to Officers of New Security:
a.
Deferred Compensation Plan:      You will be eligible to participate in a deferred compensation plan that will be established by New Security.
b.
Company Car:      You will be eligible for a monthly car allowance in the amount of $1,250 per month ($15,000 annually) which represents the approximate value of the automobile benefit provided to you by Ingersoll Rand. In addition, you will be given an opportunity to purchase





your current Ingersoll Rand company-provided automobile at book value. All of this allowance will be imputed to your annual income.
c.
Financial Counseling:      You will be eligible for a tax, estate, and financial planning services allowance up to $9,000 per year. All of this allowance will be imputed to your annual income.
d.
Executive Health Program : You will be eligible to participate in an executive physical examination program that will be established for New Security in an amount not to exceed $1,500 annually.

10.
You will participate in a retiree medical plan which will subsidize retiree medical benefits in a manner that mirrors the Ingersoll Rand retiree medical plan in which you currently participate (Plan 601).

11.
You will be eligible for paid vacation, which in your case is four (4) weeks. Vacation days will be earned and accrued on a monthly basis each calendar year.

12.
You will participate in the New Security Change in Control Plan (“CIC Plan”), which provides economic security in the form of cash payments to the participant and enhanced coverage under certain benefit plans in the event of a loss of job caused by the sale of all or a substantial part of New Security (in accordance with the CIC Plan). Your severance payment under the CIC Plan will be equal to 2 times your base salary plus your annual incentive target. No excise tax gross-ups will be provided, however, your CIC related cash severance benefit will be adjusted to provide you with the greater after-tax benefit between:
a.
Cash severance payments paid in full, with you being responsible for all taxes incurred,
or
b.
Cash severance payments reduced to avoid triggering excise taxes.
Furthermore, under the terms of the stock awards, unvested stock options (if applicable) and Restricted Stock Units (if applicable) would vest in full and outstanding Performance Share Units (if applicable) would vest on a pro-rated basis at target award levels.
You will be provided with a copy of the CIC Plan within 30 days of your acceptance of this offer.


13.
You will be eligible for New Security’s Relocation Program to Carmel, Indiana. In addition, you will be provided with a loss on sale protection of your current residence not to exceed $100,000 (based on the original purchase price of your home, excluding capital improvements), which will be tax assisted. Also, you will be expected to move within one year of the Transaction Date (currently projected to be December 2, 2014). In addition, you will be eligible for reimbursement of up to $10,000 for moving of household goods to an apartment prior to your full relocation (not tax assisted).

14.
The Major Restructuring Severance Plan covers termination scenarios up to one year from the Transaction Date. Following that period, in the unlikely event of your involuntary termination from New Security other than for cause and after the Major Restructuring Severance Plan has expired, in exchange for a signed severance agreement in a form acceptable to New Security along with a release of all claims you may have or allege, you will receive: a) severance of one year’s base salary paid in cash within 30 days of your termination plus, b) the amount of any AIP up to your prorated (to the last day worked) target for the plan year in which you are terminated, which would be paid in accordance with plan provisions.

15.
Based on your role in New Security, you are restricted from transactions involving ordinary shares of Company stock (exercising options, moving in or out of ordinary shares held in company plans, or buying or selling ordinary shares on the open market) except during designated window periods.





Furthermore, you will be required to comply with the stock ownership requirements that will be established for the Officers of New Security.

This offer is contingent upon your acceptance of a Proprietary Information agreement attached hereto. To accept this offer, please sign as indicated under the Candidate Acceptance section below. In addition, sign the Proprietary Information Agreement and return all of these materials to Jeff Blair, Vice President of Total Rewards, Ingersoll Rand.

Subject to the confirmation of the transaction, this letter will be a contractual obligation of New Security effective on the Transaction Date. Nothing in this letter alters your at-will employment status with New Security. In addition, nothing in this letter prevents New Security from changing or modifying plans, benefit designs, or compensation on a going forward basis. New Security may also require you to sign other documents as part of its on-boarding process. Any compensation or benefits payable pursuant to this offer will be subject to applicable claw-back policies of New Security as in effect from time to time.

Barbara, we all believe that you will make a significant contribution to New Security and I look forward to you accepting this offer. If you have any questions about this offer, please feel free to call Marcia Avedon at [Redacted], or Jeff Blair at [Redacted]. For any other questions, please feel free to contact me at [Redacted].

Sincerely,
/s/ Michael W. Lamach
Michael W. Lamach
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

cc:      Marcia Avedon
Jeff Blair     





Attachments:     
Proprietary Agreement


Conditions of Offer:

This offer is contingent upon the following:

1.
Understanding and agreement that your employment is to be “at will”. This means that you or New Security, for any reason or no reason, may terminate employment and that nothing in this offer is intended to create a contract of employment for any period of time.

2.
Understanding, agreeing, signing and returning the Proprietary Information Agreement.



CANDIDATE ACCEPTANCE

I accept your offer of employment with New Security as Senior Vice President and General Counsel and agree to the conditions herein and in the offer letter.



/s/ Barbara Santoro              April 11, 2013         
Ms. Barbara Santoro              Date














Exhibit 10.18



October 4, 2013

Mr. William Yu
[Redacted]

Dear William:

I am pleased to present you with an offer of employment to join Allegion as President Allegion, Asia Pacific reporting directly to me. This position will be located in Shanghai, China. Your employment with Allegion in this role will begin on the day that the residential security and commercial security businesses are successfully spun-off from Ingersoll Rand (“Transaction Date”) and Allegion is formed as a new standalone publicly traded company. In addition, you will become an Officer of Allegion. I look forward to your acceptance of this offer and becoming a part of the Allegion leadership team.

The compensation, benefits and other aspects of your offer are outlined below and will become effective on the Transaction Date:

1.
Your base salary will be set at an annual rate of CNY 2,113,100 annually. You will be eligible for merit increase consideration during the annual merit increase cycle. You will continue to earn a base salary at your current rate through the Transaction Date.

2.
This position is “incentive eligible,” which means you will participate in the Allegion Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) which will be designed and approved prior to the Transaction Date. Your annual opportunity is targeted at 50% of your base salary or CNY 1,056,550. The actual award that you may receive can range from 0% to 200% of the targeted amount depending upon your performance and the performance of Allegion.

For 2013, you will continue to participate in the Ingersoll Rand 2013 AIM program at current compensation levels. The financial metrics used to determine your 2013 AIM award will be the Corporate, Security Technologies and Security Technologies-Asia Pacific financial metrics for the entire performance year.

3.
You will be eligible to receive annual equity awards under the Allegion Incentive Stock Plan (“ISP”) as administered by the Allegion Compensation Committee of the Board (“Committee”). The ISP will be developed and approved for implementation prior to the Transaction Date. Your annual opportunity has a targeted value of $100,000 and the number of stock options, Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”), and/or Performance Share Units (“PSUs”) granted will be based on the Fair Market Value (“FMV”) of Allegion’s ordinary shares on the date the Committee approves the award. The mix of equity awards, the terms, and the design of the Performance Share Program (“PSP”) is intended to be similar in nature as provided to Ingersoll Rand plan participants, however, the final design will be determined by the Committee. The PSP will measure performance over a three-year period, therefore, the award granted to you in 2014 would be settled in early 2017 (based on performance during the 2014 to 2016 measurement period). Your first grant of stock options, RSUs, and/or PSUs is expected to occur within 90 days of the Transaction





Date. Annual equity grants are contingent on and variable with your sustained performance and demonstrated leadership potential.

4.
When you consider each of the above items, your Total Annual Direct Compensation (“TDC”) target is CNY 3,782,800.

5.
You will receive two additional Allegion PSU grants, which are expected to occur within 90 days of the Transaction Date. The target number of PSUs awarded will be based on the FMV of Allegion’s ordinary shares on the date the Committee approves the award:
a.
The first grant will be based on 2014 performance and will have a target value of $18,100. The actual number of PSUs earned (0% to 200% of target) will be based on metrics established by the Committee and will be settled in early 2015.
b.
The second grant will be based on performance during the 2014 to 2015 measurement period and will have a target value of $36,200. The actual number of PSUs earned (0% to 200% of target) will be based on metrics established by the Committee and will be settled in early 2016.
6.
You will be eligible for continued participation in the Transition Bonus program with a $300,000 opportunity. This cash bonus will be paid to you in two installments (50% on the Transaction Date and 50% one year later). To be eligible for a payment, you must be actively employed by Allegion on each of the payment dates. This bonus is contingent on the transaction actually taking place. If the transaction is not finalized, the bonus will not be paid.

7.
You will be eligible to participate in all applicable benefit programs offered to Allegion salaried employees in China in accordance with the terms and conditions of those programs.

8.
You will be eligible to participate in the following programs offered to Officers of Allegion:

a.
Executive Vehicle: :      You will be eligible for a company car and driver provided in accordance with the China car policy that will be established by Allegion.

b.
Financial Counseling :      You will be eligible for a tax, estate, and financial planning services allowance up to $11,000 in your first (and last) year and $9,000 per year thereafter. The cost for these services is imputed to your annual income.

c.
Executive Health Program : You will be eligible to participate in an executive physical examination program that will be established for Allegion in an amount not to exceed $1,500 annually.

9.
You will be eligible for paid vacation in accordance with the leave policy established for Allegion      China.

10.
You will participate in the Allegion Change in Control Plan (“CIC Plan”), which provides economic security in the form of cash payments to the participant and enhanced coverage under certain benefit plans in the event of a loss of job caused by the sale of all or a substantial part of Allegion (in accordance with the CIC Plan). Your severance payment under the CIC Plan will be equal to 2.0 times your base salary plus your annual incentive target. No excise tax gross-ups will be provided, however, your CIC related cash severance benefit will be adjusted to provide you with the greater after-tax benefit between:
a.
Cash severance payments paid in full, with you being responsible for all taxes incurred,
or
b.
Cash severance payments reduced to avoid triggering excise taxes.





Furthermore, under the terms of the stock awards, unvested stock options (if applicable) and Restricted Stock Units (if applicable) would vest in full and outstanding Performance Share Units (if applicable) would vest on a pro-rated basis at target award levels.
You will be provided with a copy of the CIC Plan within 30 days of your acceptance of this offer.

11.
Based on your role in Allegion, you are restricted from transactions involving ordinary shares of Company stock (exercising options, moving in or out of ordinary shares held in company plans, or buying or selling ordinary shares on the open market) except during designated window periods. Furthermore, you will be required to comply with the Allegion stock ownership requirements, which is $1,000,000 for your role. You will have 5 years to reach this ownership level (at a rate of 20% per year).

This offer is contingent upon your acceptance of the Non-Compete and Proprietary Information agreements attached hereto. To accept this offer, please sign as indicated under the Candidate Acceptance section below. In addition, sign the Non-Compete and Proprietary Information Agreements and return all of these materials to Ray Lewis, SVP, Human Resources & Communications, Allegion.

Subject to the confirmation of the transaction, this letter will be a contractual obligation of Allegion effective on the Transaction Date. Nothing in this letter alters your at-will employment status with Allegion. In addition, nothing in this letter prevents Allegion from changing or modifying plans, benefit designs, or compensation on a going forward basis. Allegion may also require you to sign documents e.g., non-compete, other documents as part of its on-boarding process. Any compensation or benefits payable pursuant to this offer will be subject to applicable claw-back policies of Allegion as in effect from time to time.

William, we all believe that you will make a significant contribution to Allegion and I look forward to you accepting this offer. If you have any questions about this offer, please feel free to call Ray Lewis at [Redacted], or Jeff Blair, Vice President of Total Rewards, Ingersoll Rand, at [Redacted]. For any other questions, please feel free to contact me at [Redacted].


Sincerely,
/s/ David D. Petratis

David D. Petratis
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Allegion

cc:      Ray Lewis
Jeff Blair

Attachments:     
Proprietary Agreement
Non-Compete Agreement







Conditions of Offer:

This offer is contingent upon the following:

1.
Understanding and agreement that your employment is to be “at will”. This means that you or Allegion, for any reason or no reason, may terminate employment and that nothing in this offer is intended to create a contract of employment for any period of time.

2.
Understanding, agreeing, signing and returning the Non-Compete and Proprietary Information agreements.


CANDIDATE ACCEPTANCE

I accept your offer of employment with Allegion as President Allegion, Asia Pacific and agree to the conditions herein and in the offer letter.



/s/ William Yu                          October 10, 2013                     
Mr. William Yu                          Date






Exhibit 10.19




[Date]

[Name]
[Address]

Dear [__________]:
 
This Agreement (“Agreement”) by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc (hereinafter referred to as “IR” or “Company”) and you sets forth the specific payments for you should IR fully and successfully separate the residential security and commercial security businesses as described in the Company’s announcement on December 10, 2012 (collectively, “Security Business”) to new ownership through a spin-off, merger, sale or other similar transaction or series of transactions (collectively, the “Spin-off”).

To ensure that your services are retained, that you are fully engaged and adequately perform your responsibilities with respect to, and during the ownership transition, you are one of a small group of employees who are eligible for a Transition Bonus Payment (“Transition Payment”). The transition payment is designed to reflect two critical time periods. The first period of time is from today through the completion of the Spin-Off (the “Effective Date”). In the coming months, you will play an important role in preparing the Spin-off of the Security Business. The second period of time begins on the Effective Date and ends one calendar year from the Effective Date of the Spin-off. The Security Business will be a stand-alone entity after the Spin-Off and it is anticipated that you will play a key role in getting the new business up and running. For this reason, the Transition Payment is made in two installments.

If the Security Business is not successfully spun-off, there will be no Transition Payment. In addition, this Agreement is for a finite period of time and this agreement will expire. Specifically, this Agreement will only apply to a Spin-off of the Security Business with an Effective Date on or before June 1, 2014.

1. Transition Payment Eligibility

(a)
The amount of the Transition Payment will be Amount and will be paid in two equal installments: The first part (50%) will be earned on the Effective Date of the Spin-off of the Security Business provided that you are actively employed by the Security Business or IR on that date. The second part (remaining 50%) to be earned one year after the Effective Date; provided you remain actively employed by the Security Business on such payment date. For both payments, the payment will be made as soon as practicable after the earned date taking into account payroll timing, but in no event after 60 days of the earned date.

(b)
Any Transition Payment shall not be considered “Compensation” for purposes of the Ingersoll-Rand Pension Plan Number One, Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Pension Plan II, Ingersoll-Rand Company Employee Savings Plan, Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan, or “Final Average Pay” for purposes of the Ingersoll-Rand Company Key Management Supplemental Program II and the Ingersoll-Rand Company Elected Officer Supplemental Plan II, or “Cash Incentive Compensation Award” for purposes of the IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II, or for any plans of the future Security Business. For the avoidance of doubt, the Transition Payment is not intended to be treated as compensation for: (i) benefit accrual purposes of any qualified and non-qualified defined benefit plan, (ii) tax deferral purposes for any qualified and non-qualified defined contribution plan and (iii) eligibility for matching contribution for any qualified or non-qualified defined contribution plan.

None of the above payments shall be considered compensation for the purposes of benefits or payments under any employee benefit program of the Company.






The arrangements described above are in lieu of any other obligations the Company may have to you unless specifically mentioned in this Agreement. However, you will remain eligible to participate in the Ingersoll-Rand plc Major Restructuring Severance Plan subject to its terms and conditions.

All vested retirement benefits for which you may be eligible will be paid according to specific plan provisions.

2.
In exchange for the Transition Payments described in paragraphs above:

a)
You agree to promptly provide to the Company by the Effective Date, all expense reports, all documents whether in written or electronic format, as well as all Company assets, such as cell phones, personal electronic devices, computer equipment, keys, security cards and/or company identification cards in your possession pertaining to your work at the Company. Nothing in this paragraph is intended to seek the return of property that would transfer in connection with the Spin-off of the Securities Business.

b)
You acknowledge:

that any trade secrets, or confidential business/technical information of the Company, its suppliers or customers, (whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, maintained in your mind or memory or whether compiled by you or the Company) derive independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others, who can obtain such economic value from their disclosure or use;

that reasonable efforts have been made by the Company to maintain the secrecy of such information;

that such information is the sole property of the Company (or its suppliers or customers); and

that you agree not to retain, use or disclose such information during or after your employment. You further agree that any such retention, use or disclosure, in violation of this Agreement, will constitute a misappropriation of trade secrets of the Company (or its suppliers or customers) and a violation of the Code of Conduct and Proprietary Agreements that you have previously made with the Company. You also agree that the Company may seek injunctive relief and damages to enforce this provision.

Nothing in this paragraph is intended to seek the return of property or preclude disclosure of such information that would transfer in connection with the Spin-off of the Security Business.

c)
You agree not to disclose the existence or the terms of this agreement to anyone inside or outside the Company, subordinates or any other employees of the Company. This shall not preclude disclosure to your spouse, attorney, financial advisor, designated Company representative, or in response to a governmental tax audit or judicial subpoena. You also agree to instruct those to whom you disclose the terms of this agreement not to disclose the existence of its terms and conditions to anyone else. This provision shall also not preclude you from disclosing this agreement and its terms in a legal proceeding to enforce its terms. The Company will hold you personally responsible for losses it incurs as a result of violation by you of this confidentiality obligation.

d)
For a period of 2 years following the Effective Date, you agree not to directly or indirectly solicit, recruit or attempt to recruit or hire any employee(s), sales representative(s), agent(s) or consultant(s) of the Company to terminate their employment, representation or other association with the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

e)
You agree not to make any statement or criticism that could reasonably be deemed to be adverse to the interests of the Company or its current or former officers, directors, or employees. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this includes any disparaging statements concerning, or criticisms of, the Company and its





current or former directors, officers or, employees, made in public forums or to the Company’s investors, external analysts, customers and service providers. You agree that any violation of these commitments will be a material breach by you of this Agreement and the Company will have no further obligation to provide any compensation or benefits referred to in this Agreement, except as otherwise required by law. You will also be liable for damages (both compensatory and punitive) to the fullest extent of the law as a result of the injury incurred by the Company as a result of such remarks or communications.

f)
For a period of 52 weeks following the Effective Date, you agree to refrain from competing with the Company with respect to any aspect of its businesses, including without limitation, the design, manufacture, sale or distribution of similar or competitive products as an employee or consultant/representative of a competitor of any IR component, sector or business you have worked for in the last 5 years. If an arbitrator or a court shall finally hold that the time or territory or any other provisions stated in this Section (Non-Competition) constitute an unreasonable restriction upon you, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void, but shall instead apply to a lesser extent as such arbitrator or court may determine constitutes a reasonable restriction under the circumstances involved. Nothing in this paragraph prevents your work in the Security Business.

g)
For a period of 52 weeks following the Effective Date, you agree will not, directly or indirectly, for your own account or for the account of others, solicit the business of or perform services for the business of any “Company Customer”. Company Customer means any individual or entity for whom/which the Company provides or has provided services or products or has made a proposal to provide services or products and with whom/which you have had contact on behalf of the Company or for whom/which you were engaged in preparing a proposal during the last 5 years preceding the end of my employment. Nothing in this paragraph prevents your work in the Security Business and nothing in this section prevents you from calling on customers who were customers of the Security Business prior to the spin-off.

3.
a)    You hereby irrevocably and unconditionally release and forever discharge the Company and each and all of its successors, predecessors, businesses, affiliates, and assigns and all person acting by, through and under or in concert with any of them from any and all complaints, claims, compensation program payments and liabilities of any kind (with the exception of claims for workers’ compensation and unemployment claims), suspected or unsuspected (hereinafter referred to as “Claim” or “Claims”) which you ever had, now have, or which may arise in the future, regarding any matter arising on or before the date of your execution of this Agreement and at the Effective Date, including but not limited to any Claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (29 U.S.C 621), the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 (29 U.S.C. 626 et seq .), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, (42 U.S.C. 2000e et seq .), as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, (42 U.S.C. 1981 et seq .), Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq .), the Conscientious Employee Protection Act, N.J.S.A. 34:19-1, et seq ., The Indiana Civil Rights Law, § 22-9-1-1, et seq.; the Indiana Equal Pay Act, § 22-2-2-1, et seq.; the Indiana Aids Testing Law, § 16-41-6-1, et seq.; the Indiana Smokers Rights Law, § 22‑5‑4‑1, et seq.; the Indiana Handicap Discrimination Law, § 22-9-5-1, et seq.; and the Indiana Age Discrimination Act, § 22-9-2-1, et seq.; the Indiana Breast Feeding Rights Act, § 16-35-6, et seq.; the Indiana Military Leave and Re-Employment Rights Laws, §§ 10-16-7, et seq. and 10-17-4-1 through 10-17-4-3; the Indiana Military Family Leave Law, § 22-2-13-1, et seq.; the Indiana Emergency Response Leave Laws, § 10-14-3-19, 36-8-12-2, 36-8-12-10.7, and 36-8-12-10.9, as amended; the Indiana Service Letter Statute, § 22-6-3-1, et seq.; retaliation for exercise of rights under the Indiana Workers’ Compensation Act, § 22-3-1, et seq.and/or other applicable federal, state or local law, regulation, ordinance or order, and including all claims for, or entitlement to, attorney fees. This section and the release hereunder, does not waive any claims under the ADEA that may arise after the date of your execution of this Agreement.

b) The parties understand the word "claims", to include all claims, including all employment discrimination claims, as defined above, whether actual or potential, known or unknown, and specifically but not exclusively all claims arising out of your employment with the Company and termination. All such claims (including related attorney's fees and costs) are forever barred by this Agreement and without regard to whether those claims are based on





any alleged breach of duty arising in contract or tort or any alleged unlawful act, including, without limitation, age discrimination or any other claim or cause of action and regardless of the forum in which it might be brought.

i.
Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent you (or your attorneys) from (i) commencing an action or proceeding to enforce this Agreement or (ii) exercising your right under the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 to challenge the validity of your waiver of ADEA claims set forth in this Agreement.

ii.
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prohibit you from filing any charge or complaint with the EEOC or State Counterpart Agency or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or State Counterpart Agency, nor shall any provision of this Agreement adversely affect your right to engage in such conduct. Notwithstanding the foregoing you waive the right to obtain any monetary relief from the EEOC or State Counterpart Agency or recover any monies or compensation as a result of filing any such charge or complaint.

4.
You represent, warrant and acknowledge that the Company has paid you for all hours worked. You represent, warrant and acknowledge that the Company owes you no vacation pay other than your accrued, unused vacation attributable to the year in which your last day of active employment occurs, which will be paid in a lump sum based on your base salary at termination.

5.
You also hereby acknowledge and agree that you have received any and all leave(s) of absence to which you may have been entitled pursuant to the federal Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, and if any such leave was taken, you were not discriminated against or retaliated against regarding same. Except as may be expressly stated herein, any rights to benefits under Company sponsored benefit plans are governed exclusively by the written plan documents.
6.
This release of Claims does not affect any pending claim for workers’ compensation benefits. You affirm that you have no known and unreported work related injuries or occupational diseases as of the date of this Agreement.

7.
If you accept another position with the Company prior to the Effective Date, the lump sum payment described in Paragraph 1(a) of this Agreement will be not be paid. Alternatively, if you have already received the lump sum payment described in Paragraph 1(a) of this Agreement at the time you accept a position with the Company, you will only be entitled to retain the portion to the lump sum payment representing the number of weeks you were not employed by the Company. You will be required to repay to the Company the portion of the lump sum payment representing the number of weeks after which you became re-employed by the Company.

8.
a) You agree that you will personally provide reasonable assistance and cooperation to the Company in activities related to the prosecution or defense of any pending or future lawsuits or claims involving the Company especially on matters you have been privy to, holding all privileged attorney-client matters in strictest confidence.

b)    You will promptly notify the Company if you receive any requests from anyone for information regarding the Company or if you become aware of any potential claims or proposed litigation against the Company.

c)    You shall immediately notify the Company if you are served with a subpoena, order, directive or other legal process requiring you to provide sworn testimony regarding a Company-related matter.

9.
If the Company reasonably determines that you have violated any of your obligations under this Agreement, you agree to:

a)
Forfeit any right to receive the payments described in paragraph 1 above,

b)
Forfeit all rights to all outstanding stock options, vested or not, that were previously awarded, and






c)
Upon demand, return all payments set forth in this Agreement that have been made to you. If you fail to do so, the Company has the right to recover costs and attorney’s fees associated with such recovery.

The Company may further, where appropriate, seek injunctive relief to cause compliance with paragraph 2.

10.
This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between you and the Company and fully supersedes any and all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, between you and the Company pertaining to the subject matter hereof.

11.
This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the plain meaning of its terms and not strictly for or against any of the parties hereto.

12.
This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State in which the employee worked at the time of the employee’s termination without regard to its choice of law provisions, to the extent not governed by federal law.

13.
Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be wholly or partially illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the legality, validity, and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms, or provisions shall not be affected thereby, and said illegal, invalid or unenforceable part, term, or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.

14.
You understand and agree that:

a)
You are signing this Agreement voluntarily and with full knowledge and understanding of its terms, which include a waiver of all rights or claims you have or may have against the Company as set forth herein including, but not limited to, all claims of age discrimination and all claims of retaliation;

b)
You are, through this Agreement, releasing, among others, the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries, each and all of their officers, agents, directors, supervisors, employees, representatives, and their successors and assigns, from any and all claims you may have against them;

c)
You are not being asked or required to waive rights or claims that may arise after the date of your execution of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any rights or claims that you may have to secure enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

d)
The consideration provided to you under this Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which you are already entitled;

e)
You knowingly and voluntarily agree to all of the terms set forth in this Agreement;

f)
You knowingly and voluntarily intend to be legally bound by the same;

g)
You were advised and hereby are advised in writing to consider the terms of the Agreement and consult with an attorney of your choice prior to executing this Agreement;

h)
You have been provided with sufficient opportunity to consult with an attorney or have waived that opportunity;

i)
You have a full twenty-one (21) days from the date of receipt of this Agreement within which to consider this Agreement before executing it; and

j)
You have the right to revoke this Agreement within seven consecutive calendar days (“Revocation Period”) after signing and dating it, by providing written notice of revocation to HR Contacts NAME, TITLE and





ADDRESS. If you revoke this Agreement during this Revocation Period, it becomes null and void in its entirety. If you do not revoke this Agreement, after the Revocation Period, it becomes final.

If you accept, please acknowledge your agreement to the terms set forth above by signing and dating below where indicated. You have a full twenty-one (21) days from the date of receipt, that is until DATE 21 DAYS FROM RECEIPT, to consider, acknowledge and return this Agreement. This time period is required by the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”). After you return the Agreement, as further provided by the ADEA, there will then be a seven (7) day period within which you may revoke the Agreement. If you fail to accept this offer within the twenty-one (21) day period it will be revoked and no longer available. It is only after the seven (7) day period that the Agreement becomes effective and enforceable. In addition, in order to obtain the benefits in this document you will be required to re-sign this document on the Effective Date.


Sincerely,



Jeffrey A. Blair
Vice President, Total Rewards
Ingersoll Rand, plc

Cc: MANAGER
HR CONTACT


CERTIFICATION

I certify that I have been advised of my rights to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; have been given at least 21 days from date of receipt within which to consider this Agreement; and exercised my rights and opportunities, as I deemed appropriate. I knowingly and voluntarily have entered into this Agreement understanding its significance and my obligations.




_____________________________________
NAME            Date    

Re-sign on Effective Date


____________________________________________
NAME Date





Exhibit 10.20

[DATE]

[Name]
[Address]

Dear [___________]:

This Agreement (“Agreement”) by and between Ingersoll-Rand (China) Investment Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “IR” or “Company”) and you sets forth the specific payments for you should IR fully and successfully separate the residential security and commercial security businesses as described in the Company’s announcement on December 10, 2012 (collectively, “Security Business”) to new ownership through a spin-off, merger, sale or other similar transaction or series of transactions (collectively, the “Spin-off”).

To ensure that your services are retained, that you are fully engaged and adequately perform your responsibilities with respect to, and during the ownership transition, you are one of a small group of employees who are eligible for a Transition Bonus Payment (“Transition Payment”). The transition payment is designed to reflect two critical time periods. The first period of time is from today through the completion of the Spin-Off (the “Effective Date”). In the coming months, you will play an important role in preparing the Spin-off of the Security Business. The second period of time begins on the Effective Date and ends one calendar year from the Effective Date of the Spin-off. The Security Business will be a stand-alone entity after the Spin-Off and it is anticipated that you will play a key role in getting the new business up and running. For this reason, the Transition Payment is made in two installments.

If the Security Business is not successfully spun-off, there will be no Transition Payment. In addition, this Agreement is for a finite period of time and this agreement will expire. Specifically, this Agreement will only apply to a Spin-off of the Security Business with an Effective Date on or before June 1, 2014.

1. Transition Payment Eligibility

(a)
The amount of the Transition Payment will be Amount and will be paid in two equal installments: The first part (50%) will be earned on the Effective Date of the Spin-off of the Security Business provided that you are actively employed by the Security Business or IR on that date. The second part (remaining 50%) to be earned one year after the Effective Date; provided you remain actively employed by the Security Business on such payment date. For both payments, the payment will be made as soon as practicable after the earned date taking into account payroll timing, but in no event after 60 days of the earned date.

(b)
Any Transition Payment shall not be considered “Compensation” for purposes of any plans of the future Security Business or for purpose of the “last twelve month average salary” under the PRC labor contract law in relation to severance related payments. For the avoidance of doubt, the Transition Payment is not intended to be treated as compensation for severance payments.

None of the above payments shall be considered compensation for the purposes of benefits or payments under any employee benefit program of the Company.

The arrangements described above are in lieu of any other obligations the Company may have to you unless specifically mentioned in this Agreement and in your existing employment contract with the





Company. However, you will remain eligible to participate in the [Ingersoll-Rand plc?] Major Restructuring Severance Plan subject to its terms and conditions.

All vested retirement benefits for which you may be eligible under your existing employment related contract or agreement or plan will be paid according to that specific plan provisions.

2.
In exchange for the Transition Payments described in paragraphs above:

a)
You agree to promptly provide to the Company by the Effective Date, all expense reports, all documents whether in written or electronic format, as well as all Company assets, such as cell phones, personal electronic devices, computer equipment, keys, security cards and/or company identification cards in your possession pertaining to your work at the Company. Nothing in this paragraph is intended to seek the return of property that would transfer in connection with the Spin-off of the Securities Business.

b)
You acknowledge:

that any trade secrets, or confidential business/technical information of the Company, its suppliers or customers, (whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, maintained in your mind or memory or whether compiled by you or the Company) derive independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others, who can obtain such economic value from their disclosure or use;

that reasonable efforts have been made by the Company to maintain the secrecy of such information;

that such information is the sole property of the Company (or its suppliers or customers); and

that you agree not to retain, use or disclose such information during or after your employment. You further agree that any such retention, use or disclosure, in violation of this Agreement, will constitute a misappropriation of trade secrets of the Company (or its suppliers or customers) and a violation of the Code of Conduct and Proprietary Agreements that you have previously made with the Company. You also agree that the Company may seek injunctive relief and damages to enforce this provision.

Nothing in this paragraph is intended to seek the return of property or preclude disclosure of such information that would transfer in connection with the Spin-off of the Security Business.

c)
You agree not to disclose the existence or the terms of this agreement to anyone inside or outside the Company, subordinates or any other employees of the Company. This shall not preclude disclosure to your spouse, attorney, financial advisor, designated Company representative, or in response to a governmental tax audit or judicial subpoena. You also agree to instruct those to whom you disclose the terms of this agreement not to disclose the existence of its terms and conditions to anyone else. This provision shall also not preclude you from disclosing this agreement and its terms in a legal proceeding to enforce its terms. The Company will hold you personally responsible for losses it incurs as a result of violation by you of this confidentiality obligation.

d)
For a period of 2 years following the Effective Date, you agree not to directly or indirectly solicit, recruit or attempt to recruit or hire any employee(s), sales representative(s), agent(s) or consultant(s)





of the Company to terminate their employment, representation or other association with the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

e)
You agree not to make any statement or criticism that could reasonably be deemed to be adverse to the interests of the Company, its affiliates, or its current or former officers, directors, or employees. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this includes any disparaging statements concerning, or criticisms of, the Company, its affiliates, and its current or former directors, officers or, employees, made in public forums or to the Company’s investors, external analysts, customers and service providers. You agree that any violation of these commitments will be a material breach by you of this Agreement and the Company will have no further obligation to provide any compensation or benefits referred to in this Agreement, except as otherwise required by law. You will also be liable for damages (both compensatory and punitive) to the fullest extent of the law as a result of the injury incurred by the Company as a result of such remarks or communications.

f)
For a period of 52 weeks following the Effective Date, you agree to refrain from competing with the Company, or any of its affiliates, with respect to any aspect of its businesses, including without limitation, the design, manufacture, sale or distribution of similar or competitive products as an employee or consultant/representative of a competitor of any IR component, sector or business you have worked for in the last 5 years. If an arbitrator or a court shall finally hold that the time or territory or any other provisions stated in this Section (Non-Competition) constitute an unreasonable restriction upon you, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void, but shall instead apply to a lesser extent as such arbitrator or court may determine constitutes a reasonable restriction under the circumstances involved. Nothing in this paragraph prevents your work in the Security Business.

g)
For a period of 52 weeks following the Effective Date, you agree will not, directly or indirectly, for your own account or for the account of others, solicit the business of or perform services for the business of any “Company Customer”. Company Customer means any individual or entity for whom/which the Company provides or has provided services or products or has made a proposal to provide services or products and with whom/which you have had contact on behalf of the Company or for whom/which you were engaged in preparing a proposal during the last 5 years preceding the end of my employment. Nothing in this paragraph prevents your work in the Security Business and nothing in this section prevents you from calling on customers who were customers of the Security Business prior to the spin-off.

3.
a)      You hereby irrevocably and unconditionally release and forever discharge the Company and each and all of its successors, predecessors, businesses, affiliates, and assigns and all person acting by, through and under or in concert with any of them from any and all complaints, claims, compensation program payments and liabilities of any kind and including all claims for, or entitlement to, attorney fees. This section and the release hereunder, do not waive any claims under this Agreement that may arise after the date of your execution of this Agreement. By signing this document, you, hereby, release and waive any and all claims you have or may have in connection with your employment with and termination from the Company, or its subsidiaries or affiliated entities and their directors, officers and employees.  You further acknowledge that the consideration provided herein is, in part provided for this release of all employment claims.  The parties understand that employment claims include but are not limited to all claims arising out of your employment with the Company and termination from the Company.  Employment claims specifically include employment discrimination claims, whistleblower claims, qui tam claims/actions, and employment claims in your local jurisdiction and in all jurisdictions where claims could be brought whether actual or potential, known or unknown.  All such claims (including





related attorney's fees and costs) are forever barred by this Agreement and without regard to whether those claims are based on any alleged breach of duty arising in contract or tort or any alleged unlawful act. All such claims are forever barred by this Agreement regardless of the forum (e.g., nation, country, state, locale, court, administrative jurisdiction) in which the claim might be brought.
b) The parties understand the word "claims", to include all claims, including all employment discrimination claims, as defined above, whether actual or potential, known or unknown, and specifically but not exclusively all claims arising out of your employment with the Company and termination. All such claims (including related attorney's fees and costs) are forever barred by this Agreement and without regard to whether those claims are based on any alleged breach of duty arising in contract or tort or any alleged unlawful act, including, without limitation, age discrimination or any other claim or cause of action and regardless of the forum in which it might be brought.

a.
Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent you (or your attorneys) from commencing an action or proceeding to enforce this Agreement.

4.
You represent, warrant and acknowledge that the Company has paid you for all your employment related compensation and benefits under your current employment contract with the Company. You represent, warrant and acknowledge that the Company owes you no vacation pay other than your accrued, unused vacation attributable to the year in which your last day of active employment occurs, which will be paid in a lump sum based on your base salary at termination.

5.
You also hereby acknowledge and agree that you have received any and all leave(s) of absence to which you may have been entitled pursuant to the local applicable law, if any, and if any such leave was taken, you were not discriminated against or retaliated against regarding same. Except as may be expressly stated herein, any rights to benefits under Company sponsored benefit plans are governed exclusively by the written plan documents.
6.
You affirm that you have no known and unreported work related injuries or occupational diseases as of the date of this Agreement.

7.
If you accept another position with the Company prior to the Effective Date, the lump sum payments described in Paragraph 1(a) of this Agreement will not be paid. Alternatively, if you have already received the lump sum payment described in Paragraph 1(a) of this Agreement at the time you accept a position with the Company, you will only be entitled to retain the portion to the lump sum payment representing the number of weeks you were not employed by the Company. You will be required to repay to the Company the portion of the lump sum payment representing the number of weeks after which you became re-employed by the Company.

8.
a)      You agree that you will personally provide reasonable assistance and cooperation to the Company in activities related to the prosecution or defense of any pending or future lawsuits or claims involving the Company especially on matters you have been privy to, holding all privileged attorney-client matters in strictest confidence.

b)    You will promptly notify the Company if you receive any requests from anyone for information regarding the Company or if you become aware of any potential claims or proposed litigation against the Company.

c)    You shall immediately notify the Company if you are served with a subpoena, order, directive or other legal process requiring you to provide sworn testimony regarding a Company-related matter.






9.
If the Company reasonably determines that you have violated any of your obligations under this Agreement, you agree to:

a)
Forfeit any right to receive the payments described in paragraph 1 above,

b)
Forfeit all rights to all outstanding stock options, vested or not, that were previously awarded, and

c)
Upon demand, return all payments set forth in this Agreement that have been made to you. If you fail to do so, the Company has the right to recover such payments and the costs and attorney’s fees associated with such recovery.

10.
The Company may further, where appropriate, seek injunctive relief to cause compliance with paragraph 2.

11.
This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between you and the Company and fully supersedes any and all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, between you and the Company pertaining to the subject matter hereof.

12.
This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the plain meaning of its terms and not strictly for or against any of the parties hereto.

13.
This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State in which the employee worked at the time of the employee’s termination without regard to its choice of law provisions, to the extent not governed by federal/national law.

14.
Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be wholly or partially illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the legality, validity, and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms, or provisions shall not be affected thereby, and said illegal, invalid or unenforceable part, term, or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.

15.
You understand and agree that:

a)
You are signing this Agreement voluntarily and with full knowledge and understanding of its terms, which include a waiver of all rights or claims you have or may have against the Company as set forth herein including, but not limited to, all claims of age discrimination and all claims of retaliation;

b)
You are, through this Agreement, releasing, among others, the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries, each and all of their officers, agents, directors, supervisors, employees, representatives, and their successors and assigns, from any and all claims you may have against them;

c)
reserved;

d)
The consideration provided to you under this Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which you are already entitled under your current employment agreement;

e)
You knowingly and voluntarily agree to all of the terms set forth in this Agreement;

f)
You knowingly and voluntarily intend to be legally bound by the same;






g)
You were advised and hereby are advised in writing to consider the terms of the Agreement and consult with an attorney of your choice prior to executing this Agreement;

h)
You have been provided with sufficient opportunity to consult with an attorney or have waived that opportunity;

If you accept, please acknowledge your agreement to the terms set forth above by signing and dating below where indicated. If you fail to accept this offer within 7 days from your receipt hereof it will be revoked and no longer available.

This Agreement shall become effective on the date of the signings by both parties, whichever comes later.

Sincerely,



Jeffrey A. Blair
Vice President, Total Rewards
Ingersoll Rand

Cc: MANAGER
HR CONTACT

CERTIFICATION
I certify that I have been advised of my rights to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; have been given at least 7 days from date of receipt within which to consider this Agreement; and exercised my rights and opportunities, as I deemed appropriate. I knowingly and voluntarily have entered into this Agreement understanding its significance and my obligations.


_____________________________________
NAME              Date     






Exhibit 10.21
DEED POLL INDEMNITY OF ALLEGION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY
THIS DEED POLL INDEMNITY (this “ Deed Poll Indemnity ”) is made and effective as of October 1, 2013 by Allegion public limited company, an Irish incorporated company (“ Allegion plc ”) in respect of the class of Indemnitees (hereinafter defined).
WHEREAS , it is essential to Allegion plc to retain and attract as directors and secretary the most capable persons available;
WHEREAS , Indemnitee is a director or secretary of Allegion plc;
WHEREAS , each of Allegion plc and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of companies;
WHEREAS , in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for (i) substantial protection against personal liability, (ii) specific contractual assurance that such protection will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of Allegion plc’s Articles of Association or any change in the composition of Allegion plc’s Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to Allegion plc), Allegion plc wishes to provide in this Deed Poll Indemnity for the indemnification by Allegion plc of Indemnitee as set forth in this Deed Poll Indemnity, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under Allegion plc’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies as set forth in this Deed Poll Indemnity;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve Allegion plc directly or, at its request, with another Enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Allegion plc agrees as follows:
1.     Certain Definitions .
(a) Affiliate : any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.
(b) Board : the Board of Directors of Allegion plc.
(c) Change in Control : shall be deemed to have occurred if:
(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d) of the Exchange Act, becomes a “beneficial owner,” as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of 50% or more of the Voting Shares (as defined below) of Allegion plc;
(ii) the majority of the Board consists of individuals other than Incumbent Directors, which term means the members of the Board as of the execution hereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such time whose election or nomination for election was supported by three-quarters of the directors who immediately prior to such election or nomination for election comprised the Incumbent Directors shall be considered to be an Incumbent Director;
(iii) Allegion plc adopts any plan of liquidation providing for the distribution of all or substantially all of its assets;

    




(iv) all or substantially all of the assets or business of Allegion plc is disposed of pursuant to a merger, consolidation or other transaction (unless the shareholders of Allegion plc immediately prior to such a merger, consolidation or other transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, in substantially the same proportion as they owned the Voting Shares of Allegion plc, all of the Voting Shares or other ownership interests of the entity or entities, if any, that succeed to the business of Allegion plc); or
(v) Allegion plc combines with another company and is the surviving entity but, immediately after the combination, the shareholders of Allegion plc immediately prior to the combination hold, directly or indirectly, 50% or less of the Voting Shares of the combined company (there being excluded from the number of shares held by such shareholders, but not from the Voting Shares of the combined company, any shares received by Affiliates of such other company in exchange for shares of such other company), provided, however, that any occurrence that would, in the absence of this proviso, otherwise constitute a Change in Control pursuant to any of clause (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) above, shall not constitute a Change in Control if such occurrence is approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such occurrence.
(d) Enterprise : Allegion plc and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of Allegion plc as a director, officer, secretary, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent.
(e) Exchange Act : the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(f) Expenses : any expense, liability, or loss, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Deed Poll Indemnity, and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, prosecuting (subject to Section 2(b)), being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
(g) Group Entities : any subsidiary or a majority owned affiliate of Allegion plc (wherever incorporated or organized.
(h) Indemnifiable Event : any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Deed Poll Indemnity, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, secretary or employee of Allegion plc, or while a director or secretary of Allegion plc is or was serving at the request of Allegion plc as a director, officer, secretary, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other Enterprise, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, secretary, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, secretary, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary.
(i) Indemnitees : any person who was, is or is threatened to be made a party to a Proceeding (hereinafter defined) by reason of the fact that he or she (a) is or was a director, secretary or “officer” or “senior executive” (as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of Allegion plc) or (b) is or was serving at the request of Allegion plc or any of the Group Entities (hereinafter defined) as a director,

2




officer, partner, venture, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of any of the Group Entities.
(j) Independent Counsel : the meaning specified in Section 3.
(k) Proceeding : any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism (including an action by or in the right of Allegion plc), or any inquiry, hearing, or investigation, whether conducted by Allegion plc or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other.
(l) Reviewing Party : the meaning specified in Section 3.
(m) Voting Shares : shares of any class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the directors (or similar function) of an Enterprise.
2.     Agreement to Indemnify .
(a) General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, Allegion plc shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits Allegion plc to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). For the purposes of this Deed Poll Indemnity, the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by law” shall include, but not be limited to: (i) to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Irish law and/or the Articles of Association of Allegion plc that authorize, permit or contemplate indemnification by agreement, court action or corresponding provisions of any amendment to or replacement of such provisions; and (ii) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of Irish law and/or the Articles of Association of Allegion plc adopted after the date of this Deed Poll Indemnity that increase the extent to which a company may indemnify its directors or secretary.
(b) Initiation of Proceeding . Notwithstanding anything in this Deed Poll Indemnity to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against Allegion plc or any of its subsidiaries or any director, officer or employee of Allegion plc or any of its subsidiaries unless (i) Allegion plc has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 4; or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation.
(c) Mandatory Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deed Poll Indemnity, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by Allegion plc hereunder against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.
(d) Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Deed Poll Indemnity to indemnification by Allegion plc for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, Allegion plc shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

3




(e) Prohibited Indemnification . No indemnification pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity shall be paid by Allegion plc:
(i) on account of any Proceeding in which a final and non-appealable judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of Allegion plc pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of any federal, state, or local laws;
(ii) if a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment, shall determine that such indemnification is not permitted under applicable law;
(iii) on account of any Proceeding relating to an Indemnifiable Event as to which the Indemnitee has been convicted of a crime constituting a felony under the laws of the jurisdiction where the criminal action had been brought (or, where a jurisdiction does not classify any crime as a felony, a crime for which Indemnitee is sentenced to death or imprisonment for a term exceeding one year); or
(iv) on account of any Proceeding brought by Allegion plc or any of its subsidiaries against Indemnitee.
3.      Reviewing Party; Exhaustion of Remedies
(a) Prior to any Change in Control, the reviewing party (the “ Reviewing Party ”) shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification; after a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party. With respect to all matters arising after a Change in Control concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense advances under this Deed Poll Indemnity, the deed poll indemnity, dated as of the date hereof, made by Allegion U.S. Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ U.S. HoldCo ”) (the “ U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity ”), the deed poll indemnity, dated as of the date hereof, made by Allegion Irish Holding Company Limited (“ Irish HoldCo ”) (the “ Irish HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity ”) or any other agreement to which Allegion plc or any of its Affiliates is a party or under applicable law, Allegion plc’s Articles of Association or the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of U.S. HoldCo (the “ U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents ”) now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, Allegion plc and U.S. HoldCo shall seek legal advice only from independent counsel (“ Independent Counsel ”) selected by Indemnitee and approved by Allegion plc (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for Allegion plc, U.S. HoldCo or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five years. The Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing Allegion plc, U.S. HoldCo or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Deed Poll Indemnity. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to Allegion plc, U.S. HoldCo and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. In doing so, the Independent Counsel may consult with (and rely upon) counsel in any appropriate jurisdiction who would qualify as Independent Counsel (“ Local Counsel ”). To the fullest extent permitted by law, Allegion plc agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and the Local Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Deed Poll Indemnity or the engagement of Independent Counsel or the Local Counsel pursuant hereto.
(b) The U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity provides that, prior to making written demand on U.S. HoldCo for indemnification pursuant to Section 4(a) of the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity or making a request

4




for Expense Advance (as defined in the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity) pursuant to Section 2(c) of the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, Indemnitee shall (i) seek such indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, under any applicable insurance policy and (ii) request that Allegion plc consider in its discretion whether to make such indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable. Upon any such request by Indemnitee of Allegion plc, Allegion plc shall consider whether to make such indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, based on the facts and circumstances related to the request. Allegion plc may require, as a condition to making any indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, that Indemnitee enter into an agreement providing for such indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, to be made subject to substantially the same terms and conditions applicable to an indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, by U.S. HoldCo under the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity (including, without limitation, conditioning any Expense Advance upon delivery to Allegion plc of an undertaking of the type described in clause (i) of the proviso to Section 2(c) of the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity).
4.     Indemnification Process and Appeal .
(a) Indemnification Payment . Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from Allegion plc in accordance with this Deed Poll Indemnity as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on Allegion plc for indemnification, unless the Reviewing Party has given a written opinion to Allegion plc that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.
(b) Adjudication or Arbitration . (i) Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification to which Indemnitee is entitled hereunder within thirty days after making a demand or request in accordance with Section 4(a) (a “ Nonpayment ”), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Deed Poll Indemnity by commencing litigation in any court located in the country of Ireland (an “ Irish Court ”) having subject matter jurisdiction thereof seeking an initial determination by the court or by challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by Indemnitee in any such litigation shall be binding on Allegion plc, U.S. HoldCo and Indemnitee. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity. Allegion plc, U.S. HoldCo and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (A) consent to submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Irish Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Deed Poll Indemnity, (B) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Irish Court, and (C) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Irish Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Deed Poll Indemnity shall limit any right Indemnitee may have under applicable law to bring any action or proceeding in any other court.
(ii) Alternatively, in the case of a Nonpayment, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.
(iii) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 4(a) of this Deed Poll Indemnity that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 4(b) Allegion plc shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

5




(iv) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 4(b), seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Deed Poll Indemnity, and it is determined in said judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive all of the indemnification sought, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from Allegion plc, and shall be indemnified by Allegion plc against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in said judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification sought, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from Allegion plc, and shall be indemnified by Allegion plc against, any and all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration.
(c) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions . (i) It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against Allegion plc to enforce this Deed Poll Indemnity that it is not permissible under applicable law for Allegion plc to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed.
(ii) In connection with any action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on Allegion plc.
(iii) Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall, of itself, be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
(iv) For purposes of this Deed Poll Indemnity, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.
(v) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of any Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the management of such Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for such Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to such Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by such Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 4(c)(v) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in applicable law.
(vi) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent or employee of any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any right to indemnification under this Deed Poll Indemnity.
(vii) Allegion plc shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity that the procedures or presumptions of this Deed Poll Indemnity are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any court or before any arbitrator that Allegion plc is bound by all the provisions of this Deed Poll Indemnity.
5.     Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights .
In addition to Indemnitee’s rights under Section 4(b)(iv), Allegion plc shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee:
(a) for indemnification or advance payment of Expenses under any agreement to which Allegion plc or any of its Affiliates is a party (other than this Deed Poll Indemnity) or under applicable law, Allegion plc’s Articles of Association or the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification or advance payment of Expenses for Indemnifiable Events (it being specified, for the avoidance of doubt, that this clause (a) shall not be deemed to provide Indemnitee with a right to the indemnification or advance payment of Expenses being sought in such action), and/or
(b) for recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by Allegion plc, but, in either case, only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or expense advance or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
6.     Notification and Defense of Proceeding .
(a) Notice . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against Allegion plc under this Deed Poll Indemnity, notify Allegion plc and U.S. HoldCo of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify Allegion plc and U.S. HoldCo will not relieve Allegion plc from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).
(b) Defense . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies Allegion plc and U.S. HoldCo of the commencement thereof, Allegion plc will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent Allegion plc so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from Allegion plc to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, Allegion plc shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Deed Poll Indemnity or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from Allegion plc of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by Allegion plc, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and Allegion plc in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control, the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel, or (iv) Allegion plc shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by Allegion plc. Allegion plc shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding (x) brought by or on behalf of U.S. HoldCo or Allegion plc, (y) as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii) above or (z) after a Change in Control (it being specified, for the avoidance of doubt, that Allegion plc may assume defense of any such proceeding described in this sentence with Indemnitee’s consent, provided that any such consent shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(b)).
(c) Settlement of Claims . Allegion plc shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Deed Poll Indemnity or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without Allegion plc’s

6




written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, Allegion plc shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. Allegion plc shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. Allegion plc shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Deed Poll Indemnity with regard to any judicial award if Allegion plc was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; Allegion plc’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if assumption of the defense of the Proceeding by Allegion plc was barred by this Deed Poll Indemnity.
7.     Establishment of Trust .
In the event of a Change in Control Allegion plc shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a trust for the benefit of the Indemnitee (the “ Trust ”) and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund the Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request (a) to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for, participating in, and/or defending any Proceeding relating to an Indemnifiable Event and (b) to be indemnifiable pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Independent Counsel. The terms of the Trust shall provide that (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded without the written consent of the Indemnitee, (ii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by Allegion plc in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iii) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity, and (iv) all unexpended funds in the Trust shall revert to Allegion plc upon a final determination by the Independent Counsel or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Deed Poll Indemnity. The trustee of the Trust (the “ Trustee ”) shall be chosen by the Indemnitee. Nothing in this Section 7 shall relieve Allegion plc of any of its obligations under this Deed Poll Indemnity. All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by Allegion plc for federal, state, local, and foreign tax purposes. Allegion plc shall pay all costs of establishing and maintaining the Trust and shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all expenses (including attorney’s fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Deed Poll Indemnity or the establishment and maintenance of the Trust.
8.     Non-Exclusivity .
The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under Allegion plc’s Articles of Association, the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents, the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, the Irish HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, applicable law, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under Allegion plc’s Articles of Association, the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents, the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, the Irish HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, applicable law or this Deed Poll Indemnity, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Deed Poll Indemnity the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
9.     Liability Insurance .
For so long as Indemnitee has indemnification rights hereunder or under the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity or under the Irish HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, Allegion plc shall maintain an insurance policy or policies providing general and/or directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering Indemnitee, in accordance with the terms of such policy or policies, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer,

7




secretary or employee, as applicable, of Allegion plc, provided and to the extent that such insurance is available on a commercially reasonable basis. 
10.      Exclusions .
In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision of this Deed Poll Indemnity to the contrary, Allegion plc shall not be obligated under this Deed Poll Indemnity to make any payment pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity for which payment is expressly prohibited by law (including, with respect to any director or secretary of Allegion plc, in respect of any liability expressly prohibited from being indemnified pursuant to section 200 of the Irish Companies Act 1963 (as amended) (including any successor provisions, “ Section 200 ”), but (i) in no way limiting any rights under section 391 of the Irish Companies Act 1963 (as amended), and (ii) to the extent any such limitations or prescriptions are amended or determined by a court of a competent jurisdiction to be void or inapplicable, or relief to the contrary is granted, then the Indemnitee shall receive the greatest rights then available under law.
11.     Continuation of Contractual Indemnity or Period of Limitations .
All agreements and obligations of Allegion plc contained herein shall continue for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to, or involved in, any proceeding for which indemnification is provided pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of Allegion plc or any Affiliate of Allegion plc against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, or such longer period as may be required by the laws of Ireland under the circumstances. Any claim or cause of action of Allegion plc or its Affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.
12.     Amendment of this Deed Poll Indemnity .
No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Deed Poll Indemnity shall be binding unless executed in writing. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Deed Poll Indemnity shall be binding unless in the form of writing, and no such waiver shall operate as a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.
13.     Subrogation .
In the event of payment under this Deed Poll Indemnity, Allegion plc shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable Allegion plc effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. 
14.     No Duplication of Payments .
Allegion plc shall not be liable under this Deed Poll Indemnity to make any payment in connection with any claim made by Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, Allegion plc’s Articles of Association, the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents, the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, the Irish HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

8




15.     Obligations of Allegion plc .
In the event a Proceeding results in a judgment in Indemnitee’s favor or otherwise is disposed of in a manner that allows Allegion plc to indemnify Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding under the Articles of Association of Allegion plc as then in effect, Allegion plc will provide such indemnification to Indemnitee and will reimburse U.S. HoldCo and/or Irish HoldCo for any indemnification or Expense Advance previously made by U.S. HoldCo and/or Irish HoldCo in connection with such Proceeding.
16.     Binding Effect .
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Allegion plc), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives; provided, however, that U.S. HoldCo shall be a beneficiary of, and have the right to enforce, Section 15 hereof. Allegion plc shall require and cause any successor thereof (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of Allegion plc, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Deed Poll Indemnity in the same manner and to the same extent that Allegion plc would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Deed Poll Indemnity shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though he may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding or is deceased and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and assigns of such a person. 
17.      Severability .
If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Deed Poll Indemnity shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Deed Poll Indemnity (including, without limitation, each portion of this Deed Poll Indemnity containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void or unenforceable. 
18.     Governing Law .
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of Ireland applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effects to its principles of conflicts of laws. 
19.     Notices .
All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to Allegion plc at:
Address :     Barbara A. Santoro
c/o Allegion public limited company
Block D
Iveagh Court

9




Harcourt Road
Dublin 2
Ireland

Tel :         (+353) 1 870 7000
Fax :        (+353) 1 870 7001

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

20.     Counterparts .
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

10




IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Deed Poll Indemnity has been duly executed as a deed and shall be delivered by Allegion plc on the date first written above.








GIVEN  under the common seal of
ALLEGION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY
and DELIVERED  as a DEED


   ___________________________
   Duly Authorised Signatory

   ___________________________
   Duly Authorised Signatory








11




Exhibit 10.22
DEED POLL INDEMNITY OF ALLEGION U.S. HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
THIS DEED POLL INDEMNITY (this “ Deed Poll Indemnity ”) is made and effective as of October 1, 2013 by Allegion U.S. Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ U.S. HoldCo ”) in respect of the class of Indemnitees (hereinafter defined).
WHEREAS, U.S. HoldCo is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allegion plc;
WHEREAS, it is essential to U.S. HoldCo and Allegion plc that Allegion plc retain and attract as directors and secretary the most capable persons available;
WHEREAS, U.S. HoldCo has requested that the Indemnitee serve as a director, officer, secretary or employee of Allegion plc, and, if requested to do so by U.S. HoldCo, as a director, officer, secretary, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other Enterprise; and
WHEREAS, each of Allegion plc, U.S. HoldCo and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of companies;
WHEREAS, due to restrictions imposed by Irish law, the Articles of Association of Allegion plc do not confer indemnification and advancement rights on its directors and secretary as broad as the indemnification and advancement rights that are customarily provided to the directors and secretary of a company organized under the laws of a U.S. state;
WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for (i) substantial protection against personal liability, (ii) specific contractual assurance that such protection will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of Allegion plc’s Articles of Association, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of U.S. HoldCo (the “ U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents ”) or any change in the composition of the Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to Allegion plc), U.S. HoldCo wishes to provide in this Deed Poll Indemnity for the indemnification by U.S. HoldCo of and the advancing by U.S. HoldCo of expenses to Indemnitee as set forth in this Deed Poll Indemnity;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve Allegion plc directly or, at U.S. HoldCo’s request, with another Enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, U.S. HoldCo agrees as follows:
1.     Certain Definitions .
(a) Affiliate : any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.
(b) Board : the Board of Directors of Allegion plc.
(c) Change in Control : shall be deemed to have occurred if:
(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d) of the Exchange Act, becomes a “beneficial owner,” as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of 50% or more of the Voting Shares (as defined below) of Allegion plc;

1




(ii) the majority of the Board consists of individuals other than Incumbent Directors, which term means the members of the Board as of the execution hereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such time whose election or nomination for election was supported by three-quarters of the directors who immediately prior to such election or nomination for election comprised the Incumbent Directors shall be considered to be an Incumbent Director;
(iii) Allegion plc adopts any plan of liquidation providing for the distribution of all or substantially all of its assets;
(iv) all or substantially all of the assets or business of Allegion plc is disposed of pursuant to a merger, consolidation or other transaction (unless the shareholders of Allegion plc immediately prior to such a merger, consolidation or other transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, in substantially the same proportion as they owned the Voting Shares of Allegion plc, all of the Voting Shares or other ownership interests of the entity or entities, if any, that succeed to the business of Allegion plc); or
(v) Allegion plc combines with another company and is the surviving entity but, immediately after the combination, the shareholders of Allegion plc immediately prior to the combination hold, directly or indirectly, 50% or less of the Voting Shares of the combined company (there being excluded from the number of shares held by such shareholders, but not from the Voting Shares of the combined company, any shares received by Affiliates of such other company in exchange for shares of such other company), provided, however, that any occurrence that would, in the absence of this proviso, otherwise constitute a Change in Control pursuant to any of clause (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) above, shall not constitute a Change in Control if such occurrence is approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such occurrence.
(d) Enterprise : Allegion plc and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of U.S. HoldCo as a director, officer, secretary, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent.
(e) Exchange Act : the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(f) Expenses : any expense, liability, or loss, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Deed Poll Indemnity, and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, prosecuting (subject to Section 2(b)), being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
(g) Group Entities : any subsidiary or a majority owned affiliate of U.S. HoldCo (wherever incorporated or organized).
(h) Indemnifiable Event : any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Deed Poll Indemnity, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, secretary or employee of Allegion plc, or while a director or secretary of Allegion plc is or was serving at the request of U.S. HoldCo as a director, officer, secretary, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other

2




Enterprise, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, secretary, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, secretary, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary.
(i) Indemnitees : any person who was, is or is threatened to be made a party to a Proceeding (hereinafter defined) by reason of the fact that he or she (a) is or was a director, secretary or “officer” or “senior executive” (as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors) or (b) is or was serving at the request of U.S. HoldCo or any of the Group Entities as a director, officer, partner, venture, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of any of the Group Entities.
(j) Independent Counsel : the meaning specified in Section 3.
(k) Proceeding : any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism (including an action by or in the right of Allegion plc), or any inquiry, hearing, or investigation, whether conducted by Allegion plc or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other.
(l) Reviewing Party : the meaning specified in Section 3.
(m) Voting Shares : shares of any class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the directors (or similar function) of an Enterprise.
2.     Agreement to Indemnify .
(a) General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, U.S. HoldCo shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits U.S. HoldCo to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). The parties hereto intend that this Deed Poll Indemnity shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute or provided by Allegion plc’s Articles of Association, the deed poll indemnity which Indemnitee has with Allegion plc (the “ Allegion plc Deed Poll Indemnity ”), the deed poll indemnity which Indemnitee has with Allegion Irish Holding Company Limited (“ Irish HoldCo ”) (the “ Irish HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity ”), the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents or applicable law.
(b) Initiation of Proceeding . Notwithstanding anything in this Deed Poll Indemnity to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against Allegion plc or any of its subsidiaries or any director, officer or employee of Allegion plc or any of its subsidiaries unless (i) Allegion plc has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 4; or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation.
(c) Expense Advances . If so requested by Indemnitee, U.S. HoldCo shall advance (within five business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “ Expense Advance ”); provided that, (i) such Expense Advance shall be made only upon delivery to U.S. HoldCo of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount thereof if it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified

3




by U.S. HoldCo, (ii) U.S. HoldCo shall not (unless a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine otherwise) be required to make an Expense Advance if and to the extent that the Reviewing Party has determined that Indemnitee is not permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, and (iii) if and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines after payment of one or more Expense Advances that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, U.S. HoldCo shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse U.S. HoldCo) for all such amounts theretofore paid. If Indemnitee has commenced or commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction or commences arbitration to secure a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or Expense Advance, as provided in Section 4, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding, and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse U.S. HoldCo for any Expense Advance until a final determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or have lapsed). Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse U.S. HoldCo for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.
(d) Mandatory Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deed Poll Indemnity, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by U.S. HoldCo hereunder against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.
(e) Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Deed Poll Indemnity to indemnification by U.S. HoldCo for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, U.S. HoldCo shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.
(f) Prohibited Indemnification . No indemnification pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity shall be paid by U.S. HoldCo:
(i) on account of any Proceeding in which a final and non-appealable judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of Allegion plc pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of any federal, state, or local laws;
(ii) if a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment, shall determine that such indemnification is not permitted under applicable law;
(iii) on account of any Proceeding relating to an Indemnifiable Event as to which the Indemnitee has been convicted of a crime constituting a felony under the laws of the jurisdiction where the criminal action had been brought (or, where a jurisdiction does not classify any crime as a felony, a crime for which Indemnitee is sentenced to death or imprisonment for a term exceeding one year); or
(iv) on account of any Proceeding brought by Allegion plc or any of its subsidiaries against Indemnitee.
3.      Reviewing Party; Exhaustion of Remedies
(a) Prior to any Change in Control, the reviewing party (the “ Reviewing Party ”) shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification; after a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party. With respect to all matters arising after a Change in Control concerning the rights of

4




Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Deed Poll Indemnity, the Allegion plc Deed Poll Indemnity, the Irish HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity or any other agreement to which Allegion plc or any of its Affiliates is a party or under applicable law, Allegion plc’s Articles of Association or the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, Allegion plc and U.S. HoldCo shall seek legal advice only from independent counsel (“ Independent Counsel ”) selected by Indemnitee and approved by Allegion plc (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for Allegion plc, U.S. HoldCo or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five years. The Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing Allegion plc, U.S. HoldCo or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Deed Poll Indemnity. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to Allegion plc, U.S. HoldCo and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. In doing so, the Independent Counsel may consult with (and rely upon) counsel in any appropriate jurisdiction who would qualify as Independent Counsel (“ Local Counsel ”). U.S. HoldCo agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and the Local Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Deed Poll Indemnity or the engagement of Independent Counsel or the Local Counsel pursuant hereto.
(b) Prior to making written demand on U.S. HoldCo for indemnification pursuant to Section 4(a) or making a request for Expense Advance pursuant to Section 2(c), Indemnitee shall (i) seek such indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, under any applicable insurance policy and (ii) request that Allegion plc consider in its discretion whether to make such indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable. Upon any such request by Indemnitee of Allegion plc, Allegion plc shall consider whether to make such indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, based on the facts and circumstances related to the request. Allegion plc may require, as a condition to making any indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, that Indemnitee enter into an agreement providing for such indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, to be made subject to substantially the same terms and conditions applicable to an indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, by U.S. HoldCo hereunder (including, without limitation, conditioning any Expense Advance upon delivery to Allegion plc of an undertaking of the type described in clause (i) of the proviso to Section 2(c)). In the event indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, is not received pursuant to an insurance policy, or from Allegion plc, within 5 business days of the later of Indemnitee’s request of the insurer and Indemnitee’s request of Allegion plc as provided in the first sentence of this Section 3(b), Indemnitee may make written demand on U.S. HoldCo for indemnification pursuant to Section 4(a) or make a request for Expense Advance pursuant to Section 2(c), as applicable.
4.     Indemnification Process and Appeal .
(a) Indemnification Payment . Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from U.S. HoldCo in accordance with this Deed Poll Indemnity as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on U.S. HoldCo for indemnification, unless the Reviewing Party has given a written opinion to U.S. HoldCo that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.
(b) Adjudication or Arbitration . (i) Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification or Expense Advance to which Indemnitee is entitled hereunder within thirty days after making a demand or request in accordance with Section 4(a) or Section 2(c), as applicable (a “ Nonpayment ”), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Deed Poll Indemnity by commencing litigation in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware (a “ Delaware

5




Court ”) having subject matter jurisdiction thereof seeking an initial determination by the court or by challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by Indemnitee in any such litigation shall be binding on Allegion plc, U.S. HoldCo and Indemnitee. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity. Allegion plc, U.S. HoldCo and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (A) consent to submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Deed Poll Indemnity, (B) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (C) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Deed Poll Indemnity shall limit any right Indemnitee may have under applicable law to bring any action or proceeding in any other court.
(ii) Alternatively, in the case of a Nonpayment, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.
(iii) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 4(a) or 2(c) of this Deed Poll Indemnity that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or Expense Advance, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 4(b) U.S. HoldCo shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 4(b), Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse U.S. HoldCo for any advances pursuant to Section 2(c) until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).
(iv) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 4(b), seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Deed Poll Indemnity, and it is determined in said judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive all of the indemnification or advancement of Expenses sought, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from U.S. HoldCo, and shall be indemnified by U.S. HoldCo against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in said judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of Expenses sought, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from U.S. HoldCo, and shall be indemnified by U.S. HoldCo against, any and all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration.
(c) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions . (i) It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against U.S. HoldCo to enforce this Deed Poll Indemnity that it is not permissible under applicable law for U.S. HoldCo to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed.
(ii) In connection with any action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on U.S. HoldCo.
(iii) Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper under the circumstances

6




because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall, of itself, be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
(iv) For purposes of this Deed Poll Indemnity, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.
(v) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of any Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the management of such Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for such Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to such Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by such Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 4(c)(v) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in applicable law.
(vi) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent or employee of any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any right to indemnification under this Deed Poll Indemnity.
(vii) U.S. HoldCo shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity that the procedures or presumptions of this Deed Poll Indemnity are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any court or before any arbitrator that U.S. HoldCo is bound by all the provisions of this Deed Poll Indemnity.
5.     Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights .
In addition to Indemnitee’s rights under Section 4(b)(iv), U.S. HoldCo shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee:
(a) for indemnification or advance payment of Expenses under any agreement to which U.S. HoldCo or any of its Affiliates is a party (other than this Deed Poll Indemnity) or under applicable law, Allegion plc’s Articles of Association or the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification or advance payment of Expenses for Indemnifiable Events (it being specified, for the avoidance of doubt, that this clause (a) shall not be deemed to provide Indemnitee with a right to the indemnification or advance payment of Expenses being sought in such action), and/or
(b) for recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by Allegion plc, but, in either case, only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or expense advance or insurance recovery, as the case may be. In addition, U.S. HoldCo shall, if so requested by Indemnitee, advance the foregoing Expenses and any Expenses incurred in any action brought pursuant to Section 4 to Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section 2(c).

7




6.     Notification and Defense of Proceeding .
(a) Notice . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against U.S. HoldCo under this Deed Poll Indemnity, notify Allegion plc and U.S. HoldCo of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify Allegion plc and U.S. HoldCo will not relieve U.S. HoldCo from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).
(b) Defense . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies Allegion plc and U.S. HoldCo of the commencement thereof, U.S. HoldCo will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent U.S. HoldCo so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from U.S. HoldCo to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, U.S. HoldCo shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Deed Poll Indemnity or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from U.S. HoldCo of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by U.S. HoldCo, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and U.S. HoldCo in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control, the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel, or (iv) U.S. HoldCo shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by U.S. HoldCo. U.S. HoldCo shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding (x) brought by or on behalf of Allegion plc or U.S. HoldCo, (y) as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii) above or (z) after a Change in Control (it being specified, for the avoidance of doubt, that U.S. HoldCo may assume defense of any such proceeding described in this sentence with Indemnitee’s consent, provided that any such consent shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(b)).
(c) Settlement of Claims . U.S. HoldCo shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Deed Poll Indemnity or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without U.S. HoldCo’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, U.S. HoldCo shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. U.S. HoldCo shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. U.S. HoldCo shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Deed Poll Indemnity with regard to any judicial award if U.S. HoldCo was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; U.S. HoldCo’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if assumption of the defense of the Proceeding by U.S. HoldCo was barred by this Deed Poll Indemnity.
7.     Establishment of Trust .
In the event of a Change in Control U.S. HoldCo shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a trust for the benefit of the Indemnitee (the “ Trust ”) and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund the Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request (a) to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for, participating in, and/or defending any Proceeding relating to an Indemnifiable Event and (b) to be indemnifiable pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Independent Counsel. The terms of the Trust shall provide that (i) the

8




Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded without the written consent of the Indemnitee, (ii) the Trustee (as defined below) shall advance, within five business days of a request by the Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to the Indemnitee on the same terms and conditions as provided in Section 2(c) (and the Indemnitee hereby agrees to reimburse the Trust under the same circumstances for which the Indemnitee would be required to reimburse U.S. HoldCo under Section 2(c) of this Deed Poll Indemnity), (iii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by U.S. HoldCo in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iv) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity, and (v) all unexpended funds in the Trust shall revert to U.S. HoldCo upon a final determination by the Independent Counsel or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Deed Poll Indemnity. The trustee of the Trust (the “ Trustee ”) shall be chosen by the Indemnitee. Nothing in this Section 7 shall relieve U.S. HoldCo of any of its obligations under this Deed Poll Indemnity. All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by U.S. HoldCo for federal, state, local, and foreign tax purposes. U.S. HoldCo shall pay all costs of establishing and maintaining the Trust and shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all expenses (including attorney’s fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Deed Poll Indemnity or the establishment and maintenance of the Trust.
8.     Non-Exclusivity .
The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under Allegion plc’s Articles of Association, the Allegion plc Deed Poll Indemnity, the Irish HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents, applicable law or otherwise. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under Allegion plc’s Articles of Association, the Allegion plc Deed Poll Indemnity, the Irish HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents, applicable law or this Deed Poll Indemnity, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Deed Poll Indemnity the greater benefits so afforded by such change. 
9.     Continuation of Contractual Indemnity or Period of Limitations .
All agreements and obligations of U.S. HoldCo contained herein shall continue for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to, or involved in, any proceeding for which indemnification is provided pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of U.S. HoldCo or any Affiliate of U.S. HoldCo against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, or such longer period as may be required by the laws of Delaware under the circumstances. Any claim or cause of action of U.S. HoldCo or its Affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.
10.     Contribution .
To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Deed Poll Indemnity is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever (other than pursuant to the terms hereof), U.S. HoldCo, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event under this Deed Poll Indemnity, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding

9




in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by Allegion plc and U.S. HoldCo, on one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of Allegion plc and U.S. HoldCo (and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents), on one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s). 
11.     Amendment of this Deed Poll Indemnity .
No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Deed Poll Indemnity shall be binding unless executed in writing. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Deed Poll Indemnity shall be binding unless in the form of writing, and no such waiver shall operate as a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof. 
12.     Subrogation .
In the event of payment under this Deed Poll Indemnity, U.S. HoldCo shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable U.S. HoldCo effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. 
13.     No Duplication of Payments .
U.S. HoldCo shall not be liable under this Deed Poll Indemnity to make any payment in connection with any claim made by Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, Allegion plc’s Articles of Association, the Allegion plc Deed Poll Indemnity, the Irish HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.
14.     Binding Effect .
This Deed Poll Indemnity shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the U.S. HoldCo), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. U.S. HoldCo shall require and cause any successor thereof (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the U.S. HoldCo, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Deed Poll Indemnity in the same manner and to the same extent that U.S. HoldCo would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Deed Poll Indemnity shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though he may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding or is deceased and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and assigns of such a person. 
15.      Severability .
If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Deed Poll Indemnity shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Deed

10




Poll Indemnity (including, without limitation, each portion of this Deed Poll Indemnity containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void or unenforceable. 
16.     Governing Law .
This Deed Poll Indemnity shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effects to its principles of conflicts of laws. 
17.     Notices .
All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to U.S. HoldCo at:
Address :     Barbara A. Santoro
c/o Allegion public limited company
Block D
Iveagh Court
Harcourt Road
Dublin 2
Ireland

Tel :         (+353) 1 870 7000
Fax :        (+353) 1 870 7001

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

20.     Counterparts .
This Deed Poll Indemnity may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

11




IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Deed Poll Indemnity has been duly executed as a deed and shall be delivered by Allegion U.S. Holding Company, Inc. on the date first written above.
 
 
 
ALLEGION U.S. HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
 
 
By:
 
 
Its:
 
 
 
 


12


Exhibit 10.23
DEED POLL INDEMNITY OF ALLEGION IRISH HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED
THIS DEED POLL INDEMNITY (this “ Deed Poll Indemnity ”) is made and effective as of October 1, 2013 by Allegion Irish Holding Company Limited, an Irish private limited company (“ Irish HoldCo ”) in respect of the class of Indemnitees (as hereinafter defined).
WHEREAS, it is essential to Irish HoldCo to retain and attract as directors and secretary the most capable persons available;
WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or secretary of Irish HoldCo;
WHEREAS, each of Irish HoldCo and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of companies;
WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for (i) substantial protection against personal liability, (ii) specific contractual assurance that such protection will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of Irish HoldCo’s Articles of Association or any change in the composition of Irish HoldCo’s Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to Irish HoldCo), Irish HoldCo wishes to provide in this Deed Poll Indemnity for the indemnification by Irish HoldCo of Indemnitee as set forth in this Deed Poll Indemnity, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under Irish HoldCo’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies as set forth in this Deed Poll Indemnity;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve Irish HoldCo directly or, at its request, with another Enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Irish HoldCo agrees as follows:
1.     Certain Definitions .
(a) Affiliate : any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.
(b) Board : the Board of Directors of Irish HoldCo.
(c) Change in Control : shall be deemed to have occurred if:
(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d) of the Exchange Act, becomes a “beneficial owner,” as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of 50% or more of the Voting Shares (as defined below) of Irish HoldCo;
(ii) the majority of the Board consists of individuals other than Incumbent Directors, which term means the members of the Board as of the execution hereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such time whose election or nomination for election was supported by three-quarters of the directors who immediately prior to such election or nomination for election comprised the Incumbent Directors shall be considered to be an Incumbent Director;
(iii) Irish HoldCo adopts any plan of liquidation providing for the distribution of all or substantially all of its assets;
(iv) all or substantially all of the assets or business of Irish HoldCo is disposed of pursuant to a merger, consolidation or other transaction (unless the shareholders of Irish HoldCo immediately prior to such a merger, consolidation or other transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, in substantially

1



the same proportion as they owned the Voting Shares of Irish HoldCo, all of the Voting Shares or other ownership interests of the entity or entities, if any, that succeed to the business of Irish HoldCo); or
(v) Irish HoldCo combines with another company and is the surviving entity but, immediately after the combination, the shareholders of Irish HoldCo immediately prior to the combination hold, directly or indirectly, 50% or less of the Voting Shares of the combined company (there being excluded from the number of shares held by such shareholders, but not from the Voting Shares of the combined company, any shares received by Affiliates of such other company in exchange for shares of such other company), provided, however, that any occurrence that would, in the absence of this proviso, otherwise constitute a Change in Control pursuant to any of clause (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) above, shall not constitute a Change in Control if such occurrence is approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such occurrence.
(d) Enterprise : Irish HoldCo and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of Irish HoldCo as a director, officer, secretary, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent.
(e) Exchange Act : the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(f) Expenses : any expense, liability, or loss, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Deed Poll Indemnity, and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, prosecuting (subject to Section 2(b)), being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
(g) Group Entities : any subsidiary or a majority owned affiliate of Irish HoldCo (wherever incorporated or organized).
(h) Indemnifiable Event : any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Deed Poll Indemnity, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, secretary or employee of Irish HoldCo, or while a director or secretary of Irish HoldCo is or was serving at the request of Irish HoldCo as a director, officer, secretary, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other Enterprise, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, secretary, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, secretary, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary.
(i) Indemnitees : any person who was, is or is threatened to be made a party to a Proceeding (hereinafter defined) by reason of the fact that he or she (a) is or was a director, secretary or “officer” or “senior executive” (as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of Irish HoldCo) or (b) is or was serving at the request of Irish HoldCo or any of the Group Entities as a director, officer, partner, venture, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of any of the Group Entities.
(j) Independent Counsel : the meaning specified in Section 3.
(k) Proceeding : any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism (including an action by or in the right of Irish HoldCo), or any inquiry,

2



hearing, or investigation, whether conducted by Irish HoldCo or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other.
(l) Reviewing Party : the meaning specified in Section 3.
(m) Voting Shares : shares of any class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the directors (or similar function) of an Enterprise.
2.     Agreement to Indemnify .
(a) General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, Irish HoldCo shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits Irish HoldCo to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). For the purposes of this Deed Poll Indemnity, the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by law” shall include, but not be limited to: (i) to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Irish law and/or the Articles of Association of Irish HoldCo that authorize, permit or contemplate indemnification by agreement, court action or corresponding provisions of any amendment to or replacement of such provisions; and (ii) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of Irish law and/or the Articles of Association of Irish HoldCo adopted after the date of this Deed Poll Indemnity that increase the extent to which a company may indemnify its directors or secretary.
(b) Initiation of Proceeding . Notwithstanding anything in this Deed Poll Indemnity to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against Irish HoldCo or any of its subsidiaries or any director, officer or employee of Irish HoldCo or any of its subsidiaries unless (i) Irish HoldCo has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 4; or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation.
(c) Mandatory Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deed Poll Indemnity, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by Irish HoldCo hereunder against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.
(d) Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Deed Poll Indemnity to indemnification by Irish HoldCo for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, Irish HoldCo shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.
(e) Prohibited Indemnification . No indemnification pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity shall be paid by Irish HoldCo:
(i) on account of any Proceeding in which a final and non-appealable judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of Irish HoldCo pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of any federal, state, or local laws;

3



(ii) if a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment, shall determine that such indemnification is not permitted under applicable law;
(iii) on account of any Proceeding relating to an Indemnifiable Event as to which the Indemnitee has been convicted of a crime constituting a felony under the laws of the jurisdiction where the criminal action had been brought (or, where a jurisdiction does not classify any crime as a felony, a crime for which Indemnitee is sentenced to death or imprisonment for a term exceeding one year); or
(iv) on account of any Proceeding brought by Irish HoldCo or any of its subsidiaries against Indemnitee.
3.      Reviewing Party; Exhaustion of Remedies
(a) Prior to any Change in Control, the reviewing party (the “ Reviewing Party ”) shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification; after a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party. With respect to all matters arising after a Change in Control concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense advances under this Deed Poll Indemnity, the deed poll indemnity, dated as of the date hereof, made by Allegion U.S. Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ U.S. HoldCo ”) (the “ U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity ”), the deed poll indemnity, dated as of the date hereof, made by Allegion public limited company, an Irish public limited company (the “ Allegion plc Deed Poll Indemnity ”) or any other agreement to which Irish HoldCo or any of its Affiliates is a party or under applicable law, Irish HoldCo’s Articles of Association or the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of U.S. HoldCo (the “ U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents ”) now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, Irish HoldCo and U.S. HoldCo shall seek legal advice only from independent counsel (“ Independent Counsel ”) selected by Indemnitee and approved by Irish HoldCo (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for Irish HoldCo, U.S. HoldCo or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five years. The Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing Irish HoldCo, U.S. HoldCo or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Deed Poll Indemnity. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to Irish HoldCo, U.S. HoldCo and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. In doing so, the Independent Counsel may consult with (and rely upon) counsel in any appropriate jurisdiction who would qualify as Independent Counsel (“ Local Counsel ”). To the fullest extent permitted by law, Irish HoldCo agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and the Local Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Deed Poll Indemnity or the engagement of Independent Counsel or the Local Counsel pursuant hereto.
(b) The U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity provides that, prior to making written demand on U.S. HoldCo for indemnification pursuant to Section 4(a) of the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity or making a request for Expense Advance (as defined in the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity) pursuant to Section 2(c) of the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, Indemnitee shall (i) seek such indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, under any applicable insurance policy and (ii) request that Irish HoldCo consider in its discretion whether to make such indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable. Upon any such request by Indemnitee of Irish HoldCo, Irish HoldCo shall consider whether to make such indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, based on the facts and circumstances related to the request. Irish HoldCo may require, as a condition to making any indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, that Indemnitee enter into an agreement providing for such indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, to be made subject to substantially the same terms and conditions applicable to

4



an indemnification or Expense Advance, as applicable, by U.S. HoldCo under the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity (including, without limitation, conditioning any Expense Advance upon delivery to Irish HoldCo of an undertaking of the type described in clause (i) of the proviso to Section 2(c) of the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity).
4.     Indemnification Process and Appeal .
(a) Indemnification Payment . Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from Irish HoldCo in accordance with this Deed Poll Indemnity as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on Irish HoldCo for indemnification, unless the Reviewing Party has given a written opinion to Irish HoldCo that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.
(b) Adjudication or Arbitration . (i) Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification to which Indemnitee is entitled hereunder within thirty days after making a demand or request in accordance with Section 4(a) (a “ Nonpayment ”), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Deed Poll Indemnity by commencing litigation in any court located in the country of Ireland (an “ Irish Court ”) having subject matter jurisdiction thereof seeking an initial determination by the court or by challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by Indemnitee in any such litigation shall be binding on Irish HoldCo, U.S. HoldCo and Indemnitee. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity. Irish HoldCo, U.S. HoldCo and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (A) consent to submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Irish Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Deed Poll Indemnity, (B) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Irish Court, and (C) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Irish Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Deed Poll Indemnity shall limit any right Indemnitee may have under applicable law to bring any action or proceeding in any other court.
(ii) Alternatively, in the case of a Nonpayment, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.
(iii) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 4(a) of this Deed Poll Indemnity that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 4(b) Irish HoldCo shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.
(iv) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 4(b), seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Deed Poll Indemnity, and it is determined in said judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive all of the indemnification sought, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from Irish HoldCo, and shall be indemnified by Irish HoldCo against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in said judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification sought, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from Irish HoldCo, and shall be indemnified by Irish HoldCo against, any and all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration.

5



(c) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions . (i) It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against Irish HoldCo to enforce this Deed Poll Indemnity that it is not permissible under applicable law for Irish HoldCo to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed.
(ii) In connection with any action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on Irish HoldCo.
(iii) Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall, of itself, be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
(iv) For purposes of this Deed Poll Indemnity, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.
(v) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of any Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the management of such Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for such Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to such Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by such Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 4(c)(v) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in applicable law.
(vi) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent or employee of any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any right to indemnification under this Deed Poll Indemnity.
(vii) Irish HoldCo shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity that the procedures or presumptions of this Deed Poll Indemnity are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any court or before any arbitrator that Irish HoldCo is bound by all the provisions of this Deed Poll Indemnity.
5.     Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights .
In addition to Indemnitee’s rights under Section 4(b)(iv), Irish HoldCo shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee:
(a) for indemnification or advance payment of Expenses under any agreement to which Irish HoldCo or any of its Affiliates is a party (other than this Deed Poll Indemnity) or under applicable law, Irish HoldCo’s Articles of Association or the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification or advance payment of Expenses for Indemnifiable Events (it being specified, for the avoidance of doubt, that this clause (a) shall not be deemed to provide Indemnitee with a right to the indemnification or advance payment of Expenses being sought in such action), and/or

6



(b) for recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by Irish HoldCo, but, in either case, only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or expense advance or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
6.     Notification and Defense of Proceeding .
(a) Notice . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against Irish HoldCo under this Deed Poll Indemnity, notify Irish HoldCo and U.S. HoldCo of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify Irish HoldCo and U.S. HoldCo will not relieve Irish HoldCo from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).
(b) Defense . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies Irish HoldCo and U.S. HoldCo of the commencement thereof, Irish HoldCo will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent Irish HoldCo so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from Irish HoldCo to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, Irish HoldCo shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Deed Poll Indemnity or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from Irish HoldCo of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by Irish HoldCo, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and Irish HoldCo in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control, the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel, or (iv) Irish HoldCo shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by Irish HoldCo. Irish HoldCo shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding (x) brought by or on behalf of U.S. HoldCo or Irish HoldCo, (y) as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii) above or (z) after a Change in Control (it being specified, for the avoidance of doubt, that Irish HoldCo may assume defense of any such proceeding described in this sentence with Indemnitee’s consent, provided that any such consent shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(b)).
(c) Settlement of Claims . Irish HoldCo shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Deed Poll Indemnity or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without Irish HoldCo’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, Irish HoldCo shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. Irish HoldCo shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. Irish HoldCo shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Deed Poll Indemnity with regard to any judicial award if Irish HoldCo was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; Irish HoldCo’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if assumption of the defense of the Proceeding by Irish HoldCo was barred by this Deed Poll Indemnity.
7.     Establishment of Trust .
In the event of a Change in Control Irish HoldCo shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a trust for the benefit of the Indemnitee (the “ Trust ”) and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund the Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request (a) to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for, participating in, and/or defending any Proceeding relating to an Indemnifiable Event and (b) to be

7



indemnifiable pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Independent Counsel. The terms of the Trust shall provide that (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded without the written consent of the Indemnitee, (ii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by Irish HoldCo in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iii) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity, and (iv) all unexpended funds in the Trust shall revert to Irish HoldCo upon a final determination by the Independent Counsel or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Deed Poll Indemnity. The trustee of the Trust (the “ Trustee ”) shall be chosen by the Indemnitee. Nothing in this Section 7 shall relieve Irish HoldCo of any of its obligations under this Deed Poll Indemnity. All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by Irish HoldCo for federal, state, local, and foreign tax purposes. Irish HoldCo shall pay all costs of establishing and maintaining the Trust and shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all expenses (including attorney’s fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Deed Poll Indemnity or the establishment and maintenance of the Trust.
8.     Non-Exclusivity .
The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under Irish HoldCo’s Articles of Association, the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents, the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, the Allegion plc Deed Poll Indemnity, applicable law, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under Irish HoldCo’s Articles of Association, the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents, the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, the Allegion plc Deed Poll Indemnity, applicable law or this Deed Poll Indemnity, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Deed Poll Indemnity the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
9.     Liability Insurance .
For so long as Indemnitee has indemnification rights hereunder or under the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity or under the Allegion plc Deed Poll Indemnity, Irish HoldCo shall maintain an insurance policy or policies providing general and/or directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering Indemnitee, in accordance with the terms of such policy or policies, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, secretary or employee, as applicable, of Irish HoldCo, provided and to the extent that such insurance is available on a commercially reasonable basis. 
10.      Exclusions .
In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision of this Deed Poll Indemnity to the contrary, Irish HoldCo shall not be obligated under this Deed Poll Indemnity to make any payment pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity for which payment is expressly prohibited by law (including, with respect to any director or secretary of Irish HoldCo, in respect of any liability expressly prohibited from being indemnified pursuant to section 200 of the Irish Companies Act 1963 (as amended) (including any successor provisions, “ Section 200 ”), but (i) in no way limiting any rights under section 391 of the Irish Companies Act 1963 (as amended), and (ii) to the extent any such limitations or prescriptions are amended or determined by a court of a competent jurisdiction to be void or inapplicable, or relief to the contrary is granted, then the Indemnitee shall receive the greatest rights then available under law.
11.     Continuation of Contractual Indemnity or Period of Limitations .
All agreements and obligations of Irish HoldCo contained herein shall continue for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to, or involved in, any proceeding for which indemnification is provided pursuant to this Deed Poll Indemnity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no legal action shall be brought and no cause of

8



action shall be asserted by or on behalf of Irish HoldCo or any Affiliate of Irish HoldCo against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, or such longer period as may be required by the laws of Ireland under the circumstances. Any claim or cause of action of Irish HoldCo or its Affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.
12.     Amendment of this Deed Poll Indemnity .
No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Deed Poll Indemnity shall be binding unless executed in writing. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Deed Poll Indemnity shall be binding unless in the form of writing, and no such waiver shall operate as a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.
13.     Subrogation .
In the event of payment under this Deed Poll Indemnity, Irish HoldCo shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable Irish HoldCo effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. 
14.     No Duplication of Payments .
Irish HoldCo shall not be liable under this Deed Poll Indemnity to make any payment in connection with any claim made by Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, Irish HoldCo’s Articles of Association, the U.S. HoldCo Organizational Documents, the U.S. HoldCo Deed Poll Indemnity, the Allegion plc Deed Poll Indemnity, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.
15.     Obligations of Irish HoldCo .
In the event a Proceeding results in a judgment in Indemnitee’s favor or otherwise is disposed of in a manner that allows Irish HoldCo to indemnify Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding under the Articles of Association of Irish HoldCo as then in effect, Irish HoldCo will provide such indemnification to Indemnitee and will reimburse U.S. HoldCo and/or Irish HoldCo for any indemnification or Expense Advance previously made by U.S. HoldCo and/or Irish HoldCo in connection with such Proceeding.
16.     Binding Effect .
This Deed Poll Indemnity shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Irish HoldCo), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives; provided, however, that U.S. HoldCo shall be a beneficiary of, and have the right to enforce, Section 15 hereof. Irish HoldCo shall require and cause any successor thereof (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of Irish HoldCo, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Deed Poll Indemnity in the same manner and to the same extent that Irish HoldCo would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Deed Poll Indemnity shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though he may have ceased to serve in such capacity

9



at the time of any Proceeding or is deceased and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and assigns of such a person. 
17.      Severability .
If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Deed Poll Indemnity shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Deed Poll Indemnity (including, without limitation, each portion of this Deed Poll Indemnity containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void or unenforceable. 
18.     Governing Law .
This Deed Poll Indemnity shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of Ireland applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effects to its principles of conflicts of laws. 
19.     Notices .
All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to Irish HoldCo at:
Address :     Barbara A. Santoro
c/o Allegion public limited company
Block D
Iveagh Court
Harcourt Road
Dublin 2
Ireland

Tel :         (+353) 1 870 7000
Fax :        (+353) 1 870 7001

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

20.     Counterparts .
This Deed Poll Indemnity may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

10



IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Deed Poll Indemnity has been duly executed as a deed and shall be delivered by Allegion Irish Holding Company Limited on the date first written above.


GIVEN  under the common seal of
ALLEGION IRISH HOLDING
COMPANY LIMITED
and DELIVERED  as a DEED


   ___________________________
   Duly Authorised Signatory

   ___________________________
   Duly Authorised Signatory




11


Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries of Allegion plc
Set forth below is a list of subsidiaries that will be transferred by Ingersoll-Rand plc and its subsidiaries to Allegion plc in connection with the spin-off. Unless otherwise indicated, all of the subsidiaries listed below will be wholly owned subsidiaries of Allegion plc and will be owned directly by either Allegoin plc or by wholly owned subsidiaries of Allegion plc.

Subsidiary
 
Jurisdiction of Formation
A.B.S. - R.I.C.A.
 
France
Administradora Lockey CA**
 
Venezuela
Allegion A/S
 
Denmark
Allegion B.V.
 
Netherlands
Allegion Limited
 
New Zealand
Allegion LLC
 
Delaware
Allegion NV
 
Belgium
Allegion SA
 
Venezuela
Allegion (Australia) Pty Limited
 
Australia
Allegion Canada Inc.
 
Canada
Allegion Chile SpA
 
Chile
Allegion Colombia S.A.S.
 
Colombia
Allegion de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
 
Mexico
Allegion Deutsche Holding GmbH
 
Germany
Allegion EMEA BVBA
 
Belgium
Allegion Emniyet ve Guvenlik Sistemleri Sanayi AS
 
Turkey
Allegion Fu Hsing Limited**
 
Hong Kong
Allegion Fu Hsing Holdings Limited**
 
BVI
Allegion (Gibraltar) Holding Limited
 
Gibraltar
Allegion (Hong Kong) Limited
 
Hong Kong
Allegion Immobilien GmbH
 
Germany
Allegion India Private Limited
 
India
Allegion International AG
 
Switzerland
Allegion International AG (Spółka Akcyjna) Oddział w Polsce
 
Poland
Allegion Investments (UK) Limited
 
United Kingdom
Allegion Irish Holding Company Limited
 
Ireland
Allegion Luxembourg Holding and Financing S.à r.l.
 
Luxembourg
Allegion Lux Financing I S.à r.l
 
Luxembourg
Allegion Lux Financing II S.à r.l.
 
Luxembourg
Allegion Panama, S. de R.L.
 
Panama
Allegion S&S Holding Company Inc.
 
Delaware
Allegion S&S Lock Holding Company Inc.
 
Delaware
Allegion Security Technologies (China) Co. Ltd.
 
China



Subsidiary
 
Jurisdiction of Formation
Allegion (UK) Limited
 
United Kingdom
Allegion US Holding Company Inc.
 
Delaware
Beijing Bocom Video Communication Systems Co., Ltd.*
 
China
Beijing Metal Door Co., Ltd.*
 
China
Bricard S.A.
 
France
CISA Cerraduras S.A.
 
Spain
CISA SpA
 
Italy
D. Purdue & Sons Ltd. *
 
South Africa
Dor-O-Matic (Illinois) LLC
 
Illinois
Dor-o-Matic of Mid Atlantic States, Inc.
 
New Jersey
Electronic Technologies Corporation USA
 
New York
Fu Hsing Industrial (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.**
 
China
Fu Jia Hardware Products (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.**
 
China
Fu Yang Investment Company Limited
 
Taiwan
Harrow Industries LLC
 
Delaware
Harrow Products (Delaware) LLC
 
Delaware
Harrow Products, LLC
 
Delaware
Interflex Datensysteme GesmbH
 
Austria
Interflex Datensysteme GmbH & Co KG
 
Germany
Inversora Lockey Ltda.**
 
Colombia
Inversora Lockey CA**
 
Venezuela
Lockey Corp.**
 
Florida
Newman Tonks (Overseas Holdings) Limited
 
United Kingdom
Normbau Beschlage und Ausstattungs GmbH
 
Germany
Normbau France SAS
 
France
NT Group Properties Limited
 
United Kingdom
NT Leamington Limited
 
United Kingdom
Recognition Systems LLC
 
California
Schlage de Mexico SA de CV
 
Mexico
Schlage Lock Company LLC
 
Delaware
Shanghai Bocom Video Communication System Co. Ltd.
 
China
Shenzhen Bocom System Engineering Company Ltd
 
China
Taiwan Fu Hsing Industrial Company*
 
Taiwan
Tratamaq CA*
 
Venezuela
XceedID Corporation
 
Delaware
Von Duprin LLC
 
Indiana

*    Minority owned subsidiary
**    Majority owned subsidiary

Table of Contents



    , 2013

Dear Shareholder of Ingersoll-Rand plc:
We are pleased to inform you that the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand plc (“Ingersoll Rand”) has approved a plan to spin off its commercial and residential security businesses. The security businesses are being transferred to Allegion plc, a newly created company (“Allegion”), whose shares will be distributed to Ingersoll Rand shareholders. As a current shareholder of Ingersoll Rand, you will be entitled to receive one ordinary share of Allegion for every three ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand you own and hold as of the record date, as further described in the enclosed Information Statement. Shareholder approval of the distribution is not required, nor are you required to take any action to receive your ordinary shares of Allegion. We expect that Allegion ordinary shares will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ALLE” in connection with the spin-off.
Following completion of the spin-off, Ingersoll Rand will continue to trade on the New York Stock Exchange as a diversified industrial products company focusing on advancing the quality of life by creating comfortable, sustainable and efficient environments. Ingersoll Rand will continue to serve customers globally through its recognized brands, including Ingersoll Rand ® , Trane ® , American Standard ® , Ameristar ® , Thermo King ® and Club Car ®
We invite you to learn more about Allegion by reviewing the enclosed Information Statement, which describes the spin-off in detail and contains important information about Allegion, including historical combined financial statements.
Thank you for your continued support of Ingersoll Rand and your future support of Allegion.

Very truly yours,

Michael W. Lamach

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Ingersoll-Rand plc
  



Table of Contents



    , 2013

Dear Future Allegion plc Shareholder:
On behalf of our company, it is my pleasure to welcome you as a shareholder of Allegion plc (“Allegion”). We are a leading global provider of security products and solutions that keep people and places safe, secure and productive.
Today, we sell our security products and solutions under 23 brands in 120 countries, including Schlage®, Von Duprin®, LCN®, CISA® and Interflex®. 
Allegion’s deep expertise, diversified portfolio of market-leading brands, operational excellence capabilities, residential security consumer insights, and long history of delivering innovative and high-quality products and solutions, among other strengths, enable us to meet our end-users’ diverse security needs.
As a standalone, publicly-traded company, we believe we can more effectively focus on and execute our objectives and growth strategy. We anticipate that this will improve our ability to invest in our businesses and continue to develop innovative new products, pursue strategic transactions, and enhance our market recognition to investors.
We encourage you to learn more about us and our strategic initiatives by reading the enclosed Information Statement. We intend to list our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ALLE.”
We look forward to this new and exciting chapter for our company, and we welcome you as a shareholder of Allegion.
Very truly yours,
David D. Petratis
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Allegion plc



Table of Contents

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A Registration Statement on Form 10 relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
EXHIBIT 99.1
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 15, 2013
INFORMATION STATEMENT
ALLEGION plc
Ordinary Shares
($0.01 value)
______________________________
This Information Statement is being furnished in connection with the distribution of ordinary shares of Allegion plc (“Allegion”), which will hold the commercial and residential security businesses of Ingersoll-Rand plc (“Ingersoll Rand”), to Ingersoll Rand’s shareholders (the “distribution”).
For every three ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand held of record by you as of the close of business on [ ], 2013, the record date for the distribution, you will receive one ordinary share of Allegion. You will receive cash in lieu of any fractional ordinary shares of Allegion which you would have received after application of the above ratio. We expect our ordinary shares to be distributed to you on [ ], 2013. We refer to the date of the distribution of our ordinary shares as the “distribution date.” As discussed under “The Spin-Off - Trading Market,” if you sell your ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand in the “regular-way” market after the record date and before the distribution date, you also will be selling your right to receive ordinary shares of Allegion in connection with the spin-off.
The distribution is intended to be tax-free to Ingersoll Rand shareholders for United States federal income tax purposes, except for cash received in lieu of fractional shares. The distribution is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Ingersoll Rand of certain conditions, including the receipt of a private letter ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and opinions of tax counsel confirming that the distribution and certain transactions entered into in connection with the distribution generally will be tax-free to Ingersoll Rand and its shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except for cash received in lieu of fractional shares.
No vote of Ingersoll Rand’s shareholders is required in connection with the spin-off. Therefore, you are not being asked for a proxy, and you are requested not to send us a proxy, in connection with the spin-off. You do not need to pay any consideration, exchange or surrender your existing ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand or take any other action to receive your ordinary shares of Allegion.
There is no current trading market for our ordinary shares, although we expect that a limited market, commonly known as a “when-issued” trading market, will develop on or shortly before the record date for the distribution, and we expect “regular-way” trading of our ordinary shares to begin on the first trading day following the completion of the spin-off. We intend to apply for authorization to list our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ALLE.”
______________________________
In reviewing this Information Statement, you should
carefully consider the matters described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9.
Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this Information Statement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
This Information Statement does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities.
This Information Statement is not a prospectus within the meaning of the Prospectus Directive (2003/71/EC). No offer of shares to the public is made, or will be made, that requires the publication of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Directive (2003/71/EC). This Information Statement has not been approved or reviewed by or registered with a competent authority, within the meaning of the Prospectus Directive (2003/71/EC), of any EEA Member State. This Information Statement does not constitute investment advice or the provision of investment services within the meaning of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (2004/39/EC). Neither Ingersoll Rand nor Allegion is an authorized investment firm within the meaning of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (2004/39/EC) and the recipients of this Information Statement should seek independent legal and financial advice in determining their actions in respect of or pursuant to this Information Statement.
References in this Information Statement to specific codes, legislation or other statutory enactments are to be deemed as references to those codes, legislation or other statutory enactments, as amended from time to time.


Table of Contents

The date of this Information Statement is [ ], 2013.
This Information Statement, or a Notice of Internet Availability of Information Statement Materials,
was first mailed to Ingersoll Rand shareholders on or about [ ], 2013.



Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
SUMMARY
RISK FACTORS
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
THE SPIN-OFF
DIVIDENDS
CAPITALIZATION
SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
DESCRIPTION OF OUR SHARE CAPITAL
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
RELEVANT TERRITORIES
 

i

Table of Contents

SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this Information Statement and may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire Information Statement carefully, including the Risk Factors, our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, our historical financial statements and our Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements and the respective notes to those historical and pro forma financial statements. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, the information included in this Information Statement assumes the completion of the spin-off.
In this Information Statement, unless the context otherwise requires:
“Allegion,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Allegion plc and its consolidated subsidiaries, after giving effect to the internal reorganization and the distribution;
“Allegion plc” refers to Allegion plc on an unconsolidated basis; and
“Ingersoll Rand” refers to Ingersoll-Rand plc and, unless the context otherwise requires, its consolidated subsidiaries, other than, for all periods following the spin-off, Allegion.
We also refer to:
the series of internal transactions described under “The Spin-Off - Manner of Effecting the Spin-Off - Internal Reorganization” that will result in the allocation and transfer or assignment of certain assets and liabilities to Allegion as the “internal reorganization”;
the distribution of Allegion ordinary shares to Ingersoll Rand shareholders as the “distribution”; and
the internal reorganization and the distribution collectively as the “spin-off.”
Summary Business Description
Our Company
Allegion is a leading global provider of security products and solutions that keep people and places safe, secure and productive. In 2012, we generated revenues of $2,047 million, making us the second largest security products and solutions provider in the world in revenues. We offer an extensive and versatile portfolio of mechanical and electronic security products across a range of market-leading brands. Our hundreds of experts across the globe deliver high-quality security products, services and systems and we use our deep expertise to serve as trusted partners to end-users who seek customized solutions to their security needs.
We operate in three geographic regions: Americas; Europe, Middle East, India and Africa (“EMEIA”); and Asia Pacific.  We sell a wide range of security products and solutions for end-users in commercial, institutional and residential facilities worldwide, including into the education, healthcare, government, commercial office and single- and multi-family residential markets.  Our strategic brands are Schlage ® , Von Duprin ® , LCN ® , CISA ® and Interflex ® .  We believe Schlage, Von Duprin and LCN hold the No. 1 position in their primary product categories in North America and CISA and Interflex hold the No. 1 or No. 2 position in their primary product categories in Italy and Germany, respectively.
Our Strengths
Our competitive strengths derive from combining application expertise and operational excellence with a sophisticated understanding of our markets and knowledge of our end-user’s needs. We define operational excellence as our lean manufacturing operations, specifically our ability to handle highly complex manufacturing efficiently, our agile supply chain, and ongoing programs that drive continuous improvement in our products and services. Our competitive strengths include:
Expertise required to design custom-configured solutions for our end-users.
Diversified portfolio of market-leading brands.
Long history of delivering innovative and high-quality products and solutions.
Operational excellence capabilities that enable a highly variable product mix while meeting exacting customer-delivery timetables.
Robust network of value-added channel and distribution relationships.
Deep and action-oriented consumer insight.
Strong financial performance and cash-generation capabilities.

1

Table of Contents

Our Strategies
We intend to achieve sustained, profitable growth in the markets we serve today and in adjacent product categories by being the preferred, trusted security partner to our end-users, and by executing the following global strategies:
Invest in attractive developing markets.
Invest in emerging technology product categories.
Leverage our expertise to deliver differentiated products and solutions in key market segments.
Build upon our operational excellence program to be a world-class supplier of security products and solutions.
Selectively pursue acquisitions to accelerate expansion into attractive markets and products.
Other Information
Allegion plc was incorporated in Ireland on May 9, 2013. Our principal executive offices are located at Block D, Iveagh Court, Harcourt Road, Dublin 2, Ireland. Our telephone number is (353)(0) 18707400.
Questions and Answers About the Spin-Off
Overview
The Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand has approved a plan to spin off its commercial and residential security businesses. Following the spin-off, we will hold the commercial and residential security businesses and will be an independent, publicly-traded company.
Before our spin-off from Ingersoll Rand, we will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement and several other agreements with Ingersoll Rand related to the spin-off. These agreements will govern the relationship between us and Ingersoll Rand after completion of the spin-off and provide for the allocation between us and Ingersoll Rand of various assets, liabilities, rights and obligations (including employee benefits, insurance and tax-related assets and liabilities). These agreements will also include arrangements with respect to transition services to be provided by Ingersoll Rand to us and vice versa. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Agreements with Ingersoll Rand Related to the Spin-Off.”
The distribution of Allegion ordinary shares as described in this Information Statement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Ingersoll Rand of certain conditions. Even if all such conditions are met, Ingersoll Rand has the right not to complete the spin-off if, at any time prior to the distribution, the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand determines, in its sole discretion, that the spin-off is not in the best interests of Ingersoll Rand or its shareholders, that a sale or other alternative is in the best interests of Ingersoll Rand or its shareholders, or that market conditions or other circumstances are such that it is not advisable at that time to separate the commercial and residential security businesses from Ingersoll Rand. See “The Spin-Off - Conditions to the Spin-Off.” Additionally, we expect to have approximately $1.3 billion of indebtedness at the time of the spin-off, the net proceeds of which will be distributed to Ingersoll Rand. In addition, we expect to have a senior secured revolving credit facility permitting borrowings of up to $500 million.
Questions and Answers About the Spin-Off
The following provides only a summary of the terms of the spin-off. For a more detailed description of the matters described below, see “The Spin-Off.”
Q:
What is the spin-off?
A:
The spin-off is the series of transactions by which Ingersoll Rand will transfer its commercial and residential security businesses to us in return for which we will issue our ordinary shares to Ingersoll Rand shareholders pro rata to their respective holdings. For the purposes of Irish law, this will be treated as Ingersoll Rand having made a dividend in specie, or a non-cash dividend, to its shareholders. Following the spin-off, we will be an independent, publicly-traded company.
Q:
What is Allegion?
A:
Allegion is an Irish public limited company incorporated on May 9, 2013 for the purpose of holding Ingersoll Rand’s commercial and residential security businesses following the spin-off. Prior to the transfer by Ingersoll Rand to us of its commercial and residential security businesses, which will occur in connection with the spin-off, we will have no operations other than those incidental to our formation and in preparation for the spin-off.

2

Table of Contents

Q:
Why is the separation of Allegion structured as a spin-off?
A:
The Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand has approved a plan to spin off Ingersoll Rand’s commercial and residential security businesses into a new publicly-traded company. Ingersoll Rand currently believes a spin-off is the most efficient way to accomplish a separation of our businesses from Ingersoll Rand for various reasons, including: (i) a spin-off provides a high degree of assurance that decisions regarding our capital structure will support future financial stability; (ii) a spin-off offers a high degree of certainty of completion in a timely manner, lessening disruption to current business operations; and (iii) a spin-off would be a tax-free distribution of Allegion ordinary shares to Ingersoll Rand shareholders. After consideration of strategic opportunities, Ingersoll Rand believes that a tax-free spin-off will enhance the long-term value of both Ingersoll Rand and us. See “The Spin-Off - Reasons for the Spin-Off.”
Q :
Can Ingersoll Rand decide to cancel the spin-off even if all the conditions have been met?
A:
Yes. The spin-off is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Ingersoll Rand of certain conditions. See “The Spin-Off - Conditions to the Spin-Off.” Even if all such conditions are met, Ingersoll Rand has the right not to complete the spin-off if, at any time prior to the distribution, the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand determines, in its sole discretion, that the spin-off is not in the best interests of Ingersoll Rand or its shareholders, that a sale or other alternative is in the best interests of Ingersoll Rand or its shareholders, or that market conditions or other circumstances are such that it is not advisable at that time to separate the commercial and residential security businesses from Ingersoll Rand.
Q:
What will I receive in the spin-off?
A:
As a holder of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares, you will retain your Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares and will receive one Allegion ordinary share for every three Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares you own as of the record date. The number of shares of Ingersoll Rand you own and your proportionate interest in Ingersoll Rand will not change as a result of the spin-off. See “The Spin-Off.”
Q:
When is the record date for the distribution?
A:
The record date is [ ], 2013.
Q:
When will the distribution occur?
A:
The distribution date of the spin-off is [ ], 2013. The distribution agent, acting on behalf of Ingersoll Rand, will distribute the Allegion ordinary shares to Ingersoll Rand shareholders as soon as practicable after the distribution date. The ability to trade Allegion shares will not be affected during that time.
Q:
What do I have to do to participate in the spin-off?
A:
Nothing. You are not required to take any action to receive your Allegion ordinary shares, although you are urged to read this entire document carefully. No shareholder approval of the distribution is required or sought. You are not being asked for a proxy. You will neither be required to pay anything for the new shares nor be required to surrender any Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares to participate in the spin-off.
Q:
What are Ingersoll Rand’s reasons for the spin-off?
A:
Ingersoll Rand is a multi-industry conglomerate which generates value, in part, from synergies among its various businesses.  However, as industries evolve and change, the added value from synergies for some business units may become outweighed by the benefits to be gained from the focus that comes from being a stand-alone company.  Such is now the case with Ingersoll Rand’s commercial and residential security businesses.  Ingersoll Rand’s Board of Directors has determined that the spin-off is in the best interests of Ingersoll Rand and its shareholders because the spin-off will provide the following key benefits:
Strategic Focus. Position each company to pursue a more focused strategy based on the needs of their respective businesses and the dynamics of their respective industries.
Board and Management Focus. Allow the Board of Directors and management of each company to focus exclusively on the growth and expansion of their respective businesses, with greater ability to anticipate and respond faster to changing markets and new opportunities, including potential strategic acquisitions, as well as increase our management’s ability to attract and retain industry-specific skilled employees and management.
Access to Capital, Capital Structure and Preservation of Synergies. Eliminate competition for capital while still allowing each company to preserve existing synergies. Both companies will have direct access to the debt and equity capital markets to fund their respective growth strategies and to establish a capital structure and dividend policy appropriate to their business needs.


3

Table of Contents

Investor Choice. Provide investors with a more targeted investment opportunity in each company that offers different investment and business characteristics, including different opportunities for growth, capital structure, and financial returns. This will allow investors to evaluate the separate and distinct merits, performance and future prospects of each company.
Ingersoll Rand’s Board of Directors also considered certain risks and negative factors associated with the spin-off, including: the fact that the spin-off will be contingent upon the satisfaction of a number of conditions and will require significant time and attention of management; the risk that the spin-off may not achieve some or all of its intended benefits; the fact that the trading price of Ingersoll Rand’s ordinary shares will likely decrease immediately following the spin-off; the risk that the combined trading price of Ingersoll Rand and our ordinary shares may be less than the price at which Ingersoll Rand’s ordinary shares would otherwise have traded; and the risk that the spin-off could result in substantial tax liability.
Q:
If I sell, on or before the distribution date, Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares that I held on the record date, am I still entitled to receive Allegion ordinary shares distributable with respect to the Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares I sold?
A:
Beginning on or shortly before the record date and continuing through the distribution date for the spin-off, Ingersoll Rand’s ordinary shares will begin to trade in two markets on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”): a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. If you hold Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares as of the record date for the distribution and choose to sell those shares in the “regular-way” market after the record date for the distribution and on or before the distribution date, you also will be selling the right to receive the Allegion ordinary shares in connection with the spin-off. However, if you hold Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares as of the record date for the distribution and choose to sell those shares in the “ex-distribution” market after the record date for the distribution and on or before the distribution date, you will still receive the Allegion ordinary shares in the spin-off.
Q:
Will the spin-off affect the trading price of my Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares?
A :
Yes, the trading price of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares immediately following the distribution is expected to be lower than immediately prior to the distribution because its trading price will no longer reflect the value of the our businesses. However, we cannot provide you with any guarantees as to the price at which the Ingersoll Rand shares will trade following the spin-off.
Q:
What indebtedness will Allegion have following the spin-off?
A:
At the time of the spin-off, we expect to have approximately $1.3 billion of indebtedness and a senior secured revolving credit facility permitting borrowings of up to $500 million. Specifically, we have issued $300 million of 5.75% senior notes due 2021 (the “senior notes”), and prior to the spin-off we expect to enter into a credit agreement providing for (i) $1.0 billion of senior secured term loan facilities, consisting of a $500 million “tranche A” term loan facility due in 2018 (the “Term Loan A Facility”) and a $500 million “tranche B” term loan facility due in 2020 (the “Term Loan B Facility,” and together with the Term Loan A Facility, the “Term Facilities”), and (ii) a $500 million senior secured revolving credit facility maturing in 2018. We refer to these credit facilities as our “senior secured credit facilities.” We expect our senior secured revolving credit facility to be undrawn upon the completion of the spin-off. The net proceeds of this indebtedness will be distributed to Ingersoll Rand. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.”
Q:
What are the risks associated with the spin-off?
A:
There are a number of risks associated with the spin-off and ownership of Allegion ordinary shares. These risks are discussed under “Risk Factors.”
Q:
Where can I get more information?
A.
If you have any questions relating to the mechanics of the distribution, you should contact the distribution agent at:
Computershare
Toll Free Number: (866) 229-8405
Toll and International Number: (201) 680-6860
Before the spin-off, if you have any questions relating to the spin-off, you should contact Ingersoll Rand at:
Ingersoll-Rand plc
Investor Relations
c/o Ingersoll-Rand Company
800-E Beaty Street
Davidson, North Carolina 28036
(704) 655-4469

4

Table of Contents

Summary of the Spin-Off
The following provides only a summary of the terms of the spin-off. For a more detailed description of the matters described below, see “The Spin-Off.”
Distributed Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allegion plc, an Irish public limited company formed to hold the commercial and residential security businesses of Ingersoll Rand. After the spin-off, Allegion will be an independent, publicly-traded company.
Distributed Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All of the ordinary shares of Allegion issued and outstanding at the time of the distribution.
Record Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The record date for the distribution is [ ], 2013.
Distribution Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The distribution date is [ ], 2013.
Internal Reorganization. . . . . . . . . . . . .
As part of the spin-off, Ingersoll Rand will undergo an internal reorganization that will, among other things and subject to limited exceptions, result in the allocation and transfer or assignment to us of the assets and liabilities in respect of the activities of the commercial and residential security businesses and certain other current and former businesses and activities of Ingersoll Rand.
After completion of the spin-off:
we will own and operate the commercial and residential security businesses currently owned and operated by Ingersoll Rand; and
Ingersoll Rand will continue to own and operate its Climate Solutions, Residential Solutions (excluding the residential security business) and Industrial Technologies businesses.
See “The Spin-Off - Manner of Effecting the Spin-Off - Internal Reorganization.”
Distribution Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Each holder of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares will receive one Allegion ordinary share for every three ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand held on [ ], 2013.
The Distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On the distribution date, the distribution agent will distribute to Ingersoll Rand shareholders all of Allegion’s ordinary shares. The distribution of shares will be made by direct registration or in book-entry form, which means that no physical share certificates will be issued. The distribution agent will issue shares of Allegion as soon as practicable to registered holders of Ingersoll Rand by way of direct registration or to beneficial holders’ banks or brokerage firms electronically in book-entry form. Trading of our shares will not be affected during that time. Following the spin-off, shareholders whose shares are held by direct registration may request that their shares of Allegion be transferred to a brokerage or other account at any time. You will not be required to make any payment on, surrender or exchange your Ingersoll Rand shares or take any other action to receive your Allegion shares.
Fractional Shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The distribution agent will not distribute any fractional shares of Allegion to Ingersoll Rand shareholders. Fractional shares of Allegion to which Ingersoll Rand shareholders would otherwise be entitled will be aggregated and sold in the public market by the distribution agent. The aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales will be distributed ratably to those shareholders who would otherwise have received fractional shares of Allegion. Receipt of the proceeds from these sales will generally result in a taxable gain or loss to those shareholders. Each shareholder entitled to receive cash proceeds from these shares should consult his, her or its own tax adviser as to such shareholder’s particular circumstances. The tax consequences of the distribution are described in more detail under “The Spin-Off - U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” and “The Spin-Off - Irish Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”
Tax Consequences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unless waived by Ingersoll Rand, the spin-off is conditioned on the receipt by Ingersoll Rand of a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) substantially to the effect that, among other things, the distribution of our ordinary shares, together with certain related transactions, will qualify under Sections 355 and 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), with the result that Ingersoll Rand and Ingersoll Rand’s shareholders will not recognize any taxable

5

Table of Contents

income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the spin-off, except to the extent of cash received in lieu of fractional shares (the “IRS Ruling”). As a condition to the spin-off, the IRS Ruling must remain in effect as of the distribution date. In addition, the spin-off is conditioned (unless waived by Ingersoll Rand) on the receipt of opinions from Ingersoll Rand’s tax adviser, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, in form and substance acceptable to Ingersoll Rand, substantially to the effect that certain requirements, including certain requirements that the IRS will not rule on, necessary to obtain tax-free treatment have been satisfied. See “The Spin-Off - U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”
Ingersoll Rand shareholders that are not resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes and do not hold their shares in connection with a trade or business carried on by such shareholders through an Irish branch or agency will not generally be subject to Irish tax on chargeable gains on the receipt of Allegion ordinary shares or cash in lieu of fractional shares pursuant to the transaction. Other Ingersoll Rand shareholders that are resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes will not generally be subject to Irish tax on chargeable gains on the receipt of Allegion ordinary shares pursuant to the distribution but will be subject to Irish tax on chargeable gains on the receipt of any cash in lieu of fractional shares. Ingersoll Rand has received an opinion from Irish Revenue Commissioners (“Irish Revenue”) confirming this treatment. The Irish tax consequences of the spin-off are described in more detail under “The Spin-Off - Irish Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”
Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers as to the tax consequences of the spin-off to them in light of their particular circumstances, including the applications and effect of any Irish, U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax laws and of changes in applicable tax laws.
Trading Market and Symbol. . . . . . . . . .
We intend to file an application to list Allegion ordinary shares on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “ALLE.” We anticipate that, at least two trading days prior to the record date, trading of Allegion ordinary shares will begin on a “when-issued” basis and will continue up to and including the distribution date, and we expect “regular-way” trading of Allegion ordinary shares will begin the first trading day after the distribution date. We also anticipate that, at least two trading days prior to the record date, there will be two markets in Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares: a “regular-way” market on which Ingersoll Rand shares will trade with an entitlement for the purchaser to receive Allegion ordinary shares to be distributed pursuant to the distribution, and an “ex-distribution” market on which Ingersoll Rand shares will trade without an entitlement for the purchaser to receive Allegion ordinary shares. For more information, see “The Spin-Off - Trading Market.”
Conditions to the Spin-Off. . . . . . . . . . .
Completion of the spin-off is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Ingersoll Rand of the following conditions:
our Registration Statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement forms a part, shall have been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof shall be in effect, no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the SEC, and this Information Statement, or a Notice of Internet Availability of Information Statement Materials, shall have been mailed to the Ingersoll Rand shareholders;
Allegion ordinary shares shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution;
Ingersoll Rand shall have obtained the IRS Ruling, in form and substance satisfactory to Ingersoll Rand, and such ruling shall remain in effect as of the distribution date, to the effect, among other things, that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as tax-free under Sections 355 and 368(a) of the Code;
Ingersoll Rand shall also have obtained opinions from its tax adviser, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to Ingersoll Rand, as to

6

Table of Contents

the satisfaction of certain critical requirements, that the IRS will not rule on, necessary for the distribution, together with certain related transactions, to qualify as tax-free under Section 355 of the Code;
prior to the distribution date, Ingersoll Rand’s Board of Directors shall have obtained opinions from a nationally recognized valuation firm, in form and substance satisfactory to Ingersoll Rand, with respect to the capital adequacy and solvency of Ingersoll Rand and us;
all regulatory approvals and other consents necessary to consummate the distribution shall have been received;
no order, injunction or decree issued by any governmental entity of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of all or any portion of the distribution shall be pending, threatened, issued or in effect, and no other event outside the control of Ingersoll Rand shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of all or any portion of the distribution;
no other events or developments shall have occurred or failed to occur that, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand, would result in the distribution having a material adverse effect on Ingersoll Rand or its shareholders;
the financing transactions described in “Description of Material Indebtedness” and elsewhere in this Information Statement as having occurred prior to the distribution shall have been consummated on or prior to the distribution;
the internal reorganization shall have been completed, except for such steps as Ingersoll Rand in its sole discretion shall have determined may be completed after the distribution date or, alternatively, such steps as cannot be completed until after the distribution date for local regulatory reasons;
Ingersoll Rand shall have taken all necessary action, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand, to cause our Board of Directors to consist of the individuals identified in this Information Statement as our directors;
all necessary actions shall have been taken to adopt the form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association we file with the SEC as exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement forms a part;
the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand shall have approved the spin-off, which approval may be given or withheld at its absolute and sole discretion; and
each of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Intellectual Property License Agreement and the other ancillary agreements shall have been executed by each party.
The fulfillment of the foregoing conditions will not create any obligation on Ingersoll Rand’s part to effect the spin-off. We are not aware of any material federal, foreign or state regulatory requirements that must be complied with or any material approvals that must be obtained, other than compliance with SEC rules and regulations, the receipt of the IRS Ruling, approval for listing on the NYSE and the declaration of effectiveness of the Registration Statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement forms a part, by the SEC, in connection with the distribution. Ingersoll Rand has the right not to complete the spin-off if, at any time prior to the distribution, the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand determines, in its sole discretion, that the spin-off is not then in the best interests of Ingersoll Rand or its shareholders, that a sale or other alternative is in the best interests of Ingersoll Rand or its shareholders or that it is not advisable to separate the commercial and residential security businesses from Ingersoll Rand at that time. For more information, see “The Spin-Off - Conditions to the Spin-Off.”

7

Table of Contents

Relationship with Ingersoll Rand
after the Spin-Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
We will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement and other agreements with Ingersoll Rand related to the spin-off. These agreements will govern the relationship between us and Ingersoll Rand after completion of the spin-off and provide for the allocation between us and Ingersoll Rand of various assets, liabilities, rights and obligations (including employee benefits, insurance and tax-related assets and liabilities). We intend to enter into a Transition Services Agreement with Ingersoll Rand pursuant to which certain services will be provided on an interim basis following the distribution. We also intend to enter into an Employee Matters Agreement that will set forth the agreements between us and Ingersoll Rand concerning certain employee compensation and benefit matters. We also intend to enter into an Intellectual Property License Agreement under which Ingersoll Rand will license to us the right to use certain intellectual property. Further, we intend to enter into a Tax Matters Agreement with Ingersoll Rand regarding the sharing of taxes incurred before and after completion of the spin-off, certain indemnification rights with respect to tax matters and certain restrictions to preserve the tax-free status of the spin-off. In addition, we intend to enter into one or more real estate agreements that will provide for the use of shared office space and other real estate on a temporary basis. We describe these arrangements in greater detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Agreements with Ingersoll Rand Related to the Spin-Off,” and describe some of the risks of these arrangements under “Risk Factors - Risks Relating to the Spin-Off.”
Dividend Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Following the distribution, we expect to pay regular dividends. The recommendation, declaration, amount and payment of any dividend in the future by us will be subject to the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors. See “Dividends.”
Transfer Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (“Computershare”).
Risk Factors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
We face both general and specific risks and uncertainties relating to our business, our relationship with Ingersoll Rand and our being an independent, publicly-traded company. We are also subject to risks relating to the spin-off. You should carefully read the risk factors set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Information Statement.





8

Table of Contents

        
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all the other information included in this Information Statement, in evaluating us and our ordinary shares. If any of the risks described below actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. Any such adverse effect may cause the trading price of our ordinary shares to decline and as a result you could lose all or part of your investment in us. Our business may also be adversely affected by risks and uncertainties not known to us or risks that we currently believe to be immaterial.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our global operations subject us to economic risks.
We are incorporated in Ireland and operate in countries worldwide. Our global operations are dependent upon products manufactured, purchased and sold in the U.S. and internationally, including in Europe, China, Australia, Mexico, Venezuela, and Turkey. Accordingly, we are subject to risks that are inherent in operating globally, including:
changes in laws and regulations or imposition of currency restrictions and other restraints in various jurisdictions;
limitation of ownership rights, including expropriation of assets by a local government, and limitation on the ability to repatriate earnings;
sovereign debt crisis and currency instability in developed and developing countries;
imposition of burdensome tariffs and quotas;
difficulty in staffing and managing global operations;
difficulty of enforcing agreements, collecting receivables and protecting assets through non-U.S. legal systems;
national and international conflict, including war, civil disturbances and terrorist acts; and
economic downturns and social and political instability.
These risks could increase our cost of doing business internationally, increase our counterparty risk, disrupt our operations, disrupt the ability of suppliers and customers to fulfill their obligations, limit our ability to sell products in certain markets and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our business relies on the commercial and residential construction and remodeling markets.
We primarily rely on the commercial and residential construction and remodeling markets, which are marked by cyclicality based on overall economic conditions. Weakness or instability in these markets may cause current and potential customers to delay or choose not to make purchases, which could negatively impact the demand for our products and services. Decrease in the demand for our products and services could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our growth is dependent, in part, on the development, commercialization and acceptance of new products and services.
We must develop and commercialize new products and services in order to remain competitive in our current and future markets and in order to continue to grow our business. We cannot provide any assurance that any new product or service will be successfully commercialized in a timely manner, if ever, or, if commercialized, will result in returns greater than our investment. Investment in a product or service could divert our attention and resources from other projects that become more commercially viable in the market. We also cannot provide any assurance that any new product or service will be accepted by the market. Failure to develop new products and services that are accepted by the market could have a material adverse impact on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Changes in customer preferences and the inability to maintain mutually beneficial relationships with large customers could adversely affect our business.
We have certain significant customers, particularly major retailers, although no one customer represented more than 10% of combined net sales in 2012. The loss or material reduction of business, the lack of success of sales initiatives, or changes in customer preferences or loyalties, for our products related to any such significant customer could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, our major customers who are volume purchasers are much larger than us and have strong bargaining power with suppliers. This limits our ability to recover cost increases through higher selling prices. Furthermore, unanticipated inventory adjustments by these customers can have a negative impact on sales.

9

Table of Contents

Our brands are important assets of our businesses and violation of our trademark rights by imitators could negatively impact revenues and brand reputation.
Our brands and trademarks enjoy a reputation for quality and value and are important to our success and competitive position. Unauthorized use of our trademarks may not only erode sales of our products, but may also cause significant damage to our brand name and reputation, interfere with relationships with our customers and increase litigation costs. There can be no assurance that our on-going effort to protect our brand and trademark rights will prevent all violations.
Currency exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our results.
We are exposed to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in currency exchange rates. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.”
Approximately 36% of our 2012 net revenues were derived outside the U.S., and we expect sales to non-U.S. customers to continue to represent a significant portion of our consolidated net revenues. Although we enter into currency exchange contracts to reduce our risk related to currency exchange fluctuations, changes in the relative values of currencies occur from time to time and may, in some instances, have a material impact on our results of operations. Because we do not hedge against all of our currency exposure, our business will continue to be susceptible to currency fluctuations.
We also translate assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies into U.S. dollars for our consolidated financial statements based on the applicable exchange rates. Consequently, fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar versus other currencies will have a material impact on the value of these items in our consolidated financial statements, even if their value has not changed in their original currency.
Our business strategy includes making acquisitions and investments that complement our existing business. These acquisitions and investments could be unsuccessful or consume significant resources, which could adversely affect our operating results.
We will continue to analyze and evaluate the acquisition of strategic businesses or product lines with the potential to strengthen our industry position or enhance our existing set of products and services offerings. We cannot assure you that we will identify or successfully complete transactions with suitable acquisition candidates in the future. Nor can we assure you that completed acquisitions will be successful.
Acquisitions and investments may involve significant cash expenditures, debt incurrence, operating losses and expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Acquisitions involve numerous other risks, including:
diversion of management time and attention from daily operations;
difficulties integrating acquired businesses, technologies and personnel into our business;
difficulties in obtaining and verifying the financial statements and other business information of acquired businesses;
inability to obtain required regulatory approvals and/or required financing on favorable terms;
potential loss of key employees, key contractual relationships or key customers of acquired companies or of us;
assumption of the liabilities and exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies; and
dilution of interests of holders of shares of our ordinary shares through the issuance of equity securities or equity-linked securities.
We may also expand through acquisitions or investments into international markets in which we may have limited experience or are required to rely on business partners. In addition to the risks outlined above, expansion into international markets may require us to compete with local businesses with greater knowledge of the market, including the tastes and preferences of customers, and businesses with dominant market shares.
It may be difficult for us to complete transactions quickly, integrate acquired operations efficiently into our current business operations or effectively compete in new markets we enter. Any acquisitions or investments may ultimately harm our business or financial condition, as such acquisitions may not be successful and may ultimately result in impairment charges.
Our operational excellence efforts may not achieve the improvements we expect.
We utilize a number of tools to improve operational efficiency and productivity. Implementation of new processes to our operations could cause disruptions and there is no assurance that all of our planned operational excellence projects will be fully implemented or, if implemented, will realize the expected improvements.

10

Table of Contents

Material adverse legal judgments, fines, penalties or settlements could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are currently and may in the future become involved in legal proceedings and disputes incidental to the operation of our business. Our business may be adversely affected by the outcome of these proceedings and other contingencies (including, without limitation, environmental matters) that cannot be predicted with certainty. As required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, we establish reserves based on our assessment of contingencies. Subsequent developments in legal proceedings and other contingencies may affect our assessment and estimates of the loss contingency recorded as a reserve and we may be required to make additional material payments, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Allegations that we have infringed the intellectual property rights of third parties could negatively affect us.
We may be subject to claims of infringement of intellectual property rights by third parties. In particular, we often compete in areas having extensive intellectual property rights owned by others and we have become subject to claims alleging infringement of intellectual property rights of others. In general, if it is determined that one or more of our technologies, products or services infringes the intellectual property rights owned by others, we may be required to cease marketing those services, to obtain licenses from the holders of the intellectual property at a material cost or to take other actions to avoid infringing the intellectual property rights. The litigation process is costly and subject to inherent uncertainties, and we may not prevail in litigation matters regardless of the merits of our position. Adverse intellectual property litigation or claims of infringement against us may become extremely disruptive if the plaintiffs succeed in blocking the trade of our products and services and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our reputation, ability to do business and results of operations could be impaired by improper conduct by any of our employees, agents or business partners.
We are subject to regulation under a wide variety of U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. laws, regulations and policies, including laws related to anti-corruption, export and import compliance, anti-trust and money laundering, due to our global operations. We cannot provide assurance our internal controls will always protect us from the improper conduct of our employees, agents and business partners. Any improper conduct could damage our reputation and subject us to, among other things, civil and criminal penalties, material fines, equitable remedies (including profit disgorgement and injunctions on future conduct), securities litigation and a general loss of investor confidence, any one of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and the market value of our shares.
We may be subject to risks relating to our information technology systems.
We rely extensively on information technology systems to manage and operate our business. If these systems cease to function properly or if these systems do not provide the anticipated benefits, our ability to manage our operations could be impaired which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We currently rely on a single vendor for many of the critical elements of our global information technology infrastructure and its failure to provide effective support for such infrastructure could negatively impact our business and financial results.
We have outsourced many of the critical elements of our global information technology infrastructure to a third-party service provider in order to achieve efficiencies. If the service provider does not perform or does not perform effectively, we may not be able to achieve the expected efficiencies and may have to incur additional costs to address failures in providing service by the service provider. Depending on the function involved, such non-performance, failure to perform effectively or failures of service may lead to business disruptions, processing inefficiencies or security breaches. Such disruptions, inefficiencies or breaches could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our information technology infrastructure is important to our business and data security breaches or disruptions of such infrastructure could negatively impact our business and financial results.
Our information technology infrastructure is subject to cyber attacks and unauthorized security intrusions.  Despite instituting security policies and business continuity plans, our systems and networks may be vulnerable to system damage, malicious attacks from hackers, employee errors or misconduct, viruses, power and utility outages, and other catastrophic events that could cause significant harm to our business by negatively impacting our business operations, compromising the security of our proprietary information and exposing us to litigation that could adversely affect our reputation. Such events could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Commodity shortages and price increases could adversely affect our financial results.
We rely on suppliers to secure commodities, including steel, zinc, brass and other non-ferrous metals, required for the manufacture of our products. A disruption in deliveries from our suppliers or decreased availability of commodities could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet our commitments to customers or increase our operating costs. We believe that available

11

Table of Contents

sources of supply will generally be sufficient for our needs for the foreseeable future. Nonetheless, the unavailability of some commodities could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Volatility in the prices of these commodities could increase the costs of our products and services. We may not be able to pass on these costs to our customers and this could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We do not currently hedge against this volatility. The pricing of some commodities we use is based on market prices. To mitigate this exposure, we may use annual and multi-year fixed price contracts to minimize the impact of inflation and to benefit from deflation.
We may be required to recognize impairment charges for our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets.
At December 31, 2012, the net carrying value of our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets totaled approximately $ 638 million and $ 9 million , respectively. In accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, we periodically assess these assets to determine whether they are impaired. Significant negative industry or economic trends, disruptions to our business, unexpected significant changes or planned changes in use of the assets, divestitures and market capitalization declines may result in recognition of impairments to goodwill or other indefinite-lived assets. In particular, the estimated fair value of our EMEIA reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by 2.5% as of October 1, 2012. We have continued to monitor the reporting unit’s operating results given the close proximity of the reporting units carrying value compared to its fair value and determined that we are required to complete an interim impairment test in compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The results of our third quarter 2013 interim impairment test indicated that the estimated fair value of our EMEIA reporting unit was less than its carrying value; consequently, we are in the process of performing the second step of the interim impairment test to quantify the amount of the non-cash impairment charge, if any, to be recorded in our financial statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013. Our EMEIA reporting unit had approximately $190 million of goodwill at June 30, 2013. Any or all of this amount may be impaired. Any charges relating to such impairments could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations in the periods recognized.
Successful sales and marketing efforts depend on our ability to recruit and retain qualified employees.
Our ability to successfully grow our business depends on the contributions and abilities of key executives, our sales force and other personnel, including the ability of our sales force to adapt to any changes made in the sales organization and achieve adequate customer coverage. We must therefore continue to recruit, retain and motivate management, sales and other personnel sufficiently to maintain our current business and support our projected growth. A shortage of these key employees might jeopardize our ability to grow and expand our business.
Our operations are subject to regulatory risks.
Our U.S. and non-U.S. operations are subject to a number of laws and regulations, including fire and building codes and standards, environmental and health and safety. We have incurred, and will be required to continue to incur, significant expenditures to comply with these laws and regulations. Changes to, or changes in interpretation of, current laws and regulations could require us to increase our compliance expenditures, cause us to significantly alter or discontinue offering existing products and services or cause us to develop new products and services. Altering current products and services or developing new products and services to comply with changes in the applicable laws and regulations could require significant research and development investments, increase the cost of providing the products and services and adversely affect the demand for our products and services.
We may not have been, or we may not at all times be, in full compliance with these laws and regulations. In the event a regulatory authority concludes that we are not or have not at all times been in full compliance with these laws, we could be fined, criminally charged or otherwise sanctioned.
Certain environmental laws assess liability on current or previous owners of real property or operators of manufacturing facilities for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous substances or materials at such properties or at properties at which parties have disposed of hazardous substances. Liability for investigative, removal and remedial costs under certain U.S. federal and state laws and certain non-U.S. laws are retroactive, strict and joint and several. In addition to cleanup actions brought by governmental authorities, private parties could bring personal injury or other claims due to the presence of, or exposure to, hazardous substances. We have received notification from U.S. and non-U.S. governmental agencies, including the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) and similar state environmental agencies, that conditions at a number of current and formerly owned sites where we and others have disposed of hazardous substances require investigation, cleanup and other possible remedial action. These agencies may require that we reimburse the government for its costs incurred at these sites or otherwise pay for the costs of investigation and cleanup of these sites, including by providing compensation for natural resource damage claims from such sites. For more information, see “Business - Environmental Regulation.”

12

Table of Contents

While we have planned for future capital and operating expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental laws and have accrued for costs related to current remedial efforts, our costs of compliance, or our liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposures to, hazardous substances may exceed our estimates. We may also be subject to additional environmental claims for personal injury or cost recovery actions for remediation of facilities in the future based on our past, present or future business activities.
If we are unable to effectively respond to changes to applicable laws and regulations or comply with existing and future laws and regulations, our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted.
The capital and credit markets are important to our business.
Instability in U.S. and global capital and credit markets, including market disruptions, limited liquidity and interest rate volatility, or reductions in the credit ratings assigned to us by independent rating agencies could reduce our access to capital markets or increase the cost of funding our short and long term credit requirements. In particular, if we are unable to access capital and credit markets on terms that are acceptable to us, we may not be able to make certain investments or fully execute our business plans and strategy.
Our suppliers and customers are also dependent upon the capital and credit markets. Limitations on the ability of customers, suppliers or financial counterparties to access credit could lead to insolvencies of key suppliers and customers, limit or prevent customers from obtaining credit to finance purchases of our products and services and cause delays in the delivery of key products from suppliers.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
Our substantial leverage could harm our business by limiting our available cash and our access to additional capital and, to the extent of our variable rate indebtedness, exposing us to interest rate risk.
Following the spin-off, we will have substantial levels of outstanding indebtedness. As discussed under “Description of Material Indebtedness,” we expect to have approximately $1.3 billion of indebtedness at the time of the spin-off, the net proceeds of which will be distributed to Ingersoll Rand. In addition, we expect to have a senior secured revolving credit facility permitting borrowings of up to $500 million. This amount of indebtedness will substantially increase our cash interest expense and may limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions, restructuring and general corporate or other purposes, limit our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our less leveraged competitors. Further volatility in the credit markets would adversely impact our ability to obtain favorable terms on financing in the future. In addition, a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations will be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness and will not be available for other purposes, including our operations, capital expenditures, payment of dividends, share repurchase programs and future business opportunities. We may be more vulnerable than a less leveraged company to a downturn in the general economic conditions or in our business, or we may be unable to carry out capital spending that is important to our growth. We may be vulnerable to interest rate increases, as certain of our borrowings, including those under our senior secured credit facilities, will be at variable rates. We can give no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that revenue growth or operating improvements will be realized, or that future borrowings will be available under our senior secured credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which actions may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. As a stand-alone public company, we may not be able to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. For more information see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources” and "Description of Material Indebtedness"
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, reduce or eliminate the payment of dividends, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service and other obligations. The terms of the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing our senior notes will contain customary financial covenants that may restrict our ability to use the proceeds from asset sales. We may not be able

13

Table of Contents

to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices that we believe are fair, and proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.
Despite our expected levels of indebtedness, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.
We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the terms of the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing our senior notes will contain customary restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions will be subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. In addition, we expect to have a senior secured revolving credit facility permitting borrowings of up to $500 million. If we incur additional debt above the levels we expect at the time of the spin-off, the risks associated with our leverage, including those described above, would increase.
The terms of our debt covenants could limit how we conduct our business and our ability to raise additional funds.
The terms of the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing our senior notes will restrict us from taking certain actions that we may think are in the best interests of our shareholders. A breach of the covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the applicable indebtedness. As a result of these restrictions, we may be:
limited in how we conduct our business;
limited in our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to our shareholders;
unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or
unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.
These restrictions may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our plans.
These covenants and restrictions could affect our ability to operate our business, and may limit our ability to react to market conditions or take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. Additionally, our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, including general economic and credit conditions and industry downturns, and the other factors described in these “Risk Factors.”
Our variable rate indebtedness may expose us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt costs to increase significantly.
As discussed under “Description of Material Indebtedness,” a portion of our borrowings will be term loans or revolving credit facility borrowings with variable rates of interest which expose us to interest rate risks. We will be exposed to the risk of rising interest rates to the extent that we fund our operations with short-term or variable-rate borrowings. We expect that as of the date of the spin-off, we will have approximately $1.3 billion of aggregate debt outstanding, and that this amount will consist of $1.0 billion of floating-rate term loans and $300 million of our fixed-rate senior notes. We will also have the ability to incur up to $500 million of additional floating-rate debt under our senior secured revolving credit facility. Based on the amount of floating-rate debt that we expect to be outstanding at the time of the spin-off, a 1% rise in interest rates would result in an incremental annual interest expense of approximately $10 million. If the LIBOR or other applicable base rates under our senior secured credit facilities increase in the future then the floating-rate debt could have a material effect on our interest expense.
Risks Relating to the Spin-Off
We may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve from our spin-off from Ingersoll Rand.
As an independent, publicly-traded company, we believe that our business will benefit from, among other things, allowing us to better focus our financial and operational resources on our specific business, allowing our Board of Directors and management to design and implement corporate strategies and policies that are based primarily on the characteristics of our business, allowing us to more effectively respond to industry dynamics and allowing the creation of effective incentives for our management and employees that are more closely tied to our business performance. However, we may not be able to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve as an independent company in the time we expect, if at all. For example, it is possible that investors and securities analysts will not place a greater value on our business as an independent company than on our business as a part of Ingersoll Rand.
Our accounting and other management systems and resources may not be adequately prepared to meet the financial reporting and other requirements to which we will be subject following the distribution.
Our financial results previously were included within the consolidated results of Ingersoll Rand, and we believe that our financial reporting and internal controls were appropriate for those of subsidiaries of a public company. However, we were not directly subject to the reporting and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). In connection with the distribution, we will become directly subject to reporting and other obligations under the Exchange Act.

14

Table of Contents

Beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2014, we will be required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments. These reporting and other obligations may place significant demands on our management, administrative and operational resources, including accounting systems and resources.
The Exchange Act will require that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be required to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. To comply with these requirements, we may need to upgrade our systems; implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures; and hire additional accounting and finance staff. We expect to incur additional annual expenses for the purpose of addressing these requirements, and those expenses may be significant. If we are unable to upgrade our financial and management controls, reporting systems, information technology systems and procedures in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with our financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies under the Exchange Act could be impaired. Any failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We may be unable to make, on a timely or cost-effective basis, the changes necessary to operate as an independent company, and we may experience increased costs after the spin-off.
We have historically operated as part of Ingersoll Rand’s corporate organization, and Ingersoll Rand has assisted us by providing certain corporate functions. Following the completion of the spin-off, Ingersoll Rand will be obligated contractually to provide to us only those transition services specified in agreements we enter into with Ingersoll Rand. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Agreements with Ingersoll Rand Related to the Spin-Off” for a summary of these agreements. We may be unable to replace in a timely manner or on comparable terms the services or other benefits that Ingersoll Rand previously provided to us that are not specified in any transition services agreement. Upon expiration of any transition services agreement, each of the services that are covered in the agreement will have to be provided internally or by third parties and we may be unable to replace those services in a timely manner or on comparable terms. In addition, if Ingersoll Rand does not continue to perform the transition services and the other services that are called for under any transition services agreement, we may not be able to operate our business as effectively and our profitability may decline.
Our historical combined and pro forma condensed combined financial data are not necessarily representative of the results we would have achieved as an independent, publicly-traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.
The historical and pro forma financial data we have included in this Information Statement may not reflect what our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would have been had we been an independent, publicly-traded company during the periods presented or what our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be in the future when we are an independent company. This is primarily because:
Prior to our spin-off, our business was operated by Ingersoll Rand as part of its broader corporate organization, rather than as an independent, publicly-traded company. In addition, prior to our spin-off, Ingersoll Rand, or one of its affiliates, performed significant corporate functions for us, including tax and treasury administration and certain governance functions, including internal audit and external reporting. Our historical and pro forma financial statements reflect allocations of corporate expenses from Ingersoll Rand for these and similar functions and may not reflect the costs we will incur for similar services in the future as an independent company. Furthermore, following the spin-off, we will also be responsible for the additional costs associated with being an independent, publicly-traded company, including costs related to corporate governance and external reporting.
Our working capital requirements and capital for our general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and capital expenditures, historically have been satisfied as part of the company-wide cash management practices of Ingersoll Rand. While our businesses have historically generated sufficient cash to finance our working capital and other cash requirements, following the spin-off, we will no longer have access to Ingersoll Rand’s cash pool. Without the opportunity to obtain financing from Ingersoll Rand, we may need to obtain additional financing from banks, through public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities or other arrangements.
Other significant changes may occur in our cost structure, management, financing and business operations as a result of our operating as a company separate from Ingersoll Rand.
Our historical financial data does not include an allocation of interest expense comparable to the interest expense we will incur as part of the financing of the spin-off. After giving pro-forma effect to the spin-off, our interest expense would have been $51.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (compared to $1.5 million reflected in our historical financial statements). In addition, the pro forma financial data included in this Information Statement is based on the best information

15

Table of Contents

available, which in part includes a number of estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions may prove not to be accurate, and accordingly, our pro forma financial data should not be assumed to be indicative of what our financial condition or results of operations actually would have been as a stand-alone company nor to be a reliable indicator of what our financial condition or results of operations actually may be in the future.
For additional information about our past financial performance and the basis of presentation of our financial statements, see “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the notes thereto included in this Information Statement.
As an independent, publicly-traded company, we may not enjoy the same benefits that we did as a part of Ingersoll Rand.
There is a risk that, by separating from Ingersoll Rand, we may become more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than we would have been if we were still a part of the current Ingersoll Rand organizational structure. As part of Ingersoll Rand, we have been able to enjoy certain benefits from Ingersoll Rand’s operating diversity, purchasing power and opportunities to pursue integrated strategies with Ingersoll Rand’s other businesses. As an independent, publicly-traded company, we will not have similar diversity or integration opportunities and may not have similar purchasing power or access to capital markets.
Following our spin-off from Ingersoll Rand, our capital structure and sources of liquidity will change significantly from our historical capital structure.
As discussed under “Description of Material Indebtedness,” following our spin-off from Ingersoll Rand, in addition to $300 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding senior notes, we expect to enter into $1.0 billion of senior secured term loan facilities and a $500 million senior secured revolving credit facility. We expect that net proceeds of the senior notes and the senior secured credit facilities will be distributed to Ingersoll Rand. We also expect to have approximately $100 million of cash on hand at the time of the distribution. As an independent, publicly-traded company, we will no longer participate in cash management and funding arrangements with Ingersoll Rand. Instead, our ability to fund our capital needs will depend on our ongoing ability to generate cash from operations, and to access our borrowing facilities and capital markets, which is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.
Certain of the contracts to be transferred or assigned to us contain provisions requiring the consent of a third party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the distribution. If such consent is not given, we may not be entitled to the benefit of such contracts in the future.
Certain of the contracts to be transferred or assigned to us in connection with the distribution and the internal transactions described below in this Information Statement contain provisions which require the consent of a third party to the internal transactions, the distribution or both. If we are unable to obtain such consents on commercially reasonable and satisfactory terms, our ability to obtain the benefit of such contracts in the future may be impaired.
Our customers, prospective customers, suppliers or other companies with whom we conduct business may need assurances that our financial stability on a stand-alone basis is sufficient to satisfy their requirements for doing or continuing to do business with them.
Some of our customers, prospective customers, suppliers or other companies with whom we conduct business may need assurances that our financial stability on a stand-alone basis is sufficient to satisfy their requirements for doing or continuing to do business with them. Any failure of parties to be satisfied with our financial stability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The ownership by our executive officers of ordinary shares, stock options or other stock-based awards of Ingersoll Rand may create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest .
Following the spin-off, substantially all of our executive officers will own ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand, stock options to purchase ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand or other Ingersoll Rand stock-based awards because of their former positions with Ingersoll Rand. The individual holdings of ordinary shares, stock options to purchase ordinary shares or other stock-based awards of Ingersoll Rand may be significant for some of these persons compared to their total assets. These equity interests may create, or appear to create, conflicts of interest when these officers are faced with decisions that could benefit or affect the officers, as equity holders of Ingersoll Rand, in ways that do not benefit or affect us or our shareholders in the same manner.
The one-time and ongoing costs of the spin-off may be greater than we expected.
We and Ingersoll Rand will incur costs in connection with our transition to being a stand-alone public company that relate primarily to accounting, tax, legal and other professional costs; financing costs in connection with refinancing Ingersoll Rand’s outstanding indebtedness and obtaining our financing as a stand-alone company; compensation, such as modifications to certain incentive awards upon completion of the spin-off; recruiting and relocation costs associated with hiring our senior

16

Table of Contents

management personnel; and costs to separate assets and information systems. These costs, whether incurred before or after the spin-off, may be greater than anticipated and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We may not be able to achieve a competitive worldwide effective corporate tax rate.
We cannot give any assurance as to what our effective tax rate will be after the distribution, because of, among other things, uncertainty regarding the geographic mix of income and the tax policies of the jurisdictions where we operate. Our actual effective tax rate may vary from our expectation and that variance may be material. Additionally, the tax laws of Ireland and other jurisdictions could change in the future, and such changes could cause a material change in our effective tax rate.
We may have been able to receive better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we receive in our agreements related to the spin-off.
We expect that the agreements related to the spin-off, including the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Employee Matters Agreement, Tax Matters Agreement, Transition Services Agreement, agreements with respect to real estate and intellectual property matters and any other agreements, will be negotiated in the context of our spin-off from Ingersoll Rand while we are still part of Ingersoll Rand. Accordingly, these agreements may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations among unaffiliated third parties. The terms of the agreements being negotiated in the context of our spin-off are related to, among other things, allocations of assets, liabilities, rights, indemnifications and other obligations among Ingersoll Rand and us. We might have received better terms under the agreements relating to the spin-off had they been negotiated with disinterested third parties who competed with each other to win our business than we received from Ingersoll Rand. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Agreements with Ingersoll Rand Related to the Spin-Off.”
In connection with our spin-off, Ingersoll Rand will indemnify us for certain liabilities and we will indemnify Ingersoll Rand for certain liabilities. If we are required to act on these indemnities to Ingersoll Rand, we may need to divert cash to meet those obligations and our financial results could be negatively impacted. The Ingersoll Rand indemnity may not be sufficient to insure us against the full amount of liabilities for which it will be allocated responsibility, and Ingersoll Rand may not be able to satisfy its indemnification obligations in the future.
Pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement and the Tax Matters Agreement with Ingersoll Rand, Ingersoll Rand will agree to indemnify us for certain liabilities, and we will agree to indemnify Ingersoll Rand for certain liabilities, in each case for uncapped amounts, as discussed further in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions - Agreements with Ingersoll Rand Related to the Spin-Off.” Such indemnities may be significant and could negatively impact our business, particularly indemnities relating to our actions that could impact the tax-free nature of the distribution. Third parties could also seek to hold us responsible for any of the liabilities that Ingersoll Rand has agreed to retain. Further, the indemnity from Ingersoll Rand may not be sufficient to protect us against the full amount of such liabilities, and Ingersoll Rand may not be able to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations. Moreover, even if we ultimately succeed in recovering from Ingersoll Rand any amounts for which we are held liable, we may be temporarily required to bear these losses ourselves. Each of these risks could negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
If the distribution or certain internal transactions undertaken in anticipation of the spin-off are determined to be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we, our shareholders that are subject to U.S. federal income tax and/or Ingersoll Rand could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities and, in certain circumstances, we could be required to indemnify Ingersoll Rand for material taxes pursuant to indemnification obligations under the Tax Matters Agreement.
Ingersoll Rand has requested the IRS Ruling substantially to the effect that, among other things, the distribution of Allegion plc’s ordinary shares, together with certain related transactions, will qualify under Sections 355 and 368(a) of the Code, with the result that Ingersoll Rand and Ingersoll Rand’s shareholders will not recognize any taxable income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the spin-off, except to the extent of cash received in lieu of fractional shares. Ingersoll Rand also intends for the IRS Ruling to provide that certain internal transactions undertaken in anticipation of the distribution will qualify for favorable treatment under the Code. In addition to obtaining the IRS Ruling, Ingersoll Rand expects to receive opinions from the law firm of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP substantially to the effect that certain requirements, including certain requirements that the IRS will not rule on, necessary to obtain tax-free treatment have been satisfied, such that the distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes and certain other matters relating to the distribution, including certain internal transactions undertaken in anticipation of the distribution, will receive tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code. The receipt and effectiveness of the IRS Ruling and the opinions are conditions to the distribution that must be either satisfied or waived by Ingersoll Rand. The IRS Ruling and the opinions will rely on certain facts and assumptions and certain representations and undertakings from us and Ingersoll Rand regarding the past and future conduct of our respective businesses and other matters. Notwithstanding the IRS Ruling and the opinions, the IRS could determine on audit that the distribution or the internal transactions should be treated as taxable transactions if it determines that any of these facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings is not correct or has been violated, or that the distribution or the internal transactions should be

17

Table of Contents

taxable for other reasons, including as a result of significant changes in shares or asset ownership after the distribution. A legal opinion represents the tax adviser’s best legal judgment, is not binding on the IRS or the courts, and the IRS or the courts may not agree with the opinion. In addition, the opinion will be based on current law, and cannot be relied upon if current law changes with retroactive effect. If the distribution ultimately is determined to be taxable, the distribution could be treated as a taxable dividend or capital gain to you for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and you could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities. In addition, we or Ingersoll Rand could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities if it is ultimately determined that certain internal transactions undertaken in anticipation of the distribution are taxable, which could cause a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in future reporting periods.
In addition, under the terms of the Tax Matters Agreement, in the event the distribution or the internal transactions were determined to be taxable as a result of actions taken after the distribution by us or Ingersoll Rand, the party responsible for such failure would be responsible for all taxes imposed on us or Ingersoll Rand as a result thereof. If such failure is not the result of actions taken after the distribution by us or Ingersoll Rand, then we would be responsible for any taxes imposed on us or Ingersoll Rand as a result of such determination. Such tax amounts could be significant. To the extent we are responsible for any liability under the Tax Matters Agreement, there could be a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in future reporting periods.
In addition, the amount of our shares that we can issue may be limited because the issuance of our shares may cause the distribution to be a taxable event for Ingersoll Rand under Section 355(e) of the Code, and under the Tax Matters Agreement, we could be required to indemnify Ingersoll Rand for that tax. See “Risk Factors - Risks Relating to the Spin-Off - We might not be able to engage in desirable strategic transactions and equity issuances following the distribution because of restrictions relating to U.S. federal income tax requirements for tax-free distributions.”
We might not be able to engage in desirable strategic transactions and equity issuances following the distribution because of restrictions relating to U.S. federal income tax requirements for tax-free distributions.
Our ability to engage in significant equity transactions could be limited or restricted after the distribution in order to preserve, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax-free nature of the distribution by Ingersoll Rand. Even if the distribution otherwise qualifies for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code, it may result in corporate-level taxable gain to Ingersoll Rand and certain of its affiliates under Section 355(e) of the Code if 50% or more, by vote or value, of our shares or Ingersoll Rand’s shares are acquired or issued as part of a plan or series of related transactions that includes the distribution. Any acquisitions or issuances of our shares or Ingersoll Rand’s shares within two years after the distribution will generally be presumed to be part of such a plan, although we or Ingersoll Rand may be able to rebut that presumption.
To preserve the tax-free treatment to Ingersoll Rand of the distribution, under the Tax Matters Agreement, we expect that we will be prohibited from taking or failing to take any action that prevents the distribution and related transactions from being tax-free. Further, for the two-year period following the distribution, without obtaining the consent of Ingersoll Rand, a private letter ruling from the IRS or an unqualified opinion of a nationally recognized law firm or accounting firm, we may be prohibited from, among other things:
approving or allowing any transaction that results in a change in ownership of more than 50% of our ordinary shares when combined with any other changes in ownership of our shares,
redeeming or repurchasing equity securities,
selling or otherwise disposing of substantially all of our assets, or
engaging in certain internal transactions.
These restrictions may limit our ability to pursue strategic transactions or engage in new business or other transactions that may maximize the value of our business. Moreover, we expect the Tax Matters Agreement to also provide that we will be responsible for any taxes imposed on Ingersoll Rand or any of its affiliates as a result of the failure of the distribution or the internal transactions to qualify for favorable treatment under the Code unless such failure is attributable to certain actions taken after the distribution by Ingersoll Rand.
We will share responsibility for certain of our and Ingersoll Rand’s income tax liabilities for tax periods prior to and including the distribution date.
In connection with the distribution, we will enter into the Tax Matters Agreement with Ingersoll Rand which will govern our rights and obligations and those of Ingersoll Rand for certain pre-distribution tax liabilities, as more fully described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Agreements with Ingersoll Rand Related to the Spin-Off - Tax Matters Agreement” below. To the extent we are responsible for any liability under the Tax Matters Agreement, there could be a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in future reporting periods.

18

Table of Contents

If the distribution is determined to be taxable for Irish tax purposes, significant Irish tax liabilities may arise.
Ingersoll Rand has received an opinion of the Irish Revenue regarding the Irish tax consequences of the distribution to the effect that certain reliefs and exemptions for corporate reorganizations apply. In addition to obtaining the opinion from Irish Revenue, Ingersoll Rand expects to receive an opinion from the law firm of Arthur Cox confirming the applicability of the relevant exemptions and reliefs to the distribution and that certain internal transactions will not trigger tax costs. The opinion will rely on certain facts and assumptions and certain representations and undertakings from us and Ingersoll Rand regarding the past and future conduct of our respective businesses and other matters. Notwithstanding the opinions, Irish Revenue could determine on audit that the distribution or the internal transactions do not qualify for the relevant exemptions or reliefs if it determines that any of these facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings is not correct or has been violated. A legal opinion represents the tax adviser’s best legal judgment, is not binding on Irish Revenue or the courts and Irish Revenue or the courts may not agree with the legal opinion. In addition, the legal opinion will be based on current law, and cannot be relied upon if current law changes with retroactive effect. If the distribution ultimately is determined not to fall within certain exemptions or reliefs, the distribution could result in you having an Irish tax liability as a result of the distribution (if you are an Irish resident or hold your shares in Ingersoll Rand in an Irish branch or agency), or we or Ingersoll Rand could incur Irish tax liabilities.
In addition, under the terms of the Tax Matters Agreement, in the event the distribution does not qualify for certain reliefs or exemptions, then we would be responsible for any taxes imposed on us or Ingersoll Rand as a result of such determination. Such tax amounts could be significant. To the extent we are responsible for any liability under the Tax Matters Agreement, there could be a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in future reporting periods.
Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares
There is no existing market for our ordinary shares and we cannot be certain that an active trading market will develop or be sustained after the spin-off, and following the spin-off our share price may fluctuate significantly.
There is currently no public market for our ordinary shares. We intend to list our ordinary shares on NYSE under the ticker symbol “ALLE.” We anticipate that before the distribution date for the spin-off, trading of our ordinary shares will begin on a “when-issued” basis and such trading will continue up to and including the distribution date. However, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for our ordinary shares will develop as a result of the spin-off or be sustained in the future. The lack of an active market may make it more difficult for you to sell our ordinary shares and could lead to the price of our ordinary shares being depressed or more volatile.
We cannot predict the prices at which our ordinary shares may trade after the spin-off. The market price of our ordinary shares may fluctuate widely, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:
our business profile and market capitalization may not fit the investment objectives of some Ingersoll Rand shareholders and, as a result, these Ingersoll Rand shareholders may sell our shares after the distribution;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due to factors related to our business;
success or failure of our business strategy;
our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in our industry;
our ability to obtain third-party financing as needed;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions or dispositions;
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
the failure of securities analysts to cover our ordinary shares after the spin-off;
changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;
the operating and share price performance of other comparable companies;
investor perception of our company;
natural or other disasters that investors believe may affect us;
overall market fluctuations;
results from any material litigation or government investigations;
changes in laws and regulations affecting our business; and
general economic conditions and other external factors.
Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our ordinary shares.

19

Table of Contents

In addition, when the market price of a company’s shares drops significantly, shareholders often institute securities class action lawsuits against the company. A lawsuit against us could cause us to incur substantial costs and could divert the time and attention of our management and other resources.
Investors may be unable to accurately value our shares.
Investors often value companies based on the share prices and results of operations of other comparable companies. We believe that currently, few public companies exist that are comparable to our size, scale and product offerings. For these reasons, investors may find it difficult to accurately value our ordinary shares, which may cause our ordinary shares to trade below our true value.
Substantial sales of ordinary shares may occur in connection with the spin-off, which could cause our share price to decline.
Our ordinary shares that are distributed to Ingersoll Rand shareholders generally may be sold immediately in the public market. Although we have no actual knowledge of any plan or intention on the part of any significant shareholder to sell our ordinary shares following the spin-off, it is likely that some Ingersoll Rand shareholders, possibly including some of our larger shareholders, will sell our ordinary shares received in the distribution for various reasons such as if our business profile or market capitalization as an independent company does not fit their investment objectives. In particular, Ingersoll Rand is a member of the S&P 500 Index, while we will not initially be and may not be in the future. Accordingly, certain Ingersoll Rand shareholders may elect or be required to sell our shares following the spin-off due to investment guidelines or other reasons. The sales of significant amounts of our ordinary shares or the perception in the market that this will occur may result in the lowering of the market price of our ordinary shares.
There is no guarantee that the High Court of Ireland will approve the creation of distributable reserves.
Under Irish law, dividends may be paid only (and share repurchases must generally be funded) out of “distributable reserves,” which Allegion plc will not have immediately following the distribution. See “Description of Our Share Capital - Dividends” and “Description of Our Share Capital - Share Repurchases and Redemptions.” Immediately after the spin-off, Allegion plc will not have any distributable reserves but will have a significant amount of share premium. We intend to undertake an Irish legal process pursuant to which we will convert up to Allegion plc’s entire share premium account to distributable reserves. See “Dividends.” This process will require the approval of the High Court of Ireland. Although we are not aware of any reason why the High Court of Ireland would not approve the creation of distributable reserves in this manner, the issuance of the required order is a matter for the discretion of the High Court of Ireland and there is no guarantee that such approval will be forthcoming. In the event that distributable reserves are not created, no distributions by way of dividends, share repurchases or otherwise will be permitted under Irish law until such time as we have created sufficient distributable reserves from our subsidiaries’ post-spin-off operating activities and such reserves are made available to Allegion plc.
We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends on our ordinary shares, and our indebtedness could limit our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares.
We may pay dividends when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors in its discretion. Whether our Board of Directors exercises its discretion to propose any dividends to holders of our ordinary shares will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, future prospects and capital requirements of our business, covenants associated with certain of our debt obligations, legal requirements, regulatory constraints, income tax consequences, industry practice and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. See “Dividends” and “Description of Our Share Capital - Dividends.”
There can be no assurance that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividend if we do commence the payment of dividends. Additionally, indebtedness that we will incur in connection with the spin-off could have important consequences for holders of our ordinary shares. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to meet our debt-payment obligations, then our ability to pay dividends, if so determined by the Board of Directors, may be impaired and we may be required to attempt to restructure or refinance our debt, raise additional capital or take other actions such as selling assets, reducing or delaying capital expenditures or reducing our dividend. There can be no assurance, however, that any such actions could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all, or would be permitted by the terms of our new debt or our other credit and contractual arrangements.
Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted in the future.
Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted in the future because of additional equity issuances for acquisitions, strategic investments, capital markets transaction or otherwise, including equity awards that we expect to grant to our directors, officers and employees in the future. Such issuances may have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share, which could materially adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares. In addition, Ingersoll Rand equity awards held by our employees will convert into Allegion equity awards in connection with the spin-off. See “The Spin-Off - Treatment of Equity Based Compensation.” We intend to establish equity incentive plans that will provide for the grant of ordinary share-based equity awards to our directors, officers and other employees.

20

Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our ordinary shares will, to some extent, depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts and the reports they issue. If our financial performance fails to meet analyst estimates or one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.
Risks Related to Our Incorporation in Ireland
Irish law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to holders of our securities.
The United States currently does not have a treaty with Ireland providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. As such, there is some uncertainty as to whether the courts of Ireland would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers based on U.S. federal or state civil liability laws, including the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws, or hear actions against us or those persons based on those laws.
As an Irish company, we are governed by the Irish Companies Act, which differs in some material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including, among others, differences relating to interested director and officer transactions and shareholder lawsuits. Likewise, the duties of directors and officers of an Irish company generally are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Irish companies generally do not have a personal right of action against directors or officers of the company and may exercise such rights of action on behalf of the company only in limited circumstances. Accordingly, holders of our securities may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would holders of securities of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction of the United States.
In addition, Irish law allows shareholders to authorize share capital which then can be issued by a board of directors without shareholder approval. Also, subject to specified exceptions, Irish law grants statutory pre-emptive rights to existing shareholders to subscribe for new issuances of shares for cash. However, we have opted out of these pre-emption rights in our Articles of Association as permitted under Irish company law. Irish law provides that this opt-out expires after five years unless renewed by a special resolution of the shareholders. These authorizations must be renewed by the shareholders every five years and we cannot guarantee that these authorizations will always be approved.
Changes in tax laws, regulations or treaties, changes in our status under the tax laws of many jurisdictions or adverse determinations by taxing authorities could increase our tax burden or otherwise affect our financial condition or operating results, as well as subject our shareholders to additional taxes.
The realization of any tax benefit related to our incorporation and tax residence in Ireland could be impacted by changes in tax laws, tax treaties or tax regulations or the interpretation or enforcement thereof by the tax authorities of many jurisdictions. From time to time, proposals have been made and/or legislation has been introduced to change the tax laws of various jurisdictions or limit tax treaty benefits that if enacted could materially increase our tax burden and/or effective tax rate and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. For instance, recent U.S. legislative proposals would broaden the circumstances under which we would be considered a U.S. resident for U.S. tax purposes, which would significantly diminish the realization of any tax benefit related to our incorporation in Ireland. There are other recent U.S. legislative proposals that could modify or eliminate the tax deductibility of various currently deductible payments, which could materially and adversely affect our effective tax rate and cash tax position. Moreover, other U.S. legislative proposals could have a material adverse impact on us by overriding certain tax treaties and limiting the treaty benefits on certain payments by our U.S. subsidiaries to our non-U.S. affiliates, which could increase our tax liability. We cannot predict the outcome of any specific legislation in any jurisdiction.
While we monitor proposals that would materially impact our tax burden and/or effective tax rate and investigate our options, we could still be subject to increased taxation on a going forward basis no matter what action we undertake if certain legislative proposals are enacted, certain tax treaties are amended and/or our interpretation of applicable tax law is challenged and determined to be incorrect. In particular, any changes and/or differing interpretations of applicable tax law that have the effect of disregarding our incorporation in Ireland, limiting our ability to take advantage of tax treaties between jurisdictions, modifying or eliminating the deductibility of various currently deductible payments, or increasing the tax burden of operating or being resident in a particular country, could subject us to increased taxation.
The inability to realize any anticipated tax benefits related to our incorporation and tax residence in Ireland could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

21

Table of Contents

Dividends received by our shareholders may be subject to Irish dividend withholding tax.
In certain circumstances, we are required to deduct Irish dividend withholding tax (currently at the rate of 20%) from dividends paid to our shareholders. In the majority of cases, shareholders resident in the United States will not be subject to Irish withholding tax, and shareholders resident in a number of other countries will not be subject to Irish withholding tax provided that they complete certain Irish dividend withholding tax forms. However, some shareholders may be subject to withholding tax, which could have an adverse impact on the price of our shares. See “The Spin-Off - Irish Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” for additional information.
Dividends received by our shareholders could be subject to Irish income tax.
Dividends paid in respect of our shares will generally not be subject to Irish income tax where the beneficial owner of these dividends is exempt from Irish dividend withholding tax, unless the beneficial owner of the dividend has some connection with Ireland other than his or her shareholding in Ingersoll Rand or Allegion.
Our shareholders who receive their dividends subject to Irish dividend withholding tax will generally have no further liability to Irish income tax on the dividends unless the beneficial owner of the dividend has some connection with Ireland other than his or her shareholding in Ingersoll Rand or Allegion. See “The Spin-Off - Irish Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” for additional information.
Certain provisions in our Articles of Association, among other things, could prevent or delay an acquisition of us, which could decrease the trading price of our ordinary shares.
Our Memorandum and Articles of Association contain provisions that could have the effect of deterring coercive takeover practices, inadequate takeover bids and unsolicited offers. These provisions include, amongst others:
a provision of our Articles of Association which generally prohibits us from engaging in a business combination with an interested shareholder (being (i) the beneficial owner of the relevant percentage of our voting shares or (ii) an affiliate or associate of us that has at any time within the previous five years been the beneficial owner of the relevant percentage of our voting shares), subject to certain exceptions;
rules regarding how shareholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at shareholder meetings;
the right of our Board of Directors to issue preferred shares without shareholder approval in certain circumstances, subject to applicable law; and
the ability of our Board of Directors to fill vacancies on our Board of Directors in certain circumstances.
We believe these provisions will provide some protection to our shareholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics. These provisions are not intended to make us immune from takeovers. However, these provisions will apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some shareholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our Board of Directors determines is in our best interests and our shareholders. These provisions may also prevent or discourage attempts to remove and replace incumbent directors.
In addition, several mandatory provisions of Irish law could prevent or delay an acquisition of us. For example, Irish law does not permit shareholders of an Irish public limited company to take action by written consent with less than unanimous consent. We also will be subject to various provisions of Irish law relating to mandatory bids, voluntary bids, requirements to make a cash offer and minimum price requirements, as well as substantial acquisition rules and rules requiring the disclosure of interests in our shares in certain circumstances. Also, Irish companies, including us, may alter their Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association only with the approval of at least 75% of the votes of the company’s shareholders cast in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the company.
For additional information on these and other provisions of our Articles of Association and Irish law that could be considered to have an anti-takeover effect, see “Description of Our Share Capital - Anti-Takeover Provisions.”
The agreements that we will enter into with Ingersoll Rand in connection with the spin-off generally will require Ingersoll Rand’s consent to any assignment by us of our rights and obligations under the agreements. The consent and termination rights set forth in these agreements might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control that shareholders may consider favorable. For a more detailed description of these agreements, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Agreements with Ingersoll Rand Related to the Spin-Off.”
Moreover, an acquisition or further issuance of our ordinary shares after the spin-off could trigger the application of Section 355(e) of the Code, even if the distribution and certain related transactions undertaken in connection therewith otherwise qualify for tax-free treatment. Under Section 355(e) of the Code, we and/or Ingersoll Rand could incur tax upon certain transactions undertaken in anticipation of the distribution if 50% or more, by vote or value, of our ordinary shares or Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares are acquired or issued as part of a plan or series of related transactions that include the spin-off.

22

Table of Contents

The process for determining whether an acquisition or issuance triggering these provisions has occurred is complex, inherently factual and subject to interpretation. Any acquisitions or issuances of our ordinary shares or Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares within two years after the distribution are presumed to be part of such a plan, although we or Ingersoll Rand, as applicable, may be able to rebut that presumption. Moreover, under the Tax Matters Agreement that we will enter into with Ingersoll Rand, we will be restricted from engaging in certain transactions within two years of the distribution which potentially could trigger application of Section 355(e) of the Code. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Agreements with Ingersoll Rand Related to the Spin-Off - Tax Matters Agreement.” During such period, these restrictions may limit the ability that we, or a potential acquirer of Allegion, have to pursue certain strategic transactions that might increase the value of our ordinary shares.


23

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements in this Information Statement, other than purely historical information, are “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements generally are identified by the words “believe,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “intend,” “strategy,” “plan,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” or the negative thereof or variations thereon or similar terminology generally intended to identify forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements are based on currently available information and our current assumptions, expectations and projections about future events. While we believe that our assumptions, expectations and projections are reasonable in view of the currently available information, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and are not guarantees of future performance. They are subject to future events, risks and uncertainties - many of which are beyond our control - as well as potentially inaccurate assumptions, that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations and projections. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.
Factors that might affect our forward-looking statements include the risk factors discussed in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9. There are other risks and uncertainties that we are unable to predict at this time or that we currently do not expect to have a material adverse effect on our business. Any such risks could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements.



24

Table of Contents

THE SPIN-OFF
Background
The Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand has approved a plan to spin off the commercial and residential security businesses from Ingersoll Rand, following which we will hold such businesses and will be an independent, publicly-traded company. As part of the spin-off, Ingersoll Rand will effect an internal reorganization in order to properly align the commercial and residential security businesses that we will hold following the spin-off.
To complete the spin-off, Ingersoll Rand will transfer its commercial and residential security businesses to us in return for which we will issue our ordinary shares to Ingersoll Rand shareholders pro rata to their respective holdings. For the purposes of Irish law, this will be treated as Ingersoll Rand having made a dividend in specie, or a non-cash dividend, to its shareholders. Prior to the transfer by Ingersoll Rand to us of its commercial and residential security businesses, we will have no operations other than those incidental to our formation and in preparation for the spin-off. The distribution will occur on the distribution date, which is expected to be [ ], 2013. Each holder of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares will receive one Allegion ordinary share for every three Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares held on [ ], 2013, the record date. After completion of the spin-off:
we will be an independent, publicly-traded company (NYSE: ALLE), focused on security products and solutions markets globally ; and
Ingersoll Rand will continue to be an independent, publicly-traded company (NYSE: IR) and continue to own and operate its Climate Solutions, Residential Solutions (excluding the residential security business) and Industrial Technologies businesses.
Each holder of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares will continue to hold his, her or its shares in Ingersoll Rand. No vote of Ingersoll Rand’s shareholders is required or is being sought in connection with the spin-off, and Ingersoll Rand’s shareholders will not have any appraisal rights in connection with the spin-off, including the internal reorganization.
The distribution of our ordinary shares as described in this Information Statement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Ingersoll Rand of certain conditions. Even if all such conditions are met, Ingersoll Rand has the right not to complete the spin-off if, at any time prior to the distribution, the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand determines, in its sole discretion, that the spin-off is not then in the best interests of Ingersoll Rand or its shareholders, that a sale or other alternative is in the best interests of Ingersoll Rand or its shareholders or that it is not advisable to separate the commercial and residential security businesses from Ingersoll Rand at that time. See “- Conditions to the Spin-Off.”
Reasons for the Spin-Off
Ingersoll Rand is a multi-industry conglomerate which generates value, in part, from synergies among its various businesses.  However, as industries evolve and change, the added value from synergies for some business units may become outweighed by the benefits to be gained from the focus that comes from being a stand-alone company.  Such is now the case with Ingersoll Rand’s commercial and residential security businesses.  Ingersoll Rand’s Board of Directors has determined that the spin-off is in the best interests of Ingersoll Rand and its shareholders because the spin-off will provide the following key benefits:
Strategic Focus. Position each company to pursue a more focused strategy based on the needs of their respective businesses and the dynamics of their respective industries.
Board and Management Focus . Allow the Board of Directors and management of each company to focus exclusively on the growth and expansion of their respective businesses, with greater ability to anticipate and respond faster to changing markets and new opportunities, including potential strategic acquisitions, as well as increase our management’s ability to attract and retain industry-specific skilled employees and management.
Access to Capital, Capital Structure and Preservation of Synergies . Eliminate competition for capital while still allowing each company to preserve existing synergies. Both companies will have direct access to the debt and equity capital markets to fund their respective growth strategies and to establish a capital structure and dividend policy appropriate to their business needs.
Investor Choice . Provide investors with a more targeted investment opportunity in each company that offers different investment and business characteristics, including different opportunities for growth, capital structure, and financial returns. This will allow investors to evaluate the separate and distinct merits, performance and future prospects of each company.

25

Table of Contents

Ingersoll Rand’s Board of Directors also considered certain risks and negative factors associated with the spin-off, including: the fact that the spin-off will be contingent upon the satisfaction of a number of conditions and will require significant time and attention of management; the risk that the spin-off may not achieve some or all of its intended benefits; the fact that the trading price of Ingersoll Rand’s ordinary shares will likely decrease immediately following the spin-off; the risk that the combined trading price of Ingersoll Rand and our ordinary shares may be less than the price at which Ingersoll Rand’s ordinary shares would otherwise have traded; and the risk that the spin-off could result in substantial tax liability.
Manner of Effecting the Spin-Off
The general terms and conditions relating to the spin-off will be set forth in a Separation and Distribution Agreement between us and Ingersoll Rand.
Internal Reorganization
As part of the spin-off, Ingersoll Rand will undergo an internal reorganization that will, among other things and subject to limited exceptions, result in the allocation and transfer or assignment to us of the assets and liabilities in respect of the activities of the commercial and residential security businesses and certain other current and former businesses and activities of Ingersoll Rand.
To the extent that any transfers of assets or assumptions of liabilities contemplated in connection with the spin-off have not been consummated on or prior to the date of the distribution, the parties will cooperate with each other to effect such transfers or assumptions following the spin-off in the manner set forth under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions-Agreements with Ingersoll Rand Related to the Spin-Off-Separation and Distribution Agreement-Further Assurances; Separation of Guarantees.”
Following the internal reorganization, Ingersoll Rand will effect the distribution of our ordinary shares to Ingersoll Rand shareholders by causing us to register Ingersoll Rand’s shareholders as Allegion shareholders on our books and records.
Distribution of Our Ordinary Shares
Under the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the distribution will be effective as of [ ], New York time, on [ ], 2013, the distribution date. As a result of the spin-off, on the distribution date, each holder of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares will receive one Allegion ordinary share for every three shares of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares that he, she or it owns as of [ ], 2013, the record date.
On the distribution date, the distribution agent will distribute Allegion ordinary shares to Ingersoll Rand shareholders by crediting their ordinary shares to direct registration or book-entry accounts established to hold their ordinary shares. Our distribution agent will send these shareholders a statement reflecting their ownership of our ordinary shares. Direct registration and book-entry refer to methods of recording stock ownership in our records in which no physical certificates are used. In the case of Ingersoll Rand shareholders who own their shares through a broker or other nominee, Allegion shares will be credited to these shareholders’ accounts by the broker or other nominee. The distribution agent will distribute Allegion shares as soon as practicable to registered holders of Ingersoll Rand by way of direct registration. Trading of our stock will not be affected by any delay in distribution of Allegion shares to you. As further discussed below, we will not distribute fractional ordinary shares in the distribution. Following the spin-off, shareholders whose shares are held in direct registration form may request that their ordinary shares be transferred to a brokerage or other account at any time.
Ingersoll Rand shareholders will not be required to make any payment or surrender or exchange their Ingersoll Rand shares or take any other action to receive their Allegion shares. No vote of Ingersoll Rand shareholders is required or sought in connection with the spin-off, including the internal reorganization, and Ingersoll Rand shareholders have no appraisal rights in connection with the spin-off.
Treatment of Equity Based Compensation
With respect to outstanding equity incentive awards held by our executive officers, including our named executive officers, that are outstanding on the distribution date and for which the underlying security is Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares, we expect that:
Outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) that are vested and exercisable at the time of the spin-off will be treated in a manner similar to Ingersoll Rand shareholders and their awards will be deemed bifurcated into corresponding awards of the same type with respect to both Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares and Allegion ordinary shares. These bifurcated awards will be subject to the same terms and conditions after the effective time of the spin-off as the terms and conditions applicable to such awards prior to the spin-off, except:
With respect to each bifurcated award covering Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares, the per-share exercise price will be adjusted so that the two bifurcated awards will retain, in the aggregate, the same intrinsic value as the

26

Table of Contents

corresponding award immediately prior to the distribution (subject to rounding); and
With respect to each bifurcated award covering Allegion ordinary shares, the number of underlying shares will be determined based on application of the distribution ratio to the number of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares subject to the award prior to bifurcation, and the per-share exercise price will be adjusted so that the two bifurcated awards will retain, in the aggregate, the same intrinsic value as the corresponding award immediately prior to the distribution (subject to rounding).
Outstanding stock options and SARs that are not vested and exercisable at the time of the spin-off will not be converted into awards of both Ingersoll Rand and Allegion ordinary shares, but instead will be converted, in their entirety, into corresponding awards of the same type with respect to Allegion ordinary shares, with adjustments to exercise prices and the number of underlying shares as appropriate to preserve the intrinsic value of such awards immediately prior to the distribution (subject to rounding);
Performance share units (“PSUs”) will be adjusted by dividing the PSUs by a fraction, the numerator of which is the opening trading price of the ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand immediately following the distribution and the denominator of which is the closing price of the ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand immediately prior to the distribution and then prorating the resulting PSUs based on the number of days elapsed during the applicable performance period through the consummation of the distribution (subject to rounding), and finally by adjusting the calculation of “earnings per share” and “total shareholder return” to appropriately reflect the spin-off ; and
All other stock-based awards, including any outstanding restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and notional shares will be converted into corresponding awards of the same type with respect to Allegion ordinary shares, with adjustments to the number of underlying shares as appropriate to preserve the intrinsic value of such awards immediately prior to the distribution (subject to rounding).
To the extent that an executive is employed in a non-U.S. jurisdiction, and the adjustments contemplated above could result in adverse tax consequences or other adverse regulatory consequences, Ingersoll Rand may determine that a different equitable adjustment will apply in order to avoid any such adverse consequences.
We expect that our Compensation Committee will maintain a program to deliver long-term incentive awards to our executives and other employees that is appropriate for our business needs. However, the types of awards provided, the allocation of grant date values among the mix of awards and the performance measures to be used may differ from Ingersoll Rand’s past practice.
Treatment of 401(k) Shares for Current and Former Employees
The ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand held in tax-qualified defined contribution retirement plans maintained by Ingersoll Rand in which our employees or former employees hold accounts will be treated in the same manner as all other outstanding ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand on the record date for the distribution. For every three ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand held in an account under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Employee Savings Plan (the “ESP”), the Ingersoll-Rand Company Employee Savings Plan for Bargained Employees, the Trane 401(k) & Thrift Plan and the Ingersoll-Rand Retirement Savings Plan for Participating Employees in Puerto Rico, the account will be credited with one ordinary share of Allegion on the distribution date.
We expect to adopt new tax-qualified defined contribution plans for our bargained and non-bargained employees in connection with the spin-off. The new plans will hold the accounts of our employees and former employees following the distribution.
Treatment of Fractional Shares
The distribution agent will not distribute any fractional Allegion shares to Ingersoll Rand shareholders. Instead, as soon as practicable on or after the distribution date, the distribution agent will aggregate Allegion fractional shares to which Ingersoll Rand shareholders of record would otherwise be entitled into whole shares, sell them in the open market at the prevailing market prices and then distribute the aggregate sale proceeds ratably to Ingersoll Rand shareholders who would otherwise have been entitled to receive Allegion fractional shares. The amount of this payment will depend on the prices at which the distribution agent sells the aggregated fractional shares in the open market shortly after the distribution date. We will be responsible for any payment of brokerage fees. The amount of these brokerage fees is not expected to be material to us. The receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares will generally result in a taxable gain or loss to the recipient shareholder. Each shareholder entitled to receive cash proceeds from these shares should consult his, her or its own tax adviser as to the shareholder’s particular circumstances. The tax consequences of the distribution are described in more detail under
“- U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” and “- Irish Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”

27

Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the spin-off. This summary is based on the Code, the U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative guidance promulgated thereunder, and interpretations of the Code and the U.S. Treasury regulations by the courts and the IRS, in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not address the consequences to Ingersoll Rand shareholders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including, for example, non-U.S. persons, insurance companies, dealers, brokers or traders in securities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, persons who own, or are deemed to own, at least 10% or more, by voting power or value, of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares, pass-through entities and investors in such entities, holders who have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, holders who hold their shares as a hedge or as part of a hedging, straddle, conversion, synthetic security, integrated investment or other risk-reduction transaction or who are subject to alternative minimum tax or holders who acquired their shares upon the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation). Moreover, this summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to Ingersoll Rand shareholders who do not hold Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares as capital assets.
INGERSOLL RAND SHAREHOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE SPIN-OFF TO THEM, INCLUDING THE EFFECT OF ANY IRISH, U.S. FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS OR U.S. TAX LAWS, OTHER THAN THOSE RELATING TO INCOME TAXES, AND OF CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
As a condition to the spin-off (unless waived by Ingersoll Rand), Ingersoll Rand will be required to receive the IRS Ruling substantially to the effect that, among other things, the distribution of our ordinary shares, together with certain related transactions, will qualify under Sections 355 and 368(a) of the Code as tax-free to the holders of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares, except to the extent of cash received in lieu of fractional shares, as well as tax-free to Ingersoll Rand. In addition, the spin-off is conditioned (unless waived by Ingersoll Rand) on the receipt of opinions from Ingersoll Rand’s tax adviser, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to Ingersoll Rand, substantially to the effect that certain requirements, including certain requirements that the IRS will not rule on, necessary to obtain tax-free treatment have been satisfied, such that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will receive tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code. Assuming the distribution qualifies under Section 355 of the Code as tax-free:
no gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be included in the income of, holders of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares upon their receipt of our ordinary shares in the distribution;
the basis of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares immediately before the distribution will be allocated between the Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares and our ordinary shares received in the distribution, in proportion to their relative fair market values at the time of the distribution;
the holding period of our ordinary shares received by each Ingersoll Rand shareholder will include the period during which the shareholder held the Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares on which the distribution is made, provided that the Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares are held as a capital asset on the distribution date; 
any cash received in lieu of fractional share interests in our ordinary shares will give rise to a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the tax basis allocable to the fractional share interests, determined as described above, and such gain will be a capital gain or loss if the Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares on which the distribution is made are held as a capital asset on the distribution date; and
no gain or loss will be recognized by Ingersoll Rand upon the distribution of our ordinary shares.
U.S. Treasury regulations require certain shareholders that receive stock in a spin-off to attach to their respective U.S. federal income tax returns, for the year in which the spin-off occurs, a detailed statement setting forth certain information relating to the spin-off. Shortly after the distribution, Ingersoll Rand will provide shareholders who receive our ordinary shares in the distribution with the information necessary to comply with that requirement, as well as information to help shareholders allocate their stock basis between their Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares and the Allegion ordinary shares.
The IRS Ruling and the opinions of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP will be conditioned on the truthfulness and completeness of certain factual statements and representations provided by Ingersoll Rand and us. If those factual statements and representations are or become incomplete or untrue, the IRS Ruling could become inoperative and Ingersoll Rand’s tax adviser’s conclusions may be or may become incorrect. Ingersoll Rand and we have reviewed the statements of fact and representations on which the IRS Ruling and the opinions of Ingersoll Rand’s tax adviser will be based, and neither Ingersoll Rand nor we are aware of any facts or circumstances that would cause any of the statements of fact or representations to be incomplete or untrue. Each of Ingersoll Rand and us have agreed to some restrictions on our future actions to provide further assurance that the distribution will qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Code.
As discussed above, certain requirements necessary to obtain tax-free treatment for the distribution of our ordinary shares, together with certain related transactions, that are not covered in the IRS Ruling are expected to be addressed in the

28

Table of Contents

opinions of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP. Such opinions are not binding on the IRS. Accordingly, on audit the IRS may reach conclusions with respect to such transactions that are different from the conclusions reached in the opinions.
If the distribution does not qualify under Section 355 of the Code, each holder of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares receiving our ordinary shares in the distribution would be treated as receiving a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of our ordinary shares received, which would result in:
a taxable dividend to the extent of the shareholder’s pro rata share of Ingersoll Rand’s current and accumulated earnings and profits;
a reduction in the shareholder’s basis in Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares to the extent the amount received exceeds such shareholder’s share of earnings and profits;
taxable gain from the exchange of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares to the extent the amount received exceeds both the shareholder’s share of earnings and profits and the shareholder’s basis in Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares; and
basis in our stock equal to its fair market value on the distribution date.
Under certain circumstances, Ingersoll Rand could recognize taxable gain as a result of the distribution. These circumstances include the following:
the distribution does not qualify as tax-free under Section 355 of the Code; and
there are one or more acquisitions (including issuances) of either our stock or the stock of Ingersoll Rand, representing 50% or more, measured by vote or value, of the then-outstanding stock of that corporation, and the acquisition or acquisitions are deemed to be part of a plan or series of related transactions that include the distribution. Any such acquisition of our stock or the stock of Ingersoll Rand within two years before or after the distribution (with exceptions, including public trading by less-than-5% shareholders and certain compensatory stock issuances) generally will be presumed to be part of such a plan unless that presumption is rebutted.
The amount of such gain could result in a significant U.S. federal income tax liability to Ingersoll Rand or us. We will agree to indemnify Ingersoll Rand for any tax liabilities of Ingersoll Rand resulting from the distribution under certain circumstances. Our obligation to indemnify Ingersoll Rand may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company. In addition, under U.S. Treasury regulations, each member of each of Ingersoll Rand’s U.S. consolidated tax return groups at the time of the spin-off would be severally liable to the IRS for the tax liabilities of the group of which it is a member. The resulting tax liability may have a material adverse effect on both our and Ingersoll Rand’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The preceding summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the spin-off is for general informational purposes only. Ingersoll Rand shareholders should consult their own tax advisers as to the tax consequences of the spin-off to them in light of their particular circumstances, including the application and effect of any Irish, U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax laws and of changes in applicable tax laws.
Irish Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off
The following is a summary of the material Irish tax consequences for certain beneficial owners of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares who receive Allegion ordinary shares pursuant to the distribution and who are the beneficial owners of such Allegion ordinary shares. The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to each of the shareholders. The summary is based upon Irish tax laws and the practice of Irish Revenue in effect on the date of this Information Statement and, in particular, relies upon the opinion from Irish Revenue relating to the tax-free nature of the distribution and the treatment of any dividends paid by us and any transfers of Allegion shares following the spin-off under Irish tax law. Changes in law and/or administrative practice may result in alteration of the tax considerations described below.
The summary does not constitute tax advice and is intended only as a general guide. The summary is not exhaustive and shareholders should consult their own tax advisers about the Irish tax consequences (and tax consequences under the laws of other relevant jurisdictions) of the spin-off and of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of our ordinary shares. The summary applies only to shareholders who will own our ordinary shares as capital assets and does not apply to other categories of shareholders, such as dealers in securities, trustees, insurance companies, collective investment schemes and shareholders who have, or who are deemed to have, acquired our ordinary shares by virtue of an Irish office or employment (performed or carried on in Ireland).
Irish Tax on Chargeable Gains
Non-resident Shareholders . The rate of tax on chargeable gains (where applicable) in Ireland is 33%. Our shareholders that are not resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes and do not hold their shares in connection with a

29

Table of Contents

trade or business carried on by such shareholders through an Irish branch or agency will not be liable for Irish tax on chargeable gains realized on a subsequent disposal of our ordinary shares.
Ingersoll Rand shareholders that are not resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes and do not hold their shares in connection with a trade or business carried on by such shareholders through an Irish branch or agency will not be subject to Irish tax on chargeable gains on the receipt of Allegion ordinary shares pursuant to the spin-off.
Irish Resident Shareholders . Our shareholders that are resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes, or that hold their shares in connection with a trade or business carried on by such persons through an Irish branch or agency will, subject to the availability of any exemptions and reliefs, be subject to Irish tax on chargeable gains arising on a subsequent disposal of our ordinary shares.
Ingersoll Rand shareholders that are resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes, or shareholders that hold their shares in connection with a trade or business carried on by such persons through an Irish branch or agency, will not be subject to Irish tax on chargeable gains on the receipt of Allegion ordinary shares pursuant to the spin-off but will rather be treated for Irish tax purposes as having acquired their shares in Allegion at the same time and for the same cost as they acquired their original shares in Ingersoll Rand. Such shareholders may, however, be subject to Irish tax on chargeable gains on the receipt of any cash in lieu of fractional shares pursuant to the spin-off as they will be deemed to have made a part disposal of their shares in Ingersoll Rand.
Stamp Duty
The rate of stamp duty (where applicable) on transfers of shares of Irish incorporated companies is 1% of the price paid or the market value of the shares acquired, whichever is greater. Where Irish stamp duty arises, it is generally a liability of the transferee.
The distribution will be exempt from the charge to Irish stamp duty.
Irish stamp duty may, depending on the manner in which the shares in Allegion are held, be payable in respect of transfers of Allegion ordinary shares after the spin-off.
Shares Held Through DTC . A transfer of our ordinary shares effected by means of the transfer of book entry interests in The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) will not be subject to Irish stamp duty. On the basis that most of our ordinary shares are expected to be held through DTC, it is anticipated that most transfers of ordinary shares will be exempt from Irish stamp duty.
Shares Held Outside of DTC or Transferred Into or Out of DTC . A transfer of our ordinary shares where any party to the transfer holds such shares outside of DTC may be subject to Irish stamp duty. Shareholders wishing to transfer their shares into (or out of) DTC may do so without giving rise to Irish stamp duty provided:
there is no change in the beneficial ownership of such shares; and
at the time of the transfer into DTC there is no agreement in place for the sale of the shares by the beneficial owner to a third party.
Due to the potential Irish stamp charge on transfers of our ordinary shares, it is strongly recommended that any person who wishes to acquire our ordinary shares after the spin-off acquires such shares through DTC (or through a broker who in turn holds such shares through DTC).
We currently intend to pay (or cause one of our affiliates to pay) stamp duty, if any, in connection with share transfers made in the ordinary course of trading by a seller who holds shares directly to a buyer who will hold the acquired shares beneficially. In other cases we may, in our absolute discretion, pay (or cause one of our affiliates to pay) any stamp duty. Our Articles of Association as they will be in effect after the distribution provide that, in the event of any such payment, we (i) may seek reimbursement from the buyer, (ii) will have a lien against the Allegion ordinary shares acquired by such buyer and any dividends paid on such shares and (iii) may set-off the amount of the stamp duty against future dividends on such shares. Parties to a share transfer may assume that any stamp duty arising in respect of a transaction in Allegion ordinary shares has been paid unless one or both of such parties is otherwise notified by us.
Withholding Tax on Dividends
Distributions made by us will, in the absence of one of many exemptions, be subject to Irish dividend withholding tax (“DWT”) at a rate of 20%.
For DWT purposes, a distribution includes any distribution that may be made by us to our shareholders, including cash dividends, non-cash dividends and additional stock taken in lieu of a cash dividend. Where an exemption does not apply in respect of a distribution made to a particular shareholder, we are responsible for withholding DWT prior to making such distribution.

30

Table of Contents

General Exemptions . Irish domestic law provides that a non-Irish resident shareholder is not subject to DWT on dividends received from us if such shareholder is beneficially entitled to the dividend and is either:
an individual resident for tax purposes in a “relevant territory” (including the U.S.) and is neither resident nor ordinarily resident in Ireland (for a list of “relevant territories” for DWT purposes, please see Annex A to this Information Statement);
a company resident for tax purposes in a “relevant territory,” provided such company is not under the control, whether directly or indirectly, of a person or persons who is or are resident in Ireland;
a company, wherever resident, that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by persons resident in a “relevant territory” and who is or are (as the case may be) not controlled by, directly or indirectly, persons who are not resident in a “relevant territory”;
a company, wherever resident, whose principal class of shares (or those of its 75% direct or indirect parent) is substantially and regularly traded on a recognized stock exchange either in a “relevant territory” or on such other stock exchange approved by the Irish Minister for Finance; or
a company, wherever resident, that is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by two or more companies where the principal class of shares of each of such companies is substantially and regularly traded on a recognized stock exchange in a “relevant territory” or on such other stock exchange approved by the Irish Minister for Finance;
and provided, in all cases noted above, the shareholder has furnished the relevant Irish Revenue’s DWT forms (the “DWT Forms”) to:
its broker (and the relevant information is further transmitted to us or any qualifying intermediary appointed by us) before the record date for the dividend if its shares are held through DTC, or
our transfer agent at least seven business days before such record date if its shares are held outside of DTC.
Links to the various DWT Forms are available at: http://www.revenue.ie/en/tax/dwt/forms/index.html.
For shareholders that cannot avail themselves of one of Ireland’s domestic law exemptions from DWT, it may be possible for such shareholders to rely on the provisions of a double tax treaty to which Ireland is party to reduce the rate of DWT.
Shares Held by U.S. Resident Shareholders . Dividends paid in respect of our ordinary shares that are owned by U.S. residents and held through DTC will not be subject to DWT provided the addresses of the beneficial owners of such shares in the records of the broker holding such shares are in the U.S. It is strongly recommended that such shareholders ensure that their information is properly recorded by their brokers (so that such brokers can further transmit the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by us).
Dividends paid in respect of our ordinary shares that are owned by residents of the U.S. and held outside of DTC will not be subject to DWT if such shareholders provide a completed Form 6166 or DWT Form to Computershare, our transfer agent, to confirm their U.S. residence at least seven business days before the record date for the first dividend payment to which they are entitled. It is strongly recommended that such shareholders complete a Form 6166 or DWT Form (as applicable) and provide it to our transfer agent as soon as possible after acquiring their shares.
If any shareholder that is resident in the U.S. receives a dividend from which DWT has been withheld, the shareholder may be entitled to apply for a refund of such DWT from Irish Revenue.
Shares Held by Residents of “Relevant Territories” Other than the U.S. Shareholders that are residents of “relevant territories,” other than the U.S. and regardless of when such shareholders acquired their shares, must satisfy the conditions of one of the exemptions referred to above under the heading “- General Exemptions,” including the requirement to furnish completed DWT Forms, in order to receive dividends without them being subject to DWT. If such shareholders hold their shares through DTC, they must provide the appropriate DWT Forms to their brokers (so that such brokers can further transmit the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by us) before the record date for the first dividend to which they are entitled. If such shareholders hold their shares outside of DTC, they must provide the appropriate DWT Forms to our transfer agent at least seven business days before such record date. It is strongly recommended that such shareholders complete the appropriate DWT Forms and provide them to their brokers or our transfer agent, Computershare, as the case may be, as soon as possible.
If any shareholder who is resident in a “relevant territory” receives a dividend from which DWT has been withheld, the shareholder may be entitled to a refund of DWT from Irish Revenue.
Shares Held by Residents of Ireland . Most Irish tax resident or ordinarily resident shareholders will be subject to DWT in respect of dividends paid on our ordinary shares.
Shareholders that are residents of Ireland, but are entitled to receive dividends without DWT, must complete the appropriate DWT Forms and provide them to their brokers (so that such brokers can further transmit the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by us) before the record date for the first dividend to which they are entitled (in the case of

31

Table of Contents

shares held through DTC), or to our transfer agent, Computershare, at least seven business days before such record date (in the case of shares held outside of DTC).
Shares Held by Other Persons . Our shareholders that do not fall within any of the categories specifically referred to above may nonetheless fall within other exemptions from DWT. If any shareholders are exempt from DWT, but receive dividends subject to DWT, such shareholders may apply for refunds of such DWT from Irish Revenue.
Shares Held by Existing Ingersoll Rand Shareholders . To the extent that existing Ingersoll Rand shareholders resident in the U.S. or another relevant territory have previously provided our transfer agent, Computershare, or any qualifying intermediary appointed by us with appropriate forms or addresses to support their claim for an exemption from Irish DWT in respect of their shareholding in Ingersoll Rand, Computershare and that qualifying intermediary (and any other qualifying intermediary in the payment chain) can rely upon these forms and addresses and will not be required to obtain new documentation from such shareholders until these forms have expired or these addresses have changed (except that in the case of shareholders who are residents of the U.S. and who hold their shares outside of DTC, such shareholders will only be able to rely on their completed W-9 forms until December 31, 2018 but only where they continue to reside in the United States).
Qualifying Intermediary . Prior to paying any dividend, we will put in place an agreement with an entity that is recognized by Irish Revenue as a “qualifying intermediary,” which will provide for certain arrangements relating to distributions in respect of our ordinary shares that are held through DTC (the “Deposited Securities”). The agreement will provide that the qualifying intermediary shall distribute or otherwise make available to Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, any cash dividend or other cash distribution with respect to the Deposited Securities after we deliver or cause to be delivered to the qualifying intermediary the cash to be distributed.
We will rely on information received directly or indirectly from our qualifying intermediary, brokers and our transfer agent in determining where shareholders reside, whether they have provided the required U.S. tax information and whether they have provided the required DWT Forms. Shareholders that are required to file DWT Forms in order to receive dividends free of DWT should note that such forms are generally valid, subject to a change in circumstances, until December 31 of the fifth full year after the year of issue of the forms.
Income Tax on Dividends Paid on Allegion Shares
Irish income tax may arise for certain persons in respect of dividends received from Irish resident companies.
A shareholder that is not resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland and that is entitled to an exemption from DWT generally has no liability to Irish income tax or the universal social charge on a dividend from us. An exception to this position may apply where such shareholder holds our ordinary shares through a branch or agency in Ireland through which a trade is carried on.
A shareholder that is not resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland and that is not entitled to an exemption from DWT generally has no additional Irish income tax liability or a liability to the universal social charge. The DWT deducted by us discharges the liability to income tax. An exception to this position may apply where the shareholder holds our ordinary shares through a branch or agency in Ireland through which a trade is carried on.
Irish resident or ordinarily resident shareholders may be subject to Irish tax and/or the universal social charge and/or PRSI on dividends received from us.
Capital Acquisitions Tax
Irish Capital Acquisitions Tax (“CAT”) could apply to a gift or inheritance of Irish situate shares irrespective of the place of residence, ordinary residence or domicile of the parties. Our ordinary shares may be regarded as property situated in Ireland as our share register must be held in Ireland. The person who receives the gift or inheritance has primary liability for CAT.
CAT is levied at a rate of 33% above certain tax-free thresholds. The appropriate tax-free threshold is dependent upon (1) the relationship between the donor and the donee and (2) the aggregation of the values of previous gifts and inheritances received by the donee from persons within the same group threshold. Gifts and inheritances passing between spouses are exempt from CAT. Children have a tax-free threshold of €225,000 in respect of taxable gifts or inheritances received from their parents. Our shareholders should consult their own tax advisers as to whether CAT is creditable or deductible in computing any domestic tax liabilities.
THE IRISH TAX CONSEQUENCES SUMMARIZED ABOVE ARE FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY.
Results of the Spin-Off
After the spin-off, we will be an independent, publicly-traded company. Immediately following the distribution, we expect to have approximately 4,200 record holders of our ordinary shares and approximately 96.2 million ordinary shares

32

Table of Contents

outstanding, based on the number of shareholders and outstanding ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand on October 1, 2013. The actual number of shares to be distributed will be determined on the record date and will reflect any exercise of outstanding options, repurchases of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares, and issuances of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares in respect of employer or employee contributions under Ingersoll Rand’s benefit plans between October 1, 2013 and the record date for the distribution.
For information regarding options to purchase shares of our ordinary shares that will be outstanding after the distribution, see “Capitalization,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Agreements with Ingersoll Rand Related to the Spin-Off - Employee Matters Agreement” and “Management.”
Before the spin-off, we will enter into several agreements with Ingersoll Rand to effect the spin-off and provide a framework for our relationship with Ingersoll Rand after the spin-off. These agreements will govern the relationship between us and Ingersoll Rand after completion of the spin-off and provide for the allocation between us and Ingersoll Rand of Ingersoll Rand’s assets, liabilities, rights and obligations. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Agreements with Ingersoll Rand Related to the Spin-Off.”
Trading Market
We anticipate that, at least two trading days prior to the record date and continuing up to and including the distribution date, there will be a “when-issued” market in our ordinary shares. When-issued trading refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally because the security has been authorized but not yet issued. The when-issued trading market will be a market for our ordinary shares that will be distributed to Ingersoll Rand shareholders on the distribution date. Any Ingersoll Rand shareholder who owns ordinary shares at the close of business on the record date will be entitled to our ordinary shares distributed in the spin-off. Ingersoll Rand shareholders may trade this entitlement to our ordinary shares, without the ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand they own, on the when-issued market. We expect that on the first trading day following the distribution date when-issued trading with respect to our ordinary shares will end and “regular-way” trading will begin.
Following the distribution date, we expect our ordinary shares to be listed on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “ALLE.” We will announce the when-issued ticker symbol when and if it becomes available.
We also anticipate that, at least two trading days prior to the record date and continuing up to and including the distribution date, there will be two markets in Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares that trade on the regular-way market will trade with an entitlement to our ordinary shares to be distributed pursuant to the distribution. Shares that trade on the ex-distribution market will trade without an entitlement to our ordinary shares to be distributed pursuant to the distribution. Therefore, if Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares are sold in the regular-way market up to and including the distribution date, the selling shareholder’s right to receive our ordinary shares in the distribution will be sold as well. However, if Ingersoll Rand shareholders own Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares at the close of business on the record date and sell those shares on the ex-distribution market up to and including the distribution date, the selling shareholders will still receive the Allegion ordinary shares that they would otherwise receive pursuant to the distribution.
Incurrence of Debt
We expect to have approximately $1.3 billion of indebtedness at the time of the spin-off, the net proceeds of which will be distributed to Ingersoll Rand. In addition, we expect to have a senior secured revolving credit facility permitting borrowings of up to $500 million. The amount of pre-spin debt to be incurred by us will be based on our judgment as to the proper capital structure and leverage for us as a stand-alone entity. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.”
Conditions to the Spin-Off
We expect that the spin-off will be effective as of [ ], New York time, on [ ], 2013, the distribution date, provided that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived by Ingersoll Rand:
our Registration Statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement forms a part, shall have been declared effective by the SEC, no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof shall be in effect, no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the SEC, and this Information Statement, or a Notice of Internet Availability of Information Statement Materials, shall have been mailed to the Ingersoll Rand shareholders;
Allegion ordinary shares shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution;
Ingersoll Rand shall have obtained the IRS Ruling, in form and substance satisfactory to Ingersoll Rand, and such ruling shall remain in effect as of the distribution date, to the effect, among other things, that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as tax-free under Sections 355 and 368(a) of the Code;

33

Table of Contents

Ingersoll Rand shall have obtained opinions from its tax adviser, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to Ingersoll Rand, as to the satisfaction of certain requirements necessary for the distribution, together with certain related transactions, to qualify as tax-free under Section 355 of the Code upon which the IRS will not rule;
prior to the distribution date, Ingersoll Rand’s Board of Directors shall have obtained opinions from a nationally recognized valuation firm, in form and substance satisfactory to Ingersoll Rand, with respect to the capital adequacy and solvency of Ingersoll Rand and us;
all regulatory approvals and other consents necessary to consummate the distribution shall have been received;
no order, injunction or decree issued by any governmental entity of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of all or any portion of the distribution shall be pending, threatened, issued or in effect, and no other event outside the control of Ingersoll Rand shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of all or any portion of the distribution;
no other events or developments shall have occurred or failed to occur that, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand, would result in the distribution having a material adverse effect on Ingersoll Rand or its shareholders;
the financing transactions described in “Description of Material Indebtedness” and elsewhere in this Information Statement as having occurred prior to the distribution shall have been consummated on or prior to the distribution;
the internal reorganization shall have been completed, except for such steps as Ingersoll Rand in its sole discretion shall have determined may be completed after the distribution date or, alternatively, such steps as cannot be completed until after the distribution date for local regulatory reasons;
Ingersoll Rand shall have taken all necessary action, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand, to cause our Board of Directors to consist of the individuals identified in this Information Statement as our directors;
all necessary actions shall have been taken to adopt the form of amended and restated Memorandum and Articles of Association we file with the SEC as exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement forms a part;
the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand shall have approved the distribution, which approval may be given or withheld at its absolute and sole discretion; and
each of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Intellectual Property License Agreement and the other ancillary agreements shall have been executed by each party.
The fulfillment of the foregoing conditions will not create any obligation on Ingersoll Rand’s part to effect the spin-off. We are not aware of any material federal, foreign or state regulatory requirements that must be complied with or any material approvals that must be obtained, other than compliance with SEC rules and regulations, the receipt of the IRS Ruling, approval for listing on the NYSE and the declaration of effectiveness of the Registration Statement on Form 10 by the SEC, in connection with the distribution. Ingersoll Rand has the right not to complete the spin-off if, at any time prior to the distribution, the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand determines, in its sole discretion, that the spin-off is not then in the best interests of Ingersoll Rand or its shareholders or other constituents, that a sale or other alternative is in the best interests of Ingersoll Rand or its shareholders or other constituents or that it is not advisable to separate the commercial and residential security businesses from Ingersoll Rand at that time.
Reason for Furnishing this Information Statement
This Information Statement is being furnished solely to provide information to Ingersoll Rand’s shareholders that are entitled to receive our ordinary shares in the spin-off. This Information Statement is not, and is not to be construed as, an inducement or encouragement to buy, hold or sell any of our securities. We believe that the information in this Information Statement is accurate as of the date set forth on the cover. Changes may occur after that date and neither Ingersoll Rand nor we undertake any obligation to update the information except in the normal course of our respective public disclosure obligations.
 




34

Table of Contents

DIVIDENDS

Dividend Policy
Following the distribution, we expect to pay regular dividends. The recommendation, declaration, amount and payment of any dividend in the future by us will be subject to the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, future prospects and capital requirements of our business, covenants associated with certain of our debt obligations, legal requirements, regulatory constraints, income tax consequences, industry practice and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. There can be no assurance that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividend if we do commence the payment of dividends. There can also be no assurance that the combined annual dividends on Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares and our ordinary shares after the spin-off, if any, will be equal to the annual dividends on Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares prior to the spin-off.
Creation of Distributable Reserves
Under Irish law, we require “distributable reserves” in Allegion plc’s unconsolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with the Irish Companies Acts and Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in Ireland to enable us to make distributions to our shareholders (including by way of the payment of cash dividends or share repurchases). See “Description of Our Share Capital - Dividends” and “Description of Our Share Capital - Share Repurchases and Redemptions.”
Immediately following the spin-off, Allegion plc’s unconsolidated balance sheet will not contain any distributable reserves, and the “capital and reserves” in such balance sheet will be comprised entirely of “share capital” (equal to the aggregate par value of our ordinary shares issued in the distribution) and “share premium” (resulting from the issuance of our ordinary shares in the distribution and equal to (a) the aggregate fair value of our outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the distribution less (b) the share capital). We therefore will not have the ability to pay dividends (or make other forms of distributions) immediately following the distribution. We expect the initial shareholders of Allegion to pass a resolution prior to the distribution that would (subject to the approval of the High Court of Ireland) create distributable reserves following the distribution by converting to distributable reserves up to all of the share premium of Allegion plc.
We will seek to obtain the approval of the High Court of Ireland, which is required for the creation of distributable reserves to be effective, as soon as practicable following the distribution. We expect to obtain approval of the High Court of Ireland within approximately three months of the consummation of the distribution, but whether and when we receive such approval depends on a number of factors, such as the case load of the High Court of Ireland at the time of our initial application, and court vacations.
Until we obtain the High Court of Ireland approval or we create distributable reserves as a result of the profitable operation of our business, we will not have sufficient distributable reserves to make distributions by way of dividends, share repurchases or otherwise. Although we are not aware of any reason why the High Court of Ireland would not approve the creation of distributable reserves, there is no guarantee that we will obtain such approval.


35

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the unaudited cash and capitalization of Allegion as of June 30, 2013 on a historical basis and on a pro forma basis to give effect to the spin-off and the related transactions and events described in the notes to our unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet as if the spin-off and related transactions and events, including our financing transactions, had occurred on June 30, 2013 . You can find an explanation of the pro forma adjustments made to our historical combined financial statements under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements.” You should review the following table in conjunction with “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical combined financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Information Statement.
 
 
 
As of June 30, 2013
In millions
 
Historical
(Unaudited)
 
Pro Forma, as adjusted
(Unaudited)
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
322.2

 
$
100.0

 
 
 
 
 
Indebtedness:
 
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
 
$
2.4

 
$
15.5

Revolving credit facility (1)
 

 

Term Loan A (2)
 

 
485.3

Term Loan B (2)
 

 
496.2

Senior notes (3)
 

 
300.0

Other long-term debt, including capital leases
 
2.6

 
2.6

Long-term debt
 
2.6

 
1,284.1

Total indebtedness
 
$
5.0

 
$
1,299.6

Equity:
 
 
 
 
Ordinary shares, $0.01 par value
 

 
1.0

Capital in excess of par value
 

 

Parent company investment
 
1,417.1

 
(51.0
)
Accumulated other comprehensive earnings (losses)
 
(17.0
)
 
(55.9
)
Noncontrolling interest
 
24.7

 
24.7

Total equity
 
$
1,424.8

 
$
(81.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
Total capitalization
 
$
1,429.8

 
$
1,218.4


(1) We expect to enter into a senior secured revolving credit facility of $500 million maturing in 2018. We expect our senior secured revolving credit facility to be undrawn upon the completion of the spin-off. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

(2) We expect to enter into a $500 million Term Loan A Facility due 2018 and $500 million Term Loan B Facility due 2020. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

(3) On October 4, 2013, we issued $300 million of 5.75% senior notes due 2021. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

36

Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table presents our selected historical combined financial data as of June 30, 2013 , and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, and as of and for each of the fiscal years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2012. We derived the selected historical combined financial data as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 from our unaudited condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement. We derived the selected historical combined financial data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, from our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement. We derived the selected historical combined financial data as of December 31, 2010, and as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, from our unaudited combined financial statements that are not included in this Information Statement. In our management’s opinion, the unaudited combined financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited combined financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting only of ordinary recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the periods presented.
Our historical combined financial statements include certain expenses of Ingersoll Rand that were allocated to us for certain corporate functions, including finance, information technology, legal, human resources, integrated supply chain and marketing. These costs may not be representative of the future costs we will incur as an independent, publicly-traded company. In addition, our historical financial information does not reflect changes that we expect to experience in the future as a result of our spin-off from Ingersoll Rand, including changes in the financing, operations, cost structure and personnel needs of our business. Our combined financial statements also do not reflect the allocation of certain assets and liabilities between Ingersoll Rand and us as reflected under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” included elsewhere in this Information Statement. Consequently, the financial information included here may not necessarily reflect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows in the future or what our financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had we been an independent, publicly-traded company during the periods presented.
You should read the selected historical combined financial data presented below in conjunction with our audited and unaudited combined financial statements and accompanying notes, Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this Information Statement.
 
 
As of and for the Six Months Ended June 30
 
As of and for the Years Ended December 31
 
In millions
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
Net revenues
 
$
1,007.6

 
$
998

 
$
2,046.6

 
$
2,021.2

 
$
1,967.7

 
$
2,038.8

 
$
2,413.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Allegion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations (b)
 
100.1

 
104.7

 
222.3

 
225.4

 
194.3

 
180.4

 
(77.0
)
(a)
Discontinued operations
 
(0.4
)
 
(0.6
)
 
(2.7
)
 
(7.3
)
 
(2.5
)
 
(3.0
)
 
0.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
2,025.9

 
 
 
1,983.8

 
2,036.2

 
2,052.5

 
2,016.2

 
1,979.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total debt, including capital leases
 
5.0

 
 
 
5.0

 
4.9

 
6.2

 
7.9

 
10.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Parent Company equity
 
1,400.1

 
 
 
1,343.2


1,413.8


1,457.4


1,378.8

 
1,367.6

 
(a) 2008 Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations include an after-tax, non-cash impairment charge of $357 million related to goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets and marketable securities. 
(b) Net earnings from continuing operations includes $77.6 million and $69.1 million of centrally managed service costs and corporate allocations from Ingersoll Rand for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Net earnings from continuing operations includes $176.7 million, $160.5 million, $157.8 million, $160.9 million and $143.2 million of centrally managed service costs and corporate allocations from Ingersoll Rand for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

37

Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are derived from the historical combined financial statements of Allegion prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which are included elsewhere in this Information Statement.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 give effect to the spin-off as if it had occurred on January 1, 2012, the first day of fiscal year 2012. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2013 gives effect to the spin-off as if it had occurred on June 30, 2013 . These unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements include adjustments to reflect the following:    
the inclusion of $1.3 billion of debt;
the cash distribution of the net debt proceeds to Ingersoll Rand;
the issuance of approximately 97.3 million of our $0.01 par value ordinary shares; and
assets, liabilities and related expenses assumed from, or transferred to, Ingersoll Rand that were excluded/included in our historical combined financial statements.
Ingersoll Rand currently provides certain centrally managed services and corporate function support to us primarily in the areas of finance, information technology, employee benefits, legal, human resources, integrated supply chain, and marketing. Costs associated with centrally managed services have been billed to us on the basis of direct usage. Historical Ingersoll Rand corporate overhead has generally been allocated to us on the basis of revenue, assets, payroll expense, and selling and administrative expenses. Incremental corporate costs have been allocated to us on a similar basis. The total cost of these allocations from Ingersoll Rand was:
In millions
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Centrally managed service costs
 
$
41.6

 
$
94.8

Historical Ingersoll Rand corporate overhead allocations
 
20.2

 
53.5

Incremental corporate costs not previously allocated to businesses
 
15.8

 
28.4

   Total
 
$
77.6

 
$
176.7

Management believes that such centrally managed service costs and allocations are reasonable; however, they may not be indicative of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows that would have been achieved had we operated as an independent, publicly-traded company for the periods presented. We anticipate that our total annual costs for these functions, together with costs of functioning as an independent, publicly-traded company, will approximate historical cost allocations. Therefore, no cost changes have been reflected in our historical combined financial statements or in our pro forma condensed combined statements of operations. Further, we expect that the costs for any services provided under our transition services agreement with Ingersoll Rand will be comparable to those included in our historical combined financial statements for similar services in prior periods. Therefore, no pro forma adjustments have been reflected with respect to transition services as we do not expect these adjustments to have a significant effect on our financial statements.
The assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements. The assumptions used and pro forma adjustments derived from such assumptions are based on currently available information and we believe such assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances.
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with the historical combined financial statements of Allegion, the accompanying notes to those financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been presented for informational purposes only. The statements are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations or financial condition had the spin-off been completed on the dates assumed. Also, they may not reflect the results of operations or financial condition which would have resulted had we been operating as an independent, publicly-traded company during such periods. In addition, they are not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations or financial condition.

38

Table of Contents


Allegion
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012


In millions, except per share data
 
Allegion
 
Pro Forma Adjustments
 
Pro Forma
Net revenues
 
$
2,046.6

 
$

 
$
2,046.6

Cost of goods sold
 
(1,220.6
)
 
(0.5
)
(a)
(1,221.1
)
Selling and administrative expenses
 
(457.4
)
 
(0.2
)
(a)
(457.6
)
Operating income
 
368.6

 
(0.7
)
 
367.9

Interest expense
 
(1.5
)
 
(49.7
)
(a)(b)
(51.2
)
Other, net
 
(3.2
)
 
2.0

(a)
(1.2
)
Earnings before income taxes
 
363.9

 
(48.4
)
 
315.5

Provision for income taxes
 
(135.9
)
 
15.6

(a)(c)
(120.3
)
Earnings from continuing operations
 
228.0

 
(32.8
)
 
195.2

Less: Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
(5.7
)
 

 
(5.7
)
Earnings from continuing operations attributable to Allegion
 
$
222.3

 
$
(32.8
)
 
$
189.5

Pro forma earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to Allegion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic (d)
 
 
 
 
 
$
1.87

Diluted (e)
 
 
 
 
 
$
1.87

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic (d)
 
 
 
 
 
101.3

Diluted (e)
 
 
 
 
 
101.4

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements



39

Table of Contents

Allegion
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013


In millions, except per share data
 
Allegion
 
Pro Forma Adjustments
 
Pro Forma
Net revenues
 
$
1,007.6

 
$

 
$
1,007.6

Cost of goods sold
 
(603.0
)
 
(0.3
)
(a)
(603.3
)
Selling and administrative expenses
 
(236.5
)
 
(0.1
)
(a)
(236.6
)
Operating income
 
168.1

 
(0.4
)
 
167.7

Interest expense
 
(0.9
)
 
(24.3
)
(a)(b)
(25.2
)
Other, net
 
(6.7
)
 

 
(6.7
)
Earnings before income taxes
 
160.5

 
(24.7
)
 
135.8

Provision for income taxes
 
(56.6
)
 
10.2

(a)(c)
(46.4
)
Earnings from continuing operations
 
103.9

 
(14.5
)
 
89.4

Less: Earnings from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
(3.8
)
 

 
(3.8
)
Earnings from continuing operations attributable to Allegion
 
$
100.1

 
$
(14.5
)
 
$
85.6

Pro forma earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to Allegion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic (d)
 
 
 
 
 
$
0.86

Diluted (e)
 
 
 
 
 
$
0.86

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic (d)
 
 
 
 
 
99.4

Diluted (e)
 
 
 
 
 
99.5

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements


40

Table of Contents

Allegion
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet
As of June 30, 2013

In millions, except share and per share data
 
Allegion
 
Pro Forma Adjustments
 
Pro Forma
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
322.2

 
$
(222.2
)
(f)(g)
$
100.0

Accounts receivable from third parties, net
 
318.0

 

 
318.0

Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts
 
111.8

 

 
111.8

Inventories
 
158.4

 

 
158.4

Other current assets
 
45.8

 

 
45.8

Total current assets
 
956.2

 
(222.2
)
 
734.0

Property, plant and equipment, net
 
220.5

 

 
220.5

Goodwill
 
632.8

 

 
632.8

Intangible assets, net
 
144.7

 

 
144.7

Other noncurrent assets
 
71.7

 
102.1

(a)(g)
173.8

Total assets
 
$
2,025.9

 
$
(120.1
)
 
$
1,905.8

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 

Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 

Accounts payable
 
$
205.4

 
$

 
$
205.4

Accrued compensation and benefits
 
51.0

 

 
51.0

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
 
105.6

 

 
105.6

Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
 
2.4

 
13.1

(a)(g)
15.5

Total current liabilities
 
364.4

 
13.1

 
377.5

Long-term debt
 
2.6

 
1,281.5

(g)
1,284.1

Postemployment and other benefit liabilities
 
132.4

 
15.5

(a)
147.9

Deferred and noncurrent income taxes
 
86.7

 
6.2

(a)(c)
92.9

Other noncurrent liabilities
 
15.0

 
69.6

(a)
84.6

Total liabilities
 
601.1

 
1,385.9

 
1,987.0

Equity:
 
 
 
 
 

Allegion shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred shares $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 authorized 0 issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis
 

 

 

Ordinary shares $0.01 par value; 400,000,000 authorized 97,300,000 issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis
 

 
1.0

(h)
1.0

Capital in excess of par value
 

 

(i)

Parent company investment (deficit)
 
1,417.1

 
(1,468.1
)
(i)
(51.0
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
(17.0
)
 
(38.9
)
(a)
(55.9
)
Total parent company investment (deficit) / Allegion shareholders’ equity
 
1,400.1

 
(1,506.0
)
 
(105.9
)
Noncontrolling interest
 
24.7

 

 
24.7

Total equity
 
1,424.8

 
(1,506.0
)
 
(81.2
)
Total liabilities and equity
 
$
2,025.9

 
$
(120.1
)
 
$
1,905.8


See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements

41

Table of Contents

Allegion
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
(a)
While our historical combined financial statements reflect the allocation to us of certain assets and liabilities from Ingersoll Rand, as of the spin-off date, we anticipate assuming from, and transferring to, Ingersoll Rand certain assets, liabilities and related expenses that were excluded/included in our historical combined financial statements. We anticipate assuming from Ingersoll Rand approximately $15.5 million of net liabilities, $3.6 million of deferred tax assets and $38.9 million of accumulated other comprehensive loss related to defined benefit pension plans and transferring to Ingersoll Rand approximately $1.9 million of liabilities and $0.1 million of interest expense related to short-term borrowings, which results in a net increase in Parent company investment of $28.9 million from Ingersoll Rand. Additionally, we have reflected an increase of approximately $72.8 million to other noncurrent assets, $6.2 million to deferred and noncurrent income taxes and $69.6 million to other noncurrent liabilities related to the transfer of certain tax assets and liabilities and establishment of indemnifications to/from Ingersoll Rand, as defined by the Tax Matters Agreement entered into with Ingersoll Rand. We have also reflected approximately $0.9 million of net benefit and $1.2 million of net expense for the six monthls ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively, related to this agreement. The actual indemnification amounts due to/from Ingersoll Rand under this agreement could vary depending upon the outcome of unresolved tax matters, which may not be resolved for several years. There may be additional assets, liabilities or related expenses transferred to or from us in the spin-off for which the transfer has not been finalized.
(b)
Represents interest expense, amortization of debt issuance costs and amortization of original issue discounts related to the $1.3 billion of debt and $500 million senior secured revolving credit facility described in (g). We have reflected a weighted-average interest rate on the debt of approximately 3.5%, resulting in pro forma interest expense related to this debt, excluding amortization of debt issuance costs and amortization of original issues discounts, of approximately $45.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $21.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013.
(c)
Reflects the tax effects of the pro forma adjustments at the applicable statutory income tax rate. The effective tax rate of Allegion could be different (either higher or lower) depending on activities subsequent to the spin-off. The impacts of pro forma adjustments on long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities were offset against existing long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities reflected in our historical combined balance sheet based on jurisdiction.
(d)
Pro forma basic earnings per share from continuing operations and pro forma weighted-average basic shares outstanding are based on the number of Ingersoll Rand weighted-average basic shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as adjusted for an expected distribution ratio of one ordinary share of Allegion for every three ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand.
(e)
Pro forma diluted earnings per share from continuing operations and pro forma weighted-average diluted shares outstanding, after giving effect to the distribution described in (d), reflect potential dilution from the issuance of Ingersoll Rand’s equity plans awarded to Allegion employees.
(f)
Reflects cash distributions to Ingersoll Rand prior to the spin-off, based on $1,275 million of net proceeds from the debt described in (g) and approximately $218 million of cash on hand, to achieve the estimated day one targeted cash balance.
(g)
Reflects $1.3 billion of debt, net of debt issuance costs and original issue discounts of $25.7 million and $3.5 million, respectively. The debt is comprised of: $500 million of Term Loan A Facility due in 2018, $500 million of Term Loan B Facility due in 2020, and $300 million of senior unsecured notes due 2021. Included in the debt issuance costs are $6.8 million of costs related to our $500 million senior secured revolving credit facility due in 2018, which is assumed undrawn upon completion of the spin-off.
(h)
Reflects the pro forma recapitalization of our equity based on the number of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares outstanding on June 28, 2013. As of the distribution date, Ingersoll Rand’s net investment in our business will be exchanged to reflect the distribution of our ordinary shares to Ingersoll Rand’s shareholders. Ingersoll Rand’s shareholders will receive shares based on an expected distribution ratio of one ordinary share of Allegion for every three ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand.
(i)
Represents adjustments to net parent company investment (deficit), capital in excess of par and ordinary shares to reflect the following:

42

Table of Contents

In millions
 
 
Cash distribution of net proceeds described in (f)
 
$
(1,275.0
)
Adjust cash on hand to day one target cash balance as described in (f)
 
(218.0
)
Assumption of net liabilities described in (a)
 
25.9

Allegion ordinary shares described in (h)
 
(1.0
)
Parent company investment (deficit)
 
$
(1,468.1
)


43

Table of Contents

BUSINESS
Overview
Allegion is a leading global provider of security products and solutions that keep people and places safe, secure and productive. In 2012, we generated revenues of $2,047 million, making us the second largest security products and solutions provider in the world in revenues. We offer an extensive and versatile portfolio of mechanical and electronic security products across a range of market-leading brands. Our hundreds of experts across the globe deliver high-quality security products, services and systems and we use our deep expertise to serve as trusted partners to end-users who seek customized solutions to their security needs.
Allegion Principal Products
Door closers and controls
  
Door and door frames (steel)
Electronic security products
  
Electronic and biometric access-control systems
Exit devices
  
Locks, locksets and key systems
Time, attendance, and workforce productivity systems
 
Video analytics systems
Other accessories
  
 
Access-control security products and solutions are critical elements in every building. Most door openings are custom-configured to maximize a room’s particular form and function while also meeting local and national building and safety code requirements and end-user security needs. Most buildings have multiple door openings, each serving its own purpose and requiring different specific access-control solutions. Each door must fit exactly within its frame, be prepared precisely for its hinges, synchronize with its specific lockset and corresponding latch and align with a specific key to secure the door. Moreover, security products are increasingly linked electronically, creating additional functionality and complexity.
We believe our ability to deliver a wide range of solutions that can be custom-configured to meet end-users’ security needs is a key driver of our success. We accomplish this with:
Our extensive and versatile product portfolio, combined with our deep expertise, which enables us to deliver the right products and solutions to meet diverse security and functional specifications;
Our consultative approach and experience, which enables us to develop the most efficient and appropriate building security and access-control specifications to fulfill the unique needs of our end-users and their partners, including architects, contractors, home-builders and engineers; and
Our operational excellence capabilities, including our global manufacturing operations and agile supply chain, which facilitates our ability to deliver specific product and system configurations to end-users worldwide, quickly and efficiently.
We estimate that the size of the global markets we serve was $30 billion in revenue in 2012. We believe that the security products industry will benefit from several global macroeconomic and long-term demographic trends, which include heightened awareness of security requirements, increased global urbanization and the shift to a digital, interconnected environment. In the more established economies of North America and Europe, where the security product industry’s compound annual growth rate was 1 to 2% per year during the challenging economy experienced over the past three years, we believe our markets are poised for a significant cyclical recovery driven in part by accelerating growth in the underlying commercial and residential construction markets. Annual revenue growth for the security products market in emerging economies exceeded 5% over the past 3 years, supported by strong demand in China, the Middle East and certain other developing economies. Additionally, we expect growth in the global electronic product categories we serve to continue to outperform the industry as end-users adopt newer technologies in their facilities.

44

Table of Contents

We operate in three geographic regions: Americas; EMEIA; and Asia Pacific. We sell our products and solutions under the following brands:
Allegion Brands
(listed alphabetically for each region)
Product Category
 
Americas
 
EMEIA
 
Asia Pacific
Locks / Locksets / Key Systems
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Door Closers and Controls / Exit Devices
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Electronic Products and Access Control Systems, including Time, Attendance and Workforce Productivity and Video Analytics Systems
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Doors and Door Frames
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Accessories
 
 
 
 
 
 

45

Table of Contents

We sell a wide range of security products and solutions for end-users in commercial, institutional and residential facilities worldwide, including into the education, healthcare, government, commercial office and single- and multi-family residential markets.  Our strategic brands are Schlage, Von Duprin, LCN, CISA and Interflex.  We believe Schlage, Von Duprin and LCN hold the No. 1 position in their primary product categories in North America and CISA and Interflex hold the No. 1 or No. 2 position in their primary product categories in Italy and Germany, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated revenues of $2,047 million and operating income of $369 million .
Revenue By Geographic Destination
 
Revenue By Product Category
 
History and Developments
Allegion plc was incorporated in Ireland on May 9, 2013, to hold Ingersoll Rand’s commercial and residential security businesses. Our security businesses have long and distinguished operating histories. Several of our brands were established more than 75 years ago, and many of our brands originally created their categories:
Von Duprin, established in 1908, was awarded the first exit device patent in 1909;
Schlage, established in 1920, was awarded the first patents granted for the cylindrical lock and the push button lock;
LCN, established in 1926, created the door closer;  
CISA, established in 1926, devised the first electrically controlled lock; and
Steelcraft Doors, established in 1927, developed the first mass-produced hollow metal door in 1942.
We have built upon these founding legacies since our entry into the security products market through our acquisition of Schlage, Von Duprin and LCN in 1974. Today, we continue to develop and introduce innovative and market-leading products. Recent examples include: Schlage Touchscreen Deadbolt, a residential lock; CISA eSigno, a hotel locking platform; e-Vayo, a European electronics security platform (winner, 2012 reddot product design award); Von Duprin Concealed Vertical Cable System that significantly reduces total installation time and ongoing maintenance requirements; aptiQ, a versatile and multi-technology card reader platform; and Schlage’s AD/CO, an electronic-locking platform that allows end-users to add additional features without lock replacement.
Prior to Ingersoll Rand’s transfer to us of our businesses, which will occur in connection with the distribution, we will not have any operations other than those incidental to our formation and in preparation for the spin-off.
Our Strengths
Our competitive strengths derive from combining application expertise and a sophisticated understanding of our markets with our operational excellence capabilities and knowledge of our end-user’s needs. We define operational excellence as our lean manufacturing operations, specifically our ability to handle highly complex manufacturing efficiently; our agile supply chain; and our ongoing programs that drive continuous improvements in our products and services. Our competitive strengths include:
Expertise required to design custom-configured solutions for our end-users.
The functional needs, regulatory requirements and aesthetics of every door opening and the related room must be considered when determining their security requirements. As a result, no “standard” opening exists. Through our long operating history, we have developed the expertise required to address a wide range of entryway security needs. Today, we believe we are a leader in our markets because:

46

Table of Contents

We combine product breadth and depth with aesthetics and functionality. We offer an extensive and versatile portfolio of mechanical and electronic products to meet the needs of our end-users, including products in a broad range of styles and colors with a variety of specific functionalities. For example, we can deliver more than 70 million unique configurations of our Von Duprin exit devices for our end-users, and we generally ship any sized order within one week from receipt of the order.
We have deep building code expertise. Most of the markets we serve have complex national, regional and local building codes and standard-making bodies that require end-users to adhere to specific safety requirements. Our long history provides us with a depth of experience that allows us to identify and deliver the right security solutions that meet these requirements and the end-user’s particular needs. We employ global teams of specification writers who work with end-users, architects, contractors and distribution partners to design solutions tailored to their unique needs while meeting the applicable building codes and standards.
We have a versatile, advanced electronic products offering. Our portfolio of products and solutions positions us favorably as the security products industry becomes increasingly electronic. We offer wireless access and biometric access control solutions, electro-magnetic locks, electric latches, and automatic door operators, in addition to numerous other supporting components. Our electronics strategy includes designing products that employ interoperable, non-proprietary technologies, which we believe provides end-users with a level of flexibility that they prefer. For instance, Schlage’s AD-Series electronic lock employs open architecture that is compatible with and works with nearly any existing access-control software system.
Diversified portfolio of market-leading brands.
Many of our brands have established leadership positions in their markets and product categories and have long-standing reputations for innovation and quality. Several of our brands created their respective product categories, including Schlage (cylindrical locks), Von Duprin (exit devices), LCN (door closers) and CISA (electrically controlled locks). We believe that our Schlage locks, Von Duprin exit devices and LCN closers rank No. 1 in their respective categories in North America and CISA security products rank No. 1 in its product category in Italy. We also believe that many other of our brands rank No. 2 or No. 3 in their primary geographies, including Kryptonite (U.S.), Bricard (France), Briton (United Kingdom), and Interflex (Germany). The strength of these brands in their primary geographies has allowed us to extend many of them into new markets. We sell products under more than 23 brand names around the world. We believe that employing specific brands in targeted markets creates strong relationships with those brands. Ten of our brands have at least $50 million in revenue.
Long history of delivering innovative and high-quality products and solutions.
We have built upon our brand-creation heritage and strong reputation for innovation by continually improving our award-winning product lines and introducing new mechanical and electronic security products. We employ several hundred engineers around the world who work to support and build upon our existing product portfolio. Our ongoing investment in innovation has led to several recent product launches that exemplify our success. For example, we introduced:
in 2013, a Schlage Touchscreen Deadbolt lock, designed for the home that combines stylish design with high-quality functionality, including alarm and motion detection capabilities;
in 2013, our CISA eSigno hospitality platform that allows hotel owners to choose easily between different product types compatible with a single modular platform;
in 2012, our Interflex eVayo platform, an award-winning platform of access control and time and attendance reader terminals;
in 2012, our innovative Von Duprin concealed vertical cable platform that enables shorter installation time and simplifies maintenance;
in 2012, our aptiQ credential and reader platform that allows end-users around the world to use a single product family globally while also enabling the utilization of magnetic stripe, proximity and smart card credentials; and
in 2010, our Schlage AD/CO electronics line of products that create flexibility and modularity and extend the life of end-users’ electronic lock investments through low-cost module replacement.
Operational excellence capabilities that enable a highly variable product mix while meeting exacting customer-delivery timetables.
The successful design and completion of any door opening solution requires close coordination among the end-user, the installer and the manufacturer. Larger projects, which involve thousands of different parts and precise end-user specifications, amplify this complexity because supply must meet demanding construction timetables.
Our global manufacturing scale, experience and operational capabilities enable us to deliver a high-quality end-user experience. We operate 18 production facilities worldwide and primarily manufacture our products and systems in regions of use to deliver them on a timely basis. For several product lines, including Schlage, Von Duprin and LCN, we ship our products,

47

Table of Contents

on average, in less than one week from receipt of an order, regardless of configuration. Our operational capabilities enable us to better meet our end-users’ needs by allowing us to make rapid production adjustments. We believe our operational excellence program is an important element of our ability to deliver strong financial performance and to continue to re-invest in our growth initiatives.
Our comprehensive operational excellence program focuses on further reducing the time required from order to shipment. In the six production facilities that implemented this program by year end 2012, cycle time (from receipt of a customer order to shipment) has decreased by an average of more than 45% since program launch. We are in the advanced stages of introducing our operational excellence program in virtually all of our production facilities. We also will continue to leverage and enhance this program across all of our other locations and work processes, while customizing those processes to best fit our business needs. We expect results to drive cost savings throughout our business and will utilize these proceeds to either improve profitability or re-invest in our growth initiatives.
Robust network of value-added channel and distribution relationships.
We sell our products through diverse distribution and retail channels, ranging from specialty distribution to wholesalers. We have also built a strong network of more than 7,000 channel partners that help our end-users find the right solutions for their needs. Important to the success of these relationships, we support our partners by working directly with architects, contractors and security consultants to help design solutions that meet the functional, regulatory and aesthetic needs of end-users. We educate our channel partners and our end-users on our “total cost of ownership” value proposition, which emphasizes the quality and durability of our products. These consultative relationships result in increased knowledge and appreciation for the benefits of our products and solutions.
Deep and action-oriented consumer insight.
Within the residential security products market, understanding consumer needs and trends is key to ongoing revenue growth. We have developed tools and work with third-party vendors, such as Vista Information Services and Retail Solutions, Inc., to better understand consumer buying patterns, purchase drivers and brand performance. We use our consumer insights to develop targeted marketing programs and merchandising activities that maximize return on investment, anticipate long-term consumer trends and drive product development decisions. We also have long-standing relationships with key retailers in North America and Europe, including do-it-yourself retailers such as The Home Depot, Lowes, and Leroy Merlin. Due to our brand leadership positions and investments in market insight, dedicated account resources and on-going collaboration with these retailers, we provide category leadership in development and execution of mutually beneficial marketing programs.
Strong financial performance and cash-generation capabilities.
We have maintained strong operating profit margins and cash-flow generation despite challenging economic conditions in some of our largest geographic markets in recent years. From 2008 to 2012, for example, new build square footage in the U.S. non-residential construction market declined 46%. Despite these challenges, in 2012 we generated 368.6 million of operating income, representing 18.0% of net sales, and $ 271.9 million of operating cash flow from continuing operations. In the period from 2008 to 2012, excluding non-cash impairment charges recorded in 2008, operating margin increased 0.5% to 18.0% despite a total revenue decline of $367.3 million during that time frame (driven by difficult economic conditions).
Our Strategies
We intend to achieve sustained, profitable growth in the markets we serve today and in adjacent product categories by being the preferred, trusted security partner to our end-users, and by executing the following global strategies:
Invest in attractive developing markets.
We believe the global security products market provides a multitude of future growth opportunities as safety demands increase and security requirements and sophistication levels evolve. We also believe economically developing markets will grow faster than the global market average as countries achieve enhanced living standards and experience continued urbanization. We believe our significant industry experience, deep knowledge of commercial and residential building codes and track record of innovation give us unique opportunities to help shape the security products industry in these markets. We are committed to investing further in attractive developing markets, including opening additional sales and specifications offices; investing in localized product and supply-chain capabilities; and working with local partners and code-making bodies to promote effective and consistent safety and security standards. We have a proven track record of entering developing markets successfully, as evidenced by our growing Asia Pacific sales. Since 2010, we have added nearly 20 new sales-and-support offices throughout China, with security product sales increasing more than 25% per year during that period. We also founded the Safety and Security Institute in China, which helps to educate government officials, architects and builders, and advocates for consistent building codes and standards that address end-users’ safety and security.

48

Table of Contents

Invest in emerging technology product categories.
End-users are shifting gradually toward the electronic control of their security products and solutions. We believe that electronic-related product sales are growing at nearly twice the rate of traditional mechanical solutions. According to IMS Research, we are the No. 1 global manufacturer and marketer of electro-mechanical locks. We intend to leverage this position and expand our global capabilities in other product categories through continued product development and investments. Our recent successes serve as a testament to our commitment: the 2012 launch of aptiQ (global credential and reader platform) and the corresponding aptiQ Alliance program, a program that allows our end-users to use our aptiQ products in third party non-access control applications such as logical access, parking and payment; the European launches of e-Vayo and our CISA hospitality platforms in 2012 and 2013, respectively, and our recent launch of the Schlage Touchscreen Deadbolt, a “2013 Product of the Year” by Electronic House magazine.
Leverage our expertise to deliver differentiated products and solutions in key market segments.
With leadership positions in our markets and significant expertise, we possess insight into both end-user needs and regulatory requirements in key market segments, including education (university and primary), healthcare, government, general commercial, and residential (single- and multi-family). We have developed specific value propositions across these segments and will continue to leverage our knowledge and experience to identify key opportunities that better serve our end-users. We expect this to include continued investment in products as well as further expansion of our specification and service capabilities.
Build upon our operational excellence program to be a world-class supplier of security products and solutions.
Our ability to deliver highly configured solutions to end-users within exacting timeframes is an important element of our success. Our strategy involves leveraging our operational excellence capabilities as a competitive advantage.
We believe the ability to deliver our products to channel partners and end-users at the right place and right time contributes importantly to our growth strategy. As part of our operational excellence program, we have reduced overall supply chain cycle time and variability across all production locations that have launched the program. To date, our sites with this program have shown improvement by an average of more than 45%, with our Indianapolis and Turkey facilities having decreased cycle time nearly 50%, and our Mexico facilities having decreased cycle time by 57%.
We generally manufacture products and solutions in their regions of use, which we believe brings us closer to the end-user and increases efficiency and more timely product delivery. We believe our ability to deliver products more quickly and accurately will strengthen the relationship with our channel partners and expand our end-user base.
Selectively pursue acquisitions to accelerate expansion into attractive markets and products.
A disciplined approach to acquisitions is an important part of our growth strategy. The security products industry is highly fragmented, particularly in developing markets and emerging technology product segments that employ newer technologies. This creates numerous acquisition opportunities. We intend to target acquisitions that will broaden our product portfolio, expand our geographic footprint and enhance our position in strategic market segments.
Our Reporting Segments
We manufacture and sell mechanical and electronic security products and solutions in more than 120 countries, with our top 20 countries accounting for about 97% of our $ 2,046.6 million in 2012 revenues. We report our operating results through three reporting segments: Americas, EMEIA and Asia Pacific.
The following table presents the relative percentages of total segment revenue attributable to each reporting segment for each of the last three fiscal years. See Note 20, “Business Segment Information,” to our annual combined financial statements for information regarding net revenues, operating income, and total assets by reportable segment.
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Americas
72%
 
69%
 
70%
EMEIA
21%
 
24%
 
24%
Asia Pacific
7%
 
7%
 
6%
Our Americas segment provides security products and solutions in approximately 30 countries throughout North America and parts of South America. The segment offers a broad range of products and solutions including, locks, locksets, key systems, door closers, exit devices, doors and door frames, electronic product and access control systems to end-users in the commercial, institutional and residential markets, including into the education, healthcare, government, commercial office and

49

Table of Contents

single- and multi-family residential markets. This segment’s strategic brands are Schlage, Von Duprin and LCN. Our Americas segment recorded net revenues of $ $1,471.9 million in 2012, contributing 72% of our combined net revenues.
Our EMEIA segment provides security products and solutions in approximately 85 countries throughout Europe, the Middle East, India and Africa. The segment offers the same portfolio of products as the Americas segment, as well as time and attendance and workforce productivity solutions. This segment’s strategic brands are CISA and Interflex. This segment also resells Schlage, Von Duprin and LCN products, primarily in the Middle East. Our EMEIA segment recorded net revenues of $ 428.3 million in 2012, or 21% of our combined net revenues.
Our Asia Pacific segment provides security products and solutions in approximately 14 countries throughout Asia Pacific. The segment offers the same portfolio of products as the Americas segment, as well as video analytics solutions. This segment’s strategic brands are Schlage, CISA, Von Duprin and LCN. Our Asia Pacific segment recorded net revenues of $ 146.4 million in 2012 and contributed 7% of our combined net revenues.
Products and Services
We offer an extensive and versatile portfolio of mechanical and electronic security products across a range of market-leading brands.
Locks, locksets and key systems : A broad array of tubular and mortise door locksets, security levers, and master key systems that are used to protect and control access. We also offer a range of portable security products, including bicycle, small vehicle and travel locks.
Door closers and exit devices : An extensive portfolio of life-safety products generally installed on fire doors and facility entrances and exits. Door closers are devices that automatically close doors after they are opened. Exit devices are generally horizontal attachments to doors and enable rapid exit from the premises.
Electronic Security Products and Access Control Systems : A broad range of electrified locks, door closers, exit devices, access control systems, biometric hand reader systems, key card and reader systems, accessories, and automatic doors.
Time, Attendance and Workforce Productivity Systems : Products and services designed to help business customers manage and monitor workforce access control parameters, attendance and employee scheduling. We offer ongoing aftermarket services in addition to design and installation offerings.
Video Analytics : Electronic video analytics systems and services, primarily for business and government customers in Asia Pacific. We offer ongoing aftermarket services in addition to design and installation offerings.
Doors and Door Frames : A portfolio of hollow metal doors and door frames. In select geographies, we also provide installation and service maintenance services.
Other Accessories : A variety of additional security and product components, including hinges, door levers, door stops and other accessories, as well as certain bathroom fittings products.
Customers
We sell most of our products and solutions through distribution and retail channels, ranging from specialty distribution to wholesalers. We have built a network of more than 7,000 channel partners that help our customers choose the right solution to meet their security needs. Our channel partners that sell to commercial and institutional end-users helped fulfill and install orders to more than 30,000 end-users in 2012. We also sell through a variety of retail channels, ranging from large do-it-yourself home improvement centers to small, specialty showroom outlets. We work with our retail partners on developing marketing and merchandising strategies to maximize their sales per square foot of shelf space.
Through our Interflex and China-based video and systems integration businesses as well as through certain residential builder-direct accounts, we provide products and solutions directly to end-users and may act as a general security contractor on certain projects.
Our 10 largest customers represented approximately 24% of our combined revenues in 2012. No single customer represented 10% or more of our combined revenues in 2012.
Sales and Marketing
In markets where we sell through commercial and institutional distribution channels, we employ sales professionals around the world who work with a combination of end-users, security professionals, architects, contractors, engineers and distribution partners to develop specific custom-configured solutions for our end-users’ needs. Our field sales professionals are assisted by specification writers who work with architects, engineers and consultants to help design door openings and security systems to meet end-users’ functional, aesthetic and regulatory requirements. Both groups are supported by dedicated customer care and technical sales-support specialists worldwide. We also support our sales efforts with a variety of marketing efforts,

50

Table of Contents

including trade-specific advertising, cooperative distributor merchandising, digital marketing, and marketing at a variety of industry trade shows.
In markets in which we sell through retail and home-builder distribution channels, we have teams of sales, merchandising and marketing professionals who help drive brand and product awareness through our channel partners and to consumers. We utilize a variety of advertising and marketing strategies, including traditional consumer media, retail merchandising, digital marketing, retail promotions, and builder and consumer trade shows, to support these teams.
We also work actively with several regulatory bodies around the world to help promote effective and consistent safety and security standards. For example, we are members of Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, Security Industry Association, Smart Card Alliance, American Society of Healthcare Engineering, American Institute of Architects, Construction Specification Institute, ASSOFERMA (Italy), BHE (Germany) and UNIQ (France). We also have established the Safety and Security Institute in China, which helps to educate government officials, architects and builders and advocates for consistent building codes and standards that address end-users’ safety and security.
Production and Distribution
We manufacture our products in our geographic markets around the world. We operate 18 production facilities, including nine in the Americas region, seven in EMEIA and two in Asia Pacific. We own 10 of these facilities and lease the others. Our strategy is to produce in the region of use, wherever appropriate, to allow us to be closer to the end-user and increase efficiency and more timely product delivery.
In managing our network of production facilities, we focus on eliminating excess capacity, reducing cycle time through productivity, and harmonizing production practices and safety procedures. We believe our production facilities meet our current needs.
We distribute our products through a broad network of channel partners. In addition, third-party logistics providers perform storage and distribution services for us to support certain parts of our distribution network.
Raw Materials
We support our region-of-use production strategy with corresponding region-of-use supplier partners, where available. Our global and regional commodity teams work with production leadership, product management and materials management teams to ensure adequate materials are available for production at the lowest possible cost.
We purchase a wide range of raw materials, including steel, zinc, brass and other non-ferrous metals, to support our production facilities. Where appropriate, we may enter into long-term supply arrangements or fixed-cost contracts to lower overall costs. We do not believe the loss of any particular supplier would be material to our business.
Intellectual Property
Intellectual property, inclusive of certain patents, trademarks, copyrights, know-how, trade secrets and other proprietary rights, is important to our business.  We create, protect and enforce our intellectual property investments in a variety of ways. We work actively in the U.S. and internationally to try to ensure the protection and enforcement of our intellectual property rights.   We use trademarks on nearly all of our products and believe that such distinctive marks are an important factor in creating a market for our goods, in identifying us and in distinguishing our products from others. We consider our Schlage, Von Duprin, CISA and other associated trademarks to be among our most valuable assets, and we have registered these trademarks in a number of countries. Although certain proprietary intellectual property rights are important to our success, we do not believe we are materially dependent on any particular patent or license, or any particular group of patents or licenses.
Facilities
We operate through a broad network of sales offices, 18 production facilities and several distribution centers throughout the world. Our active properties represent about 5.0 million square feet, of which approximately 47% is leased.
Most of our corporate staff is located in Dublin, Ireland and Carmel, Indiana, with regional headquarters staff in Carmel, Indiana; Brussels, Belgium; and Shanghai, China.

51

Table of Contents

Our significant non-production facilities are distribution centers in Olathe, Kansas and Mississauga, Canada.
The following table shows the location of our worldwide production facilities:
Production Facilities
Americas
 
EMEIA
 
Asia Pacific
Blue Ash, Ohio
 
Durchhausen, Germany
 
Auckland, New Zealand
Caracas, Venezuela
 
Duzce, Turkey
 
Shanghai, China
Chino, California
 
Faenza, Italy
 
 
Ensenada, Mexico
 
Feuquieres, France
 
 
Indianapolis, Indiana
 
Renchen, Germany
 
 
Princeton, Illinois
 
Monsampolo, Italy
 
 
Security, Colorado
 
Sittingbourne, England
 
 
Tecate, Mexico
 
 
 
 
Tijuana, Mexico
 
 
 
 
Research and Development
We are committed to investing in highly productive research and development capabilities, particularly in electro-mechanical systems. Our research and development (“R&D”) expenditures were $ 38 million in 2012, $ 39 million in 2011, and $ 34 million in 2010.
We concentrate on developing technology innovations that will deliver growth through the introduction of new products and solutions, and also on driving continuous improvements in product cost, quality, safety and sustainability.
We manage our R&D team as a global group with an emphasis on a global collaborative approach to identify and develop new technologies and worldwide product platforms. We are organized on a regional basis to leverage expertise in local standards and configurations. In addition to regional engineering centers in each geographic region, we also operate a global engineering center of excellence in Bangalore, India.
Seasonality
Our business experiences seasonality that varies by product line. Because more construction and do-it-yourself projects occur during the second- and third-calendar quarters of each year in the Northern Hemisphere, our security product sales, typically, are higher in those quarters than in the first- and fourth-calendar quarters. However, our Interflex and Asia Pacific video and systems integration businesses typically experience higher sales in the fourth calendar quarter due to project timing and service contract renewals.
Industry and Competition
We estimate that the size of the markets we serve was $30 billion in revenue in 2012, with compound annual growth of about 1 to 2% per year over the past three years. This growth rate primarily reflects cyclical challenges in the commercial and residential construction markets throughout North America and Europe as certain developing economies experienced higher growth rates during this period. Additionally, growth in electronic security products and solutions continues to outperform the industry as a whole as end-users adopt newer technologies in their facilities. We expect the security products industry will benefit from favorable long-term demographic trends such as continued urbanization of the global population, increased concerns about safety and security, and technology-driven innovation.
The security products markets are highly competitive and fragmented throughout the world, with a number of large multi-national companies and thousands of smaller regional and local companies. This high fragmentation primarily reflects local regulatory requirements and highly variable end-user needs. We believe our principal global competitors are Assa Abloy AB, DORMA Holding GmbH, Kaba Holding AG, and Stanley Black & Decker Inc. We also face competition in various markets and product categories throughout the world, including from Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. in the North American residential market. As we move into more technologically-advanced product categories, we may also compete against smaller, more specialized competitors.
Our success depends on a variety of factors, including brand and reputation, product breadth, quality and delivery capabilities, price and service capabilities. As many of our businesses sell through wholesale distribution, our success also depends on building and partnering with a strong channel network. Although price often serves as an important customer decision criterion, we also compete based on the breadth and quality of our products and solutions, our ability to custom-configure solutions to meet individual end-user requirements and our global supply chain.

52

Table of Contents

Employees
As of December 31, 2012, we had about 7,600 employees, approximately 20% of whom have the terms of their employment covered under collective bargaining agreements. Our non-management European employees are represented by national and local works councils.
Environmental Regulation
Our production operations are subject to and affected by national, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment.
We are involved in activities to remediate soil and groundwater contamination as required by federal and state laws. Liabilities for remediation costs of each site are based on our best estimate of undiscounted future costs, excluding possible insurance recoveries or recoveries from other third parties. Uncertainties about the status of laws, regulations, technology and information related to individual sites make it difficult to develop estimates of environmental remediation exposures. Some of the potential liabilities relate to sites we own, and some relate to sites we no longer own or never owned.
Certain of our subsidiaries have been designated as potentially responsible parties (“PRP”) under “Superfund” or similar national and state laws.  We believe the cost of complying with the present environmental protection laws, before considering estimated recoveries either from other PRPs or insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. As of year-end 2012 and 2011, we had accruals of $ 11.8 million and $ 11.6 million , respectively, in estimated cost remaining that relates to environmental compliance and clean-up including, but not limited to, Superfund sites. Of these amounts, $ 2.5 million and $ 2.4 million , respectively, relate to remediation of previously disposed sites.
Legal Proceedings
In the normal course of business, we are involved in a variety of lawsuits, claims and legal proceedings, including commercial and contract disputes, employment matters, product liability claims, environmental liabilities, and intellectual property disputes. Although we cannot predict the outcome of our pending legal matters, such matters, in our opinion, will not have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows.


53

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed under “Risk Factors and “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.” The financial information included here may not necessarily reflect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows in the future or what our financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had we been an independent, publicly-traded company during the periods presented. The following section is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information, including our combined financial statements and the notes thereto, which appears elsewhere in this Information Statement.
Overview
Spin-off Transaction
The Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand has approved a plan to spin off its commercial and residential security businesses. The spin-off will result in two stand-alone companies: Ingersoll Rand and Allegion plc and its consolidated subsidiaries. Upon completion of the spin-off, we will hold the commercial and residential security businesses and will be an independent, publicly-traded company.
We expect the spin-off, which is intended to be tax-free to shareholders, to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2013. However, the completion of the spin-off is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Ingersoll Rand of certain conditions, including receipt of regulatory approvals; the receipt of a private letter ruling from the IRS and opinions of tax counsel confirming that the distribution and certain transactions entered into in connection with the distribution generally will be tax-free to Ingersoll Rand and its shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except for cash received in lieu of fractional shares; execution of intercompany agreements; effectiveness of appropriate filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; and final approval of the transactions contemplated by the spin-off, as may be required under Irish law. There can be no assurance that any separation transaction will ultimately occur, or, if one does occur, its terms or timing.
Organization
We are a leading global provider of security products and solutions operating in three geographic regions: Americas; EMEIA; and Asia Pacific. We sell a wide range of security products and solutions for end-users in commercial, institutional and residential markets worldwide, including into the education, healthcare, government, commercial office and single- and multi-family residential markets. Our strategic brands include Schlage, Von Duprin, LCN, CISA, and Interflex.
Trends and Economic Events
Current market conditions, including challenges in international markets, continue to impact our financial results. Uneven global commercial new construction activity is negatively impacting our results. While U.S. residential and consumer markets continue to be a challenge, we are beginning to see improvements in the U.S. new builder and replacement markets.
We estimate that the size of the global markets we serve was $30 billion in revenue in 2012. We believe that the security products industry will benefit from several global macroeconomic and long-term demographic trends, which include heightened awareness of security requirements, increased global urbanization and the shift to a digital, interconnected environment. In the more established economies of North America and Europe, where the security product industry’s compound annual growth rate was 1 to 2% per year during the challenging economy experienced over the past three years, we believe our markets are poised for a significant cyclical recovery driven in part by accelerating growth in the underlying commercial and residential construction markets. Annual revenue growth for the security products market in emerging economies, which represented approximately 13.5% of our net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012, exceeded 5% over the past 3 years, supported by strong demand in China, the Middle East and certain other developing economies. Additionally, we expect growth in the global electronic product categories we serve to continue to outperform the industry as end-users adopt newer technologies in their facilities.
Our business may be negatively impacted if, among other things, market conditions in North America and Europe worsen or do not improve as we expect them to, developing economies in which we do business decline or do not continue to grow at recent rates or we are unable to capitalize on the growth in electronic product categories. A number of other challenges and uncertainties that could affect our business are described under “Risk Factors.”



54

Table of Contents



Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangibles
See “Critical Accounting Policies — 2013 Impairment Test” for further discussion.
Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Amendments
In June 2012, Ingersoll Rand’s Board of Directors approved amendments to the retirement plans covering U.S. non-bargained employees. Eligible non-bargained employees hired prior to July 1, 2012 were given a choice of remaining in their respective defined benefit plan until the plan freezes on December 31, 2022 or freezing their accrued benefits in their respective defined benefit plan as of December 31, 2012 and receiving an additional 2% non-matching Ingersoll Rand contribution into the applicable defined contribution plan. Eligible non-bargained employees hired or rehired on or after July 1, 2012 will automatically receive the 2% non-matching Ingersoll Rand contribution into the applicable defined contribution plan in lieu of participating in the defined benefit plan. Beginning January 1, 2023, all eligible non-bargained employees will receive the 2% non-matching contribution into the applicable defined contribution plan.
U.S. bargained employees hired after January 27, 2013 are not eligible to participate in Ingersoll Rand’s sponsored defined benefit plan, but will automatically receive a 2% non-matching contribution to the applicable defined contribution plan.
In February 2012, Ingersoll Rand’s Board of Directors approved amendments to the postretirement medical plan covering our businesses with respect to post-65 retiree medical coverage. Effective January 1, 2013, Ingersoll Rand discontinued offering company-sponsored retiree medical coverage for certain individuals age 65 and older. Ingersoll Rand transitioned affected individuals to coverage through the individual Medicare market and will provide a tax-advantaged subsidy to those retirees eligible for subsidized company coverage who purchase individual Medicare supplemental coverage through Ingersoll Rand’s third-party Medicare coordinator that can be used towards reducing premiums and other qualified medical expenses.
In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Bill of 2010 (collectively, the “Healthcare Reform Legislation”) were signed into law. As a result, effective 2013, the tax benefits available to us are reduced to the extent our prescription drug expenses are reimbursed under the Medicare Part D retiree drug subsidy program. Although the provisions of the Healthcare Reform Legislation relating to the retiree drug subsidy program did not take effect until 2013, we were required to recognize the full accounting impact in our financial statements in the reporting period in which the Healthcare Reform Legislation was enacted. As retiree healthcare liabilities and related tax impacts were already reflected in our financial statements, the Healthcare Reform Legislation resulted in a non-cash charge to income tax expense in the first quarter of 2010 of $ 3.8 million .
Currently, our retiree medical plans receive the retiree drug subsidy under Medicare Part D. No later than 2014, a significant portion of the drug coverage will be moved to a Medicare-approved Employer Group Waiver Plan while retaining the same benefit provisions. This change resulted in an actuarial gain which decreased our December 31, 2010 retiree medical plan liability, as well as the net actuarial losses in other comprehensive income, by $ 4.2 million .
See Note 11 to the annual combined financial statements for a further discussion of these matters and the Company’s estimated portion of Ingersoll Rand’s pensions and postretirement benefits other than pensions.
Venezuela Devaluation
In February 2013, the government of Venezuela announced a devaluation of the Bolivar, from the preexisting exchange rate of 4.29 Bolivars to the U.S. dollar to 6.3 Bolivars to the U.S. dollar. We have one subsidiary with exposure to the Bolivar. As a result of the devaluation, we recorded a foreign currency loss of $6.2 million in the first quarter of 2013. Further devaluation of the Bolivar could negatively impact our results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows. For additional information, see “Risk Factors” in this Information Statement.
Discontinued Operations
On December 30, 2011, we completed the divestiture of our security installation and service business, which was sold under the Integrated Systems and Services brand in the United States and Canada, to Kratos Public Safety & Security Solutions, Inc. As a result of the sale, we have reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. See “Discontinued Operations” within Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and also Note 18 to the annual combined financial statements for a further discussion of our discontinued operations.

55

Table of Contents

Results of Operations - For the six months ended June 30
In millions
2013
 
% of
revenues
 
2012
 
% of
revenues
Net revenues
$
1,007.6

 
 
 
$
998.0

 
 
Cost of goods sold
(603.0
)
 
59.8%
 
(597.2
)
 
59.8%
Selling and administrative expenses
(236.5
)
 
23.5%
 
(228.0
)
 
22.8%
Operating income
168.1

 
16.7%
 
172.8

 
17.3%
Interest expense
(0.9
)
 
 
 
(0.7
)
 
 
Other, net
(6.7
)
 
 
 
(0.9
)
 
 
Earnings before income taxes
160.5

 
 
 
171.2

 
 
Provision for income taxes
(56.6
)
 
 
 
(63.5
)
 
 
Earnings from continuing operations
103.9

 
 
 
107.7

 
 
Discontinued operations, net of tax
(0.4
)
 
 
 
(0.6
)
 
 
Net earnings
103.5

 
 
 
107.1

 
 
Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
(3.8
)
 
 
 
(3.0
)
 
 
Net earnings attributable to Allegion
$
99.7

 
 
 
$
104.1

 
 
Net Revenues
Net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased by 1.0% , or $9.6 million , compared with the same period of 2012 , which primarily resulted from the following:
 
Pricing
1.4
 %
Currency exchange rates
(0.4
)%
Total
1.0
 %
The increase in revenues was primarily driven by improved pricing across all segments partially offset by unfavorable foreign currency impacts.
Cost of Goods Sold
For the six months ended June 30, 2013 , cost of goods sold as a percentage of revenue remained at 59.8% . Favorable productivity benefits were offset by unfavorable volume/product mix and material inflation.
Selling and Administrative Expenses
For the six months ended June 30, 2013 , selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue increased to 23.5% from 22.8% for the same period of 2012. Inflation and increased investment spending was partially offset by productivity benefits.
Operating Income/Margin
Operating margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013 decreased to 16.7% from 17.3% for the same period of 2012. The decrease was primarily due to unfavorable volume/product mix (0.6%), increased investment spending (0.5%), and unfavorable foreign currency impacts (0.3%), partially offset by improved pricing in excess of material inflation (0.8%).
Interest expense
Our interest-bearing debt balances were $5.0 million and $3.8 million as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The amount of interest expense incurred is consistent with the interest-bearing debt balances for both periods.

56

Table of Contents

Other, Net
The components of Other, net, for the six months ended June 30 were as follows:  
In millions
 
2013
 
2012
Interest income
 
$
0.1

 
$
0.1

Exchange gain (loss)
 
(6.9
)
 
(0.8
)
Other
 
0.1

 
(0.2
)
Other, net
 
$
(6.7
)
 
$
(0.9
)
For the six months ended June 30, 2013 , Other, net decreased by $5.8 million compared with the same period of 2012, primarily from unfavorable foreign currency impacts. Included within Exchange gain (loss) for the six months ended June 30, 2013 is a $6.2 million realized foreign currency loss related to the devaluation of the Venezuelan Bolivar from the pre-existing exchange rate of 4.29 bolivars to the U.S. dollar to 6.3 Bolivars to the U.S. dollar.
Provision for Income Taxes
For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, our effective tax rate was 35.3% and 37.1% , respectively. We project that our annual effective tax rate for 2013 will be approximately 36.1%. Our effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was lower than our projected 2013 annual effective tax rate primarily due to the impact of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 enacted in January 2013 and a net decrease in our liability for unrecognized tax benefits. Our 2013 projected annual effective tax rate is above the U.S. statutory rate of 35.0%, primarily due to U.S. state and local taxes partially offset by earnings in non-U.S. jurisdictions, which, in aggregate, have a lower effective rate.
Results of Operations - For the years ended December 31
 
In millions
 
2012
 
% of Revenues
 
2011
 
% of Revenues
 
2010
 
% of Revenues
Net revenues
 
$
2,046.6

 
 
 
$
2,021.2

 
 
 
$
1,967.7

 
 
Cost of goods sold
 
(1,220.6
)
 
59.7%
 
(1,211.4
)
 
59.9%
 
(1,201.7
)
 
61.1%
Selling and administrative expenses
 
(457.4
)
 
22.3%
 
(450.8
)
 
22.3%
 
(441.0
)
 
22.4%
Operating income
 
368.6

 
18.0%
 
359.0

 
17.8%
 
325.0

 
16.5%
Interest expense
 
(1.5
)
 
 
 
(1.4
)
 
 
 
(1.8
)
 
 
Other, net
 
(3.2
)
 
 
 
4.6

 
 
 
3.5

 
 
Earnings before income taxes
 
363.9

 
 
 
362.2

 
 
 
326.7

 
 
Provision for income taxes
 
(135.9
)
 
 
 
(130.5
)
 
 
 
(125.7
)
 
 
Earnings from continuing operations
 
228.0

 
 
 
231.7

 
 
 
201.0

 
 
Discontinued operations, net of tax
 
(2.7
)
 
 
 
(7.3
)
 
 
 
(2.5
)
 
 
Net earnings
 
225.3

 
 
 
224.4

 
 
 
198.5

 
 
Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
(5.7
)
 
 
 
(6.3
)
 
 
 
(6.7
)
 
 
Net earnings attributable to Allegion
 
$
219.6

 
 
 
$
218.1

 
 
 
$
191.8

 
 
Net Revenues
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by 1.3% , or $ 25.4 million , compared with the same period of 2011 , which primarily resulted from the following:
 
Pricing
2.3
 %
Volume/product mix
0.3
 %
Currency exchange rates
(1.3
)%
Total
1.3
 %

57

Table of Contents

The increase in revenues was primarily driven by improved pricing across all segments and increased volumes in the Americas segment due to stronger demand in residential markets. These increases were partially offset by decreased volume/product mix in EMEIA due to weak markets and unfavorable foreign currency impacts.
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by 2.7% , or $ 53.5 million , compared with the same period of 2010 , which primarily resulted from the following:
Pricing
2.3
 %
Volume/product mix
(1.3
)%
Currency exchange rates
1.7
 %
Total
2.7
 %
The increase in revenues was primarily driven by improved pricing across all segments, favorable foreign currency impacts and increased volume/product mix in the Asia Pacific segment. These increases were partially offset by lower volume/product mix within the Americas and EMEIA segments due to weakness in commercial and residential construction markets.
Cost of Goods Sold
For the year ended December 31, 2012, cost of goods sold as a percentage of revenue decreased to 59.7% from 59.9% . The improvement is the result of productivity actions and favorable currency impacts partially offset by material inflation.
For the year ended December 31, 2011, cost of goods sold as a percentage of revenue decreased to 59.9% from 61.1% . The improvement is the result of productivity actions, partially offset by material inflation and unfavorable currency impacts.
Selling and Administrative Expenses
For the year ended December 31, 2012, selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue remained at 22.3% . Restructuring programs and non-material inflation were partially offset by productivity benefits and favorable currency impacts.
For the year ended December 31, 2011, selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 22.3% from 22.4% . Restructuring programs, non-material inflation and unfavorable currency impacts were partially offset by productivity benefits.
Operating Income/Margin
Operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased to 18.0% from 17.8% for the same period in 2011 . The increase was primarily due to improved pricing in excess of material inflation (1.7%) and the realization of productivity benefits in excess of other inflation (0.6%). These increases were partially offset by unfavorable volume/product mix (1.3%) and increased investment spending (0.8%).

Operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased to 17.8% from 16.5% for the same period in 2010 . The increase was primarily due to the realization of productivity benefits in excess of other inflation (2.7%) and improved pricing in excess of material inflation (0.2%). These increases were partially offset by unfavorable volume/product mix (1.1%) and increased investment spending (0.4%).
Interest expense
Our interest-bearing debt balances were $5.0 million, $4.9 million, and $6.2 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. The amount of interest expense incurred is consistent with the fluctuation in the balance of interest-bearing debt for all periods.

58

Table of Contents

Other, Net
The components of Other, net, for the year ended December 31 are as follows:
 
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Interest income
 
$
0.1

 
$
0.4

 
$
0.5

Exchange gain (loss)
 
(3.3
)
 
4.1

 
3.1

Other
 

 
0.1

 
(0.1
)
Other, net
 
$
(3.2
)
 
$
4.6

 
$
3.5

For the year ended December 31, 2012 , Other, net decreased by $ 7.8 million compared with the same period of 2011 , primarily from unfavorable foreign currency impacts.
For the year ended December 31, 2011 , Other, net increased by $ 1.1 million compared with the same period of 2010 , primarily from favorable foreign currency impacts.
Provision for Income Taxes
For the year ended December 31, 2012, our effective tax rate of 37.3% compares to 36.0% and 38.5% for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our tax rate was above the U.S. statutory rate of 35.0% primarily due to U.S. state and local taxes and net increases in our liability for unrecognized tax benefits partially offset by earnings in non-U.S. jurisdictions, which, in aggregate, had a lower effective rate. Included in the 2010 effective rate was a $ 3.8 million non-cash charge to income tax expense related to the Healthcare Reform Legislation.
Review of Business Segments
We operate in and report financial results for three segments: Americas, EMEIA, and Asia Pacific. These segments represent the level at which our chief operating decision maker reviews company financial performance and makes operating decisions.
Segment operating income is the measure of profit and loss that our chief operating decision maker uses to evaluate the financial performance of the business and as the basis for resource allocation, performance reviews, and compensation. For these reasons, we believe that Segment operating income represents the most relevant measure of segment profit and loss. Our chief operating decision maker may exclude certain charges or gains, such as corporate charges and other special charges, from Operating income to arrive at a Segment operating income that is a more meaningful measure of profit and loss upon which to base our operating decisions. We define Segment operating margin as Segment operating income as a percentage of Net revenues.
The segment discussions that follow describe the significant factors contributing to the changes in results for each segment included in continuing operations. Effective January 1, 2013, we transferred a product line from our Asia Pacific segment to our Americas segment. This transfer is reflected in the historical segment results for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. Also, within the interim condensed combined financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013 , we reclassified a portion of the goodwill from our Asia Pacific segment to our Americas segment.
Americas
Our Americas segment is a leading provider of security products and solutions in approximately 30 countries throughout North America and parts of South America. The segment sells a broad range of products and solutions including, locks, locksets, key systems, door closers, exit devices, doors and door frames, electronic product and access control systems to end-users in commercial, institutional and residential facilities, including into the education, healthcare, government, commercial office and single- and multi-family residential markets. This segment’s strategic brands are Schlage, Von Duprin and LCN.
On December 30, 2011, we completed the divestiture of our security installation and service business, which was sold under the Integrated Systems and Services brand in the United States and Canada, to Kratos Public Safety & Security Solutions, Inc. As a result of the sale, we have reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. Segment information excludes the results of this business for all periods presented.

59

Table of Contents

Segment results for the six months ended June 30 were as follows:
Dollar amounts in millions
 
2013
 
% change
 
2012
Net revenues
 
749.1

 
2.5
%
 
730.8

Segment operating income
 
193.3

 


 
182.6

Segment operating margin
 
25.8
%
 
 
 
25.0
%
Net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased by 2.5% or $18.3 million , compared with the same period of 2012, which primarily resulted from improved pricing improvements and favorable volume, partially offset by unfavorable currency impacts.
Segment operating margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013 improved to 25.8% from 25.0% for the same period of 2012. This increase was primarily driven by pricing improvements in excess of material inflation (1.0%) and productivity benefits in excess of other inflation (0.4%), partially offset by unfavorable currency impacts (0.3%) and unfavorable product mix (0.2%).
Segment results for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
Dollar amounts in millions
 
2012
 
% change
 
2011
 
% change
 
2010
Net revenues
 
$
1,471.9

 
5.0%
 
$
1,402.2

 
1.7%
 
$
1,379.2

Segment operating income
 
377.2

 
 
 
347.8

 
 
 
322.3

Segment operating margin
 
25.6
%
 
 
 
24.8
%
 
 
 
23.4
%
2012 vs 2011
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by 5.0% or $ 69.7 million , compared with the same period of 2011 , which primarily resulted from the following:
 
Pricing
2.9
 %
Volume/product mix
2.3
 %
Currency exchange rates
(0.2
)%
Total
5.0
 %

The increase in revenues was primarily driven by improved pricing and increased volume in the residential builder, retail and South American markets.
Segment operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 improved to 25.6% from 24.8% for the same period of 2011. This increase was primarily driven by pricing improvements in excess of material inflation (1.8%) and productivity benefits in excess of other inflation (0.3%), partially offset by unfavorable product mix (0.9%) and increased investment spending (0.5%).
2011 vs 2010
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by 1.7% or $ 23.0 million , compared with the same period of 2010 , which primarily resulted from the following:
 
Pricing
2.8
 %
Volume/product mix
(1.7
)%
Currency exchange rates
0.6
 %
Total
1.7
 %

The increase in revenues was primarily driven by improved pricing and favorable foreign currency impacts, partially offset by a unfavorable volume/product mix primarily in the residential markets.
Segment operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2011 improved to 24.8% from 23.4% for the same period of 2010. This increase was primarily driven by productivity benefits in excess of other inflation (1.7%) and pricing improvements in excess of material inflation (0.5%), partially offset by unfavorable volume/product mix (0.7%).

60

Table of Contents

EMEIA
Our EMEIA segment provides security products and solutions in approximately 85 countries throughout Europe, the Middle East, India and Africa. The segment offers end-users a broad range of products, services and solutions including, locks, locksets, key systems, door closers, exit devices, doors and door frames, electronic product and access control systems, as well as time and attendance and workforce productivity solutions. This segment’s strategic brands are CISA and Interflex. This segment also resells Schlage, Von Duprin and LCN products, primarily in the Middle East.
Segment results for the six months ended June 30 were as follows:
Dollar amounts in millions
 
2013
 
% change
 
2012
Net revenues
 
$
204.6

 
(5.5
)%
 
$
216.5

Segment operating income
 
(7.4
)
 


 
0.8

Segment operating margin
 
(3.6
)%
 
 
 
0.4
%
Net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2013 decreased by 5.5% , or $11.9 million , compared with the same period of 2012, which primarily resulted from unfavorable volume/product mix due to weak construction markets in southern Europe, partially offset by improved pricing.
Segment operating margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013 declined to negative 3.6% from 0.4% for the same period of 2012. This decrease was primarily related to unfavorable volume/product mix (5.2%), partially offset by productivity benefits in excess of other inflation (0.8%) and decreased investment spending (0.3%).
Segment results for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
Dollar amounts in millions
 
2012
 
% change
 
2011
 
% change
 
2010
Net revenues
 
$
428.3

 
(10.0)%
 
$
476.0

 
1.2%
 
$
470.5

Segment operating income
 
8.2

 
 
 
19.4

 
 
 
17.2

Segment operating margin
 
1.9
%
 
 
 
4.1
%
 
 
 
3.7
%
2012 vs 2011
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by 10.0% , or $47.7 million , compared with the same period of 2011 , which primarily resulted from the following:
 
Pricing
1.3
 %
Volume/product mix
(5.0
)%
Currency exchange rates
(6.3
)%
Total
(10.0
)%

The decrease in revenues was due to unfavorable foreign currency impacts and unfavorable volume/product mix due to weak construction markets in southern Europe, partially offset by favorable pricing and favorable volume/product mix in the Middle East and Germanic regions.
Segment operating margin declined to 1.9% from 4.1% for the same period of 2011. This decrease was primarily related to unfavorable volume/product mix (3.1%) and increased investment spending (1.9%), partially offset by productivity benefits in excess of other inflation (1.9%) and pricing improvements in excess of material inflation (1.2%).
2011 vs 2010
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by 1.2% , or $5.5 million , compared with the same period of 2010 , which primarily resulted from the following:

Pricing
1.4
 %
Volume/product mix
(4.3
)%
Currency exchange rates
4.1
 %
Total
1.2
 %


61

Table of Contents

The increase in revenues was due to favorable pricing and favorable foreign currency impacts, partially offset by unfavorable volume/product mix due to weak construction markets across most of Europe
Segment operating margin increased to 4.1% from 3.7% for the same period of 2010. This increase was primarily related to productivity benefits in excess of other inflation (3.1%) and favorable currency impacts (0.3%), partially offset by unfavorable volume/product mix (2.0%) and increased investment spending (1.0%). Pricing improvements approximately offset the impact of material inflation.
Asia Pacific
Our Asia Pacific segment provides security products and solutions in approximately 14 countries throughout the Asia Pacific region. The segment offers end-users a broad range of products, services and solutions including, locks, locksets, key systems, door closers, exit devices, electronic product and access control systems, and as well as video analytics solutions. This segment’s strategic brands are Schlage, CISA, Von Duprin and LCN.
Segment results for the six months ended June 30 were as follows:
Dollar amounts in millions
 
2013
 
% change
 
2012
Net revenues
 
$
53.9

 
6.3
%
 
$
50.7

Segment operating income
 
(1.9
)
 


 
0.9

Segment operating margin
 
(3.5
)%
 
 
 
1.8
%
Net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased by 6.3% , or $3.2 million , compared with the same period of 2012, which primarily resulted from favorable volume/product mix and improved pricing.
Segment operating margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013 declined to negative 3.5% from 1.8% for the same period of 2012. This decrease was primarily related increased investment spending (6.7%) and other inflation in excess of productivity benefits (1.8%) partially offset by favorable volume/product mix (2.4%) and improved pricing (0.4%).
Segment results for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
Dollar amounts in millions
 
2012
 
% change
 
2011
 
% change
 
2010
Net revenues
 
$
146.4

 
2.4%
 
$
143.0

 
21.2%
 
$
118.0

Segment operating income
 
11.4

 
 
 
11.9

 
 
 
11.0

Segment operating margin
 
7.8
%
 
 
 
8.3
%
 
 
 
9.3
%
2012 vs 2011
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by 2.4% , or $ 3.4 million , compared with the same period of 2011 , which primarily resulted from the following:
 
Pricing
0.8
 %
Volume/product mix
(0.2
)%
Currency exchange rates
1.8
 %
Total
2.4
 %

The increase in revenues was due to pricing improvements and favorable foreign currency impacts, partially offset by unfavorable volume/product mix.
Segment operating margin declined to 7.8% from 8.3% for the same period of 2011. This decrease was primarily related to unfavorable volume/product mix (3.4%) and unfavorable currency impacts (1.4%), partially offset by productivity benefits in excess of other inflation (4.1%).

62

Table of Contents

2011 vs 2010
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by 21.2% , or $ 25.0 million , compared with the same period of 2010 , which primarily resulted from the following:

Pricing
1.1
%
Volume/product mix
14.0
%
Currency exchange rates
6.1
%
Total
21.2
%

The increase in revenues was due to favorable volume/product mix resulting from growth in China in our mechanical hardware and electronics categories as well as from improved pricing and favorable foreign currency exchange rates.
Segment operating margin declined to 8.3% from 9.3% for the same period of 2010. This decrease was primarily related to unfavorable currency impacts (2.9%), material inflation in excess of pricing improvements (2.4%), unfavorable volume/product mix (1.4%) and increased investment spending (1.3%), partially offset by productivity benefits in excess of other inflation (7.0%).
Discontinued Operations
The components of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31 are as follows:  
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Net revenues
 
$

 
$
72.2

 
$
78.0

Pre-tax earnings (loss) from operations
 
(2.8
)
 
(2.9
)
 
(4.1
)
Pre-tax gain (loss) on sale
 
(1.5
)
 
(6.7
)
 

Tax benefit (expense)
 
1.6

 
2.3

 
1.6

Discontinued operations, net of tax
 
$
(2.7
)
 
$
(7.3
)
 
$
(2.5
)

Integrated Systems and Services Divestiture
On December 30, 2011, we completed the divestiture of our security installation and service business, which was sold under the Integrated Systems and Services brand in the United States and Canada, to Kratos Public Safety & Security Solutions, Inc. This business, which was reported as part of the Americas segment, designs, installs and services security systems. We reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. During 2011, we recorded a pre-tax loss on sale of $ 6.7 million ($ 5.2 million after-tax) within discontinued operations.
Net revenues and after-tax earnings of the Integrated Systems and Services business for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Net revenues
$

  
$
72.2

 
$
78.0

After-tax earnings (loss) from operations
$
(0.5
)
 
$
(1.3
)
 
$
(2.5
)
Gain (loss) on sale, net of tax
(1.5
)
 
(5.2
)
 

Discontinued operations, net of tax
$
(2.0
)
 
$
(6.5
)
 
$
(2.5
)

Other divestitures
Other discontinued operations, net of tax was a loss of $ 0.7 million and $ 0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and was mainly related to indemnification obligations from previously sold businesses.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The primary source of liquidity for our businesses is cash flows provided by operations, which has historically been swept to Ingersoll Rand to support its overall cash management strategy. Transfers of cash to and from Ingersoll Rand’s cash management system have been reflected in the Parent company investment in the historical Combined Balance Sheets, Statements of Cash Flows, and Statements of Equity.

63

Table of Contents

Upon completion of the spin-off, our capital structure and sources of liquidity will change significantly from our historical capital structure. Our businesses will no longer participate in cash management and funding arrangements with Ingersoll Rand. Our internally generated cash flow will be used to, among other things, invest in new product development, fund capital expenditures and fund working capital requirements, and is expected to be adequate to service any future debt, pay any future declared dividends and fund future acquisitions, if any. Our ability to fund these capital needs will depend on our ongoing ability to generate cash from operations, and to access our borrowing facilities and capital markets. We believe that our future cash from operations, together with our access to funds on hand and capital markets, will provide adequate resources to fund our operating and financing needs.
In connection with the spin-off, we expect to incur approximately $1.3 billion of aggregate debt, and that this amount will consist of $1.0 billion of floating-rate debt and $300 million of fixed-rate debt. Additionally, we expect to obtain committed lines of credit under our senior secured revolving credit facility of approximately $500 million. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the spin-off, our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 would have been approximately $51.2 million (compared to $1.5 million reflected in our combined historical financial statements). See “Description of Material Indebtedness.”
In connection with the spin-off, we intend to distribute cash, including net proceeds from debt that we incur, to Ingersoll Rand.
We earn a significant amount of our operating income in jurisdictions where it is deemed to be permanently reinvested. Our most prominent jurisdiction of operation is the U.S. We currently do not intend nor foresee a need to repatriate funds to the U.S., and no provision for U.S. income taxes has been made with respect to such earnings. We expect existing cash and cash equivalents available to the U.S., the cash generated by our U.S. operations, our expected senior secured credit facilities as well as our expected ability to access the capital markets will be sufficient to fund our U.S. operating and capital needs for at least the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. In addition, we expect existing non-U.S. cash and cash equivalents and the cash generated by our non-U.S. operations will be sufficient to fund our non-U.S. operating and capital needs for at least the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. Should we require more capital in the U.S. than is generated by our U.S. operations, and we determine that repatriation of non-U.S. cash is necessary, such amounts may be subject to U.S. federal income taxes.
Liquidity
The following table, which does not reflect any indebtedness we may incur in connection with the spin-off, contains several key measures to gauge our financial condition and liquidity at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:
 
 
June 30,
 
December 31,
In millions
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
322.2

 
$
317.5

 
$
376.8

 
$
378.3

Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
 
2.4

 
2.2

 
1.4

 
1.0

Long-term debt, including capital leases
 
2.6

 
2.8

 
3.5

 
5.2

Total debt
 
5.0

 
5.0

 
4.9

 
6.2

Total Parent Company equity
 
1,400.1

 
1,343.2

 
1,413.8

 
1,457.4

Total equity
 
1,424.8

 
1,366.2

 
1,435.8

 
1,481.6

Debt-to-total capital ratio
 
0.3
%
 
0.4
%
 
0.3
%
 
0.4
%

Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:
 
 
 
June 30,
 
December 31,
In millions
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Current maturities of long-term debt
 
$
0.5

 
$
0.9

 
$
1.4

Short-term borrowings
 
1.9

 
1.3

 

Total
 
$
2.4

 
$
2.2

 
$
1.4


64

Table of Contents

Pension Plans
Ingersoll Rand sponsors several U.S. defined benefit and defined contribution plans covering substantially all of our U.S. employees. Additionally, Ingersoll Rand has non-U.S. defined benefit and defined contribution plans covering eligible non-U.S. employees. Many of the plans covering our employees also cover employees of other Ingersoll Rand subsidiaries. For each of these plans, we have recorded our portion of the expense and the related obligations which have been actuarially determined and assets have been allocated proportionally. The contribution amounts for periods prior to the spin-off were determined in total for each of the plans and allocated to us based on the accumulated benefit obligation. In conjunction with the spin-off, the plans will be legally separated, and the assets, if any, allocated based on the statutory requirements in the jurisdiction.
Ingersoll Rand’s objective in managing defined benefit plan assets is to ensure that all present and future benefit obligations are met as they come due. Ingersoll Rand seeks to achieve this goal while trying to mitigate volatility in plan funded status, contribution, and expense by better matching the characteristics of the plan assets to that of the plan liabilities. Ingersoll Rand monitors plan funded status and asset allocation regularly in addition to investment manager performance. Prior to 2011, Ingersoll Rand utilized asset/liability modeling studies as the basis for global asset allocation decisions. In 2011, Ingersoll Rand adopted a dynamic approach to asset allocation whereby a plan’s allocation to fixed income assets increases progressively over time towards an ultimate target of 90% as a plan moves toward full funding. As a result of implementing this strategy, Ingersoll Rand commenced to increase the fixed income allocation of the U.S. plans, which coupled with declines in market return expectations resulted in the U.S. plans’ Expected Rate of Return declining from 7.25% in 2011 to 5.25% in 2012. This decrease in the U.S. expected rate of return coupled with the 0.75% decline in the Non-U.S. expected rate of return on plan assets will have a $6.0 impact on the 2013 pension cost.
Ingersoll Rand monitors the impact of market conditions on the defined benefit plans on a regular basis. During 2012 , none of the defined benefit pension plans experienced a significant impact on its liquidity due to the volatility in the markets. For further details on pension plan activity, see Note 11 to the annual combined financial statements.
Our retirement programs and other benefits will generally be similar to those of Ingersoll Rand immediately prior to completion of the spin-off. Our Compensation Committee will review these programs and benefits and may make changes to align them with our compensation philosophy and view of the business needs and strategic priorities.
Cash Flows
The following table reflects the major categories of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. For additional details, please see the Statements of Cash Flows in the combined financial statements.
 
 
 
June 30,
 
December 31,
In millions
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Operating cash flow provided by (used in) continuing operations
 
$
59.6

 
$
116.0

 
$
271.9

 
$
272.8

 
$
208.0

Investing cash flow provided by (used in) continuing operations
 
(6.9
)
 
(7.9
)
 
(17.5
)
 
(3.5
)
 
(20.1
)
Financing cash flow provided by (used in) continuing operations
 
(35.9
)
 
(184.4
)
 
(317.9
)
 
(253.6
)
 
(106.3
)
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by continuing operating activities was $ 271.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with $ 272.8 million for 2011 and $ 208.0 million for 2010 . Operating cash flows for 2012 and 2011 reflect consistent earnings from continuing operations and working capital levels. Operating cash flows for 2010 reflects lower earnings from continuing operations and required and discretionary cash contributions to our pension funds of $ 51.6 million , compared to $2.6 million for 2011 and $12.7 million for 2012.
Net cash provided by continuing operating activities was $59.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared with $116.0 million for the same period of 2012. Operating cash flows reflect normal fluctuations in working capital activity and the timing of billings and collections of receivables.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in continuing investing activities was $ 17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared with $ 3.5 million for 2011 and $ 20.1 million for 2010 . The decline in investing activities for 2011 is primarily attributable to the proceeds from the Integrated Systems and Services divestiture.
Net cash used in continuing investing activities was $6.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared with $7.9 million for the same period of 2012. The decreased cash use is primarily attributable to reduced capital expenditures.

65

Table of Contents

Financing Activities
Net cash used in continuing financing activities was $ 317.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with $ 253.6 million for 2011 and $ 106.3 million for 2010 . The change in financing activities is primarily attributable to net transfers to Ingersoll Rand of $311.6 million , $240.6 million and $103.9 million for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Net cash used in continuing financing activities was $35.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared with $184.4 million for the same period of 2012. The decrease is primarily attributable to net transfers to Ingersoll Rand of $33.5 million for 2013 and $181.6 million for 2012.
Dividend Policy
Following the distribution, we expect to pay regular dividends. The recommendation, declaration, amount and payment of any dividend in the future by us will be subject to the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, future prospects and capital requirements of our business, covenants associated with certain of our debt obligations, legal requirements, regulatory constraints, income tax consequences, industry practice and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. There can be no assurance that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividend if we do commence the payment of dividends. There can also be no assurance that the combined annual dividends on Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares and our ordinary shares after the spin-off, if any, will be equal to the annual dividends on Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares prior to the spin-off.
Capital Resources
Based on historical performance and current expectations, we believe our cash and cash equivalents balance, the cash generated from our operations, and our expected ability to access capital markets will satisfy our working capital needs, capital expenditures, and other liquidity requirements associated with our operations for the foreseeable future.
Capital expenditures were $ 19.6 million , $ 25.5 million and $ 21.8 million for 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively. Our investments continue to improve manufacturing productivity, reduce costs and provide environmental enhancements and advanced technologies for existing facilities. The capital expenditure program for 2013 is estimated to be approximately $30 million, including amounts approved in prior periods. Many of these projects are subject to review and cancellation at our option without incurring substantial charges.
For financial market risk impacting the Company, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.”
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations by required payment periods as of December 31, 2012 and does not give effect to the additional debt we will incur in connection with the spin-off:
 
In millions
 
Less than
1 year
 
1 - 3
years
 
3 - 5
years
 
More than
5 years
 
Total
Short-term debt and interest
 
$
1.3

  
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1.3

Long-term debt and interest, including capital leases
 
0.9


1.8

 
1.1

 

 
3.8

Purchase obligations
 
104.4

  

 

 

 
104.4

Operating leases
 
19.3

  
22.5

 
12.9

 
2.3

 
57.0

Total contractual cash obligations
 
$
125.9

  
$
24.3

 
$
14.0

 
$
2.3

 
$
166.5

We expect to incur additional debt in connection with the spin-off, including our senior notes and borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.” Accordingly, our long-term debt and interest payment obligations as described in the table above will be impacted. For information regarding the pro forma effect of this new debt on our capital structure, see “Capitalization” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements.”
Future expected obligations under our pension and postretirement benefit plans, income taxes, environmental, and product warranty matters have not been included in the contractual cash obligations table above.
Pensions
At December 31, 2012 , our portion of the net pension obligations of 98.5 million consisted of current pension benefit liabilities of $0.9 million and non-current pension benefit liabilities of $97.6 million. The objective is to contribute to funded pension plans adequate funds to ensure assets are available in the plans to make benefit payments to plan participants and beneficiaries when required. We currently project that we will contribute approximately $ 10.7 million primarily to our Non-

66

Table of Contents

U.S. plans in 2013 . Because the timing and amounts of long-term funding requirements for pension obligations are uncertain, they have been excluded from the preceding table. See Note 11 to the annual combined financial statements for additional information.
Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions
At December 31, 2012 , we had postretirement benefit obligations of $ 18.0 million . Postretirement benefits are principally funded on a pay-as-you-go basis as medical costs are incurred by covered retiree populations. Benefit payments, which are net of expected plan participant contributions and Medicare Part D subsidy, are expected to be approximately $1.0 million in 2013 . Because the timing and amounts of long-term funding requirements for postretirement obligations are uncertain, they have been excluded from the preceding table. See Note 11 to the annual combined financial statements for additional information.
Income Taxes
At December 31, 2012 , we have total unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions of $ 63.6 million and $ 18.2 million of related accrued interest and penalties, net of tax. The liability has been excluded from the preceding table as we are unable to reasonably estimate the amount and period in which these liabilities might be paid. See Note 17 to the annual combined financial statements for additional information regarding matters relating to income taxes, including unrecognized tax benefits.
Contingent Liabilities
We are involved in various litigations, claims and administrative proceedings, including those related to environmental, and product warranty matters. We believe that these liabilities are subject to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs for contingent liabilities, and will likely be resolved over an extended period of time. Because the timing and amounts of potential future cash flows are uncertain, they have been excluded from the preceding table. See Note 19 to the annual combined financial statements for additional information.
See Note 9 and Note 19 to the annual combined financial statements for additional information on matters affecting our liquidity.
Critical Accounting Policies
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are based upon our Combined Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with those accounting principles requires management to use judgment in making estimates and assumptions based on the relevant information available at the end of each period. These estimates and assumptions have a significant effect on reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities because they result primarily from the need to make estimates and assumptions on matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ from estimates. If updated information or actual amounts are different from previous estimates, the revisions are included in our results for the period in which they become known.
The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates and assumptions made by management that we consider critical.
Allowance for doubtful accounts – We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable which represents our best estimate of probable loss inherent in our accounts receivable portfolio. This estimate is based upon our two step policy that results in the total recorded allowance for doubtful accounts. The first step is to create a specific reserve for significant accounts as to which the customer’s ability to satisfy their financial obligation to the Company is in doubt due to circumstances such as bankruptcy, deteriorating operating results or financial position. In these circumstances, management uses its judgment to record an allowance based on the best estimate of probable loss, factoring in such considerations as the market value of collateral, if applicable. The second step is to record a portfolio reserve based on the aging of the outstanding accounts receivable portfolio and the Company’s historical experience with our end markets, customer base and products. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the statement of operations in the period that they are determined.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets – We have significant goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on our balance sheet related to acquisitions. Our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested and reviewed annually during the fourth quarter for impairment or when there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of an asset is more likely than not less than the carrying amount of the asset.

67

Table of Contents

Recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level and begins with a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test included in GAAP. For those reporting units where it is required, the first step compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step is performed, wherein the reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill is compared to the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent that the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value, impairment exists and must be recognized.
As quoted market prices are not available for our reporting units, the calculation of their estimated fair value in step one is based on two valuation techniques, a discounted cash flow model (income approach) and a market adjusted multiple of earnings and revenues (market approach), with each method being equally weighted in the calculation. We believe an equal weighting of both approaches is appropriate. The income approach relies on the Company’s estimates of future cash flows and explicitly addresses factors such as timing, growth and margins, with due consideration given to forecasting risk. The market approach reflects the market’s expectations for future growth and risk, with adjustments to account for differences between the guideline publicly-traded companies and the subject reporting units.
In step 2, the implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step of the goodwill impairment test, was the price paid to acquire that reporting unit.
Recoverability of other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives is first assessed using a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. This assessment is used as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset. For those indefinite-lived assets where it is required, a fair value is determined on a relief from royalty methodology (income approach) which is based on the implied royalty paid, at an appropriate discount rate, to license the use of an asset rather than owning the asset. The present value of the after-tax cost savings (i.e. royalty relief) indicates the estimated fair value of the asset. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recognized as an impairment loss equal to that excess.
The determination of the estimated fair value and the implied fair value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets requires us to make assumptions about estimated cash flows, including profit margins, long-term forecasts, discount rates and terminal growth rates. We developed these assumptions based on the market and geographic risks unique to each reporting unit.
2013 Impairment Test
As discussed under “—2012 Impairment Test,” the estimated fair value of our EMEIA reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by 2.5% as of October 1, 2012. We have continued to monitor the reporting unit’s operating results given the close proximity of the reporting units carrying value compared to its fair value and determined that we are required to complete the first step of a two-step impairment test described above. The results of the third quarter 2013 impairment test indicated that the estimated fair value of our EMEIA reporting unit was less than its carrying value; consequently, we are in the process of performing the second step of the interim impairment test to quantify the amount of the non-cash impairment charge, if any, to be recorded in our financial statements for the interim period ended September 30, 2013. Our EMEIA reporting unit had approximately $190 million of goodwill at June 30, 2013. Any or all of this amount may be impaired.
2012 Impairment Test
For our annual impairment testing performed during the fourth quarter of 2012, we concluded it was necessary to calculate the fair value for each of the reporting units and indefinite-lived intangibles. Based on the results of these calculations, we determined that the fair value of the reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded their respective carrying values. The estimates of fair value are based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment, which primarily incorporates management assumptions about expected future cash flows.
Goodwill - Under the income approach, we assumed a forecasted cash flow period of five years with discount rates ranging from 10.0% to 12.0% , near term growth rates ranging from (1.1)% to 14.8% and terminal growth rates ranging from 2.5% to 4.0% . Under the market approach, we used an adjusted multiple ranging from 6.7 to 7.9 of projected

68

Table of Contents

earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) and 0.8 to 1.2 of projected revenues based on the market information of comparable companies.
For all reporting units except the EMEIA reporting unit, the excess of the estimated fair value over carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value) was a minimum of 15% . The EMEIA reporting unit’s estimated fair value exceeded its carrying value by 2.5% . This reporting unit had goodwill of approximately $ 190 million .
For the EMEIA reporting unit we have provided below additional assumptions and a sensitivity analysis. Under the income approach we assumed a discount rate of 10%, near term growth rates ranging from (1.1)% to 5% and a terminal growth rate of 2.5%. Under the market approach, we assumed a weighted average multiple of 7.8 and 7.1 times projected 2012 and 2013 EBITDA, respectively, and a multiple of 0.8 times projected 2012 and 2013 revenue, based on industry market data. Holding other assumptions constant, a 1.0% increase in the discount rate would result in a $20 million decrease in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, a 1.0% decrease in the long-term growth rate would result in a $15 million decrease in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit and a 5.0% decrease in the selected market multiples would result in a $15 million decrease in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. Each of these scenarios individually would result in the reporting unit failing step 1.
Assessing the fair value of goodwill includes, among other things, making key assumptions for estimating future cash flows and appropriate market multiples. These assumptions are subject to a high degree of judgment and complexity. We make every effort to estimate future cash flows as accurately as possible with the information available at the time the forecast is developed. However, changes in assumptions and estimates may affect the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, and could result in impairment charges in future periods. Factors that have the potential to create variances in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit include but are not limited to the following:
Decreases in estimated market sizes or market growth rates due to greater-than-expected declines in volumes, pricing pressures or disruptive technology;
Declines in our market share and penetration assumptions due to increased competition or an inability to develop or launch new products;
The impacts of the European sovereign debt crisis, including greater-than-expected declines in pricing, reductions in volumes, or fluctuations in foreign exchange rates;
The level of success of on-going and future research and development efforts, including those related to recent acquisitions, and increases in the research and development costs necessary to obtain regulatory approvals and launch new products;
Increase in the price or decrease in the availability of key commodities and the impact of higher energy prices;
Increases in our market-participant risk-adjusted weighted-average cost of capital; and
Changes in the structure of our business as a result of future reorganizations or divestitures of assets or businesses.
Other Indefinite-lived intangible assets - In testing our other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, we assumed forecasted revenues for a period of five years with a discount rate of 12.0%, a terminal growth rate of 2.5%, and a royalty rate of 5.0%. All indefinite-lived intangible assets had a fair value that exceeded their carrying value by more than 15%.
A significant increase in the discount rate, decrease in the long-term growth rate, decrease in the royalty rate or substantial reductions in our end markets and volume assumptions could have a negative impact on the estimated fair values of any of our tradenames. The estimates of fair value are based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment, which primarily incorporates management assumptions about expected future cash flows.
2011 Impairment Test
Goodwill - Under the income approach, we assumed a forecasted cash flow period of five years with discount rates ranging from 12.0% to 13.0% and terminal growth rates ranging from 2.5% to 4.0%. Under the market approach, we used an adjusted multiple ranging from 5.6 to 6.6 of projected earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) and 0.8 to 1.0 of projected revenues based on the market information of comparable companies.

69

Table of Contents

For all reporting units except the EMEIA reporting unit, the excess of the estimated fair value over carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value) was a minimum of 15%. The EMEIA reporting unit’s estimated fair value exceeded its carrying value by 10.9%. This reporting unit had goodwill of approximately $198 million. A significant increase in the discount rate, decrease in the long-term growth rate, or substantial reductions in our end markets and volume assumptions could have a negative impact on the estimated fair value of these reporting units.
Other Indefinite-lived intangible assets - In testing our other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, we assumed forecasted revenues for a period of five years with a discount rate of 12.5%, a terminal growth rate of 2.5%, and a royalty rate of 5.0%. All indefinite-lived intangible assets had a fair value that exceeded their carrying value by more than 15%. A significant increase in the discount rate, decrease in the long-term growth rate, decrease in the royalty rate or substantial reductions in our end markets and volume assumptions could have a negative impact on their estimated fair values.
Long-lived assets and finite-lived intangibles – Long-lived assets and finite-lived intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. Assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows can be generated. Impairment in the carrying value of an asset would be recognized whenever anticipated future undiscounted cash flows from an asset are less than its carrying value. The impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset as determined by an estimate of discounted cash flows. We believe that our use of estimates and assumptions are reasonable and comply with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Changes in business conditions could potentially require future adjustments to these valuations.
Loss contingencies – Liabilities are recorded for various contingencies arising in the normal course of business, including litigation and administrative proceedings, product warranty, worker’s compensation and other claims. We have recorded reserves in the financial statements related to these matters, which are developed using input derived from actuarial estimates and historical and anticipated experience data depending on the nature of the reserve, and in certain instances with consultation of legal counsel, internal and external consultants and engineers. Subject to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs for these types of liabilities, we believe our estimated reserves are reasonable and do not believe the final determination of the liabilities with respect to these matters would have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows for any year.  
Revenue recognition – Revenue is recognized and earned when all of the following criteria are satisfied: (a) persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists; (b) the price is fixed or determinable; (c) collectability is reasonably assured; and (d) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered. Delivery generally occurs when the title and the risks and rewards of ownership have substantially transferred to the customer. Both the persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement and fixed or determinable price criteria are deemed to be satisfied upon receipt of an executed and legally binding sales agreement or contract that clearly defines the terms and conditions of the transaction including the respective obligations of the parties. If the defined terms and conditions allow variability in all or a component of the price, revenue is not recognized until such time that the price becomes fixed or determinable. At the point of sale, we validate that existence of an enforceable claim that requires payment within a reasonable amount of time and assesses the collectability of that claim. If collectability is not deemed to be reasonably assured, then revenue recognition is deferred until such time that collectability becomes probable or cash is received. Delivery is not considered to have occurred until the customer has taken title and assumed the risks and rewards of ownership. Service and installation revenue are recognized when earned. In some instances, customer acceptance provisions are included in sales arrangements to give the buyer the ability to ensure the delivered product or service meets the criteria established in the order. In these instances, revenue recognition is deferred until the acceptance terms specified in the arrangement are fulfilled through customer acceptance or a demonstration that established criteria have been satisfied. If uncertainty exists about customer acceptance, revenue is not recognized until acceptance has occurred.
We offer various sales incentive programs to our customers, dealers, and distributors. Sales incentive programs do not preclude revenue recognition, but do require an accrual for our best estimate of expected activity. Examples of the sales incentives that are accrued for as a contra receivable and sales deduction at the point of sale include, but are not limited to, discounts (i.e. net 30 type), coupons, and rebates where the customer does not have to provide any additional requirements to receive the discount. Sales returns and customer disputes involving a question of quantity or price are also accounted for as a reduction in revenue and a contra receivable. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had a customer claim accrual (contra receivable) of $20.8 million and $20.2 million, respectively. All other incentives or incentive programs where the customer is required to reach a certain sales level, remain a customer for a certain period, provide a rebate form or is subject to additional requirements are accounted for as a reduction of revenue and establishment of a liability. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had a sales incentive accrual of $20.2 million and $16.8 million, respectively. Each of these accruals represents our best estimate we expect to pay related to previously sold units based on historical claim experience. These estimates are reviewed regularly for accuracy. If updated information or actual

70

Table of Contents

amounts are different from previous estimates, the revisions are included in our results for the period in which they become known. Historically, the aggregate differences, if any, between our estimates and actual amounts in any year have not had a material impact on our combined financial statements.
We provide equipment, integrated solutions, and installation designed to customer specifications through construction-type contracts. The term of these types of contracts is typically less than one year, but can be as long as three years. Revenues related to these contracts are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method in accordance with GAAP. This measure of progress toward completion, utilized to recognize sales and profits, is based on the proportion of actual cost incurred to date as compared to the total estimate of contract costs at completion. The timing of revenue recognition often differs from the invoicing schedule to the customer with revenue recognition in advance of customer invoicing recorded to unbilled accounts receivable and invoicing in advance of revenue recognition recorded to deferred revenue. At December 31, 2012, all recorded receivables (billed and unbilled) are due within one year. We re-evaluate our contract estimates periodically and reflects changes in estimates in the current period using the cumulative catch-up method. These periodic reviews have not historically resulted in significant adjustments. If estimated contract costs are in excess of contract revenues, then the excess costs are accrued.
We enter into sales arrangements that contain multiple elements, such as equipment, installation and service revenue. For multiple element arrangements, each element is evaluated to determine the separate units of accounting. The total arrangement consideration is then allocated to the separate units of accounting based on their relative selling price at the inception of the arrangement. The relative selling price is determined using vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price, if it exists; otherwise, third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price is used. If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists for a deliverable, a best estimate of the selling price is developed for that deliverable. We primarily utilize VSOE to determine its relative selling price. We recognize revenue for delivered elements when the delivered item has stand-alone value to the customer, the basic revenue recognition criteria have been met, and only customary refund or return rights related to the delivered elements exist.
Product Warranties – Standard product warranty accruals are recorded at the time of sale and are estimated based upon product warranty terms and historical experience. We assess the adequacy of our liabilities and will make adjustments as necessary based on known or anticipated warranty claims, or as new information becomes available.
Income taxes – Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We recognize future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and non-U.S. tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in our judgment to be more likely than not. We regularly review the recoverability of our deferred tax assets considering our historic profitability, projected future taxable income, timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and the feasibility of our tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, we record a valuation allowance with respect to a future tax benefit.
The provision for income taxes involves a significant amount of management judgment regarding interpretation of relevant facts and laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Future changes in applicable laws, projected levels of taxable income, and tax planning could change the effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by us. In addition, tax authorities periodically review income tax returns filed by us and can raise issues regarding our filing positions, timing and amount of income or deductions, and the allocation of income among the jurisdictions in which we operate. A significant period of time may elapse between the filing of an income tax return and the ultimate resolution of an issue raised by a revenue authority with respect to that return. We believe that we have adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable resolution of these matters. We will adjust our estimate if significant events so dictate. To the extent that the ultimate results differ from our original or adjusted estimates, the effect will be recorded in the provision for income taxes in the period that the matter is finally resolved.
Employee benefit plans – Ingersoll Rand provides a range of benefits to eligible employees and retirees, including pensions, postretirement and postemployment benefits. Determining the cost associated with such benefits is dependent on various actuarial assumptions including discount rates, expected return on plan assets, compensation increases, employee mortality, turnover rates and healthcare cost trend rates. Actuarial valuations are performed to determine expense in accordance with GAAP. Actual results may differ from the actuarial assumptions and are generally accumulated and amortized into earnings over future periods. Actuarial assumptions are reviewed at each measurement date and modifications are made to the assumptions based on current rates and trends, if appropriate. The discount rate, the rate of compensation increase and the expected long-term rates of return on plan assets are determined as of each measurement date. A discount rate reflects a rate at which pension benefits could be effectively settled. Discount rates for all plans are established using hypothetical yield curves based on the yields of corporate bonds rated AA quality. Spot rates are developed from the yield curve and used to discount future benefit payments. The rate of compensation increase is dependent on expected future compensation levels. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the

71

Table of Contents

average rate of returns expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on what is achievable given the plan’s investment policy, the types of assets held and the target asset allocation. The expected long-term rate of return is determined as of each measurement date. The assumptions utilized in recording our obligations under the plans are reasonable based on input from our actuaries, outside investment advisers and information as to assumptions used by plan sponsors.
The objective in managing defined benefit plan assets is to ensure that all present and future benefit obligations are met as they come due. The goal is to achieve this while trying to mitigate volatility in plan funded status, contribution, and expense by better matching the characteristics of the plan assets to that of the plan liabilities. Prior to 2011, asset/liability modeling studies were utilized as the basis for global asset allocation decisions. In 2011, an approach was adopted toward asset allocation whereby a plan’s allocation to fixed income assets increases progressively over time towards an ultimate target of 90% as a plan moves toward full funding. The plan’s funded status is monitored for its asset allocation regularly in addition to investment manager performance. The expected rate of return of U.S. and Non-U.S. plan assets decreased from 2011 to 2012 by 2.0% and 0.75%, respectively. This decrease in the expected rate of return on plan assets will have a $6.0 million impact on the 2013 pension cost.
Changes in any of the assumptions can have an impact on the net periodic pension cost or postretirement benefit cost. Estimated sensitivities to the expected 2013 net periodic pension cost of a 0.25% rate decline in the two basic assumptions are as follows: the decline in the discount rate would increase expense by approximately $1.2 million and the decline in the estimated return on assets would increase expense by approximately $1.1 million. A 0.25% rate decrease in the discount rate for postretirement benefits would increase expected 2013 net periodic postretirement benefit cost by $0.02 million and a 1.0% increase in the healthcare cost trend rate would increase the cost by approximately $0.2 million.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 to our annual and interim combined financial statements included within this Information Statement for discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices which could impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Foreign Currency Exposures
We have operations throughout the world that manufacture and sell products in various international markets. As a result, we are exposed to movements in exchange rates of various currencies against the U.S. dollar as well as against other currencies throughout the world. We actively manage material currency exposures that are associated with purchases and sales and other assets and liabilities at the operating unit level. Those exposures that cannot be naturally offset to an insignificant amount are hedged with foreign currency derivatives. Derivative instruments utilized by us in our hedging activities are viewed as risk management tools, involve little complexity and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. To minimize the risk of counter party non-performance, derivative instrument agreements are made only through major financial institutions with significant experience in such derivative instruments.
We evaluate our exposure to changes in currency exchange rates on our foreign currency derivatives using a sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis is a measurement of the potential loss in fair value based on a percentage change in exchange rates. Based on the firmly committed currency derivative instruments in place at December 31, 2012 , a hypothetical change in fair value of those derivative instruments assuming a 10% adverse change in exchange rates would result in an unrealized loss of approximately $ 4.2 million , as compared with $ 4.1 million at December 31, 2011 . These amounts, when realized, would be offset by changes in the fair value of the underlying transactions.
Commodity Price Exposures
We are exposed to volatility in the prices of commodities used in some of our products and we use fixed price contracts to manage this exposure. We do not have committed commodity derivative instruments in place at December 31, 2012 .
Interest Rate Exposure
We expect a portion of our borrowings will be at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risks. We will be exposed to the risk of rising interest rates to the extent that we fund our operations with short-term or variable-rate borrowings. We expect that as of the date of the spin-off, we will have approximately $1.3 billion of aggregate debt

72

Table of Contents

outstanding, and that this amount will consist of $1.0 billion of floating-rate debt and $300 million of fixed-rate debt. Based on the amount of floating-rate debt that we expect to be outstanding at the time of the spin-off, a 1% rise in interest rates would result in an incremental annual interest expense of approximately $10 million. If the base interest rate in our credit facilities increases in the future then the floating-rate debt could have a material effect on our interest expense.

73

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers Following the Spin-Off
Upon completion of the spin-off, none of our executive officers will be executive officers or employees of Ingersoll Rand. The following sets forth information regarding individuals who are expected to serve as our executive officers, including their positions after the spin-off. Additional executive officers will be selected prior to the spin-off to serve as executive officers after the spin-off and information concerning those executive officers will be included in an amendment to this Information Statement.
David D. Petratis , age 55, is our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr Petratis served as the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Quanex Building Products Corporation (a manufacturer of engineered material and components for the building products markets) from 2008 to July 2013, and the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Northern Operating Division of Schneider Electric (an energy management company) from 2004 to 2008.
Patrick S. Shannon , age 51, is our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Shannon has served as Ingersoll Rand’s Vice President and Treasurer since August 2012. Mr. Shannon previously served as Ingersoll Rand’s Vice President, Audit Services from February 2010 to August 2012; Ingersoll Rand’s Vice President, Finance and Information Technology - Trane Commercial Systems from September 2008 to February 2010; and Ingersoll Rand’s Vice President, Strategy and Business Development from June 2007 to September 2008.
Timothy P. Eckersley , age 51, is our Senior Vice President - Americas. Mr. Eckersley has served as Ingersoll Rand’s President, Security Technologies - Americas since November 2007.
Raymond H. Lewis Jr. , age 49, is our Senior Vice President - Human Relations. Mr. Lewis has served as Ingersoll Rand’s Vice President - Human Resources and Communications, Industrial Technologies since October 2010.  Mr. Lewis previously served as Ingersoll Rand’s Vice President - Human Resources for Global Product Management and Integrated Supply Chain, Industrial Technologies from December 2008 to October 2010.  From November 2007 to December 2008, Mr. Lewis served as Vice President - Human Resources for Doosan Infracore International (a manufacturing company).
Barbara A. Santoro , age 55, is our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Ms. Santoro has served as Ingersoll Rand’s Vice President - Corporate Governance and Secretary since December 2004.
Feng (William) Yu, age 49, is our Senior Vice President - Asia Pacific. Mr. Yu has served as Ingersoll Rand’s President, Security Technologies - Asia Pacific since February 2011. Mr. Yu previously served as Ingersoll Rand's Vice President, Thermo King - Asia Pacific from 2008 to February 2011.
Douglas P. Ranck , age 55, is our Vice President and Controller. Mr. Ranck has served as Ingersoll Rand’s Global Controller and Financial Planning and Analysis Leader - Climate Solutions since June 2008.  Mr. Ranck previously served as Global Controller and Financial Planning and Analysis Leader - Commercial for Trane Inc. (a heating, ventilation and air conditioning company) from October 2006 to June 2008 .
Board of Directors Following the Spin-Off
The following sets forth information with respect to those persons who are expected to serve on our Board of Directors following the spin-off. None of our directors will serve on the Board of Directors of Ingersoll Rand. We may name and present additional nominees for election prior to the spin-off.
  
Michael J. Chesser - age 64; will join our Board of Directors and serve as Chair of the Compensation Committee
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Great Plains Energy Incorporated (an electric utilities holding company) from 2003 to 2013
Current Directorships:
Polypore International Inc.
Former Directorships:
Great Plains Energy Inc.
Itron Inc.
UMB Financial Corp.
Other activities:
Trustee, Midwest Research Institute
Trustee, Committee for Economic Development
Chairman, Partnership for Children

74

Table of Contents

Mr. Chesser’s successful career in the energy sector offers us insight into the latest developments in industrial processes, innovation and process improvement. His expertise will provide guidance into new technologies for our operations, help progress our productivity initiatives and offer instructive process methodologies to accelerate our innovation efforts. Mr. Chesser is a recognized authority on energy technologies which brings unique perspectives both within our own operations and on behalf of our customers and communities. His extensive experience with compensation and talent development are of particular benefit to us. Finally, his leadership for a North American company will provide practical insight to help drive our growth plans for that geography.
Carla Cico - age 52; will join our Board of Directors
Former Chief Executive Officer of Rivoli S.p.A. (prefabricated infrastructure company) from 2009 to 2011
Former Chief Executive Officer of Ambrosetti Consulting (a consulting company) from 2008 to 2009
Current Directorships:
Alcatel-Lucent
Ms. Cico’s experience leading a prefabricated infrastructure company offers a deep understanding of the building and construction industries. She brings a unique perspective to the Board with her direct knowledge of application expertise, regulatory requirements, complex configurations and working with architects, contractors and engineers to adhere to specific safety requirements, all of which influence the successful execution of our strategic plan. Ms. Cico was cited as one of the most powerful women in international business in Forbes (1994) and Fortune (1995). She offers extraordinary insight into regional and global economic, social and political issues.
Kirk S. Hachigian - age 54; will join our Board of Directors and serve as Lead Director
Former Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Cooper Industries plc. (global manufacturer of electrical components for the industrial, utility and construction markets) from 2006 to 2012
Current Directorships:
Paccar Inc.
Former Directorships:
Cooper Industries plc
Trane Inc. (formerly, American Standard Inc.)
Mr. Hachigian’s experience as chairman and chief executive officer of a $6 billion NYSE global diversified manufacturing organization brings substantial expertise to all of our operational and financial matters, including global manufacturing, engineering, marketing, labor relations, channel management and investor relations. His prior work will benefit our Board and management team as we pursue future business opportunities globally. He has a successful track record of creating value to shareholders, recently completing the $13 billion merger of Cooper Industries with Eaton Corporation. In addition, his leadership of an organization incorporated in Ireland provides valuable oversight experience to our Irish financial reporting and accounting requirements. His executive leadership positions directly correspond to key elements of our growth and operational strategies.
David D. Petratis - age 55, will join our Board of Directors and serve as Chairman
President and Chief Executive Officer of Allegion plc
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Quanex Building Products Corporation (a manufacturer of engineered material and components for the building products markets) from 2008 to July 2013
President and Chief Executive Officer of the North American Operating Division of Schneider Electric (a global electrical and automation manufacturer) from 2004 to 2008
Current Directorships: None
Former Directorships:
Gardner Denver, Inc.
Quanex Building Products Corporation
Mr. Petratis’s successful leadership of global manufacturing companies brings significant experience and expertise to the Company’s management and governance. In particular, Mr. Petratis has an extensive background in the building products industry, as well as strong experience with operations and lean manufacturing, distribution and channel marketing and management, the merger and acquisition process, and strategy development.

75

Table of Contents

Luc Oursel - age 54; will join our Board of Directors
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Areva SA (solutions provider for carbon-free power generation worldwide) since 2007
Current Directorships:
Areva SA
Mr. Oursel provides the Board of Directors with an understanding of international business and trade policy that could impact our company. His experience in the energy sector over the last thirty years provides insight into the complex systems involved in the efficient and effective development of operations. In addition, he spent nearly a decade of his career in public service with the French Ministry of Industry and Ministry of Defense and can help the company understand European public policy, economic and political issues. Mr. Oursel has a particular expertise in international marketing which will benefit us as we seek to invest in attractive developing markets and emerging technology product categories.
Martin E. Welch III , age 65; will join our Board of Directors and serve as Chair of the Audit and Finance Committee
Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Visteon Corporation (a global automotive parts supplier) from 2011 to 2012
Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of United Rentals, Inc. (an equipment rental company) from 2005 to 2009
Former Business Advisor to York Management Services (a private equity firm) from 2002 to 2008
Current Directorships:
Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.
Former Directorships:
Delphi Corporation
Other Activities:
Trustee, University of Detroit Mercy
Mr. Welch’s experience as a chief financial officer brings substantial financial expertise to our Board. His senior leadership experience with global manufacturing companies will benefit our Board as it develops our growth strategy and will help drive our operational improvement. In addition, Mr. Welch’s experience as a business advisor to a private equity firm will benefit the Company’s long-term strategic planning.
At any meeting of shareholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present, directors will be elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast and will serve for one-year terms. Any nominee for director who does not receive a majority of the votes cast will not be elected to the Board of Directors, except as described in “Description of Our Share Capital - Election of Directors.”
Independence of Directors
It is anticipated that all of our Board of Directors, except our Chief Executive Officer, who will be an employee of Allegion, will meet the criteria for independence as defined by the rules of the NYSE and the corporate governance guidelines to be adopted by the Board of Directors. The corporate governance guidelines, including our independence standards, will be posted to our website prior to the completion of the spin-off.
Director Nominations Process
We intend to adopt corporate governance guidelines that will contain information concerning the responsibilities of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee with respect to identifying and evaluating future director candidates.
The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will review the composition of the full Board of Directors to identify the qualifications and areas of expertise needed to further enhance the composition of the Board of Directors, will make recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning the appropriate size and needs of the Board of Directors and, on its own or with the assistance of management or others, will identify candidates with those qualifications. In considering candidates, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will take into account all factors it considers appropriate, including breadth of experience, understanding of business and financial issues, ability to exercise sound judgment, diversity, leadership, and achievements and experience in matters affecting business and industry. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consider the entirety of each candidate’s credentials and believes that at a minimum each nominee should satisfy the following criteria: highest character and integrity, experience and understanding of strategy and policy-setting, sufficient time to devote to Board of Directors matters, and no conflict of interest that would interfere with performance as a director.

76

Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors
Effective upon the completion of the spin-off, our Board of Directors will have the following standing committees: an Audit and Finance Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. Our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter for each of these committees, which will be posted on our website.
Audit and Finance Committee
The responsibilities of the Audit and Finance Committee will be more fully described in our Audit and Finance Committee Charter and will include, among other duties:
Reviewing annual audited and quarterly financial statements, as well as our disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations,” with management and the independent auditors.
Obtaining and reviewing periodic reports, at least annually, from management assessing the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting.
Reviewing our processes to assure compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and corporate policy.
Recommending the public accounting firm to be proposed for appointment by the shareholders as our independent auditors and review the performance of the independent auditors.
Reviewing the scope of the audit and the findings and approve the fees of the independent auditors.
Approving in advance permitted audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent auditors.
Satisfying itself as to the independence of the independent auditors and ensuring receipt of their annual independence statement.
Reviewing proposed borrowings and issuances of securities.
Recommending to the Board of Directors the dividends to be paid on our ordinary shares.
Reviewing cash management policies.
Reviewing periodic reports of the investment performance of our employee benefit plans.
The Audit and Finance Committee will consist entirely of independent directors, and we intend that each will meet the independence requirements set forth in the listing standards of NYSE and Rule 10A under the Exchange Act. Each member of the Audit and Finance Committee will be financially literate and have accounting or related financial management expertise, as such terms are interpreted by our Board of Directors in its business judgment. Additionally, at least one member of the Audit and Finance Committee will be an audit committee financial expert under SEC rules and the NYSE listing standards applicable to audit committees. The initial members of the Audit Committee will be determined prior to the completion of the spin-off.
Compensation Committee
The responsibilities of the Compensation Committee will be more fully described in our Compensation Committee Charter and will include, among other duties:
Establishing executive compensation policies.
Reviewing and approving the goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, evaluating the Chief Executive Officer’s performance against those goals and objectives and setting the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation level based on this evaluation.
Approving compensation of other officers and key employees.
Reviewing and approving executive compensation and benefit programs.
Administering our equity compensation plans.
Reviewing and recommending significant changes in principal employee benefit programs.
Approving and overseeing Compensation Committee consultants.
The Compensation Committee will consist entirely of independent directors, and we intend that each will meet the independence requirements set forth in the listing standards of NYSE. The members of the Compensation Committee will be “non-employee directors” (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) and “outside directors” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code). The initial members of the Compensation Committee will be determined prior to the completion of the spin-off.

77

Table of Contents

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee
The responsibilities of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will be more fully described in our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Charter and will include, among other duties:
Identifying individuals qualified to become directors and recommend the candidates for all directorships.
Recommending individuals for election as officers.
Reviewing our Corporate Governance Guidelines and making recommendations for changes.
Considering questions of independence and possible conflicts of interest of directors and executive officers.
Taking a leadership role in shaping our corporate governance.
The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consist entirely of independent directors, and we intend that each will meet the independence requirements set forth in the listing standards of NYSE. The initial members of the Governance Committee will be determined prior to the completion of the spin-off.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During fiscal 2012, Allegion did not exist and did not have a compensation committee or any other committee serving a similar function. Decisions as to the compensation of those who currently serve as our executive officers were made by Ingersoll Rand, as described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
Corporate Governance Guidelines
Our Board of Directors will adopt governance guidelines designed to assist the company and our Board of Directors in implementing effective corporate governance practices. The governance guidelines will be reviewed regularly by the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee in light of changing circumstances in order to continue serving our best interests and the best interests of our shareholders.
Code of Conduct
We will adopt a Code of Conduct, which will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors and will meet the requirements of a “code of ethics” as defined by SEC regulations. The Code of Conduct also will meet the requirements of a code of business conduct and ethics under the listing standards of the NYSE. The Code of Conduct will be posted on our website prior to the completion of the spin-off.
Communications with the Board of Directors
We intend to establish a process by which shareholders and other interested parties may communicate with the Board of Directors, the non-employee directors or any individual director (including our Lead Director and Compensation Committee Chair). Depending upon the nature of the communication and to whom it is directed, the Secretary will: (a) forward the communication to the appropriate director or directors; (b) forward the communication to the relevant department within Allegion; or (c) attempt to handle the matter directly (for example, a communication dealing with a share ownership matter).
Application of Non-U.S. Corporate Governance Codes
Our corporate governance guidelines and general approach to corporate governance as reflected in our Memorandum and Articles of Association and our internal policies and procedures are guided by U.S. practice and applicable federal securities laws and regulations and NYSE requirements. Although we are an Irish public limited company, we are not listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and therefore are not subject to the listing rules of the Irish Stock Exchange or any of its governance standards or guidelines.
Director Compensation
Following the spin-off, director compensation will be determined by our Board of Directors with the assistance of its Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. It is anticipated that such compensation will consist of an annual cash retainer in the amount of $180,000 per year and an initial equity award of RSUs with a grant date fair value of approximately $50,000 and a one-year vesting term. In addition, we anticipate that the Lead Director of our Board of Directors will receive an additional cash retainer in the amount of $20,000 per year, the chairs of the Audit and Finance Committee, Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will receive an additional cash retainer in the amount of $15,000, $10,000 and $8,000 per year, respectively, and the non-chair members of the Audit and Finance Committee, Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will receive an additional cash retainer in the amount of $10,000, $7,500 and $6,000 per year, respectively. We will not provide directors who are also our employees any additional compensation for serving as a director.

78

Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
The residential and commercial security businesses are currently part of Ingersoll Rand. Ingersoll Rand’s Board of Directors has approved a plan to spin-off these businesses into an independent, publicly-traded company. Based on compensation for the 2012 performance period and their respective positions, the individuals named below are our named executive officers (“NEOs”). Decisions regarding past compensation of our NEOs were made by Ingersoll Rand and its Compensation Committee.
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis discusses Ingersoll Rand’s historical compensation programs, philosophy and design principles on which 2012 compensation decisions for the NEOs were made. This Compensation Discussion and Analysis also discusses how our future compensation programs, philosophy and design principles are expected to operate. Our Board of Directors will form its own Compensation Committee and it may choose to change such programs, philosophy and principles following the spin-off.
Our NEOs are:
(i)
David D. Petratis, is our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”);
(ii)
Patrick S. Shannon, is our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”);
(iii)
Timothy P. Eckersley, is our Senior Vice President - Americas;
(iv)
Barbara A. Santoro, is our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary; and
(v)
Feng (William) Yu, is our Senior Vice President - Asia Pacific.
Mr. Petratis is identified as a NEO because he is expected to serve as our CEO. Mr. Petratis, however, was not an Ingersoll Rand employee for the 2012 performance period. As such, the discussion of Ingersoll Rand’s historical compensation programs, philosophy and design principles are not applicable to him. The discussion of our future compensation programs, philosophy and design principles does apply to the compensation Mr. Petratis will receive from us following the spin-off.
This discussion and analysis is divided into the following sections:
I.
Compensation Philosophy and Design Principles
II.
Factors Considered in the Determination of Target Total Direct Compensation
III.
Role of the Compensation Committee and its Independent Adviser
IV.
Compensation Program Descriptions and Compensation Decisions
V.
Other Compensation and Tax Matters
I. Compensation Philosophy and Design Principles
Ingersoll Rand Practice
The objective of Ingersoll Rand’s executive compensation programs is to attract, retain and focus the talents and energies of executives who are capable of meeting current and future goals, most notably, the creation of sustainable shareholder value. Ingersoll Rand’s Compensation Committee considers these and other factors in its process of determining the type of compensation and benefit programs to offer, as well as setting specific performance targets for incentive awards. The design principles that govern Ingersoll Rand’s executive compensation programs are:
1.    Program competitiveness
2.    Pay for performance
3.    Appropriate mix of short and long-term incentives
4.    Internal parity
5.    Shareholder alignment
6.    Alignment with business strategies

79

Table of Contents

Consistent with these principles, the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee adopted executive compensation programs with a strong link between pay and achievement of short and long-term goals. The primary elements of the executive compensation programs are:
Total Direct Compensation
 
 
Element
 
Description of Element
 
 
Base Salary
 
Fixed cash compensation.
 
 
Annual Incentive
(the Annual Incentive Matrix or “AIM”)
 
Cash incentive compensation where any award is based on performance against pre-defined annual Operating Income (“OI”) margin percent, revenue (“Revenue”) and cash flow (“Cash Flow”) objectives as well as individual performance.
 
 
Long-Term Incentives
 
Performance-based long-term incentive compensation that is aligned with Ingersoll Rand’s stock price and is awarded in the form of stock options, RSUs and PSUs. PSUs are only payable if Ingersoll Rand’s earnings per share (“EPS”) and total shareholder return (“TSR”) relative to companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index exceed threshold performance against pre-defined objectives.
 
Going Forward
Our compensation philosophy and design principles as well as the general mix of the primary elements of our compensation programs will initially be similar to Ingersoll Rand’s. Following the spin-off, our Compensation Committee will develop a compensation philosophy and design principles structured to meet our business needs. This will include a review and design of the primary elements of our compensation programs, including base salary and our Annual Incentive and Long-Term Incentive programs.
II. Factors Considered in the Determination of Target Total Direct Compensation
Ingersoll Rand Practice
The Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee reviews and evaluates the executive compensation levels and practices against those companies with which Ingersoll Rand competes for executive talent. These reviews utilize a variety of methods such as: (i) a review of compensation survey data of other industrial companies of similar size published by independent consulting firms, (ii) a review of customized compensation survey data provided by independent consulting firms, and (iii) feedback received from external constituencies.
The Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee, with the assistance of its independent adviser, develops a peer group used to evaluate executive compensation programs and levels. This peer group is comprised of global diversified companies that have comparable revenue and/or industries fit with Ingersoll Rand’s lines of business and are reflective of companies with which it competes for both business and talent. Ingersoll Rand’s 2012 peer group was:
3M
Eaton Corp
Johnson Controls Inc.
Pentair
Cummins, Inc.
Emerson Electric
Paccar Inc.
Stanley Black & Decker
Danaher Corp
Honeywell International
Parker Hannifin Corp
Textron
Dover
Illinois Tool Works
PPG Industries
Tyco International
Going Forward
The Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee, with recommendations from its independent compensation adviser, adopted an Allegion peer group to review and evaluate executive compensation levels and practices relative to those companies with which Allegion will compete for executive talent and business and to serve as the primary compensation benchmark peer group for Allegion. This compensation peer group is comprised of U.S. listed publicly-traded companies that have comparable revenue and/or industries fit with our lines of business. This compensation peer group is comprised of the following 14 companies:
ADT Corporation
Checkpoint Systems
Flir Systems
ScanSource
Brady Corp.
Diebold
Fortune Brands Home Security
Steelcase
Brinks
Enersys
Griffon Corp.
 
CACI International
Enpro Industries
Quanex Building Products
 
Following the spin-off, our Compensation Committee will review the peer group on a periodic basis and determine whether any changes are appropriate based on its view of the competitive environment in which we operate.

80

Table of Contents

III. Role of the Compensation Committee and Independent Adviser
Ingersoll Rand Practice
The Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee oversees compensation plans and policies, administers equity-based programs and reviews and approves all forms of compensation relating to officers. The Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee exclusively decides the elements and the amounts of compensation to be awarded to the Ingersoll Rand CEO and considers recommendations from the CEO related to other Ingersoll Rand officers. In addition, the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving amendments to executive compensation and benefit plans and for reviewing broad-based employee benefit plans and making recommendations to the Ingersoll Rand Board of Directors for significant amendments to, or termination of, such plans. The Ingersoll Rand CEO reviews and approves all compensation decisions for the direct reports of his direct reports.
The Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee has the authority to retain an independent adviser for the purpose of reviewing and providing guidance related to our executive compensation and benefit programs and is directly responsible for the compensation and oversight of the independent adviser. For 2012, the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee engaged Hay Group, Inc. (“Hay Group”) to serve as its independent adviser. Hay Group also provided the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee advice on director compensation matters. The Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee evaluated whether any work provided by Hay Group raised any conflict of interest and determined that it did not.
Going Forward
Following the spin-off, our Board of Directors will adopt a Compensation Committee Charter that will grant our Compensation Committee similar responsibilities to that of the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee Charter will include the authority to retain an independent adviser for the purpose of reviewing and providing guidance related to their executive compensation and benefit programs.
IV. Compensation Program Descriptions and Compensation Decisions
Ingersoll Rand Practice
The following table summarizes the elements, objectives, risk mitigation factors and other key features of Ingersoll Rand’s total direct compensation program for officers.
Element
 
Objective of Element Including Risk Mitigation Factors
 
Key Features
Base Salary
 
To provide a sufficient and stable source of cash compensation.
To avoid encouraging excessive risk-taking, it is important that an appropriate level of cash compensation is not variable.
 
Targeted, on average, at the 50th percentile of the peer group.
Future adjustments are determined based on an evaluation of the executives’ proficiency in fulfilling his or her responsibilities.
Annual Incentive Matrix Program
 
To serve as an annual cash award based on the achievement of pre-established performance objectives.
Structured to take into consideration the unique needs of the various businesses.
Amount of compensation earned cannot exceed a maximum payout of 200% of individual target levels and is also subject to a claw-back in the event of a financial restatement.
 
Officers have an AIM target expressed as a percentage of base salary. Targets are set based on the compensation levels of similar jobs in comparable companies, as well as on the officer’s experience and proficiency level in performing the duties of the role.
Actual AIM payouts are dependent on business and/or enterprise financial performance and individual performance. The financial metrics used to determine the awards for 2012 were Revenue and OI margin percent, modified up or down based on Cash Flow performance.


81

Table of Contents

Element
 
Objective of Element Including Risk Mitigation Factors
 
Key Features
Performance Share Program
 
To serve as a long-term incentive based on the achievement of pre-established performance objectives relative to companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index.
To promote long-term strategic planning and discourage an overemphasis on attaining short-term goals.
Amount earned cannot exceed a maximum payout of 200% of individual target levels and is also subject to a claw-back in the event of a financial restatement.
 
Earned over a three-year performance period.
Equity earned is based on our EPS growth (from continuing operations) relative to the companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index for awards granted through 2011.
Beginning in 2012, equity earned is based on relative TSR and relative EPS growth compared to companies within the S&P 500 Industrials Index (with equal weight given to each metric).
Actual value of the PSP shares earned depends on our share price at the time of payment.

Stock Options / Restricted Stock Units
 
Aligns the interests of the officers and shareholders.
Awards provide a balanced approach between risk and retention.
Awards are subject to a claw-back in the event of a financial restatement.
 
Stock options and RSUs are granted annually, with stock options having an exercise price equal to the fair market value of ordinary shares on the date of grant.
Both stock options and RSUs typically vest ratably over three years, one third per year.
Stock options expire on the 10th anniversary (less one day) of the grant date (unless employment terminates sooner).
Going Forward
Our compensation programs and overall design will initially be similar to those of Ingersoll Rand. Following the spin-off, our Compensation Committee will review the compensation programs and design and may make certain changes to align them with our compensation philosophy and view of the business needs and strategic priorities.
2012 Ingersoll Rand Compensation Decisions
Base Salary
Base salaries are targeted around the median relative to the executives in the Ingersoll Rand peer group who have similar roles and responsibilities. An executive’s experience, proficiency, performance and potential to impact future business results, as well as behavior against competencies and key enterprise values, are considered in base salary decisions.
The table below reflects the base salary adjustments for the 2012 performance period:
Name
 
2011
 
2012
 
% Increase (1)
P. S. Shannon (2)
 
$
340,000

 
 
 
$
370,000

 
 
 
8.8
%
T. P. Eckersley
 
$
387,219

 
 
 
$
396,900

 
 
 
2.5
%
B. A. Santoro
 
$
300,000

 
 
 
$
309,000

 
 
 
3.0
%
F. W. Yu (3)
 
$
269,152

 
 
 
$
296,067

 
 
 
10.0
%
__________
(1)
Represents merit increases other than for Mr. Shannon and Mr. Yu.
(2)
Mr. Shannon received two increases in 2012: a merit increase of 3% effective April 1, 2012 and a market adjustment of 5.7% in connection with his change in role from Vice President of Audit to Vice President and Treasurer in August 2012.
(3)
Mr. Yu received an increase in order for his base salary to remain competitive in China.
Annual Incentive Matrix Program
The Ingersoll Rand AIM program is an annual cash incentive program designed to reward executives for profitable Revenue growth, the delivery of strong Cash Flow and individual contributions. Target award opportunities are expressed as a percentage of base salary. Individual AIM payouts are calculated as the product of a financial performance score and an individual performance score, both of which are based on achievement relative to pre-established performance objectives adopted by the Compensation Committee.
Financial performance : The financial component of AIM is primarily determined based on OI relative to pre-established performance levels, including threshold, target and maximum levels. These performance levels at the enterprise and sector levels are established using a matrix consisting of Revenue and OI margin percent. Threshold performance for both

82

Table of Contents

Revenue and OI margin percent must be achieved for any incentive to be paid. The incentive level determined based on OI results is adjusted up or down based on Cash Flow as a percentage of net profit after tax for the enterprise or as a percentage of OI for the applicable sector. AIM payouts range from 0% to 200% of individual AIM targets depending on the level of achievement of the pre-established financial objectives.
AIM performance metrics are aligned with individuals’ line of sight and scope of impact. Executives serving in a corporate level role are measured based on the enterprise financial metrics. The business unit Presidents (Messrs. Eckersley and Yu) are measured based on a combination of enterprise financial objectives, sector financial objectives and applicable business unit financial objectives. We believe this combination focuses business unit Presidents on achieving the pre-established objectives for their sector and their business unit as well as aligning their interests with enterprise goals to help create sustainable shareholder value.
Individual performance : Individual objectives are established annually and include strategic initiatives with both financial and non-financial metrics. AIM participants are evaluated based upon non-financial metrics including core competencies. At the end of the fiscal year, the Ingersoll Rand CEO evaluates performance against the pre-established individual objectives for officers other than himself and submits a recommendation to the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee. In addition, the CEO reviews and approves incentive compensation for executives reporting to his direct reports. Based on the CEO’s recommendation, the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee determines the individual performance score for each officer, which can range from 0% to 150%.
Pre-established individual performance objectives are considered in determining AIM awards. For 2012, these included:
Patrick S. Shannon: Strengthen capital structure through cash flow and debt reduction; continue to build enterprise awareness, accountability and effectiveness of compliance issues and best practices; provide the Audit Committee with regular and timely risk assurance reports; implement operational efficiency plans for Treasury; and leadership development.
Timothy P. Eckersley: Deliver operational performance through continued focus on productivity and cash flow; execute growth strategy for Electronics platforms through focused penetration in the Original Equipment Manufacturing, Integrator, and Locksmith channels; leverage IT investments to drive increased efficiency; and leadership development.
Barbara A. Santoro: Manage transition to new transfer agent; provide legal and corporate governance support to management and the Board of Directors in connection with Ingersoll Rand’s consideration of strategic opportunities; and implement Disclosure Committee process enhancements.
Feng W. Yu: Implement improved inventory management plan in Asia Pacific; develop and deploy a customer-wide satisfaction survey in China to drive improvements; upgrade product offerings through innovation; expand market coverage through geographical/channel expansion, and improve brand awareness.
Determination of Payout : The actual AIM payout is determined by multiplying the individual target award by the financial performance score and multiplying that result by the individual performance score. AIM payouts cannot exceed 200% of the target award.
The tables below show the pre-established financial performance targets for the 2012 AIM program compared to actual performance and 2012 AIM payouts.
 
Weight
 
Target Revenue
 
Adjusted Revenue
 
Target OI Margin
 
Adjusted OI Margin
 
Adjusted Cash Flow
 
Overall Financial Score
 
Individual Performance Score
 
AIM Payout %
P. S. Shannon
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Enterprise
100
%
 
$
14.226
B
 
$
14.035
B
 
11.1
%
 
10.8
%
 
111.5
%
 
77.94
%
 
100%
 
77.94
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T. P. Eckersley
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Enterprise
35
%
 
$
14.226
B
 
$
14.035
B
 
11.1
%
 
10.8
%
 
111.5
%
 
111.47
%
 
100%
 
111.47
%
Security Technologies (1)
65
%
 
$
1.632
B
 
$
1.626
B
 
20.3
%
 
20.3
%
 
106.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B. A. Santoro
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Enterprise
100
%
 
$
14.226
B
 
$
14.035
B
 
11.1
%
 
10.8
%
 
111.5
%
 
77.94
%
 
100%
 
77.94
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F. W. Yu
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Enterprise
35
%
 
$
14.226
B
 
$
14.035
B
 
11.1
%
 
10.8
%
 
111.5
%
 
97.63
%
 
100%
 
97.63
%
Security Technologies (2)
65
%
 
$
1.632
B
 
$
1.626
B
 
20.3
%
 
20.3
%
 
106.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

83

Table of Contents

_________
(1)
Calculated payout includes 35% weighting for Security Technologies with an AIM payout of 96.81% and 30% weighting for Security Technologies - Americas region with an AIM payout of 167.70%.
(2)
Calculated payout includes 35% weighting for Security Technologies with an AIM payout of 96.81% and 30% weighting for Security Technologies - Asia Pacific region with an AIM payout of 121.56%.
In determining the achievement of the 2012 AIM financial goals for the enterprise, the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee (a) adjusted Revenue and OI margin percent to exclude (i) advisor costs related to evaluating the proposed spin-off of the commercial and residential security businesses, and (ii) costs associated with retirement plan design changes not incorporated in AIM financial performance objectives, and (b) adjusted Cash Flow (i) to exclude the costs of a legal settlement with former employees of one of our business units that was sold, and (ii) to include dividends related to the equity stake in Hussmann for purposes of determining Cash Flow. These adjustments were made to align 2012 AIM incentive awards and performance for the year taking into consideration the impact of certain events not contemplated when 2012 AIM performance objectives were established. Prior to making determinations, these adjustments were also reviewed with the Ingersoll Rand Audit Committee.
The following AIM awards for 2012 were approved based on achieving both the 2012 financial and individual objectives:
Name
 
Individual AIM Target
 
AIM Payout Percent for 2012
 
AIM Award for 2012
P. S. Shannon (1)
 
60% of $358,369
 
77.94
%
 
 
$
167,588

 
T. P. Eckersley
 
60% of $396,900
 
111.47
%
 
 
$
265,455

 
B. A. Santoro
 
55% of $309,000
 
77.94
%
 
 
$
132,459

 
F. W. Yu
 
50% of $296,067
 
97.63
%
 
 
$
144,525

 
______________________
(1)
In 2012, Mr. Shannon served in the role of VP, Audit Services from January 1, 2012 through August 2, 2012 and in the role of VP, Treasurer from August 3, 2012 through December 31, 2012. His 2012 AIM target was pro-rated to reflect time served and base salary in each role.
Long-Term Incentive Program
Ingersoll Rand’s long-term incentive program is comprised of stock options, RSUs and PSUs and is designed to align the executives’ interests with the interests of shareholders. This approach aligns long-term strategies with the best interest of shareholders.
Stock Options/Restricted Stock Units : Ingersoll Rand grants executives an equal mix of stock options and RSUs in order to provide an effective balance between risk and retention. Stock options are considered “at risk” since there is no value unless the stock price appreciates during the term of the option period. RSUs, on the other hand, provide strong retentive value because they have value even if our stock price does not grow during the restricted period.
Stock option and RSU targets are expressed in dollar amounts which are converted to a number of shares based on the fair market value of Ingersoll Rand’s shares on the date that the award is granted. In order to determine the target stock option and RSU awards for our NEOs, the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee considers factors such as market competitiveness with its peer group, demonstrated potential to drive future business results and sustained individual performance.
Both stock options and RSUs generally vest ratably, one third per year, over a three-year period following the grant. Stock options expire on the tenth anniversary (less one day) of the grant date. Dividend equivalents are accrued on outstanding RSU awards at the same time and at the same rate as dividends are paid to shareholders. Dividend equivalents on RSUs are only payable if the underlying RSU award vests. At the time of vesting, one ordinary share is issued for each RSU and any accrued dividend equivalents are paid in cash.
Performance Share Program : The Ingersoll Rand Performance Share Program (“PSP”) is an equity-based incentive compensation program that provides executives with an opportunity to earn PSUs based on Ingersoll Rand’s performance relative to other companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index. For awards granted prior to 2012, PSUs are earned based on Ingersoll Rand’s relative EPS growth (from continuing operations) as compared to the companies within the S&P 500 Industrials Index over a three-year performance period. For awards granted in 2012, PSUs are earned based equally on Ingersoll Rand’s relative EPS growth (from continuing operations) and TSR as compared to

84

Table of Contents

the companies within the S&P 500 Industrials Index over a three-year performance period. The actual number of PSUs earned for grants made in 2012 (which can range from 0% to 200% of target) is based on the following criteria:
Ingersoll Rand’s Performance Relative to the Companies within the S&P 500 Industrials Index
 
% of Target PSUs Earned*
< 25 th  Percentile
 
—%
25 th  Percentile
 
25%
50 th  Percentile
 
100%
 ≥ 75 th  Percentile
 
200%
* Results are interpolated between percentiles achieved.
PSP target awards are set by assessing competitive market values for executives in the Ingersoll Rand peer group that have similar roles and responsibilities. Targets are expressed as a dollar amount and are converted to share equivalents (PSUs) based on the fair market value of the shares on the date that the award is granted. The Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee retains the authority and discretion to make downward adjustments to the calculated PSP award payouts, either as a percentage or a dollar amount, or not to grant any award payout regardless of actual performance against pre-established goals.
EPS is calculated in accordance with GAAP, subject to adjustments for extraordinary, unusual or infrequent items; the impact of any change in accounting principles; goodwill and other intangible asset impairments; and gains or charges associated with discontinued operations or with obtaining or losing control of a business.
Dividend equivalents are accrued on outstanding PSU awards at the same time and at the same rate as dividends are paid to shareholders. Dividend equivalents are not earned until the PSUs vest and are payable in cash at the time of distribution unless the NEO elected to defer the PSUs into our executive deferred compensation plan, in which case the dividends are also deferred.
2012 Equity Awards
In 2012, the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee approved stock option, RSU and PSU awards based on evaluation of market competitiveness and each of our NEO’s demonstrated potential to drive future business results and sustained individual performance. The values in the following table reflect equity-based award values approved in 2012. These values differ from the corresponding values reported in the Summary Compensation Table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table due to different methodologies used in assigning the economic value of equity-based awards required for accounting and proxy statement reporting purposes. Equity award determinations are based on values as of January 1, while the accounting and proxy statement values are determined as of the grant date. The difference is most significant for the PSU awards which are earned, in part, based on TSR relative to the S&P 500 Industrials Index over a three-year performance period. The accounting and proxy report values are greater because Ingersoll Rand’s stock price increased by a greater percentage relative to other companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index for the period from January 1, 2012 through February 24, 2012, the grant date.
Name
Stock
Option
Award
 
RSU
Award  
 
Target 2012-14
PSU award
P. S. Shannon
 
$
120,000

 
 
 
$
120,000

 
$
160,000

T. P. Eckersley
 
$
125,400

 
 
 
$
125,400

 
$
152,000

B. A. Santoro
 
$
71,500

 
 
 
$
71,500

 
$
108,000

F. W. Yu
 
$
33,000

 
 
 
$
33,000

 
$
40,000

Performance Share Units Payout
As discussed above, PSUs for the 2010 - 2012 performance period were earned based on Ingersoll Rand’s EPS growth (from continuing operations) performance relative to all of the companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index. Ingersoll Rand achieved an adjusted EPS from continuing operations of $3.29 in 2012 and achieved an adjusted EPS from continuing operations of $1.38 in 2009. The EPS results were adjusted to remove the impact of the sale of the Hussmann business in 2011. On a relative basis, this represents an EPS growth rate of 138.4%, which ranks at approximately the 75 th percentile of the companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index.  As a result of this level of performance, the payout was 199% of target. 

85

Table of Contents

Going Forward
Base Salary
Our Compensation Committee will set base salary levels for officers in consideration of competitive base salary levels for positions with similar roles and scope of responsibilities within the Allegion peer group and comparable companies. Additional consideration will be given to an executive’s experience and proficiency in performing the duties of the role.
Annual Incentives
Our Compensation Committee will develop an annual incentive plan that will focus on our compensation philosophy, business needs and strategic priorities. Incentive opportunities will be competitively positioned for the executives’ role.
Long-Term Incentives
Our long-term incentive program will initially be similar to Ingersoll Rand’s program. Our Compensation Committee will review the long-term incentive program and make appropriate adjustments to recognize the competitive environment in which we operate and that may be appropriate for a newly formed, publicly-traded company of our size.
V. Other Compensation and Tax Matters
Retirement Programs and Other Benefits
Ingersoll Rand Practice
Ingersoll Rand maintains qualified and nonqualified defined benefit pension plans intended to provide fixed benefits upon retirement based on the individual’s age and number of years of service. Refer to the Pension Benefits table for additional details on these programs.
Ingersoll-Rand maintains a qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan called the ESP for the salaried and hourly U.S. workforce. The ESP provides a dollar-for-dollar match on the first 6% of the employee’s eligible contributions to the ESP. The ESP has a number of investment options and is an important component of the retirement program. Employees active prior to July 1, 2012 were given a one-time choice between continuing to participate in the defined benefit plan until December 31, 2022 or moving to an enhanced version of the ESP effective January 1, 2013 under which they would receive an employer core contribution of 2% of eligible pay in addition to the Ingersoll Rand matching contribution and no longer accrue benefits under the defined benefit plan after December 31, 2012. Employees hired on or after July 1, 2012 were automatically covered under the enhanced version of the ESP and do not participate in the defined benefit plan. Effective as of December 31, 2022, accruals in the qualified defined benefit plan will cease for all employees.
Ingersoll-Rand also maintains a nonqualified, defined contribution plan called the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan (the “Supplemental ESP”). The Supplemental ESP is an unfunded plan that makes up matching and core contributions that cannot be made to the ESP due to IRS or plan limitations. The Supplemental ESP is deemed invested in funds selected by participants and includes the same funds available in the ESP except for a self-directed brokerage account, which is not available in the Supplemental ESP.
Ingersoll Rand maintains nonqualified deferred compensation plans that allow eligible employees to defer receipt of a part of their annual salary, AIM award and/or PSP award in exchange for investments in ordinary shares or mutual fund investment equivalents. Refer to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table for additional details on the deferred compensation plans.
An enhanced, long-term disability plan is provided to certain executives in order to provide for a higher monthly maximum than the standard group plan and a more favorable definition of disability and has an underlying individual policy that is portable when the executive terminates.
Ingersoll Rand provides certain other benefits believed to be consistent with prevailing market practice and to be competitive with peer company practices. These other benefits and their incremental cost to the Company are reported in “All Other Compensation” shown in the Summary Compensation Table.
Going Forward
Our retirement programs and other benefits will generally be similar to those of Ingersoll Rand immediately prior to completion of the spin-off. Our Compensation Committee will review these programs and benefits and may make changes to align them with our compensation philosophy and view of the business needs and strategic priorities.

86

Table of Contents

Severance Arrangements
Ingersoll Rand Practice
Ingersoll Rand does not have a formal severance policy for executives but has utilized guidelines that, in most cases, would provide for severance in the event of termination without cause. In 2012, Ingersoll Rand adopted a Severance Plan, amended outstanding award agreements and adopted new equity award agreements to provide certain employees, including officers, with certain benefits in the event of a termination of employment without cause or for good reason between December 10, 2012 and the first anniversary of a Major Restructuring (as defined in the Post-Employment Section below), which would apply to the spin-off of the commercial and residential security businesses by Ingersoll Rand. The benefits available in connection with a Major Restructuring under these guidelines are also described in the Post-Employment Benefits section.
Going Forward
Our severance arrangements will be similar in nature to severance guidelines in place at Ingersoll Rand immediately prior to completion of the spin-off. In addition, eligible Ingersoll Rand employees transitioning to Allegion will be eligible to participate in a plan substantially similar to the Severance Plan.
In connection with recruiting certain officers, we generally enter into employment arrangements that provide for severance payments upon certain termination events, other than in the event of a change in control (which is described in “Change-In-Control Provisions” below). In the event of an involuntary termination other than for cause following the expiration of the Major Restructuring Plan, Mr. Petratis, Mr. Shannon and Ms. Santoro will be eligible to receive severance equal to two times (Mr. Petratis) or one times (Mr. Shannon and Ms. Santoro) base salary plus target AIM award, pro-rated for the number of days worked during the performance period.
Following the spin-off, our Compensation Committee will review the severance arrangements and may make certain changes to align them with our compensation philosophy and view of the business needs and strategic priorities.
Change-In-Control Provisions
Ingersoll Rand Practice
Ingersoll Rand has entered into individual change-in-control agreements with its officers. Benefits under these agreements are subject to a double trigger and would only be received if an officer is terminated without cause or resigns for “good reason” within two years following a change in control. In addition, Ingersoll Rand’s incentive stock plans provide for the accelerated vesting of outstanding stock awards in the event of a change in control. Refer to the Post-Employment Benefits section for a more detailed description of the change-in-control provisions.
Going Forward
In 2013, the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee approved a change in control plan (“CIC Plan”) that covers our NEOs in order to focus them on the best interests of our shareholders and to assure continuity of management in circumstances that reduce or eliminate job security and might otherwise lead to accelerated departures in the event of a change in control. This CIC Plan provides cash severance benefits in the event that a change in control of Allegion occurs and an officer is terminated within two years of that change in control for reasons other than cause. Cash severance benefits in the event of a qualifying termination will be based on an individually defined Severance Multiple ranging from 1.5 for officers to up to 3.0 for the CEO. Individual cash severance benefits will include (i) base salary in effect at termination times the Severance Multiple, (ii) current cash target incentive times the Severance Multiple, and (iii) target incentive in the year of termination pro-rated for the portion of the performance cycle completed through the date of termination. Cash severance benefits under the CIC Plan will be reduced by severance-related benefits provided through any other Allegion severance program, including the Severance Plan. NEOs will also immediately vest in their Elected Officer Supplemental Program (“EOSP”) and Key Management Supplemental Pension Plan (“KMP”) benefits following a change in control. For purposes of calculating Mr. Shannon’s and Ms. Santoro’s EOSP benefits, two years would be added to both their age and service if their employment is terminated within two years after a change in control. In addition, participants in the CIC Plan will, in the event of a qualifying termination, receive continued health and welfare coverage for a term of years equal to the Severance Multiple and outplacement benefits of up to $25,000.
The CIC Plan does not provide for payment of, or reimbursement for, any tax payments or other tax gross ups related to the severance benefits. However, the CIC Plan does provide for cash severance benefits to be adjusted such that participants will receive the better after tax benefit treatment (“Best of Net” approach) between (i) cash severance payments paid in full, with the executive responsible for all taxes incurred, or (ii) cash severance payments reduced to avoid triggering excise taxes.


87

Table of Contents

Following the spin-off, our Compensation Committee may review change in control benefits and may make certain changes to align them with our compensation philosophy and its view of the business needs and strategic priorities.
Tax and Accounting Considerations
Section 162(m) of the Code imposes a limit of $1,000,000 on the amount that a publicly-traded company may deduct for federal income tax purposes in any taxable year for compensation paid to our CEO and the three other highest-paid NEOs, other than our CFO, who are employed as of the end of the year. To the extent that compensation is “performance-based” within the meaning of Section 162(m), the Section’s limitations will not apply. To qualify as performance based, compensation must, among other things, be paid pursuant to a shareholder approved plan upon the attainment of objective performance criteria.
Ingersoll Rand Practice
Ingersoll Rand’s Compensation Committee believes that the tax deductibility of compensation is an important factor, but not the sole factor, in setting executive compensation policies and in rewarding superior executive performance. Accordingly, Ingersoll Rand’s executive compensation programs have been designed with the intent that most of the variable compensation ( i.e. , AIM, PSP and stock options) paid to NEOs would qualify as performance-based within the meaning of Section 162(m) so as to be tax deductible to avoid the loss of a tax deduction due to Section 162(m). In determining variable compensation program designs, Ingersoll Rand’s Compensation Committee considers other tax and accounting implications of particular forms of compensation, such as the implications of Section 409A of the Code governing deferred compensation arrangements and favorable accounting treatment afforded certain equity based plans that are settled in shares. The forms of variable compensation utilized are determined primarily by their effectiveness in creating maximum alignment between our key strategic objectives and the interests of our shareholders.
Going Forward
We expect that our Compensation Committee will develop compensation programs and designs with the intent that most of the variable compensation paid to NEOs would qualify as performance-based within the meaning of Section 162(m) so as to be tax deductible. Our Compensation Committee may choose to adopt elements of our compensation programs that would not qualify as performance-based within the meaning of Section 162(m) if it determines it appropriate.
Timing of Awards
Ingersoll Rand Practice
Ingersoll Rand’s regular annual equity grants are made by the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee at a meeting held after the annual earnings release. The timing of this meeting allows management to review the prior year’s performance and assemble all of the necessary information for the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee’s consideration. The equity grant date is never selected or changed to increase the value of equity awards for executives.
Going Forward
We expect that our Compensation Committee will implement processes to ensure that annual equity awards are granted on a regular annual schedule after the prior year’s performance is known.
Claw-back / Recoupment Policy
Ingersoll Rand Practice
To further align the interests of employees and shareholders, Ingersoll Rand has implemented a claw-back/recoupment policy to ensure that any fraud or intentional misconduct leading to a restatement of Ingersoll Rand financial statements would be properly addressed. The policy provides that if it is found that an employee committed fraud or engaged in intentional misconduct that resulted, directly or indirectly, in a need to restate our financial statements, then the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee has the discretion to direct the company to recover all or a portion of any cash or equity incentive compensation paid or value realized, and/or to cancel any stock-based awards or AIM award granted to an employee on or after the effective date of the policy. The Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee may also seek to recover any gains realized on or after the effective date of the policy for equity or cash awards made prior to that date (including AIM, stock options, PSUs and RSUs). Application of the claw-back / recoupment policy is subject to a determination by the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee that: (i) the cash incentive or equity compensation to be recouped was calculated on, or its realized value affected by, the financial results that were subsequently restated; (ii) the cash incentive or equity award would have been less valuable than what was actually awarded or paid based on the application of the correct financial results; and (iii) the employee to whom the policy applied engaged in fraud or intentional misconduct.

88

Table of Contents

Going Forward
Our Compensation Committee is expected to adopt similar recoupment policies to ensure that incentive compensation paid as the result of any fraud or intentional misconduct leading to a restatement of our financial statements would be recoverable.
Share-Ownership Guidelines
Ingersoll Rand Practice
Ingersoll Rand has established share ownership requirements for its officers. These share ownership requirements are designed to emphasize share ownership by its officers and to further align their interests with shareholders. Each officer must achieve and maintain ownership of ordinary shares or ordinary share equivalents at or above a prescribed level. The requirements are as follows:
Ingersoll Rand Position
 
Individual Ownership
Requirement (Shares
and Equivalents)  
 
Percent of Salary
(Based on Stock Price as of December 31, 2012)  
Chief Executive Officer
 
150,000

 
 
 
Approximately 7x multiple of salary
Senior Vice Presidents
 
40,000

 
 
 
Approximately 5x multiple of salary
Corporate Vice Presidents (Shannon and Santoro)
 
15,000

 
 
 
Approximately 2x multiple of salary
Other Vice Presidents (Eckersley and Yu)
 
6,000

 
 
 
Approximately 0.75x multiple of salary
The share-ownership program requires covered executives to accumulate ordinary shares (or ordinary share equivalents) over a five-year period following the date they become subject to share-ownership requirements at the rate of 20% of the required level each year. Executives whose ownership requirement is increased through promotion have three years from the date of promotion to achieve the new level. Given the significant ownership requirement for an individual who is promoted to CEO, that individual has five years from the date of the promotion to achieve the new level.
Ownership credit is given for actual ordinary shares owned, deferred compensation that is invested in ordinary shares within the deferred compensation plans, ordinary share equivalents accumulated in our qualified and nonqualified employee savings plans as well as RSUs. Stock options, SARs and unvested PSUs do not count toward meeting the share-ownership target. If executives fall behind their scheduled accumulation level during their applicable accumulation period, or if they fail to maintain their required level of ownership after their applicable accumulation period, their right to exercise stock options will be limited to “buy and hold” transactions and any shares received upon the vesting of RSU and PSU awards must be held until the required ownership level is achieved.
Going Forward
Our Compensation Committee will adopt share ownership guidelines based on our compensation philosophy, business needs and corporate governance objectives.

89

Table of Contents

Key Elements of Expected Compensation from Allegion
Following the spin-off, we will be an independent public company with a Board of Directors and Compensation Committee separate from Ingersoll Rand. Although our Compensation Committee may make changes to the compensation arrangements for our executives, we expect that, at least initially, the elements of our executive compensation program will be similar to those of Ingersoll Rand. The following summarizes the principal elements of compensation that we expect to provide to each of our NEOs following the spin-off:  
Name and Position
 
Compensation
 
% of Total Compensation
D. D. Petratis, CEO
 
 
 
 
 
Base Salary
 
$
900,000

 
18.4
%
Target AIM
 
$
990,000

 
20.2
%
Target Long-Term Incentives
 
$
3,000,000

 
61.3
%
P. S. Shannon, SVP and CFO:
 
 
 
 
 
Base Salary
 
$
425,000

 
31.0
%
Target AIM
 
$
297,500

 
21.7
%
Target Long-Term Incentives
 
$
650,000

 
47.4
%
T. P. Eckersley, SVP - Americas:
 
 
 
 
 
Base Salary
 
$
408,807

 
39.5
%
Target AIM
 
$
245,284

 
23.7
%
Target Long-Term Incentives
 
$
380,000

 
36.7
%
B. A. Santoro, SVP, GC and Secretary:
 
 
 
 
 
Base Salary
 
$
350,000

 
36.7
%
Target AIM
 
$
227,500

 
23.9
%
Target Long-Term Incentives
 
$
375,000

 
39.4
%
F. W. Yu, SVP - Asia Pacific:
 
 
 
 
 
Base Salary
 
$
344,480

 
55.9
%
Target AIM
 
$
172,240

 
27.9
%
Target Long-Term Incentives
 
$
100,000

 
16.2
%
Transition Bonus
In recognition of the critical nature of the role and assistance required in implementing the spin-off and to retain critical talent during the transition period, certain Ingersoll Rand employees, including our NEOs, were granted a transition cash bonus to be paid 50% on the effective date of the spin-off and 50% on the first anniversary of that date. To be eligible for a payment, individuals must be actively employed by Allegion on each of the payment dates. This bonus is contingent on the spin-off actually taking place, with no transition bonus paid if the spin-off is not completed. The following transition awards were granted:
Name
 
Transition Bonus
P. S. Shannon
 
$
150,000

T. P. Eckersley
 
$
400,000

B. A. Santoro
 
$
150,000

F. W. Yu
 
$
300,000


90

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table provides summary information concerning compensation paid by Ingersoll Rand or accrued on behalf of our NEOs for services rendered during the year ended December 31, 2012.
Summary Compensation Table
Name and
Principal Position  
 
Year  
 
Salary
($)(a)  
 
Stock
Awards
($)(b)  
 
Option
Awards
($)(c)  
 
Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)(d)  
 
Change in
Pension
Value  and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)(e)
 
All
Other
Compensation
($)(f)  
 
Total
($) 
D. D. Petratis (g)
 
2012
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
P. S. Shannon
 
2012
 
355,757

 
319,554

 
113,147

 
167,588

 
395,851

 
56,593

 
1,408,490

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T. P. Eckersley
 
2012
 
394,666

 
314,970

 
118,236

 
265,455

 
187,116

 
45,868

 
1,326,311

Senior Vice President - Americas
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B. A. Santoro
 
2012
 
306,750

 
206,187

 
67,415

 
132,459

 
423,923

 
58,469

 
1,195,203

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F. W. Yu (h)
 
2012
 
289,221

 
82,890

 
31,122

 
144,525

 

 
56,559

 
604,317

Senior Vice President - Asia Pacific
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
______________

(a)
A portion of a participant’s annual salary may be deferred into a number of investment options under Ingersoll Rand’s deferred compensation plans. In 2012, no NEO deferred any salary.
(b)
The amounts shown in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of PSU awards and any RSU awards granted for the year under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718 and do not reflect amounts paid to or realized by the NEOs. In determining the aggregate grant date fair value of the PSU awards, the awards were valued assuming target level performance achievement. If the maximum level performance achievement is assumed, the aggregate grant date fair value of the PSU awards would be as follows:
Name
 
Maximum Grant Date Value   Of  
2012-14 PSU Awards 
($) 
P. S. Shannon
 
399,059

T. P. Eckersley
 
379,065

B. A. Santoro
 
269,354

F. W. Yu
 
99,765

For a discussion of the assumptions made in determining the ASC 718 values, see Note 14, “Share-Based Compensation,” to the annual combined financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The ASC 718 grant date fair value of the PSU award is spread over the number of months of service required for the grant to become non-forfeitable, disregarding any adjustments for potential forfeitures.
Please see also the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table for additional details of the 2012 grants included in this column.
(c)
The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option grants for financial reporting purposes for the year under ASC 718 and do not reflect amounts paid to or realized by the NEOs. For a discussion of the assumptions made in determining the ASC 718 values, see Note 14, “Share-Based Compensation,” to the annual combined financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

91

Table of Contents

(d)
This column reflects the amounts earned as annual awards under the AIM program. Unless deferred into Ingersoll Rand’s deferred compensation plans, AIM program payments are made in cash. In 2012, Mr. Eckersley deferred 50% of his AIM payment. Amounts shown in this column are not reduced to reflect deferrals of AIM awards into Ingersoll Rand’s deferred compensation plans.
(e)
Amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate increase in the actuarial present value of the benefits under the qualified Ingersoll Rand Pension Plan Number One (the “Pension Plan”), Supplemental Pension Plan I, Supplemental Pension Plan II (together with Supplemental Pension Plan I, the “Supplemental Pension Plans”), KMP and EOSP, as applicable. Amounts are higher for those NEOs who are older and closer to retirement than for those who are younger and further from retirement since the period over which the benefit is discounted to determine its present value is shorter and the impact of discounting is therefore reduced. The plans do not permit above-market or preferential earnings on any nonqualified deferred compensation. Mr. Yu does not participate in any company-sponsored pension plan.
(f)
The following table summarizes the components of this column for fiscal year 2012:
Name
 
 Matching Contributions
($)(1)
 
Company
Cost for
Life
Insurance
($)
 
Retiree
Medical
Plan
($)(2)
 
Other
Benefits  
($)(3)
 
Total
($)
P. S. Shannon
 
32,643

 
800

 

 
23,150

 
56,593

T. P. Eckersley
 
32,791

 
930

 

 
12,147

 
45,868

B. A. Santoro
 
27,543

 
1,290

 
1,100

 
28,536

 
58,469

W. Yu
 
5,824

 

 

 
50,735

 
56,559

_____________
(1)
Represents matching contributions under Ingersoll Rand’s ESP and Supplemental ESP plans for Messrs. Shannon and Eckersley and Ms. Santoro and under the Huabao Service Retention Bonus Plan (the “Huabao Plan”) for Mr. Yu.
(2)
Represents the estimated year-over-year increase in the value of the retiree medical plan, calculated based on the methods used for financial statement reporting purposes.
(3)
The other benefits the NEOs received in 2012 are:
Name
 
Car Usage
($)(a)
 
Financial Counseling
($)
 
 
Executive Health Program
($)  
 
 
Total
($)
P. Shannon
 
13,524

 
9,251

 
 
375

 
 
23,150

T. Eckersley
 
10,565

 

 
 
1,582

 
 
12,147

B. A. Santoro
 
17,982

 
8,490

 
 
2,064

 
 
28,536

F. W. Yu
 
50,680

 

 
 
55

 
 
50,735

(a)
Represents the incremental cost of the leased cars, calculated based on the lease, insurance, fuel and maintenance costs to Ingersoll Rand for all NEOs other than Mr. Yu. For Mr. Yu, the amount represents the value of the car and driver provided under the Chinese car policy.
(g)
Mr. Petratis was not employed by Ingersoll Rand in 2012 and therefore no historical information is available for him.
(h)
Cash amounts for Mr. Yu were paid in Chinese Yuan. For reporting purposes, these amounts have been converted from Chinese Yuan to United States dollars in this table and throughout this Proxy Statement. Where amounts are reported as of a point in time, Chinese Yuan were converted to United States dollars closing currency exchange rate as of December 31, 2012. Where payments were made throughout the year, Chinese Yuan were converted to United States dollars at the closing currency exchange rate as of the last day of the month in which the cash compensation was received or deemed to have been received.

92

Table of Contents

2012 Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The following table shows all plan-based awards granted to the NEOs during fiscal 2012. This table is supplemental to the Summary Compensation Table and is intended to complement the disclosure of equity awards and grants made under non-equity incentive plans in the Summary Compensation Table.
Name
 
Grant Date
 
Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards  
 
Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
 
All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units
(#)(c)  
 
All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options
(#)(c)  
 
Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
(d)  
 
Grant
Date
Fair
Value of
Stock
and
Option
Awards
($)(e)  
Threshold
($)(a)  
 
Target
($)(a)  
 
Maximum
($)(a)  
 
Threshold
(#)(b)  
 
Target
(#)(b)  
 
Maximum
(#)(b)  
 
D. D. Petratis (f)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

P. S. Shannon
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AIM
 
2/24/2012
 
64,506

 
215,021

 
430,043

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PSUs (2012-14)
 
2/24/2012
 

 

 

 
983

 
3,932

 
7,864

 

 

 

 
199,529

Options
 
2/24/2012
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
8,271

 
40.70

 
113,147

RSUs
 
2/24/2012
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2,949

 

 

 
120,024

T. P. Eckersley
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AIM
 
2/24/2012
 
71,442

 
238,140

 
476,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PSUs (2012-14)
 
2/24/2012
 

 

 

 
934

 
3,735

 
7,470

 

 

 

 
189,533

Options
 
2/24/2012
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
8,643

 
40.70

 
118,236

RSUs
 
2/24/2012
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
3,082

 

 

 
125,437

B. A. Santoro
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AIM
 
2/24/2012
 
50,985

 
169,950

 
339,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PSUs (2012-14)
 
2/24/2012
 

 

 

 
664

 
2,654

 
5,308

 

 

 

 
134,677

Options
 
2/24/2012
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
4,928

 
40.70

 
67,415

RSUs
 
2/24/2012
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
1,757

 

 

 
71,510

F. W. Yu
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AIM
 
2/24/2012
 
44,410

 
148,034

 
296,034

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PSUs (2012-14)
 
2/24/2012
 

 

 

 
246

 
983

 
1,966

 

 

 

 
49,882

Options
 
2/24/2012
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2,275

 
40.70

 
31,122

RSUs
 
2/24/2012
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
811

 

 

 
33,008

___________________
(a)
The target award levels established for the AIM program are established annually in February and are expressed as a percentage of the NEO’s base salary. Refer to Compensation Discussion and Analysis under the heading “Annual Incentive Matrix Program” for a description of the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee’s process for establishing AIM program target award levels. The amounts reflected in the “Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards” columns represent the threshold, target and maximum amounts for awards under the AIM program that were paid in February 2013, based on performance in 2012. Thus, the amounts shown in the threshold, target and maximum columns reflect the range of potential payouts when the target award levels were established in February 2012. The AIM program pays $0 for performance below threshold. The actual amounts paid pursuant to those awards are reflected in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table.
(b)
The amounts reflected in the “Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards” columns represent the threshold, target and maximum amounts for PSU awards for the 2012-2014 performance period. The PSP pays $0 for

93

Table of Contents

performance below threshold. For a description of the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee’s process for establishing PSP target award levels and the terms of PSU awards, please refer to Compensation Discussion and Analysis under the heading “Long-Term Incentive Program” and the “Post-Employment Benefits” sections.
(c)
The amounts in these columns reflect the stock option and RSU awards granted in February 2012. For a description of the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee’s process for determining stock option and RSU awards and the terms of such awards, see Compensation Discussion and Analysis under the heading “Long-Term Incentive Program” and the “Post-Employment Benefits” sections.
(d)
Stock options were granted under the Ingersoll Rand Incentive Stock Plan of 2007 (the “2007 Plan”), which requires options to be granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of Ingersoll Rand’s ordinary shares on the date of grant. The fair market value is defined in the 2007 Plan as the average of the high and low composite price of Ingersoll Rand’s ordinary shares listed on the NYSE on the grant date. The closing price on the NYSE of Ingersoll Rand’s ordinary shares was $40.48 on the grant date.
(e)
The grant date fair value of the equity awards granted in February 2012 was calculated in accordance with ASC 718. The actual amount ultimately realized by each NEO from the stock option awards will likely vary based on a number of factors, including stock price fluctuations, differences from the valuation assumptions used and timing of exercise or applicable vesting. For a description of the assumptions made in valuing the equity awards, see Note 14, “Share-Based Compensation” to the annual combined financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement. For PSUs, the grant date fair value has been determined based on achievement of target level performance, which is the performance threshold Ingersoll Rand believes is the most likely to be achieved under the grants.
(f)
Mr. Petratis was not employed by Ingersoll Rand in 2012 and therefore no historical information is available for him.

94

Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2012  
Name
 
 
 
 
Option Awards
 
Stock Awards
 
Grant Date  
 
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
(a)
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
(a)  
 
Option
Exercise
Price
($)  
 
Option
Expiration
Date
(b)  
 
Number of Shares or Units of Stock that have Not Vested
(#)
(c)  
 
Market Value  of Shares or Units  of Stock that have Not Vested ($)
(d)  
 
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights that have Not Vested
(#)
(e)  
 
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights that have Not Vested
($)
(d)  
D. D. Petratis (f)
 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

P. S. Shannon
 
2/2/2005

 
 
23,040

 

 
38.6850

 
2/1/2015

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/1/2006

 
 
17,580

 

 
39.4250

 
1/31/2016

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/7/2007

 
 
17,230

 

 
43.1250

 
2/6/2017

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/15/2008

 
 
22,643

 

 
39.0000

 
2/14/2018

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/12/2009

 
 
26,400

 

 
16.8450

 
2/11/2019

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/16/2010

 
 
5,670

 
2,835

 
31.5916

 
2/15/2020

 
1,003

 
48,104

 
6,331

 
303,635

 
 
2/14/2011

 
 
2,339

 
4,679

 
47.3350

 
2/13/2021

 
1,409

 
67,576

 
4,226

 
202,679

 
 
2/24/2012

 
 

 
8,271

 
40.7000

 
2/23/2022

 
2,949

 
141,434

 
3,932

 
188,579

T. P. Eckersley
 
12/5/2007

 
 
20,000

 

 
51.5000

 
12/4/2017

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/16/2010

 
 
6,520

 
3,261

 
31.5916

 
2/15/2020

 
1,153

 
55,298

 
6,014

 
288,431

 
 
2/14/2011

 
 
2,444

 
4,890

 
47.3350

 
2/13/2021

 
1,472

 
70,597

 
4,014

 
192,511

 
 
11/1/2011

 
 

 

 

 

 
10,000

 
479,600

 

 

 
 
2/24/2012

 
 

 
8,643

 
40.7000

 
2/23/2022

 
3,082

 
147,813

 
3,735

 
179,131

B. A. Santoro
 
2/2/2005

 
 
18,320

 

 
38.6850

 
2/1/2015

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/1/2006

 
 
17,580

 

 
39.4250

 
1/31/2016

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/7/2007

 
 
17,090

 

 
43.1250

 
2/6/2017

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/15/2008

 
 
18,334

 

 
39.0000

 
2/14/2018

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/12/2009

 
 
15,000

 

 
16.8450

 
2/11/2019

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/16/2010

 
 
5,953

 
2,977

 
31.5916

 
2/15/2020

 
1,053

 
50,502

 
2,532

 
121,435

 
 
8/5/2010

 
 

 

 

 

 
5,000

 
239,800

 

 

 
 
2/14/2011

 
 
2,222

 
4,445

 
47.3350

 
2/13/2021

 
1,338

 
64,170

 
1,691

 
81,100

 
 
2/24/2012

 
 

 
4,928

 
40.7000

 
2/23/2022

 
1,757

 
84,266

 
2,654

 
127,286

F. W. Yu
 
2/2/2005

 
 
2,000

 

 
38.6850

 
2/1/2015

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/1/2006

 
 
1,420

 

 
39.4250

 
1/31/2016

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/7/2007

 
 
1,300

 

 
43.1250

 
2/6/2017

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/15/2008

 
 
2,548

 

 
39.0000

 
2/14/2018

 

 

 

 

 
 
2/16/2010

 
 
1,790

 
895

 
31.5916

 
2/15/2020

 
317

 
15,203

 

 

 
 
2/14/2011

 
 
701

 
1,403

 
47.3350

 
2/13/2021

 
423

 
20,287

 

 

 
 
11/1/2011

 
 

 
13,237

 
30.4175

 
10/31/2021

 
4,000

 
191,840

 

 

 
 
2/24/2012

 
 

 
2,275

 
40.7000

 
2/23/2022

 
811

 
38,896

 
983

 
47,145

___________________
(a)
These columns represent stock option and Stock Appreciation Right (“SAR”) awards. Except as described in the following sentence, these awards become exercisable in three equal installments beginning on the first anniversary after the date of grant, subject to continued employment through the vesting period or retirement. Mr. Yu’s grant dated November 1, 2011 vests 100% on the third anniversary of the grant date.
(b)
All of the stock options and SARs granted to the NEOs expire on the tenth anniversary (less one day) of the grant date.
(c)
This column represents unvested RSUs. Except as described in the following sentence, RSUs become exercisable in three equal installments beginning on the first anniversary after the date of grant, subject to continued employment through the vesting period or retirement. Mr. Eckersley’s and Mr. Yu’s grants dated November 1, 2011 and Ms. Santoro’s grant dated August 5, 2010 vest 100% on the third anniversary of the grant date.
(d)
The market value was computed based on $47.96, the closing market price of Ingersoll Rand’s ordinary shares on the NYSE at December 31, 2012.
(e)
This column represents unvested and unearned PSUs. PSUs vest upon the completion of a three-year performance period. The actual number of shares an NEO will receive, if any, is subject to achievement of the performance goals as certified by the Ingersoll Rand Compensation Committee, and continued employment through the performance certification date or retirement.
(f)
Mr. Petratis was not employed by Ingersoll Rand in 2012 and therefore no historical information is available for him.

95

Table of Contents

2012 Option Exercises and Stock Vested
The following table provides information regarding the amounts received by each NEO upon exercise of stock options or the vesting of RSUs during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012:
Name
 
Option Awards  
 
Stock Awards
Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
 
Value
Realized on
Exercise
($)
(a)
 
Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
(#)  
 
Value
Realized on
Vesting
($)
(b)
D. D. Petratis (c)
 

 

 

 
 
P. S. Shannon
 
29,900

 
473,268

 
3,467

 
133,594
 
T. P. Eckersley
 
8,943

 
278,619

 
3,678

 
141,930
 
B. A. Santoro
 
7,000

 
171,091

 
3,189

 
123,220
 
F. W. Yu
 
2,936

 
84,983

 
822

 
31,910
 
___________________
(a)
This column reflects the aggregate dollar amount realized by the NEO upon the exercise of the stock options by determining the difference between the market price of Ingersoll Rand’s ordinary shares at exercise and the exercise price of the stock options.
(b)
Reflects the value of the RSUs that vested on February 12, 2012, February 14, 2012 and February 16, 2012, based on the average of the high and low stock price of Ingersoll Rand’s ordinary shares on the vesting date.
(c)
Mr. Petratis was not employed by Ingersoll Rand in 2012 and therefore no historical information is available for him.
2012 Pension Benefits
The NEOs, other than Mr. Yu, participate in the following defined benefit plans:
the Pension Plan;
the Supplemental Pension Plans; and
the EOSP or the KMP.
The Pension Plan is a funded, tax qualified, non-contributory defined benefit plan that covers the majority of Ingersoll Rand’s salaried U.S. employees. The Pension Plan provides for normal retirement at age 65. The Pension Plan was amended in 2012 to provide that vesting occurs: (i) after five years of service, or (ii) while employed, the participant (a) attains age 65, (b) dies or (c) becomes disabled. The formula to determine the lump sum benefit under the Pension Plan is 5% of final average pay (the five highest consecutive years out of the last ten years of eligible compensation) for each year of credited service. A choice for distribution between an annuity and a lump sum option is available. The Pension Plan was closed to new participants after June 30, 2012, and no further benefits will accrue to any Pension Plan participant for service performed after December 31, 2022. In addition, any employee who was a Pension Plan participant on June 30, 2012 was provided the option to waive participation in the Pension Plan effective January 1, 2013, and, in lieu of participation, receive a non-elective employer contribution equal to 2% of eligible compensation in the ESP.
The Supplemental Pension Plans are unfunded, nonqualified, non-contributory defined benefit restoration plans. Since the IRS limits the annual compensation recognized when calculating benefits under the qualified Pension Plan, the Supplemental Plans restore what is lost in the Pension Plan due to these limits. The Supplemental Pension Plans cover all Ingersoll Rand employees who participate in the Pension Plan and who are impacted by the Code compensation limits. A participant must meet the vesting requirements of the qualified Pension Plan to vest for benefits under the Supplemental Pension Plans. Benefits under the Supplemental Pension Plans are available only as a lump sum distribution after termination and paid in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. As a result of the 2012 changes to the Pension Plan, the Supplemental Pension Plans were closed to employees hired on or after June 30, 2012, and no further benefits will accrue to any Supplemental Plan participant for service performed after December 31, 2022.
The NEOs, other than Mr. Yu, participate in either the EOSP or the KMP. The EOSP, which is closed to new participants, is an unfunded, nonqualified, non-contributory defined benefit plan, designed to replace a percentage of an officer’s final average pay based on his or her age and years of service at the time of retirement. Final average pay is defined as the sum of the officer’s current annual salary plus the average of his or her three highest AIM awards during the most recent six years. No other elements of compensation (other than salary and AIM awards) are included in final average pay. The EOSP provides a benefit pursuant to a formula in which 1.9% of an officer’s final average pay is multiplied by the officer’s years of

96

Table of Contents

service (up to a maximum of 35 years) and then reduced by the value of other retirement benefits the officer will receive that are provided by Ingersoll Rand under certain qualified and nonqualified retirement plans as well as Social Security. Vesting occurs, while the officer is employed by Ingersoll Rand, at the earlier of the attainment of age 55 and the completion of 5 years of service or age 62. Unreduced benefits under the EOSP are available at age 62 and benefits are only available as a lump sum after termination and paid in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.
The KMP is an unfunded, nonqualified, non-contributory defined benefit plan available to certain key employees. The KMP is designed to replace a percentage of a key employee’s final average pay based on his or her age and years of service at the time of retirement. Final average pay is defined as the sum of the key employee’s current annual salary plus the average of the employee’s three highest AIM awards during the most recent six years. No other elements of compensation (other than salary and AIM awards) are included in final average pay. The KMP provides a benefit pursuant to a formula in which 1.7% of a key employee’s final average pay is multiplied by years of service (up to a maximum of 30 years) and then reduced by the value of other retirement benefits the key employee will receive that are provided by Ingersoll Rand under certain qualified and nonqualified retirement plans as well as Social Security. Vesting occurs at the earlier of the attainment of age 55 and the completion of 5 years of service or age 65. Benefits are only available as a lump sum after termination and paid in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.
The table below represents the estimated present value of defined benefits for the plans in which each NEO participates.
Name
 
Plan
Name
 
Number
of Years
Credited
Service
(#)
(a)
 
Present
Value of
Accumulated
Benefit
($)
(b)
 
Payments
During
Last Fiscal
Year
($)
D. D. Petratis (c)
 

 
 
 
 
 

P. S. Shannon
 
Pension Plan
 
10.67
 
 
110,652
 
 

 
 
Supplemental Pension Plan II
 
10.67
 
 
117,503
 
 

 
 
EOSP
 
11.00
 
 
1,222,743
 
 

T. P. Eckersley
 
Pension Plan
 
5.17
 
 
50,918
 
 

 
 
Supplemental Pension Plan II
 
5.17
 
 
65,632
 
 

 
 
KMP
 
5.17
 
 
391,777
 
 

B. A. Santoro
 
Pension Plan
 
16.58
 
 
233,355
 
 

 
 
Supplemental Pension Plan I
 
8.58
 
 
5,581
 
 

 
 
Supplemental Pension Plan II
 
16.58
 
 
98,140
 
 

 
 
EOSP
 
17.00
 
 
1,700,974
 
 

F. W. Yu (c)
 

 
 
 
 
 

____________
(a)
Under the EOSP or the KMP, for officers covered prior to May 19, 2009, a full year of service is credited for any year in which they work at least one day. In the Pension Plan, the Supplemental Pension Plans, the EOSP and the KMP for officers first covered on or after May 19, 2009, the number of years of credited service is based on elapsed time ( i.e. , credit is given for each month in which a participant works at least one day). The Supplemental Pension Plan II was established as a mirror plan, effective January 1, 2005. The years of credited service used for calculating benefits under (i) the Supplemental Pension Plan I are the years of credited service through December 31, 2004, and (ii) the Pension Plan, EOSP, KMP and Supplemental Pension Plan II are the years of credited service through December 31, 2012. The benefits earned under the Supplemental Pension Plan I serve as offsets to the benefits earned under the Supplemental Pension Plan II.
(b)
The amounts in this column reflect the estimated present value of each NEO’s accumulated benefit under the plans indicated. The calculations reflect the value of the benefits assuming that each NEO was fully vested under each plan. The benefits were computed as of December 31, 2012, consistent with the assumptions described in Note 11, “Pensions and Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions,” to the annual combined financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement.
A present value of benefits for the Supplemental Pension Plan I is reported for those NEOs who were vested in that plan at December 31, 2004, the date on which that plan was frozen. If an NEO was not vested in the Supplemental Pension Plan I at December 31, 2004, that NEO is not entitled to any benefit under that plan.
(c)
Mr. Petratis was not employed by Ingersoll Rand in 2012 and therefore no historical information is available for him. Mr. Yu does not participate in any company defined benefit plan.

97

Table of Contents

2012 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
Ingersoll Rand maintains the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan I (“EDCP I”) and Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II (“EDCP II” and with EDCP I, the “EDCP Plans”), which are unfunded, nonqualified plans that permit certain employees, including the NEOs other than Mr. Yu, to defer receipt of up to 50% of their annual salary and up to 100% of their AIM awards, PSP awards and RSUs received upon commencement of employment. Elections to defer must be made prior to the beginning of the performance period. Ingersoll Rand has established a nonqualified grantor trust with a bank as the trustee to hold certain assets deferred under the EDCP Plans. These assets are considered general assets of Ingersoll Rand and are available to its creditors in the event of Ingersoll Rand’s insolvency. Amounts held in the trust are invested by the trustee using various investment vehicles.
Participants are offered certain investment options (approximately 60 mutual fund investments and ordinary share equivalents) and can choose how they wish to allocate their cash deferrals among those investment options. Participants are 100% vested in all amounts deferred and bear the risk of any earnings and losses on such deferred amounts.
Generally, deferred amounts may be distributed following termination of employment or at the time of a scheduled in-service distribution date chosen by the participant. If a participant has completed five or more years of service at the time of termination, or is terminated due to long-term disability, death or retirement, the distribution is paid in accordance with the participant’s election. If a participant terminates without meeting these requirements, the account balance for all plan years will be paid in a lump sum in the year following the year of termination. A participant can elect to receive distributions at termination over a period of five, 10, or 15 annual installments, or in a single lump sum. A participant can elect to receive scheduled in-service distributions in future years that are at least two years after the end of the plan year for which they are deferring. In-service distributions can be received in two to five annual installments, or if no election is made, in a lump sum. For those participants who have investments in ordinary shares, the distribution of these assets will be in the form of ordinary shares, not cash.
Please refer to Compensation Discussion and Analysis for a description of the Supplemental ESP.
Mr. Yu participates in two nonqualified deferred compensation plans in China. The Huabao Plan provides for an annual company contribution equal to a percentage of annual base salary (12% in Mr. Yu's case) after income tax deduction (excluding bonus, allowance and/or benefits). Participants in the Huabao Plan vest at the earlier of retirement, death, permanent disability or company initiated termination. The Generali Savings Plan is a frozen deferred compensation plan that pays interest on deferred amounts. The Generali Savings Plan was frozen in 2011 and no employee or employer contributions have been made since that time. The Generali Savings Plan does not pay a preferential interest rate.
The following table provides information regarding contributions, distributions, earnings and balances for each NEO under our nonqualified deferred compensation plans:
Name
 
Executive
Contributions
in Last Fiscal
Year ($)
(a)  
 
Registrant
Contributions
in Last Fiscal
Year   ($)
(b)
 
Aggregate
Earnings in
Last Fiscal
Year ($)
(c)
 
Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
 
Aggregate
Balance at
Last Fiscal
Year End
($)
D. D. Petratis (d)
 

 

 

 

 

P. S. Shannon
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EDCP II
 

 

 
282,530

 

 
1,067,830

Supplemental ESP
 

 
17,643

 
78,084

 

 
234,486

T. P. Eckersley
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

EDCP II
 
75,924

 

 
107,827

 

 
556,465

Supplemental ESP
 

 
17,791

 
47,125

 

 
146,990

B. A. Santoro
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EDCP I
 

 

 
935

 

 
7,995

Supplemental ESP
 

 
12,543

 
41,238

 

 
127,322

W. Yu
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Huabao Plan
 

 
5,824

 
188

 

 
6,012

Generali Savings Plan
 

 

 
4,111

 

 
103,797

____________
(a)
The annual deferrals (salary, AIM & PSP) are all reflected in the Salary column, the Non-Equity Incentive Plan column and the Stock Awards column, respectively of the Summary Compensation Table.
(b)
All of the amounts reflected in this column are included in the All Other Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table and the Matching Contribution column of footnote (f) of the Summary Compensation Table.

98

Table of Contents

(c)
Amounts in this column include gains and losses on investments, as well as dividends on ordinary shares or ordinary share equivalents. None of the earnings or losses reported in this column are included in the Summary Compensation Table.
(d)
Mr. Petratis was not employed by Ingersoll Rand in 2012 and therefore no historical information is available for him.
Post-Employment Benefits
The following discussion describes the compensation to which each NEO would be entitled in the event of termination of such executive’s employment, including termination following a change in control.
Severance.     Although Ingersoll Rand does not have a formal severance policy for officers, NEOs who are terminated by Ingersoll Rand other than for cause will generally be entitled to receive up to 12 months’ base salary as severance and, depending on the circumstances and timing of the termination, a pro-rated portion of their AIM award, not to exceed target. Mr. Yu's severance is based on Chinese law which provides for a month’s pay for each year of service, capped at three times the applicable city average salary, plus his annual AIM target value.
In addition, Ingersoll Rand’s equity award agreements provide that upon termination for:
death, disability or retirement, RSUs, stock options and SARs continue to vest on the same basis as active employees and the stock options and SARs remain exercisable for a period of three years (or five years in the case of retirement for awards granted in 2007 and after) following termination;
group termination, RSUs, stock options and SARs immediately vest in the portion of the awards that would have vested within twelve months of termination and all vested stock options and SARs remain exercisable for a period of three years following termination;
death or disability, PSUs vest pro-rata based on the time worked during the performance period and the achievement of performance goals from the beginning of the performance period through the end of the calendar quarter in which employment terminated; and
retirement, group termination or job elimination, PSUs vest pro-rata based on the time worked during the performance period and the achievement of performance goals through the end of the performance period.
Change in Control.     Ingersoll Rand has entered into change-in-control agreements with Mr. Shannon and Ms. Santoro. The change-in-control agreements provide for certain payments if the employment is terminated by Ingersoll Rand without “cause” (as defined in the change-in-control agreements) or by the executive for “good reason” (as defined in the change-in-control agreements), in each case, within two years following a change in control of Ingersoll Rand.
Following a change in control, Mr. Shannon and Ms. Santoro are entitled to continue receiving his or her current base salary and are entitled to an annual bonus in an amount not less than the highest annual bonus paid during the prior three years.
If employment is terminated “without cause” or by the executive for “good reason” following a change in control, the executive are entitled to the following:
any base salary and annual bonus for a completed fiscal year that had not been paid;
an amount equal to the executive’s annual bonus for the last completed fiscal year pro-rated for the number of full months employed in the current fiscal year;
an amount equal to the executive’s base salary pro-rated for any unused vacation days;
a lump sum severance payment from Ingersoll Rand equal to two times the sum of:
the executive’s annual salary in effect on the termination date, or, if higher, the annual salary in effect immediately prior to the reduction of the executive’s annual salary after the change in control; and
the executive’s target AIM award for the year of termination or, if higher, the average of the AIM award amounts beginning three years immediately preceding the change in control and ending on the termination date; and
a lump sum payment equal to two times of: (a) the cash value of the target amount of the most recent PSU award; or (b) if higher, the average amounts of the last three PSU awards granted and paid to the NEO immediately preceding termination. This payment is in lieu of any rights the individual might have with respect to unvested PSU awards.
In addition to the foregoing, Mr. Shannon and Ms. Santoro would also be eligible to participate in Ingersoll Rand’s welfare employee benefit programs for the severance period. Ingersoll Rand would also provide each executive up to $100,000 of outplacement services. For purposes of calculating the executive’s nonqualified pension benefits, three years would be added to both the executive’s age and service with Ingersoll Rand under the EOSP. In addition, the “final average pay” under the EOSP would be calculated as 50% of the lump sum severance payment. For purposes of determining eligibility for post-

99

Table of Contents

retirement welfare benefits, the NEO would be credited with any combination of additional years of service and age, not exceeding 10 years, to the extent necessary to qualify for such benefits.
Under Ingersoll Rand’s incentive plans, outstanding unvested stock options and RSUs immediately vest and become exercisable or payable, as applicable, following a change in control. PSUs will be deemed to have earned a pro-rata award based on the target award opportunity and total number of months worked in the applicable performance period.
A “change in control” is defined as the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any person unrelated to Ingersoll Rand becomes the beneficial owner of 30% or more of the combined voting power of Ingersoll Rand’s voting stock; (ii) the directors serving at the time the change-in-control agreements were executed (or the directors subsequently elected by the shareholders of Ingersoll Rand whose election or nomination was duly approved by at least two-thirds of the then serving directors) fail to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors; (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of Ingersoll Rand with any other corporation in which Ingersoll Rand’s voting securities outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation represent 50% or less of the combined voting securities of Ingersoll Rand immediately after such merger or consolidation; (iv) any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of Ingersoll Rand’s assets, other than a sale or transfer with a corporation where Ingersoll Rand owns at least 80% of the combined voting power of such corporation or its parent after such transfer; or (v) any other event that the continuing directors determine to be a change in control; provided however, with respect to (i), (iii) and (iv) above, there shall be no change in control if shareholders of Ingersoll Rand own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of Ingersoll Rand or the surviving entity or any parent immediately following such transaction in substantially the same proportion to each other as prior to such transaction.
Major Restructuring . Ingersoll Rand has adopted a Severance Plan that provides a cash severance payment in the event a participant’s employment is terminated due to an involuntary loss of job without Cause (as defined in the Severance Plan) or a Good Reason (as defined in the Severance Plan) between December 10, 2012 and the first anniversary of the completion of a Major Restructuring (as defined below), unless the termination is substantially unrelated to the Major Restructuring. The cash severance payment would be equal to one and one-half times (for the CFO and GC) or one times (for other NEOs) (a) current base salary, and (b) current target AIM award. In addition, the participants will receive a pro-rated portion of their target AIM award, based on actual Ingersoll Rand and individual performance during the fiscal year in which termination of employment occurred. Participants in the EOSP or KMP who are not vested in such plans will also receive a cash payment equal to the amount of the benefit to which they would have been entitled if they were vested. As of December 31, 2012, the value of cash severance was: Mr. Shannon, $888,000; Mr. Eckersley, $635,040; Ms. Santoro, $718,425; and Mr. Yu, $444,101.
In addition, employees who terminate employment due to an involuntary loss of job without Cause (as defined in the award agreement) or for Good Reason (as defined in the award agreement) between December 10, 2012 and the first anniversary of the completion of a Major Restructuring will, unless the termination is substantially unrelated to the Major Restructuring, (i) immediately vest in all unvested stock options and may exercise all vested stock options and SARs at any time within the following three-year period or the remaining term of the stock option or SAR, if shorter, (ii) immediately vest in all RSUs, except that retirement eligible participants would continue their existing vesting schedule, and (iii) receive a prorated payout of outstanding PSUs based on actual performance at the end of performance period following termination of employment. As of December 31, 2012, the value of unvested equity awards was: Mr. Shannon, $868,343; Mr. Eckersley, $1,349,212; Ms. Santoro, $744,096; and Mr. Yu, $546,258.
A “Major Restructuring” is defined as a reorganization, recapitalization, extraordinary stock dividend, merger, sale, spin-off or other similar transaction or series of transactions, which individually or in the aggregate, has the effect of resulting in the elimination of all, or the majority of, any one or more of Ingersoll Rand’s four business sectors ( i.e. , Climate Solutions, Residential Solutions, Industrial Technologies and Security Technologies), so long as such transaction or transactions do not constitute a Change in Control (as defined in the applicable plan).
Enhanced Retirement Benefits.      An officer is vested in EOSP or KMP upon the earlier of: (i) the attainment of age 55 and the completion of 5 years of service; (ii) attainment of age 62 for the EOSP and age 65 for the KMP; (iii) death; or (iv) change in control. For NEOs covered under the EOSP, a termination within two years following a change in control also triggers the payment of an enhanced benefit (as described above). Benefits under the EOSP and KMP are forfeited in the event of termination for cause. In order to be eligible for an EOSP or KMP benefit in the event of disability, a participant must remain disabled until age 65. An officer becomes vested in both the Pension Plan and the Supplemental Pension Plans upon the completion of 5 years of service. As of December 31, 2012, Mr. Shannon was not vested in the EOSP and Mr. Eckersley was not vested in the KMP. Mr. Yu does not participate in any company-sponsored pension plan.
Health Benefits.     In the event of a change in control, health benefits are provided, which include Ingersoll Rand’s cost of both active health and welfare benefits for the severance period, as well as retiree medical, if applicable. Ms. Santoro is the only NEO eligible for retiree medical benefits due to her age and service as of January 1, 2003, when eligibility for the retiree medical benefit was frozen. Ms. Santoro has reached the retirement threshold of age 55 with at least 15 years of service and would receive benefits in each scenario outlined in the following table.

100

Table of Contents

Post-Employment Benefits Table
The following table describes the compensation to which each of the NEOs would be entitled in the event of termination of such executive’s employment on December 31, 2012, including termination following a change in control. The potential payments were determined under the terms of our plans and arrangements in effect on December 31, 2012. The table does not include the pension benefits or nonqualified deferred compensation amounts that would be paid to an NEO, which are set forth in the Pension Benefits table and the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table above, except to the extent that the NEO is entitled to an additional benefit as a result of the termination.
 
 
Retirement
($)
 
Involuntary
without  
Cause  
($)
 
Involuntary
with Cause  
($)
 
Change in
Control  
($)
 
Disability
($)
 
Death
($)
D. D. Petratis (a)
 

 

 

 

 

 

P. S. Shannon
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severance (b)
 

 
355,770

 

 
1,184,000

 

 

2012 Earned but Unpaid AIM Award(s) (c)
 

 
167,588

 

 
167,588

 

 

PSP Award Payout (d)
 

 

 

 
320,000

 
501,853

 
501,853

Value of Unvested Equity Awards (e)
 

 

 

 
420,869

 
366,490

 
366,490

Enhanced Retirement Benefits (f)
 

 

 

 
703,424

 

 

Outplacement (g)
 

 
14,100

 

 
100,000

 

 

Tax Assistance (h)
 

 

 

 
1,516,411

 

 

Health Benefits (i)
 

 

 

 
20,901

 

 

Total
 

 
537,458

 

 
4,433,193

 
868,343

 
868,343

T. P. Eckersley
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severance (b)
 

 
244,246

 

 

 

 

2012 Earned but Unpaid AIM Award(s) (c)
 

 
238,140

 

 

 

 

PSP Award Payout (d)
 

 

 

 
476,483

 
476,722

 
476,722

Value of Unvested Equity Awards (e)
 

 

 

 
872,490

 
872,490

 
872,490

Enhanced Retirement Benefits (f)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Outplacement (g)
 

 
14,100

 

 

 

 

Tax Assistance (h)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Health Benefits (i)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
 

 
496,486

 

 
1,348,973

 
1,349,212

 
1,349,212

B. A. Santoro
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severance (b)
 

 
309,000

 

 
957,900

 

 

2012 Earned but Unpaid AIM Award(s) (c)
 
132,459

 
132,459

 

 
132,459

 

 

PSP Award Payout (d)
 
218,074

 
218,074

 

 
216,000

 
218,074

 
218,074

Value of Unvested Equity Awards (e)
 
526,022

 
526,022

 

 
575,833

 
526,022

 
526,022

Enhanced Retirement Benefits (f)
 

 

 

 
986,855

 

 

Outplacement (g)
 

 
14,100

 

 
100,000

 

 

Tax Assistance (h)
 

 

 

 
1,044,420

 

 

Health Benefits (i)
 
112,000

 
112,000

 
112,000

 
79,901

 
112,000

 
 
Total
 
988,555

 
1,311,655

 

 
4,093,368

 
856,096

 
744,096


101

Table of Contents

 
 
Retirement
($)
 
Involuntary
without  
Cause  
($)
 
Involuntary
with Cause  
($)
 
Change in
Control  
($)
 
Disability
($)
 
Death
($)
F. W. Yu
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severance (b)
 

 
456,604

 

 

 

 

2012 Earned but Unpaid AIM Award(s) (c)
 

 

 

 

 

 

PSP Award Payout (d)
 

 

 

 
15,731

 
15,779

 
15,779

Value of Unvested Equity Awards (e)
 

 

 

 
534,916

 
530,479

 
530,479

Enhanced Retirement Benefits (f)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Outplacement (g)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Assistance (h)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Health Benefits (i)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
 

 
456,604

 

 
550,647

 
546,258

 
546,258

____________
(a)
Mr. Petratis was not employed by Ingersoll Rand in 2012 and therefore no historical information is available for him.
(b)
For the “Involuntary without Cause” column, the current severance guidelines permit payment of nine months of base salary plus an additional week for each year of service (rounded up) for Mr. Shannon and Ms. Santoro (capped at one year) and 6 months of base salary plus an additional week for each year of service (rounded up) for the other NEOs (capped at one year). The amount for Mr. Yu is based on Chinese law. Under the “Change in Control” column, for Mr. Shannon and Ms. Santoro, please see the section above, entitled Post-Employment Benefits, for a description of how severance is calculated.
(c)
For the “Involuntary without Cause” column, these amounts represent the prorated AIM award (up to target) that may be paid to the NEOs depending on the circumstances and timing of the termination. For the amounts under “Change in Control”, these amounts represent the actual award earned for the 2012 performance period, which may be more or less than the target award.
(d)
For the “Involuntary without Cause” column, this amount represents the cash value of the prorated PSU award payout to Ms. Santoro because she is retirement eligible. For the “Change in Control” column for Mr. Shannon and Ms. Santoro, these amounts represent the cash value of the PSU award payout, based on the appropriate multiple. For Messrs. Eckersley and Yu, these values represent what would be provided under the terms of the 2007 Plan, which provides a pro-rated payment for all outstanding awards. For the “Retirement”, “Disability” and “Death” columns, amounts represent the cash value of the prorated portion of the PSUs that vest upon such events. Amounts for each column are based on the closing stock price of the ordinary shares on December 31, 2012 ($47.96).
(e)
The amounts shown for “Retirement”, “Involuntary without Cause”, “Change in Control”, “Disability” and “Death” represent (i) the value of the unvested RSUs, which is calculated based on the number of unvested RSUs multiplied by the closing stock price of the ordinary shares on December 31, 2012 ($47.96), and (ii) the intrinsic value of the unvested stock options, which is calculated based on the difference between the closing stock price of the ordinary shares on December 31, 2012 ($47.96) and the relevant exercise price. However, only in the event of termination following a “Change in Control” is there accelerated vesting of unvested awards. In addition, in the event of a “Change in Control,” holders of outstanding stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan of 1998 may elect to receive a cash payment based on the difference between the highest fair market value of the shares during the 60 days prior to the event ($48.90) and the exercise price. For “Retirement”, “Involuntary without Cause”, “Disability” and “Death”, the awards do not accelerate but continue to vest on the same basis as active employees. Because Ms. Santoro is retirement eligible, she would continue to vest in stock options and RSUs after termination of employment for any reason other than cause.
(f)
In the event of a change in control of Ingersoll Rand and a termination of the NEOs who have change in control agreements, the present value of the pension benefits under the EOSP and Supplemental Pension Plans would be paid out as lump sums and benefits under the KMP would be paid out in accordance with the terms of the plan. While there is no additional benefit to the NEOs as a result of either voluntary retirement/resignation and/or involuntary resignation without cause, there are differences (based on the methodology mandated by the SEC) between the numbers that are shown in the Pension Benefits Table and those that would actually be payable to the NEO under these termination scenarios.

102

Table of Contents

(g)
For the “Involuntary without Cause” column, each NEO, other than Mr. Yu, is eligible for outplacement services for a twelve month period, not to exceed $14,100. For the “Change in Control” column, the amount represents the maximum expenses Ingersoll Rand would reimburse Mr. Shannon and Ms. Santoro for professional outplacement services.
(h)
Pursuant to the change-in-control agreements for Mr. Shannon and Ms. Santoro, if any payment or distribution by Ingersoll to these NEOs creates certain incremental taxes, they would be entitled to receive from Ingersoll a payment in an amount sufficient to place them in the same after-tax financial position as if such taxes had not been imposed.
(i)
Represents Ingersoll Rand’s cost of health and welfare coverage. The cost for “Change in Control” is a combination of continued active coverage for two years followed by retiree coverage, while the cost shown under the other scenarios is retiree coverage only.


103

Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table provides information with respect to the anticipated beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares by:
each of our shareholders who we believe (based on the assumptions described below) will beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;
each of our directors following the spin-off;
each NEO following the spin-off; and
all of our directors and executive officers following the spin-off as a group.
Except as otherwise noted below, we based the share amounts on each person’s beneficial ownership of Ingersoll Rand shares on October 1, 2013, giving effect to a distribution ratio of one of our ordinary shares for every three ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand held by such person.
To the extent our directors and executive officers own Ingersoll Rand shares on the record date of the spin-off, they will participate in the distribution on the same terms as other holders of Ingersoll Rand shares. The equity awards held by our directors and officers will be treated as described in “The Spin-Off - Treatment of Equity Based Compensation.”
The number of shares beneficially owned by each shareholder, director or officer is determined according to the rules of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.
Immediately following the distribution, we estimate that 96.2 million of our ordinary shares will be issued and outstanding, based on the number of Ingersoll Rand shares expected to be outstanding as of the record date. The actual number of our outstanding ordinary shares following the distribution will be determined on [ ], 2013, the record date.
Share Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers
Name  
 
Ordinary Shares(a)(b)
 
Options
Exercisable
Within 60
Days
(c)  
Michael J. Chesser
 

 

Carla Cico
 

 

Kirk S. Hachigian
 

 

Luc Oursel
 

 

Marty E. Welch III
 

 

David D. Petratis
 

 

Patrick S. Shannon
 
1,210

 
5,313

Timothy P. Eckersley
 
9,215

 
3,290

Barbara A. Santoro
 
792

 
10,702

Feng (William) Yu
 
802

 
1,607

All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)(e)
 
13,356

 
25,235

____________

(a)
Represents (i) ordinary shares held directly; (ii) unvested shares, including any RSUs or PSUs that vest within 60 days of October 1, 2013; and (iii) ordinary shares held by the trustee under the ESP for the benefit of executive officers. No director or executive officer will beneficially own 1% or more of Allegion’s ordinary shares.
(b)
Messrs. Shannon and Eckersley also notionally hold ordinary shares and ordinary share equivalents under deferred compensation plans that are not distributable within 60 days of October 1, 2013.
(c)
Represents ordinary shares as to which directors and executive officers had stock options exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 2013, under Ingersoll Rand’s Incentive Stock Plans.

104

Table of Contents

Share Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
Based solely on the information filed on Schedule 13G for the year ended December 31, 2012 or on Schedule 13D reporting beneficial ownership of Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares, we anticipate the following shareholders will beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares following the distribution.
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
 
Number of Ingersoll Rand
Ordinary Shares
 
Number of Allegion
Ordinary Shares
 
Percentage
of Class
BlackRock, Inc.
40 East 52nd Street 
New York, New York 10022
 
21,628,469 (a)
 
7,209,489

 
7.49
%
Trian Fund Management, L.P.
280 Park Avenue, 41st Floor
New York, New York 10017
 
21,072,305 (b)
 
7,024,101

 
7.30
%
Fidelity Management and Research (FMR) LLC
82 Devonshire Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
 
16,984,883 (c)
 
6,661,627

 
6.92
%
____________
(a)
Information regarding BlackRock, Inc. and its stockholdings was obtained from a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 30, 2013. The filing indicated that, as of December 31, 2012, BlackRock, Inc. had sole voting power and sole dispositive power as to all of such shares.
(b)
Information regarding Trian and its stockholdings was obtained from the Schedule 13D (Amendment No. 3) filed with the SEC on August 13, 2012. According to the Schedule 13D (Amendment No. 3), Trian Fund Management, L.P. shares voting and dispositive power over all or some of the shares with Trian Partners, L.P., Trian Partners Master Fund, L.P., Trian Partners Parallel Fund I, L.P., Trian Partners Strategic Investment Fund, L.P., Trian Partners Strategic Investment Fund-A, L.P., Trian Partners Strategic Co-Investment Fund-A, L.P., Trian Partners Master Fund (ERISA), L.P., Trian Fund Management GP, LLC, Trian SPV (SUB) VI, L.P., Trian SPV (SUB) VI-A, L.P., Trian IR Holdco Ltd., Nelson Peltz, Peter W. May and Edward P. Garden.
(c)
Information regarding the FMR LLC and its stockholdings was obtained from a Schedule 13G (Amendment No. 4) filed with the SEC on February 14, 2013. The filing indicated that, as of December 31, 2012, FMR LLC had sole voting power as to 2,931,576 of such shares and sole dispositive power as to 16,984,883 of such shares.


105

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS
From and after the spin-off, Allegion and Ingersoll Rand will, in general, each be responsible for the debts, liabilities, rights and obligations related to the businesses it owns and operates following consummation of the spin-off. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Agreements with Ingersoll Rand Related to the Spin-Off.”
We expect to have approximately $1.3 billion of indebtedness at the time of the spin-off, the net proceeds of which will be distributed to Ingersoll Rand. In addition, we expect to have a senior secured revolving credit facility permitting borrowings of up to $500 million. Ingersoll Rand’s Board of Directors has determined that causing us to pay net proceeds of our financing transactions to Ingersoll Rand will benefit Ingersoll Rand and its shareholders because it will result in each company being capitalized in a manner that Ingersoll Rand’s Board of Directors has determined to be most appropriate.
Senior Notes
On October 4, 2013, Allegion US Holding Company Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, issued $300 million of its 5.75% senior notes due 2021. The senior notes accrue interest at the rate of 5.75% per annum, payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on April 1, 2014. The senior notes will mature on October 1, 2021. The terms of the indenture governing the senior notes (the “Indenture”) provide that, among other things, the senior notes rank equally in right of payment to all of the issuer’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness and effectively junior to all of the issuer’s and the guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness with respect to the senior secured credit facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The senior notes are structurally subordinated to all of the existing and future liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior notes.
Guarantees . Allegion plc and certain of its subsidiaries guarantee the issuer’s obligations under the senior notes on a senior unsecured basis.
Other Covenants. The Indenture contains affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability (as well as the ability of our subsidiaries) to:
incur additional debt;
provide guarantees;
pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make certain other restricted payments or investments;
enter into agreements that restrict distributions from restricted subsidiaries;
sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;
enter into transactions with affiliates;
create or incur liens; and
merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets.
Events of Default. The Indenture provides for customary events of default (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), which include nonpayment, breach of covenants in the Indenture, payment defaults or acceleration of other indebtedness, failure to pay certain judgments and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Generally, if an event of default occurs, the trustee under the Indenture or holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding senior notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and other monetary obligations on all the senior notes to be due and payable immediately.
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
Term Loans. The Term Facilities consist of (i) the Term A Facility in an aggregate principal amount of $500 million and (ii) the Term B Facility in an aggregate principal amount of $500 million (the loans under such Term Facilities, the “Term Loans”). The full amount of the Term Loans will be made in a single drawing immediately prior to the consummation of the spin-off, and amounts borrowed under the Term Facilities that are repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.
The Term A Facility will amortize in quarterly installments, with the first such installment due at the end of the first full quarter following the funding of the Term Loans, at the following rates per annum: 5% in year one; 5% in year two and 10% in each year thereafter, with the final installment due on September 27, 2018. The Term B Facility will amortize in quarterly installments, with the first such installment due at the end of the first full quarter following the funding of the Term Loans, in an amount equal to 1.00% per annum, with the balance due on September 27, 2020.

106

Table of Contents

Revolver. The five-year senior secured revolving credit facility permits borrowings of up to $500 million. The senior secured revolving credit facility will be comprised of two tranches: a tranche to be made available in U.S. Dollars and a tranche to be made available in U.S. Dollars, Euros, Pounds Sterling and other currencies to be agreed from time to time. Borrowings under the multi-currency tranche will be capped at $100 million. The senior secured revolving credit facility will mature and the commitments thereunder will terminate on September 27, 2018. Amounts repaid under the senior secured revolving credit facility may be reborrowed.
Guarantees and Collateral. The indebtedness, obligations and liabilities under the senior secured credit facilities will be unconditionally guaranteed jointly and severally on a senior secured basis by Allegion plc and certain of its current and future restricted subsidiaries, and will be secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions and exclusions, by a first-priority lien on substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the borrower and each domestic guarantor (including (i) a perfected pledge of all of the capital stock of Allegion US Holding Company Inc. (the “borrower”) and each direct, wholly-owned material restricted subsidiary held by the borrower or any guarantor (subject to certain limitations with respect to foreign subsidiaries) and (ii) perfected security interests in, and mortgages on, accounts, inventory, equipment, general intangibles, commercial tort claims, investment property, intellectual property, material fee-owned real property, letter-of-credit rights, intercompany notes and proceeds of the foregoing, except for certain excluded assets.
Mandatory Prepayments. The Term Facilities will require the following amounts to be applied to prepay the Term Loans, subject to certain thresholds, exceptions and reinvestment rights:
100% of the net cash proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness by us and our restricted subsidiaries (other than permitted debt);
100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property by us and our restricted subsidiaries (including casualty insurance and condemnation proceeds, but with exceptions for sales of inventory and other ordinary course dispositions, obsolete or worn-out property, property no longer useful in the business and other exceptions);
50% of excess cash flow with stepdowns to 25% and 0% based on certain leverage targets.
Mandatory prepayments will be allocated ratably between the Term A Facility and the Term B Facility and, within each Term Facility, will be applied as directed by the borrower.
Voluntary Prepayments. The borrower may voluntarily prepay outstanding Term Loans in whole or in part at any time without premium or penalty (other than a 1.00% premium payable during the six months following the earlier of (x) the funding of the senior secured credit facilities (the “funding date”) and (y) the 91 st day following the closing date on (i) the amount of loans under the Term B Facility prepaid or repaid with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such loans into, any new or replacement tranche of senior secured term loans having a lower effective yield than that then applicable to the loans being prepaid, repaid or converted (subject to certain exceptions) or (ii) the amount of loans under the Term B Facility the terms of which are amended to the same effect), subject to the payment of customary breakage costs in the case of LIBOR rate loans. Optional prepayments of the Term Facilities will be applied to the remaining installments thereof at the direction of the borrower.
Commitments under the senior secured revolving credit facility may be reduced in whole or in part at any time without premium or penalty.
Covenants. The senior secured credit facilities will contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of Allegion plc and certain of its restricted subsidiaries, including the borrower, to (subject to certain qualifications and exceptions):
create liens and encumbrances;
incur additional indebtedness;
merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate;
make acquisitions, investments, advances or loans;
dispose of or transfer assets;
pay dividends or make other payments in respect of their capital stock;
amend certain material governance or debt documents;
redeem or repurchase capital stock or prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt;
engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

107

Table of Contents

enter into certain speculative hedging arrangements; and
enter into certain restrictive agreements.
In addition, we will be required to comply with (a) a maximum ratio of total consolidated indebtedness (net of unrestricted cash up to $100 million) to consolidated EBITDA and (b) a minimum ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense (net of interest income).
Interest Rates and Fees. Outstanding borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities will accrue interest, at the option of the borrower, at a per annum rate of (i) a LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin or (ii) a base rate plus the applicable margin. We expect that the applicable margin for borrowings under the Term B Facility will be 1.25% with respect to base rate borrowings and 2.25% with respect to LIBOR rate borrowings (with an additional step-down based on certain leverage targets), with the LIBOR rate for the Term B Facility to be subject to a floor of 0.75% per annum. We expect that the applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility and the Term A Facility will be subject to a credit facility rating-based pricing grid with the LIBOR rate ranging from 1.75% to 2.25%.
During an event of default, overdue principal under the senior secured credit facilities may bear interest at a rate 2.00% in excess of the otherwise applicable rate of interest. The borrower will pay certain fees with respect to the senior secured credit facilities, including a commitment fee on the undrawn portion of the Revolver of 0.25% to 0.35% on and after the funding date, depending on the credit facility rating, as well as certain other commitment fees and ticking fees from and including the closing date to but excluding the earlier of (x) the funding date and (y) the termination of the commitments.




108

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Agreements with Ingersoll Rand Related to the Spin-Off
This section of the Information Statement summarizes certain agreements between us and Ingersoll Rand that we will enter into on or prior to the distribution date and that will govern the ongoing relationships between the two companies after the spin-off, including certain services and rights that will be provided for following the spin-off, and the indemnification obligations we owe each other. These agreements are intended to provide for an orderly transition to our status as an independent, publicly-traded company. Following the spin-off, we and Ingersoll Rand may enter into additional or modified agreements, arrangements and transactions, which will be negotiated at arm’s length. The summaries below of each of these agreements include certain terms that may be important to you.
Separation and Distribution Agreement
We intend to enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement with Ingersoll Rand prior to the distribution of our ordinary shares to Ingersoll Rand shareholders. The Separation and Distribution Agreement will set forth our agreements with Ingersoll Rand regarding the principal actions to be taken in connection with the spin-off. It will also set forth other agreements that govern certain aspects of our relationship with Ingersoll Rand following the spin-off. This summary of the Separation and Distribution Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the agreement, which is incorporated by reference into this Information Statement.
Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities. The Separation and Distribution Agreement will provide for those transfers of assets and assumptions of liabilities that are necessary in connection with the spin-off so that we and Ingersoll Rand retain the assets necessary to operate our respective businesses and retain or assume the liabilities allocated in accordance with the spin-off, as well as other assets and liabilities being retained or assumed by each of us and Ingersoll Rand. The Separation and Distribution Agreement will also provide for the settlement or extinguishment of certain liabilities and other obligations between us and Ingersoll Rand. In particular, the Separation and Distribution Agreement will provide that, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Separation and Distribution Agreement:
All of the assets and liabilities (including whether accrued, contingent or otherwise, and subject to certain exceptions) relating primarily to our business will be retained by or transferred to us or one of our subsidiaries, except as set forth in one of the other agreements described below.
All other assets and liabilities (including whether accrued, contingent or otherwise, and subject to certain exceptions) of Ingersoll Rand will be retained by or transferred to Ingersoll Rand or one of its subsidiaries (other than us or one of our subsidiaries), except as set forth in one of the other agreements described below and except for other limited exceptions that are not material that will result in us retaining or assuming other liabilities.
Except as expressly set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any ancillary agreements, each party shall be responsible for its own internal fees, costs and expenses incurred following the distribution date, including any costs and expenses relating to such party’s disclosure documents filed following the distribution date.
Further Assurances; Separation of Guarantees . To the extent that any transfers of assets or assumptions of liabilities contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement have not been consummated on or prior to the date of the distribution, the parties will agree to cooperate with each other to effect such transfers or assumptions while holding such assets or liabilities for the benefit of the appropriate party so that all the benefits and burdens relating to such asset or liability inure to the party entitled to receive or assume such asset or liability. Each party will agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to take or to cause to be taken all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary under applicable law or contractual obligations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the ancillary agreements. Additionally, we and Ingersoll-Rand will use commercially reasonable efforts to remove us as a guarantor of liabilities retained by Ingersoll-Rand and its subsidiaries and to remove Ingersoll-Rand and its subsidiaries as a guarantor of liabilities to be assumed by us.
Representations and Warranties. In general, neither we nor Ingersoll Rand will make any representations or warranties regarding any assets or liabilities transferred or assumed, any consents or approvals that may be required in connection with such transfers or assumptions, the value or freedom from any lien or other security interest of any assets transferred, the absence of any defenses relating to any claim of either party or the legal sufficiency of any conveyance documents, or any other matters. Except as expressly set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement or in any ancillary agreement, all assets will be transferred on an “as is,” “where is” basis.
The Distribution. The Separation and Distribution Agreement will govern the rights and obligations of the parties regarding the proposed distribution and certain actions that must occur prior to the proposed distribution.

109

Table of Contents

Conditions. The Separation and Distribution Agreement will provide that the distribution is subject to several conditions that must be satisfied or waived by Ingersoll Rand in its sole discretion. For further information regarding these conditions, see “The Spin-Off - Conditions to the Spin-Off.” Ingersoll Rand may, in its sole discretion, determine the distribution date and the terms of the distribution and may at any time prior to the completion of the distribution decide to abandon or modify the distribution.
Shared Contracts . Certain shared contracts are to be assigned or amended to facilitate the spin-off of our business from Ingersoll Rand. If such contracts may not be assigned or amended, the parties are required to take reasonable actions to cause the appropriate party to receive the benefit of the contract after the spin-off is complete.
Release of Claims and Indemnification. We and Ingersoll Rand will agree to broad releases pursuant to which we will each release the other and certain related persons specified in the Separation and Distribution Agreement from any claims against any of them that arise out of or relate to events, circumstances or actions occurring or failing to occur or any conditions existing at or prior to the time of the distribution. These releases will be subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
The Separation and Distribution Agreement will provide for cross-indemnities that, except as otherwise provided in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, are principally designed to place financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of our business with us and financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of Ingersoll Rand’s business with Ingersoll Rand. Specifically, each party will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party, its affiliates and subsidiaries and each of its officers, directors, employees and agents for any losses arising out of or due to:
the liabilities or alleged liabilities each party assumed or retained pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement; and
any breach by us or Ingersoll Rand of any provision of the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any ancillary agreement unless such ancillary agreement expressly provides for separate indemnification therein.
The amount of each party’s indemnification obligations will be subject to reduction by any insurance proceeds received by the party being indemnified. The Separation and Distribution Agreement will also specify procedures with respect to claims subject to indemnification and related matters. Indemnification with respect to taxes will be governed by the Tax Matters Agreement.
Insurance . Following the spin-off, we will be responsible for obtaining and maintaining our own insurance coverage, although we will continue to have coverage under certain of Ingersoll Rand’s pre-spin-off insurance policies for certain matters that occurred prior to the spin-off.
Other Matters Governed by the Separation and Distribution Agreement . Other matters governed by the Separation and Distribution Agreement include access to financial and other information, intellectual property, confidentiality, access to and provision of records and treatment of outstanding guarantees and similar credit support.
No Solicit; No Hire . We and Ingersoll Rand will agree that for a period of two years following the effective date, subject to certain customary exceptions, neither us nor Ingersoll Rand will (1) recruit, solicit, hire, or retain an employee of the other party or its subsidiaries or (2) induce or attempt to induce any such employee to cease his relationship with the other party.
Employee Matters Agreement
We intend to enter into an Employee Matters Agreement with Ingersoll Rand that will govern the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of the parties from and after the spin-off with respect to employees and employee-related liabilities and, among other things, our respective health and welfare benefit plans, retirement plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and equity-based compensation plans (including the treatment of outstanding stock option and RSU, PSU and notional share awards thereunder). The Employee Matters Agreement will generally provide for the allocation and treatment of assets, account balances, and liabilities, as applicable, arising out of incentive plans, retirement plans, deferred compensation plans, and employee health and welfare benefit programs in which our employees participated prior to the spin-off and plan assets and liabilities of certain other former Ingersoll Rand businesses. This summary of the Employee Matters Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the agreement, which is incorporated by reference into this Information Statement.

110

Table of Contents

Tax Matters Agreement
We intend to enter into a Tax Matters Agreement with Ingersoll Rand that will govern the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of Ingersoll Rand and us after the spin-off with respect to tax liabilities and benefits, preparation and filing of tax returns, tax attributes, tax contests and other matters relating to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income and other taxes. Among other matters, as former subsidiaries of Ingersoll Rand, certain of our subsidiaries may have had, and may continue to have following the spin-off, joint and several tax liability with Ingersoll Rand for the taxable periods in which we were part of Ingersoll Rand’s U.S. and non-U.S. consolidated tax groups. However, the Tax Matters Agreement will specify the portion of these and other tax liabilities for which we will bear responsibility, and Ingersoll Rand will agree to indemnify us against any amounts for which we are not responsible. The Tax Matters Agreement provides, with certain exceptions relating to our non-U.S. subsidiaries, that we will generally assume liability for and indemnify Ingersoll Rand against any taxes attributable to our income, assets or operations allocable to any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the spin-off, while Ingersoll Rand will generally indemnify us against any taxes imposed as a result of our membership in any of its consolidated tax groups, to the extent that such taxes are allocable to any tax period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the spin-off. The Tax Matters Agreement will also provide rules for allocating tax liabilities in the event that the spin-off is not tax-free. In particular, in the event that the spin-off or the internal transactions related thereto were determined to be taxable (or that the tax payable on such an internal transaction was determined to be greater than anticipated) as a result of actions taken after the distribution by us or Ingersoll Rand, the party responsible for such determination would be responsible for all taxes imposed on us or Ingersoll Rand as a result thereof. If such determination is not the result of actions taken after the distribution by us or Ingersoll Rand, then we would be responsible for any taxes imposed on us or Ingersoll Rand as a result of such determination. Such tax amounts could be significant. The Tax Matters Agreement will provide for certain covenants that may restrict our ability to pursue strategic or other transactions to the extent inconsistent with the tax ruling or tax opinions that we are seeking, including specific prohibitions on taking certain actions generally without first obtaining the consent of Ingersoll Rand, a private letter ruling from the IRS or an unqualified opinion of a nationally recognized law firm or accounting firm. Though valid as between the parties, the Tax Matters Agreement will not be binding on the IRS. This summary of the Tax Matters Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the agreement, which is incorporated by reference into this Information Statement.
Real Estate Matters
We intend to enter into one or more License to Use Agreements with Ingersoll Rand, involving our and Ingersoll Rand’s subsidiaries, under which we and Ingersoll Rand will allow each other to use certain office space, warehouse space, outside storage yard space, restrooms and conference rooms on a temporary basis for specified fees.
Intellectual Property Matters
We intend to enter into an Intellectual Property License Agreement with Ingersoll Rand, under which Ingersoll Rand will license certain intellectual property to us, and we will license certain intellectual property to Ingersoll Rand. In most circumstances, the licenses will be perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive, non-sublicensable, non-assignable, fully paid-up, royalty-free, worldwide licenses, in connection with the current and future operation of the businesses, subject to certain limitations.
Transition Services Agreement
We intend to enter into a Transition Services Agreement with Ingersoll Rand, under which Ingersoll Rand will provide or cause to be provided to us certain services for a limited time to help ensure an orderly transition following the distribution.
We anticipate that under the Transition Services Agreement, we will receive certain services, including services for information technology, human resources and labor and finance and accounting support as well as other corporate support services, from Ingersoll Rand and/or third party providers at specified prices. These services are planned to extend for a period of up to twenty-four months in most circumstances.
Other Ancillary Agreements
We may enter into additional ancillary agreements related to the spin-off, including a reciprocal sales arrangement, on arm’s-length terms, that would continue the compatibility of certain of our products into certain Ingersoll Rand technology platforms or otherwise provide for the sale of goods or services, and an agreement regarding the manufacture and sale by Ingersoll Rand to us of a limited number of products, parts or components currently manufactured at a shared facility, as well as the ownership and transfer of the equipment and other property and the employment of the personnel related to the manufacturing of those products, parts and components.

111

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SHARE CAPITAL
Our Memorandum and Articles of Association will be amended and restated in connection with the spin-off. The following is a summary of the material terms of our share capital that will be contained in the amended and restated Memorandum and Articles of Association. The summaries and descriptions below do not purport to be complete statements of the relevant provisions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association to be in effect at the time of the distribution. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, which you must read (along with the applicable provisions of Irish law) for complete information on our share capital as of the time of the distribution. The Memorandum and Articles of Association to be in effect at the time of the distribution will be included as an exhibit to our registration statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement forms a part.
Legal Name; Formation; Fiscal Year; Registered Office
Our legal name is Allegion public limited company. We are a newly formed company that was incorporated in Ireland as a public limited company on May 9, 2013 with company registration number 527370. Our fiscal year ends on December 31 and our registered address is Block D, Iveagh Court, Harcourt Road, Dublin 2, Ireland.
Share Capital
Our authorized share capital will be €40,000 and $4,010,000, divided into 40,000 ordinary shares with a nominal value of €1.00 per share, 400,000,000 ordinary shares with a nominal value of $0.01 per share and 10,000,000 preferred shares with a nominal value of $0.001 per share. The authorized share capital includes 40,000 ordinary shares with a nominal value of €1.00 per share in order to satisfy minimum statutory requirements for all Irish public limited companies commencing operations. All current outstanding ordinary shares will be acquired and canceled for no consideration contemporaneously with the distribution being effected.
We may issue shares subject to the maximum prescribed by our authorized share capital contained in our Memorandum of Association. Following the distribution, based on approximately 288.6 million Ingersoll Rand ordinary shares outstanding on October 1, 2013, we expect to have issued approximately $962,000 of our authorized share capital of $4,010,000, with such issued share capital comprised of approximately 96.2 million ordinary shares with a nominal value of $0.01 each. This means that we would be able to issue further shares with a total nominal value of approximately $3,048,000, comprised of approximately 303.8 million ordinary shares with a nominal value of $0.01 each and 10,000,000 preferred shares with a nominal value of $0.001 each (as well as 40,000 ordinary shares with a nominal value of €1.00 per share).
As a matter of Irish company law, our directors may cause us to issue new ordinary or preferred shares without shareholder approval once authorized to do so by our Articles of Association or by an ordinary resolution adopted by the shareholders at a general meeting. An ordinary resolution requires over 50% of the votes cast by shareholders at a general meeting (in person or by proxy). The authority conferred can be granted for a maximum period of five years, at which point it must be renewed by the shareholders by an ordinary resolution. Our Articles of Association will authorize the Board of Directors to issue new ordinary or preferred shares without shareholder approval for a period of five years from the date of adoption of the amended and restated Articles of Association.
The authorized share capital may be increased or reduced by way of an ordinary resolution of our shareholders, but not below the number of shares then outstanding. The shares comprising our authorized share capital may be divided into shares of such nominal value as the resolution prescribes.
The rights and restrictions to which the ordinary shares will be subject will be prescribed in our Articles of Association. The Articles of Association will entitle the Board of Directors, without shareholder approval, to determine the terms of the preferred shares we issue. Preferred shares may be preferred as to dividends, rights on a winding up or voting in such manner as our directors may resolve. The preferred shares may also be redeemable at the option of the holder of the preferred shares or at our option, and may be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class or classes of Allegion, depending on the terms of such preferred shares.
Irish law does not recognize fractional shares held of record; accordingly, our Articles of Association will not provide for the issuance of fractional shares, and our official Irish register will not reflect any fractional shares.
Pre-emption Rights, Share Warrants and Share Options
Certain statutory pre-emption rights apply automatically in favor of our shareholders where we issue shares for cash. However, we have opted out of these pre-emption rights in our Articles of Association as permitted under Irish company law. Irish law provides that this opt-out expires after five years unless renewed by a special resolution of the shareholders. A special resolution requires not less than 75% of the votes cast by shareholders at a general meeting (in person or by proxy). If the opt-out is not renewed, shares issued for cash must be offered to pre-existing shareholders pro-rata to their existing shareholding

112

Table of Contents

before the shares can be issued to any new shareholders. The statutory pre-emption rights do not apply where shares are issued for non-cash consideration and do not apply to the issue of non-equity shares (that is, shares that have the right to participate only up to a specified amount in income and capital distributions).
Our Articles of Association will provide that, subject to any shareholder approval requirement under any laws, regulations or the rules of any stock exchange to which we are subject, the Board of Directors is authorized, from time to time, in its discretion, to grant such persons, for such periods and upon such terms as the Board of Directors deems advisable, options to purchase such number of shares of any class or classes or of any series of any class as the Board of Directors may deem advisable, and to cause warrants or other appropriate instruments evidencing such options to be issued. The Irish Companies Acts provide that directors may issue share warrants or options without shareholder approval once authorized to do so by the Articles of Association or an ordinary resolution of shareholders. Under Irish law, the Board of Directors may issue shares upon exercise of validly issued warrants or options without shareholder approval or authorization. However, NYSE rules require shareholder approval of certain equity compensation plans.
Dividends
Under Irish law, dividends and distributions may only be made from “distributable reserves.” Distributable reserves, broadly, means the accumulated realized profits of Allegion plc less accumulated realized losses. In addition, no distribution or dividend may be made unless Allegion plc’s net assets are equal to, or in excess of, the aggregate of its share capital which has been paid up or which is payable in the future plus undistributable reserves and the distribution does not reduce Allegion plc’s net assets below such aggregate. Undistributable reserves include the share premium account, the capital redemption reserve fund, Allegion plc’s net unrealized profits and any other reserve which the company is prohibited from distributing.
The determination as to whether or not Allegion plc has sufficient distributable reserves to fund a dividend must be made by reference to the “relevant accounts” of Allegion plc. The “relevant accounts” will be either the last set of Allegion plc’s unconsolidated annual audited financial statements or unaudited financial statements prepared in accordance with the Irish Companies Acts and Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in Ireland, which give a “true and fair view” of Allegion plc’s unconsolidated financial position. The relevant accounts must be filed in the Companies Registration Office (the official public registry for companies in Ireland).
Although Allegion plc will not have any distributable reserves immediately following the distribution, we are taking steps to create such distributable reserves. See “Risk Factors - There is no guarantee that the High Court of Ireland will approve the creation of distributable reserves” and “Dividends - Creation of Distributable Reserves.”
The mechanism as to who declares a dividend and when a dividend becomes payable will be governed by our Articles of Association. The Articles of Association will authorize the directors to declare dividends as appear justified from the profits without the approval of the shareholders at a general meeting. The Board of Directors may also recommend a dividend to be approved and declared by the shareholders at a general meeting. Although the shareholders may direct that the payment be made by distribution of assets, shares or cash, no dividend issued may exceed the amount recommended by the directors. The dividends declared by directors or shareholders may be paid in the form of assets, shares or cash.
The directors may deduct from any dividend payable to any shareholder all sums of money (if any) payable by such shareholder in relation to the shares of Allegion.
The directors are also entitled to issue shares with preferred rights to participate in dividends we declare. The holders of such preferred shares may, depending on their terms, be entitled to claim arrears of a declared dividend out of subsequently declared dividends in priority to ordinary shareholders.
For information about the Irish tax issues relating to dividend payments, see “The Spin-Off - Irish Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” and “The Spin-Off - U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”
Share Repurchases and Redemptions
Overview
The Articles of Association will provide that any ordinary share which we have acquired or agreed to acquire is deemed to be a redeemable share. Accordingly, for Irish company law purposes, our repurchase of ordinary shares will technically be effected as a redemption of those shares as described below under “- Share Repurchases and Redemptions - Repurchases and Redemptions by Allegion.” If the Articles of Association did not contain this provision, our repurchases would be subject to many of the same rules that apply to purchases of our ordinary shares by subsidiaries described below under “- Share Repurchases and Redemptions - Purchases by Subsidiaries of Allegion,” including the shareholder approval requirements described below and the requirement that any on-market purchases be effected on a “recognized stock exchange.” Except where otherwise noted, when we refer elsewhere in this Information Statement to repurchasing or buying back ordinary shares, we are

113

Table of Contents

referring to the redemption of ordinary shares by us pursuant to the Articles of Association or the purchase of our ordinary shares by one of our subsidiaries, in each case in accordance with our Articles of Association and Irish company law as described below.
Repurchases and Redemptions by Allegion
Under Irish law, a company can issue redeemable shares and redeem them out of distributable reserves (which are described above under “- Dividends”) or the proceeds of a new issue of shares for that purpose. Although Allegion plc will not have any distributable reserves immediately following the distribution, we are taking steps to create such distributable reserves. See “Risk Factors - There is no guarantee that the High Court of Ireland will approve the creation of distributable reserves” and “Dividends - Creation of Distributable Reserves.” The issue of redeemable shares may only be made by us where the nominal value of the issued share capital that is not redeemable is not less than 10% of the nominal value of our total issued share capital. All redeemable shares must also be fully paid and the terms of redemption of the shares must provide for payment on redemption. Redeemable shares may, upon redemption, be cancelled or held in treasury. Shareholder approval will not be required to redeem our ordinary shares pursuant to the Articles of Association.
Our Board of Directors will also be entitled to issue preferred shares which may be redeemed at either our option or the option of the shareholder, depending on the terms of such preferred shares. For additional information on redeemable shares, see “- Share Capital.”
Repurchased and redeemed shares may be cancelled or held as treasury shares. The nominal value of treasury shares we hold at any time must not exceed 10% of the nominal value of our issued share capital. While we hold shares as treasury shares, we cannot exercise any voting rights in respect of those shares. We may cancel treasury shares or re-issue such shares subject to certain conditions.
Purchases by Subsidiaries of Allegion
Under Irish law, it may be permissible for an Irish or non-Irish subsidiary to purchase our shares either on-market or off-market. A general authority of the shareholders is required to allow one of our subsidiaries to make on-market purchases of our shares; however, as long as this general authority has been granted, no specific shareholder authority for a particular on-market purchase of our shares by a subsidiary is required. If we choose to repurchase shares through a subsidiary, we will seek such general authority, which would expire no later than 18 months after the date on which it was granted, at the annual general meeting of shareholders. In order for a subsidiary to make an on-market purchase of our shares, such shares must be purchased on a “recognized stock exchange.” The NYSE, on which we expect our ordinary shares will be listed following the distribution, is specified as a recognized stock exchange for this purpose by Irish company law. For an off-market purchase by one of our subsidiaries, the proposed purchase contract must be authorized by special resolution of the shareholders before the contract is entered into. The person whose shares are to be bought back cannot vote in favor of the special resolution and, for at least 21 days prior to the special resolution, the purchase contract must be on display or must be available for inspection by shareholders at our registered office.
The number of shares held by one of our subsidiaries at any time will count as treasury shares and will be included in any calculation of the permitted treasury share threshold of 10% of the nominal value of our issued share capital. While a subsidiary holds our shares, it cannot exercise any voting rights in respect of those shares. The acquisition of our shares by a subsidiary must be funded out of distributable reserves of the subsidiary.
Bonus Shares
Under our Articles of Association, the Board of Directors may resolve to capitalize any amount credited to any reserve or fund available for distribution or the share premium account or any other undistributable reserve of Allegion plc through the issuance of fully paid-up bonus shares on the same basis of entitlement as would apply in respect of a dividend distribution.
Consolidation and Division; Subdivision
Under our Articles of Association, we may, by ordinary resolution, consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of larger nominal value than our existing shares or subdivide our shares into smaller amounts than is fixed by the Articles of Association.

114

Table of Contents

Reduction of Share Capital
We may, by ordinary resolution, reduce our authorized share capital in any way. We also may, by special resolution and subject to confirmation by the High Court of Ireland, reduce or cancel our issued share capital (which includes share premium) in any way. The creation of distributable reserves discussed in “Dividends - Creation of Distributable Reserves” involves a reduction of share capital, namely the share premium account of Allegion plc, for the purposes of Irish law.
General Meetings of Shareholders
We will be required to hold an annual general meeting within 18 months of incorporation and at intervals of no more than 15 months thereafter, provided that an annual general meeting is held in each calendar year following the first annual general meeting, no more than nine months after our fiscal year end. Our first annual general meeting may be held outside Ireland. Thereafter, any annual general meeting may be held outside Ireland if a resolution so authorizing has been passed at the preceding annual general meeting. Because of the 15-month requirement described in this paragraph, our Articles of Association will include a provision reflecting this requirement of Irish law.
Extraordinary general meetings may be convened by (i) the chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Board of Directors, (iii) on requisition of the shareholders holding not less than 10% of our paid-up share capital carrying voting rights or (iv) on requisition of our auditors upon their resignation. Extraordinary general meetings will be generally held for the purposes of approving shareholder resolutions as may be required from time to time.
Notice of a general meeting must be given to all of our shareholders and to our auditors. Our Articles of Association provide that the maximum notice period is 60 days. The minimum notice periods are 21 days’ notice in writing for an annual general meeting or an extraordinary general meeting to approve a special resolution and 14 days’ notice in writing for any other extraordinary general meeting. General meetings may be called by shorter notice, but only with the consent of our auditors and all of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote thereat. Because of the 21-day and 14-day requirements described in this paragraph, our Articles of Association will include provisions reflecting these requirements of Irish law.
In the case of an extraordinary general meeting convened by our shareholders, the proposed purpose of the meeting must be set out in the requisition notice. The requisition notice can contain any resolution. Upon receipt of this requisition notice, the Board of Directors has 21 days to convene a meeting of shareholders to vote on the matters set out in the requisition notice. This meeting must be held within two months of the receipt of the requisition notice. If the Board of Directors does not convene the meeting within such 21-day period, the requisitioning shareholders, or any of them representing more than one half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a meeting, which meeting must be held within three months of the receipt of the requisition notice.
The only matters which must, as a matter of Irish company law, be transacted at an annual general meeting are the presentation of the annual accounts, balance sheet and reports of the directors and auditors, the appointment of auditors and the fixing of the auditor’s remuneration (or delegation of same). If no resolution is made in respect of the reappointment of an auditor at an annual general meeting, the previous auditor will be deemed to have continued in office.
If the directors become aware that the net assets of Allegion plc are half or less of the amount of Allegion plc’s share capital which has been paid up or which is payable in the future, the Board of Directors must convene an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders not later than 28 days from the date that they learn of this fact. This meeting must be convened for the purposes of considering whether any, and if so what, measures should be taken to address the situation.
Voting
Where a vote is to be taken at a general meeting, every shareholder has one vote for each ordinary share that he or she holds as of the record date for the meeting. Voting rights may be exercised by shareholders registered in our share register as of the record date for the meeting or by a duly appointed proxy of such a registered shareholder, which proxy need not be a shareholder. Where interests in shares are held by a nominee trust company, this company may exercise the rights of the beneficial holders on their behalf as their proxy. All proxies must be appointed in the manner prescribed by our Articles of Association. The Articles of Association will permit the appointment of proxies by the shareholders to be notified to us electronically.
In accordance with the Articles of Association, the directors may from time to time cause us to issue preferred shares. These preferred shares may have such voting rights as may be specified in the terms of such preferred shares (e.g., they may carry more votes per share than ordinary shares or may entitle their holders to a class vote on such matters as may be specified in the terms of the preferred shares).
Treasury shares and shares of Allegion held by our subsidiaries will not be entitled to vote at general meetings of shareholders.

115

Table of Contents

Irish company law requires “special resolutions” of the shareholders at a general meeting to approve certain matters. A special resolution requires not less than 75% of the votes cast of shareholders present in person or by proxy at a general meeting. This may be contrasted with “ordinary resolutions,” which require a simple majority of the votes cast of shareholders present in person or by proxy at a general meeting. Examples of matters requiring special resolutions include:
amending our objects ( i.e. , main purposes);
amending our Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association;
approving the change of our name;
authorizing the entering into of a guarantee or provision of security in connection with a loan, quasi-loan or credit transaction to a director or a person who is deemed to be “connected” to a director for the purposes of the Irish Companies Acts;
opting out of pre-emption rights on the issuance of new shares;
re-registration of us from a public limited company to a private company;
variation of class rights attaching to classes of shares;
purchasing our shares off-market;
the reduction of share capital;
resolving that we be wound up by the Irish courts;
resolving in favor of a shareholders’ voluntary winding-up;
re-designation of shares into different share classes; and
setting the re-issue price of treasury shares.
Variation of Rights Attaching to a Class or Series of Shares
Variation of all or any special rights attached to any class or series of our shares will be addressed in the Articles of Association as well as the Irish Companies Acts. Any variation of class rights attaching to our issued shares must be approved by a special resolution of the shareholders of the class or series affected.
Quorum for General Meetings
The presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of our shares entitling them to exercise a majority of the voting power constitutes a quorum for the conduct of business. No business may take place at a general meeting if a quorum is not present in person or by proxy. The Board of Directors has no authority to waive quorum requirements stipulated in our Articles of Association. Abstentions and broker non-votes will be counted as present for purposes of determining whether there is a quorum in respect of the proposals.
Requirements for Advance Notification of Director Nominations and Proposals of Shareholders
Irish law and our Articles of Association will establish advance notice procedures with respect to shareholder proposals (including nomination of candidates for election as directors other than nominations made by or at the direction of our Board of Directors or a committee of our Board of Directors).
Unanimous Shareholder Consent to Action Without Meeting
The Irish Companies Acts provide that shareholders may approve an ordinary or special resolution of shareholders without a meeting only if (a) all shareholders sign the written resolution and (b) our Articles of Association permit written resolutions of shareholders (the Articles of Association will contain the appropriate authorizations for this purpose). Our Articles of Association permit unanimous written resolutions of shareholders.
Inspection of Books and Records
Under Irish law, shareholders have the right to: (1) receive a copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association and any act of the Irish Government which alters our Memorandum of Association; (2) inspect and obtain copies of the minutes and resolutions of general meetings; (3) inspect and receive a copy of the register of shareholders, register of directors and secretaries, register of directors’ interests and other statutory registers we maintain; (4) receive copies of balance sheets and directors’ and auditors’ reports which have previously been sent to shareholders prior to an annual general meeting; and (5) receive balance sheets of one of our subsidiaries which have previously been sent to shareholders prior to an annual general meeting for the preceding 10 years. Our auditors will also have the right to inspect all our books, records and vouchers. The auditors’ report must be circulated to the shareholders 21 days before the annual general meeting with our financial statements prepared in accordance with the Irish Companies Acts, and must be read to the shareholders at the annual general meeting.

116

Table of Contents

Acquisitions and Appraisal Rights
There are a number of mechanisms for acquiring an Irish public limited company, including:
(a)
a court-approved scheme of arrangement under the Irish Companies Acts. A scheme of arrangement with shareholders requires a court order from the High Court of Ireland and the approval of: (1) 75% of the voting shareholders by value; and (2) 50% in number of the voting shareholders, at a meeting called to approve the scheme;
(b)
through a tender offer by a third party for all of our shares. Where the holders of 80% or more of our shares have accepted an offer by a bidder for their shares, the remaining shareholders may be statutorily required to also transfer their shares to such bidder. If the bidder does not exercise its “squeeze out” right, then the non-accepting shareholders also have a statutory right to require the bidder to acquire their shares on the same terms. If our shares were listed on the official list of the Irish Stock Exchange or another regulated stock exchange in the European Economic Area (EEA), this threshold would be increased to 90%; and
(c)
it is also possible for us to be acquired by way of a merger with an EEA incorporated company under the E.U. Cross Border Merger Directive 2005/56. Such a merger must be approved by a special resolution.
Under Irish law, there is no requirement for a company’s shareholders to approve a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of a company’s property and assets. However, our Articles of Association will provide that the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by members at a general meeting in person or by proxy is required to approve a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of its property or assets.
Generally, under Irish law, shareholders of an Irish company do not have appraisal rights. However, under the EC (Cross Border Mergers) Regulations 2008 governing the merger of an Irish limited company and a company incorporated in the EEA, a shareholder (a) who voted against the special resolution approving the merger or (b) of a company in which 90% of the shares is held by the company that is the other party to the merger, has the right to request that the company acquire its shares for cash.
Disclosure of Interests in Shares
Under the Irish Companies Acts, subject to certain limited exceptions, a shareholder must notify us (but not the public at large) if as a result of a transaction the shareholder will be interested in 5% or more of any class of our shares carrying voting rights; or if as a result of a transaction a shareholder who was interested in more than 5% of any class of our shares carrying voting rights ceases to be so interested. Where a shareholder is interested in more than 5% of any class of our shares carrying voting rights, any alteration of his or her interest that brings his or her total holding through the nearest whole percentage number, whether an increase or a reduction, must notify us (but not the public at large). The relevant percentage figure is calculated by reference to the aggregate nominal value of the class of shares in which the shareholder is interested as a proportion of the entire nominal value of the issued shares of that class. Where the percentage level of the shareholder’s interest does not amount to a whole percentage, this figure may be rounded down to the next whole number. All such disclosures must be notified to us within five business days of the transaction or alteration of the shareholder’s interests that gave rise to the requirement to notify. Where a person fails to comply with the notification requirements described above, no right or interest of any kind whatsoever in respect of any of our shares concerned, held by such person, will be enforceable by such person, whether directly or indirectly, by action or legal proceeding. However, such person may apply to the court to have the rights attaching to the shares concerned reinstated.
In addition to the above disclosure requirement, we, under the Irish Companies Acts, may by notice in writing require a person whom we know or have reasonable cause to believe to be or, at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date on which such notice is issued, to have been interested in shares comprised in our relevant share capital: (a) to indicate whether or not it is the case, and (b) where such person holds or has during that time held an interest in any class of our shares carrying voting rights, to give such further information as may be required by us, including particulars of such person’s own past or present interests in such class of our shares. Any information given in response to the notice is required to be given in writing within such reasonable time as may be specified in the notice.
Where such a notice is served by us on a person who is or was interested in any class of our shares carrying voting rights and that person fails to give us any information required within the reasonable time specified, we may apply to the court for an order directing that the affected shares be subject to certain restrictions.
Under the Irish Companies Acts, the restrictions that may be placed on the shares by the court are:
(a)
any transfer of those shares, or in the case of unissued shares any transfer of the right to be issued with shares and any issue of shares, is void;
(b)
no voting rights are exercisable in respect of those shares;

117

Table of Contents

(c)
no further shares may be issued in right of those shares or in pursuance of any offer made to the holder of those shares; and
(d)
no payment may be made of any sums due from us on those shares, whether in respect of capital or otherwise.
Where our shares are subject to these restrictions, the court may order the shares to be sold and may also direct that the shares will cease to be subject to these restrictions.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Business Combinations with Interested Shareholders
Our Articles of Association provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the shares then in issue of all classes of shares entitled to vote, considered for purposes of this provision as one class, is required for us to engage in any “business combination” with any interested shareholder (generally, a 10% or greater shareholder), provided that the above vote requirement does not apply to:
any business combination with an interested shareholder that has been approved by the Board of Directors; or
any agreement for the amalgamation, merger or consolidation of any of our subsidiaries with Allegion plc or with another of our subsidiaries if (1) the relevant provisions of our Articles of Association will not be changed or otherwise affected by or by virtue of the amalgamation, merger or consolidation and (2) the holders of greater than 50% of the voting power of Allegion plc or the subsidiary, as appropriate, immediately prior to the amalgamation, merger or consolidation continue to hold greater than 50% of the voting power of the amalgamated company immediately following the amalgamation, merger or consolidation.
Our Articles of Association will provide that “business combination” means:
any amalgamation, merger or consolidation of Allegion plc or one of our subsidiaries with an interested shareholder or with any person that is, or would be after such amalgamation, merger or consolidation, an affiliate or associate of an interested shareholder;
any transfer or other disposition to or with an interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate of an interested shareholder of all or any material part of our assets or one of our subsidiaries; and
any issuance or transfer of our shares upon conversion of or in exchange for the securities or assets of any interested shareholder, or with any company that is, or would be after such merger or consolidation, an affiliate or associate of an interested shareholder.
Share Issuances
Subject to the Irish Takeover Rules described below, the Board of Directors has power to cause us to issue any of our authorized and unissued shares on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may determine (as described under “- Share Capital”) and any such action must be taken in our best interests. It is possible, however, that the terms and conditions of any issue of preferred shares could discourage a takeover or other transaction that holders of some or a majority of the ordinary shares believe to be in their best interests or in which holders might receive a premium for their shares over the then market price of the shares.
Irish Takeover Rules
A transaction by virtue of which a third party is seeking to acquire 30% or more of our voting rights will be governed by the Irish Takeover Panel Act 1997 and the Irish Takeover Rules made thereunder and will be regulated by the Irish Takeover Panel. The “General Principles” of the Irish Takeover Rules and certain important aspects of the Irish Takeover Rules are described below.
General Principles. The Irish Takeover Rules are built on the following General Principles which will apply to any transaction regulated by the Irish Takeover Panel:
in the event of an offer, all classes of shareholders of the target company should be afforded equivalent treatment and, if a person acquires control of a company, the other holders of securities must be protected;
the holders of securities in the target company must have sufficient time and information to allow them to make an informed decision regarding the offer;
the board of directors of a company must act in the interests of the company as a whole and must not deny shareholders the opportunity to decide on the merits of an offer. If the board of directors of the target company advises the holders of securities as regards the offer, it must advise on the effects of the implementation of the offer on employment, employment conditions and the locations of the target company’s place of business;

118

Table of Contents

false markets ( i.e. , a market based on erroneous, imperfect or unequally disclosed information) in the securities of the target company or any other company concerned by the offer must not be created;
a bidder can only announce an offer after ensuring that he or she can pay in full the consideration offered;
a target company may not be hindered longer than is reasonable by an offer for its securities. This is a recognition that an offer will disrupt the day-to-day running of a target company particularly if the offer is hostile and the board of directors of the target company must divert its attention to resist the offer; and
acquisitions of securities (whether such acquisition is to be effected by one transaction or a series of transactions) will only be allowed to take place at an acceptable speed and subject to adequate and timely disclosure. Specifically, the acquisition of 10% or more of the issued voting shares within a seven day period that would take a shareholders’ holding to or above 15% of the issued voting shares (but less than 30%) is prohibited, subject to certain exemptions.
Mandatory Bid. If an acquisition of shares or other securities were to increase the aggregate holding/entitlement of an acquirer and its concert parties to 30% or more of our voting rights, the acquirer and, depending on the circumstances, its concert parties would be required (except with the consent of the Irish Takeover Panel) to make a cash offer for the outstanding shares at a price not less than the highest price paid for the shares by the acquirer or its concert parties during the previous 12 months. This requirement would also be triggered by an acquisition of shares or other securities by a person holding (together with its concert parties) shares or other securities carrying between 30% and 50% of our voting rights if the effect of such acquisition were to increase the percentage of the voting rights held by that person (together with its concert parties) by 0.05% within a twelve-month period. A single holder (that is, a holder excluding any parties acting in concert with the holder) holding or entitled to more than 50% of the voting rights of a company is not subject to this rule.
Voluntary Bid; Requirements to Make a Cash Offer and Minimum Price Requirements. A voluntary offer is an offer that is not a mandatory offer. If a bidder or any of its concert parties has acquired our shares within the period of three months prior to the commencement of the voluntary offer, the offer price must be not less than the highest price paid for that class of our shares by the bidder or its concert parties during that period. The Irish Takeover Panel has the power to extend the “look back” period to 12 months if the Irish Takeover Panel, having regard to the General Principles, believes it is appropriate to do so.
If the bidder or any of its concert parties has acquired more than 10% of a class of our shares (i) during the period of 12 months prior to the commencement of the voluntary offer period or (ii) at any time after the commencement of the voluntary offer period, the offer must be in cash (or accompanied by a full cash alternative) and the price per share of the same class of our shares must be not less than the highest price paid by the bidder or its concert parties during, in the case of (i), the period of 12 months prior to the commencement of the voluntary offer and, in the case of (ii), the offer period. The Irish Takeover Panel may apply this rule to a bidder who, together with its concert parties, has acquired less than 10% of the total shares of a class of our shares in the 12 month period prior to the commencement of the voluntary offer period if the Irish Takeover Panel, having regard to the General Principles, considers it just and proper to do so.
A voluntary offer period will generally commence on the date of the first announcement of the offer or proposed offer.
Substantial Acquisition Rules. The Irish Takeover Rules also contain rules governing substantial acquisitions of shares that restrict the speed at which a person may increase his or her holding of voting shares and rights over voting shares to an aggregate of between 15% and 30% of our voting rights. Except in certain circumstances, an acquisition or series of acquisitions of shares or rights over shares representing 10% or more of the voting rights is prohibited if such acquisition(s), when aggregated with shares or rights already held, would result in the acquirer holding 15% or more but less than 30% of our voting rights and such acquisitions are made within a period of seven days. These rules also require accelerated disclosure of acquisitions of shares or rights over shares relating to such acquisitions.
Frustrating Action. Under the Irish Takeover Rules, our Board of Directors is not permitted to take any action which might frustrate an offer for our shares once the Board of Directors has received an approach which may lead to an offer, or has reason to believe an offer is imminent, except as noted below. Potentially frustrating actions such as (i) the issue of shares, options or convertible securities, (ii) material disposals, (iii) entering into contracts other than in the ordinary course of business or (iv) any action, other than seeking alternative offers, which may result in frustration of an offer. Exceptions to this prohibition are available:
(a)
where the action is approved by the offeree at a general meeting; or
(b)
with the consent of the Irish Takeover Panel where:
(i)
the Irish Takeover Panel is satisfied the action would not constitute a frustrating action;
(ii)
the holders of 50% of the voting rights state in writing that they approve the proposed action and would vote in favor of it at a general meeting;

119

Table of Contents

(iii)
such action is in accordance with a contract entered into prior to the announcement of the offer; or
(iv)
the decision to take such action was made before the announcement of the offer and either has been at least partially implemented or is in the ordinary course of business.
For other provisions that could be considered to have an anti-takeover effect, see above at “- Pre-emption Rights, Share Warrants and Share Options,” “- Disclosure of Interests in Shares,” “- Requirements for Advance Notification of Director Nominations and Proposals of Shareholders” and “- Unanimous Shareholder Consent to Action Without Meeting,” in addition to “- Election of Directors,” “- Vacancies on Board of Directors” and “- Amendment of Governing Documents” below.
Corporate Governance
Our Articles of Association will delegate the day-to-day management of us to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may then delegate management to committees of the Board of Directors, executives or to a management team, but regardless, the directors will remain responsible, as a matter of Irish law, for the proper management of our affairs. We expect to have an Audit and Finance Committee, a Compensation Committee, and a Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.
Election of Directors
The Irish Companies Acts provide for a minimum of two directors. Our Articles of Association will provide for a minimum of two directors and a maximum of 15 directors. Our shareholders may from time to time increase or reduce the maximum number, or increase the minimum number, of directors by a special resolution amending the Articles of Association.
Directors are elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by shareholders at an annual general meeting (present in person or by proxy) and serve for one-year terms. Any nominee for director who does not receive a majority of the votes cast is not elected to the Board of Directors. However, because Irish law requires a minimum of two directors at all times, in the event that an election results in no directors being elected, each of the two nominees receiving the greatest number of votes in favor of his or her election shall hold office until his or her successor is elected. In the event that an election results in only one director being elected, that director will be elected and serve for a one-year term, and the nominee (excluding the elected director) receiving the greatest number of votes in favor of his or her election will hold office until his or her successor is elected.
Vacancies on the Board of Directors
Our Articles of Association will provide that the directors have the authority to appoint one or more directors to the Board of Directors, subject to the maximum number of directors allowed for in the Articles of Association. A vacancy caused by the removal of a director may be filled at the meeting at which the director is removed by resolution of shareholders. If not, it may be filled by the Board of Directors.
Any director so appointed will hold office until the next annual general meeting. During any vacancy on the Board of Directors, the remaining directors will have full power to act as the Board of Directors.
Removal of Directors
The Irish Companies Acts provide that, notwithstanding anything contained in the Articles of Association of a company or in any agreement between that company and a director, the shareholders may by an ordinary resolution remove a director from office before the expiration of his or her term. Accordingly, our shareholders may by an ordinary resolution remove a director from office before the expiration of his or her term. The power of removal is without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of contract ( e.g. , employment contract) which the director may have against us in respect of his or her removal.
Duration; Dissolution; Rights upon Liquidation
Our corporate existence will have unlimited duration. We may be dissolved at any time by way of either a shareholders’ voluntary winding up or a creditors’ voluntary winding up. In the case of a shareholders’ voluntary winding up, a special resolution of the shareholders is required ( i.e. , 75% of the votes cast, in person or by proxy, at a general meeting of shareholders). We may also be dissolved by way of court order on the application of a creditor, or by the Companies Registration Office as an enforcement measure where we have failed to file certain returns.
The rights of the shareholders to a return of assets on dissolution or winding up, following the settlement of all claims of creditors, may be prescribed in our Articles of Association or the terms of any preferred shares issued by the directors from time to time. The holders of preferred shares in particular may have the right to priority in a dissolution or winding up of us. If the Articles of Association contain no specific provisions in respect of a dissolution or winding up, then, subject to the priorities

120

Table of Contents

of any creditors, the assets will be distributed to shareholders in proportion to the paid-up nominal value of the shares held. Our Articles of Association will provide that the ordinary shareholders are entitled to participate pro rata in a winding up, but their right to do so may be subject to the rights of any preferred shareholders to participate under the terms of any series or class of preferred shares.
Uncertificated Shares
Holders of our ordinary shares will not have the right to require us to issue certificates for their shares. We will only issue uncertificated ordinary shares.
Stock Exchange Listing
We intend to apply for authorization to list our ordinary shares on the NYSE under the symbol “ALLE.” We do not plan on listing our ordinary shares on the Irish Stock Exchange at the present time.
No Sinking Fund
The ordinary shares have no sinking fund provisions.
No Liability for Further Calls or Assessments
The ordinary shares to be issued in the distribution will be duly and validly issued and fully paid.
Transfer and Registration of Shares
Our official share register will be maintained by our transfer agent or the transfer agent’s affiliates. Registration in this share register will be determinative of membership. A shareholder who holds shares beneficially will not be the holder of record of such shares. Instead, the depository ( e.g. , Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC) or other nominee will be the holder of record of such shares. Accordingly, a transfer of shares from a person who holds such shares beneficially to a person who also holds such shares beneficially through the same depository or other nominee will not be registered in our official share register, as the depository or other nominee will remain the record holder of such shares.
A written instrument of transfer is required under Irish law in order to register on our official share register any transfer of shares (i) from a person who holds such shares directly to any other person, (ii) from a person who holds such shares beneficially to a person who holds such shares directly, or (iii) from a person who holds such shares beneficially to another person who holds such shares beneficially where the transfer involves a change in the depository or other nominee that is the record owner of the transferred shares. An instrument of transfer is also required for a shareholder who directly holds shares to transfer those shares into his or her own broker account (or vice versa). Such instruments of transfer may give rise to Irish stamp duty, which must be paid prior to registration of the transfer on our official Irish share register.
We currently intend to pay (or cause one of our affiliates to pay) stamp duty, if any, in connection with share transfers made in the ordinary course of trading by a seller who holds shares directly to a buyer who will hold the acquired shares beneficially or directly or by a seller who holds shares beneficially to a buyer who will hold the acquired shares directly. In other cases we may, in our absolute discretion, pay (or cause one of its affiliates to pay) any stamp duty. Our Articles of Association will provide that, in the event of any such payment, we (i) may seek reimbursement from the transferor or transferee (at our discretion), (ii) may set-off the amount of the stamp duty against future dividends payable to the transferor or transferee (at our discretion), and (iii) will have a lien against our shares on which we have paid stamp duty. Parties to a share transfer may assume that any stamp duty arising in respect of a transaction in our shares has been paid unless one or both of such parties is otherwise notified by us.
Our Articles of Association will delegate to the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary and certain other persons and delegates the authority to execute an instrument of transfer on behalf of a transferring party. In order to help ensure that the official share register is regularly updated to reflect trading of our shares occurring through normal electronic systems, we intend to regularly produce any required instruments of transfer in connection with any transactions for which we pay stamp duty (subject to the reimbursement and set-off rights described above). In the event that we notify one or both of the parties to a share transfer that we believe stamp duty is required to be paid in connection with such transfer and that we will not pay such stamp duty, such parties may either themselves arrange for the execution of the required instrument of transfer (and may request a form of instrument of transfer from us for this purpose) or request that we execute an instrument of transfer on behalf of the transferring party in a form determined by us. In either event, if the parties to the share transfer have the instrument of transfer duly stamped (to the extent required) and then provide it to our transfer agent, the transferee will be registered as the legal owner of the relevant shares on our official Irish share register (subject to the matters described below).

121

Table of Contents

The directors may decline to recognize any instrument of transfer unless (i) it is accompanied by such evidence as the directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; (ii) it is in respect of one class of share only; (iii) it is in favor of not more than four transferees; and (iv) it is lodged at our registered office or at such other place as the directors may appoint. In the case of a transfer of shares by means other than a sale through a stock exchange on which the shares are listed, the directors have absolute discretion to decline to register such transfer of a share that is not fully paid or that is transferred to or by a minor or person of unsound mind.
The registration of transfers may be suspended by the directors at such times and for such period, not exceeding a total of 30 days in each year, as the directors may from time to time determine.
Limitations on Liability, Indemnification of Directors and Officers and Insurance
Under Irish law, a company may not exempt its directors from liability for negligence or a breach of duty. However, where a breach of duty has been established, directors may be statutorily exempted by an Irish court from personal liability for negligence or breach of duty if, among other things, the court determines that they have acted honestly and reasonably, and that they may fairly be excused as a result.
The Irish Companies Acts only permit a company to pay the costs or discharge the liability of a director or the Secretary where judgment is given in his/her favor in any civil or criminal action in respect of such costs or liability, or where an Irish court grants relief because the director or Secretary acted honestly and reasonably and ought fairly to be excused. This restriction does not apply to executives who are not directors or the Secretary. Any obligation of an Irish company which purports to indemnify a director or Secretary of an Irish company over and above this will be void under Irish law, whether contained in its Articles of Association or any contract between the director or Secretary and the company.
In addition, our Articles of Association will provide that every director and the Secretary shall be entitled to be indemnified by us against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him in the execution and discharge of his duties or in relation thereto including any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him as an officer or employee of us and in which judgment is given in his favor (or the proceedings are otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his part) or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application under any statute for relief from liability in respect of any such act or omission in which relief is granted to him by the court.
We will also indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made a party to a Proceeding (defined below) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an “officer” as such term is defined under the Exchange Act (excluding any director or Secretary) as well as with individuals serving as director, officer or some other function of any other entity, to the fullest extent permitted under Irish law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Such right shall include the right to be paid by us expenses incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the maximum extent permitted under Irish law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended; provided that to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the officer or other covered person is not entitled to be indemnified under this article or otherwise. “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, any appeal in such an action, suit, claim or proceeding, and any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such an action, suit, claim or proceeding.
We will take out directors and officers liability insurance, as well as other types of insurance, for our directors, officers and Secretary.
In connection with the spin-off, we expect that we and one of our subsidiaries will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our Secretary that will provide for indemnification and expense advancement (except in cases where we or any of our subsidiaries is proceeding against the indemnitee) and include related provisions meant to facilitate the indemnitee’s receipt of such benefits.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions described above may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. However, these provisions will not limit or eliminate our rights, or those of any shareholder, to seek non-monetary relief such as injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director’s duty of care. The provisions will not alter the liability of directors under the federal securities laws. In addition, your investment may be materially adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding against any director, officer or employee for which indemnification is being sought.

122

Table of Contents

Sale of Unregistered Securities
Upon our incorporation on May 9, 2013, we issued (i) one ordinary share of €1.00 each to six nominee companies ( i.e., six ordinary shares in total) to hold on trust for an Irish corporate services provider and (ii) 39,994 ordinary shares of €1.00 each to the above mentioned Irish corporate services provider. We did not register these issuances under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) because such issuances did not constitute public offerings and therefore were exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. Each share has been issued for cash at its nominal value.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
After the distribution, the transfer agent and registrar for our shares will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.


123

Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed a Registration Statement on Form 10 with the SEC with respect to our ordinary shares being distributed as contemplated by this Information Statement. This Information Statement is a part of, and does not contain all of the information set forth in, the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules to the Registration Statement. For further information with respect to our company and our ordinary shares, please refer to the Registration Statement, including its exhibits and schedules. Statements made in this Information Statement relating to any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the Registration Statement for copies of the actual contract or document. You may review a copy of the Registration Statement, including its exhibits and schedules, at the SEC’s public reference room, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, as well as on the Internet website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the public reference room. Information contained on any website referenced in this Information Statement does not and will not constitute a part of this Information Statement or the Registration Statement on Form 10 of which this Information Statement is a part.
As a result of the distribution, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Following the distribution, we plan to make our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to the foregoing reports available free of charge on our Internet website (http://www.allegion.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.
We intend to furnish holders of our ordinary shares with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited and reported on, with an opinion expressed thereto, by an independent registered public accounting firm.
You should rely only on the information contained in this Information Statement or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized any person to provide you with different information or to make any representation not contained in this Information Statement.


124

Table of Contents

Allegion
Index to Annual Combined Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Index to Interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 
 



F-1

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To Shareholders and Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand plc:

In our opinion, the accompanying annual combined financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Allegion plc at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related combined financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
June 14, 2013


F-2

Table of Contents

Allegion
Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income
In millions
For the years ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Net revenues
 
$
2,046.6

 
$
2,021.2

 
$
1,967.7

Cost of goods sold
 
(1,220.6
)
 
(1,211.4
)
 
(1,201.7
)
Selling and administrative expenses
 
(457.4
)
 
(450.8
)
 
(441.0
)
Operating income
 
368.6

 
359.0

 
325.0

Interest expense
 
(1.5
)
 
(1.4
)
 
(1.8
)
Other, net
 
(3.2
)
 
4.6

 
3.5

Earnings before income taxes
 
363.9


362.2


326.7

Provision for income taxes
 
(135.9
)
 
(130.5
)
 
(125.7
)
Earnings from continuing operations
 
228.0

 
231.7

 
201.0

Discontinued operations, net of tax
 
(2.7
)
 
(7.3
)
 
(2.5
)
Net earnings
 
225.3

 
224.4

 
198.5

Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
(5.7
)
 
(6.3
)
 
(6.7
)
Net earnings attributable to Allegion
 
$
219.6

 
$
218.1

 
$
191.8

Amounts attributable to Allegion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
 
$
222.3

 
$
225.4

 
$
194.3

Discontinued operations
 
(2.7
)
 
(7.3
)
 
(2.5
)
Net earnings
 
$
219.6

 
$
218.1

 
$
191.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-3

Table of Contents

Allegion
Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income (continued)
In millions
For the years ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Net earnings
 
$
225.3

 
$
224.4

 
$
198.5

Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Currency translation
 
21.4

 
(17.9
)
 
(27.3
)
Cash flow hedges and marketable securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during period
 
5.3

 
(3.5
)
 
1.6

Net (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
 
0.2

 
1.3

 
2.3

Tax (expense) benefit
 
0.2

 
(0.4
)
 
(0.3
)
Total cash flow hedges and marketable securities, net of tax
 
5.7

 
(2.6
)
 
3.6

Pension and OPEB adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prior service gains (costs) for the period
 
13.8

 

 
(0.2
)
Net actuarial gains (losses) for the period
 
(23.0
)
 
(5.5
)
 
20.3

Amortization reclassified into earnings
 
5.0

 
5.7

 
7.7

Settlements/curtailments reclassified to earnings
 
2.7

 

 

Currency translation and other
 
(1.2
)
 
(0.8
)
 
2.9

Tax (expense) benefit
 
(2.5
)
 
1.9

 
(8.8
)
Total pension and OPEB adjustments, net of tax
 
(5.2
)
 
1.3

 
21.9

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
 
21.9

 
(19.2
)
 
(1.8
)
Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
 
$
247.2

 
$
205.2

 
$
196.7

Less: Total comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
(6.2
)
 
(8.2
)
 
(14.2
)
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Allegion
 
$
241.0

 
$
197.0

 
$
182.5

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.


F-4

Table of Contents

Allegion
Combined Balance Sheets
In millions
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
317.5

 
$
376.8

Accounts receivable from third parties
 
288.2

 
287.4

Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts
 
93.7

 
90.7

Inventories
 
166.4

 
163.8

Deferred taxes and current tax receivable
 
37.2

 
34.9

Other current assets
 
6.9

 
8.1

Total current assets
 
909.9

 
961.7

Property, plant and equipment, net
 
232.0

 
244.6

Goodwill
 
637.9

 
630.9

Intangible assets, net
 
150.5

 
157.5

Other noncurrent assets
 
53.5

 
41.5

Total assets
 
$
1,983.8

 
$
2,036.2

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
 
$
227.2

 
$
218.3

Accrued compensation and benefits
 
60.5

 
63.1

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
 
92.8

 
91.7

Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
 
2.2

 
1.4

Total current liabilities
 
382.7

 
374.5

Long-term debt
 
2.8

 
3.5

Postemployment and other benefit liabilities
 
121.5

 
112.2

Deferred and noncurrent income taxes
 
92.0

 
92.4

Other noncurrent liabilities
 
18.6

 
17.8

Total liabilities
 
617.6

 
600.4

Equity:
 
 
 
 
Parent company investment
 
1,350.9

 
1,442.9

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
(7.7
)
 
(29.1
)
Total Parent Company equity
 
1,343.2

 
1,413.8

Noncontrolling interests
 
23.0

 
22.0

Total equity
 
1,366.2

 
1,435.8

Total liabilities and equity
 
$
1,983.8

 
$
2,036.2

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.



F-5

Table of Contents

Allegion
Combined Statements of Equity
In millions
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Equity
 
 
 
 
Total equity
 
Parent company’s net investment
 
Accumulated other
comprehensive
income   (loss)
 
Noncontrolling
Interest
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2009
 
$
1,399.1

 
$
1,377.5

 
$
1.3

 
$
20.3

Net earnings
 
198.5

 
191.8

 

 
6.7

Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
(1.8
)
 

 
(9.3
)
 
7.5

Acquisition/divestiture of noncontrolling interests
 
(3.0
)
 

 

 
(3.0
)
Dividends declared to noncontrolling interest

(6.4
)





(6.4
)
Distribution/contribution to/from Parent Company
 
(103.9
)
 
(103.9
)
 

 

Other
 
(0.9
)
 

 

 
(0.9
)
Balance at December 31, 2010
 
$
1,481.6

 
$
1,465.4

 
$
(8.0
)
 
$
24.2

Net earnings
 
224.4

 
218.1

 

 
6.3

Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
(19.2
)
 

 
(21.1
)
 
1.9

Dividends declared to noncontrolling interests

(9.3
)





(9.3
)
Distribution/contribution to/from Parent Company
 
(240.6
)
 
(240.6
)
 

 

Other
 
(1.1
)
 

 

 
(1.1
)
Balance at December 31, 2011
 
$
1,435.8

 
$
1,442.9

 
$
(29.1
)
 
$
22.0

Net earnings
 
225.3

 
219.6

 

 
5.7

Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
21.9

 

 
21.4

 
0.5

Dividends declared to noncontrolling interests

(5.2
)





(5.2
)
Distribution/contribution to/from Parent Company
 
(311.6
)
 
(311.6
)
 

 

Other
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012
 
$
1,366.2

 
$
1,350.9

 
$
(7.7
)
 
$
23.0

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.



F-6

Table of Contents

Allegion
Combined Statements of Cash Flows
In millions
For the years ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings
 
$
225.3

 
$
224.4

 
$
198.5

(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
2.7

 
7.3

 
2.5

Adjustments to arrive at net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
43.8

 
46.0

 
47.3

(Gain) loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
 
0.1

 
2.0

 
0.4

Deferred income taxes
 
(3.9
)
 
0.8

 
14.1

Other items
 
12.8

 
9.5

 
(27.5
)
Changes in other assets and liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Increase) decrease in:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts and notes receivable
 
1.9

 
(12.0
)
 
(23.7
)
Inventories
 
(0.6
)
 
(12.9
)
 
7.2

Other current and noncurrent assets
 
(14.6
)
 
(22.3
)
 
(1.7
)
Increase (decrease) in:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
 
8.0

 
25.5

 
3.0

Other current and noncurrent liabilities
 
(3.6
)
 
4.5

 
(12.1
)
Net cash (used in) provided by continuing operating activities
 
271.9

 
272.8

 
208.0

Net cash (used in) provided by discontinued operating activities
 
(2.7
)
 
(7.3
)
 
(0.2
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 
269.2

 
265.5

 
207.8

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
(19.6
)
 
(25.5
)
 
(21.8
)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
 
2.1

 
2.8

 
1.7

Proceeds from business dispositions, net of cash sold
 

 
19.2

 

Net cash (used in) provided by continuing investing activities
 
(17.5
)
 
(3.5
)
 
(20.1
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other short-term borrowings, net
 
(1.0
)
 
(2.5
)
 
7.2

Payments of long-term debt
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.2
)
Net proceeds (repayments) in debt
 
(1.1
)
 
(2.6
)
 
7.0

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests
 
(5.2
)
 
(9.3
)
 
(6.4
)
Acquisition/divestiture of noncontrolling interest
 

 

 
(3.0
)
Net transfers from (to) Parent and affiliates
 
(311.6
)
 
(240.6
)
 
(103.9
)
Other, net
 

 
(1.1
)
 

Net cash (used in) provided by continuing financing activities
 
(317.9
)
 
(253.6
)
 
(106.3
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
6.9

 
(9.9
)
 
1.8

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
(59.3
)
 
(1.5
)
 
83.2

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period
 
376.8

 
378.3

 
295.1

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period
 
$
317.5

 
$
376.8

 
$
378.3

Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest, net of amounts capitalized
 
$
1.2

 
$
1.2

 
$
1.1

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.


F-7

Table of Contents

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 – BUSINESS ACTIVITIES AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
In December 2012, Ingersoll-Rand plc, an Irish public limited company, and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Ingersoll Rand”) announced that its Board of Directors approved a plan to spin off the commercial and residential security businesses (the “spin-off”). The spin-off will result in two standalone companies: Ingersoll Rand and Allegion plc and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Allegion” or the “Company”), a leading global provider of security products and solutions that keep people and places safe, secure and productive. The Company offers an extensive and versatile portfolio of mechanical and electronic security products across a range of market-leading brands including Schlage ® , LCN ® , Von Duprin ® , CISA ® and Interflex ® .
The completion of the spin-off is subject to certain customary conditions, unless waived by Ingersoll Rand, including receipt of regulatory approvals; the receipt of a private letter ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and opinions of tax counsel confirming that the distribution and certain transactions entered into in connection with the distribution generally will be tax-free to Ingersoll Rand and its shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except for cash received in lieu of fractional shares; execution of intercompany agreements; effectiveness of appropriate filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; and final approval of the transactions contemplated by the spin-off, as may be required under Irish law. There can be no assurance that any separation transaction will ultimately occur, or, if one does occur, its terms or timing.
Upon completion of the spin-off we will hold the commercial and residential security businesses and will become an independent, publicly-traded company.
Basis of Presentation:   The accompanying Combined Financial Statements reflect the combined operations of the Company as it will be constitituted following the spin-off and have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) within the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).
The Combined Financial Statements include all subsidiaries that will be majority-owned by the Company immediately following the spin-off. A noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is considered an ownership interest in a majority-owned subsidiary that is not attributable to the parent. The Company includes Noncontrolling interest as a component of Total equity in the Combined Balance Sheet and the Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests are presented as an adjustment from Net earnings used to arrive at Net earnings attributable to Allegion in the Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Partially-owned equity affiliates represent 20-50 % ownership interests in investments where the Company demonstrates significant influence, but does not have a controlling financial interest. Partially-owned equity affiliates are accounted for under the equity method. The Company also consolidates variable interest entities in which it bears a majority of the risk to the entities’ potential losses or stands to gain from a majority of the entities’ expected returns. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Transactions between the Company and Ingersoll Rand and its affiliates are herein referred to as “related party” or “affiliated” transactions. The assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of all discontinued operations have been separately reported as discontinued operations and held for sale for all periods presented.
The Combined Financial Statements have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Ingersoll Rand and include allocations for direct costs and indirect costs attributable to the operations of the Company. The Company used certain underlying activity drivers as a basis of allocation, including revenue, materials usage, head-count utilization and other factors. While both the Company and Ingersoll Rand believe such allocations are reasonable, these combined financial statements do not purport to reflect what the results of operations, comprehensive income (loss), financial position, equity or cash flows would have been had the Company operated as a standalone public company for the periods presented. Note 3 provides information regarding general corporate overhead allocations.
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
A summary of significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the accompanying combined financial statements follows:
Use of Estimates:   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are based on several factors including the facts and circumstances available at the time the estimates are made, historical experience, risk of loss, general economic conditions and trends, and the assessment of the probable future outcome. Some of the more significant estimates include accounting for doubtful accounts, useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, purchase price allocations of acquired businesses, estimates of future cash flows and valuation assumptions associated with impairment testing for goodwill and other intangible assets, product warranties, sales allowances, pension plans, postretirement benefits other than pensions, taxes, environmental costs, and other contingencies. Actual results

F-8

Table of Contents

could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period that they are determined.
Currency Translation:   Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries, where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, have been translated at year-end exchange rates, and income and expense accounts have been translated using average exchange rates throughout the year. Adjustments resulting from the process of translating an entity’s financial statements into the U.S. dollar have been recorded in the Equity section of the Combined Balance Sheet within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Transactions that are denominated in a currency other than an entity’s functional currency are subject to changes in exchange rates with the resulting gains and losses recorded within Net earnings.
Cash and Cash Equivalents:   Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits and all highly liquid investments with original maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less.
Marketable Securities:   The Company has classified its marketable securities as available-for-sale in accordance with GAAP. Available-for-sale marketable securities are accounted for at fair value, with the unrealized gain or loss, less applicable deferred income taxes, recorded within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). If any of the Company’s marketable securities experience other than temporary declines in fair value as defined by GAAP, a loss is recorded in the Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Inventories:   Depending on the business, U.S. inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method or the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Non-U.S. inventories are primarily stated at the lower of cost or market using the FIFO method. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , approximately 49% and 48% , respectively, of all inventory utilized the LIFO method.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts :  The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable which represents the Company’s best estimate of probable loss inherent in the Company’s accounts receivable portfolio. This estimate is based upon the Company’s two step policy that results in the total recorded allowance for doubtful accounts. The first step is to create a specific reserve for significant accounts as to which the customer’s ability to satisfy their financial obligation to the Company is in doubt due to circumstances such as bankruptcy, deteriorating operating results or financial position. In these circumstances, management uses its judgment to record an allowance based on the best estimate of probable loss, factoring in such considerations as the market value of collateral, if applicable. The second step is to record a portfolio reserve based on the aging of the outstanding accounts receivable portfolio and the Company’s historical experience with our end markets, customer base and products. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the statement of comprehensive income in the period that they are determined. The Company reserved $ 4.4 million and $ 3.4 million for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Property, Plant and Equipment:   Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their economic useful life or their lease term. The range of useful lives used to depreciate property, plant and equipment is as follows:  
Buildings
10
to
50
years
Machinery and equipment
2
to
12
years
Software
2
to
7
years
Repair and maintenance costs that do not extend the useful life of the asset are charged against earnings as incurred. Major replacements and significant improvements that increase asset values and extend useful lives are capitalized.
The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its property, plant and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets:   The Company records as goodwill the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Once the final valuation has been performed for each acquisition, adjustments may be recorded.
In accordance with GAAP, goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset is more likely than not less than the carrying amount of the asset.

F-9

Table of Contents

Recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level and begins with a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test included in GAAP. For those reporting units where it is required, the first step compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step is performed, wherein the reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill is compared to the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent that the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value, impairment exists and must be recognized.
The calculation of estimated fair value is based on two valuation techniques, a discounted cash flow model (income approach) and a market adjusted multiple of earnings and revenues (market approach), with each method being equally weighted in the calculation. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step of the goodwill impairment test, was the price paid to acquire that reporting unit.
Recoverability of other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives (i.e. Tradenames) is first assessed using a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. This assessment is used as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset. For those indefinite-lived assets where it is required, a fair value is determined on a relief from royalty methodology (income approach) which is based on the implied royalty paid, at an appropriate discount rate, to license the use of an asset rather than owning the asset. The present value of the after-tax cost savings (i.e. royalty relief) indicates the estimated fair value of the asset. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recognized as an impairment loss equal to that excess.
Intangible assets such as patents, customer-related intangible assets and other intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives. The weighted-average useful lives approximate the following:  
Customer relationships
25
years
Trademarks
25
years
Completed technology/patents
10
years
Other
25
years
Recoverability of intangible assets with finite useful lives is assessed in the same manner as property, plant and equipment as described above.
Income Taxes:   The Company has historically been included in the Ingersoll Rand income tax returns, however the Company’s operations are subject to U.S. federal, state and local and foreign income taxes. In preparing its Combined Financial Statements, the Company has determined the tax provision for those operations on a separate return basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company recognizes future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and non-U.S. tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in its judgment to be more likely than not. The Company regularly reviews the recoverability of its deferred tax assets considering its historic profitability, projected future taxable income, timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and the feasibility of its tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, the Company records a valuation allowance with respect to a future tax benefit.
Product Warranties:   Standard product warranty accruals are recorded at the time of sale and are estimated based upon product warranty terms and historical experience. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liabilities and will make adjustments as necessary based on known or anticipated warranty claims, or as new information becomes available.
Revenue Recognition:   Revenue is recognized and earned when all of the following criteria are satisfied: (a) persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists; (b) the price is fixed or determinable; (c) collectability is reasonably assured; and (d) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered. Delivery generally occurs when the title and the risks and rewards of ownership have substantially transferred to the customer. Both the persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement and fixed or determinable price criteria are deemed to be satisfied upon receipt of an executed and legally binding sales agreement or contract that clearly defines the terms and conditions of the transaction including the respective obligations of the parties. If the

F-10

Table of Contents

defined terms and conditions allow variability in all or a component of the price, revenue is not recognized until such time that the price becomes fixed or determinable. At the point of sale, the Company validates that existence of an enforceable claim that requires payment within a reasonable amount of time and assesses the collectability of that claim. If collectability is not deemed to be reasonably assured, then revenue recognition is deferred until such time that collectability becomes probable or cash is received. Delivery is not considered to have occurred until the customer has taken title and assumed the risks and rewards of ownership. Service and installation revenue are recognized when earned. In some instances, customer acceptance provisions are included in sales arrangements to give the buyer the ability to ensure the delivered product or service meets the criteria established in the order. In these instances, revenue recognition is deferred until the acceptance terms specified in the arrangement are fulfilled through customer acceptance or a demonstration that established criteria have been satisfied. If uncertainty exists about customer acceptance, revenue is not recognized until acceptance has occurred.
The Company offers various sales incentive programs to our customers, dealers, and distributors.  Sales incentive programs do not preclude revenue recognition, but do require an accrual for the Company’s best estimate of expected activity. Examples of the sales incentives that are accrued for as a contra receivable and sales deduction at the point of sale include, but are not limited to, discounts (i.e. net 30 type), coupons, and rebates where the customer does not have to provide any additional requirements to receive the discount. Sales returns and customer disputes involving a question of quantity or price are also accounted for as a reduction in revenue and a contra receivable. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had a customer claim accrual (contra receivable) of $20.8 million and $20.2 million, respectively. All other incentives or incentive programs where the customer is required to reach a certain sales level, remain a customer for a certain period, provide a rebate form or is subject to additional requirements are accounted for as a reduction of revenue and establishment of a liability. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had a sales incentive accrual of $20.2 million and $16.8 million, respectively. Each of these accruals represents the Company’s best estimate it expects to pay related to previously sold units based on historical claim experience. These estimates are reviewed regularly for accuracy. If updated information or actual amounts are different from previous estimates, the revisions are included in the Company’s results for the period in which they become known. Historically, the aggregate differences, if any, between the Company’s estimates and actual amounts in any year have not had a material impact on the Combined Financial Statements.
The Company provides equipment, integrated solutions, and installation designed to customer specifications through construction-type contracts. The term of these types of contracts is typically less than one year, but can be as long as three years. Revenues related to these contracts are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method in accordance with GAAP. This measure of progress toward completion, utilized to recognize sales and profits, is based on the proportion of actual cost incurred to date as compared to the total estimate of contract costs at completion. The timing of revenue recognition often differs from the invoicing schedule to the customer with revenue recognition in advance of customer invoicing recorded to unbilled accounts receivable and invoicing in advance of revenue recognition recorded to deferred revenue. At December 31, 2012, all recorded receivables (billed and unbilled) are due within one year. The Company re-evaluates its contract estimates periodically and reflects changes in estimates in the current period using the cumulative catch-up method. These periodic reviews have not historically resulted in significant adjustments. If estimated contract costs are in excess of contract revenues, then the excess costs are accrued.
The Company enters into sales arrangements that contain multiple elements, such as equipment, installation and service revenue. For multiple element arrangements, each element is evaluated to determine the separate units of accounting. The total arrangement consideration is then allocated to the separate units of accounting based on their relative selling price at the inception of the arrangement. The relative selling price is determined using vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, if it exists; otherwise, third-party evidence (“TPE”) of selling price is used. If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists for a deliverable, a best estimate of the selling price is developed for that deliverable. The Company primarily utilizes VSOE to determine its relative selling price. The Company recognizes revenue for delivered elements when the delivered item has stand-alone value to the customer, the basic revenue recognition criteria have been met, and only customary refund or return rights related to the delivered elements exist.
Environmental Costs:   The Company is subject to laws and regulations relating to protecting the environment. Environmental expenditures relating to current operations are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. Expenditures relating to existing conditions caused by past operations, which do not contribute to current or future revenues, are expensed. Liabilities for remediation costs are recorded when they are probable and can be reasonably estimated, generally no later than the completion of feasibility studies or the Company’s commitment to a plan of action. The assessment of this liability, which is calculated based on existing technology, does not reflect any offset for possible recoveries from insurance companies, and is not discounted. Refer to Note 19 for further details of environmental matters.
Research and Development Costs:   The Company conducts research and development activities for the purpose of developing and improving new products and services. These expenditures are expensed when incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , these expenditures amounted to approximately $ 38.2 million , $ 38.9 million and $ 33.8

F-11

Table of Contents

million , respectively, and are classified as Selling and administrative expenses on the Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income.
Software Costs:   The Company capitalizes certain qualified internal-use software costs during the application development stage and subsequently amortizes those costs over the software’s useful life, which ranges from 2 to 7 years. Refer to Note 6 for further details on software.
Employee Benefit Plans : The Company, together with Ingersoll Rand, provides a range of benefits, including pensions, postretirement and postemployment benefits to eligible current and former employees. Determining the cost associated with such benefits is dependent on various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, expected return on plan assets, compensation increases, employee mortality, turnover rates, and healthcare cost trend rates. Actuaries perform the required calculations to determine expense in accordance with GAAP. Actual results may differ from the actuarial assumptions and are generally accumulated into Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amortized into Net earnings over future periods. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions at each measurement date and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends, if appropriate. Refer to Note 11 for further details on employee benefit plans.
Loss Contingencies:   Liabilities are recorded for various contingencies arising in the normal course of business, including litigation and administrative proceedings, environmental matters, product warranty, worker’s compensation and other claims. The Company has recorded reserves in the financial statements related to these matters, which are developed using input derived from actuarial estimates and historical and anticipated experience data depending on the nature of the reserve, and in certain instances with consultation of legal counsel, internal and external consultants and engineers. Subject to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs for these types of liabilities, the Company believes its estimated reserves are reasonable and does not believe the final determination of the liabilities with respect to these matters would have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows of the Company for any year. Refer to Note 19 for further details on loss contingencies.
Derivative Instruments:   The Company periodically enters into cash flow and other derivative transactions to specifically hedge exposure to various risks related to currency rates. The Company recognizes all derivatives on the Combined Balance Sheet at their fair value as either assets or liabilities. For designated cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the changes in fair value of the derivative contract are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, and are recognized in Net earnings at the time earnings are affected by the hedged transaction. For other derivative transactions, the changes in the fair value of the derivative contract are immediately recognized in Net earnings. Refer to Note 10 for further details on derivative instruments.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements:
In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).” ASU 2011-04 represents converged guidance between GAAP and IFRS resulting in common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. The requirements of ASU 2011-04 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements. The revised disclosure requirements are reflected in Note 12.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2011-05 requires the Company to present components of other comprehensive income and of net income in one continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate, but consecutive statements. The option to report other comprehensive income within the statement of equity has been removed. This new presentation of comprehensive income is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. The revised presentation requirements are reflected in the Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income.
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” The revised amendments defer the presentation in the financial statements of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for annual and interim financial statements. The deferral is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. The revised presentation requirements are reflected in the Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” This revised standard provides entities with the option to first use an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its

F-12

Table of Contents

carrying amount. If a conclusion is reached that reporting unit fair value is not more likely than not below carrying value, no further impairment testing is necessary. This revised guidance applies to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, and the related interim and annual goodwill impairment tests. The requirements of ASU 2011-08 did not have an impact on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements.
In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” This revised standard provides entities with the option to first use an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If a conclusion is reached that the indefinite-lived intangible asset fair value is not more likely than not below carrying value, no further impairment testing is necessary. The Company elected to early adopt. The requirements of ASU 2012-02 did not have an impact on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements:
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 requires enhanced disclosures including both gross and net information about financial and derivative instruments eligible for offset or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. The requirements of ASU 2011-11 are not expected to have a significant impact on the combined financial statements.
In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, “Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2013-01 clarifies the scope of ASU 2011-11 to apply to derivative instruments that are offset or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This clarified guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. The revised requirements of ASU 2013-01 are not expected to have a significant impact on the combined financial statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” (“AOCI”). ASU 2013-02 requires a rollforward of changes in AOCI by component and information about significant reclassifications from AOCI to Net earnings to be presented in one location, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2012 and subsequent interim periods. The requirements of ASU 2013-02 are not expected to have a significant impact on the combined financial statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-04, “Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date.” ASU 2013-04 provides guidance for the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements where the total obligation is fixed at the reporting date, and for which no specific guidance currently exists. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. The Company is currently assessing the impact of ASU 2013-04, if any, on the combined financial statements.
In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-05, “Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity.” ASU 2013-05 clarifies the application of US GAAP to the release of cumulative translation adjustments related to changes of ownership in or within foreign entities, including step acquisitions. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013 and subsequent interim periods.
NOTE 3 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Ingersoll Rand provides the Company’s subsidiaries with certain centrally managed services and corporate function support in the areas of finance, information technology, employee benefits, legal, human resources, integrated supply chain and marketing. In addition, as discussed in Note 11, certain employees of the Company’s subsidiaries are eligible to participate in certain Ingersoll Rand employee benefit plans that are sponsored and administered by Ingersoll Rand or its affiliates.
The Company’s subsidiaries use of these services and its participation in these employee benefit plans generates both direct and indirect costs. These direct and indirect costs and benefits relating to the services and benefit plans are charged to the Company’s subsidiaries and are included in Cost of goods sold and Selling and administrative expenses.
Costs associated with centrally managed services have been billed to the Company’s subsidiaries on the basis of direct usage. Historical Ingersoll Rand corporate allocations have been generally allocated to the Company’s subsidiaries on the basis of revenue, assets, payroll expense, and selling and administrative expenses. Incremental corporate costs have been allocated to the Company’s subsidiaries on a similar basis. Costs are allocated to the Company’s subsidiaries using allocation methods that management of Ingersoll Rand and the Company’s subsidiaries believe are reasonable.

F-13

Table of Contents

The Combined Financial Statements reflect these direct and indirect costs through a corporate overhead allocation. For the years ended December 31, these allocated Ingersoll Rand costs amount to:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Centrally managed service costs
 
$
94.8

 
$
86.7

 
$
84.8

Historical Ingersoll Rand corporate overhead allocations
 
53.5

 
52.0

 
48.8

Incremental corporate costs not previously allocated to businesses
 
28.4

 
21.8

 
24.2

   Total
 
$
176.7

 
$
160.5

 
$
157.8

Ingersoll Rand provides centralized treasury functions for the Company’s subsidiaries, whereby, Ingersoll Rand regularly transferred cash both to and from the Company’s subsidiaries, as necessary. Loans receivable/payable from/to related parties have been included in Parent company investment in the Combined Financial Statements.
Intercompany receivables/payables from/to related parties arising from the corporate overhead activity described above have been included in Parent company investment in the Combined Financial Statements.
NOTE 4 – MARKETABLE SECURITIES
At December 31, marketable securities included within Other noncurrent assets in the Combined Balance Sheets were as follows:
 
 
2012
 
2011
In millions
 
Amortized cost or cost
 
Unrealized
gains
 
Fair
value
 
Amortized cost or cost
 
Unrealized
gains
 
Fair
value
Equity securities
 
$
5.5

 
$
11.2

 
$
16.7

 
$
5.7

 
$
4.7

 
$
10.4

NOTE 5 – INVENTORIES
At December 31, the major classes of inventory were as follows:  
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Raw materials
 
$
80.4

 
$
79.0

Work-in-process
 
22.2

 
17.1

Finished goods
 
95.5

 
98.6

 
 
198.1

 
194.7

LIFO reserve
 
(31.7
)
 
(30.9
)
Total
 
$
166.4

 
$
163.8

NOTE 6 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
At December 31, the major classes of property, plant and equipment were as follows:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Land
 
$
16.5

 
$
16.2

Buildings
 
132.7

 
129.0

Machinery and equipment
 
356.3

 
343.1

Software
 
81.3

 
69.7

 
 
586.8

 
558.0

Accumulated depreciation
 
(354.8
)
 
(313.4
)
Total
 
$
232.0

 
$
244.6

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 was $34.3 million , $34.7 million and $35.7 million , which include amounts for software amortization of $10.4 million , $6.3 million and $5.5 million , respectively.

F-14

Table of Contents

NOTE 7 – GOODWILL
The changes in the carrying amount of Goodwill are as follows:  
In millions
 
Americas
 
EMEIA
 
Asia Pacific
 
Total
December 31, 2010 (gross)
 
$
336.4

 
$
536.3

 
$
105.1

 
$
977.8

Acquisitions and adjustments
 
2.6

 
0.3

 

 
2.9

Currency translation
 

 
(4.3
)
 
2.4

 
(1.9
)
December 31, 2011 (gross)
 
339.0

 
532.3

 
107.5

 
978.8

Acquisitions and adjustments
 

 

 

 

Currency translation
 

 
4.4

 
2.6

 
7.0

December 31, 2012 (gross)
 
339.0

 
536.7

 
110.1

 
985.8

Accumulated impairment *
 

 
(341.0
)
 
(6.9
)
 
(347.9
)
Goodwill (net)
 
$
339.0

 
$
195.7

 
$
103.2

 
$
637.9

* Accumulated impairment relates to charges of $ 341.0 million and $ 6.9 million recorded in 2008 and 2007, respectively, as a result of the Company’s annual impairment testing.
The Company records as goodwill the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Once the final valuation has been performed for each acquisition, adjustments may be recorded.
In accordance with the Company’s goodwill impairment testing policy outlined in Note 2, the Company performed its annual impairment test on goodwill in the fourth quarter of each 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 . In each year, the Company determined that the fair values of all identified reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values. Therefore, no impairment charges were recorded during 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 .
NOTE 8 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table sets forth the gross amount and related accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets at December 31:
 
 
2012
 
2011
In millions
 
Gross carrying amount
 
Accumulated amortization
 
Net carrying amount
 
Gross carrying amount
 
Accumulated amortization
 
Net carrying amount
Completed technologies/patents
 
$
24.1

 
$
(21.7
)
 
$
2.4

 
$
23.4

 
$
(20.2
)
 
$
3.2

Customer relationships
 
103.7

 
(32.9
)
 
70.8

 
104.5

 
(31.1
)
 
73.4

Trademarks (finite-lived)
 
97.4

 
(31.5
)
 
65.9

 
95.4

 
(27.0
)
 
68.4

Other
 
15.8

 
(13.4
)
 
2.4

 
16.2

 
(12.7
)
 
3.5

Total finite-lived intangible assets
 
241.0

 
$
(99.5
)
 
141.5

 
239.5

 
$
(91.0
)
 
148.5

Trademarks (indefinite-lived)
 
9.0

 
 
 
9.0

 
9.0

 
 
 
9.0

Total
 
$
250.0

 
 
 
$
150.5

 
$
248.5

 
 
 
$
157.5

The Company amortizes intangible assets with finite useful lives on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives in accordance with GAAP. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not subject to amortization, but instead, are tested for impairment at least annually (more frequently if certain indicators are present).
Intangible asset amortization expense for 2012 , 2011 and 2010 was $ 9.5 million , $ 11.3 million and $ 11.6 million , respectively. Future estimated amortization expense on existing intangible assets in each of the next five years amounts to approximately $ 8.9 million for 2013, $ 8.9 million for 2014, $ 7.9 million for 2015, $ 7.8 million for 2016, and $ 7.7 million for 2017.
In accordance with the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing policy outlined in Note 2, the Company performed its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of each 2012 , 2011 and 2010 . In each year, the Company determined the fair value of all indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded their respective carrying values. Therefore, no impairment charges were recorded during 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .

F-15

Table of Contents

NOTE 9 – DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES
Ingersoll Rand uses a centralized approach to cash management and financing of its operations excluding debt directly incurred by any of its businesses, such as capital lease obligations. Accordingly, Ingersoll Rand’s consolidated debt and related interest expense, exclusive of amounts incurred directly by the Company, have been allocated to the Company based on an assessment of the Company’s share of external debt using historical data. Based on this assessment, the Company has had limited historical financing needs, primarily due to the generation of significant cash flows from operations, and therefore no consolidated debt or interest expense was allocated to the Company.
At December 31, short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt consisted of the following:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Current maturities of long-term debt, including capital leases
 
$
0.9

 
$
1.4

Short-term borrowings
 
1.3

 

Total
 
$
2.2

 
$
1.4

The weighted-average interest rate for total short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was 6.8% and 3.1% , respectively.
At December 31, long-term debt excluding current maturities consisted of:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Long-term debt, including capital leases, at end-of-year average interest rates of 1.7% in 2012 and 2.3% in 2011, maturing in various amounts to 2016
 
$
2.8

 
$
3.5

At December 31, 2012 , long-term debt maturities are as follows:
In millions
  
2013
$
0.9

2014
0.8

2015
0.9

2016
1.1

Thereafter

Total
$
3.7

NOTE 10 – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
In the normal course of business, the Company may use various financial instruments, including derivative instruments, to manage the risks associated with currency rate exposures. These financial instruments are not used for trading or speculative purposes.
On the date a derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative instrument as a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, a cash flow hedge of a recognized asset or liability, or as an undesignated derivative. The Company formally documents its hedge relationships, including identification of the derivative instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. This process includes linking derivative instruments that are designated as hedges to specific assets, liabilities or forecasted transactions.
The fair market value of derivative instruments is determined through market-based valuations and may not be representative of the actual gains or losses that will be recorded when these instruments mature due to future fluctuations in the markets in which they are traded.
The Company assesses at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivatives used in cash flow hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting the changes in the cash flows of the hedged item. To the extent the derivative is deemed to be a highly effective hedge, the fair market value changes of the instrument are recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income.
Any ineffective portion of a derivative instrument’s change in fair value is recorded in Net earnings in the period of change. If the hedging relationship ceases to be highly effective, or it becomes probable that a forecasted transaction is no

F-16

Table of Contents

longer expected to occur, the hedging relationship will be de-designated and any future gains and losses on the derivative instrument will be recorded in Net earnings.
The notional amount of the Company’s currency derivatives was $ 41.2 million and $ 41.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , a loss of $ 0.2 million and a gain of $ 0.7 million , net of tax, respectively, was included in AOCI related to the fair value of the Company’s currency derivatives designated as accounting hedges. The amount expected to be reclassified into Net earnings over the next twelve months is a loss of $ 0.2 million . The actual amounts that will be reclassified to Net earnings may vary from this amount as a result of changes in market conditions. At December 31, 2012 , the maximum term of the Company’s currency derivatives was approximately 12 months.
The fair values of derivative instruments included within the Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31 were as follows:
 
 
Asset derivatives
 
Liability derivatives
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Currency derivatives designated as hedges
 
$
0.1

 
$
0.8

 
$
0.3

 
$
0.1

Asset and liability derivatives included in the table above are recorded within Other current assets and Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, respectively.
The amounts associated with derivatives designated as hedges affecting Net earnings and AOCI for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
 
 
Amount of gain (loss)
recognized in AOCI
 
Location of gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI and recognized into Net earnings
 
Amount of gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI and recognized into Net earnings
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Currency derivatives
 
$
(1.1
)
 
$
0.3

 
$
(1.8
)
 
Cost of goods sold
 
$
(0.2
)
 
$
(1.3
)
 
$
(2.3
)
Concentration of Credit Risk
The counterparties to the Company’s forward contracts consist of a number of investment grade major international financial institutions. The Company could be exposed to losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties. However, the credit ratings and the concentration of risk in these financial institutions are monitored on a continuous basis and present no significant credit risk to the Company.
NOTE 11 – PENSIONS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS
Ingersoll Rand sponsors several U.S. defined benefit and defined contribution plans covering substantially all U.S. employees. Additionally, Ingersoll Rand has non-U.S. defined benefit and defined contribution plans covering eligible non-U.S. employees. Postretirement benefits, other than pensions, provide healthcare benefits, and in some instances, life insurance benefits for certain eligible retired employees.
Pension Plans
The noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering non-collectively bargained U.S. employees provides benefits on an average pay formula. The noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering collectively bargained U.S. employees provides benefits on a flat dollar benefit formula. The non-U.S. pension plans generally provide benefits based on earnings and years of service. Ingersoll Rand also maintains additional other supplemental pension plans for officers and other key employees.
Many of the plans covering the Company’s employees also cover employees of other Ingersoll Rand subsidiaries. For each of these plans, the Company has recorded its portion of the expense and the related obligations which have been actuarially determined and assets have been allocated proportionally. The contribution amounts for periods prior to the spin-off were determined in total for each of the plans and allocated to the Company based on the accumulated benefit obligation. In conjunction with the spin-off, these plans will be legally separated and the assets, if any, allocated based on the statutory requirements in the jurisdiction.
In June 2012, Ingersoll Rand’s Board of Directors approved amendments to the retirement plans for certain U.S. non-bargained employees. Eligible non-bargained employees hired prior to July 1, 2012 were given a choice of remaining in their respective defined benefit plan until the plan freezes on December 31, 2022 or freezing their accrued benefits in their respective defined benefit plan as of December 31, 2012 and receiving an additional 2% non-matching Ingersoll Rand contribution into the applicable defined contribution plan. Eligible employees hired or rehired on or after July 1, 2012 will automatically receive the 2% non-matching Ingersoll Rand contribution into the applicable defined contribution plan in lieu of participating in the

F-17

Table of Contents

defined benefit plan. Beginning January 1, 2023, all eligible employees will receive the 2% non-matching contribution into the applicable defined contribution plan. As a result of these changes, the Company’s portion of the projected benefit obligations for the amended plans were remeasured as of June 8, 2012, which included updating the discount rate assumption to 4.00% from the 4.25% assumed at December 31, 2011. The amendments resulted in a 2012 curtailment loss of $2.4 million. The amendment and remeasurement resulted in an increase of $2.1 million to the projected benefit obligation, an increase of $4.0 million to the plan assets, an actuarial gain of $1.9 million and a credit of $2.4 million to prior service cost during 2012.
The following table details information regarding the Company’s portion of the Ingersoll Rand pension plans at December 31:
 
 
U.S.
 
NON-U.S.
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Change in benefit obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
 
$
273.5

 
$
236.0

 
$
198.6

 
$
201.7

Service cost
 
9.6

 
10.0

 
3.1

 
2.9

Interest cost
 
11.0

 
11.7

 
10.3

 
11.1

Employee contributions
 

 

 
0.2

 
0.2

Amendments
 
0.2

 

 

 

Actuarial (gains) losses
 
9.6

 
26.2

 
25.2

 
(5.4
)
Benefits paid
 
(15.0
)
 
(12.4
)
 
(8.4
)
 
(8.4
)
Currency translation
 

 

 
9.8

 
(1.5
)
Curtailments and settlements
 
(8.6
)
 

 
(2.2
)
 
(0.8
)
Transfers
 
(2.0
)
 
2.2

 

 

Other, including expenses paid
 
(1.4
)
 
(0.2
)
 
(0.7
)
 
(1.2
)
Benefit obligation at end of year
 
$
276.9

 
$
273.5

 
$
235.9

 
$
198.6

Change in plan assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value at beginning of year
 
$
226.1

 
$
217.4

 
$
166.9

 
$
161.5

Actual return on assets
 
17.1

 
21.3

 
10.5

 
13.2

Company contributions
 
3.2

 
0.1

 
9.5

 
2.5

Employee contributions
 

 

 
0.2

 
0.2

Benefits paid
 
(15.0
)
 
(12.4
)
 
(8.4
)
 
(8.4
)
Currency translation
 

 

 
8.1

 
(0.3
)
Settlements
 

 

 
(2.1
)
 
(0.6
)
Other, including expenses paid
 
(0.5
)
 
(0.3
)
 
(1.3
)
 
(1.2
)
Fair value of assets end of year
 
$
230.9

 
$
226.1

 
$
183.4

 
$
166.9

Funded status:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Plan assets less than the benefit obligations
 
$
(46.0
)
 
$
(47.4
)
 
$
(52.5
)
 
$
(31.7
)
Amounts included in the balance sheet:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued compensation and benefits
 

 

 
(0.9
)
 
(0.9
)
Postemployment and other benefit liabilities
 
(46.0
)
 
(47.4
)
 
(51.6
)
 
(30.8
)
Net amount recognized
 
$
(46.0
)
 
$
(47.4
)
 
$
(52.5
)
 
$
(31.7
)
The objective is to contribute to funded pension plans adequate funds to ensure assets are available in the plans to make benefit payments to plan participants and beneficiaries when required. However, certain plans are not or cannot be funded due to either legal, accounting, or tax requirements in certain jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2012 , approximately 6% of our projected benefit obligation relates to plans that cannot be funded, the majority of which relate to Non-U.S. plans.

F-18

Table of Contents

The pretax amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:
 

 
U.S.
In millions
 
Prior service cost
 
Net actuarial losses
 
Total
December 31, 2011
 
$
(6.2
)
 
$
(90.1
)
 
$
(96.3
)
Current year changes recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
(0.2
)
 
4.4

 
4.2

Amortization reclassified to earnings
 
1.0

 
4.1

 
5.1

Settlements/curtailments reclassified to earnings
 
2.4

 

 
2.4

Transfers
 
0.1

 
0.5

 
0.6

Currency translation and other
 
0.9

 

 
0.9

December 31, 2012
 
$
(2.0
)
 
$
(81.1
)
 
$
(83.1
)

 
NON-U.S.
In millions
 
Prior service cost
 
Net actuarial losses
 
Total
December 31, 2011
 
$
(0.5
)
 
$
(44.1
)
 
$
(44.6
)
Current year changes recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 

 
(24.3
)
 
(24.3
)
Amortization reclassified to earnings
 

 
1.7

 
1.7

Settlements/curtailments reclassified to earnings
 

 
0.3

 
0.3

Currency translation and other
 

 
(2.6
)
 
(2.6
)
December 31, 2012
 
$
(0.5
)
 
$
(69.0
)
 
$
(69.5
)
Weighted-average assumptions used:
Benefit obligations at December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
Discount rate:
 
 
 
 
U.S. plans
 
3.75
%
 
4.25
%
Non-U.S. plans
 
4.50
%
 
5.25
%
Rate of compensation increase:
 
 
 
 
U.S. plans
 
4.00
%
 
4.00
%
Non-U.S. plans
 
4.25
%
 
4.25
%
The accumulated benefit obligation for the U.S. defined benefit pension plans was $ 248.4 million and $ 235.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation for all Non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans was $ 225.6 million and $ 190.6 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Information regarding pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations more than plan assets were:
 
 
U.S.
 
NON-U.S.
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Projected benefit obligation
 
$
276.9

 
$
273.5

 
$
234.6

 
$
197.6

Accumulated benefit obligation
 
248.4

 
235.5

 
224.7

 
189.8

Fair value of plan assets
 
230.9

 
226.1

 
182.4

 
166.1


F-19

Table of Contents

Pension benefit payments are expected to be paid as follows:
In millions
U.S.
 
NON-U.S.
2013
$
13.3

 
$
9.6

2014
13.5

 
10.9

2015
13.5

 
10.7

2016
15.4

 
10.9

2017
14.9

 
11.1

2018 - 2022
88.7

 
63.5

The components of the Company’s net periodic pension benefit costs for the years ended December 31 include the following:
 
 
U.S.
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Service cost
 
$
9.6

 
$
10.0

 
$
8.1

Interest cost
 
11.0

 
11.7

 
11.3

Expected return on plan assets
 
(11.7
)
 
(15.3
)
 
(12.1
)
Net amortization of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prior service costs
 
1.0

 
1.0

 
1.0

Plan net actuarial losses
 
4.1

 
3.0

 
2.5

Net periodic pension benefit cost
 
14.0

 
10.4

 
10.8

Net curtailment and settlement (gains) losses
 
2.4

 

 

Net periodic pension benefit cost after net curtailment and settlement (gains) losses
 
$
16.4

 
$
10.4

 
$
10.8

Amounts recorded in continuing operations
 
$
16.4

 
$
10.4

 
$
10.8

 
 
NON-U.S.
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Service cost
 
$
3.1

 
$
2.9

 
$
2.3

Interest cost
 
10.3

 
11.1

 
11.4

Expected return on plan assets
 
(9.7
)
 
(10.7
)
 
(10.0
)
Net amortization of:
 

 

 

Prior service costs
 

 
0.1

 
0.1

Transition amount
 

 

 

Plan net actuarial losses
 
1.7

 
2.0

 
4.0

Net periodic pension benefit cost
 
5.4

 
5.4

 
7.8

Net curtailment and settlement (gains) losses
 
0.3

 

 

Net periodic pension benefit cost after net curtailment and settlement (gains) losses
 
$
5.7

 
$
5.4

 
$
7.8

Amounts recorded in continuing operations
 
$
5.7

 
$
5.4

 
$
7.8

The curtailment and settlement losses in 2012 are associated with the recent amendments to the pension plans and lump sum distributions under the supplemental benefit plans for officers and other key employees.
Pension expense for 2013 is projected to be approximately $ 18.9 million , utilizing the assumptions for calculating the pension benefit obligations at the end of 2012 . The amounts expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost during the year ended 2013 for prior service cost and plan net actuarial losses are $ 0.6 million and $ 5.6 million , respectively.

F-20

Table of Contents

Weighted-average assumptions used:
Net periodic pension cost for the year ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Discount rate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. plans
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the period January 1 to June 7
 
4.25
%
 
5.00
%
 
5.75
%
For the period June 8 to December 31
 
4.00
%
 
5.00
%
 
5.75
%
Non-U.S. plans
 
5.25
%
 
5.50
%
 
5.50
%
Rate of compensation increase:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. plans
 
4.00
%
 
4.00
%
 
4.00
%
Non-U.S. plans
 
4.25
%
 
4.75
%
 
4.75
%
Expected return on plan assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. plans
 
5.25
%
 
7.25
%
 
7.75
%
Non-U.S. plans
 
5.75
%
 
6.50
%
 
7.25
%
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the average rate of returns expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on what is achievable given the plan’s investment policy; the types of assets held and target asset allocations. The expected long-term rate of return is determined as of the measurement date. Each plan is reviewed and its historical returns and target asset allocations to determine the appropriate expected long-term rate of return on plan assets to be used.
The overall objective in managing defined benefit plan assets is to ensure that all present and future benefit obligations are met as they come due. The goal is to achieve this while trying to mitigate volatility in plan funded status, contribution, and expense by better matching the characteristics of the plan assets to that of the plan liabilities. Each plan’s funded status and asset allocation is monitored regularly in addition to investment manager performance. Prior to 2011, asset/liability modeling studies were utilized as the basis for global asset allocation decisions. In 2011, an approach was adopted for asset allocation whereby a plan’s allocation to fixed income assets increases progressively over time towards an ultimate target of 90% as a plan moves toward full funding. As a result of implementing this strategy to increase the fixed income allocation of the funded plans, coupled with declines in market return expectations, the U.S. plans’ Expected Rate of Return declined from 7.25% in 2011 to 5.25% in 2012. This decrease in the U.S. expected rate of return coupled with the 0.75% decline in the Non-U.S. expected rate of return on plan assets will have a $6.0 million impact on the 2013 pension cost.
The fair values of the Company’s U.S. pension plan assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 by asset category were as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
Fair value measurements
 
Total
fair value
In millions
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$

 
$
2.4

 
$

 
$
2.4

Commingled funds – equity specialty (a)
 

 
43.4

 

 
43.4

Fixed income investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency obligations
 

 
83.9

 

 
83.9

Corporate and non-U.S. bonds (b)
 

 
92.3

 

 
92.3

Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities
 

 
4.5

 

 
4.5

Other fixed income (c)
 

 

 
0.3

 
0.3

 
 

 
180.7

 
0.3

 
181.0

Real estate (d)
 

 

 
2.7

 
2.7

Total assets at fair value
 
$

 
$
226.5

 
$
3.0

 
$
229.5

Receivables and payables, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.4

Net assets available for benefits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
230.9


F-21

Table of Contents

 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
Fair value measurements
 
Total
fair value
In millions
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$

 
$
3.7

 
$

 
$
3.7

Commingled funds – equity specialty (a)
 

 
43.4

 

 
43.4

Fixed income investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency obligations
 

 
95.1

 

 
95.1

Corporate and non-U.S. bonds (b)
 

 
76.8

 

 
76.8

Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities
 

 
4.5

 

 
4.5

Other fixed income (c)
 

 

 
0.3

 
0.3

 
 

 
176.4

 
0.3

 
176.7

Real estate (d)
 

 

 
2.7

 
2.7

Total assets at fair value
 
$

 
$
223.5

 
$
3.0

 
$
226.5

Receivables and payables, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(0.4
)
Net assets available for benefits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
226.1

(a)
This class includes commingled and registered mutual funds that focus on equity investments. It includes both indexed and actively managed funds.
(b)
This class includes state and municipal bonds.
(c)
This class includes group annuity and guaranteed interest contracts as well as other miscellaneous fixed income securities.
(d)
This class includes several private equity funds that invest in real estate. It includes both direct investment funds and funds-of-funds.
The fair values of the Company’s Non-U.S. pension plan assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 by asset category were as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
Fair value measurements
 
Total
fair value
In millions
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
1.5

 
$
0.8

 
$

 
$
2.3

Commingled funds – equity specialty (a)
 

 
68.4

 

 
68.4

Commingled funds – fixed income specialty (b)
 

 
113.2

 

 
113.2

Real estate (c)
 

 

 
1.6

 
1.6

Total assets at fair value
 
$
1.5

 
$
182.4

 
$
1.6

 
$
185.5

Receivables and payables, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2.1
)
Net assets available for benefits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
183.4


F-22

Table of Contents

 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
Fair value measurements
 
Total
fair value
In millions
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
0.3

 
$

 
$

 
$
0.3

Commingled funds – equity specialty (a)
 

 
59.2

 

 
59.2

Commingled funds – fixed income specialty (b)
 

 
105.1

 

 
105.1

Real estate (c)
 

 

 
1.5

 
1.5

Other (d)
 

 

 
0.5

 
0.5

Total assets at fair value
 
$
0.3

 
$
164.3

 
$
2.0

 
$
166.6

Receivables and payables, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.3

Net assets available for benefits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
166.9

(a)
This class includes commingled and registered mutual funds that focus on equity investments. It includes both indexed and actively managed funds.
(b)
This class comprises commingled and registered mutual funds that focus on fixed income securities.
(c)
This class includes several private equity funds that invest in real estate. It includes both direct investment funds and funds-of-funds.
(d)
This investment comprises the Company’s non-significant pension plan assets. It mostly includes insurance contracts.
Cash equivalents are valued using a market approach with inputs including quoted market prices for either identical or similar instruments. Fixed income securities are valued through a market approach with inputs including, but not limited to, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker quotes and issuer spreads. Commingled funds are valued at their daily net asset value (“NAV”) per share or the equivalent. NAV per share or the equivalent is used for fair value purposes as a practical expedient. NAVs are calculated by the investment manager or sponsor of the fund. Private real estate fund values are reported by the fund manager and are based on valuation or appraisal of the underlying investments.
See Note 12 for additional information related to the fair value hierarchy defined by ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement.
Required and discretionary contributions were made, on our businesses behalf, by Ingersoll Rand to the U.S. pension plans of $ 3.2 million in 2012 , $ 0.1 million in 2011 , and $ 35.9 million in 2010 and to the Non-U.S. pension plans of $ 9.5 million in 2012 , $ 2.5 million in 2011 , and $ 15.7 million in 2010 . The Company currently projects that approximately $ 10.7 million will be contributed primarily to the Non-U.S. plans in 2013 . Ingersoll Rand policy allows it to fund an amount, which could be in excess of or less than the pension cost expensed, subject to the limitations imposed by current tax regulations. The Company anticipates funding the plans in 2013 in accordance with contributions required by funding regulations or the laws of each jurisdiction.
Most of the Company’s U.S. employees are covered by defined contribution plans. Employer contributions are determined based on criteria specific to the individual plans and amounted to approximately $ 7.6 million , $ 6.4 million , and $ 5.4 million in 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively. The Company’s contributions relating to non-U.S. defined contribution plans were $ 5.4 million , $ 4.8 million and $ 6.1 million in 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively.
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions
Ingersoll Rand sponsors several postretirement plans that provide for healthcare benefits, and in some instances, life insurance benefits that cover certain eligible retired employees. The Company funds postretirement benefit obligations principally on a pay as you go basis. Generally, postretirement health benefits are contributory with contributions adjusted annually. Life insurance plans for retirees are primarily noncontributory.
The Ingersoll Rand Board of Directors approved amendments in February 2012 to its postretirement medical plan with respect to post-65 retiree medical coverage. Effective January 1, 2013, Ingersoll Rand discontinued offering company-sponsored retiree medical coverage for certain individuals age 65 and older. Ingersoll Rand transitioned affected individuals to coverage through the individual Medicare market and will provide a tax-advantaged subsidy to those retirees eligible for subsidized company coverage who purchase individual Medicare supplemental coverage through Ingersoll Rand’s third-party Medicare coordinator that can be used towards reducing premiums and other qualified medical expenses.

F-23

Table of Contents

As a result of these changes, the Company’s portion of the projected benefit obligations were remeasured as of February 1, 2012, which included updating the discount rate assumption to 3.75% from the 4.00% assumed at December 31, 2011. The remeasurement resulted in a decrease of $13.4 million to the projected benefit obligation, an actuarial loss of $0.6 million and a credit of $14 million to prior service cost.
In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Healthcare and Education Reform Reconciliation Bill of 2010 (collectively, the “Healthcare Reform Legislation”) were signed into law. The Healthcare Reform Legislation contains provisions which could impact our accounting for retiree medical benefits in future periods. The retiree medical plans currently receive the retiree drug subsidy under Medicare Part D. No later than 2014, a significant portion of the drug coverage will be moved to a Medicare-approved Employer Group Waiver Plan while retaining the same benefit provisions. This change resulted in an actuarial gain which decreased the December 31, 2010 retiree medical plan liability, as well as the net actuarial losses in other comprehensive income, by $ 4.2 million .
The following table details information regarding the Company’s portion of the Ingersoll Rand postretirement plans at December 31:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Change in benefit obligations:
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
 
$
28.9

 
$
34.3

Service cost
 
0.3

 
0.8

Interest cost
 
0.7

 
1.3

Plan participants’ contributions
 
0.3

 
0.3

Actuarial (gains) losses
 
3.1

 
(6.5
)
Benefits paid, net of Medicare Part D subsidy *
 
(1.3
)
 
(1.3
)
Amendments
 
(14.0
)
 

Benefit obligations at end of year
 
$
18.0

 
$
28.9

* 2011 amount is net of Medicare Part D subsidy of $ 0.1 million  
Funded status:
 
 
 
 
Plan assets less than benefit obligations
 
$
(18.0
)
 
$
(28.9
)
Amounts included in the balance sheet:
 
 
 
 
Accrued compensation and benefits
 
$
(1.0
)
 
$
(1.0
)
Postemployment and other benefit liabilities
 
(17.0
)
 
(27.9
)
Total
 
$
(18.0
)
 
$
(28.9
)
The pretax amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:
In millions
 
Prior service gains
 
Net actuarial losses
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2011
 
$
0.1

 
$
(3.7
)
 
$
(3.6
)
Current year changes recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
14.0

 
(3.1
)
 
10.9

Amortization reclassified to earnings
 
(2.0
)
 
0.2

 
(1.8
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
 
$
12.1

 
$
(6.6
)
 
$
5.5


F-24

Table of Contents

The components of net periodic postretirement benefit (income) cost for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Service cost
 
$
0.3

 
$
0.8

 
$
1.0

Interest cost
 
0.7

 
1.3

 
1.8

Net amortization of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prior service gains
 
(2.0
)
 
(0.4
)
 
(0.5
)
Net actuarial losses
 
0.2

 

 
0.6

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost
 
(0.8
)
 
1.7

 
2.9

Net curtailment and settlement (gains) losses
 

 

 

Net periodic postretirement benefit (income) cost after net curtailment and settlement (gains) losses
 
$
(0.8
)
 
$
1.7

 
$
2.9

Amounts recorded in continuing operations
 
$
(0.8
)
 
$
1.7

 
$
2.9

Postretirement income for 2013 is projected to be $ 1.2 million . Amounts expected to be recognized in net periodic postretirement benefits cost in 2013 for prior service gains and plan net actuarial losses are $ 2.2 million and $ 0.2 million , respectively.
Assumptions:
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Weighted-average discount rate assumption to determine:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligations at December 31
 
3.25
%
 
4.00
%
 
5.00
%
Net periodic benefit cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the period January 1 to January 31
 
4.00
%
 
5.00
%
 
5.50
%
For the period February 1 to December 31
 
3.75
%
 
5.00
%
 
5.50
%
Assumed health-care cost trend rates at December 31:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current year medical inflation
 
8.05
%
 
8.45
%
 
8.85
%
Ultimate inflation rate
 
5.00
%
 
5.00
%
 
5.00
%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate
 
2021

 
2021

 
2021

A 1% change in the medical trend rate assumed for postretirement benefits would have the following effects at December 31, 2012 :
In millions
 
1%
Increase
 
1%
Decrease
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
 
0.2

 
(0.2
)
Benefit payments for postretirement benefits, which are net of expected plan participant contributions and Medicare Part D subsidy, are expected to be paid as follows:
In millions
 
2013
$
1.0

2014
1.2

2015
1.3

2016
1.4

2017
1.4

2018 - 2022
7.7


F-25

Table of Contents

NOTE 12 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Fair value measurements are based on a framework that utilizes the inputs market participants use to determine the fair value of an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy to prioritize those inputs. The fair value hierarchy is comprised of three levels that are described below:
Level 1 – Inputs based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs based on little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities.
The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are obtained from independent sources and can be validated by a third party, whereas unobservable inputs reflect assumptions regarding what a third party would use in pricing an asset or liability based on the best information available under the circumstances. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 
Fair value measurements
 
Total
fair value
In millions
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
Recurring fair value measurements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Marketable securities
$
16.7

 
$

 
$

 
$
16.7

Derivative instruments

 
0.1

 

 
0.1

Total asset recurring fair value measurements
$
16.7

 
$
0.1

 
$

 
$
16.8

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments
$

 
$
0.3

 
$

 
$
0.3

Total liability recurring fair value measurements
$

 
$
0.3

 
$

 
$
0.3


F-26

Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 
Fair value measurements
 
Total
fair value
In millions
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
Recurring fair value measurements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Marketable securities
$
10.4

 
$

 
$

 
$
10.4

Derivative instruments

 
0.8

 

 
0.8

Total asset recurring fair value measurements
$
10.4

 
$
0.8

 
$

 
$
11.2

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments
$

 
$
0.1

 
$

 
$
0.1

Total liability recurring fair value measurements
$

 
$
0.1

 
$

 
$
0.1

See Note 11 for disclosure of fair value measurements related to the Company’s pension assets.
The Company determines the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities using the following methodologies:
Marketable securities – These securities include investments in publicly-traded stock of non-U.S. companies held by non-U.S. subsidiaries of the Company. The fair value is obtained for the securities based on observable market prices quoted on public stock exchanges.
Derivative instruments – These instruments include forward foreign currency contracts. The fair value of the derivative instruments are determined based on a pricing model that uses spot rates and forward prices from actively quoted currency markets that are readily accessible and observable.
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and short-term borrowings are a reasonable estimate of their fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.
The methodologies used by the Company to determine the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities at December 31, 2012 are the same as those used at December 31, 2011 . There have been no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 categories.
NOTE 13 – EQUITY
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The changes in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:
In millions
 
Cash flow hedges and marketable securities
 
Pension and OPEB Items
 
Foreign Currency Items
 
Total
December 31, 2010
 
$
7.8

 
$
(91.8
)
 
$
76.0

 
$
(8.0
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
 
(2.6
)
 
1.3

 
(19.8
)
 
(21.1
)
December 31, 2011
 
$
5.2

 
$
(90.5
)
 
$
56.2

 
$
(29.1
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
 
5.7

 
(5.2
)
 
20.9

 
21.4

December 31, 2012
 
$
10.9


$
(95.7
)

$
77.1


$
(7.7
)
The amounts of Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests were as follows:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Foreign currency items
 
$
0.5

 
$
1.9

 
$
7.5

Total other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
$
0.5

 
$
1.9

 
$
7.5


F-27

Table of Contents

NOTE 14 – SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
As of December 31, 2012, all share-based compensation awards held by employees of the Company were granted by Ingersoll Rand, under various Ingersoll Rand sponsored plans. The Company records share-based compensation awards using a fair value method and recognizes compensation expense for an amount equal to the fair value of the share-based payment issued in its financial statements. Ingersoll Rand’s share-based compensation plans include programs for stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance share units (“PSUs”), and deferred compensation. All share-based compensation award disclosures are measured in terms of ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand.
Under Ingersoll Rand’s incentive stock plan, the total number of ordinary shares authorized by the shareholders is 27.0 million , of which 5.3 million remains available as of December 31, 2012 for future incentive awards.
Compensation Expense
Share-based compensation expense related to continuing operations is included in Selling and administrative expenses. The following table summarizes the expenses recognized:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Stock options
 
$
1.7

 
$
2.1

 
$
3.1

RSUs
 
2.6

 
2.4

 
2.0

PSUs
 
1.5

 
(0.1
)
 
3.1

Deferred compensation
 
0.5

 
(0.1
)
 
0.6

Pre-tax expense
 
6.3

 
4.3

 
8.8

Tax benefit
 
(2.4
)
 
(1.6
)
 
(3.4
)
Total
 
$
3.9

 
$
2.7

 
$
5.4

Stock Options / RSUs
Eligible participants may receive (i) stock options, (ii) RSUs or (iii) a combination of both stock options and RSUs. The fair value of each stock option and RSU award is expensed on a straight-line basis over the required service period, which is generally the 3 -year vesting period. However, for stock options and RSUs granted to retirement eligible employees, the Company recognizes expense for the fair value at the grant date.
The average fair value of the stock options granted for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was estimated to be $ 13.67 per share and $ 13.98 per share, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following assumptions were used:
 
 
2012
 
2011
Dividend yield
 
1.33
%
 
1.33
%
Volatility
 
43.62
%
 
34.81
%
Risk-free rate of return
 
0.92
%
 
2.45
%
Expected life
 
5.1 years

 
5.3 years

Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility from traded options on Ingersoll Rand’s stock. The risk-free rate of return is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the award. Historical data is used to estimate forfeitures within the valuation model. The expected life of stock option awards is derived from historical experience and represents the period of time that awards are expected to be outstanding.

F-28

Table of Contents

Changes in options outstanding under the plans for the years 2012 , 2011 and 2010 were as follows:
 
 
Shares
subject
to option
 
Weighted-
average
exercise price
 
Aggregate
intrinsic
value (millions)
 
Weighted-
average
remaining life
December 31, 2009
 
2,239,577

 
$
33.37

 
 
 
 
Granted
 
235,954

 
31.71

 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
(318,176
)
 
30.88

 
 
 
 
Cancelled
 
(87,816
)
 
33.15

 
 
 
 
Transfers, net
 
(122,359
)
 
34.12

 
 
 
 
December 31, 2010
 
1,947,180

 
33.54

 
 
 
 
Granted
 
207,962

 
44.95

 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
(526,327
)
 
32.54

 
 
 
 
Cancelled
 
(145,565
)
 
33.91

 
 
 
 
Transfers, net
 
(203,693
)
 
35.22

 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
1,279,557

 
35.49

 
 
 
 
Granted
 
144,051

 
40.63

 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
(194,860
)
 
26.18

 
 
 
 
Cancelled
 
(13,159
)
 
42.65

 
 
 
 
Transfers, net
 
(113,460
)
 
35.00

 
 
 
 
Outstanding December 31, 2012
 
1,102,129

 
$
37.77

 
$
11.3

 
5.6
Exercisable December 31, 2012
 
786,186

 
$
36.55

 
$
9.0

 
4.5
The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding and exercisable options:
  
 
 
 
 
 
Options outstanding
 
Options exercisable
Range of
exercise price
 
Number
outstanding at
December 31,
2012
 
Weighted-
average
remaining
life
 
Weighted-
average
exercise
price
 
Number
outstanding at
December 31,
2012
 
Weighted-
average
remaining
life
 
Weighted-
average
exercise
price
$
10.01

 
 
$
20.00

 
116,076

 
5.5
 
$
16.78

 
116,076

 
5.5
 
$
16.78

20.01

 
 
30.00

 
1,440

 
2.1
 
27.35

 
1,440

 
2.1
 
27.35

30.01

 
 
40.00

 
474,765

 
4.4
 
36.29

 
405,678

 
3.9
 
37.02

40.01

 
 
50.00

 
484,950

 
6.7
 
43.58

 
240,027

 
5.1
 
43.97

50.01

 
 
60.00

 
24,898

 
5.2
 
51.30

 
22,965

 
5.0
 
51.38



 

 


 
1,102,129

 
5.6
 
$
37.77

 
786,186

 
4.5
 
$
36.55

At December 31, 2012 , there was $ 1.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost from stock option arrangements granted under the plan, which is primarily related to unvested shares of non-retirement eligible employees. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $ 3.8 million and $ 7.5 million , respectively. Generally, stock options expire ten years from their date of grant.

F-29

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes RSU activity for the years 2012 , 2011 and 2010 :
 
 
RSUs
 
Weighted-
average grant
date fair value
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2009
 
142,047

 
$
16.85

Granted
 
116,320

 
31.68

Vested
 
(44,665
)
 
16.85

Cancelled
 
(9,859
)
 
22.20

Transfers, net
 
(7,943
)
 
16.85

Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2010
 
195,900

 
$
25.35

Granted
 
93,464

 
44.86

Vested
 
(71,438
)
 
23.88

Cancelled
 
(37,324
)
 
33.90

Transfers, net
 
(14,533
)
 
24.44

Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2011
 
166,069

 
$
35.11

Granted
 
68,429

 
40.70

Vested
 
(72,300
)
 
29.99

Cancelled
 
(7,931
)
 
41.47

Transfers, net
 
(10,214
)
 
34.73

Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2012
 
144,053

 
$
40.02

At December 31, 2012 , there was $ 2.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost from RSU arrangements granted under the plan, which is related to unvested shares of non-retirement eligible employees.
Performance Shares
Ingersoll Rand has a Performance Share Program (“PSP”) for key employees. The program provides awards in the form of PSUs based on performance against pre-established objectives. The annual target award level is expressed as a number of Ingersoll Rand’s ordinary shares. All PSUs are settled in the form of ordinary shares unless deferred.
Awards granted in 2011 and 2010 are earned based upon Ingersoll Rand’s relative earnings-per-share (“EPS”) growth as compared to the industrial group of companies in the S&P 500 Index over the three-year performance period.
In 2011, Ingersoll Rand’s Compensation Committee approved certain changes to the PSP to be implemented beginning with the 2012 grant year. Under these changes, PSU awards are earned based 50% upon a performance condition, measured at each reporting period by relative EPS growth to the industrial group of companies in the S&P 500 Index and the fair market value of Ingersoll Rand’s stock on the date of grant, and 50% upon a market condition, measured by Ingersoll Rand’s relative total shareholder return (“TSR”) as compared to the TSR of the industrial group of companies in the S&P 500 Index over the three-year performance period. The fair value of the market condition is estimated using a Monte Carlo Simulation approach in a risk-neutral framework based upon historical volatility, risk-free rates and correlation matrix.
In 2012, Ingersoll Rand’s Compensation Committee approved a change to fix the measurement of EPS for all outstanding 2010 and 2011 PSU awards, effective January 31, 2012. This change results in fixed accounting being applied as of the date of change and forward. The fair value of Ingersoll Rand’s stock price used to fix the remaining amount of expense to be recorded over the life of the awards was $ 34.94 .

F-30

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes PSU activity for the maximum number of shares that may be issued for the years 2012 , 2011 and 2010 :
 
 
PSUs
 
Weighted-average grant date fair value
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2009
 
338,708

 
$
18.81

Granted
 
92,428

 
32.23

Vested
 
(30,000
)
 
39.00

Transfers, net
 
(3,720
)
 
16.85

Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2010
 
397,416

 
$
20.42

Granted
 
71,900

 
46.73

Vested
 
(112,496
)
 
16.95

Forfeited
 
(72,620
)
 
28.75

Transfers, net
 
(30,078
)
 
27.10

Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2011
 
254,122

 
$
27.10

Granted
 
37,746

 
50.75

Forfeited
 
(126,982
)
 
17.80

Transfers, net
 
(22,430
)
 
39.13

Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2012
 
142,456

 
$
39.13

At December 31, 2012 , there was $ 1.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost from the PSP based on current performance, which is related to unvested shares. This compensation will be recognized over the required service period, which is generally the three-year vesting period.
Deferred Compensation
Ingersoll Rand allows key employees to defer a portion of their eligible compensation into a number of investment choices, including its ordinary share equivalents. Any amounts invested in ordinary share equivalents will be settled in ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand at the time of distribution.
NOTE 15 – RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES
Restructuring charges recorded during the years ended December 31 were as follows:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Americas
 
$
1.7

 
$
(0.8
)
 
$
1.7

EMEIA
 
5.8

 
1.1

 
0.7

Asia Pacific
 

 

 
0.6

Total
 
$
7.5

 
$
0.3

 
$
3.0

Cost of goods sold
 
$
3.0

 
$
0.1

 
$
1.0

Selling and administrative expenses
 
4.5

 
0.2

 
2.0

Total
 
$
7.5

 
$
0.3

 
$
3.0


F-31

Table of Contents

The changes in the restructuring reserve were as follows:
In millions
 
Americas
 
EMEIA
 
Asia Pacific
 
Total
December 31, 2010
 
$
4.8

 
$
3.4

 
$
0.7

 
$
8.9

Additions, net of reversals
 
(0.8
)
*
1.1

 

 
0.3

Cash and non-cash uses
 
(2.3
)
 
(4.1
)
 
(0.7
)
 
(7.1
)
Currency translation
 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011
 
1.7

 
0.4

 

 
2.1

Additions, net of reversals
 
1.7

 
5.8

 

 
7.5

Cash and non-cash uses
 
(3.4
)
 
(3.2
)
 

 
(6.6
)
Currency translation
 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012
 
$

 
$
3.0

 
$

 
$
3.0

* Amount includes the reversal of $ 2.2 million of previously accrued restructuring charges.
During 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 , the Company incurred costs of $7.5 million , $0.3 million , and $ 3.0 million respectively, associated with ongoing restructuring actions. These actions included workforce reductions as well as the closure and consolidation of production facilities in an effort to increase efficiencies across multiple lines of business. In the second quarter of 2011, the Company released approximately $ 2.2 million of previously accrued restructuring charges as a result of the decision to discontinue a portion of the Company’s restructuring plans. As of December 31, 2012 , the Company had $ 3.0 million accrued for costs associated with its ongoing restructuring actions, of which a majority is expected to be paid within one year.
NOTE 16 – OTHER, NET
For the years ended December 31, the components of Other, net were as follows:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Interest income
 
$
0.1

 
$
0.4

 
$
0.5

Exchange gain (loss)
 
(3.3
)
 
4.1

 
3.1

Other
 

 
0.1

 
(0.1
)
Other, net
 
$
(3.2
)
 
$
4.6

 
$
3.5

NOTE 17 – INCOME TAXES
The subsidiaries of the Company have historically been included in the Ingersoll Rand income tax returns in certain taxing jurisdictions. In preparing its combined financial statements the Company has determined the tax provision for those operations on a separate return basis.
Earnings before income taxes for the years ended December 31 were taxed within the following jurisdictions:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
United States
 
$
317.0

 
$
291.1

 
$
266.4

Non-U.S.
 
46.9

 
71.1

 
60.3

Total
 
$
363.9

 
$
362.2

 
$
326.7


F-32

Table of Contents

The components of the Provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Current tax expense (benefit):
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
 
$
121.3

 
$
102.4

 
$
86.0

Non-U.S.
 
18.6

 
27.3

 
25.6

Total:
 
139.9

 
129.7

 
111.6

Deferred tax expense (benefit):
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
 
(4.0
)
 
(0.4
)
 
15.0

Non-U.S.
 

 
1.2

 
(0.9
)
Total:
 
(4.0
)
 
0.8

 
14.1

Total tax expense (benefit):
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
 
117.3

 
102.0

 
101.0

Non-U.S.
 
18.6

 
28.5

 
24.7

Total
 
$
135.9

 
$
130.5

 
$
125.7

The Provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income taxes determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory income tax rate to pretax income, as a result of the following differences:
 
 
Percent of pretax income
   
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Statutory U.S. rate
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
Increase (decrease) in rates resulting from:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. tax rate differential
 
(0.5
)
 
(1.1
)
 
(0.5
)
State and local income taxes (1)
 
2.8

 
2.3

 
2.1

Reserves for uncertain tax positions
 
0.6

 
1.7

 
2.3

Other adjustments
 
(0.6
)
 
(1.9
)
 
(0.4
)
Effective tax rate
 
37.3
 %
 
36.0
 %
 
38.5
 %
(1)
Net of changes in valuation allowances

F-33

Table of Contents

At December 31, a summary of the deferred tax accounts were as follows:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
 
Inventory and accounts receivable
 
$
7.2

 
$
7.1

Fixed assets and intangibles
 
15.2

 
15.8

Postemployment and other benefit liabilities
 
12.9

 
9.1

Other reserves and accruals
 
13.8

 
15.1

Net operating losses and credit carryforwards
 
21.5

 
26.6

Investment and other asset basis differences
 
7.3

 
10.6

Other
 
1.1

 
1.0

Gross deferred tax assets
 
79.0

 
85.3

Less: deferred tax valuation allowances
 
(5.8
)
 
(9.7
)
Deferred tax assets net of valuation allowances
 
$
73.2

 
$
75.6

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Fixed assets and intangibles
 
(60.0
)
 
(61.5
)
Other reserves and accruals
 
(1.4
)
 
(5.3
)
Other
 
(1.1
)
 
(2.1
)
Gross deferred tax liabilities
 
(62.5
)
 
(68.9
)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
 
$
10.7

 
$
6.7

At December 31, 2012 , no deferred taxes have been provided for any portion of the $ 1.7 billion of undistributed earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries, since these earnings have been, and under current plans will continue to be, permanently reinvested in these subsidiaries. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of additional taxes which may be payable upon distribution.
At December 31, 2012 , the Company had the following operating loss and tax credit carryforwards available to offset taxable income in prior and future years:
In millions
 
Amount
 
Expiration
Period
U.S. Federal net operating loss carryforwards
 
$
15.0

 
2013-2032
U.S. Federal credit carryforwards
 
0.3

 
2014-Unlimited
U.S. State net operating loss carryforwards
 
14.4

 
2013-2032
Non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards
 
42.6

 
2013-Unlimited
Non-U.S. credit carryforwards
 
$
9.4

 
Unlimited
In general, the Company has computed the provision and tax accounts based on the separate return method including those entities that generate separate company losses. However, to the extent the net operating losses generated on the historical tax returns is different than the losses generated based on the separate return basis, an adjustment is made through equity. As such, the deferred tax asset relating to net operating losses and other attributes presented in the table above reflects the losses that will transfer to the Company as a result of the spin-off.
The U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards were incurred in various jurisdictions. The non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards were incurred in various jurisdictions, predominantly in Turkey, China and the United Kingdom.

F-34

Table of Contents

Activity associated with the Company’s valuation allowance is as follows:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Beginning balance
 
$
9.7

 
$
9.8

 
$
9.4

Increase to valuation allowance
 
1.8

 
2.0

 
1.4

Decrease to valuation allowance
 
(0.1
)
 

 
(0.8
)
Net equity with parent
 
(5.9
)
 
(1.6
)
 
(0.1
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
0.3

 
(0.5
)
 
(0.1
)
Ending balance
 
$
5.8

 
$
9.7

 
$
9.8

The ending balances for the Company’s valuation allowances include amounts related to the Contributed NOL’s discussed above. Any increase or decrease in valuation allowance due to the Contributed NOL’s is not reflected in the Company’s Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income but rather is reflected as an adjustment to Capital in excess of par value. Any increase or decrease in valuation allowances based on the Company’s operations as reflected in these financial statements is included in the Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income.
The Company has total unrecognized tax benefits of $ 63.6 million and $ 63.0 million as of December 31, 2012 , and December 31, 2011 , respectively. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the continuing operations effective tax rate are $ 55.5 million as of December 31, 2012 . A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Beginning balance
 
$
63.0

 
$
53.3

 
$
51.4

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
 
1.7

 
1.6

 
1.8

Additions based on tax positions related to prior years
 
4.3

 
17.6

 
5.7

Reductions based on tax positions related to prior years
 
(3.7
)
 
(8.7
)
 
(1.9
)
Reductions related to settlements with tax authorities
 
(1.6
)
 

 
(0.5
)
Reductions related to lapses of statute of limitations
 

 
(0.1
)
 
(2.5
)
Translation (gain)/loss
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.7
)
 
(0.7
)
Ending balance
 
$
63.6

 
$
63.0

 
$
53.3

The Ending balances reflected above include amounts of unrecognized tax benefits based on the historical activity of the Company not included in these financial statements, primarily related to unrecognized tax benefits on intercompany debt. Any increase or decrease in such unrecognized tax benefits is not reflected in the Company’s Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income but rather is reflected as an adjustment to Capital in excess of par value. Any increase or decrease in unrecognized tax benefits based on the Company’s operations as reflected in these financial statements is included in the Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income.
The Company records interest and penalties associated with the uncertain tax positions within its Provision for income taxes. The Company had reserves associated with interest and penalties, net of tax, of $ 18.2 million and $ 11.0 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , the Company recognized $ 1.6 million and $ 3.6 million , respectively, in interest and penalties net of tax in continuing operations related to these uncertain tax positions.
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits relating to the Company’s tax positions is subject to change based on future events including, but not limited to, the settlements of ongoing audits and/or the expiration of applicable statutes of limitations. Although the outcomes and timing of such events are highly uncertain, it is reasonably possible that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, could potentially be reduced by up to approximately $ 1.6 million during the next 12 months.
The provision for income taxes involves a significant amount of management judgment regarding interpretation of relevant facts and laws in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Future changes in applicable laws, projected levels of taxable income and tax planning could change the effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by the Company. In addition, tax authorities periodically review income tax returns filed by the Company and can raise issues regarding its filing positions, timing and amount of income or deductions, and the allocation of income among the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. A significant period of time may elapse between the filing of an income tax return and the ultimate resolution of an

F-35

Table of Contents

issue raised by a revenue authority with respect to that return. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world, including such major jurisdictions as Canada, China, Italy, Mexico and the United States. In general, the examination of the material tax returns of subsidiaries of the Company is complete for the years prior to 2001, with certain matters being resolved through appeals and litigation.
As a result of the Healthcare Reform Legislation, defined in Note 11, effective 2013, the tax benefits available to the Company are reduced to the extent its prescription drug expenses are reimbursed under the Medicare Part D retiree drug subsidy program. Although the provisions of the Healthcare Reform Legislation relating to the retiree drug subsidy program did not take effect until 2013, the Company is required to recognize the full accounting impact in its financial statements in the reporting period in which the Healthcare Reform Legislation is enacted. As retiree healthcare liabilities and related tax impacts were already reflected in the Company’s financial statements, the Healthcare Reform Legislation resulted in a non-cash charge to income tax expense in the first quarter of 2010 of $ 3.8 million . In 2012, the Company recorded a $0.7 million non-cash charge to income tax expense related to the required tax accounting between the enactment date of March 30, 2010 and the effective date of January 1, 2013 of the Healthcare Reform Legislation. 
NOTE 18 – DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
The components of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Net revenues
 
$

 
$
72.2

 
$
78.0

Pre-tax earnings (loss) from operations
 
(2.8
)
 
(2.9
)
 
(4.1
)
Pre-tax gain (loss) on sale
 
(1.5
)
 
(6.7
)
 

Tax benefit (expense)
 
1.6

 
2.3

 
1.6

Discontinued operations, net of tax
 
$
(2.7
)
 
$
(7.3
)
 
$
(2.5
)
Integrated Systems and Services Divestiture
On December 30, 2011, the Company completed the divestiture of its security installation and service business, which was sold under the Integrated Systems and Services brand in the United States and Canada, to Kratos Public Safety & Security Solutions, Inc. This business, which was previously reported as part of the Americas segment, designs, installs and services security systems. The Company reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. During 2011, the Company recorded a pre-tax loss on sale of $ 6.7 million ($ 5.2 million after-tax) within discontinued operations.
Net revenues and after-tax earnings of the Integrated Systems and Services business for the year ended December 31 were as follows:
In millions
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Net revenues
$

 
$
72.2

 
$
78.0

After-tax earnings (loss) from operations
$
(0.5
)
 
$
(1.3
)
 
$
(2.5
)
Gain (loss) on sale, net of tax
(1.5
)
 
(5.2
)
 

Discontinued operations, net of tax
$
(2.0
)
 
$
(6.5
)
 
$
(2.5
)
Other divestitures
Other discontinued operations, net of tax was a loss of $ 0.7 million and $ 0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and was mainly related to indemnification obligations from previously sold businesses.
NOTE 19 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company is involved in various litigations, claims and administrative proceedings, including those related to environmental and product warranty matters. Amounts recorded for identified contingent liabilities are estimates, which are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional information when it becomes available. Subject to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs for contingent liabilities, except as expressly set forth in this note, management believes that any liability which may result from these legal matters would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows of the Company.

F-36

Table of Contents

Environmental Matters
The Company is dedicated to an environmental program to reduce the utilization and generation of hazardous materials during the manufacturing process and to remediate identified environmental concerns. As to the latter, the Company is currently engaged in site investigations and remediation activities to address environmental cleanup from past operations at current and former production facilities.
The Company is sometimes a party to environmental lawsuits and claims and has received notices of potential violations of environmental laws and regulations from the Environmental Protection Agency and similar state authorities. It has also been identified as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) for cleanup costs associated with off-site waste disposal at federal Superfund and state remediation sites. For all such sites, there are other PRPs and, in most instances, the Company’s involvement is minimal.
In estimating its liability, the Company has assumed it will not bear the entire cost of remediation of any site to the exclusion of other PRPs who may be jointly and severally liable. The ability of other PRPs to participate has been taken into account, based on our understanding of the parties’ financial condition and probable contributions on a per site basis. Additional lawsuits and claims involving environmental matters are likely to arise from time to time in the future.
The Company incurred $ 2.9 million , $ 1.9 million , and $ 1.1 million of expenses during the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively, for environmental remediation at sites presently or formerly owned or leased by us. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the Company has total recorded reserves for environmental matters of $ 11.8 million and $ 11.6 million , respectively. Of these amounts $ 2.5 million and $ 2.4 million , respectively, relate to remediation of sites previously disposed by the Company. Environmental reserves are classified as Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, or Other noncurrent liabilities based on their expected term. The Company’s total current environmental reserve at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $ 2.3 million and $ 3.0 million , respectively. Given the evolving nature of environmental laws, regulations and technology, the ultimate cost of future compliance is uncertain.
Warranty Liability
Standard product warranty accruals are recorded at the time of sale and are estimated based upon product warranty terms and historical experience. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liabilities and will make adjustments as necessary based on known or anticipated warranty claims, or as new information becomes available.
The changes in the standard product warranty liability for the year ended December 31, were as follows:
In millions
2012
 
2011
Balance at beginning of period
$
9.1

 
$
8.6

Reductions for payments
(4.9
)
 
(4.5
)
Accruals for warranties issued during the current period
4.9

 
5.2

Changes to accruals related to preexisting warranties
0.4

 
(0.2
)
Translation
0.1

 

Balance at end of period
$
9.6

 
$
9.1

Standard product warranty liabilities are classified as Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.
Other Commitments and Contingencies
Certain office and warehouse facilities, transportation vehicles and data processing equipment are leased by the Company. Total rental expense was $ 35.5 million in 2012 , $ 22.7 million in 2011 and $ 15.3 million in 2010 . Minimum lease payments required under non-cancellable operating leases with terms in excess of one year for the next five years are as follows: $ 19.3 million in 2013, $ 12.1 million in 2014, $ 10.4 million in 2015, $ 8.4 million in 2016, and $ 4.5 million in 2017.
NOTE 20 – BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies except that the operating segments’ results are prepared on a management basis that is consistent with the manner in which the Company disaggregates financial information for internal review and decision making. The Company largely evaluates performance based on Segment operating income and Segment operating margins.
Segment operating income is the measure of profit and loss that the Company’s chief operating decision maker uses to evaluate the financial performance of the business and as the basis for resource allocation, performance reviews, and compensation. For these reasons, the Company believes that Segment operating income represents the most relevant measure of

F-37

Table of Contents

segment profit and loss. The Company’s chief operating decision maker may exclude certain charges or gains, such as corporate charges and other special charges, from Operating income to arrive at a Segment operating income that is a more meaningful measure of profit and loss upon which to base its operating decisions. The Company defines Segment operating margin as Segment operating income as a percentage of Net revenues.
On December 30, 2011, the Company completed the divestiture of its security installation and service business, which was sold under the Integrated Systems and Services brand in the United States and Canada, to Kratos Public Safety & Security Solutions, Inc. Segment information for the Americas segment excludes the results of this business for all periods presented.
Each reportable segment is based primarily on the geography in which it operates. The operating segments have been aggregated as required by GAAP. A description of the Company’s reportable segments is as follows:
The Americas segment provides security products and solutions in approximately 30 countries throughout North America and parts of South America. The segment sells a broad range of products and solutions including, locks, locksets, key systems, door closers, exit devices, doors and door frames, electronic product and access control systems to end-users in commercial, institutional and residential facilities, including into the education, healthcare, government, commercial office and single- and multi-family residential markets. This segment’s strategic brands are Schlage, Von Duprin and LCN.
The EMEIA segment provides security products and solutions throughout Europe, the Middle East, India and Africa in approximately 85 countries. The segment offers customers the same portfolio of products as the Americas segment, as well as time and attendance and workforce productivity solutions. This segment’s strategic brands are CISA and Interflex. This segment also resells Schlage, Von Duprin and LCN products, primarily in the Middle East.
The Asia Pacific segment provides security products and solutions throughout Asia Pacific in approximately 14 countries. The segment offers customers the same portfolio of products as the Americas segment, as well as video analytics solutions. This segment’s strategic brands are Schlage, CISA, Von Duprin and LCN.
Effective January 1, 2013, a product line was transferred from the Asia Pacific segment to the Americas segment. This transfer is reflected in the historical segment results for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. Also, within the Interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013 , goodwill was reclassified from the Asia Pacific segment to the Americas segment.


F-38

Table of Contents

A summary of operations and balance sheet information by reportable segments as of and for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
Dollar amounts in millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Americas
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
 
$
1,471.9

 
$
1,402.2

 
$
1,379.2

Segment operating income
 
377.2

 
347.8

 
322.3

Segment operating margin
 
25.6
%
 
24.8
%
 
23.4
%
Depreciation and amortization
 
23.3

 
22.8

 
24.2

Capital expenditures
 
16.9

 
18.9

 
14.3

Total segment assets
 
883.3

 
883.4

 
903.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EMEIA
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
 
428.3

 
476.0

 
470.5

Segment operating income
 
8.2

 
19.4

 
17.2

Segment operating margin
 
1.9
%
 
4.1
%
 
3.7
%
Depreciation and amortization
 
18.3

 
20.9

 
20.7

Capital expenditures
 
1.7

 
5.5

 
6.6

Total segment assets
 
724.4

 
798.5

 
823.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asia Pacific
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
 
146.4

 
143.0

 
118.0

Segment operating income
 
11.4

 
11.9

 
11.0

Segment operating margin
 
7.8
%
 
8.3
%
 
9.3
%
Depreciation and amortization
 
2.2

 
2.3

 
2.4

Capital expenditures
 
1.0

 
1.1

 
0.9

Total segment assets
 
310.9

 
294.8

 
256.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total net revenues
 
$
2,046.6

 
$
2,021.2

 
$
1,967.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation to Operating Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment operating income from reportable segments
 
$
396.8

 
$
379.1

 
$
350.5

Unallocated corporate expense
 
(28.2
)
 
(20.1
)
 
(25.5
)
Total operating income
 
368.6

 
359.0

 
325.0

Total operating income as a percentage of revenues
 
18.0
%
 
17.8
%
 
16.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization from reportable segments
 
43.8

 
46.0

 
47.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures from reportable segments
 
19.6

 
25.5

 
21.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets from reportable segments
 
1,918.6

 
1,976.7

 
1,983.3

Unallocated assets (1)
 
65.2

 
59.5

 
69.2

Total assets
 
$
1,983.8

 
$
2,036.2

 
$
2,052.5

(1) Unallocated assets consists of deferred income tax balances.
Revenues by destination and product category and long-lived assets by geographic area for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
 
$
1,299.3

 
$
1,241.3

 
$
1,228.3

Non-U.S.
 
747.3

 
779.9

 
739.4

Total
 
$
2,046.6

 
$
2,021.2

 
$
1,967.7


F-39

Table of Contents

In millions
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mechanical
 
$
1,635.8

 
$
1,601.8

 
$
1,578.3

Electronic
 
410.8

 
419.4

 
389.4

Total
 
$
2,046.6

 
$
2,021.2

 
$
1,967.7

In millions
 
2012
 
2011
Long-lived assets
 
 
 
 
United States
 
$
148.1

 
$
153.3

Non-U.S.
 
225.4

 
239.8

Total
 
$
373.5

 
$
393.1


F-40

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
Allegion
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
For the Years Ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010
( In millions )
 
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts:
   
 
 
Balance December 31, 2009
$
5.1

Additions charged to costs and expenses
2.1

Deductions*
(2.5
)
Currency translation
(0.1
)
Other
(0.3
)
 
 
Balance December 31, 2010
4.3

Additions charged to costs and expenses
0.9

Deductions*
(2.0
)
Business acquisitions and divestitures, net
0.2

 
 
Balance December 31, 2011
3.4

Additions charged to costs and expenses
2.4

Deductions*
(1.5
)
Currency translation
0.1

 
 
Balance December 31, 2012
$
4.4

 
(*)
“Deductions” include accounts and advances written off, less recoveries.

F-41

Table of Contents


Allegion
Condensed Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income
In millions
(Unaudited)
 
 
Six months ended
 
 
June 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Net revenues
 
$
1,007.6

 
$
998.0

Cost of goods sold
 
(603.0
)
 
(597.2
)
Selling and administrative expenses
 
(236.5
)
 
(228.0
)
Operating income
 
168.1

 
172.8

Interest expense
 
(0.9
)
 
(0.7
)
Other, net
 
(6.7
)
 
(0.9
)
Earnings before income taxes
 
160.5

 
171.2

Provision for income taxes
 
(56.6
)
 
(63.5
)
Earnings from continuing operations
 
103.9

 
107.7

Discontinued operations, net of tax
 
(0.4
)
 
(0.6
)
Net earnings
 
103.5

 
107.1

Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
(3.8
)
 
(3.0
)
Net earnings attributable to Allegion
 
$
99.7

 
$
104.1

Amounts attributable to Allegion:
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
 
$
100.1

 
$
104.7

Discontinued operations
 
(0.4
)
 
(0.6
)
Net earnings
 
$
99.7

 
$
104.1

 
 
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income (loss)
 
$
94.9

 
$
111.8

Less: Total comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
(4.5
)
 
(2.9
)
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Allegion
 
$
90.4

 
$
108.9

See accompanying notes to condensed combined financial statements.



F-42

Table of Contents

Allegion
Condensed Combined Balance Sheets
In millions
(Unaudited)
 
June 30,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
322.2

 
$
317.5

Accounts receivable from third parties
318.0

 
288.2

Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts
111.8

 
93.7

Inventories
158.4

 
166.4

Other current assets
45.8

 
44.1

Total current assets
956.2

 
909.9

Property, plant and equipment, net
220.5

 
232.0

Goodwill
632.8

 
637.9

Intangible assets, net
144.7

 
150.5

Other noncurrent assets
71.7

 
53.5

Total assets
$
2,025.9

 
$
1,983.8

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
205.4

 
$
227.2

Accrued compensation and benefits
51.0

 
60.5

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
105.6

 
92.8

Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
2.4

 
2.2

Total current liabilities
364.4

 
382.7

Long-term debt
2.6

 
2.8

Postemployment and other benefit liabilities
132.4

 
121.5

Deferred and noncurrent income taxes
86.7

 
92.0

Other noncurrent liabilities
15.0

 
18.6

Total liabilities
601.1

 
617.6

Equity:
 
 
 
Parent company investment
1,417.1

 
1,350.9

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(17.0
)
 
(7.7
)
Total Parent Company equity
1,400.1

 
1,343.2

Noncontrolling interest
24.7

 
23.0

Total equity
1,424.8

 
1,366.2

Total liabilities and equity
$
2,025.9

 
$
1,983.8

See accompanying notes to condensed combined financial statements.



F-43

Table of Contents

Allegion
Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows
In millions
(Unaudited)
 
Six months ended
 
June 30,
 
2013
 
2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
Net earnings
$
103.5

 
$
107.1

(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
0.4

 
0.6

Adjustments to arrive at net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
22.9

 
21.3

(Gain) loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

 

Changes in other assets and liabilities, net
(78.5
)
 
(25.6
)
Other, net
11.3

 
12.6

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities
59.6

 
116.0

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operating activities
(0.4
)
 
(0.6
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
59.2

 
115.4

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
(8.7
)
 
(9.9
)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
1.8

 
2.0

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing investing activities
(6.9
)
 
(7.9
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings, net
0.5

 
0.1

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

Payments of long-term debt
(0.1
)
 

Net proceeds (repayments) in debt
0.4

 
0.1

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests
(2.8
)
 
(2.9
)
Net transfers from (to) Parent and affiliates
(33.5
)
 
(181.6
)
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing financing activities
(35.9
)
 
(184.4
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(11.7
)
 
(2.6
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
4.7

 
(79.5
)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period
317.5

 
376.8

Cash and cash equivalents - end of period
$
322.2

 
$
297.3

See accompanying notes to condensed combined financial statements.



F-44



NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

NOTE 1 – BUSINESS ACTIVITIES AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
In December 2012, Ingersoll-Rand plc, an Irish public limited company, and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Ingersoll Rand”) announced that its Board of Directors approved a plan to spin off the commercial and residential security businesses (the “spin-off”). The spin-off will result in two stand-alone companies: Ingersoll Rand and Allegion plc and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Allegion” or the “Company”), a leading global provider of security products and solutions that keep people and places safe, secure and productive. The Company offers an extensive and versatile portfolio of mechanical and electronic security products across a range of market-leading brands including Schlage ® , LCN ® , Von Duprin ® , CISA ® and Interflex ® .
The completion of the spin-off is subject to certain customary conditions, unless waived by Ingersoll Rand, including receipt of regulatory approvals; the receipt of a private letter ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and opinions of tax counsel confirming that the distribution and certain transactions entered into in connection with the distribution generally will be tax-free to Ingersoll Rand and its shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except for cash received in lieu of fractional shares; execution of intercompany agreements; effectiveness of appropriate filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; and final approval of the transactions contemplated by the spin-off, as may be required under Irish law. There can be no assurance that any separation transaction will ultimately occur, or, if one does occur, its terms or timing.
Upon completion of the spin-off, we will hold the commercial and residential security businesses and will become an independent, publicly-traded company. The Company is anticipated to be an Irish plc.
Basis of Presentation:   The accompanying Condensed Combined Financial Statements reflect the combined operations of the Company as it will be constituted following the spin-off and have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) within the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).
The Condensed Combined Financial Statements include all subsidiaries that will be majority-owned by the Company immediately following the spin-off. A noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is considered an ownership interest in a majority-owned subsidiary that is not attributable to the parent. The Company includes Noncontrolling interest as a component of Total equity in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheet and the Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests are presented as an adjustment from Net earnings used to arrive at Net earnings attributable to Allegion in the Condensed Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Partially-owned equity affiliates represent 20-50 % ownership interests in investments where the Company demonstrates significant influence, but does not have a controlling financial interest. Partially-owned equity affiliates are accounted for under the equity method. The Company also consolidates variable interest entities in which it bears a majority of the risk to the entities’ potential losses or stands to gain from a majority of the entities’ expected returns. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Transactions between the Company and Ingersoll Rand and its affiliates are herein referred to as “related party” or “affiliated” transactions. The assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of all discontinued operations have been separately reported as discontinued operations and held for sale for all periods presented.
The Condensed Combined Financial Statements have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Ingersoll Rand and include allocations for direct costs and indirect costs attributable to the operations of the Company. The Company used certain underlying activity drivers as a basis of allocation, including revenue, materials usage, head-count utilization and other factors. While both the Company and Ingersoll Rand believe such allocations are reasonable, these condensed combined financial statements do not purport to reflect what the results of operations, comprehensive income (loss), financial position, equity or cash flows would have been had the Company operated as a standalone public company for the periods presented. Note 3 provides information regarding general corporate overhead allocations.
NOTE 2 - RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” (“AOCI”). ASU 2013-02 requires a rollforward of changes in AOCI by component and information about significant reclassifications from AOCI to Net earnings to be presented in one location, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2012 and subsequent

F-45

Table of Contents

interim periods. The requirements of ASU 2013-02 did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed combined financial statements. The revised disclosure requirements are reflected in Note 11.
In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-11, “Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 requires enhanced disclosures including both gross and net information about financial and derivative instruments eligible for offset or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. The requirements of ASU 2011-11 did not have an impact on the condensed combined financial statements.
In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, “Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2013-01 clarifies the scope of ASU 2011-11 to apply to derivative instruments that are offset or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This clarified guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. The revised requirements of ASU 2013-01 did not have an impact on the condensed combined financial statements.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-04, “Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date.” ASU 2013-04 provides guidance for the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements where the total obligation is fixed at the reporting date, and for which no specific guidance currently exists. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, on its combined financial statements.
In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-05, “Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity.” ASU 2013-05 clarifies the application of US GAAP to the release of cumulative translation adjustments related to changes of ownership in or within foreign entities, including step acquisitions. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013 and subsequent interim periods.
 

NOTE 3 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Ingersoll Rand provides the Company’s subsidiaries with certain centrally managed services and corporate functions in the areas of finance, information technology, employee benefits, legal, human resources, integrated supply chain and marketing. In addition, as discussed in Note 9, certain employees of the Company’s subsidiaries are eligible to participate in certain Ingersoll Rand employee benefit plans that are sponsored and administered by Ingersoll Rand or its affiliates.
The Company’s subsidiaries use of these services and its participation in these employee benefit plans generates both direct and indirect costs. These direct and indirect costs and benefits relating to the services and benefit plans are charged to the Company’s subsidiaries and are included in Cost of goods sold and Selling and administrative expenses.
Costs associated with centrally managed services have been billed to the Company’s subsidiaries on the basis of direct usage. Historical Ingersoll Rand corporate allocations have been generally allocated to the Company’s subsidiaries on the basis of revenue, assets, payroll expense, and selling and administrative expenses. Incremental corporate costs have been allocated to the Company’s subsidiaries on a similar basis. Such costs are allocated to the Company’s subsidiaries using allocation methods that management of Ingersoll Rand and the Company’s subsidiaries believe are reasonable.
The Condensed Combined Financial Statements reflect these direct and indirect costs through a corporate overhead allocation. For the six months ended June 30, these allocated Ingersoll Rand costs amounted to:
In millions
 
2013
 
2012
Centrally managed service costs
 
$
41.6

 
$
37.1

Historical Ingersoll Rand corporate overhead allocations
 
20.2

 
20.9

Incremental corporate costs not previously allocated to businesses
 
15.8

 
11.1

   Total
 
$
77.6

 
$
69.1


F-46

Table of Contents

Ingersoll Rand provides centralized treasury functions for the Company’s subsidiaries, whereby, Ingersoll Rand regularly transferred cash both to and from the Company’s subsidiaries, as necessary. Loans receivable/payable from/to related parties have been included in Parent company investment in the Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
Intercompany receivables/payables from/to related parties arising from the corporate overhead activity described above have been included in Parent company investment in the Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
NOTE 4 – INVENTORIES
Depending on the business, U.S. inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method or the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Non-U.S. inventories are primarily stated at the lower of cost or market using the FIFO method.
The major classes of inventory were as follows:
In millions
June 30,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Raw materials
$
72.1

 
$
80.4

Work-in-process
32.3

 
22.2

Finished goods
85.8

 
95.5

 
190.2

 
198.1

LIFO reserve
(31.8
)
 
(31.7
)
Total
$
158.4

 
$
166.4

NOTE 5 – GOODWILL
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the six months ended June 30, 2013 were as follows:  
In millions
Americas
 
EMEIA
 
Asia Pacific
 
Total
December 31, 2012 (gross)
$
339.0

 
$
536.7

 
$
110.1

 
$
985.8

Acquisitions and adjustments*
15.0

 

 
(15.0
)
 

Currency translation

 
(4.3
)
 
(0.8
)
 
(5.1
)
June 30, 2013 (gross)
354.0

 
532.4

 
94.3

 
980.7

Accumulated impairment **

 
(341.0
)
 
(6.9
)
 
(347.9
)
Goodwill (net)
$
354.0

 
$
191.4

 
$
87.4

 
$
632.8

* During 2013, the Company made a reclassification of goodwill related to a product line transfer from the Asia Pacific segment to the Americas segment.
**No impairment charges were recorded by the Company in 2013 or 2012.
NOTE 6 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The gross amount of the Company’s intangible assets and related accumulated amortization were as follows:
 
 
June 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
In millions
 
Gross carrying amount
 
Accumulated amortization
 
Net carrying amount
 
Gross carrying amount
 
Accumulated amortization
 
Net carrying amount
Completed technologies/patents
 
$
25.0

 
$
(22.2
)
 
$
2.8

 
$
24.1

 
$
(21.7
)
 
$
2.4

Customer relationships
 
102.0

 
(34.3
)
 
67.7

 
103.7

 
(32.9
)
 
70.8

Trademarks (finite-lived)
 
95.7

 
(32.8
)
 
62.9

 
97.4

 
(31.5
)
 
65.9

Other
 
15.7

 
(13.4
)
 
2.3

 
15.8

 
(13.4
)
 
2.4

Total finite-lived intangible assets
 
238.4

 
$
(102.7
)
 
135.7

 
241.0

 
$
(99.5
)
 
141.5

Trademarks (indefinite-lived)
 
9.0

 
 
 
9.0

 
9.0

 
 
 
9.0

Total
 
$
247.4

 
 
 
$
144.7

 
$
250.0

 
 
 
$
150.5


F-47

Table of Contents

Intangible asset amortization expense was $4.7 million and $5.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. Future estimated amortization expense on existing intangible assets in each of the next five years amounts to approximately $ 8.9 million for 2013, $ 8.9 million for 2014, $ 7.9 million for 2015, $ 7.8 million for 2016, and $ 7.7 million for 2017.
NOTE 7 – DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES
Ingersoll Rand uses a centralized approach to cash management and financing of its operations excluding debt directly incurred by any of its businesses, such as capital lease obligations. Accordingly, Ingersoll Rand’s consolidated debt and related interest expense, exclusive of amounts incurred directly by the Company, have been allocated to the Company based on an assessment of the Company’s share of external debt using historical data. Based on this assessment, the Company has had limited historical financing needs, primarily due to the generation of significant cash flows from operations, and therefore no consolidated debt or interest expense was allocated to the Company.
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt consisted of the following:
In millions
 
June 30,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Current maturities of long-term debt, including capital leases
 
$
0.5

 
$
0.9

Short-term borrowings
 
1.9

 
1.3

Total
 
$
2.4

 
$
2.2

Long-term debt excluding current maturities consisted of the following:
In millions
 
June 30,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Long-term debt, including capital leases, maturing in various amounts to 2016
 
$
2.6

 
$
2.8


At the time of the spin-off, we expect to have approximately $1.3 billion of indebtedness and a senior secured revolving credit facility permitting borrowings of up to $500 million. On October 4, 2013, we issued $300 million of 5.75% senior notes due 2021 (the “senior notes”), and prior to the spin-off we expect to enter into a credit agreement providing for (i) $1.0 billion of senior secured term loan facilities, consisting of a $500 million “tranche A” term loan facility due in 2018 (the “Term Loan A Facility”) and a $500 million “tranche B” term loan facility due in 2020 (the “Term Loan B Facility,” and together with the Term Loan A Facility, the “Term Facilities”), and (ii) a $500 million senior secured revolving credit facility maturing in 2018. We refer to these credit facilities as our “senior secured credit facilities.” We expect our senior secured revolving credit facility to be undrawn upon the completion of the spin-off. The net proceeds of this indebtedness will be distributed to Ingersoll Rand.
Allegion plc and certain of its subsidiaries guarantee the issuer's obligations under the senior notes on a senior unsecured basis.
The indebtedness, obligations and liabilities under the senior secured credit facilities will be unconditionally guaranteed jointly and severally on a senior secured basis by Allegion plc and certain of its current and future restricted subsidiaries, and will be secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions and exclusions, by a first-priority lien on substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the borrower and each domestic guarantor (including (i) a perfected pledge of all of the capital stock of Allegion US Holding Company Inc. (the “borrower”) and each direct, wholly-owned material restricted subsidiary held by the borrower or any guarantor (subject to certain limitations with respect to foreign subsidiaries) and (ii) perfected security interests in, and mortgages on, accounts, inventory, equipment, general intangibles, commercial tort claims, investment property, intellectual property, material fee-owned real property, letter-of-credit rights, intercompany notes and proceeds of the foregoing, except for certain excluded assets. For further details, such as debt covenants and events of default, see “Description of Material Indebtedness.”
NOTE 8 – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
In the normal course of business, the Company may use various financial instruments, including derivative instruments, to manage the risks associated with currency rate exposures. These financial instruments are not used for trading or speculative purposes.
On the date a derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative instrument as a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, a cash flow hedge of a recognized asset or liability, or as an undesignated derivative. The

F-48

Table of Contents

Company formally documents its hedge relationships, including identification of the derivative instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. This process includes linking derivative instruments that are designated as hedges to specific assets, liabilities or forecasted transactions.
The fair market value of derivative instruments is determined through market-based valuations and may not be representative of the actual gains or losses that will be recorded when these instruments mature due to future fluctuations in the markets in which they are traded.
The Company assesses at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivatives used in cash flow hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting the changes in the cash flows of the hedged item. To the extent the derivative is deemed to be a highly effective hedge, the fair market value changes of the instrument are recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI).
Any ineffective portion of a derivative instrument’s change in fair value is recorded in Net earnings in the period of change. If the hedging relationship ceases to be highly effective, or it becomes probable that a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the hedging relationship will be de-designated and any future gains and losses on the derivative instrument will be recorded in Net earnings.
The notional amount of the Company’s currency derivatives was $ 44.0 million and $ 41.2 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , respectively. At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , a gain of $ 0.9 million and a loss of $ 0.2 million , net of tax, respectively, was included in AOCI related to the fair value of the Company’s currency derivatives designated as accounting hedges. The amount expected to be reclassified into Net earnings over the next twelve months is a gain of $ 0.9 million . The actual amounts that will be reclassified to Net earnings may vary from this amount as a result of changes in market conditions. At June 30, 2013 , the maximum term of the Company’s currency derivatives was approximately 12 months.
The fair values of derivative instruments included within the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets were as follows:
 
Asset derivatives
 
Liability derivatives
In millions
June 30,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
June 30,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Currency derivatives designated as hedges
$
1.3

 
$
0.1

 
$

 
$
0.3

Asset and liability derivatives included in the table above are recorded within Other current assets and Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, respectively.
The amounts associated with derivatives designated as hedges affecting Net earnings and AOCI for the six months ended June 30 were as follows:
  
Amount of gain (loss)
recognized in AOCI
 
Location of gain
(loss) reclassified from
AOCI and recognized
into Net earnings
 
Amount of gain (loss)
reclassified from AOCI and
recognized into Net earnings
In millions
2013
 
2012
 
 
2013
 
2012
Currency derivatives
$
2.0

 
$
0.5

 
Cost of goods sold
 
$
0.6

 
$
0.2

Concentration of Credit Risk
The counterparties to the Company’s forward contracts consist of a number of investment grade major international financial institutions. The Company could be exposed to losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties. However, the credit ratings and the concentration of risk in these financial institutions are monitored on a continuous basis and present no significant credit risk to the Company.
NOTE 9 – PENSIONS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS
Ingersoll Rand sponsors several U.S. defined benefit and defined contribution plans covering substantially all of U.S. employees. Additionally, Ingersoll Rand, has non-U.S. defined benefit and defined contribution plans covering eligible non-U.S. employees. Postretirement benefits, other than pensions, provide healthcare benefits, and in some instances, life insurance benefits for certain eligible retired employees.
Pension Plans
The noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering non-collectively bargained U.S. employees provides benefits on an average pay formula while for collectively bargained U.S. employees, the plan provides benefits on a flat dollar benefit formula. The non-U.S. pension plans generally provide benefits based on earnings and years of service. The Company, together with Ingersoll Rand, also maintains additional other supplemental pension plans for officers and other key employees.

F-49

Table of Contents

Many of the plans covering the Company’s employees also cover employees of other Ingersoll Rand subsidiaries. For each of these plans, the Company has recorded its portion of expense and the related obligations which have been actuarially determined and assets have been allocated proportionally. The contribution amounts for periods prior to the spin-off were determined in total for each of the plans and allocated to the Company based on the accumulated benefit obligation. In conjunction with the spin-off, these plans will be legally separated and the assets, if any, allocated based on the statutory requirements in the jurisdiction.
The components of the Company’s net periodic pension benefit costs for the six months ended June 30 were as follows:
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
In millions
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Service cost
$
4.4

 
$
4.9

 
$
1.8

 
$
1.6

Interest cost
5.1

 
5.6

 
5.2

 
5.1

Expected return on plan assets
(5.3
)
 
(5.7
)
 
(4.8
)
 
(4.8
)
Net amortization of:

 

 

 

Prior service costs
0.3

 
0.5

 

 

Plan net actuarial losses
1.9

 
2.1

 
0.9

 
0.9

Net periodic pension benefit cost
6.4

 
7.4

 
3.1

 
2.8

Net curtailment and settlement losses

 
2.4

 

 

Net periodic pension benefit cost after net curtailment and  settlement losses
$
6.4

 
$
9.8

 
$
3.1

 
$
2.8

Amounts recorded in continuing operations
$
6.4

 
$
9.8

 
$
3.1

 
$
2.8

The Company made required and discretionary employer contributions of $ 0.6 million and $ 1.2 million to its defined benefit pension plans during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions
Ingersoll Rand, sponsors several postretirement plans that provide for healthcare benefits, and in some instances, life insurance benefits that cover certain eligible retired employees. The Company funds postretirement benefit obligations principally on a pay as you go basis. Generally, postretirement health benefits are contributory with contributions adjusted annually. Life insurance plans for retirees are primarily noncontributory.
The components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the six months ended June 30 were as follows:
In millions
2013
 
2012
Service cost
$
0.1

 
$
0.2

Interest cost
0.3

 
0.3

Net amortization of:
 
 
 
Prior service gains
(1.1
)
 
(0.9
)
Net actuarial losses
0.1

 
0.1

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost (income)
$
(0.6
)
 
$
(0.3
)
Amounts recorded in continuing operations
$
(0.6
)
 
$
(0.3
)
NOTE 10 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Fair value measurements are based on a framework that utilizes the inputs market participants use to determine the fair value of an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy to prioritize those inputs. The fair value hierarchy is comprised of three levels that are described below:
Level 1 – Inputs based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

F-50

Table of Contents

Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs based on little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities.
The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are obtained from independent sources and can be validated by a third party, whereas unobservable inputs reflect assumptions regarding what a third party would use in pricing an asset or liability based on the best information available under the circumstances. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value at June 30, 2013 were as follows:
 
Fair value measurements
 
Total
fair value
In millions
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
Recurring fair value measurements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Marketable securities
$
17.2

 
$

 
$

 
$
17.2

Derivative instruments

 
1.3

 

 
1.3

Total asset recurring fair value measurements
$
17.2

 
$
1.3

 
$

 
$
18.5

Liabilities:

 

 

 

Derivative instruments
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Total liability recurring fair value measurements
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 
Fair value measurements
 
Total
fair value
In millions
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
Recurring fair value measurements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Marketable securities
$
16.7

 
$

 
$

 
$
16.7

Derivative instruments

 
0.1

 

 
0.1

Total asset recurring fair value measurements
$
16.7

 
$
0.1

 
$

 
$
16.8

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments
$

 
$
0.3

 
$

 
$
0.3

Total liability recurring fair value measurements
$

 
$
0.3

 
$

 
$
0.3

The Company determines the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities using the following methodologies:
Marketable securities – These securities include investments in publicly-traded stock of non-U.S. companies held by non-U.S. subsidiaries of the Company. The fair value is obtained for the securities based on observable market prices quoted on public stock exchanges.
Derivative instruments – These instruments include forward foreign currency contracts. The fair value of the derivative instruments are determined based on a pricing model that uses spot rates and forward prices from actively quoted currency markets that are readily accessible and observable.
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable and short-term borrowings are a reasonable estimate of their fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

F-51

Table of Contents

These methodologies used by the Company to determine the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities at June 30, 2013 are the same as those used at December 31, 2012 . There have been no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 categories.
NOTE 11 – EQUITY
The components of Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2013 were as follows:
In millions
Parent company's net investment
 
Noncontrolling
interests
 
Total
equity
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
1,343.2

 
$
23.0

 
$
1,366.2

Net earnings
99.7

 
3.8

 
103.5

Currency translation
(18.1
)
 
0.7

 
(17.4
)
Change in value of marketable securities and derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges, net of tax
2.7

 

 
2.7

Pension and OPEB adjustments, net of tax
6.1

 

 
6.1

Total comprehensive income
90.4

 
4.5

 
94.9

Acquisition/divestiture of noncontrolling interests

 

 

Dividends to noncontrolling interests

 
(2.8
)
 
(2.8
)
Distribution/contribution to/from Parent Company
(33.5
)
 

 
(33.5
)
Balance at June 30, 2013
$
1,400.1

 
$
24.7

 
$
1,424.8

The components of Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2012 were as follows:
In millions
Parent company's net investment
 
Noncontrolling
interests
 
Total
equity
Balance at December 31, 2011
$
1,413.8

 
$
22.0

 
$
1,435.8

Net earnings
104.1

 
3.0

 
107.1

Currency translation
(13.8
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(13.9
)
Change in value of marketable securities and derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges, net of tax
2.6

 

 
2.6

Pension and OPEB adjustments, net of tax
16.0

 

 
16.0

Total comprehensive income
108.9

 
2.9

 
111.8

Dividends to noncontrolling interests

 
(2.9
)
 
(2.9
)
Distribution/contribution to/from Parent Company
(181.6
)
 

 
(181.6
)
Balance at June 30, 2012
$
1,341.1

 
$
22.0

 
$
1,363.1

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The changes in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are as follows:
In millions
 
Cash flow hedges and marketable securities
 
Pension and OPEB Items
 
Foreign Currency Items
 
Total
December 31, 2012
 
$
10.9

 
$
(95.7
)
 
$
77.1

 
$
(7.7
)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
 
3.1

 
4.0

 
(18.1
)
 
(11.0
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
 
(0.6
)
 
2.1

 

 
1.5

Tax (expense) benefit
 
0.2

 

 

 
0.2

June 30, 2013
 
$
13.6

 
$
(89.6
)
 
$
59.0

 
$
(17.0
)

F-52

Table of Contents

The reclassifications out of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the six months ended June 30, 2013 were as follows:
In millions
 
Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
 
Statement of Comprehensive Income Line Item
Reclasses below represent (Income) loss to the Statement of Comprehensive Income
 
 
 
 
 
Gains and losses on cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
 
$
(0.6
)
 
 Cost of goods sold
 
 
(0.6
)
 
 Earnings before income taxes
 
 
0.1

 
 Provision for income taxes
 
 
(0.5
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Defined benefit pension items:
 
 
 
 
Amortization of:
 
 
 
 
Prior-service (gains) costs
 
$
(0.8
)
 
 (a)
Actuarial (gains) losses
 
2.9

 
 (a)
 
 
2.1

 
 Earnings before income taxes
 
 

 
 Provision for income taxes
 
 
2.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total reclassifications for the period
 
$
1.6

 
 
(a) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost (see Note 9 for additional details).
NOTE 12 – SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
As of June 30, 2013 , all share-based compensation awards held by employees of the Company were granted by Ingersoll Rand, under various Ingersoll Rand sponsored plans. The Company records share-based compensation awards using a fair value method and recognizes compensation expense for an amount equal to the fair value of the share-based payment issued in its financial statements. Ingersoll Rand’s share-based compensation plans include programs for stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance share units (“PSUs”), and deferred compensation.
Compensation Expense
Share-based compensation expense relates to continuing operations and is included in Selling and administrative expenses. The expenses recognized for the six months ended June 30 were as follows:
In millions
2013
 
2012
Stock options
$
1.1

 
$
1.0

RSUs
1.5

 
1.5

PSUs
0.7

 
0.5

Deferred compensation
0.6

 
0.2

Pre-tax expense
3.9

 
3.2

Tax benefit
(1.5
)
 
(1.2
)
After-tax expense
$
2.4

 
$
2.0


F-53

Table of Contents

Stock Options/RSUs
Eligible participants may receive (i) stock options, (ii) RSUs or (iii) a combination of both stock options and RSUs. Grants during the six months ended June 30 were as follows:
 
2013
 
2012
 
Number
granted
 
Weighted-
average fair
value per award
 
Number
granted
 
Weighted-
average fair
value per award
Stock options
123,200

 
$
16.50

 
144,051

 
$
13.67

RSUs
50,197

 
$
52.60

 
68,429

 
$
40.70

The fair value of each stock option and RSU award is expensed on a straight-line basis over the required service period, which is generally the 3 -year vesting period. However, for stock options and RSUs granted to retirement eligible employees, the Company recognizes expense for the fair value at the grant date.
The average fair value of the stock options granted is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following assumptions were used during the six months ended June 30 :
 
 
2013
 
2012
Dividend yield
 
1.60
%
 
1.33
%
Volatility
 
42.14
%
 
43.62
%
Risk-free rate of return
 
0.85
%
 
0.92
%
Expected life
 
5.06 years

 
5.14 years

Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility from traded options on Ingersoll Rand’s stock. The risk-free rate of return is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the award. Historical data is used to estimate forfeitures within the valuation model. The expected life of the stock option awards is derived from historical experience and represents the period of time that awards are expected to be outstanding.
PSUs
Ingersoll Rand has a Performance Share Program (“PSP”) for key employees. The program provides awards in the form of PSUs based on performance against pre-established objectives. The annual target award level is expressed as a number of Ingersoll Rand’s ordinary shares. All PSUs are settled in the form of ordinary shares unless deferred. During the six months ended June 30, 2013 , the Company granted PSUs with a maximum award level of approximately 30 thousand shares.
In 2011, Ingersoll Rand’s Compensation Committee approved certain changes to the PSP to be implemented beginning with the 2012 grant year. Under these changes, PSU awards are earned based 50% upon a performance condition, measured at each reporting period by relative EPS growth to the industrial group of companies in the S&P 500 Index and the fair market value of Ingersoll Rand’s stock on the date of grant, and 50% upon a market condition, measured by Ingersoll Rand’s relative total shareholder return (TSR) as compared to the TSR of the industrial group of companies in the S&P 500 Index over the three-year performance period. The fair value of the market condition is estimated using a Monte Carlo Simulation approach in a risk-neutral framework based upon historical volatility, risk-free rates and correlation matrix.
Deferred Compensation
Ingersoll Rand allows key employees to defer a portion of their eligible compensation into a number of investment choices, including its ordinary share equivalents. Any amounts invested in ordinary share equivalents will be settled in ordinary shares of Ingersoll Rand at the time of distribution.

F-54

Table of Contents

NOTE 13 – RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES
Restructuring charges recorded during the six months ended June 30 were as follows:
In millions
2013
 
2012
Americas
$
0.1

 
$
1.7

EMEIA
4.5

 
6.2

Asia Pacific

 

Total
$
4.6

 
$
7.9

Cost of goods sold
$
2.3

 
$
3.4

Selling and administrative expenses
2.3

 
4.5

Total
$
4.6

 
$
7.9

The changes in the restructuring reserve during the six months ended June 30, 2013 were as follows:
In millions
Americas
 
EMEIA
 
Asia Pacific
 
Total
December 31, 2012
$

 
$
3.0

 
$

 
$
3.0

Additions, net of reversals
0.1

 
4.5

 

 
4.6

Cash and non-cash uses
(0.1
)
 
(1.9
)
 

 
(2.0
)
Currency translation

 

 

 

June 30, 2013
$

 
$
5.6

 
$

 
$
5.6

During the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 , the Company incurred costs of $4.6 million and $7.9 million , respectively, associated with restructuring actions. The 2013 charges primarily represent termination benefits to improve the Company’s cost structure. The 2012 actions included workforce reductions, as well as the consolidation of production facilities, in an effort to increase efficiencies across multiple lines of business. As of June 30, 2013 , the Company had $5.6 million accrued for costs associated with its ongoing restructuring actions, of which a majority is expected to be paid within one year.
NOTE 14 – OTHER, NET
The components of Other, net for the six months ended June 30 were as follows:
In millions
2013
 
2012
Interest income
$
0.1

 
$
0.1

Exchange gain (loss)
(6.9
)
 
(0.8
)
Other
0.1

 
(0.2
)
Other, net
$
(6.7
)
 
$
(0.9
)
Included within Exchange gain (loss) for the six months ended June 30, 2013 is a $6.2 million realized foreign currency loss related to the devaluation of the Venezuelan Bolivar from the preexisting exchange rate of 4.29 Bolivars to the U.S. dollar to 6.3 Bolivars to the U.S. dollar.
NOTE 15 – INCOME TAXES
The subsidiaries of the Company have historically been included in the Ingersoll Rand income tax returns in certain taxing jurisdictions. In preparing its combined financial statements the Company has determined the tax provision for those operations on a separate return basis.
The provision for income taxes involves a significant amount of management judgment regarding interpretation of relevant facts and laws in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Future changes in applicable laws, projected levels of taxable income and tax planning could change the effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by the Company. In addition, tax authorities periodically review income tax returns filed by the Company and can raise issues regarding its filing positions, timing and amount of income or deductions, and the allocation of income among the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. A significant period of time may elapse between the filing of an income tax return and the ultimate resolution of an issue raised by a revenue authority with respect to that return. In the normal course of business the Company is subject to

F-55

Table of Contents

examination by taxing authorities throughout the world, including such major jurisdictions as Canada, China, Italy, Mexico and the United States. In general, the examination of the material tax returns of subsidiaries of the Company is complete for the years prior to 2001, with certain matters being resolved through appeals and litigation.
The Company believes that it has adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable resolution of any tax disputes, but will adjust its reserves if events so dictate in accordance with GAAP. To the extent that the ultimate results differ from the original or adjusted estimates of the Company, the effect will be recorded in the Provision for income taxes.
Total unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were $ 62.2 million and $63.6 million , respectively.
NOTE 16 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company is involved in various litigations, claims and administrative proceedings, including those related to environmental and product warranty matters. Amounts recorded for identified contingent liabilities are estimates, which are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional information when it becomes available. Subject to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs for contingent liabilities, except as expressly set forth in this note, management believes that any liability which may result from these legal matters would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows of the Company.
Environmental Matters
The Company continues to be dedicated to an environmental program to reduce the utilization and generation of hazardous materials during the manufacturing process and to remediate identified environmental concerns. As to the latter, the Company is currently engaged in site investigations and remediation activities to address environmental cleanup from past operations at current and former production facilities.
The Company is sometimes a party to environmental lawsuits and claims and has received notices of potential violations of environmental laws and regulations from the Environmental Protection Agency and similar state authorities. It has also been identified as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) for cleanup costs associated with off-site waste disposal at federal Superfund and state remediation sites. For all such sites, there are other PRPs and, in most instances, the Company’s involvement is minimal.
In estimating its liability, the Company has assumed it will not bear the entire cost of remediation of any site to the exclusion of other PRPs who may be jointly and severally liable. The ability of other PRPs to participate has been taken into account, based on our understanding of the parties’ financial condition and probable contributions on a per site basis. Additional lawsuits and claims involving environmental matters are likely to arise from time to time in the future.
During the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 , the Company incurred $ 2.5 million and $ 1.0 million , respectively, of expenses for environmental remediation at sites presently or formerly owned or leased by us. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , the Company has total recorded reserves for environmental matters of $ 10.6 million and $ 11.8 million , respectively. Of these amounts, $ 2.5 million and $ 2.5 million relate to remediation of sites previously disposed by the Company. Environmental reserves are classified as Accrued expenses and other current liabilities or Other noncurrent liabilities based on their expected term. The Company’s total current environmental reserve at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $ 1.6 million and $ 2.3 million , respectively. Given the evolving nature of environmental laws, regulations and technology, the ultimate cost of future compliance is uncertain.
Other
Standard product warranty accruals are recorded at the time of sale and are estimated based upon product warranty terms and historical experience. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liabilities and will make adjustments as necessary based on known or anticipated warranty claims, or as new information becomes available.
The changes in the standard product warranty liability for the six months ended June 30 were as follows:
In millions
2013
 
2012
Balance at beginning of period
$
9.6

 
$
9.1

Reductions for payments
(2.7
)
 
(2.4
)
Accruals for warranties issued during the current period
1.7

 
2.6

Changes to accruals related to preexisting warranties
0.1

 
(0.1
)
Translation
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
Balance at end of period
$
8.6

 
$
9.1


F-56

Table of Contents

Standard product warranty liabilities are classified as Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.
NOTE 17 – BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company classifies its businesses into the following three reportable segments primarily based on the geography in which it operates: Americas, EMEIA and Asia Pacific.
Segment operating income is the measure of profit and loss that the Company’s chief operating decision maker uses to evaluate the financial performance of the business and as the basis for resource allocation, performance reviews, and compensation. For these reasons, the Company believes that Segment operating income represents the most relevant measure of segment profit and loss. The Company’s chief operating decision maker may exclude certain charges or gains, such as corporate charges and other special charges, from Operating income to arrive at a Segment operating income that is a more meaningful measure of profit and loss upon which to base its operating decisions. The Company defines Segment operating margin as Segment operating income as a percentage of Net revenues.
Effective January 1, 2013, a product line was transferred from the Asia Pacific segment to the Americas segment. This transfer is reflected in the historical segment results for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. Also, within the Interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013 , goodwill was reclassified from the Asia Pacific segment to the Americas segment.
A summary of operations by reportable segment for the six months ended June 30 was as follows:
In millions
2013
 
2012
Net revenues
 
 
 
Americas
749.1

 
730.8

EMEIA
204.6

 
216.5

Asia Pacific
53.9

 
50.7

Total
$
1,007.6

 
$
998.0

Segment operating income
 
 
 
Americas
193.3

 
182.6

EMEIA
(7.4
)
 
0.8

Asia Pacific
(1.9
)
 
0.9

Total
$
184.0

 
$
184.3

Reconciliation to Operating income
 
 
 
Unallocated corporate expense
(15.9
)
 
(11.5
)
Operating income
$
168.1

 
$
172.8




F-57

Table of Contents

ANNEX A
Relevant Territories as of June 13, 2013
Albania                Armenia
Australia
Austria
Bahrain
Belarus
Belgium
Bosnia & Herzegovina
Bulgaria
Canada
Chile
China
Croatia
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Egypt
Estonia
Finland
France
Georgia
Germany
Greece
Hong Kong
Hungary
Iceland
India
Israel
Italy
Japan
Korea (Rep. of)
Kuwait
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Malaysia
Malta
Mexico
Moldova
Montenegro
Morocco
Netherlands
New Zealand
Norway
Pakistan
Panama
Poland
Portugal
Qatar
Romania
Russia
Saudi Arabia
Serbia
Singapore
Slovak Republic
Slovenia
South Africa
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Turkey
Ukraine
United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom
United States of America
Uzbekistan
Vietnam
Zambia



















Annex A